THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Esa., F.LS.,

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.B.S., F.LS., V.P.Z.S. &e.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L:S.

ee arearaareaeaeaeaeraEeaeaeeeese

PD — eee

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMAN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:

LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:

HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1860.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNEUS.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.” BRUCKNER, Z'héorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

aia bet eile Weliwiteeehae «) A eLRe sylvanspoOWwerS

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ALERE 4 FLAMMAM. GH

CONTENTS OF VOL. V.

(THIRD SERIES. }

NUMBER XXV.

Page

I. Observations on the Distribution and Habits of the Pelagic and

Freshwater Free-floating Diatomacee. By Surgeon G.C. WaLuicu,

M.D., Retired List, H.M. Indian Forces ............ ane deacssvacseneeters 1

II. Revision of the Family Pennatulide, with Descriptions of some 20

new Species in the British Museum. By Dr. Jounn Epwarp Gray,

Paes Ves. PES. &c. (With two Plates.) ......ccccccsscsssescese 20

III. On the Burmese Genus Sophina. By W. H. Benson, Esq.. 26

IV. On the Lepton sulcatulum of Mr. i ia Jeffreys. By Wi1-

So Se LS ee ncodar=dendanaacswenees 27

V. On the Development of Pyrosoma. By Tuomas H. Huxtey,

F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Government School of

eae nao ccc sca~ sor skessccevessecrees fan Gan acesemnee sear anes anes 29

VI. On some new Anthribide. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L:S.

SENIOR: S52 So 55c2 255. 0ceccsesccevesscesecccecsscovodsvcssbeces 35

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Geological Society ......... 48—70

On the Mud-Fish of the Nile (Lepidosiren annectens?), and Early

Notice of the Tapaia found in Pulo Condore, by Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &c. ; New British Species of Hydra, by G. H. Lewes, Esq.;

On a new Species of Odontophorus, by John Gould, F.R.S. &e. 70—72

NUMBER XXVI.

VII. Descriptions of a Zoophyte and two Species of Echinodermata

new to Britain. By Josuua ALpErR, Esq. (With a Plate.) ......... 73

VIII. On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun

ORES. OG” oo casas dastsaussedeoanceds viavocsdedccseatdeveese 76

iv CONTENTS.

Page

IX. On Clostophis and Rhiostoma, new Burmese Genera of Land-

Shells.” By W. H. Benson, Esq: <0.ccc..cccenssscsussssecosmattenteeteeee 95

X. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K. PARKER,

M. Mier. Soc., and 'T. R. Jones, F.G.S. ccvscscsccceceoncecesseucesmepeehees 98

XI. Note on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca im various

Latitudes of the European Seas. By R. M‘ANDREW, F.R.S. ...... 116

XII. On some new Longicornia from the Moluccas. By Francis

P. Pascon, F.uL-S. 826. ooscscuiedsosestees dcene} doves soscesseeeeee eee eeeeeeae 119

XIII. On the Markings of the Diatomacez in common use as

Test-objects. By G.C. WaLticH, M.D. «....s00...ccccsseenseeeneeeeeee 122

XIV. Note in answer to Mr. Clark’s Remarks on Lepton sulcatu-

lum. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, Esq., F.R.S. .......cscccccesescecoreccsess 13]

New Book :—On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection ;

or, the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life,

by Charles Darwin, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. &. ......ce0ees senaneasisise 132

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...s....seseseeees cekecsesenss 143—150

On the Nidification of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida), by John

Gould, F.R.S. &e. ; Descriptions of new Species of Salamanders

from China.and Siam, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ...... 150, 151

NUMBER XXVIL.

XV. On new Fossil Crustacea from the Silurian Rocks. By

JeWeSALTER, E:G»S:, ALS. ice. cocnckcee reer dé sbhonakenapneeees 153

XVI. On the Aphanarthra of the Canary Islands. By T. Vernon

WiOLLASTON; M.A; F.LES. <i. cs...scescesscescteecneseeeate Seles jteointeeaes 163

XVII. Description of Uriéchis microlepidotus, a new Snake from

South Africa. By Dr. A. GUNTHER. (With a Plate.) ...........00 . 168

XVIII. Description of Leptodeira torquata, a new Snake from

Central America. By Dr. A. GUNTHER. (With a Plate.) ..........+. 169

XIX. Descriptions of two British Spiders new to Science. By the

Rey. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, BitAs ccsesscsesssrsccucesuscnneeassenetee eee 171

XX. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K.

PaRrKER, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. JONES, F.G:S. ....00.00000ccevesese 174

XXI. Descriptions of Desmidiacez from Lower Bengal. By G.C.

Wa.uicu, M.D., F.L.S. (With two Plates.) ...0...:.ssserseeeceocsnnes 184

XXII. Remarks on Mr. M‘Andrew’s ‘* Note on the Comparative

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the European Seas.”

By J. GWYN JEFFREYS, Esq., F.R.S. ...cccccecccessseccscecscccececeosce 197

XXIII. On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By JoHN

MMSE BUI PN SICCCs ais vecvleclecccaclscceed soctueeeed ules seilevegaeesels 200

XXIV. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. VERNON

CRIPPS TUT NEVE AGY E7595 esc cncecscactecvecteccestcctedvetecbcece cwedence’ se 217

New Books :—A Guide to the Quadrupeds and Reptiles of Europe ;

with Descriptions of all the Species: compiled from the Latest

Writers, by Lord Clermont.—A Manual of the Subkingdom

Protozoa, with a General Introduction to the Principles of Zoo-

logy, by Joseph Reay Greene, B.A., Professor of Natural History

in Queen’s College, Cork.—Letters from Alabama, chiefly relating

to Natural History, by Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S. ...... 222—225

Proceedimss ofthe Royal Society ..........2.-:0sccesscacsscecerssvscoensnees 225

On the Hydra rubra of Mr. Lewes, by the Rev. W. Houghton, M.A.,

F.L.S.; On the Genus Hyalonema, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ;

On the Generative Organs of the Scarabzideous Beetles, by

C. Roussel; Description of a new Species of Gull (Gavia roset-

ventris) from the Falkland Islands, by J. Gould, F.R.S. &e. 228—232

NUMBER XXVIII.

XXYV. On the Mycetozoa. By Dr. A. pe Bary, Professor of Botany

SE MMMUNVAHEACETALG.)) o.cee cance ccarncgseeavecetupatensnd senersessces 233

XXVI. Notes on Plectopylis, a group of Helicide distinguished

by several internal plicate Epiphragms ; with the Characters of a new

eens aW El. KENSON, ESQ: --sc0cecsodescateanseenncencacecese vo. 243

XXVII. On the Discovery of the Snail-Leech (Glossiphonia mar-

ginata) in England. By the Rev. W. Hovueuron, M.A., F.LS.

nis Aa posi cans asvceaveevecsseovaccstsevaniessencsnecseses 248

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Sertulariade from the Californian

Coast. By ANDREW Murray, F.R.S.E. (With two Plates.) ...... 250

XXIX. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. VERNON

ERERULICISIM IO LT, Ls09s ccccesoscseccecscastesdsvocceccdcetaseectecsesacven 252

XXX. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-

ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacea. By JoHN Miers,

SUTRA gos yor cast ovacecaesresecsoais desvodeee caer cues savcesest ees 267

XXXI. Descriptions of Desmidiacez from Lower Bengal. By

foo. WALLICH, M.D.; F:L.S. (With two Plates:)\..:...c.cccccsosseass 273

vl CONTENTS.

Page

XXXII. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K.

PARKER, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonws; E:GiSeveeccescses-seenectnes 285

XXXIII. On the Marginal Nerves of the Leaves of Mosses. By

GeorGe GuLutv_er, F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons

of England, and Honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons

ANUVELANIG . cacca:esovesesedecscseescesescorseacenencenoedees erste eaten memes ae 3)

XXXIV. On some new Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan.

By ARTHUR ADAMS, FAILS. &. .....ccescccecsaunesodece shies senate nena 299

XXXV. Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon Insects.

Sy Raa AmacaCE WL Ossecesoscsosncceeeseeseneeesenae we nce adouconstesamemee 304

XXXVI. Reply to Mr. Jeffreys’s Remarks on a “‘ Note on the Com-

parative Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the British

Seas.” By Ropert M‘AnpReEw, F.R.S:, F.L:S. <.cca.penereceraneees 311

New Books :—Handbook of the British Flora, by G. Bentham, F.L.S.

—First Traces of Life on the Earth ; or, the Fossils of the Bottom-

rocks, by S. J: Mackie, F-G.S. 80.) ic:cescasesseseeeeeeeeeee 316—323

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society ........- 323—338

On the Hooks on the front Edge of the hinder Wings of certain Hy-

menoptera, communicated by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; Note

on the Fabricius Sea Bull-Head (Acanthocottus Grenlandicus),

by Sir John Richardson, M.D.; Note on Uriéchis microlepidotus,

by John Henry Gurney, Esq.; On a Malformation in Echinus

Flemingii, Ball, by Thos. Howard Stewart, Esq.; On the Sclero-

genous Granules of the Berry of Arbutus Unedo, by George Gul-

liver, F.R.S.; Abstract of a Lecture by Prot. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S.,

on Species and Races, and their Origin; Mr. Darwin’s Theory of

Development, by J. O. Westwood, Esq.; Mr. Darwin on the

Origin of Species, by W. H. Harvey, M.D.; The Monstrous

Begonia frigida at Kew, in relation to Mr. Darwin’s Theory of

Natural Selection, by J. D. Hooker, M.D. ...........s.s00+e 339—352

NUMBER XXIX.

XXXVII. On the Genus Notopterophorus of Costa. By RupoLPH

Lrvckart.’ (With a Plate.) cc 00 i lccsensee on vcnhs sacs ean 353

XXXVITI. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T.

VERNON WOLLASTON, M-A., BlIU:S2c..c-ccccsaecsecsenceeeenes annmteent 358

XXXIX. On the Identity of Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vul-

garis. By Rosert Dyce, M.D. (With two Plates.) ......cesssseeees 366

XL. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun MIERS,

i eee See eeanos germane “ahi ad 370

XLI. Characters of new Cingalese Land-Shells collected by F.

Layard, Esq., Ceylon Civil Service. By W. H. Benson, Esq. ...... 381

XLII. On the History of Echeneis. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER.

DEEN Ente.) 22.2.2... 20. ccnccaceducncocecaccerscsccssceccocccssrancanccoccsces 386

XLIII. Note concerning Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis. By

eee ee reemresmeI NI A., FOLER.S. rE. on... ccc scence cecsencecase Latcavdes 402

XLIV. Ona Species of Ostrea taken from the copper sheathing

on the bottom of a vessel in the Liverpool Graving Docks. By T.C.

ARCHER, Professor of Botany in Queen’s College, Liverpool ......... 404

XLV. On some new Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan.

By ArTHUR ADAMS, F.L.S. &C. 00... see sete see eeees spotter eh 405

New Books :—The Micrographie Dictionary; a Guide to the Exami-

nation and Investigation of the Structure and Nature of Micro-

scopic Objects, by J. W. Griffith, M.D., F.L.S. &c., and Arthur

Henfrey, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.—The Ibis, a Magazine of general

Ornithology, edited by Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A. Vol. I. 413—421

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ..........s.sseesseeeeeeeeeees 422—430

Notes on the Habits of Menura Alberti, by A. A. Leycester, Esq. ;

On Sertularia tricuspidata, and on the Genus Huzleya, by J.

Reay Greene, Esq.; On some young Hybrid Bears bred in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society, by A. D. Bartlett, Esq. 431, 432

NUMBER XXX.

XLVI. On Cyclostigma, a new Genus of Fossil Plants from the

Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorean, co. Kilkenny ; and on the General

Law of Phyllotaxis in the Natural Orders Lycopodiacee, Equisetacee,

Filices, &e. By the Rev. Samuen Havueuron, F.R.S., Professor

of Geology in the University of Dublin ...........sesscecseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 433

XLVII. On the Occurrence of a Sucker-like Adhesive Apparatus

in the Daphniade and allied Crustacea. By RupoteH LevucKart.

Ee ona, asonsa tse) 0cccesssdaaidendsisaceuseseedaxagssetyee 445

XLVIII. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. Ver-

NON WoLLASTON, M.A., F.L.S.

XLIX. On new Land-Shells from Darjiling, with a series of new

Indian Species of Achatina. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq. ... 460

vill CONTENTS.

Page

L. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K. PARKER,

May Mier:'Soc:; and 'T: R: JONES, EiG!Ss sesceccceseeseee oosceeen eee eeeree 466

LI. Mollusca Japonica: new Species of Chrysallida and Parthenia.

BycAnTHUR ADAMS, F.L.S:&y ..6..2000sseone0-s0s0edoseecondeee een 477

LII. On the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars. By P. H. Gosss,

Bisg., FRLS., A.L.S.. ccccnecescsnsseceveoe= sas ones cess see seanh sce sateen 480

LIII. On the Tribe Colletiew, with some Observations on the Struc-

ture of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By Joun MizERs,

PRESS BASE On ce ease caee. cnaneneeanccedaetere acaiseeces Sai epee ee eeeteneees 482

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...........sccsesseeeseseeeeee 493—502

Investigation of Trichina spiralis, by R. Leuckart ; On Sertularia tri-

cuspidata, by Andrew Murray, F.R.S.E.; On the Strobilation of the

Scyphistomata, by P. J. Van Beneden; On the Seminal ¥luid and

Fecundation in the Arachnida, by Emile Blanchard; Note on the

Larva of a Nematode Worm, and on some remarkable peculiari-

ties of the Generative Organs im the Nematoda, by A. Schneider.

503—506

Trex: fd ese ssdsedes sdedeees ode eductaseets sees oeute tev opaeee hte iene tem 507

PLATES IN VOL. V.

Bet bNew Anthribidee.

III. Sarcoptilus sinuosus.—Sareoptilus Gurneyi.

IV. Sarcobelemnon Australasiz.—Renilla sinuata.

V. New British Zoophyte and Echinodermata.

VI. Development of the Mycetozoa.

vir fBengal Desmidiacez.

IX. Uniéchis microlepidotus.

X. Leptodeira torquata.—Echeneis seutata.

XI.

a Bengal Desmidiaceze.

bnew Sertulariade.

XV. Deformed and healthy spines of Haddock.

xvy1_J Spines of deformed Cod.—Notopterophorus Vevanyi.—Evadne

“* "| polyphemoides.—Glossiphonia marginata.

odie

PHY A NWNAES

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

£6 sescesseseseesss Per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Gianneltasii Ecl, 1,

No, 25, JANUARY 1860.

I.— Observations on the Distribution and Habits of the Pelagic

and Freshwater Free-floating Diatomacee. By Surgeon G. C.

Watticu, M.D., Retired List, H.M. Indian Forces.

THERE are three important points connected with the natural

history of the Diatomacee upon which the information hitherto

recorded appears both scanty and unsatisfactory. These are—

The laws whereby the bathymetrical range of these organisms,

in their living state, is determined ;

The conditions under which their silicious remains are depo-

sited and form vast sedimentary strata ;

And, lastly, the extent and nature of their locomotive powers.

In the ‘Synopsis of British Diatomacez’ (vol. i. Introd.

p- xiii.) their distribution and habits are thus described :—

“Their living masses present themselves as coloured fringes

attached to larger plants, or forming a covering to stones or

rocks in cushion-like tufts, or spread over the surface as delicate

velvet, or depositing themselves in a filmy stratum on the sand,

or intermixed with the scum of living or decayed vegetation

floating on the surface of the water. Their presence may be

often detected, without the aid of the microscope, by the absence,

in many species, of the fibrous tenacity which distinguishes other

plants; and when removed from their natural position, they

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v, 1

2 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

become distributed through the water, and are held in suspen-

sion by it, subsiding only after some little time has elapsed.”

In the article on Diatomacez in the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary,’

after a description of the methods for obtaining the fresh-water

species “from the bottom, or from pieces of wood-work, &e.,

immersed in the water,” it is stated that “ many of them are

entangled in the meshes of Confervee and other Algz, or on the

submerged stems of higher plants,—the-deep-sea species” bemg

“obtamed by dredging or by treating the alimentary canal of

fishes, Mollusca, &e., with acid.”

With two exceptions, immediately to be noticed, the above

extracts embrace, as far as I am aware, a summary of the views

entertained by writers on the subject; and they clearly indicate

that none of the Diatomacez have, heretofore, been recognized as

strictly free-floating organisms, but, on the contrary, that such

forms as occur at times suspended in the water are considered as

having been removed accidentally from their natural positions, and

therefore evincing an invariable tendency to subside to the bottom.

Dr. J. D. Hooker was the- first to notice the vast profusion

of Diatomaceze in the South Polar Ocean; and he pointed out

their conspicuous appearance when imbedded in the substance

of the ice or washed up-on its surface by the action of the

waves.

Still more recently, Assistant-Surgeon Macdonald, of H.M.

Ship ‘ Herald,’ in a brief but interesting paper on “ Deep

Soundings in the South Pacific” (published in the ‘ Annals of

Nat. Hist.’ for October 1857) offered the subjoined remarks on

the subject :—

“Having ascertained with a certain degree of precision the

nature of the material to be found in deep soundings off the

coast of Australia and in the neighbourhood of the South Sea

Islands, it is a discovery of peculiar mterest to find the samé

minute organic forms, m vast numbers, mixed with the alimen-

tary matter of Salpians and other pelagic animals observed in

the open ocean, far distant from their shores.

“The presence of the silicious spicula and the fenestrated cells

of Thalassicolla with the embryonic shells of the pelagic Mol-

lusea might be readily accounted for. But how minute bivalves,

Foraminifera, and a great variety of Diatomacese, and even Des-

midiese*, including the genus Closterium, and all apparently

recent, could have been, as it were, casually inhaled, is not so

* Jn the plate accompanying Mr. Macdonald’s paper, a Closterium-like

body is represented, and referred by the author to the family named. A

similar form has repeatedly been obtained by me from the same source.

In external characters and colour it certainly exhibits the closest resem-

blance to a Closterium, but I was unable to detect either the terminal

vesicles or the central suture.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacea. 3

easily explained. Such are the facts, however ; and the means by

which these bodies are so widely distributed are inscrutable, un-

less it be ultimately determined that they are in great part purely

pelagic examples of the orders and genera to which they belong.

This appears to be the most consistent view of the matter, seemg

that the agency of drift-weed, or any other fortuitous cause,

would be quite inadequate to produce so vast a result, even so

far as mechanical dispersion is concerned, not to complicate the

question with the more important part of the problem, namely,

the preservation of the vitality and integrity of the beings under

consideration.”

I can most fully verify Mr. Macdonald’s observations, having

detected in the open sea, and widely distant from land or drift-

weed, vast assemblages of minute animal and vegetable life,

embracing every order to which he makes reference. My own

observations, carried on during the voyage from Calcutta in the

spring of the same year in which Mr. Macdonald’s paper was

published, led me to the following conclusions :—

That an inconceivable multitude of minute animal and

vegetable organisms, the remains of which have been detected

in deep-sea soundings, are, in their normal living state,

strictly free-floating forms, inhabiting an extended bathyme-

trical range in the waters of the ocean. That the limits and

variation of this bathymetrical range are determined by causes

having reference partly to the condition of the atmosphere, and

partly to the peculiar idiosynerasy of the organism in question ;

the two sets of causes being influenced mutually, one by the

other. That these floating pelagic forms constitute the principal

source of food for the countless millions of minute animals which

inhabit the open sea. And, lastly, that to the combined opera-

tion of such animals and those mightier zoophagists to whom

the latter atoms afford, in their turn, a prolific prey, the sub-

marine deposits of silicious and calcareous remains are, in a chief

degree, attributable, the effects of natural death and decay being

duly taken into consideration*,

* The late Professor Bailey of New York states (Journ. Microscop. Soc,

vol. iii. p. 90) that Lieut. Berryman of the United States’ Navy found “no

trace of hard-shelled animalcules from specimens of water taken cither

at the surface or at any depths, at situations in close proximity to the places

where the soundings were made, in the summer months, when animal life

is most abundant ;” and that “the animals present,” some of which were,

at the time of writing, “‘alive in bottles, were all of a soft, penetrable nature,

leaving on their decay only a light flocculent matter, while the Foraminifera

and Diatoms would have left their hard shells, if they had been present.”

It is needless to say that these observations are quite mexplicable, unless on

the assumption that the means necessary for the capture of all the smaller

Microscopic organisms were inadequate. At all events, a diametrically

Opposite result has been recorded by other observers.

4& Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacece.

Throughout the entire series of the two great kingdoms of

nature, there is no class of objects so universally and lavishly

distributed as the Diatomacex. In every latitude, on land and

by sea, and under every known variation of temperature, where-

soever are combined the primary conditions of light and mois-

ture, these minute but wondrously beautiful structures are to be

found, in inexhaustible profusion.

Of their immediate purpose and uses we know little, as yet,

beyond the bare fact that vast strata of the earth’s crust consist

more or less entirely of their silicious remains; that these

strata have been formed, in bygone ages, as marine, fluviatile,

or lacustrine deposits ; and that, in our own day, similar strata

are being gradually but in cessantly built up, in the dark abysses

of the sea-bed, far beyond the depths at which any living strue-

tures, with which we are acquainted, could meet with the condi-

tions essential to their existence.

The strata referred to are, by some writers, described as

* fossil ” (or I should rather say that the Diatomacez discovered

in those strata have been so considered),—an error at once ob-

vious, from the fact of their silicious constituents existing now

in precisely the same state as that in which they originally con-

stituted the framework of the organisms by which they were

eliminated and secreted.

This is a material point; and I am desirous of laying stress

upon it, inasmuch as I conceive the deposits under notice not to

be dependent wholly, or even chiefly, on the subsidence of these

silicious frameworks, as the sequel to ordinary death and decay,

but on the living structures bemg subjected, in numberless mul-

titudes, to the processes of digestion ; ; whereby, being divested

of the bulk of the particles possessing any buoyant ‘tendency,

the mineral remains subside, by their own specific gravity, to the

regions wherein they are finally entombed.

Some faint conception of their numbers may be gathered

from what we see in the guanos, which present a considerable

percentage of Wiatemaceans exuvize, and are thereby enhanced in

commercial value. In most deseriptions of the sourees from

whence the silicious’ element in guano is derived, it is stated

that the birds producing this kind of deposit feed directly

upon Diatomaceze. Professor Carpenter suggests that the birds

must have received these minute particles ‘from the “ shell-fish

to which they serve as ordinary food.”

Professor Quekett, in a paper on “ The Examination of Guano

by the Microscope” (Trans. Microscop. Soe. vol. 11. p. 29), thus

writes :—The silicious animaleules and sponge-spicules, it

would seem, become present in the guano from, firstly, being

deyoured by fishes whilst adhering to sea-weeds or mingled with

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 5

the sand; and, secondly, the fishes being devoured by the birds,

they are voided with the excrementitious matter of the latter.

As the guano localities are always above the level of the sca,

and the species of animalcules yet discovered are all of the cha.

racter that inhabit the bottom of the ocean, the most probable

reason for their occurrence is that above described.”

Now, with one or two rare exceptions, it would be easy to

show that no Diatomaceous frustules exist of sufficiently large

size to come within the focus of any bird’s eye whatever. Nor

could any vertebrate animal we are acquainted with, by any pos-

sibility, gather together, within a reasonable period, a sufficient

supply of such infinitesimal nourishment as the Diatomacex

afford, even granting that the optical difficulty were in any

manner overcome. Again, no animal is known to possess pre-

hensile or masticatory apparatus of sufficiently delicate arrange-

ment to enable it to deal with particles so minute. The presence

of Diatoms in guano, therefore, cannot be said to result from

their constituting a direct source of food to the birds in question,

but from their being the main source of food to the countless mi-

nute animals and animalcules, from the Crustacean and Mollusk

down to the humblest hydrozoic being, on which the feathered

tribes of the open sea depend for diet.

Touching the position assigned by Professor Quekett to the

living representatives of all species whose remains haye been

found in the guanos, and assuming that the Diatomacez were

included under the term “ animalcules” (which was almost uni-

versally applied to these organisms at the time the paper referred

to was written), it is only necessary to mention that in no in-

stance have living Diatoms been brought up, by the sounding

apparatus, from extreme depths. Frustules have been frequently

obtained, containing the remains of the endochrome. But this

proves nothing beyond the fact that the water, at those great

depths, is so highly charged with saline particles as to render it

capable of preserving, for an indefinite period, such portions of

animal or vegetable matter as may sink to the bottom. It is

highly probable, moreover, that, putting aside the Foraminifera,

olyeystina, and Diatomacez, whose softer portions are included

within a rigid mineral shell, nothing but the bleached skeletons

of all the higher organisms ever reaches the bed of the ocean,

every soft atom being resolved into its elements, cither mechani-

cally or chemically, long before it sinks to its final resting«

place.

In the lowest forms of animal life, the absence of one set

of functions is counterbalanced by the introduction of another,

We thus find that a simple ciliary apparatus, working continu-

ally in the midst of an inexhaustible profusion of alimentary

6. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

matter, answers all their requirements, and prepares them, in

due course, to become food for creatures far removed from them

as regards complexity of structure.

The pelagic Diatomacee have hitherto escaped detection

chiefly because the means employed for the purpose have been

inadequate. Indeed, their detection at all may be said to have

been the result rather of accident than of any systematic endea-

your to trace out the boundaries of their distribution.

The Diatomaceze abound in all waters, more or less, but no-

where in such vast profusion as in the open ocean. Their pre-

sence there is in nowise accidental, or necessarily associated with

that of foreign floating bodies, such as drift-weed, wood, &c. &e.

It is well known that a large class of Diatoms consists of what are

called “free forms,” that is, of frustules possessing neither stipes

nor mucous cushion or pedicle of any sort, whereby they might

attach themselves to, or derive support from, other bodies ; and

that they are moreover endowed with a very peculiar and remark-

able power of motion.

To these “free forms” belong the Diatomaceze of the open

sea; and there cannot be a doubt that the numbers in which

they exist, in all latitudes, at all seasons, and at all depths (ex-

tending from an inch to the lowest limit at which the most

attenuated ray of light can penetrate, or at which pressure per-

mits), are immeasurably in excess of what we have hitherto been

in the habit of assuming.

Nothing is more perplexing to the collector, at sea, than the

apparently capricious manner in which the minute forms of or-

eanic life, both vegetable and animal, present themselves in and

disperse from the surface waters. 1 haye repeatedly observed

the upper portion of the sea to burst forth suddenly, as it were,

into a swarm of living particles, and these again as capriciously

and suddenly to disappear. At one time, a slight change of

temperature, or wind, or cloud, brings about such a result ;

at another, it follows upon influences unappreciable perhaps

to our organs of sense, but at once indicated by barometric

changes. During calms and bright sunshine, as might be anti-

cipated, the assemblages of these vast masses of life are most

frequent and constant, and especially so in the case of the Dia-

tomacex ; but this is by no means the invariable condition,

as shall presently be shown.

My attention was, in the first instance, drawn to these remark-

able objects by the phenomenon which presented itself in the

Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, in March and April 1857.

This consisted of an immense multitude of small yellow floceuli

and tufts, with which the surface of the sea for some depth

was crowded in suflicient quantity to impart to it a faint

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 7

tint,—these tufts being intermixed with numerous glistening

cylindrical bodies of a similar colour. A succession of calms,

followimg one on the other, enabled me to trace this phenomenon,

with but slight intermission, from 18° North lat. to 24° South.

On the Atlantic side of Africa the tufts alone were to be seen,

and in smaller quantities, as might be expected from the stormy

character of the sea. Without entermg into a detailed descrip-

tion of these forms, I will merely state that the tufts were of

two kinds,—one consisting of cylindrical filaments, closely re-

sembling Trichodesmium in character ; the other, of filaments of

a Rhizoselenia*. The flocculent masses, which when seen float-

ing on the water resembled flakes of yellow cotton, were from

half an inch to two, or even three inches in length, and proved to

be aggregations of filaments of the same genus. The cylindrical

bodies were gigantic Coscinodisci, each disk being distinguish-

able at a considerable distance from the eye, and even for several

feet below the immediate surface.

I was at first induced to refer the whole of the tufts and floc-

eulent masses to the Confervoid growths described as frequently

occurring in the Red and Yellow Seas in such profusion as to

tinge their waters of a reddish-yellow colour. The examination

of the Trichodesmium-like tufts, which happened to come first

under my notice, confirmed this view for a time; and it was not

until a more extended analysis revealed the presence of the sili-

cious forms, that the true character of the latter became appa-

rent. Salpe and Diphyes, taken previously in the upper por-

tion of the Bay of Bengal, had already brought to light a con-

siderable number of Diatomacez, specimens of which were now

to be found entangled iu the tufts and flocculi alluded to, im-

bedded in the substance of Thalassicolle, or abundantly distri-

buted in the alimentary matter procured from Salpians and

other small creatures.

The mighty scale on which the Diatomacez really exist did not

become manifest, however, until we reached the Atlantic, between

the Cape and St. Helena.

It was here that, for many degrees, and in bright breezy

weather, the ship passed through vast layers of sea-water so

thronged with the bodies of a species of Sa/pa (S. mucronata) as

to present the consistence of a jelly. These layers extended for

several miles in length. What their vertical limits were, it was

impossible to discover, owing to the speed at which the ship was

moving. They appeared to extend deep, however, and in all

* This genus, as originally established by Ehrenberg, comprises forms

widely distinct from the genus as now circumscribed by Mr. Brightwell of

Norwich, and referred to above (Quart. Journ. Microscop. Soc., vol. vi.

p- 93).

8 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

probability were of a similar character to the aggregations of

what is called whale-food in the higher latitudes. Hach of these

Salpe measured about half an inch in length; but so close was

their aggregation, that, by a sudden plunge of an iron-rimmed

towing-net, half the cubie contents, from which all water had

percolated, generally consisted of nothing but one thick gelatinous

pulp. Hach individual presented a minute yellow digestive

cavity, of the size of a millet-seed, which contained both Dia-

tomacee, Foraminifera, and other organic particles.

If we take into account the numbers of Diatomacez and Fo-

raminifera that must exist in order to afford even a small inte-

eval proportion of the diet of these creatures,—the vast renewal

of supply that must be perpetually going on, and the equally vast

multitude of these Diatom-consumers that yield, im their turn,

a source of food to the gigantic Cetaceans and other large crea-

tures of the sea,—it becomes possible, in some measure at least,

to form an estimate of the manner in which the deep-sea depo-

sits become accumulated.

Although no detailed investigations have up to this time been

carried out with the special view of determining the bathy-

metrical ranges at which the Diatomacee, Foraminifera, and

Polycystina of the soundings may be said to live, sundry vague

and conflicting opinions have, here and there, been elicited

during the recent inquiries into the nature of the sea-bottom,

instituted under the auspices of the British, the Dutch, and the

United States’ Governments.

These opinions bear reference, however, almost wholly to the

original habitats of such Foramimifera and Polycystina as have

been traced in the soundings,—it being asserted by some that

they lived and died at extreme depths, near the positions in

which their shells were discovered; whilst by others it is con-

tended that, having passed their lives in the various littoral

regions of the ocean, their indestructible remains were gradually

borne away by currents toward the situations at which they

ultimately rested.

It is a notable fact, that both in guanos and deep-sea deposits

the discoid forms of Diatomacee generally preponderate. In

some deposits, as is well known, they constitute almost the en-

tire silicious element, although frequently mixed with the calca-

reous exuviz of Foraminifera, which, from their greatly superior

size, form a large percentage of the mass. The abundance of

Coscinodiscus in the Indian seas has already been adverted to ;

and, from observations made by me more recently amongst the

Channel Islands, it appears highly probable that this form is

the most largely distributed of the pelagic Diatomacez.

{n contradistinction to the discoid forms, those of Naviculoid

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 9

figure (using both these designations in their broadest sense)

were comparatively scarce both as to species and individual

numbers, and presented characters distinct from their non-

pelagic congeners.

In the contents of the stomach of Sa/pe and Diphyes, the

discoid examples were numerous, although not of large size, as

might be expected*, Among these may be named Coscinodiscus,

Eupodiscus, Asterolampra, Asteromphalus, and Triceratium.

Rhizoselenia was always abundantly detected, but nowhere so

profusely as in the mid-Atlantic, where the digestive cavities of

monstrous Sa/pe, measuring from six to seven inches in length,

contained little else.

Temperature, within certain limits, has probably little to do

with the bathymetrical distribution of the pelagic Diatoms; for

it is well known that, whereas in the equatorial regions the tem-

perature decreases with the depth, at a tolerably fixed rate, until

it becomes stationary (or only subject to slight variation) several

degrees above freezing-point,—in the Polar region the converse

process takes place, the temperature increasing from above with

the depth, and approaching to the standard which is probably

universal near the bed of the ocean.

The question to what extent the subsidence and deposit of

minute organic remains may be influenced by oceanic currents,

ean hardly be considered as bearing on the present subject. It

will be a point for future investigators to decide, how far the

results observable in such a case can be rendered expressive of

their causes. Or, should this, in its literal sense, appear a

visionary hope, we may, at all events, expect, by examining

facts as presented, to augment our practical knowledge of the

sea, and, with it, our means of verifying other and more palpable

phenomena.

Again, it seems highly probable, from what has been adduced,

that these vast aggregations of minute vegetable life, and (what

is of equal value as affording collateral evidence of their presence

somewhere in the neighbouring depths) of the minute creatures

which subsist upon them, exist in different vertical zones, which

are partly determined by atmospheric conditions, and partly by

peculiar idiosyncrasies of the organism upon which those atmo-

spheric conditions operate.

In the present state of our knowledge of their life-history,

anything beyond a notice of the most easily recognized and

demonstrable of these conditions would be futile. Nevertheless

I shall endeavour to show that, as regards the Diatomacee,

* The Coscinodiscus referred to as being so conspicuous in the Indian

waters is probably the largest Diatom known, the valve at times measuring

one-twentieth of an inch in diameter.

10 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

certain well-known laws, which influence the vegetable kingdom

generally, exercise an additional and very powerful influence

in their diffusion from one bathymetrical zone to another; and

that, too, apart from the peculiar inherent power of locomotion

exhibited by this remarkable class of organisms.

Light and moisture constitute the indispensable requirements

of the Diatom. Without these, its vitality at once ceases. But

these requirements are essential only in a very modified degree.

In other words, an amount of either so limited as to annihilate

every trace of life in the higher types, is not only capable of

sustaining that of these lowlier ones, but of sufficing for every

purpose of luxuriant growth and reproduction.

It is impossible not to be struck with the exuberant and rich

development of endochrome seen in all the floating frustules.

Nothing can exceed the vividness of colour or massiveness of

the endochrome-granules in the several species observed. The

frustules procured direct from the water were invariably full of

these particles, whilst such as were obtained, at second hand,

from the digestive canals of the minute phytophagists within

whose bodies they were found, exhibited the frustules in

every condition intermediate between that just described and

emptiness—the exponent of accomplished digestion. In the

latter case we have the state in which the silicious skeleton is

extruded and now permitted slowly but surely to accomplish its

journey to the bottom.

How far these minute frustules may have travelled from that

point at which, succumbing to the limits imposed on their

individual existence, or captured as food, they first began

their descent as mere motionless atoms, it would be vain to sur-

mise. One thing is certain—that, to whatever extent their ulti-

mate destination may have been influenced by the mightier

and more determinate currents of the ocean, they must also have

been swayed to and fro, for indefinitely protracted periods, by

those numberless fainter heavings which, although unmarked

by the plummet, are nevertheless all-powerful in relation to such

particles.

The spores of the freshwater Algz afford evidence of the

wonderful amount of vital resilience, so to speak, with which

these structures are endowed,—being capable of withstanding

long-protracted periods of desiccation under tropical heats, or

congelation under Arctic cold, without losing those reproductive

energies in the absence of which their tribe would be annihilated.

This power belongs in a very marked manner to the sporangia

of the Desmidiaceze and Diatomaceze, as is well known. In all

probability, therefore, the pelagic Diatomacee possess some

equivalent property, in virtue of which they can the more readily

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 11

accommodate themselves to the varying, but mighty, agencies of

the ocean.

The tendency of the Diatom to approach the source of light

and heat is fully understood. It shares that tendency with all

other vegetable structures, although, from the fixed nature of

the higher orders, the effects are perhaps not so palpably recog-

nized. But -there exists, it appears to me, quite sufficient evi-

dence to prove that this quality is entirely distinct from, and

independent of, the peculiar motile power upon which its animal

character was so long and so erroneously maintained. The one

phenomenon is simply the result of those physical conditions

by which the growth and increase of the organism are determined ;

the other depends upon peculiarities of structure or function

which, although imperfectly understood, must nevertheless be

considered as imparted to it for the purpose of bringing it into

contact with fresh portions of the medium it inhabits, or of

enabling it to accommodate itself to the requirements of the

conjugative process.

Last year, among the Channel Islands, it was my good for-

tune to meet with a repetition of the phenomenon witnessed by

me in the Indian seas. As in the former instance, my attention

was first attracted by the occurrence, during calm spring weather,

of large frustules of a Coscinodiscus, viz. C. concinnus. The sur-

face and depths, as far as the eye could pierce from the gunwale

of a boat, were thronged with the brilliant, glistening cylinders

of this Diatom, intermixed with filaments of Biddulphia Baileyii,

and, more sparingly, with the long acicular threads of Rhizo-

selenia and Chetoceros. The self-buoyant property of these

coast-frequenting forms, although of a temporary character

only, is nevertheless evident, and indicates that they hold a po-

sition intermediate between the perpetually free-floating species

of the open sea and the subparasitic species of the fresh water,

which, although capable of self-support for brief periods, are

generally to be found in the neighbourhood of aquatic plants

or other objects.

As it happens, Coscinodiscus concinnus, Biddulphia Baileyit,

and the several species of Rhizoselenia are amongst those forms

sometimes designated as “imperfectly silicious.” Their distinct-

ness as species can, however, in nowise be influenced by this

character. The quality of the silicious framework is, after all,

‘resolvable into a question, not of imperfect (that is, impure)

‘silicious secretion, but of the relative thickness and solidity of

that secretion in these as compared with other forms. If it

be for a moment contended that the silicious structure is per-

meated by any structure of vegetable origin, whether proto-

plasm or endochrome, or cellulose, the only consistent view of

12 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

the silicious portion of the frustule must at once be set aside.

Professor Bailey’s observations with reference to the behaviour

of the Diatom when treated by hydrofluoric acid are conclusive

on this point. The external silicious framework is consumed.

The internal cellulose cell-membrane remains intact, leaving no

trace of any delicate network, such as we should certainly find

were it associated with the substance of the silicious portions.

On the other hand, the substance of the silicious valves (after

being subjected to hydrochloric and nitric acids) in no case

exhibits evidence of permeation by other matter.

The frustules of certain species, it is true, are more readily

broken up under the action of acid; but under no cireum-

stances can nitro-muriatic acid destroy a film of silica, however

delicate.

Forms accidentally removed from their natural habitats, and

thereby placed under conditions for which they are unfitted,

naturally enough, present examples of imperfect deposition of

silex, as to quantity, but not as to purity. Such a state occurs

in freshwater forms exposed to brackish water, or vice versd.

But these are exceptional cases, and cannot be allowed to weigh

in our estimate of normally developed forms. As regards the

Diatoms more particularly noticed as falling under the modified

silicious examples, it is only necessary to state that specimens

subjected to boiling, for many hours, in the most concentrated

acids, in no single instance presented appearances which could

be interpreted into an obliteration of the silicious envelope.

The true significance, I would suggest, of the delicate nature

of the silicious element in the Diatomaceze under review consists

in a simple adaptation of the means to the end—in the lighten-

ing of the mineral framework as far as is compatible with the

requisite strength, and its bemg made to enclose the greatest

possible space, in order to admit of that luxuriant development

of the endochrome and protoplasmic contents, in virtue of which

the specific gravity of the frustule is diminished and its buoyancy

secured.

Light and pressure seem to be the main causes that im-

pose limits to the wanderings of these organisms. It has been

shown that their buoyancy must vary with the intensity of

the conditions necessary to their development; and we are

justified in concluding, moreover, that there are periods in

the history of the structure at which their development and re-

productive phenomena proceed most vigorously. Their bathy-

metrical position must therefore also be a fluctuating one; and

we can thus satisfactorily account for the seemingly capricious

manner in which they approach, or disappear from, the surface

of their element.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 13

We have therefore before us an answer to the problem, why

these organisms appear near the surface more readily in calm

and bright weather. It is only during such conditions of the

atmosphere that the refractive power of the medium they inhabit

remains undisturbed by the surface-tumult; the rays of hght

and heat penetrate freely into the depths, and produce, by their

combined influence, the amount of development under which

the ascent to the surface takes place*.

It will be obvious that buoyancy and development of endo-

chrome must proceed pari passu, when we recollect that the sili-

cious skeleton, once formed and consolidated, ceases to grow,

and therefore that the increase of the lighter contents must

materially diminish the specific gravity of the entire frustule.

Of course the development of the freshwater forms depends

on precisely the same laws as that of the pelagic ones ; but their

buoyancy is constantly obscured by entanglement amongst Algz

and other bodies mixed with the water in which they reside.

There are two easily available modes in which the buoyancy of

certain freshwater species, and the powerful light-seeking ten-

dency of others, may be tested. The first consists in carefully

scooping up, during bright sunny weather, a portion of the water

in the immediate neighbourhood of the larger Algze ; the second,

in watching how rapidly the mud-inhabiting species cover a

muddy bank (which, during stormy weather, exhibited not a

single frustule) with a uniform layer of glistening and satin-like

yellow.

Lastly, the spaces frequently traversed by the Diatomacez

are such as to be quite irreconcileable with the ordinary alter-

nating to-and-fro motions they exhibit ; for, even granting that

this kind of motion were capable of bemg continuously exercised

in any given direction, the speed achieved by it would be quite

disproportionate to the distances travelled over.

Having thus far endeavoured to trace the influences which

determine the general limits of the Diatom as to depth, and its

transition from one bathymetrical range to another, it remains

for me to state the result of an extended series of observations,

conducted with a view to ascertain the precise agency whereby

the ordinary motile power of the free species is produced.

Did space permit, or were it necessary after what has fallen

from the pen of the Jate Professor Smith on the point, I might

* It is well worthy of note that the ordinary to-and-fro movements of

the Diatomacez appear to be carried on quite as energetically under arti-

ficial as under solar light. But artificial light does not bring them to the

surface as solar light does,—clearly proving that the ascent of the free-

floating forms from the depths is not due to the ordimary motile power of

their frustules.

14. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacea.

discuss the statement. of Professor Ehrenberg as to his having

seen ‘“‘ moveable retractile cirrhi,” on a species of Surirella, bear-

ing a resemblance to “the feet of the sea-stars,” by which loco-

motion was effected.

As it is, I would observe that, having repeatedly seen the pecu-

liar appendages described by Professor Ehrenberg and recognized

by Professor Smith, I have shared the inability of the last-named

high authority to distinguish the slightest evidence of motile

power. Prof. Smith states that he never saw the appendages

move. In so far as relates to their bemg deflected, one after

the other, during the transit of the frustule to which they were

attached past impeding objects, I have certainly seen move-

ments; but these movements were precisely of a character to

furnish the most conclusive proofs against their being organs of

locomotion, or indeed anything more than epiphytic appendages

which, like the teeth of a comb, when drawn across an object,

become the exponents and not the source of the force employed.

Before proceeding further, I must avow that, whilst I am

prepared to indicate the kind of organs possessed by the Diato-

mace, I have hitherto failed in rendering them visible under

the microscope, even with all the delicate appliances of an

instrument of the most perfect construction.

In venturing to prove my position, I rely on two facts: viz.

that the hypothesis offered 1s sufficient to account for the entire

series of phenomena, and that the phenomena observed are

wholly irreconcileable with any other hypothesis.

Under this difficulty, I may perhaps be permitted to record,

in the first place, the several conditions under which the living

Diatom may be seen to move and to exert an influence upon

minute particles in its course; and then to point out the nature

of the organs by which alone I conceive those conditions can be

effected*.

The normal motion of the Diatomaceous frustule is in two

opposite directions, which accord with its longest diameter. It

is of a smooth, gliding nature, devoid of jerks or interruptions,

and exhibits itself at tolerably regular intervals. The rate at

which it travels is not uniform, being subject to variation on

increase or diminution of light and warmth. The rate is also

materially influenced by the condition of the endochrome, the

motions being invariably more active and energetic when the

frustule is full. On the other hand, as soon as the contents

shrink, and more especially on the appearance of vibratile

* The appearances about to be described may be readily seen in any of

the commoner Naviculoid species. If kept in saucers for a day or two,

they will rise to the surface, in a sufficiently pure state to admit of aceu-

rate observation.

Cece <edn -

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 15

granules, the movements become either wholly or partially

arrested. | .

The power of turning on the long axis also exists, and,

further, of wheeling round on the centre abruptly. It is proba-

ble, however, that this last kind of motion is effected only when

the frustule happens to be obstructed in its course by foreign

particles, or between the glass slide and cover of the observer.

When thus impeded, the smooth gliding character of the motion

becomes destroyed, and in its place may be seen a somewhat

“drunken” or, at times, jerky progress. This, although evi-

dently due to the abnormal position in which the Diatom hap-

pens to be placed, proves of the highest value, as will be pre-

sently understood, in arriving at a proper view of the question

before us.

When a frustule comes into contact with particles of matter in

its vicinity (as constantly occurs whilst it is under the eye of

the observer), it either cleaves its way steadily and slowly through

them, or, by a series of abrupt jerks, becomes freed from the

obstacles, and continues its progress, with perhaps some slight

change of its original direction. Should the particles prove too

heavy for its powers, or too firmly fixed, the jerks nevertheless

are continued, until, on the recurrence of the retrograde in-

terval, the frustule reverses its direction and retires from the

obstructing particles.

But, mstead of merely thrusting aside a particle in its way,

the Diatom may frequently be noticed to seize upon it, and

carry it along with it for an indefinite period on one or other of

its surfaces—often, moreover, in an opposite direction to that

pursued by the frustule for the time being. It is not by any

means essential that the particle laid hold of should be placed

directly in its path, or even very close to it; .for, at times,

without any connecting bond of union being detected, the

particle is forcibly drawn towards the moving frustule, and is

either released after a while, or subjected to the handling above

referred to.

The Diatom may, again, pass over, or under, or through a

mass of impeding objects, and may appear for a time as if it

had got clear of these. Such is not the case, however. When

at has advanced fo some distance, the particles are suddenly ob-

served to be bound together, as it were, and to follow accurately in

the wake of the frustule, the relative positions and distance being

accurately maintained. Should the frustule, with its particle

or particles “in tow,’ now meet with any sudden impediment,

‘the instant it is checked in its course, so is the particle,—

every jerk, turn, and movement of the body dragging being

‘synchronously and faithfully repeated by the particle dragged.

16 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee.

Having been “towed” along as just described, the particle

may all at once be suddenly drawn towards or upon the Diatom,

when similar phenomena to those above noted are perhaps

again repeated.

At times the course of events is changed. The Diatom

cleaves its way, and evades or pushes through an obstacle which

is sufficient to check the particle it happens to be dragging

behind it. We now see the Diatom suddenly arrested, at the

precise instant that the obstacle is observed to take effect upon

the particle. Again the Diatom jerks, as if endeavouring to

free the obstructed particle by dragging it through the obstacle,

and again every jerk and movement are most faithfully repeated

by the particle in tow and also by the obstacle it is impeded by.

Should the force exercised prove insufficient to release the par-

ticle, one of two events occurs :—either the bond of union, what-

ever it may be, appears suddenly to break or relax, and the Dia-

tom springs forward on its course; or, at the end of the usual

alternating interval, the bond of union being still retained, the

frustule retraces its steps.

In this last event, a very remarkable phenomenon may be

witnessed. The Diatom either manages to pierce or to evade

the obstacle which impeded the particle it had “in tow,” and

frees it by causing it to recede from instead of advancing through

the obstacle; or, having released its hold, ‘it advances alone,

leaving the particle motionless. Sometimes the Diatom appears

to “anchor” itself to a spot, and the particle, should one be

retained “in tow,” instantly stops. But, although at a con-

siderable distance, it may be observed to experience jerks and

movements utterly incompatible with any forces except such as

must originate with the Diatomaceous frustule. Or, although

the frustule is evidently anchored in some way, and thus enabled,

generally speaking, to withstand the recoil shock or jerk due to

the force it has applied, the unmistakeable connexion between

some jerk of the particle it is applied to and the corresponding

recoil the frustule exhibits leaves no possible room to deny the

sequence of the two events as cause and effect. And, lastly, the

whole of the above phenomena may occur between a frustule and

one or many such particles of matter.

These, then, constitute some of the most striking appearances

which bear directly on the problem before us. Jn avoiding the

complications that must have arisen had I attempted to depict

all the modifications they are liable to under a variety of acci-

dental cireumstances of no significance one way or the other as

relates to the point to be proved, I should have become simply

unintelligible.

The view entertained by Professor Smith, and indeed by the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 17

generality of authorities, respecting the movements of the Diato-

macez, may be best stated in the paragraphs from the ‘ Synopsis’

(vol. i. p. xxiii) :—

* Of the cause of these movements I fear I can give but a very

imperfect account. It appears to me that they do not arise from

any external organs of motion. The more accurate instruments

now in the hands of the observer have enabled him confidently

to affirm that all statements resting upon the revelations of more

imperfect object-glasses, which have assigned motile cilia or feet

to the Diatomaceous frustule, have been founded upon illusion

and mistake. Amongst the hundreds of species which I have

examined in every stage of growth and phase of movement,

aided by glasses which have never been surpassed for clearness

and definition, I have never been able to detect any semblance

of a motile organ.

“T am constrained to believe that the movements of the Dia-

tomaceze are owing to forces operating within the frustule, and

are probably connected with the endosmotic and exosmotic ac-

tion of the cell. The fluids which are concerned in these actions

must enter and be emitted through the minute foramina at the

extremities of the silicious valves; and it may be easy to con-

ceive that an exceedingly small quantity of water expelled through

these minute apertures would be sufficient to produce moyement

in bodies of so little specific gravity.”

Had it only been necessary to explain the ordinary and sepa-

rate movements of the Diatomaceous frustule, the theory of

endosmotic and exosmotic action might perhaps have been

deemed satisfactory. But the moment we come to consider the

behaviour of the frustule with reference to minute objects in its

vicinity, and duly interpret the phenomena I have endeavoured to

describe, and which are inseparable as cause and effect, it becomes

evident that no such action can, by any possibility, account for

them. To explain such phenomena consistently, we are irre-

sistibly, as I conceive, led to one inference, namely, the existence

of elongated prehensile filaments, capable of alternate extension

and retraction, of extreme tenuity, yet of extraordinary strength

and elasticity,—in virtue of which both the ordinary to-and-fro

motions and the secondary motions affecting surrounding bodies

are performed.

All “free” Diatomacez may be held to possess these organs.

But where they emerge, whether they arise in one, or two,

or several pairs from each valvular extremity, and whether

they are to be considered as processes sent out from the pri-

mordial utricle, it would be foolish, at present, to hazard an

opinion.

If it has not been deemed rash to assume the existence of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 2

18 Dr. G. C. Wallich en the Diatomacee.

endosmotie and exosmotie action in solving the problem before

us, surely it cannot be so to assume that of prehensile organs

of the kind shadowed forth. In the one case the alternating

action in opposite directions has no parallel. On the contrary,

looking at the unicellular nature of the Diatomaceous frustule,

we are at once met with strong negative testimony. Not so,

however, with regard to the motile filaments ; for we are pre-

sented with analogous phenomena in the spores of certain Acro-

genous plants, which move from place to place by the alternate

expansion and contraction of the hairs with which they are

furnished.

‘Or, if we are inclined to admit an analogy between the pre-

hensile and motile organs now spoken of and the pseudopodia of

the Rhizopods—or, to go yet a step further, if we look at the

contractile pedicels of certain Infusoria, we are provided with

examples from the animal kingdom of the oceurrence of similar,

or very nearly similar organs. :

From the character of the primary movements of the Dia-

tom, and those secondary movements which are produced by

its instrumentality on objects m its neighbourhood, it 1s highly

probable that the prehensile and active portion of the organs 1s

chiefly confined to their extremities, —their stem being somewhat

rigid, and thereby unfitted to create currents amongst minute

foreign particles at its pomt of exit. Of filaments of this nature

we have examples, although on an enlarged scale, in certain

Monadina (Monas attenuata, for instance), and certain Kuglene,

such as Peranema globulosa. By such organs we might naturally

expect to see particles in the vicinity of a Diatom grasped and

swayed about, precisely as occwrs in reality, at the same time

that the ordinary motions are produced.

Professor Smith has stated that, on colouring the water with

“earmine or indigo, he had never been able to detect in the

coloured particles surrounding the Diatom those rotatory cur-

rents which indicate, in the true Infusorial animalcules, the

presence of cilia.” But, surely, had endosmotie and exosmotic

action been the real source of motion, similar currents ought

to have attended the eapulsion from the apertures of even so

small a quantity of water forcibly enough to ereate those

movements.

The same writer has also stated (Synops. vol. i. p. 23) that

“motion may at times be detected in other forms than the free

species ; as those of Gomphonema, when forcibly separated from

their stipes, occasionally exhibit an evident tendency to change

their position ;” but that such motions are devoid of the zsochro-

nous quality so notable in the others.

This is precisely what might be looked for, as I conceive the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Diatomacee. 19

stipes and cushion-like masses of the pedunculate and filamen-

tous forms to be merely modifications of the filament in one or

both directions; and it is highly probable, therefore, that the

remarkable unsymmetrically arranged processes referred to b

me (Quart. Journ. Mier. Science, vol. vi. p. 423) as occurring in

both species of the genus Hydrosera, and also to be found in

several Indian stipitate forms, are in reality apertures, through

which the modified filament is extended. Of course, in the

discoid forms, the marginal processes would perform the same

office*.

In Bacillaria paradoxa we have to assume the presence of a

highly elastic envelope, embracing the entire filament, to enable

us to conceive how the several series of prehensile filaments may

produce the curious movement which that form exhibits. That

such envelopes are to be found both amongst the Diatomacee

and Desmidiacez, is. well known. And in proof of the elastic

character which analogous structures may possess, it is only

necessary for me to state that, from observations made by me

on an Indian species of Schizonema, the character spoken of was

remarkably seen in the enveloping gelatinous sheath,—each frus-

tule, after passing along in continuous and regular order till it

reached the torn orifice of the sheath, being there suddenly and

very forcibly expelled to some distance.

I may, in conclusion, add that every effort to render visible

the filaments whose existence I assume, either by iodine or re-

agents, has hitherto failed. In the endosmotic and exosmotic

theory of Professor Smith, it became necessary to assume not

only as much, but more,—the evidence of currents, which were

essential to its truth, being deficient, But it is surely unphilo-

sophical to deny the existence of all we are unable to see. We

may still hit upon some vegetable colouring or dyeing matter,

of innocuous quality to the Diatom, but capable of staining its

most delicate portions. This innocuous character is essential,

inasmuch as in any attempt to detect the nature of highly deli-

cate organs, such as the most attenuated ciliary apparatus or

* A novel form of Coscinodiscus (provisionally named by me C. So/)is found

in the stomach-contents of Salpe, It has a broad membranous plate extend-

ing round the periphery of the silicious disk, across which are arranged,

radially, very delicate folds springing from the margin of the silicious por-

tion. This membranous plate may be looked upon as another modifica-

tion of the filamentous organs. The occurrence of so very remarkable an

appendage to a Diatom affords a valuable confirmation of the view given

above.

It may be mentioned that, on exposure to acid, the membranous plate

is dissolved, but the silicious disk remains and is then wndistinguishable

from an ordinary C. radiatus of small size. Specimens in my possession

exhibit the two valves and plates in all their integrity.

20 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

motile filaments, our first glimpse is generally a passing one,

caught during the instantaneous production of a shadow. Or,

although our objectives may already be considered almost per-

fect, that perfection is capable of increase, and we may therefore

hope, by a single step in advance, to render the unseen of today

the thing seen of tomorrow.

Il.—Revision of the Family Pennatulide, with Descriptions

of some new Species in the British Museum. By Dr. Joun

Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., P.E.S. &e.

[With two Plates.]

Dr. Herxtors, the curator of the Royal Muscum at Leyden,

has lately published in the last Part of the ‘Bijdragen tot de

Dierkunde,’ part vii. 1858, a monograph of this family, de-

scribing and figuring several new species. I shall use his work

as the basis of this communication, as far as regards the species

he describes, which I shall attempt to divide into groups for

more easy determination.

Tribe I. Funicutinex, or Junciformes, are elongated Sca-

pens with very small pinnules.

A. The Cells armed with spinules.

1, Funicuina, Lamk.

* Aais quadrangular.

1. F. quadrangularis, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. t. 31. Scotland.

*k Axis cylindrical.

2. F. Christii, Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. ii. t. 12. f. 7-12. Coast of

Norway.

3. F. Finmarchica, Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. ii. t. 11. Coast of

Finmark,

B. Cells fleshy, not spinulose.

2, Vircutaria, Lamk. Axis stony, tapering at each end.

Cells not produced.

* Pinnules well developed, digitate, diverging from the rachis.

1. V. Vanbenedensis, Herklots, Not. 11. t. 7. f.7. Hab. :

2. V. Ellisii. Flongate. Rachis cylindrical. Base elongate,

nearly one-third the entire length; lower part much dilated,

club-shaped. The lower pinnules adpressed, far apart, nearly

transverse as regards the rachis; the upper ones lunate, far

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 21

apart, placed alternately on each side of the axis, with distinct

digitate tubercles.

Hab. (Broken ; perhaps imperfect.)

** Pinnules all adpressed, nearly transverse to the rachis.

3. V. juncea, Esper, t. 14. Molucca and Borneo.

4. V. Reinwardtii, Herklots, Not. 13. t. 7. f. 8. Indian Seas.

3. Lyeus, Herklots. Axis filiform, cylindrical, flexible, con-

tracting spirally. Pinnules formed of diverging cells.

1. L. mirabilis, Miller, Zool. Dan. t.11. North Sea; Scot-

land.

4. Scyrauium, Herklots. Axis quadrangular, thin. Rachis

quadrangular. Pinnules small, triangular, placed obliquely on

each side of the front of the rachis.

1. S. Sarsii, Herklots, Not. 14. t. 7. f. 6. North Sea.

Dr. Herklots refers to the Funiculina cylindrica of Lamarck

with doubt. It has only been described from some stony axis.

I think there is little doubt of this beimg the axis of the coral

which I described as Primnoella Australasie, the axis of which

agrees well with Lamarck’s description. He also inquires what

is the Pennatula scirpea of Pallas (Zooph. 372. no. 218)? which

is not found in collections.

Tribe II]. Pennatutyex, or Penniformes, are Sea-pens with

well-developed pinnules, shaped like a feather.

Dr. Herklots divides the Pens with the pimnz supported by

radiated spines into two genera; but I am not able to distin-

guish the genera Pteromorpha and Pteroeides by our specimens,

though I believe that I have a specimen of the species which he

gives as the type of his genus. I believe the character given to

Pteromorpha (that is, the base of the pinnule being granular)

depends on the state of the specimens, the granular coat of the

pinnules being very deciduous in specimens which have been

preserved in weak spirits. I may be wrong; if I am, then a

specimen of Pteromorpha has not occurred to me.

I think the genera and species may be best arranged thus :—

5. Pennatura, Linn. Pinnules elongate, angular, thin,

membranaceous, strengthened by imbedded spicula. Cells in a

single series on the edge. Rachis rough behind.

* Elongate, ovate, lanceolate; stem slender, 4 the entire length ;

cells separate.

1. P. phosphorea. Pinnules linear, with isolated cells. Esper,

t.6. Europe; coast of England.

22 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

** Ovate; stem thick, 4 the entire length; cells separate.

2. P. pulchella. Pinnules broad, membranaceous, slightly

grooved, with close cells. Herkl. Not. 16. t.1.f.2. North

Cape; coast of Scotland. British Museum. (Not before no-

ticed as British.)

*k* Broad, oblong; stem 4 the entire length; cells crowded.

3. P. rubra. Pinnules membranaceous, elongate; cells

short, numerous, twenty or twenty-one, crowded, scarcely

divided, in a single series. Bohadsch, t. 8. f. 1-5. Mediterra-

nean ; coast of England.

4.. P. borealis. Pinnules broad, with three marginal series

of cells. Sars, Fn. Litt. Norv. 17. t. 2. North Sea.

6. Lerortitus. Pinnules elongate, angular, fleshy, slightly

grooved, without any elongated radiating spme. Cells crowded

in a double series on the edge of the pimnules. Rachis granular

behind.

1. L. fimbriata, Herklots, Not. 18. t. 3. f. 3, t.4.f.1. Japan.

7. Prerorrpes, Herkl. Pinnules elongate, angular, expanded

and supported by radiating spines. Rachis smooth.

a. Pinnules elongated, well-developed, broader than rachis.

* Klongate, lanceolate ; stem + the entire length; the apex naked.

1. Pteroeides elegans, Herklots, Notic. 20. t. 6. f. 2. Indian

Ocean.

** Elongate, lanceolate ; stem 3 the entire length.

2. P. grandis; Pen. grandis, Pallas; P. argentea, Ellis,

Zooph. t. 8. f. 1-38. Indian Ocean.

#4 Hlongate-oblong ; stem 4 or + the entire length.

3. P. oblonga. Elongate oblong. Pinnules 32 . 32, elon-

gate, rather longer than the breadth of the base, subtri-

gonal, Stem elongate, half the entire length, tapering at the

base. Australasia; Swan River. Brit. Mus.

4. P. grisea. Stem one-third the entire length. Pen. grisea,

Bohadsch, t. 9. f. 1-3; Pteromorpha crispa, Herklots, Not. 19.

t.5? Hab. Brit. Mus.

EK Oblong, very broad; stem 4 the entire length.

5. P. latipinnarum, Herkl, Not. 29. t.4.f.5. Mediterranean.

6. P. Jukesii. Broad, oblong. Pinnules 43. 438, short, broad,

subtrigonal; under ones attached by a narrow base. Stem

elongate, one-half the entire length, thick, the upper part. much’

Dr. J. E, Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 23

swollen near the pinne. Australia; Port Bowen. J.B. Jukes,

Esq. Brit. Mus.

KKK Oblong, broad; stem 4 the entire length.

7. P. Japonicum, Herklots, Not. 11. t. 2. f.1. Japan.

8. P. spinosum, Ellis, Phil. Trans. liii. t. 21. f. 6-10; Herkl.

Not. 21. t. 3. f. 2. P. grisea, Chiaje, Mem. t. 31. f. . Medi-

terranean. :

9. P. Esperi, Herklots, Not. 20. P. grisea, Esper, t. 1.

Island of Sumatra. New Guinea. Brit. Mus.

b. Pinnules very short (not developed?) ; rachis very thick.

10. P. Sieboldi, Herklots, Not. 22. t. 8. f.1. Japan,

What is Pennatula grandis, Ehrenb., with the pinne very far

apart, not imbricate ?

8, Sarcopritus, Gray. Pinnules fleshy, roundish, closely

imbricate. Rachis minutely granular.

* Pinnules with a thin rounded edge, cells small on the edge and

around the upper surface near the edge. Sarcoptilus. Stem

4 the entire length.

1. S. grandis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p.45.t. . Orange.

Pinnules smail, granular, with a regular, smooth, rounded edge.

Stem short, thick, about one-third the entire length. Australia;

Sydney. Dr. Bennett. Brit. Mus.

** Pinnules with a flattened, rather broad edge, spinulose on the

margin ; cells large, on the flattened edge surrounded with spi-

cula, Ptilosarcus, Stem 3 the entire length.

2. S. sinuosus, P\. III. fig. 1. Oblong. Pimnules much crowded,

crumpled, with the edge slightly spinulose. Stem very thick,

swollen, as long as the feathered part. New Guinea. Capt. Sir

Edward Belcher. Brit. Mus.

3. S. Gurneyi, PIII. fig.2. Orange. Pinnules smooth, very

much crowded, closely imbricated, with a rather broad, distinctly

spinulose edge. Cells crowded. Stem elongate, thick, half

the entire length, much swollen above. California, Monterey.

J, H. Gurney, Esq., M.P. Brit. Mus.

Tribe lI. KopHoseLemnonie2, or Claviformes. Club-shaped,

with the polypes in longitudinal rows on the front surface.

9. KorpHoOBELEMNON.

1. K. stelliferum. Pen. stellifera, Miiller, Z. D. t. 36. f. 1-3.

North Sea.

2. K. Burgeri, Herklots, Not. t.7. £5. Japan.

24 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide.

Tribe IV. Vereritite%, or Veretilloids. Club-shaped, with

the polypes scattered on all sides.

10. Lirvaria, Valenc. Axis rudimentary, nearly navicular.

1. L. phalloides, Pallas, Mise. t. 23. f. 5, 9.

11. SarcopeLeMNon, Herklots. Axis slender. Rachis with

four tubes.

1. S. elegans, Herklots, Not. 25. t. 7. f. 3. Stem 1.

2. S. Australasia, P\. 1V.fig.1. Club elongate, rather tapering

above. Stem short, about one-sixth the length of the club,

longitudinal, wrinkled, subacute. Australia; Port Essington.

J. B. Jukes, Esq.

The specimen in the British Museum is rather flattened on

one of its sides; but this appears to have arisen from its having

been pressed against the sides of the bottle when it was first

placed in spirits. The polypes are very unequally developed.

On one side near the base they appear to be deficient, but, when

more closely examined, they are easily seen to be completely

retracted and closed .over.

12. Cavernutartia, Valenciennes.

1. C. pusillum, Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. 1. 277. t. 4. f. 6. 10.

Mediterranean.

2. C. Valenciennesii, Herklots, Notic. 26. t. 7. f. 11. Medi-

terranean.

13. Veretitium, Cuvier.

1. V. cynomorium, Pallas, Mise. t. 13. f. 1-4. Mediterranean.

2. V. luteum, Quoy and Gaim., Ann. Sci. Nat. x. t. 9a.

Atlantic Ocean. Bay of Algesiras.

Tribe V. Renitium. Frondose, expanded, without any axis.

14, Reniixa, Lamk. Disk smooth above and beneath, without

spicula, and continued into the stem. Polypes numerous.

* Reniform, entire.

1. R. reniformis. Disk entire. Ellis, Phil. Trans. lin.

t. 29. f.6.10. R. americana, Schw. Beob. 28. t. 2. f. 10.

Coast of Brazil.

2. R. violacea. Disk with a notch in front. Quoy and Gai-

mard, Voy. de l Uranie, t. 82. f. 5, 6. Coast of Brazil.

** Oblong, sinuated and lobed on the sides.

3. R. sinuata, P1\.1Y. figs.2,8. Disk oblong, elongated, sinuated

on cach side, divided into more or less distinct lobes. Cells

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Pennatulide. 25

rather distant. Stem thick, as long as the disk, longitudinally

wrinkled. Philippine Islands. H. Cuming, Esq. Brit. Mus.

15. Herxxorsta. Disk expanded; upper surface armed with

spicula surrounding the edge of the cells; lower moderately

striated. The stem mserted in a deep notch on the lower edge,

and separated from the disk by a well-defined groove. Polypes

few, placed in series.

1. H. Edwardsii. Remila Edwardsii, Herklots, Notic. 29.

t. 7. f. 2. Coast of Central America. D’Orbigny. Mus. Paris.

Umbellularia Grenlandica was discovered by ‘ Captain Adrians

(of the English Greenland ship the ‘ Britannia’), a native of Jut-

land.” Two specimens ‘“ were drawn up with the line, as they

were sounding the sea, out of a clayish ground, 236 fathoms

deep, that is, 1416 feet, in 79 degrees North latitude, about

90 English miles from Greenland.” “Each of the two plants

was broke into three pieces, which accident, however, did not

hinder me from laying it before me according to its compleat

form and size.”

The captain gave them to M. Dunze of Bremen; and the

latter gave one to M. Christlob Mylius, who described and

figured it in a pamphlet entitled ‘An Account of a new Zoo-

phyte,’ 8vo, 1754, and the other to Mr. Collinson, who trans-

ferred it to John Ellis, by whom it was described and figured in

his work on Corallines. The specimen that belonged to Mylius

was given by him to M. Hollmann of Gottingen, according to

Pallas’s ‘ Zoophytes,’ p. 366. What has become of Ellis’s spe-

cimen is not known; it has probably been destroyed; and the

specimen that was in M. Hollmann’s collection in 1766 has not

since been referred to.

No other specimens appear to have been discovered, which is

very remarkable when we consider the number of ships which

visit the Northern seas, and the attention which the Danish,

Norwegian, and Swedish naturalists (especially the former)

have paid to the natural productions of the coast of Green-

land.

All the accounts of the coral in the more modern zoological

works have been taken from Ellis’s description and figure ;

there are some details in the previous account of Mylius which

have been overlooked; he also gave a history of the discovery

and the means by which the coral came into his hands, which

is entirely omitted by Ellis.

26 Mr. W.H. Benson on the Burmese genus Sophina.

III.—On the Burmese genus Sophina.

By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Furtner contributions of shells from the vicinity of Moulmein

have enabled me to present more correct diagnoses of Sophina

forabilis and S. Calias than those published in the ‘ Annals’ for

May and June 1859; also to state that the singular rift in the

columella is common to all the three species assigned to the

genus. 8S. forabilis has been found by Capt. J.C. Haughton at

the caves of Damatha. The imperfect specimen first deseribed

was from the Tenasserim Valley, and was defective at the most

important part of the aperture, as were also those of S. Calias

first sent by Major R. H. Sankey. Hopes were entertained that

the present notes might have been accompanied by some account

of the animal of Sophina; but unfortunately it has not yet been

obtained in a living state. %

It appears highly probable that the Mollusk may he allied

rather to the bitentaculate, bathrommatous, and imoperculate

Western genera Ceres and Proserpina, than to the acrommatous

genus Helix; but at present this can be merely a matter for

conjecture. Even if this singular form should prove to be

really Helicidous in character, its separation from Heliw will rest

on as strong or even stronger grounds than some of the groups

which have, by common consent, been accepted as genera;

and it may possibly take its place between Nanina and Glandina,

Sophina, B., gen. nov. (char. emend.).

Testa Heliciformis; columella callosa, declivis, cum margine basali

.. angulum efformans; angulus rimatus, rima in carina umbilicali

spirali desinente ; callus parietalis tenuis expansiusculus.

Helix (Sect. Sophina, B., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii. p. 473).

Sophina Calias, B. (char. emend.).

Testa anguste umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, solidiuseula, oblique

striatula, polita, pallide cornea; spira planata, apice saliente, ob-

tuso, sutura marginata, canaliculata; anfractibus 5 subconvexis,

sensim accrescentibus, ultimo ad ambitum rotundato, subtus con-

vexiuseulo ;\ apertura lunata, obliqua, peristomate recto, acuto,

margine columellari oblique recurvatim descendente, calloso, extus

crenulato, cum basali angulum fere rectum, arcte rimatum, effor-

mante, rima extremitatem carinee umbilicalis, sensim spiraliter

intrantis, incidente ; umbilici perspectivi pariete intus horizonta-

liter confertim suleato.

Diam. major 9, minor 73, axis 4 mill.

Ilabitat prope Moulmein, ad cavernas ‘‘ Farm Caves’? dictas.

Syn. Helix Calias, Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii. p. 473.

Mr. W. Clark on the Lepton suleatulum. 27

Sophina forabilis, B. (char. emend.).

Testa subanguste et profunde umbilicata, conoideo-semiglobosa,

tenui, oblique striatula, spiraliter confertissime striata, cornea;

spira depresso-conoidea, apice elevatiusculo, obtuso, sutura im-

pressa; anfractibus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, ad

ambitum rotundato, circa umbilicum perspectivum intus spiraliter

striatum carinato, carina spirali, intrante; apertura obliqua, ro-

tundato-lunata, peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari

oblique recurvatim descendente, ecrassiusculo, subcrenulato, cum

basali angulum fere rectum, arcte rimatum, efformante, rima ex-

tremitatem carinz umbilicalis incidente.

Diam. major 6-8, minor 51—7, axis 3-4 mill.

Habitat ad Phai-Than vallis Tenasserim, et ad Cavernam Damatha

prope Moulmein.

Syn. Helix forabilis, Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iii.

p- 389. Sect. Sophina, p. 473.

The three species already known inhabit the vicinity of Moul-

mein; only one of them has also been found elsewhere. The

third and largest (S. schistosielis, B.) was sufficiently described, in

the paper last quoted, as a Helix of the section now treated as

a distinct genus. It appears to be scarcely within the bounds

of probability that a form so peculiar should be confined to the

limited tract in which it has hitherto been collected. Species

may have been overlooked, or regarded by persons unacquainted

with the subject as merely broken shells, both in the Malay

peninsula and in Siam,—possibly even in Cochin China. Other

unusual Tenasserim types have occurred in the two countries

last named.

Cheltenham, Dec. 3, 1859.

Note.—I have employed the terms “ bathrommatous” and

“acrommatous ” as expressive of certain characters in the ani-

mals of shells, and saving recourse to unnecessary details, thereby

filling a void in conchological nomenclature. The former word

has reference to genera in which the eyes are situated at the

base of the tentacula, the latter to those in which they are

placed at the summit.

IV.—On the Lepton sulcatulum of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys.

By Witi1am Crark, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Bath, 21st November, 1859.

It is very desirable to correct the errors of science without

delay ; 1 therefore venture to request the insertion of a short

paper in your excellent Journal.

28 Mr. W. Clark on the Lepton sulcatulum.

In the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ 3rd series, vol. i. p. 406,

I submitted some observations on Mr. Jeffreys’s “ Gleanings in

British Conchology,” in one of which (in the series, and page 34

of the vol. above quoted) that gentleman has introduced a new

species termed Lepton sulcatulum, illustrated by PI. II. fig. 2 a-g,

and on which, in the same vol., p. 409, I have stated amongst

my remarks, that “ Lepton sulcatulum appears to be a good spe-

cies—that is, on shell examination.”

This conjecture has not been verified, as I think I shall prove

that no such species exists; my opinion was based on the

examination, as I thought, of a perfect shell. Iwas misled by

the specimens sent me by Mr. Jeffreys, which proved imperfect

in having a portion of the primary denticular processes broken

away; and in consequence the point within the beaks appeared

to present a fovea or pit indicative of an internal ligament, and

the shell had thus an approach to the hinge of a Lepton. I

received only one entire example, which could not be safely

opened, and four separate valves. The matter has rested here

for some months; but having been, only last week, very un-

expectedly favoured by the Rev. Alfred Norman with perfect

closed and open examples of the Lepton sulcatulum of Jeffreys

from Jersey or Guernsey, and also having had, within these few

days, the whole of Mr. Norman’s stock of that supposed species

forwarded to Bath for my inspection, [ am enabled to say, aided

by two fine live specimens which I fortunately have just dis-

covered in my cabinet, that they do not represent a new species

of Lepton.

These minute objects are the fry of the well-known Circe

minima. I have rigorously compared them with many sizes of

that species. Four excellent open pairs of these very young

shells show the precise dentition of Circe; the ligament, as in

it, is short, linear, and essentially external, though it is in a

great measure obscured from view by running within the com-

missure of the two valves; the pallial impression, as in that

species, is almost without a posterior sinus (indeed it is scarcely

indented), and proves that the tubes of the animal are short,

and that it is closely allied to Cyprina and Astarte ; the cordi-

form impression under the beaks even of these Cirezan pigmies

is very visible in fresh examples, but in the worn and imperfect

shells usually seen in collections it is hardly discoverable ; in

adults it is not very strongly marked.

If the dentition of these minute phases of Circe is placed un-

der the microscope, in comparison with the accredited Leptons

(of which we have only three species), the discrepancy of the two

will be apparent. The former (Circe), under adequate optical

assistance, which should not be less than the half-inch object-

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 29

glass of the compound microscope, presents in the right valve

three divergent cardinal teeth, with well-developed laterals on

the anterior side, and others more elongated and obsolete pos-

teriorly ; in the left valve there are also three cardinals, with,

on the anterior side, a strong lateral, and another very incon-

spicuous one at the posterior end. The latter (Lepton) in both

valves, shows only a single, rather slender, conical, pointed pri-

mary tooth projecting subhorizontally inwards, or at an angle

of from 60°—-90° ; and the laterals in the right valve on each side

are double, with a single lamina on each side in the left valve.

Mr. Jeffreys’s scheme of dentition is greatly at variance with

the preceding ; but the error of that gentleman may have arisen

in consequence of his having only dead, worn, and imperfect

specimens, in which the laminar portion of the dentition is often

wanting. If a pair of valves of the adult Circe, and another

of these young objects, are placed in a parallel position as

regards the dentition, it will be seen that in both it is identical.

I have found this to be the case in every perfect shell of Mr.

Norman’s that I have examined.

The character of the beaks being caliculated is a very unim-

portant one, as many bivalves in extreme youth are so, but the

calix, as the shell grows, wears away; and even in my live ex-

ample, of only ;1, of an inch diameter, the commencement of

the sloughing-off is seen; and it is not till then that the germ

of the external ligament is visible, and the true beaks, with

their slight anterior arcuation, become established.

It thus appears that there is not a congruous character in

Lepton and Circe ; they differ in contour, sculpture, dentition,

ligament—in fact, in nearly all points. I therefore think the

argument has sufficiently proved that the so-called Lepton sul-

catulum is not a new species, and that it is one of the young

conditions of the Circe minima.

Il am, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient Servant,

Wm. Crark.

V.—On the Development of Pyrosoma. By Tuomas H. Hux-

LEY, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Goyern-

ment School of Mines.

Tue following abstract contains an account of some observations

which were laid before the Linnzan Society at its meeting of

the 1st of December 1859.

A fine specimen of Pyrosoma giganteum having come into my

hands through the kindness of Admiral Fitzroy, of the Marine

Department of the Board of Trade, I sought in it for those sin-

30 Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

gular compound embryos described by Savigny, but which I

had been unable to find in the specimen which formed the sub-

ject of my memoir on Pyrosoma* published in the ‘ Philosophical

Transactions,’ nearly nine years ago. Such embryos proved to

be exceedingly abundant ; and as might have been expected from

Savigny’s known accuracy, his account of their structure turned

out to be perfectly correct, so far as it goes. The excellent state

of the specimen, however, led me to endeavour to trace out the

origin and mode of development of these bodies; and in so

doing I came upon facts of such an anomalous character, that

the inquiry assumed much larger proportions, and became in-

vested with a far wider interest, than I had anticipated.

I must premise that the tissues of Pyrosoma, as of all

Ascidians, are excellently preserved by immersion in tolerably

strong spirit—so that the finest details, down even to the ends

of the cilia, are admirably exhibited ; while the cautious addition

of glycerine to sections of spirit-specimens renders them more

transparent, without, so far as I have perceived, domg them

any injury.

I will now proceed to describe the process of development

undergone by the impregnated ova.

As I have pointed out in the memo referred to above, each

zooid of a Pyrosoma contains a large testis, and a single ovum

enclosed within an ovisac but little larger than itself. Until the

ovisac attains a diameter of ;4,th of an inch, or thereabouts, the

duct which connects the ovisae with the wall of the atrium, or

cloacal cavity of the zooid, is imperforate at its extremity, and its

walls, like those of the ovisac, are composed of a single layer of

cells without any limitary membrane or tunica propria. There are

no cilia either on the wall of the ovisac or on that of the duct.

The ovum consists of a large, spherical, clear germinal vesicle,

containing a spherical, more or less solid-looking germinal spot,

and surrounded by a yellowish, very finely granular yelk, which

is totally devoid of any vitellme membrane. ‘The germinal

vesicle lies on one side of the yelk, and the spot on the same

side of the vesicle.

In ovisacs of larger size (up to jth of an inch in diameter)

the duct is pervious throughout; and, as it is open at its extre-

mity, it is in free communication with the atrium, and, through

that, with the exterior. The ovum still fills the ovisac, its yelk

being i in the same condition as before, but larger, both absolutely

and in relation to the germinal vesicle. The latter has also

enlarged up to a diameter of about 47pth of an inch, but it is

* Observations on the Anatomy and pee of Salpa and Pyrosoma,

‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1851, p, 2

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 31

still perfectly clear and transparent. The spot retains its pre-

vious form and dimensions.

In these ovisacs I have been always able to find spermatozoa

either entering the mouth of the duct or, more usually, aggregated

together into a sort of conical bundle or plug, at the wide end

of the duct, where it opens into the ovisac. Not unfrequently

the broad end of this plug was in direct contact with the yelk

itself. I have assured myself of these facts by observing the

contents of the ovisac when opened with a fine needle, or, more

accidentally, by making thin sections with a razor; and I have

satisfied myself that the bundle of filaments in question (itself

very obvious) consists of spermatozoa, by comparing them with

the contents of the deferent duct of the testis of Pyrosoma*.

The spermatozoa must always come from some other zooid

(if not from another individual), inasmuch as the testis of

zooids containing ovisacs in this state is in a very rudimentary

condition. At no period, either before or after impregnation,

can any vitelline membrane be discovered ; but what surprised

me most was, that in ovisacs of larger size than ;jsth of an inch

in diameter the yelk itself was absent, at least in its previous

form. Not a trace of it is to be seen; and I can only imagine

that it is completely liquefied and dissolved in the clear fluid

which forms the sole contents of the ovisac besides the germinal

vesicle. The latter is naked, and attached to the epithelial lming

of the wall of the ovisac (which is now differentiated into epi-

thelium and tunica propria) close to the opening of the duct

into it, and, so far as I have observed, always a little behind and

to one side of that opening. This constancy in the position of

the germinal vesicle becomes very important as a means of

identifying the germinal vesicle in subsequent stages of develop-

ment. Neither in this nor in any subsequent stage does the

germinal vesicle attain a mean diameter of more than 445th of

an inch, while ova in an earlier stage, surrounded by their yelks,

often measure ;4,th of an inch, or fully double the size. Be-

sides this, the germinal vesicle is at first perfectly transparent

and clear, and the germinal spot, which retains its primitive size

and appearance, is recognizable in it with the utmost ease. It

is quite impossible, therefore, to confound the germinal vesicle

with the ovum of earlier stages, or the germinal spot with the

germinal vesicle of previous stages.

That no solid yelk, such as previously existed, now invests the

germinal vesicle, is rendered obvious by opening the ovisac and

everting that part of its wall to which the germinal vesicle is

* In my memoir on Pyrosoma (I. c. p. 584) I have described appearances

which led me to believe I saw moving spermatozoa in the duct in living

specimens.

32 = Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

attached. The sharp contour of the membrane of the germinal

vesicle is then easily seen to be covered by nothing but a very

thin continuation of the pale delicate epithelium of the ovisac

which invests it and holds it in place, just as the discus proli-

gerus holds the human ovum im its place im the Graafian

follicle.

In the earlier stages, I have turned the ovum out of the ovi-

sac with its yelk quite entire; so that there can be no question

here of destruction by manipulation.

As the ovisac enlarges (up to z,th of an inch), the germinal

vesicle and spot retain their previous size; but the contents of

the vesicle, instead of remaining transparent, become thick and

troubled, and acquire a yellowish colour and a certain opacity,

so as very nearly to resemble the previous yelk in consistence. I

have observed that this deposit appears to commence on that

side of the germinal vesicle which is turned towards the duct, in

consequence of which, the membrane of the vesicle is apt to

become shrunken and corrugated on the opposite side; so that,

viewed under a low power, it may appear truncated on that side.

Ultimately the whole vesicle is converted into a solid-looking

flattened mass, in which the germinal spot is perfectly distin-

guishable, while the membrane of the vesicle is hardly visible as

a distinct structure. The altered vesicle is now invested on its

inner side by the epithelium, while externally it is in contact

with the membrana propria of the ovisac.

There is now a slight gap (which I hope yet to be able to fill

up satisfactorily) in my observations. Ovisaes of =\,th of an inch

in diameter no longer show the solidified germinal vesicle ; but

occupying exactly the same place is a thin discoidal oblong

body, about as wide as the solidified germinal vesicle, and of the

same colour, but between two and three times aslong. In this,

no trace of the germinal spot is visible; but it is composed of

minute celliform bodies, with distinct endoplasts or nuclei, of

the same aspect as the germinal spot, though much smaller.

The celliform bodies are above ;,/59th of an inch in dia-

1800

meter, the endoplasts 55'559-ro000th, while the germinal spot

attains its full diameter of about z5'55th of an inch in very young

ova, and neither increases nor diminishes in older ones.

This is the earliest rudiment I have discovered of the blasto-

derm. The ducts of ovisaes of this size have a shrunken, withered

look ; and if there are spermatozoa in them, they are few and not

aggregated into a plug or bundle: on the other hand, scattered

about over the surface and on the face of the blastoderm, I

observe a number of minute rod-like solid bodies, curiously

similar to the heads of the spermatozoa.

Sunultaneously with, or slightly anterior to, the formation of the

Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma. 33

blastoderm is a very remarkable change in the epithelium of

the ovisac, which becomes converted into a thick transparent

substance containing many spheroidal excavations, which are,

apparently, the cavities of the primitive epithelial cells.

I have little doubt that the germinal spot divides and sub-

divides, and that each of its portions appropriates to itself a

segment of the semisolid contents of the germinal vesicle, to

form the endoplast and its investment or one of the constituents

of the blastoderm. At present, however, I have no absolute

proof that such is the case, though I have seen a germinal

vesicle with four or five granules of unequal size in the place of

the germinal spot.

The blastoderm rapidly enlarges, and forms an oblong patch,

which extends over a gradually increasing segment of the

circumference of the ovisac, between the membrana propria

(which gradually disappears over it as a distinct structure) and

the epithelium, and at the same time becomes covered with a

thickish layer of transparent substance, the rudiment of the

future cellulose test of the Pyrosoma.

The elongated band-like blastoderm next becomes marked

out, by four constrictions, ito five portions. That segment

which terminates one end of the series enlarges faster than the

others, and inyests one end of the ovisae with a sort of cap ; the

other four portions assume a heart-shape, the base of each

‘heart’ being turned towards the ‘cap.’ All five portions remain

connected by narrow necks. In this stage the blastoderm ex-

tends over one half of the circumference of the ovisac, which is

about =th of an inch in diameter.

Up to this point the ovisac has remained within a chamber of

the sinus-system of the parent zooid, by whose blood it is bathed

on all sides; but it has gradually thrust the atrial wall of that

chamber before it, and eventually it breaks through the wall,

and passes into the atrial cavity, a very large portion of which it

occupies. The duct of the ovisac (now a mere thin cord as com-

pared with the whole ovisac) is broken through in the course of

this curious natural Ceesarian parturition, and soon ceases to be

discoverable.

The young blastoderm itself is, as I have said, almost directly

bathed by the parental blood so long as the ovisac remains in

the sinus, while the thin walls of the ovisac must allow of such

an abundant passage of nutritive matter into its interior that it

must serve as a great reservoir of material for the developing

embryo after birth. The contents of the ovisac, therefore, though

neither a food-yelk nor a placenta, serve the purpose of both.

It would be impossible, without the figures with which I pro-

pose to illustrate the memoir presented to the Linnean Society,

Ann, & Mag. N, List. Ser. 3. Vol.v. 3

34 Prof. T. H. Huxley on the Development of Pyrosoma.

to explain in detail the further steps of the metamorphosis of

the young Pyrosoma, the structure of the adult, or the agamo-

genetic development of young zooids im it; but I may mention

that the ‘cap’ is the rudiment of the cloaca, a structure at first

totally distinct from the four Ascidiites (as the members of com-

pound Ascidians might be termed, in harmony with Polypite,

Somite, &c.), and homologically equivalent to one of them.

The four Ascidiites, connected by their gradually-lengthening

intermediate necks of blastoderm, change their positions so as to

become, as it were, wound half round the base of the rudiment of

the cloaca, with which they become gradually united, without at

first in any way opening into it. Enlarging faster than the

rudiment of the cloaca, they next completely encircle it, and so

extend, on each side, beyond it and the ovisac which it caps, as

almost to hide both these structures. The different organs make

their appearance, and the embryo attains a size of 4,th of an

inch, or thereabouts. I have met with no embryo larger than

this, and I doubt if such are to be found contained in the parent

organism, as they fill the cloacal chamber of the atrium so com-

pletely that there seems to be no room for any further enlarge-

ment. Indeed, it is difficult to understand how they get out,

so disproportioned are they to the diameter of the cloacal aper-

ture of the zooid.

The largest embryos exhibit neither rudimentary buds nor

reproductive organs, and each has two short canals passing from

the inner or hinder end of its neural surface towards the aper-

ture of the general cloaca. The latter lies altogether above the

primitive rudiment of the cloaca ; and into it the cloacal apertures

of the four Ascidites open. ‘The primitive neck-like portion of

blastoderm connecting the zooid nearest the rudiment of the

cloaca with it is now converted into a long canal, which debouches

just in front of the ganglion, while from the opposite side and

end of the zooid, close to the end of the endostyle, a similar

slender tube passes to the region in front of the ganglion in the

next zooid. The other zooids are connected in the same way ; so

that the four Ascidiites and the rudimentary cloaca are tied to-

gether head and tail, like horses going to a fair,—the ‘tail’ of

the last zooid, as of the last horse, being unfettered.

By the observations of Miiller on Entoconcha and of Gegenbaur

on Sagitta, the question as to the fate of the germinal vesicle

after impregnation, or, rather, after yelk-division, has been re-

opened; and the observations I have detailed tend to show that

in Pyrosoma, as in Entoconcha and Sagitta, the embryo-cells

are the lineal descendants of the germinal vesicle, and that the

doctrine of Remak and Virchow is applicable to the early stages

of development.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 85

The nearest analogy I am aware of for what occurs in Pyro-

soma is the process of development of the embryo observed by

K6lliker in Ascaris dentata and in Cucullanus elegans, where the

yelk is a nearly clear fluid, which undergoes no segmentation,

but merely serves to suspend the embryo-cells. These embryo-

cells are, however, according to Kélliker, new products arismg

totally independently of the germinal vesicle; so that, if this be

the case, there is a fundamental difference between the two pro-

cesses—quite apart from the fact that, in the worms, there is a

vitellme membrane, and that the representative of the ovisac

plays no such part as in Pyrosoma. Indeed, in this respect the

development of Pyrosoma appears to be unique, as our present

knowledge stands ; though I strongly suspect that the develop-

ment of Sa/pa will some day be found to be very similar. No

one of the many observers of the Salpe (Krohn, Vogt, myself,

Leuckart) have seen yelk-division in these animals; and the

passage of the embryo into the atrium appears to be effected in

them in essentially the same manner as in Pyrosoma.

On the other hand, although there is not an exact identity, it

must be admitted that there is a very close analogy between the

changes undergone by the ovisae of Pyrosoma and that through

which the oyum of a bird passes, if we consider the vitelline

membrane (i. e. what is ordinarily regarded as such) of the bird’s

egg to represent the tunica propria of the ovisac of Pyrosoma.,

VI.—On some new Anthribide.

By Francis P. Pascoe, F.L.S, &e.

[With two Plates. |

[Concluded from vol, iv. p. 439. ]

Xenocerus equestris.

X. niger; capite prothoraceque albo-lineatis ; elytris sutura (apice

excepto), fascia postica, vittaque basali albo-tomentosis.

Hab. Aru.

Elongate, tomentose, dull black ; a white stripe, commencing

at the apex of the rostrum on each side, divides beneath the eye,

one branch, proceeding over its upper margin, is continued along

the lateral border of the prothorax to the elytron, where, gradu-

ally tapering to a point, it terminates at rather more than half

its length, the inferior branch, passing beneath the eye (which

has thus a nearly complete border of white encircling it), joins

the great mass of pure flake-white, which occupies the whole of

the under surface except the pro- and mesosterna; another

stripe, commencing between the eyes, passes along the centre of

the prothorax, the scutellum, and suture, to near the declivity at

36 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

the apex of the elytra, where it divides and passes directly across

to the external margin on each side; antenne of the male

between three and four times the length of the body, black ; legs

black, with a sparse whitish pubescence; tarsi ashy, the penul-

timate joint entirely, and the apices only of the others black.

Allied to X. saperdoides, Germ. Length 7 lines. °

Xenocerus deletus.

X. piceus, cervino-tomentosus ; capite prothoraceque obscure albido-

trivittatis; elytris linea curvata basali fasciaque pone medium

albidis.

Hab. Borneo.

Pitchy, with a short reddish-grey pubescence ; from the apex of

the rostrum on each side a greyish-white line passes to the eye,

and along its upper margin to the vertex, where it shades away

to a short central line in front; prothorax with three greyish-

white stripes; elytra finely punctato-striate, the base of each

with a strongly curved line from the shoulders to the suture,

and a fascia behind the middle, the anterior portion of which

curves upwards on the suture, greyish-white; antennz in the

male two or three times the length of the body, black, with the

fourth and fifth joints ashy at the base; legs black; first, se-

cond, and fourth tarsal jomts ashy at the base; under surface

greyish white ; pro- and mesosterna black. Length 6 lines.

Xenocerus fimbriatus.

X. niger, parce griseo-pubescens ; prothoracis disco nitido; anten-

narum articulo secundo apice fimbriato.

Hab. Borneo.

Elongate, black; crown of the head and disk of the pro-

thorax smooth, shining; sides of the latter, rostrum, and line

over the eyes, with a thin greyish pubescence; elytra strongly

punctured in rather coarse rows, and covered with a sparse, grey-

ish or somewhat fulvous pubescence, with a few obscure spots of

lighter colour; antennze of the male about twice the length of

the body, black, the second joint fringed with crisp curved hairs

at the apex; legs black, base of the last tarsal joint ashy ;

beneath black, the abdomen with greyish hairs. Length 7 lines.

Xenocerus variabilis.

X, angustior, luteus, cervino-tomentosus ; prothorace nigro quadri-

vittato ; elytris nigro-subtessellatis ; antennarum articulo quinto

apice fimbriato.

Hab. Borneo.

Rather narrow, yellowish brown, with a short reddish-grey

tomentum varied with ashy; disk of the prothorax clouded with

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 37

ashy, on each side two black stripes; elytra finely punctato-

striate, spotted with black, the spots nearest the scutellum, and

again near the apex, more or less connected, the third and

seventh interstices ashy ; antennze compressed, half as long

again as the body, black, the fifth joint fringed with short crisp

hairs at its apex beneath, the eighth white, except on one side ;

legs reddish grey; tarsi black, varied with ashy; beneath with

a coarse yellowish-grey tomentum. Length 5 lines.

A variable species m regard to colour, the stripes on the pro-

thorax being sometimes represented by spots, or the spots on

the elytra nearly altogether unconnected. The antennz also

vary considerably in length.

CrpUs.

Head narrowed in front; the rostrum large, flat, suddenly

expanded below, the apex entire. Antennz three or four times

the length of the body, arising from an irregular cavity directly

over the expansion of the rostrum ; the first jomt long, swollen

at the apex; the second much shorter; the third as long as the

first ; the remainder to the eighth gradually increasing in length;

the last three shorter, not forming a club. Eyes approximate,

large, round, entire, occupying the upper part of the head. La-

brum very small. Mandibles short. Palpi slender, pointed. Pro-

thorax short, very transverse, subdepressed, the carina somewhat

distant from the base, strongly curved and slightly hooked at

the sides. Scutellum small, subquadrate. Elytra short, widest

at the base. Legs of moderate length; the first tarsal jomt

elongate. Mesosternum short, very transverse.

Cedus tuberculatus.

C. ovatus, nigro-tomentosus; elytris purpurascenti-nigro-variis,

singulis basi tuberculatis.

Hab, Singapore.

Ovate, covered with a dense black tomentum; head between

the eyes slightly grooved; rostrum finely granulated, with a

central costa descending to the apex, and two short lateral ones

below the eye; prothorax irregular, with a few small reddish-

orange spots; scutellum reddish orange; elytra very short,

brownish black, varied with dull purplish brown, a reddish-

orange spot at the side and a large elevated tubercle at the base

of each near the scutellum; antennz reddish brown, the apical

half of the eighth joint and the whole of the ninth, except at the

apex, white; legs black, the anterior and posterior tibie and

tarsi varied with pale red; beneath black, with a thin silvery

pubescence. Length 3} lines.

38 My. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

Cedus tuberculatus is a MS. name of Mr. Waterhouse’s, by

which this species has been long known in collections.

Cedus guttatus.

C. subovatus, anthracinus, tenuiter pubescens ; rostro albo; protho-

race elytrisque cinereo-guttatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Subovate, bluish black, smooth, finely pubescent ; head with

a central striga commencing on the vertex, but not descending

to the apex of the rostrum, with two short lateral ones below the

eye; the rostrum in front covered with a dense white pubes-

cence; prothorax with a semicircular groove on its disk, and

several distinct ashy specks; elytra subdepressed, smooth, gra-

dually narrower towards the apex, with numerous ashy spots ;

antenne entirely black, except the last jomt, which. is white;

legs black varied with ashy; beneath with a dense silvery-white

pubescence. Length 4 lines.

BYAstTvs.

Head large, gradually dilating below the eyes ; the rostrum

very broad and long, a little concave in front, suddenly expanded

at the side near the middle; the apex entire. Antenne shorter

than the body, arising from a punctiform cavity im the angle

formed by the expansion of the rostrum; the first jomt much

longer than the second, the third longest, their apices tumid,

the remainder short and incrassate, the last three forming a

narrow, fusiform club. yes subapproximate, round, entire,

occupying the upper part of the head. Mandibles short, stout.

Labrum small, narrow. Palpi slender. Prothorax transverse,

a little narrower anteriorly, the carina somewhat distant from

the base, strongly curved at the flexure. Hlytra subdepressed,

slightly rounded at the sides. Legs of moderate length ; first

tarsal joint elongate.

Byastus cephatotes.

B. ovatus, nigro-tomentosus ; fascia obliqua suboculari elytrisque

maculis ochraceis ornatis; antennis pedibusque ferrugineo-annu-

latis.

Hab. Borneo.

Ovate, covered with a dense black tomentum ; rostrum thinly

pubescent, with a central straight and three curved strige on

each side, and a short, oblique ochraccous band beneath the eye ;

prothorax with two or three obscure ochraceous spots at the

base; elytra obscurely punctato-striate, with a large basal sub-

triangular patch and a few round spots ochraceous; the stria,

principally near the base and at the sides, faintly speckled with ~

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 39

the same colour; femora and body beneath black ; tibize, tarsi,

and antennz varied with brownish red. Length 2 lines. British

Museum.

PRoTzpvs.

Head small, broad and rounded in front, slightly narrowed

below the eyes; rostrum very short, concave anteriorly, and

contracted at the apex. Antennze much longer than the body,

arising from a large round cavity immediately beneath and a

little im front of the eye; the first jomt large and inflated, the

second short ; the club of three narrow, interrupted joints. Eyes

small, remote, round, entire. Mandibles short. Labrum rather

large. Palpi slender. Prothorax convex, rounded anteriorly,

as wide as the elytra at the base; the carina basal, forming a

sharp angle at its flexure, and continued to the anterior border

of the prothorax. Elytra convex, slightly gibbous at the base.

Legs of moderate length ; first tarsal jomt elongate.

Protadus morens.

P. elongato-ovalis, nigro-tomentosus ; capite antice prothoracisque

lateribus albis; elytris albo-guttatis.

Hab. Batchian (Moluccas).

Elongate-oval, covered with a dull black tomentum; head

between the eyes, a narrow stripe above the eyes, rostrum

and sides of the prothorax white; elytra punctato-striate, the

alternate interstices spotted with white, the base with a slight

tinge of greyish; antenne and legs ferruginous brown ; pygi-

dium with a sparse white pubescence ; mandibles, eyes, and body

beneath black. Length 2 lines.

The male has the antenne longer than the female, and all the

joints from the fifth or sixth are nearly or quite as thick as the

club itself; in the female the funiculus is of the normal slender

form, except that the basal jot preserves the same character

as in the male, but is a trifle narrower. It is to allow full

scope to the movement of this joint that the anterior margin of

the antennal groove is so expanded as to cause the concavity in

front of the rostrum described in the generic character.

Hypsevs.

Head broad in front, contracted below the eyes ; rostrum very

short, convex, rounded below, the apex entire. Antennze short,

arising from a deep groove below the eye, the first two joints

tumid, the last three ovate, forming a broad flat interrupted

club. Eyes remote, prominent, obliquely oblong, entire. La-

brum transverse. Palpi rather stout. Prothorax subquadrate,

a little narrowed in front; the carina distant from the base,

40 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

arching forwards, dividing at the side ito two diverging branches,

the posterior terminating at the prothoracic angle, the anterior

continued to about two-thirds the length of the prothorax.

Secutellum small, round. Elytra subconvex, parallel. Legs of

moderate length; the first tarsal jomt shorter than the rest

together.

Hypseus fascicularis.

H. clongato-ovalis, piceus, vario-fusco-tomentosus ; elytris fascicu-

latis, pone medium in singulis macula griseo- -alba ornatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Hlongate-oval, pitchy, tomentose ; general colour dark brown,

obscurely varied with lighter shades of the same colour; on

the prothorax a dark crescent- shaped mark, interrupted in

the middle, and two others behind; elytra obscurely punctato-

striate, four dark fascicles of hairs placed longitudinally on

each, the first at the base on a slight callosity, behind the

middle fascicle an oblique dull-whitish spot; when viewed

with the head towards the observer, each alternate mterstice

at the base is found to be obscurely spotted with white, and

the other interstices have a shght tinge of yellowish brown ;

antennze brown, the two basal joints testaceous red; legs dark

brown, varied with ferruginous. Length 2 lines.

ETHNECA.

Head small, rather narrow ; rostrum moderately long, slightly

contracted in the middle, dilated below ; the apex subemargi-

nate. Antenne short, arising from a shallow groove near the

apex; the first two joints subequal, tumid; the third longest ;

the last three forming a short compact club. Eyes lateral,

round, entire. Labrum subquadrate. Maxillary palpi rather

robust, subacuminate ; the labial slender. Prothorax subconic,

convex; the carina rather distant from the base, but approach-

ing the posterior angle at the side, and terminating in a slight

curve. Scutellum subquadrate. Elytra short, wider than the

prothorax, its sides rounded. Legs rather short t, stout; the

first tarsal joint wider than the rest, and produced at the apex

on each side, Mesosternuin rounded posteriorly.

Ethneca Bakewellii.

EZ. ovata, picea, nigro-tomentosa, fulvo-maculata ; rostro medio lon-

gitudinaliter impresso.

Hab. Australia (Melbourne).

Ovate, pitchy, with a brownish-black tomentum and greyish-

ycllow ates thinly interspersed ; rostrum with a broad shallow

longitudinal impression in the middle; scutellum fulvous ; ely-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 41

tra strongly punctato-striate, the alternate interstices tessellated

with deep black and fulvous; antenne fulvous, apices of the

joints and club dark brown; legs dark brown, the tibie and

tarsi varied with greyish; beneath pitchy black, with a very

slight greyish pile. Length 3 lines,

Named after Robert Bakewell, Esq., of St. John’s Wood, the

possessor of a large collection of Australian insects, who first

(and I believe it was the only time) took several individuals of

this species near Melbourne. I am also indebted to him for the

opportunity of describing the next very remarkable genus.

There are two more Anthribide in his collection, one related to

Tropideres, the other an Arecerus(perhaps.A.sambucinus, M‘Leay),

both from Melbourne; but as they are single specimens, and

very small and obscure, I hesitate to describe them at pre-

sent as new. These bring up the number of Australian species*

known to me to about ten. Although many more doubtless

remain to be discovered, the poverty of this family in Australia

is strongly contrasted with its abundance in the Indian islands:

even the neighbouring land of New Guinea yielded forty-five

species to Mr. Wallace during his short visit, notwithstanding

that his researches were confined to the very narrowest limits,

not ranging over, I believe, more than a square mile of the

country around the half settlement of Dorey.

GENETHILA.

Head rather broad in front, slightly contracted below the

eyes; the rostrum stout, the sides nearly parallel, the apex

deeply emarginate. Antenne short, arising from a deep groove

at the side near the apex; the first joint short, almost hidden in

the groove; the second tumid, and longer than the third; the

last three forming a stout compact club. Eyes distant, lateral,

nearly round, entire. Labrum descending to the outer margin

of the mandibles when closed. Maxillary palpi rather stout,

the terminal joint conical ; the labial slender, pointed. Prothorax

elongate, arched above, narrowed anteriorly, the sides slightly

rounded, the carina basal, terminating in a slight hook at the

side. Scutellum ovate. Elytra wider than the prothorax, elon-

gate, subparallel, truncate at the apex. Legs of moderate length ;

cox of the middle pair subapproximate; the four anterior tarsi

longer than the posterior, the first joint nearly as long as the

rest together.

In habit and coloration very similar to Ancylotropis, Jekel,

but differs in the short antennz, the stout club, the thick broad

* Tasmania is excluded. Anthribus griseus, Fab., and Cratoparis cerato-

deres, Sch., are too doubtful to be included among Australian insects.

42 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

rostrum, &c. A second species of Anecylotropis is found at

Amboyna.

Genethila retusa.

G. oblonga, picea, griseo-tomentosa ; scutello maculaque laterali

elytrorum albescentibus.

Hab. Moreton Bay.

Oblong, pitchy, with a thin greyish tomentum ; rostrum with

a depressed longitudinal line in the centre ; prothorax with two

oblique impressed lines, forming a V-shaped mark on its dise ;

elytra punctato-striate, wider than the prothorax at its base,

slightly dilated towards the apex, then suddenly and perpendi-

cularly truncate, the truncated portion of each with two tuber-

cles clothed with fulvous hairs; near the shoulder on each side,

but extending behind the middle, an obscure whitish subtrian-

cular patch, and at the base two rows of small blackish spots ;

antenne and legs dull yellowish brown; eyes black ; head and

thorax beneath pitchy, punctured. Length 3 lines.

PHAOCHROTES.

Head broad in front, contracted below the eyes ; rostrum of

moderate length, slightly dilated towards the apex, which is

entire. Antennze shorter than the body, arising from a longitu-

dinal cavity above the apex ; the first two joints short, scareely

thicker than the third, the rest gradually dilating at their apices

to the eighth, which is broadly triangular; the last three form-

ing a stout, ovate, compact club. Eyes large, remote, lateral,

round, entire. Mandibles rather long. Labrum small, rounded

below. Palpi slender, acuminate. Prothorax slightly depressed,

narrowed anteriorly, the carina subbasal, strongly curved at the

side. Elytra short, subdepressed, covering the pygidium. Legs

of moderate length ; first tarsal jot elongate.

Phaochrotes porcellus.

P. subovatus, piceus, parce grisco-tomentosus, obsolete fusco-macu-

latus.

Hab. Macassar.

Subovate, slightly depressed, pitchy brown, sparingly covered

with a short, coarse, greyish tomentum, varied on the head and

prothorax with a few indistinet brownish patches ; elytra punctato-

striate ; antenne at the base ferruginous, darker at the apices of

the joints, the last four or five entirely brown ; body beneath and

legs dark brown, bases of the tibiz reddish ferruginous. Length

1} line.

NERTHOMMA.

Head rather small, subquadrate ; rostrum short, slightly pro.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 43

duced, subemarginate. Antenne scarcely longer than the body,

arising from a round cavity beneath the eye; the first two joints

short, tumid, third to the eighth linear-elongate, the last three

forming a slender interrupted club. Eyes large, approximate,

widely emarginate below. Palpi stout, subacuminate. Pro-

thorax subquadrate, a little convex; carina rather distant from

the base, terminating in a very slight curve at the side. Elytra

moderately convex, the sides slightly rounded. Legs of mode-

rate length, the first tarsal joint longer than the rest together.

Nerthomma stictica.

N. oblongo-ovata, tomentosa, brunnea, griseo-varia ; elytris punctato-

striatis, maculis griseis ornatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Oblong ovate, with a reddish-brown tomentum, varied on the

prothorax with grey, so as to form a large central, and on each

side three smaller ovate patches of reddish-brown ; elytra punc-

tato-striate, the base and several oblong spots on the alternate

interstices grey; antennz and legs dark brown; basal joints of

the former, and eyes, yellowish brown; body beneath with a

dark greyish silky pubescence. Length 24 lines.

EXILuis.

Head small, subquadrate ; rostrum short, rounded below, the

apex entire. Antenne very long, arising from a broad cavity

immediately beneath the eye ; the first two jomts very short and

tumid, the third to the eighth linear-elongate, subequal; the

ninth shorter than the eighth, its apex and the tenth and ele-

venth jomts forming a short slender club. Eyes distant, pro-

minent, obliquely reniform. Prothorax subquadrate, rather con-

vex, the carina nearly basal, terminating in a short curve at the

side. Elytra short, the sides shghtly rounded. Legs of mode-

rate length, the first tarsal joint longer than the rest together.

Exillis longicornis.

£. ovatus, brunneus, subsericeo-griseo-tomentosus ; antennis basi,

pedibusque rufis.

Hab. Borneo.

Ovate, reddish brown, with a sparse silky greyish tomentum ;

elytra slightly striated ; first three joints of the antennze yellow-

ish red, the rest dark brown ; eyes and mandibles black; legs

yellowish red, the tarsi darker. Length 1} line.

Mecocerus Wallacei.

M. fuscus, cinereo-irroratus ; elytrorum dimidio apicali rufo-brun-

neo; antennis maris corpore duplo longioribus.

Hab. Borneo.

Finely tomentose, dark brown, sprinkled with ashy; rostrum

AA, Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

with a sparse greyish pubescence, and three strongly-marked

cost ; dise of the prothorax with two slight impressions, one

behind the other; elytra faintly punctato-striate, the posterior

half reddish brown, and less spotted than the anterior portion ;

legs black varied with ashy, the bases of the first and last tarsal

jomnts white; antennze of the male twice as long as the body,

black ; beneath with a pale ashy pubescence. Length 7 lines.

Mecocerus simulator.

M. griseo-fuscus, cinereo-varius ; elytris rufo-brunneis cinereo-macu-

latis; antennis maris vix corpore longioribus.

Hab. Borneo.

Finely tomentose, greyish brown varied with ashy; rostrum

with a sparse greyish pubescence, and three strongly-marked

coste, the lateral one interrupted near the apex ; prothorax with

a slight impression on each side anteriorly ; elytra punctato-

striate, reddish brown, sparingly spotted with grey, a small

tubercle on each posteriorly ; legs black, one or two spots on the

tibie and the first and last tarsal joints white at their bases ;

antennze of the male only a little longer than the body ; beneath

with a pale greyish pubescence. Length 5 lines.

These two species are related to M. disparipes, Imh. ; and the

males appear to have the thorax unarmed. The Macrocephalus

variegatus of Olivier, which Schénherr, not having seen it, referred

to his genus Ptychoderes, appears to me to belong undoubtedly

to Mecocerus. It is from Amboyna.

Myctets.

Head narrow ; rostrum long, contracted in the middle, gra-

dually dilated below, the apex entire. Antenne short, arising

from an oblong shallow groove midway between the eye and

root of the mandible ; the first joint longer than the second,

tumid, the rest of the funiculus slender; the club moderately

thick; the joints attenuated at the base. Eyes approximate,

round, entire. Labrum short, transverse. Mandibles long,

strongly toothed. Palpi elongate, stout, subacuminate. Pro-

thorax transverse, narrowed anteriorly, the sides slightly rounded,

the carina subbasal, curved directly forward at the side. Scu-

tellum transverse, subtriangular. Elytra widest at the base.

Legs of moderate length, the anterior longest; the first tarsal

joint longer than the rest together. Mesosternum short, trans-

verse.

Mycteis marginicollis.

M. subovatus, fusco-tomentosus; prothoracis lateribus late albo-

marginatis, marginibus antice connexis.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Manilla ?).

Subovate, covered with a short dense tomentum ; head and

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 45

prothorax dark brown; on each side of the latter a broad white

stripe, which, meeting anteriorly, is continued between the eyes ;

rostrum coarsely punctured ; elytra slightly gibbous at the base,

regularly punctured, dark brown, the alternate interstices ob-

scurely spotted with fulvous brown; body beneath, antennze and

legs dull black ; the tibie faintly annulated with white. Length

5 lines. ’

Mycteis frenatus.

M. subellipticus, griseo-fuscus ; capite prothoraceque utrinque flaves-

cente-vittatis.

Hab. Borneo.

Subelliptic, with a thin greyish-brown tomentum ; rostrum

coarsely punctured; a narrow yellowish stripe over each eye,

extending obliquely backwards on the sides of the prothorax ;

elytra slightly gibbous at the base, punctato-striate, two or three

of the alternate interstices in the middle of each slightly elevated

and obscurely spotted with darker brown; body beneath, legs,

and antennz pale greyish brown. Length 4 lines.

Litocerus torosus.

L, suboyatus, niger, prothorace elytrisque maculis, his plaga irregu-

lari basali, tibiisque medio, rufo-cinerascentibus.

Hab. Borneo.

Subovate, black; disk of the prothorax with a transverse im-

pressed line; head, spots on the prothorax (about twelve) and

elytra, and on the latter a large irregular basal patch with a

complicated and probably varying outline, and the middle of all

the tibize pale reddish ashy ; beneath brown, with a thin greyish

pile. Length 32 lines.

Litocerus pictus.

L. elongato-ovatus, fulvus; elytris antice maculis oblongis sub-

conjunctis, postice fascia irregulari fuscis ornatis; tibiis quatuor

posterioribus apice nigris.

Hab. Borneo.

Elongate-ovate, fulvous yellow ; four stripes on the prothorax

and four or five oblong spots on the elytra, which are more or

less connected with each other longitudmally and with a broad

irregular band behind, dark brown; the large fulyons patch at

the apex, which is rounded anteriorly by the curvature of the

band, with sometimes a small spot in its centre ; antennz brown,

more than half the length of the body; eyes black ; mandibles

pitchy ; legs pale fulvous, the apices of the four posterior tibiz

and the upper part of the posterior femora dark brown ; beneath

silky, grey. Length 33 lines.

46 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide.

Litocerus litigiosus.

L. ovatus, niger; prothorace utrinque flaveseente vittato; elytris

maculis parvis flavescentibus ornatis; tarsorum articulo primo,

basi excepta, flavescente.

Hab. Dorey.

Ovate, black; prothorax with a transversely impressed line

interrupted in the middle, and a broad yellowish stripe on each

side; elytra punctato-striate, with a few small scattered isolated

yellowish spots, one larger than the rest, common to both elytra,

near the scutellum ; antennze about half the length of the body,

black, the funiculus rather stout, the two basal joints and bases

of the fourth to the seventh, testaceous red; legs black, four

posterior tibie in the middle and first joint of all the tarsi,

except at the base, yellowish; beneath dark umber-brown.

Length 3 lines,

Litocerus perplexus.

L, oblongo-ovatus, fusecus ; prothoracis disco cruciatim rufo-cineras-

cente maculata, lateribus sub-bivittatis ; elytris flavescentibus, an-

tice fusco-maculatis, postice subundulatis ; tarsorum articulo primo

fusco.

Hab. Dorey.

Oblong-ovate, dark brown; prothorax with a reddish-ashy

central stripe, and a transversely impressed line spotted at each

end, together forming a cross-shaped mark, the sides also dull

yellow, with an irregular brown line dividing it into two unequal

stripes; elytra reddish ashy intimately mingled with brown, at

the base assuming the form of spots, but posteriorly of waved

bands interrupted at the suture near the apex; antennz more

than half the length of the body, the funiculus slender, testa-

ceous yellow, the club brown; legs brown, tibize at the base and

the three terminal joints of the tarsi dull testaceous. Length

34 lines.

Litocerus divergens.

I. oblongo-ovatus, ater ; prothorace vittis tribus, elytrisque singulis

duabus una externa una suturali (medio divergente) grisescen-

tibus.

Hab. Macassar.

Oblong-ovate, tomentose, black; head, sides of the rostrum,

three stripes on the prothorax, and two on each elytron,

one commencing at the angle of the shoulder and continued

round to near the apex, the other behind the seutellum close to

the suture, but soon diverging towards the centre, then again

approaching and becoming sutural to the apex, pale greyish ;

antennze less than half the length of the body, the funiculus

pale, the club dark brown ; legs dark brown, the femora ferru-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Anthribide. 47

ginous, the tarsi short, clothed above with a greyish pile; be-

neath dull black. Length 3} lines.

Litocerus marginellus,

L, ovatus, ater; prothorace vittis tribus, elytrisque singulis duabus,

una externa una suturali, lineisque duabus basalibus grisescen-

tibus.

Hab. Macassar.

Ovate, tomentose, black ; prothorax broader than long, with

a transverse impressed line on its disk; head, sides of the ros-

trum, three stripes on the prothorax, and two on each elytron,

one commencing at the shoulder and continued to near the apex,

the other behind the scutellum and extended the whole length

of the suture, and two narrow parallel lines at the base, pale

greyish ; antennz scarcely extending beyond the base of the

prothorax; legs dark brown, femora ferruginous at the base,

tarsi short; beneath brown, with a greyish pile. Length

22 lines,

Litocerus passerinus.

L. oblongo-ovatus, grisescens ; rostro argentato; prothoracis disco

fusco griseo-cruciato, lateribus subbivittatis ; elytris maculis lineis-

que curvatis fuscis; antennarum funiculo pedibusque testaceis.

Hab. Borneo.

Oblong-ovate, tomentose, greyish; prothorax brown, with an

impressed transyerse line and a central stripe forming a greyish

eruciform mark, the side also greyish, but partially divided into

two stripes by an irregular patch; elytra greyish fawn, spotted

and marked with curved lines of brown at the base, sides, and

sutural margin; funiculus of the antennz and legs testaceous, club

of the former dark brown; beneath greyish brown, Length

2 lines.

All the Litocert described in this paper have been selected

from alarge number of specimens ; and, after repeated examina-

tions, I have scen none that can be considered intermediate or

doubtful ; it will be, however, as well to recollect that the colo-

ration of individuals of the same species yaries considerably,—

isolated spots in one specimen, for instance, becoming, by their

connexion, bands or stripes in others; and, again, the spot may

disappear or be reduced to a line or point, and a complication

is the result, which differs in that respect very widely, perhaps,

from the description.

Anthribus Wallacei.

A. oblongo-ovatus, piceus, dense tomentosus, rufo-fusecus ; protho-

48 Zoological Society :—

race transverse trituberculato; elytris punctato-striatis, singulis

trifasciculatis.

Hab. Aru.

Oblong-ovate, pitchy, covered with a dense reddish-brown

tomentum ; prothorax with three transversely placed tubercles

on the middle of its disk; elytra strongly punctato-striate, the

alternate interstices dark brown, with a few white hairs dis-

persed in spots, the third interstice from the suture with three

dense fascicles of dark-brown hairs; eyes, mandibles, and an-

tenn black, the latter with their joints from the fourth to the

eighth white at the apex, the ninth entirely white, except at

its apex; legs and beneath brown varied with greyish. Length

8 lines.

The preceding notes having been extended to beyond what

was originally contemplated, the species described have been

placed without any regard to their natural affinities: there are

still, however, many forms, particularly in the extensive private

collections of Mr. Wallace, quite as remarkable as any yet pub-

lished, besides a number of species referable to genera which I

have here sought to establish *.

The following are represented on the two Plates :—

Puate I. Hucus melanostoma, Mycteis marginicollis, Ethneca

Bakewellii, Plintheria luctuosa, Nessia didyma, Esocus lachry-

mans, Dysnos auricomus, Apatenia viduata, Misthosima mera,

Hypseus fascicularis, Pheochrotes porcellus, Eczesaris atomaria,

Phaulimia ephippiata, Genethila retusa.

Pratez Il. Apolecta parvula (Thomson), Byastus cephalotes,

Protedus morens, Zygenodes Wollastoni, Dipieza Waterhousei,

Nerthomma stictica, Exillis longicornis, Penestica inepta, Habris~

sus pilicornis, and Cedus tuberculatus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 25, 1859.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

On A Species or Eouis, AND ALSO A Species oF LOMANOTUS

NEW TO SCIENCE ; WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A SPECIMEN

or Eouis ca/ruLed or Montacu. By Wiiti1Am THompson.

My dredging labours in Weymouth Bay have again been rewarded

by the acquisition of two new species of the Nudibranchs, and by

the rediscovery of one of Montagu’s lost species. This last acquisi-

* One of these (Nessia) may possibly be synonymous with Dendropemon,

Scho6n., founded on a rare Fabrician insect from Sumatra, which I have

not seen,

Mr. W. Thompson on two new species of Nudibranchs. 49

tion is very pleasing to me, believing, as I do, that all the species

described by Montagu still exist. On a former occasion I was for-

tunate enough to obtain his T'hecacera pennigera.

The species described in this paper I was anxious should not rest

on my sole authority ; added to which, I was not sufficiently versed

in their anatomy to give an equally full description with those in the

valuable work on the Nudibranchs published by the Ray Society.

After I had taken my notes, I accordingly despatched them to

Messrs. Alder and Hancock, who have kindly placed their deserip-

tions at my disposal, and, in the interest of zoological science, I use

their descriptions in preference to my own.

Eouts ADELAID2.

** Body nearly half an inch long, slender, tapering to a fine point

behind, pellucid orange-red. Dorsal tentacles moderately long,

smooth, tapering, divergent, and set a little apart at the base ; orange-

red with yellow tips, and a pale line down the back of each, termi-

nating in a clear oval spot on each side behind the tentacles, on

which the minute eyes are placed. Oral tentacles a little shorter than

the dorsal pair, and of the same colour, the pale line on their sur-

face also extending backward to the clear spot. Branchiz elliptical,

inflated, of the same colour as the body, a little deeper towards the

top, apices white; the central gland is yellowish, rather wide, and

irregularly folliculated or lobated; they are arranged in twelve or

thirteen rather distant transverse rows of three or four papillze each,

commencing a little behind the tentacles, and divided by a narrow

space down the back ; the papillee nearest the dorsal ridge are the

largest and the most inflated. Foot pellucid, slightly tinged with

orange-red, linear, narrow, tapering gradually to a point a little

beyond the branchiz behind, truncated in front, with the angles

rounded off.

“This species most nearly approaches Lolis Farranni, Ald. & Han.,

from which it differs in colour, and in the number and form of its

papillee, which are broader towards the apex. The spawn also dif.

fers, forming a narrower coil, with the free margin undulated.”

Hab. I obtained two specimens by dredging in six fathoms water

in Weymouth Bay ; the first, which was white in colour, I obtained

in September 1854, and the second specimen was obtained in the

following month. ‘The colour of the last was orange-red ; and this

is described by Messrs. Alder and Hancock as the typical example.

In each case the Holis was feeding on Plumularia. ‘The difference

in the colour here shown is a further evidence of the puerility of

considering mere colour as a test of species in the lower animals. I

have named this lovely Nudibranch in memory of a little daughter,

whose love for zoology, and retentive memory on the subject, pro-

mised much.

Eorts czru.eEA, Mont. sp.

Doris cearulea, Mout. Linn. Trans. vii. 78. pl. 7. f. 4, 5.

* Body half an inch long, slender, nearly linear, tapering to a fine

point behind, of a pale pellucid green. Head small, very short, and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 4

50 Zoological Society :—

rounded in front, with a dark mark in front of the dorsal tentacles,

caused by the buccal mass. Dorsal tentacles long, slightly tapering,

tinged with green and speckled with opake yellow ; points rather

obtuse and spreading ; bases closely approximating, with the eyes

close to their outer margins. Oral tentacles greenish, very short

and delicate. Branchize fusiform, almost linear, stoutish, moderately

long; central gland not quite so wide as the sheath, irregularly fol-

liculated and granulated, green below and dark blue above; outer

surface of the papillee above pale blue, below pale green; a few

yellow freckles in front ; tips strongly capped with rich orange-red,

banded below with a rim of bright yellow: the extreme points are

colourless and pellucid; they are arranged in ten transverse, rather

distant rows of five or six papillee in each row; the four anterior

rows are rather closer together than the rest, and are divided from

them by a widish space; the front row contains only two papillee,

placed as far forward as the dorsal tentacles, Foot tinged with

green, narrow, slightly lobated in front, with the lateral angles con-

siderably produced and rather obtuse.”

This interesting individual was dredged by me in Weymouth Bay,

on a rough bottom in six fathoms water, and sent to Mr. Albany

Hancock in the latter part of September 1858. In the note accom-

panying this description, Messrs. Alder and Hancock remark, that

as Montagu’s description of this very beautiful species is exceed-

ingly short and incomplete, and as no one appears to have captured

it since his time, it has been thought desirable to redeseribe it. How-

ever, there can be no doubt that this is Montagu’s species; and its

rediscovery, which is due to Mr. Thompson, of Weymouth, is of

great interest.”

LOMANOTUS PORTLANDICUS.

“Body upwards of an inch and three-quarters long, depressed,

quadrilateral, tapering a little backwards, pellucid white, tinged

with brownish yellow on the back, in front pale orange-red. Head

rounded in front, covered with a distinct veil, bearing on each side

two rather long tentacular processes, the outer ones the longer.

Tentacles set well forward and placed apart, elliptical, tapermg to a

pretty fine produced and truncated apex; closely laminated on the

upper portion, which is of a pale yellowish colour, with numerous

fine laminze much inclined backwards and downwards, and divided.

in front by a narrow line; the lower portion, colourless and smooth,

is contained within a tall, narrow sheath, of an orange-red colour

above, with the margins divided into six finely-pointed filaments,

those in front shortest. The sides of the back are produced into

wide pallial margins, which, commencing in front of the bases of the

tentacular sheaths, are continuous behind the termination of the tail ;

these margins are deeply and symmetrically undulated, forming on

each side four loops, which meet along the medio-dorsal Ime, and are

fringed with numerous short, pointed, orange-red papillee tipped with

white ; the papillse die out towards the tail, and are reduced in

size on the part of the loop next the foot. Foot white, with the

VSSL.oaxuX<e-: ” ;”»

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 51

margins nearly parallel, obtusely pointed behind, in front bilobed

and deeply grooved, with the anterior lamina notched in the centre ;

the lateral angles much produced and recurved.”

I obtained this species on two occasions. The first specimen was

procured by me whilst dredging in Weymouth Bay, on the 15th of

December 1855, and the second specimen in the same month of the

following year. Both these individuals, as soon as I had completed

my notes, I sent to Mr. Hancock, who received them in good con-

dition, and who, in conjunction with Mr. Alder, I am happy to say,

has made drawings of all the species described in this paper,—I trust,

in order to enrich, at an early period, another number of their ad-

mirable work on the Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Mr. Hancock sug-

gests for this species the specific name of fimbriata ; but, whilst

admitting the propriety of the name, I trust he will fall in with my

wish of identifying the district in which it was first taken.

I would here draw attention to the irregular appearance of some of

the Nudibranchs. Two species of Doris, formerly obtainable in Wey-

mouth Bay in moderate abundance, are now scarce; Holis papillosa,

at one time very abundant, is now represented by an occasional speci-

men: these are all tidal species. Holis coronata and Landsburgi were

never very plentiful, and are not less scarce than formerly; but far

different is it with Polycera 4-lineata and Antiopa cristata. Some

three years since, we could obtain a dozen of each of these species any

day—I have seen three in one net (both these species appear to be

gregarious) ; whilst during the whole of the past summer my cap-

tures have not exceeded half a dozen of both species for the whole

year. The dearth was occasioned by the severe winter we had some

few years since, and which also destroyed many fish, and rendered

Adamsia palliata very rare.

DescrirTION OF SIX HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF

Bats. By Rospert F. Tomes.

1. ScoTOPHILUS MICRODON, Nn. 5.

The present species is one having the same subgeneric characters

as the common Pipistrelle of Europe and the Seot. Greyii and S.

pumilus of Australia. To the latter species it is, by the form of its

head and ears, most nearly affine, but may at once be distinguished

from it by its greater size and by its smaller teeth.

The crown is but little elevated above the facial line; but the

muzzle, although short, is more pointed than is usual in the flat-

crowned species. The ears are very small, nearly as broad as high,

with the outer margin slightly hollowed out about the middle, below

which is a faintly developed lobe, and immediately above which is

the tip of the ear,—the latter being obtusely angular, and directed

outwards. The inner margin is very much rounded, especially at

two-thirds of the distance from the base, where the convexity is so

prominent as to be quite as high as the tip itself, the portion be-

tween this prominence and the tip being nearly horizontal. Alto-

gether the ear bears some resemblance to that of Miniopteris.

Scot. pumilus is the only species which has ears of form similar to

52 Zoological Society :—

those of the present species; but they are, although the species

is smaller, rather larger, relatively longer, and have their tips less

outwardly directed, and more rounded. The tragus, as in all others

of this group, is curved inwards, and rounded at the end; but it

differs from that of some others, in being rather widest in the

middle.

In relation to the size of the animal, the wings are rather ample,

and rather broad for their length, the fourth finger (that which

determines the breadth of the wing) being longer than the two basal

phalanges of the longest finger*. All the wing-bones are somewhat

slender. The thumb is rather long, not quite half enveloped in the

membrane.

The legs are rather long and slender, the tibize being quite as long

as in S. Gouldii, a species of greater size than the present ; they are

just twice the length of those of S. pumilus. The feet are large,

about the length of those of S. Leisler? of Europe, the toes taking up

half their entire length, and the wing-membranes extending to half

the distance between the extremity of the tibia and the base of the

toes. ‘Tip of the tail enclosed in the membrane.

The fur of the head extends to rather near the end of the nose;

and the upper lips are furnished with moustaches ; so that the only

naked space is around and in front of the eye. The fur of the back

does not extend on to the interfemoral membrane, and only to a very

limited extent on those of the wings; but that of the under parts

encroaches on the membranes all round the body, especially beneath

the arms, where it reaches nearly to the elbow. A straight line

from that joint to the knee would pretty accurately define the hairy

portions of the wing-membranes.

In quality the fur is soft, and rather long, bicoloured above and

beneath. That of the back of a specimen from South Australia is

dark brown at the root, with the terminal half of the hairs reddish-

brown, uniformly of the latter colour around the rump and on the

flanks; beneath, dark brown at the root, with the terminal third

light cinnamon-brown, that on the membranes paler and unicoloured.

Membranes lightish brown.

Another specimen from Van Diemen’s Land differs only from the

last in being much darker in colour; the fur of the upper parts

black at the root, tipped with sepia-brown ; beneath, the same, but

the brown tips lighter and more tinged with rufous, especially that

on the membranes and around the pubal region, where it is uni-

coloured and reddish-brown.

* In many species of this group the fourth finger is not more than equal in

length to the two basal phalanges of the longest ; and in the more typical species

of the genus, such as the common Noctule, it does not extend much further than

the middle of the second phalange of the longest finger. In making use of the

relative lengths of the wing-bones, either as a generic or specific distinction, it is

absolutely necessary that perfectly adult examples be examined; for, in those

which are not, they vary so much with the age of the individual, as not only to

be useless as a means of distinction, but to lead to absolute error and consequent

confusion. Judging from the figure given by M. Temminck of V. brachypterus,

I should expect to find his specimen with the apophyses of the phalanges of the

fingers imperfectly ossified.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 53

In the following table, the dimensions in column 1 are those of

the South Australian specimen, those in column 2 of the one from

Van Diemen’s Land, whilst those in the 3rd have been taken froma

specimen of S. Greyii from Port Essington (one of the types in the

National Collection), and are added to show the difference in the

size of the two species,—S. Greyii being the only Australian bat ap-

pertaining to this restricted group which approaches in size the

species here described.

1 2. 3.

Length of the head and body.. 2 % 2 2 2 0

— Sirine tally 02 .!32'. 5% Lins Wy 5 L3

aaa OF the head... ... se ee OR 271% Oni]. 0: 7

OO CS is 0 3 0 '3 0 4

—— of the tragus ........ 0 2 0 2 0 24

aetnefore-arm) «5.6. S15 1 63 1 41

of the longest finger .. 2 8 2 10

——— of the fourth finger.... 2 0 sa |

Poe orthe thumb -2)/))!... 5 OF 4 0 4

pee Of the tibias:./: 2.0... 0 8 0 8t 0 6

—— of the foot and claws.. 0 4 Q) 4 0 32

— of the os calecis OreZ, Od

Expanse of wings,........... BD e3 11 8 8 6

The teeth of this species, although not sufficiently examined to

furnish a comparative description, are nevertheless seen at a glance

to be of very small size, not only in reference to the size of the ani-

mal, but also actually smaller than those of several other species of

much less size, such as S. trilatitius, S. lobatus, and S. abramis.

Hence the specific name of microdon here bestowed upon it.

2. Scororpuitus Darwin.

The next species which I have to describe has been presented to

me by Mr. Darwin, with the information that it had been received

from the Canary Isles.

In a collection of Bats from Madeira, given to me also by Mr.

Darwin, I could only enumerate two species, both European, viz. S.

Leisleri and 8. marginatus ; and I was somewhat surprised to find in

the present species one which I had not before met with. None of

the descriptions of African species in the works of Temminck,

Wagner, Peters, Smith, and others, apply to this species ; and I there-

fore regard it as new, and describe it as follows :—

It is one of the same group as the species just described, and as

the S. Kuhlii and S. pipistrellus of Europe. It is characterized by

a somewhat more robust make than theze species, and has rather

broader ears and tragi.

The head is rather broad and flat, the crown being but little

raised above the facial line ; the glands of the lips are considerably

developed, and bulge sufficiently to occasion the nostrils to open

nearly straight forward, although the interruption in the outer mar-

gins of the latter sufficiently indicates that with a more pointed

54: Zoological Society :—

muzzle they would open sublaterally ; were the specimen taken

from the spirit in which it is preserved and dried,it is probable that

this would be the case. In the middle of the face is a kind of hol-

low, occasioned by the labial glands on each side being developed in

an upward direction, thus leaving a depression between them*.

Between the nostrils is a space of moderate extent, and but very

faintly emarginate. The ears are rather large, triangularly oval, as

broad at the base as they are long, and have their tips brought to a

rounded point; about the middle of their outer margin they have

a distinct but shallow notch, below which is a lobular portion, as

in many other species of this group, but differing from all others

which I have seen in having a small but very well-defined notch about

its middle. These organs altogether are more like those of S. Kuhl

than of any other species, but are larger, besides having the double

emargination just noticed+. The tragus is rather short and broad,

curved inwaras, and with the end very much rounded ; on its outer

margin, near the base, is a projecting angular point, without any

accompanying notch.

The wing-membranes extend to the base of the toes, and the latter

are half the length of the foot. The thumb is moderate, with the

basal phalange much the shortest. The terminal vertebra of the

tail is free.

The fur of the head extends forwards to between the eyes, and

thence in a narrow strip towards the nose. Over each eye is a wart

bearing a bundle of stiff hairs; and a similar tuft springs from the

top of the labial glands ; the upper lips are also slightly fringed with

similar hairs, most conspicuous about the corners of the mouth.

The remainder of the face, the ears, and the tragus are naked. The

fur of the back spreads on the upper surface of the interfemoral

membrane, sparingly, for nearly half its length, as in 8S. Kuhliz, and

similarly to a small extent on the membranes near the sides of the

body. Beneath, the membrane immediately around the pubes is

dusted with very short hairs, more abundant on the yertebree of the

tail than elsewhere. On the membrane contiguous to the sides of

the body, fur of a much longer kind extends, to a much greater de-

gree than in S. Kuhli.

On both surfaces of the body the fur is bicoloured: above, very

dark brown at the base, tipped with lighter and more rufous brown,

that on the membranes wholly of the latter colour ; beneath, it is

dark at the base, tipped with paler brown, with less of the rufous

tinge than that of the upper parts. On the under surface of the

membranes the fur is uniformly of the same colour as the tips of the

hairs on the belly, but on the pubes it is paler. Membranes dark

brown.

Such appear to be the colours of the fur, so far as ean be gathered

from the examination of a specimen in spirit ; but it is necessary to

* In the Romicia calcarata of Dr. Gray the lip-glands are so much developed

as to leave a deep pit between them. It belongs to the present group.

+ Ll am here comparing a specimen in spirit with others in skin,—a plan not

always attended with perfectly satisfactory results.

SS <<

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 55

consult others in skin before this point can be determined with ac-

curacy.

Although in its external appearance S. Darwini bears consider-

able resemblance to S. KuAlii, it differs, besides having a somewhat

differently-shaped ear and broader tragus, in the form and arrange-

ment of the fore teeth. In S. Kuhlii the upper incisors are rather

long and slender ; the inner ones are deeply forked at their apices,

and longer than the outer ones, which are slender and pointed, some-

what like small canines; and there is a visible interval between the

points of the inner and outer ones. In 8. Darwini, on the contrary,

they are short and obtuse, of nearly equal length, the inner ones

faintly cleft at their points, and the outer ones so closely packed to

them as to leave no space even between their points. Again in S.

Kuhlii there is a space;between the canine and the ‘‘ carnassier”’ or

sectorial tooth, in which is placed a small and conical premolar,

within the line of the teeth, but distinctly visible from the outside ;

whereas in S. Darwini the canine and the “ carnassier”’ are conti-

guous, and there is a very small anomalous premolar placed in the

inner angle formed at their bases, visible only from inside.

These differences in the dentition are alone sufficient to distinguish

the species from S. Kuhlii. From S. marginatus, S. ursula, and

S. Nathusii it may be also recognized by the form of the upper in-

cisors; and these are the only European species with which it could

be confounded.

Length of the head and body .......... ay

1) yO ee ae

Bienen IES SER 0) OKRS

Minne.) Je. , a To) LO RAR

Srene tea Us!) Wel. Ce 0°32

Breadth of the tragus ee citer Are O TE

Meneut of the forearm’... .......03-.0 1 5

of the longest finger.......... 2 6

of the fourth finger .......... 18S

———ofthethumb ................ 0 2

—— of the tibia ................6. 0 61

of the foot and claws .. 0 3

Braue ostenieta’) Pes Tose CONS

Expanse of wings ...... A MD Ar ou"

Hab. Palma, Canary Isles.

Obs. The Madeiran species being European ones, and one of them

African also (i. e. S. marginatus), renders it not unlikely that the

species inhabiting the Canaries may also occur in Africa, and perhaps

in Europe. With a view to the chance of this, I have compared

this species with what now remains of the types of Vespertilio Ari-

stippe, V. Leucippe, A. Alcythoe, V. vispistrellus, and V. Savii, but

find nothing which leads me to regard it as referable to any of

them ; and I have therefore given such a detailed description as will

be amply sufficient to distinguish it from all recorded European

species.

56 Zoological Society :—

3. VESPERTILIO CALIGINOSUS, N. 8.

This is one of the smallest species of the genus, being rather less

than the V. mystacinus of Europe, which in general appearance it

very much resembles. Vespertilio parvulus, Temm., is the only

species of this restricted group which I have yet seen, that is smaller

than the present one.

There are a few Asiatic species of Bats which possess the characters

of the group of which V’. mystacinus is typical, but which have the

tragus much shorter and less acute, and not so much bent outwards.

Vesp. trilatitius, Temm. (not Horsfield), and V. tenuis of the same

zoologist, may be mentioned as examples; and the species Iam about

to describe will constitute a third.

The top of the head is rather elevated, about as much so as in J.

mystacinus ; and the muzzle is pointed as in that species, but is con-

siderably shorter. The ears are rather small, and have narrow but

rounded tips, are notched at their outer margin near the base, below

which is a distinct rounded lobe, which is almost hidden in the long

fur of the neck. The tragus is rather short, not quite half the

length of the ear ; its inner margin is straight ; its outer one curves

evenly from the base to the tip, in such a manner that it is of pretty

uniform breadth for about half its length, from which it narrows to

a subacute tip. The tragus of /. mystacinus is precisely of this

form for two-thirds of its “length,—the outer margin being convex,

the acute tip being produced, or as it were added, and taking an

outward curvature in the dried specimens, but straight when fresh

or preserved in spirit. Near the base is a well-defined notch, di-

viding off an angular lobular portion, quite at the base. No such

notch appears in the tragus of either V. mystacinus or V. tenuis.

The wings are proportioned much as in /’, tenuis, excepting that

the thumb is much smaller, whilst the bones of the wings, although

this species is considerably less, are quite as stout as in that species.

The feet are small, with toes which are rather more than half their

entire length. Wing-membranes extending exactly to the base of

the outer ‘toe, whieh a is much shorter than the others.

All the membranes are more strongly marked with lines than

those of V. tenuis, and especially the interfemoral, on which may be

counted as many as fifteen or sixteen transverse dotted lines, each dot

bearing on the under side of the membrane one or more fine, short,

bristle-like hairs. In V. tenuis about a dozen such lines may be

observed.

Nearly the whole of the face is covered with thick soft hair, want-

ing only on the end of the snout, the front of the under lip, and im-

mediately around the eye. On the glands of the upper lip it takes

the form of two distinct tufts, projecting later rally, having the ap-

pearance of whiskers. In front of each eye is a siugle long hair,

and a few other similar but shorter ones project from the upper

lip and the chin. The fur of both surfaces of the body extends on

to the interfemoral membrane very slightly; but the wing-mem-

branes are free from hair,

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 57

On all parts of the body the fur is long and soft, and rather silky ;

and it is bicoloured above and beneath. That of all the upper parts

is black at the base, more or less tipped with shining yellowish-

chestnut, on the head and neck scarcely perceptible, but becoming

more marked towards the middle of the back and on the rump,

where it is much the brightest. Some of the darker examples of

V. mystacinus bear some resemblance to the present species in this

respect, but are less bright. Beneath, the tur is dead black, with

the tips of the hairs greyish-brown, a little paler on the pubes.

Membranes and naked parts dark brown. The complete ossifica-

tion of the finger-joints indicates that the specimen is adult ; but the

sex has not been ascertained.

Length of the head and body........ 1 6

=-ontne tail, about....ss ccc... LO

— of the head.......... sieisis eels Oo

— of the ears .............. Bey ear!

—— of the tragus .............. 0 21

GrtHeMOVe-arm .2.....552-- 1 22

— of the longest finger ........ Ppt’

of the fourth finger.......... 1 ps

—— of the thumb .............. On

—- ReRMPARE INI 303 9.0 au vam. aSu apoio, 0 0 6

—ot the foot and claws........ 0 22

MPPWBSE OL WINER. 2. <0. che os. nitive oo 8.6

Hab. 1 received this with a number of other Indian species from

Mr. Warwick, with the statement that they all formed a part of a

collection made by Capt. Boys. Amongst them were several speci-

mens of Scot. coromandelicus; and the present species was confounded

with them, until they were mounted for the cabinet, when the dif-

ferences became sufficiently obvious.

4. VESPERTILIO SERICEUS, N.S.

A species remarkable for the great beauty of its fur, which is

thick, very soft, and with all the gloss of unspun silk. ‘In size and

proportions somewhat similar to V. Nattereri, and the crown of the

head elevated about as in that species; but the muzzle, although

pointed, relatively a little shorter. Unfortunately the ears and tragi

have been so much injured as to render it impossible to give an

exact description of them ; but it is evident that the ears were rather

narrow, and more or less emarginate at their outer margin ; and that

the tragus was long and narrow, may be seen from what remains of

one of them, the end only being lost.

The organs of flight are of medium size and proportions; the

thumb is rather long, and has the basal phalange short, and the

claw long and slender, with but a slight degree of curvature. The

wing-membranes spring from the base of the toes. The feet are

rather large,—the toes taking up a little more than half their entire

length, and armed with claws, which, like those of the thumbs, are

58 Zoological Society :—

rather long, slender, and but little curved. These parts have much

the size and proportions of those of V. Nattereri.

Nearly the whole of the face is hairy ; but there is a naked space

around each eye. A thick moustache borders the upper lips, which,

extending from the angles of the mouth upwards and forwards,

joins the fur of the forehead, which extends nearly to the end of the

nose. The chin is destitute of hairs. The fur of the back encroaches

to a trifling degree on the interfemoral membrane ; and the same may

be said of that of the belly ; everywhere else the membranes are

naked.

On all parts of the body the fur is bicoloured: above dark brown

at the root, with the terminal third light reddish-brown; beneath

similar, but the brown at the root darker and more extended, the

tips of the hairs for one-fourth only of their length being greyish-

brown, on the abdomen whitish-brown.

Everywhere the fur maintains its peculiar silky lustre, as much so

on the under as on the upper parts of the body. This quality of

fur will at once distinguish this species from every other which I

have ever seen.

The dentition, as far as it can be studied in a stuffed specimen, is

as follows :—Upper incisors in pairs, placed close together, with a

considerable interval in the centre between the pairs, and also an in-

terval on each side, between them and the canines. They are rather

short and obtusely conical, the inner ones indistinetly bifid at the

apex. The canines are rather small and short, and are followed b

two small premolars on each side, of a bluntly conical form, the first

being the larger of the two. To these succeed the two large pre-

molars, or carnassiers, in this species with the pomt only a little

raised above the crowns of the true molars. In the lower jaw the

incisors, six in number, are somewhat irregularly ranged and tri-

lobed, the canines short, and the two following premolars on each

side of equal size, small and conical. The next premolar is of

greater size and more acutely conical. The chief peculiarity in the

dentition of this species is the shortness of the teeth, whilst they

maintain throughout a medium degree of stoutness.

Length of the head and body, about .... 2 0

ol. the:tail 30% 2-5. ot uaes fea ree Lie acs

of, the Dead .).4 0:5 ate atone sea 0 9

—— of the fore-arm ...............- 14

of the longest.finger ......< «= +» =-e0sl Aue

—— — of the fourth finger ............ L, 0s

— of the thumb and claw.......... 0 33

ot, the. tibia... miata pie ee 0 8

_ of the foot and claws «sen fahae

Eixpanse of wings |... «4i) sip syste eee 10 0

Hab. Not known.

<< SS

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 59

5. PHYLLORHINA AURITA, 0. S.

In size this species about equals Rhinolophus hippocrepis of

Europe.

It may be readily distinguished from all others of the genus by

the great size of its ears, and seems to hold the same position amongst

the species of Phyllorhina that Rhinolophus cornutus does in the

genus Rhinolophus.

So far as may be learned from the inspection of a specimen in

skin, the facial crests greatly resemble those of Ph. bicolor, and the

general form of the whole head, face, and ears is pretty much as in

that species, excepting that the muzzle is relatively a little more

compressed, and the ears much larger. These latter organs are one-

fourth longer than the head, and of a broadly ovoid form, are some-

what diaphanous, and thickly marked with glandular dots. They

have about sixteen transverse sulci, which do not quite extend to

the outer margin of the ear, but are bounded by.a well-defined line

which runs parallel with the margin, and divides off a narrow por-

tion, having the appearance of a distinct border. The inner or

front margin of the ear has three such parallel lines, all running

from that part of the ear which is near to the face, to near the tip.

This peculiarity of having the ears margined as described, and the

central part sulcated, is not confined to this species ; but it is much

more strongly marked in this than in any other which I have seen.

Ph. cervina and Ph. caffra exhibit the same arrangement of lines

in the ear, but in a much less degree.

The wings are broad for their length,—the fourth finger, which

determines their breadth, being longer than the third*. They are

distinctly reticulated, especially near the side of the body. No

great peculiarities are exhibited by the posterior extremities.

The fur is strictly confined to the body, with the exception of

some on the hinder surface of the ears, at their base, and a narrow

‘fringe on one of the lines bordering their front margin inside the

ear.

On all the upper parts the fur is bicoloured, nearly white at the

base for three-fourths of its length, then of a medium brown colour,

with the extreme tips a little paler, giving a slightly hoary appearance.

Beneath, it is somewhat similar, but rather paler, especially on the

humeral region and down the sides of the body ; but the colours are

less clearly made out. On the throat and along the middle of the

belly to the pubes it is much lighter in colour, and almost uni-

coloured. The membranes are of a medium brown colour.

The teeth have not been examined with care, but appear to be

rather long, especially the canines. They are longer than those of

Ph. cervina, which is a slightly larger species.

-* In Rhinolophus hippocrepis these two fingers are of equal length; and the

same is the case in (7h. caffra, Ph. speoris, Ph. labuanensis, and Ph. cervina:

in Ph. nobilis and Ph. insignis the third is a little longer than the fourth, whilst

in Ph. bicolor and the present species the fourth is the longer of the two. Of

course this difference in the relative lengths of the fingers determines the compa-

rative breadth of the wings.

60 Zoological Society :—

Length of the head and body..........

——iof the tail 2% ot cienstomtentete enema

of the heads come eare ie) eee

of ‘thetehts'2 eras ease ce | eee

Breadth of the ears, nearly............

Length. of the fore-armi".2 = 0. 22.1.2. =

— of the longest finger ..........

of the third ‘finger’... 2.0.28

-——— of the fourth finger ..........

—— of the thumb .......... eve perte

mme°;w OS

—

Oo BOOP KH ©

of the os calcis

HXPANSEsOL WINES, . sic sec « regis eae eee iis

Hab. Unknown.

bol bo|

weocoorr NK OCOF Fs

6. EMBALLONURA FULIGINOSA, 0. Ss.

In general form this species somewhat resembles #. monticola,

but differs in several important particulars. It is larger; and it has

the fur of a uniform sooty brown, whilst in that species it is marked

bicoloured, being nearly white at the root.

In its general outline the head is very similar to that of the other

species of the genus; but the snout, although small and elongated,

is not so pointed as in the American species, but is nevertheless

more so than in the African LZ. afra, judging from the figure given

by Dr. Peters. The nostrils are small and rather near together ;

the ears triangularly oval, longer than broad, with the outer margin

entire and produced at the base along the face in a line midway be-

tween the cleft of the mouth and the eye, and ending immediately

between the latter and the angle of the mouth, which are both in a

vertical line: all three are therefore in a vertical line. The tragus

has its two sides nearly parallel, but it is a little widest at the end;

it curves slightly inwards, and has the end rounded as in the genus

Miniopteris, but is relatively broader. Thumb rather long, with

the two visible phalanges equal in length (the small terminal one,

bearing the claw, being excepted), the basal one wholly enclosed in

the interbrachial membrane. Wing-membranes extending to the

distal extremity of the tibiee ; hinder limbs rather long and slender ;

toes half the length of the entire foot. Os calcis long ; interfemoral

membrane very ample, with three diverging lines from the tip of the

tail to its hinder margin, one on each side of these from the root

of the femur to the point of the os ealcis, and two others, one from

the distal extremity of each femur to near the middle of the os calcis.

Transversely, this membrane has about twenty closely dotted lines.

The fur on the crown is long and thick, and approaches rather

nearly the end of the nose ; the sides of the face, from the auditory

openings through the eyes to the upper lip, naked, or nearly so ;

but the upper lip is fringed with scattered short bristly hairs. The

Mr. R. F. Tomes on new species of Bats. 61

extreme margin of the lips, both above and below, are naked and

smooth.

That part of the wing-membranes which is contiguous to the

under surface of the bodv is a little hairy ; and the fur of the ramp

extends, to avery trifling degree, on to the interfemoral ; but all other

parts of the membranes are perfectly naked.

On all parts of the body the fur is rather soft, thick, and long,

and perfectly devoid of lustre. It is also perfectly unicoloured

everywhere, being above of a deep sooty brown with a slight tinge

of rusty, and similar, though a little paler, beneath.

Upper incisors, 4, in pairs as in Vespertilio ; they are very small,

narrow near the alveolus, and blunt at the tips. Upper canines

furnished with a kind of lobe or talon behind, at the base; the

lower ones with a similar one in front. Lower incisors very small,

symmetrically ranged, and with their cutting edges lobated.

Length of the head and body, about ...... 2 0

Baa Mei atl yS | oi2% )2!s) 0%)" satel ch alerave OS )70r-8'%

PRRPHEN EDEN? \cici tig shwe ne id eta. 0 9

BIRtMENEATSINL. Waa) sc psa el oe 0 5}

— of the tragus ................ orate Orie?

of the fore-arm ..... ee ace Bug

of the longest finger ............ 2 9

— of the fourth finger.............. 1 10

— of the thumb .................. 0 4

——— of the tibia . bd al Sh, TONS ABE

of the foot and claws INS ariate stdleoate 0 34

——— of the os calcis ...... 0 82

from the end of the nose to ‘the

hinder margin of the interfemoral mem-

eee Rages teks ebb eiee cia ernie 3006

Papanse OF WINES). eee k ee os » PEA O

Hab. “Island of Ovalee (Figi Islands), August 1856, H.M.S.

‘Herald,’ F. M. Rayner.’ Such was the label attached to the spe-

cimen when it recently reached Dr. Gray, through whose kindness I

am enabled to give the above description.

Obs. Several species of Cheiroptera have fur of much the same

quality and appearance as this species. Nyctophilus unicolor, from

Van Diemen’s Land, Molossus norfolciensis, Norfolk Island, and

M. acetabulosus, Mauritius and Natal, are amongst these; and the

American species M. nasutus also has fur which approaches closely

in texture that of all these species.

The present species, although it differs materially from 2. mon-

ticola, yet bears greater resemblance to it in the form of sere head,

ears, &c. than to any other species. To the African species, 2. afra,

Peters, it has some similarity in the form of the snout ; and all these

three are species which appertain to the genus Emballonura as

restricted by M. Paul Gervais, who separates, under the name of

Proboscidea, those species which have a longer and more pointed

snout, such as LZ. savatilis and L. villosa.

62 Zoological Society :—

February 8, 1859.—Dr. Gray, V.P., in the Chair.

On THE MEMBERS OF THE GENUS RUPICOLA, AND WHETHER

THERE BE Two OR MORE SPEciES. By Joun Goutp, Esq.,

F.R.S.

At present only two species of this splendid group of birds have

been characterized, namely the Rupicola crocea and R. peruviana.

It is true that several other specific names have been proposed by.

various writers, such as aurantia, cayana, and elegans; but I believe

these terms all have reference to the first-mentioned species—the

Pipra rupicola of Linnzeus, the Rupicola crocea of Bonnaterre—a

bird sent to Europe, and particularly to France, in the greatest abun-

dance from Cayenne. There can be no doubt that the second species,

the R. peruviana of Latham, is distinct from the &. erocea; but

there is much doubt as to whether the specimens sent from Bogota

be identical with the R. periviana, since it is not to be found in the

intervening country of Ecuador, whence we have long received a

splendid bird, which I believe is not yet described, and to which I

ropose to give the name of R. sanguinolenta. At all events I have

signally failed in my endeavours to see a male specimen of a Cock of

the Rock from Peru, by which means alone the question can be de-

termined ; on the other hand, I have a female or young male from

that country, which appears to differ from the females or young spe-

cimens from Bogota. In the present state of our knowledge of the

subject, it will be advisable to leave the point undecided, and describe

the bird from Ecuador, which is at once distinguished from its con-

geners by the deep blood-red colouring of its plumage, as compared

with the bird from Bogota ; it also differs in its smaller size, and in

the relative lengths of its wings and tail. Before describing the R.

sanguinolenta, I may mention that specimens of R. croceafrom De-

merara, although very similar in colour to those sent from Cayenne,

differ considerably in the form and size of the crest,—that of the

Demerara specimens being much smaller and rounder, and haying

the terminal crescent of brown much darker than in the more di-

lated crest of the Cayenne birds.

RuUPICOLA SANGUINOLENTA.

Crest (which is destitute of the terminal crescentic brown mark

observable in the other species), the entire plumage of the body, the

lesser wing-coverts, the under wing-cov erts, and the thighs rich

blood-red ; the greater wing-coverts, wings, tail, and the extremities

of the larger under wing-coy verts velv éty-black ; tertiaries very broad,

and of a fine silv ery grey; bill and feet yellow.

Total length 12 ‘inches, bill 12, wing 7, tail 5, tarsi 11.

On A New Species or DENDROCHELIDON, OR TREE SwIFT.

By Joun Goutp, Esq., F.R.S., ETC.

The highly interesting group of Tree Swifts forming the genus

Dendrochelidon has recently been augmented by the discovery of a

new species in Celebes by Mr. Wallace—the fifth of the form with

Mr. J. Gould on a new species of Tree-Swift. 63

which we are now acquainted—the four previously known being the

splendid D. mystaceus of New Guinea and the Aru Islands, the D.

comatus of Manilla and Malasia, the old D. klecho of Java, and the

D. coronatus of India. The new species (which is the second in

size, being only exceeded in this respect by the D. mystaceus) is, as

already stated, from Macassar, Celebes ; it is most nearly allied to

the D. comatus and D. klecho, but differs from both those birds in

its much larger size, and in the deep-blue colouring of its shoulders

and wings. This bird, which I have named Wallacii in honour of

its discoverer, may be thus described :—

DENDROCHELIDON WALLACII.

Crown of the head deep green, with steel-blue reflexions ; lores

black ; over each eye an indistinct stripe of greyish-white ; sides and

back of the neck and the upper part of the back green, passing into

grey on the lower part of the back and rump, which colour again

passes into the bluish-green of the upper tail-coverts; shoulders

blue, with reflexions of green; primaries bluish-black, with green

reflexions ; tertiaries greyish-white; tail bluish-black; throat and

under surface grey, passing into greyish-white on the vent and under

tail-coverts ; bill and feet olive. :

Fotal length 10 inches; bill, from gape to tip, 4; wing 72,

tail 54.

Remark —The usual chestnut-coloured mark immediately below

the ear, indicative of the male, occurs in this as in the other mem-

bers of the genus.

On THE SeA Bear or Foster, THE UrsSUS MARINUS OF

STELLER, ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS OF AUTHORS. By Dr.

Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., P. Ent. Soc.

Steller figures and describes a large Seal under the name of Ursus

marinus (Noy. Comm. Petrop. ii. 331, t. 15), which is the author-

ity for the Ursine Seal of Pennant (Quad. ii. 526) and Phoca ursina

of Schreber, Gmelin, and most succeeding authors.

Forster, in Cook’s ‘ Second Voyage’ (i. 203), appears to speak of

the same animal under the name of “Sea Bear.”

I had not been able to see a specimen of this species in any of

the Museums which I had examined on the Continent or in En-

gland, or to find a skull of the genus from the Northern Pacific

Ocean ; yet I felt so assured, from Steller’s description and the geo-

graphical position, that it must be distinct from the Eared I'ur-Seals

from the Antarctic Ocean and Australia, with which it has been

usually confounded, that, in my ‘Catalogue of Seals in the Col-

lection of the British Museum,’ I regarded it as a distinct species

under the name of Arctocephalus ursinus, giving an abridgment of

Steller’s description as its specific character.

The British Museum has just received, under the name Otaria

leonina, from Amsterdam, a specimen of the Sea Bear from Behring’s

Straits, which was obtained from St. Petersburg. It is evidently

not an Otaria, but a true Arctocephalus, and agrees in all its cha-

64 Zoological Society :-—

racters with the Sea Bear, Ursus marinus of Steller, and not with

the Sea Lion or Leo marinus of that author, which is called Otfaria

Stelleri in my catalogues, and was confounded with Otaria leonina

of the Southern Pacific Ocean by Nilsson and most modern authors.

The latter animal is still a desideratum in the British Museum and

other European Collections.

The skin is 8 feet long, and agrees in all particulars with Steller’s

description of the adult male of the species, and is most distinct in

external character and colour from the Fur-Seal (4. falklandicus)

of the Falkland Islands and of 4. lobatus from Australia.

The skull is equally distinct from the various skulls of all the

species of the genus Arctocephalus (both Fur- and Hair-Seals) which

are in the collection of the British Museum, and is easily known

from them by the shortness of the face and the height and convexity

of the nose.

The skull of this specimen is quite distinct from the skull of the

Arctocephalus Gilliespiiof California, recently described by Dr. Mac

Bain in the ‘ Proceedings of the Physical Society of Edinburgh,’

under the name of Otaria Gilliespii, from a skull in the Edinburgh

Natural History Museum, of which we have a cast in the British

Museum: but we are not able to ascertain with certainty whether this

is aFur- or Hair-Seal, though, from the length of the palate, compared

with the width of the skull at the hinder grinders, I am induced to

believe that it may belong to an animal which has a soft under fur.

This proves that the Seals from the different parts of the West Coast

of America are distinct from each other, each specimen having a

specific geographical range.

ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS. Northern Fur-Seal.

Adult male grey-black ; hair of the back long, black, reddish, with

a subterminal band and a short grey tip ; under fur short, woolly,

red ; the hair of the neck and front of the body longer, forming a

kind of mane; lips and nose reddish; whiskers very long, strong,

white, smooth, tapering to a fine point. Skull short, forehead very

convex and rounded.

Hab. Behring’s Straits.

I may state that the name Arctocephalus ursinus is usually applied

to the various species of Eared Fur-Seals found in the different

English and Continental Museums.

Description or A New Species or Fisu, Pertsteraus

Rierrevi. By Pror. Dr. Kaur.

This new species is an inhabitant of the seas of China and perhaps

Japan, and shows, with a species of Japan and two of the Moluccas,

that the Mediterranean species is not so isolated as we have hitherto

believed.

The genus Peristethus (Peristedion) is to be placed in the middle

of the subfamily Trigline, and connects the similar forms of Dac-

tyloptera with those which are near to the genus T'rigla.

Dr. Kaup on a new species of Fish. 65

The highest genera, Cephalacanthus and Dactyloptera, have no

separated rays on the pectorals, a thorn-shaped prolongation of the

ao and a normal covering of scales without a trace of lateral

ine.

The lowest group shows also a high, less obtuse head, and three

free articulated rays on the pectorals, small scales, and a distinct

lateral line. To this section belong Prionotus and Trigla.

The genus Peristethus, which connects both groups, has only two

articulated rays before the pectorals ; and before the commencement

of the small furcated caudal are three carinated scales, of which

there are two only in Dactyloptera. The strongly-armed body is

without a lateral line.

From these characters, this genus is more allied to the last than

the first group. As in Trigla lyra, the snout is furcated, and along

the dorsal line is a series of elevated thorns, by which the dorsals

are placed in a more or less deep furrow.

If we see marks enough to connect Peristethus with one or

the other group, there is also a series of characters by which this

genus differs from all the others. Peristethus shows no trace of

teeth in either jaw; and the symphysis of the lower jaw has fringed

skin-flaps, more or less moveable, hanging downwards. The head

is long and very compressed, with two tork-shaped prolongations on

the end of the snout. Every part of this fork is rough on the mar-

gins, and on its lower part are four cavities covered with a thin

transparent skin. The long head is only three times the length of

the body ; and the body has a pyramidal form with eight sides. All

the scales are connected one with another, and have in the middlea

thorn directed backwards. The pectorals are of middle length, not

quite reaching the ventrals, and show only two free fingers. The

over-breast and belly are of two shields, with a serrated suture in the

middle, and elevated on the margins ; the first shield is larger and

longer than the second, which is rarely separated in two.

The dorsal commences on the second ring of the body and reaches

not quite to the end of the body. The males are distinguished by

the first rays of the dorsal being thin, filiform, and elongated. This

is the case in the European species ; and the others are no exception.

The anal commences next the anal ring, and is as long as the second

dorsal.

The colour is red; but this colour changes after death to a dirty

ochreous-yellow.

The flesh of the smaller species is very dry and is not used. The

Mediterranean species is not rare, but the fishermen take it only as

a curiosity. The cavities in the two branches of the fork make

it very weak and fragile ; and most examples of these fishes have lost

one or both parts of their fork.

In quite perfect specimens we never find the fork longer than an

inch ; therefore the horned fish of Pliny must be distinct from the

Mediterranean fish. This horned fish of Pliny had horns 18 inches

in length, and is, according to the opinion of Cuvier and Valenciennes,

the Cephaloptera, which Rondelet has never seen or described.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 5

66 Zoological Society :-—

It is, in fact, curious, that the old authors never mention the

Cataphractus,—the reason probably being its rare appearance, its

smallness, and its bad flesh.

As I always place the smallest forms with the most rounded skull

at the head, and give the bird-types with the largest pectorals, which

enable these forms to fly, the second place, and as I see in the

Peristethus the bone- or reptile-fish, and in Prionotus the real fish-

type, my arrangement of the genera in this little subfamily is as

follows :—

I. CeEPHALACANTHUS.

II. DacryLopTeRa.

III. PerisTeTuvus.

IV. Prionotvus.

V. TRIGLA.

After this preface, we proceed to distinguish the different species of

Genus III. Peritsreraus (PERISTEDION”).

PeRISTETHUS CATAPHRACTUS.

Peristedion cataphractum, Lac.

P. cataphractum (8) et chabrontera (¢), Risso, ili. p. 402.

Octonus holosteon, Raf.

Trigla hispanorum chabrontera, Osb.

Trigla hamata, Bl. Schn.

Malarmat, Rond. p. 237 (¢), excellent fig. ; Cuvier & Val. iv.

101 (¢), excellent fig.

Peristedion malamart, Yary. p. 67 (¢ ), excellent fig.

The figure of Bloch, t. 49 (3), is bad, shows too many seales

and rays in the second dorsal.

Diagn.—Front with three thorns. Eye-covers with thorns. Pre-

opercle leaf-shaped, without prolongation. The length of the

head to the breadth under the middle of the eyes as 274: 1.

Breadth of the head nearly equal to its height, measured under the

eyes. The forks more or less divergent.

Not exceeding the length of a foot. Common in the Mediter-

ranean, more rare in the Channel.

PERISTETHUS ORIENTALIS.

Peristedion orientale, T. & Schleg. Fn. Jap. t. xiv. £: 5,6; t. xv.

f. 1, 2.

Similar in length to P. eataphractus, but without thorns on the

front, and eye-covering. A female, besides the short rays of the first

dorsal, shows the ventral shield separated into two, which is abnor-

mal. On the symphysis are three small skin prolongations, and

behind it a longer one.

I find the true specific character in the form of the head, and

therefore doubt whether the number of the rays shows a great dif-

ference from the other species.

* The name Peristedion is wrongly formed.

Dr. Kaup on a new species of Fish. 67

Peristetuus Rierrewti, Kaup.

Thorns on the front, not on the eye-margins ; parts of the fork

broader, and convergent towards the end. The breadth of the head

is to the length as 1:12. The height of the head not quite half

the breadth. The thorn-shaped prolongation of the preopercle not

comparable with those of P. cataphractus and P. orientalis. The

eyes are proportionately smaller, the front narrower and more con-

cave, than in P. cataphractus and P. orientalis.

When we compare its head with those of the other species, we

are led to believe that such a head belongs to a larger fish, which,

however, is not the case. Our fish is scarcely larger than a large

individual of P. cataphractus. In one cavity of the eye of a dry

example I found a piece of China paper with the written characters

of the country. From that, and the maceration and the varnish, I

believe that this example came in an insect-box from China; it is,

judging by the short rays of the first dorsal, a female.

I have named this very interesting species in honour of the me-

mory of my true and excellent friend Dr. Rieffel, who has done so

much for our Museum and University.

Besides these smaller species of Peristethus, there appear to be

two mentioned by older authors, which attain an immense size. The

first I call

PERISTETHUS GIGAS.

Length 3 feet, of which the head is one-third.

In Valentyn, ‘ Oud en nieuw Ostindien,’ tom. iii. p. 363, fig. 55,

is a fish mentioned and figured under the name Tkan Scythian Merah

(Red Devil Fish), which belongs, according to Cuvier, to this genns.

A bad plate of this is also given in Renard’s ‘ Poissons et Ecre-

visses,’ fig. 67. What makes me doubt whether Renard copied the

engraving of Valentyn, is that on the surface of the fork are cavities

covered with membranes, which we do not see in the figure of

Valentyn. Therefore I believe that both authors used one and the

same painting belonging to another collection, made at Amboyna.

These cavities on the upper side of the bifurcated snout, which we

find in the better known species on the under side, permit us to

hazard two conjectures. Either this species has these cavities on

both sides of the fork, or, by the mistake of the first artist, the

cavities of the under side are erroneously placed on the upper side.

According to Renard, this fish reaches the length of 8 feet 7 inches ;

but this does not agree with the assertion of Valentyn. According

to the latter, the flesh of this fish is dry and without flavour ; Renard

says it is similar to that of the Sturgeon. The last opinion is cer-

tainly not founded on experience, but on the analogy of this fish with

the Sturgeon. I have more confidence in old Valentyn than Renard,

and consequently think that the size of 8 feet is an exaggeration,

and that the length given by Valentyn is the more exact.

Another species, not yet rediscovered,

PERISTETHUS BREVIFURCATUS,

is figured, according to Cuvier and Valenciennes, in Cornelius v.

68 Geological Society :—

Vlaming’s Manuscript, nos. 165, 166. This fish is called Sturgeon of

Banda, and has the fork of the snout not more largely developed

than in Trigla lyra. Like P. gigas, it grows to a considerable size.

A third species is mentioned by Cuvier in few words: ‘ Ainsi Pon

doit croire qu’il y a dans la mer des Indes une espéce de ce genre

différente de la nétre.’’ This third species of Cuvier is perhaps P.

orientalis, or my new P. Rieffeli.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 14, 1859.—Prof. J. Phillips, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—-

1. ‘On some Remains of Polyptychodon from Dorking.” By

Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.

Referring to the genus of Saurians which he had founded in 1841

on certain Jarge detached teeth from the Cretaceous beds of Kent

and Sussex, and which genus, in reference to the many-ridged or

folded character of the enamel of those teeth, he had proposed to

call Polyptychodon, Prof. Owen noticed the successive discoveries of

portions of jaws, one showing the thecodont implantation of those

teeth, which, with the shape and proportions of the teeth, led him to

suspect the crocodilian affinities of Polyptychodon ; and the subse-

quent discovery of bones in a Lower Greensand quarry at Hythe,

which, on the hypothesis of their having belonged to Polyptychodon,

had led him to suspect that the genus conformed to the Plesio-

sauroid type.

The fossils now exhibited by Mr. G. Cubitt of Denbies, consisted

of part of the cranium (showing a large foramen parietale), frag-

ments of the upper and lower jaws and teeth, of the Polyptychodon

interruptus, from the Lower Chalk of Dorking, and afforded further

evidence of the plesiosauroid affinities of the genus. Professor Owen

remarked that in a collection of fossils from the Upper Greensand

near Cambridge, now in the Woodwardian Museum, and in another

collection of fossils from the Greensand beds near Kursk in Russia,

submitted to the Professor’s examination by Col. Kiprianoff, there

are teeth of Polyptychodon, associated with plesiosauroid vertebrae

of the same proportional magnitude, and with portions of large limb-

bones, without medullary cavity, and of plesiosauroid shape.

Thus the evidence at present obtained respecting this huge, but

hitherto problematical, carnivorous Saurian of the Cretaceous period

seemed to prove it to be a marine one, more closely adhering to the

prevailing type of the Sea-lizards of the great mesozoic epoch, then

drawing to its close, than to the Mosasaurus of the Upper Chalk,

which, by its vertebral, palatal, and dental characters, seemed to

foreshadow the Saurian type to follow.

Prof. Owen exhibited also drawings of specimens in the Wood-

wardian Museum and in the Collection of Mr. W. Harris, of Charing,

which show the mode and degree of use or abrasion to which the

teeth of Polyptychodon had been subject.

On Fossils from the Coal-formation of Nova Scotia. 69

2. “On some Fossils from near Bahia, South America.” By

S. Allport, Esq. Communicated by Prof. Morris, F.G.S.

The south-west point of the hill on which the Fort of Montserrate

is built, in Bahia Bay, exhibits a section of alternating beds of con-

glomerate, sandstone, and shale ; in the last Mr. Allport discovered

a large Dinosaurian dorsal vertebra, not unlike that of Megalosaurus,

several Crocodilian teeth, and numerous large scales of Lepidotus,

together with a few Molluscs (Paludina, Unio, &c.), some Hnto-

mostraca, and Lignite. ‘I'wo miles from Montserrate, in a N.E.

direction, is the Plantaforma, another hill of the same formation, but

loftier. The shales here also yielded similar fossils.

These fossiliferous shales and conglomerates dip to the N.W.

towards the Bay, and appear to overlie a similarly inclined whitish

sandstone, which rests against the gneissose hills ranging north-

eastwardly from the point of St. Antonio.

3. “On a Terrestrial Mollusc, a Chilognathous Myriapod, and

some new species of Reptiles, from the Coal-formation of Nova

Scotia.” By J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.G.S. &c.

On revisiting the South Joggins in the past summer, Dr. Dawson

had the opportunity of examining the interior of another erect tree

in the same bed which had afforded the fossil stump from which the

remains of Dendrerpeton Acadianum and other terrestrial animals were

obtained in 1851 by Sir C. Lyell and himself. This second trunk

was about 15 inches in diameter, and was much more richly stored

with animal remains than that previously met with. ‘here were here

numerous specimens of the land-shell found in the tree previously

discovered in this bed,—several individuals of an articulated animal,

probably a Myriapod,— portions of two skeletons of Dendrerpeton,—

and seven small skeletons belonging to another Reptilian genus,

and probably to three species.

The bottom of the trunk was floored with a thin layer of carbonized

bark. On this was a bed of fragments cf mineral charcoal (having

Sigillaroid cell-structure), an inch thick, with a few Reptilian bones

and a Sternbergia-cast. Above this, the trunk was occupied, toa

height of about 6 inches, with a hard black laminated material,

consisting of fine sand and carbonized vegetable matter, cemented by

carbonate of lime. In this occurred most of the animal remains,

with coprolites, and with leaves of Noeggerathia (Poacites), Carpo-

lithes, and Calamites, also many small pieces of mineral charcoal

showing the structures of Lepidodendron, Stigmaria, and the leaf-

stalks of Ferns. The upper part of this carbonaceous mass alter-

nated with fine grey sandstone, which filled the remainder of the

trunk as far as seen. ‘The author remarked that this tree, like other

erect Sivillarie in this section, became hollow by decay, after having

been more or less buried in sediment ; but that, unlike most others, it

remained hollow for some time in the soil of a forest, receiving small

quantities of earthy and vegetable matter, falling into it, or washed in

by rains. In this state it was probably a place of residence for the

snails and myriapods and a trap and tomb for the reptiles; though

70 Geological Society.

the presence of coprolitic matter would seem to show that in some

instances at least the latter could exist for a time in their under-

ground prison. ‘The occurrence of so many skeletons, with a hundred

or more specimens of land-snails and myriapods, in a cylinder only

15 inches in diameter proves that these creatures were by no means

rare in the coal-forests ; and the conditions of the tree with its air-

breathing inhabitants implies that the Sigillarian forests were not

so low and wet as we are apt to imagine.

The little land-shell, specimens of which with the mouth entire

have now occurred to the author, is named by him Pupa vetusta.

Dr. Dawson found entire shells of Physa heterostropha in the stomach

of Menobranchus lateralis, and hence he supposes that the Pupe may

have been the food of the little reptiles the remains of which are

associated with them.

Two examples of Spirorbis carbonarius also occurred ; these may

have been drifted into the hollow trunk whilst they were adherent

to vegetable fragments. The Myriapodis named Xylobius Sigillarie,

and is regarded as being allied to Lulus.

The reptilian bones, scutes, and teeth referable to Dendrerpeton

Acadianum bear out the supposition of its Labyrinthodont affinities.

Those of the new genus, Hylonomus, established-by Dr. Dawson on

the other reptilian remains, indicate a type remote from Archegosaurus

and Labyrinthodon, but in many respects approaching the Lacertians.

The three species determined by the author are named H. Lyellii,

H, aciedentatus, and H. Wymani. .

4. “On the Occurrence of Footsteps of Chirotherium in the Upper

Keuper of Warwickshire.” By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

True Chirotherian footsteps do not appear to have been hitherto

met with in the Keuper of Warwickshire ; but a specimen of Keuper

sandstone showing the casts of a fore and a hind foot of Chirotherium

was lately turned up by the plough at Whitley Green near Henley-

in-Arden. The breadth of the fore-foot is about 2 inches; the hind-

foot is 45 inchesacross. As the New Red sandstone of Cheshire, so

well known for its fine Chirotherian foot-tracts, certainly belongs to

the upper part of the New Red series, it may now be further corre-

lated with the Upper Keuper of Warwickshire, the latter having

yielded true Chirotherian foot-prints.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Mud-Fish of the Nile (Lepidosiren annectens?).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Tue British Museum has just received from M. Parzudaki of

Paris two specimens of Lepidosiren from the “‘ embouchure du Nil.”

They are much larger than any I have seen from West Africa.

The largest is much bigger than the specimen which escaped

from the small tank into the basin warmed with hot-water pipes

in the Crystal Palace. One, in its dry, unstuffed state, is 32, and

Miscellaneous. 71

the other 22 inches long. I have not been able to discover any

difference between them and the specimen we have from Western

Africa. The anterior filaments are very long: in the larger they

are 9, in the smaller, 7 inches long, and evidently much contracted

in drying.

Early Notice of the Tapaia found in Pulo Condore.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In Mr. W. Ellis’s drawing (now in the Banksian Library at the

British Museum ) of the animals observed during Cook’s third voyage,

there is a figure and description of a species of T'apaia, marked as

coming from Pulo Condore. In the MS. which accompanies the

drawing it is described as—

** Sevurus (dissimilis) auriculis rotundis, rostro elongato, dentibus

primoribus 6.

Habitat in Insula Pulo Condore.

Statura S.vulgaris. Caput, dorsum, et cauda supra colore leporino :

infra pallido-grisea. Dentes superiores duo breves rotundati

obtusi, inferiores 4 longiores exserti cuneati acute !! Pedes pen-

tadactyli. Cauda depressa longitudine corporis, supra et utring.

pilis longis, infra brevibus tecta!! Mystaces breves.”

According to his ‘Authentic Narrative of a Voyage,’ 8vo, 1782,

vol. 1. p. 337, they were at Pulo Condore on the 20th of January

1780.

I may here observe that Mr. Ellis, in his MS. now in the Bank-

sian Library, proposed and characterized several genera of birds,

fish, &c., which have since been published by other authors. But

he appears to have been restrained from publishing them by the

strong prejudice that then existed against making any addition

to the genera allowed by Linnzeus, though that author, in his

various editions of his ‘Systema,’ constantly altered and added to

the genera. This prejudice continued until a much later date: thus,

Dr. Horsfield, in order to ensure the publication of his paper on

Japanese Birds, was obliged to erase a considerable number of genera,

which have since been universally adopted.

New British Species of Hydra.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN.—Only three species of Hydra (H. viridis, H. fusca,

and H. grisea) have hitherto been found; or perhaps it would be

safer to say, only three have been described in the works accessible

to me; and I therefore think it not wholly superfluous to send you

word that a fourth species exists, apparently in great abundance, in

the ponds of Wimbledon Common. I have there found, besides the

three species already known, a beautiful bright-red species, which I

propose to call Hydra rubra. The colour differs in intensity in

different states of the animal, being sometimes of a brick-dust hue,

and sometimes very like the red Dianthus.

72 Miscellaneous.

I thought this Zydra might possibly owe its colour to some pecu-

liarity in the food it got in its pond; but, having kept many of them

in different waters for several weeks, I find them not only retain

their original hue, but give that hue to the offspring they so freely

bud. Hence I conclude that it deserves a specific name as much—

or, rather, as little—as the three other species.

I remain, Gentlemen,

Yours, &c,.

Dec. 5, 1859. G. H. Lewes.

[Dr. Gray seems to have found the same species (?) near the same

place, between twenty and thirty years ago. (See Johnston’s Brit.

Zoophytes, 2nd edit. p. 123.) Dr. Gray says: “I have found a

bright-red Hydra rather abundant on Putney Heath, near London.

It does not differ much from the green one, except in colour.””—Eb. |

On «@ new species of Odontophorus. By Joun Goutp, Ese.,

F.R.S., &e.

Two specimens ofa fine species of Odontophorus having been placed

in my hands by Mr. Sclater, for the purpose of comparing it with

the other known members of the group, I beg to state that, after

having done so with great care, I can come to no other conclusion

than that it differs from the whole of them. It is most nearly allied

to the O. speciosus of Tschudi, and the O. hyperythrus, Gould, but

differs from the former in the much darker colouring of its upper

surface, and in the rich rusty-red colouring of its forehead ; it is

also distinguished by having a broad band of the same colour sur-

mounting the eye and extending to the nape of the neck, where it is

met by a similar band, which commences at the base of the upper

mandible, extends under the eye, through the ear, which feature has

suggested the name of erythrops as its specific appellation. From the

O. hyperythrus it differs in having a shorter and more obtuse bill,

and in the well-defined black marking of the throat. The bird was

discovered at Pallatanga in Ecuador, by Mr. Fraser.

ODONTOPHORUS ERYTHROPS.

Forehead, stripe over and another below the eye, extending beyond

the ear-coverts, deep rust-red; crown of the head dark-brown; all

the upper surface dark chocolate-brown, blotched and freckled with

black; a small spot of buffy-white at the tip of each of the wing-

coverts ; throat and upper part of the neck jet-black: in the centre of

this black mark, near its lower margin, a few of the feathers are snowy-

white at the base, forming an indistinct lunar-shaped mark. Under

surface, rich deep chestnut ; feathers of the short tail and the pri-

maries brownish black, the outer margins of the latter freckled with

buff; thighs and under tail-coverts rayed transversely with black

and lighter chestnut ; bill black; feet blackish horn-colour.

Total length 10+ inches, bill 4, wing 52, tail 24, tarsi 13.—Proc.

Zool. Soc. Feb. 8, 1859.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 26. FEBRUARY 1860.

VII.—Descriptions of a Zoophyte and two Species of Echinoder-

mata new to Britain. By Josuva AvpER, Esq.

[With a Plate. |

Tue animals now described were obtained by George Barlee, Esq.,

during a dredging excursion to the Shetland Islands, in the

summer of 1858. Mr. Barlee was so fortunate as to discover

many new and interesting marine Invertebrata during his sojourn

in those islands, the greater part of which belong to the class

Polyzoa, and have been placed for description in the able hands

of Professor Busk. The Molluscan rarities obtained have been

already noticed in this Journal by Mr. Jeffreys. To com-

plete the account of Mr. Barlee’s discoveries, descriptions of the

following species are now added.

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Family Campanulariade.

Campanularia fastigiata, n. sp.

Polypary with a smooth creeping stem, adhering closely to

other Zoophytes. Cells large, oblong, tubular, gradually taper-

ing below into a short pedicle, which is smooth and without

rings; above, the cell rises into two opposite points, between

which a plaited membrane on each side slopes over the aperture,

forming an operculum with a medial ridge. Height of cell

one-tenth of an inch.

On the stem of an Hudendrium from the inner Hauf, Shet-

land.

The nearest ally to this curious species is the C. syringa, from

which it differs in its greater size and transparency, in the

absence of rings on the pedicles, and in the cell’s tapering

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v.

74 Mr. J. Alder on a new British Zoophyte,

gradually into the latter at the base; but it differs more espe-

cially in the peculiar form of the operculum, which, when closed,

slopes down on each side like the roof of a house, the two oppo-

site angles forming the gables (PI. V. fig. 1). When the oper-

culum is fully open, the folds disappear, and the edges unite

into a continuous rim round the top of the cell.

The description is taken from specimens preserved in fluid.

The species belongs to the section of Campanularia which Mr.

Hincks proposes to form into a new genus under the name of

Calicella *.

Class ECHINODERMATA.

Order CriINOIDEA.

Comatula Sarsii.

Comatula mediterranea?, Sars, Beskr. og Jagttagels.

Alecto Sarsii, Von Diiben and Koren, Ofversigt af Skandimayiens Echi-

nodermer, p. 3, tab. 6. f. 2.

One specimen of this little Comatula was obtamed from deep

water off the Hauf,—the first that has occurred in the British

seas. The species was originally noticed by Professor Sars on

the coast of Norway, and is fully described by MM. von Diiben

and Koren in their Monograph of the Scandinavian Echino-

dermata. It is smaller than the Comatula rosacea of Forbes,

and more delicate and fragile in all its parts. One of the points

most relied on for distinction is the character of the dorsal cirri,

in which the joints are less numerous and more slender and

elongated than in the other species, and are terminated by two

claws (fig. 2), while those of C. rosacea have only one (fig. 3).

There are also differences in the arms and pinnules. The colour

of the individuals seen alive was light greyish brown.

Comatula Sarsii is a deep-water species, and appears to be

very rare. The few specimens found on the Norwegian coast

were dredged in depths varying from 50 to 100 fathoms. That

got by Mr. Barlee was likewise found in deep water. It has

been injured in the dredge; but enough remains to show the

true character of the species.

The following is the diagnosis of this species given by Von

Diiben and Koren :—

“ Cirrhis dorsum totum obtegentibus, sub 40, tenuibus, arti-

culis 13-20, quorum longissimi (4—6) triplo longiores quam

* Among the Hydroid Zoophytes collected by Mr. Barlee was a fine

specimen of Grammaria ramosa, of large size and very much branched.

Halecium labrosum, Sertularia alata, Plumularia halecioides, P. myrio-

phyllum, Campanularia Hincksii, and C. gracillima were also met with.

and on two new Species of Echinodermata. 75

latiores ; brachiorum syzygus plerumque 4-articulatis ; pin-

nulis sub 40, quarum intime 4—5 filiformes sequentibus

multo longiores.”’

Family Sipunculide.

Phascolosoma radiata, n. sp.

Body vermiform, cylindrical, tapering a little posteriorly, and

terminating in a conical button, which is longitudinally furrowed.

The anterior part of the body is subconical and a little flattened

above, where it is marked with radiating furrows, above and

below which it is coarsely granulated, the granules becoming

finer on the remaining part of the body. The proboscis is very

long, delicately ringed or transversely striated, and terminating

in a smooth aperture without tentacular filaments. The upper

portion of the proboscis is transparent and flesh-coloured; the

lower more opake and yellowish. The body is yellowish,

spotted and streaked with dark brown on the more prominent

parts. Length of body 2 inches; proboscis nearly the same.

Mr. Barlee got a single specimen of this fine species from

deep water, which he kindly sent me alive. It occupied a

broken shell of Aporrhais pes-pelecani, from which the fore part

of the body protruded considerably. It threw out its proboscis

to a great length in search of food, generally holding it ina

curved or spiral position.

The genus Phascolosoma was constituted by Leuckart, in his

‘Breyes Animalium Descriptiones, &c., and appears to differ

from Sipunculus principally in the absence of the circle of feelers

round the mouth; but the genera of the Sipunculide are very

badly defined, and will require revision when the species are

better known. At present very few of them are described.

The Phascolosoma longicolle of Riippell, found inhabiting

corals in the Red Sea, has considerable resemblance to our

species, but is evidently distinct.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Campanularia fastigiata, highly magnified.

Fig. 2. One of the dorsal cirri of Comatula Sarsii, magnified.

Fig. 3. Do. do. Comatula rosacea, magnified.

Fig. 4. Phascolosoma radiata, with the proboscis extended (the line shows

the natural size).

Fig. 5. The same, with the proboscis retracted.

Fig. 6. The same, with the shell partially broken away, to show the pos-

terior extremity.

76 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze, and on

VIIl.—On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By

Joon Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &ce.

Tus tribe differs from others of the Rhamnacee in having always

opposite branchlets usually termmating in acute spines, while

in most Rhamnaceous genera they are alternate; for, though

they sometimes approximate in pairs, they are never exactly

opposite: the same may be said of their leaves. The Colletiee

also differ in the position of their petals and stamens, their in-

sertion being always perigynous upon the tube of the calyx at

some distance from the hypogynous disk, which in Colletia

assumes a perigynous form: in this respect we meet with only

one exception, in Adolphia, where, owing to the extreme short-

ness of the calycine tube, their point of attachment is drawn

close to the disk; but, although thus brought into proximity,

they are not actually inserted upon its margin, as they are ge-

nerally in the Rhamnee. In the tribe Gouaniee, so different in

most other respects, the insertion of the petals and stamens is

like that of the Colletiee. The stamens are placed opposite to

as many scale-like petals in all the Rhamnacee; they are gene-

rally concealed and hooded by them in the Colletiez, and are

inserted upon their claws, between the lobes of the calycine

border; the petals are, however, sometimes wanting, and-in a

single apetalous species the insertion of the stamens is below

the middle of the tube. The Colletiee, besides, are generally

distinguishable at a glance by their peculiar habit: the branch-

lets, half abortive, often assume the form of spies, which are

either quite bare, or they are foliuferous, or else they become

more elongated, bearing both leaves and flowers, but sometimes

they are destitute of both, with a broom-like appearance ; the

leaves, when present, are always small and opposite, or, by the

approximation of the axils, almost fasciculated, and are either

entire or denticulated, and sometimes are reduced to almost

obsolete proportions. Most of the species at present known are

natives of South America; there are a few in Mexico, one from

the Galapagos, one from the island of Juan Fernandez, one from

Australia and Tasmania, and another from New Zealand.

There has hitherto been much confusion among the genera, the

characters of many of them being still undefined: thus Trevoa

and Talguenea, which I proposed above thirty years ago, have

been confounded together by most botanists. My observations,

I hope, will enable me to define the characters and limits of

these as well as the other genera of the tribe.

When Jussieu published his ‘Genera Plantarum’ (in 1789),

the only genus then known of the present tribe was Colletia ; it

wey

the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. ta

was there placed in his order Rhamni, a heterogeneous group

composed of Rhamnacee, Celastraceea, Aquifoliacee, Bruniacee,

Staphylacee, and some other genera. From this association

Mr. Brown (in 1814) separated the Celastracee, including the

Aquifoliacee, and (in 1818) the Bruniacee; and thus circum-

scribed, DeCandolle (in 1825) published an enumeration of the

order, wherein Colletia appears as the only genus belonging to

the tribe since constituted. We owe to Brongniart (in 1826)

the best monograph of the family that has yet been published,

where its affinities are well discussed, and where ample charac-

ters of the genera are given: here he first separated Retanilla

from Colletia, and at that time he was able to muster only seven

species in these two genera. Subsequently to that period, the

number of plants belonging to the Rhamnacee have become

greatly multiplied, and the characters of the species better

known ; several new genera have been established, but no regular

enumeration has appeared since that of Brongniart above men-

tioned, so that a proper monograph of the order has become a

great desideratum. It seems that Reissek (in 1840) was engaged

in this important task; but his promised monograph, after a

lapse of twenty years, has not yet made its appearance. End-

licher, in the same year, however, adopted the arrangement of

Reissek, and accordingly, in his ‘Genera Plantarum,’ divided

the family into six tribes, the Colletiee beg one of them, which

there comprehends six genera.

Before I proceed to arrange my own observations, I will offer

a few prefatory remarks upon many points of structure that I

have met with in this family, and which do not appear to have

been noticed. These developments I have found in all the

species of the Colletiee that have come under my scrutiny ; they

are constant in the Gouaniee, and have been observed in many

genera of the Rhamnee; but I have not attempted a general

examination of the whole order, as this required more time

than could be devoted to it, and would have drawn my atten-

tion from other investigations in which I have been long

engaged.

The fruit in all the genera of the Colletiee is polycarpous, the

normal number of its cells being three, rarely four: these are

sometimes reduced to two, even in the ovary ; and if the fruit be

occasionally monospermous, as often occurs in Trevoa, Colletia,

&c., the vestige of each abortive cell is always distinctly visible.

The ovules are invariably solitary in each carpel, always erect,

and fixed in the bottom of each cell; the radicle of the embryo

constantly points to the hilum.

The seeds throughout the whole tribe of the Colletiee present

the same features ; and as there are many curious circumstances

78 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

connected with their structure, those of Colletia dumosa, collected

by me in Chile thirty-five years ago, are selected as an exam-

ple. They are of an oval form, about 13 line long, 1 line in

diameter, sometimes slightly compressed, often with an obsolete

ridge on the ventral face, which has been mistaken for a raphe ;

erect ; with a very hard polished outer surface, appearig finely

granulated when magnified: this outer coating is corneous in

texture, becoming softer by long maceration, when it may be

cut through with a sharp knife ; it is somewhat translucent, but

rendered densely black by the lining that adheres to it; at its

base, in a transverse direction in regard to the fruit, is seen a

long furrow, or compressed bilabiate slit, which is always per-

vious. This outer shell is uniform in thickness, homogeneous in

texture throughout, and under the microscope is seen to be com-

posed of numerous narrow, transverse, hyalme cylinders, appa-

rently solid, of equal size, all placed in a direction radiating from

the centre of the seed ; so that when the shell is viewed through

either of its faces, it appears like a reticulation of minute hexa-

gonal cells, each cell corresponding to the end of a long cylinder :

these cylinders, by long maceration, may be separated from each

other; it is clear, therefore, that in this organization there is

not the slightest approach to any longitudinal vascular conti-

nuity. For reasons to be shown presently, we may infer that

this shell is not one of the ordinary integuments developed from

any of the original tunics of the ovule, but of posterior growth,

and therefore not a testa, as hitherto supposed: it is a produc-

tion apparently analogous in its structure to the outer tunic

formerly described in the seeds of Cucurbitacee*.

* Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. 92 & 108. More extended observations upon

the seeds of different Cucurbitacee have led me to modify the inference

made in that stage of the inquiry (oe. cit.), that the more external covering

(there described as formed of three several portions) consists of epiderm,

mesoderm, and endoderm—terms incorrectly applied to parts evidently

distinct in their origin. The outer very thin stratum of that fleshy cover-

ing is reticulated with long hexagonoid cells, and its origm may be traced

to an extension of the outer membrane of the funicle; the intermediate

soft substance is a collection of lax fleshy cells intermixed with numerous

araneiform filaments, all probably emanating from the fleshy substance of

the funicle. In many genera this fleshy parenchymatous substance is en-

tirely wanting, so that the shell of the seed is covered simply by the aboye-

mentioned thin pellicular membrane. In the centre of the funicle a thick

cord of vessels 1s seen, which, as it approaches the seed, is observed to

bend towards one side, and to enter one of the ends of the linear basal slit

of the hard tunie; there is no appearance of its bifurcation at that point, as

the vessels of the funicle appear to be immediately connected with only

one of the two extremities of the peripherical raphe, which meet together

in the base of that tunic. This hard crustaceous shell, usually called the

testa, presents no sign of any organic connexion with the two layers of

structure before mentioned, nor with the more internal tunic. The exist-

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacer. 79

Within this shell, and adhering to it, is a second tunic, which

is membranaceous, and agglutinated to it by means of a thick

layer of cellular deposit of spongiose texture, brittle when dry,

and so loosely aggregated that, when removed and soaked in

water, and then slightly touched, these cells separate mto di-

stinct globules of a hexagonoid shape, and of a deep crim-

son colour. In the substance of this second membranaceous

tunic is observed a white cord, which rises from the bottom,

originating in one of the angles of the basal pervious chink,

runs up one side of the tunic, crosses its summit without inter-

ruption in its course, and passes down the contrary side, termi-

nating in the opposite corner of the basal perforation, and thus

making a complete peripherical circuit round the inner surface

that lines the shell. This cord is composed of a number of

delicate spiral threads, so free that each fibre is easily drawn out

separately. In some genera of the Rhamnacee (as in Zizyphus,

Alphitonia, &c.), this second tunic is perfectly free from the

outer corneous shell, a considerable space existing between them,

in which is generally found a small quantity of very lax white

cellular tissue. A third integument, although free from it, fills

the space in the upper moiety of the last-mentioned coating in

Colletia, but a little below the middle it becomes gradually

narrower, more opake, and of a thicker texture, until it

tapers into a short stout thread, that terminates in the basal

perforation of the outer shell. The opposite extremity, or sum-

mit, is marked with a dark fleshy disk, like a chalaza, of nearly

its own diameter. These integuments closely invest the albu-

men, which is fleshy, homogeneous in texture, and of consider-

able thickness on the ventral and dorsal faces, but becomes

very thin round the margins of the cotyledons, the whole

mass being of a roundish oval shape, suddenly contracted at its

base into a prominent nipple, which is enclosed within the ros-

tellated neck of the investing integuments before described ; the

embryo is nearly the size of the albumen, and much flattened,

the cotyledons being oval, foliaceous, and fleshy, slightly cordate

at the base, where they are united by a short cylindrical radicle,

ence of a small thickening or chalazal spot on the summit of the inner

integument, and of another round its contracted basal neck, are constant

in all the seeds I have examined. The raphe is invariably peripherical, and

undisturbed in its course by the apical chalaza, which it crosses: it is also

free from the shell in all parts, except at its two basal extremities, which

are both imbedded in channels formed in the crustaceous thickening of the

shell around its base; but one of these extremities only, as just said, ap-

pears to be a continuation of the cord of the funicle. The imbedding of

the two extremities of the raphe in a crustaceous deposit in the base of the

shell is analogous to the structure observed in many genera of the Rham-

nacee.

80 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier,

one half of which lies within the sinus, the other half in the

nipple of the albumen ; the cotyledons are anterior and posterior

in regard to the axis of the fruit.

The presence of the distinct external crustaceous shell, always

more or less pervious at the basal extremity (or one of its sides),

and the position of the raphe, as above described, attached to an

intermediate integument, making nearly a complete circle round

the seed,—are features that occur not only in all the Colletiee,

but in all the genera of the Rhamnacee that | have examined,

though subject to several modifications, which I will mention.

In Rhamnus catharticus, however, as well as in R. Alaternus and

a few others, the raphe, though still peripherical, is differently

situated, for it is everted yet further from the position mentioned

in Colletia ; it is seen upon the dorsal face of the seed,—a well-

known occurrence, that has been ingeniously accounted for by

Mr. Bennett* ; but before we adopt his conclusion, it is desira-

ble to investigate the circumstances attendant on the phzeno-

menon. Mr. Bennett says that he has universally found, through-

out all Rhamnacee, that the ovules, in their early state, uniformly

exhibit a ventral raphe; and hence he infers that any variation

subsequently observed in its relative position, whether it be

shifted to one side or round to the dorsal face, must be due to

a simple twisting of the funicle, by which the ovule is turned

upon its axis, either to the extent’ of a quarter or of half a

revolution. Were this explanation required only in the case of

the raphe becoming dorsal, we could scarcely refuse our assent

to it, because in that case it appears to solve the difficulty with

apparent satisfaction, notwithstanding that Mr. Bennett con-

fesses his inability to assign any cause : for so singular a rotation

of the ovule.

The first point to be considered is the soundness of the foun-

dation of the argument, that at the period of its fertilization the

ovule has its raphe directed to the ventral side, and that it sub-

sequently turns away from it by a lateral torsion of its funicle.

Mr. Bennett states (doc. cit. p. 131) that he has invariably found

this to be the case in the Rhamnacee; and this statement has

been accepted as an indisputable fact by nearly all botanists.

Some few, however, have ventured to cast a doubt on the sub-

ject: Mr. Clarke+ says he has always found the raphe dorsal or

lateral in that family from an early period; while Prof. Agardh

affirms the reality of this latter circumstance, and protests in

positive terms against the prevalent belief on this subject {; in

his work above referred to, he gives a figure as an example of

* Plant. Jav. rar. 131. ‘

{+ Linn. Proceed. uu. 148-150; Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xi. p. 85.

} Theor, Syst. Plant. p. 178, and plate 15. fig. 5.

=»

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 81

the structure (plate 15. fig. 5) where the raphe is turned away

from the axis of the ovary prior to its impregnation. My own

observations upon this point, though limited, certainly favour

the latter view; for I have found, in repeated examples of

Rhamnus chlorophorus where the raphe in the ripe seed is half

lateral, half dorsal, that, in its unimpregnated ovule, it occupies

exactly the same position: had there been any previous pivoting

round upon its funicle in this case, the micropyle would have

been turned away from the point necessary to its fertilization,

and the funicle would consequently have intervened between the

foramen of the ovule and the impregnating pomt protruding

from the placenta ; but I found, on the contrary, that the micro-

pyle is placed over the fascicle of stigmatic tissue, evidently in

its normal and proper position. Another confirmation of the

same view occurs in Rhamnus Alaternus, where, in the ripe seed,

the raphe is exactly dorsal, as in R. catharticus: here I found

the unimpregnated ovule haying its raphe precisely in the same

position as in the seed, with its micropyle placed over the im-

pregnating point of the placenta, and situated between the funicle

and the axis of the ovary, proving that im this case there had

been no twisting of the funicle, and consequently no pivoting of

the oyule. I have also examined the living ovary of Rhamnus

catharticus in an extremely young state, long before the ripen-

ing of the anthers, and therefore prior to its impregnation, and

I have found the raphe most distinctly upon the dorsal face,

precisely in the same position which it occupies in the ripe seed.

All the evidence that I have thus been able to collect tends

therefore to subvert Mr. Bennett’s hypothesis. On the other

hand, the explanation I have offered on a former occasion *, of

the cause of a dorsal] or lateral raphe occurring, as I believe it

does, universally throughout the /’hamnaceea, appears to me

quite satisfactory: here, from a most simple and natural cause,

originating either in the epipylar or allopylar pullulation of the

nascent development from the basal placenta, we have the ovule

either with a dorsal or lateral raphe; and, where dorsal, it is

forced into that averse position by the mere act of the resupina-

tion of the ovule owing to the pressure of its growth against the

base of the cell, in the manner first sagaciously suggested by

Mr. Brown in the case of Euonymus. Had the same epipylar

pullulation originated out of a higher point of the axis of the

ovary, we should have seen in that case a pendent ovule with a

ventral raphe, as occurs in the neighbouring family of the Celas-

tracea, where in the same cell, from the cause here assigned, we

sometimes meet with ovules, some with a ventral and others

with a dorsal raphe. :

* Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. iv. 25.

82 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleticz,

I will now advert to the other anomalous fact, in regard to

the raphe, above alluded to. Botanists have always attributed

to the seed of Rhamnus a chartaceous testa, with a raphe as a

simple cord, that runs up its external face, or along one side, in

a deep groove formed by a conduplicature of the whole seed,

and then terminates in the apical chalaza; but one important

circumstance connected with this structure has been altogether

overlooked. I have found that this cord has a peripherical

range similar to that in Colletia, with this difference, that m-

stead of running laterally round it in the line of the margins of

the cotyledons, it is directed along the middle of one cotyledon,

in a deep groove upon the dorsal side, then crosses over the

chalaza without any apparent interruption in its course, and

returns down the ventral side in a direction close to the median

line of the other cotyledon, till it again reaches the hilum.

As this structure is at variance with recorded descriptions, it

is necessary to state the circumstances more in detail. My first

observations were made upon the dried seeds of Rhamnus cathar-

ticus: this seed is smooth, of a hepatic brown colour, and of a

flattish oval shape, somewhat tapering to the base, where it is

callous and more polished ; it is a little angular upon the ven-

tral face, and rounded upon the dorsal side, along which is seen

a line running from the apex to the base: on pressing it, this

line is found to be the margin of a deep chink, which extends

all the way down to the axis of the seed. If we carefully remove

the outer coating, we find it rather thin, very brittle, and crus-

taceous, thus exposing a second tunic, which is very fine in

texture, membranaceous, and polished, and upon its ventral

side, opposite to the dorsal chink, is seen a distinct line running

from the base to the apex, where it passes over a large areolar

disk, and runs into the summit of the chink in continuity with

the main cord of the raphe. If we take another seed, and cut

it in two transversely, we see the outer brittle tunic just men-

tioned becoming somewhat thicker as it approaches the dorsal

chink, where it is continued by induplication, in the form of two

rather thick crustaceous plates that line the sides of the chink,

the internal edges of these plates being quite disconnected with

each other: it 1s evident, therefore, that this outer covering is

not an entire tunic; for if it were unfolded, it would be found to

be merely a thin plate with thick margins, which are introflected

in the manner described. In the bottom of the chink, which

widens towards the axis, is seen a thin membranaceous dia-

phragm, that forms one side of a square hollow cavity which

runs through the axis from the apex to the base, and which

diaphragm is found to be a portion of the second thin polished

membranaceous tunic before mentioned, that lies beneath the

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 838

outer crustaceous covering ; and upon this diaphragm is observed

the thick cord described by botanists as the dorsal raphe, which

rises from the base, crosses the disk-like areole in the summit,

and runs down the opposite side of the seed, forming the line

first described as seen on the ventral face. The whole of this

intermediate integument, with its entire raphe, may be exposed

to view if we chip away in small fragments the outer crustaceous

coating with the point of a knife, when the two cords, both ven-

tral and dorsal, are distinctly seen ; the two teguments are closely

adpressed upon each other, except over the ventral cord, where

there is always a considerable interval between them, thus show-

ing that the raphe has no connexion whatever with the outer

crustaceous coating. Beneath the second envelope is a third

integument, which immediately invests the albumen, and which

is thm and membranaceous; these two integuments, though

free, are in immediate contiguity at all parts of their surface,

except along the middle of the dorsal face, where they become

separated to form the square hollow channel in the axis above-

mentioned, one side of which square, with the imbedded raphe,

is formed by the induplicature of the intermediate integument.

The embryo is broad and foliaceous, and is covered by a layer

of fleshy albumen, equal in thickness to the cotyledons,—the

margins of the whole, together with the enveloping tunics, being

conduplicated into the hippocrepical form at first described.

We see here, therefore, the existence of three seminal envelopes,

very similar in their nature to those described in Colletia, with

this remarkable difference, that in the latter the crustaceous

coating is entire, while in Rhamnus it is always incomplete upon

one side. In Rhamnus catharticus the groove formed by the

conduplication of the seed is generally in the middle of the

dorsal face, though sometimes nearly lateral, caused by unequal

growth, im consequence of the partial abortion of one of the

carpels ; but in all these cases, the two lines of raphe always

correspond with the middle of the cotyledons, while in the Col-

letiee they constantly run along their margins*.

The same structure exists in Rhamnus Alaternus; but on ac-

count of the small size of its seeds, and the greater tenuity of

the several integuments, it requires much care to dissect the

parts. The crustaceous covering is very thin, and adheres more

firmly to the extremely delicate intermediate integument, and it

is therefore difficult to separate them without lacerating the

latter ; but when the separation is made with care, we find the

ventral portion of the cord imbedded like a white line in that

distinct integument, and running from the apex to the base :

* Analytical details of this structure in Rhamnus catharticus will be

shown in plate 33 a of the ‘ Contributions to Botany.

84. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee,

the dorsal groove is more shallow, and embraces the other cor-

responding portion of the raphe and integument, so that, on

detaching the external crust, the raphe comes away with it,

tearing itself from the rest of the integument*.

This structure is repeated, under somewhat varied circum-

cumstances, in Rhamnus chlorophorus, Dene. : here, however, the

raphe is lateral, not dorsal; the cotyledons are not involutely

inflected, as in the former case, but are simply complicated or

folded upon one another, so that their midribs stand opposite

one margin of the seed, while all the four edges of the two coty-

ledons face the contrary margin, the albumen and integuments

partaking of the same complicature. A deep groove is thus

formed, reaching to the axis, as in R. catharticus, which here is

therefore lateral, instead of dorsal ; the raphe does not lie in the

bottom of the deep groove, as in the latter species, but as it

leaves the chalaza it runs along the mouth of the groove from

top to bottom, asin R. Alaternus, and the middle integument, to

which it is attached, here makes a deep plicature which nearly

reaches the bottom of the groove; and throughout the whole

length of this plicature it is separated on both sides, by a vacant

interval, from the inner integument, thus forming a kind of

loose, incomplete partition all down the groove. This inter-

mediate tunic is membranaceous, and invests all other parts of

the seed; it is enclosed within an external, hard, polished,

testaceous covering, similar in texture and appearance to that in

R. catharticus, but it is not, as in that species, inflected into the

groove: the groove is here rather an open slit, always on the

sinister margin (looking from the axis of the fruit), and is sur-

rounded by a thick callous rim, which, rismg from the basal

and hilar point of attachment of the seed, extends upwards to

one-third or half its length. This crustaceous coating hes close

upon the intermediate integument of the seed over its two broad

faces ; but at its summit, and all along the other margin (oppo-

site to that of the groove), a vacant space intervenes between

them. The raphe is imbedded in that intermediate integument

in the form of a simple cord, the thicker moiety of which runs

along the base of the groove, and is free from it at all points,

except at the bottom of the groove, where it adheres to it by

means of a crustaceous deposit: it continues its course in a

peripherical direction, crossing the apical chalaza beneath the

free space mentioned, and runs down along the opposite margin

of the seed, till it again reaches the pointed base or micropylar

extremity of the inner integument. I have frequently sueceeded

im detaching the entire raphe with a portion of the integument

* This structure will also be given in detail in plate 33 ¢ of the ‘ Con-

tributions to Botany.’

i pen

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacere. 85

in which it is imbedded (even from over the chalaza), when it

thus appears in one unbroken peripherical band, containing

spiral vessels: this separation of the raphe may be effected with-

out disturbing the under or more internal integument, showing

that it has no adhesion to it*.

A very similar structure is found in Rhamnus utilis, Dene. :

here the embryo, the albumen, and the two integuments, are

folded on one another exactly as in R. ehlorophorus, the groove

being, in like manner, constantly on the same sinister margin ;

the testa also shows, on the dexter margin of the seed, a similar

continuous cord of the raphe ; but the intermediate integument,

in its plicature within the groove, adheres on both sides to the

imner tunic, till it arrives nearly at the bottom of the channel,

where it suddenly separates from it, and crosses the groove m

form of a diaphragm, leaving a vacant square space in the axis,

formed by a separation of the integuments, which extends from

the apex to the base, and upon this diaphragm is distinctly

seen the main cord of the raphe,—an organization similar to

to that of R. catharticus. The outer coating is of the same

form as in R. chlorophorus, but of a different texture ; it has

the same longitudinal open slit along the lower half of the

sinister margin, but its edges are more or less inflected into

the groove. Its texture is not crustaceous, but consists of a

thick simple membrane, invested with a number of compact long

yellow cells, disposed horizontally, and aggregated into a lax

spongiose covering, which sometimes partially adheres to the

endocarp.

In Frangula vulgaris the structure is different from that of

Rhamnus, even when the raphe is lateral, as I have shown it to

be sometimes, in the latter genus. The seed is nearly orbicular

and much flattened; the crustaceous covering is as thin and

delicate as in Zizyphus, but its basal foramen is much larger,

rounder, and more open, with two thick callous lips placed right

and left of the axis, not anterior and posterior, as in that

genus and in Colletia. Beneath it, and lying between it and

the intermediate integument, there is a deposit like charred

paper, which in most parts adheres to the external crust, but

is separable from it, as in Colletia. On removing this, we

find the very delicate intermediate membranaceous integu-

ment conical towards the base, where it terminates in a

hooked thread, as in Colletia, and from which, right and left,

along each margin, is seen a thick white cord, both arms

being joined in one peripherical line over the apical chalaza. It

will be remarked that, upon the sinister side looking from the

* Complete details of this organization will be given in plate 33 B of the

* Contributions to Botany.’

86 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

axis, the cord is thicker and enveloped in a yellowish in-

crustation, which, for one-third the length of the seed, there

adheres to the outer crustaceous coating, as was observed in

Rhamnus chlorophorus. The embryo is perfectly flat; the coty-

ledons very thin and foliaceous, enclosed in an albumen of equal

thickness ; the two internal integuments are of extreme tenuity,

and on that account are not easily separated. This organization,

it will be seen, greatly resembles that of Zizyphus*.

In Zizyphus, I find the course of the raphe also peripherical,

but it runs along the lateral edges opposite the margins of the

cotyledons, as in the Colletiee; and we find here some points of

structure deserving of being recorded. The outer corneous

covering of the seed is entire, as in the Colletiez, but much

thinner in texture, and more translucent. This coating is of a

more compressed form, tapering towards the base, which is

polished and somewhat tumescent, and which has a basal chink

similar to that of the Colletiez, through which the nourishing

vessels of the raphe pass from the placenta. It may here be

observed, that in the bottom of each cell of the nut is seen a

small fleshy cup, with a crenulate raised border, within which the

seed is seated, and across the bottom of this cup is a white raised

line, corresponding to the hollow in the basal chink of the seed ;

but the margins of this chink and the tumid base of the external

coating are highly polished, and the latter shows no sign of any

organic connexion with the cup: the hilar pomt of attachment

is therefore confined to the mere cord of vessels proceeding from

the placenta to the raphe. The second tunic, which is very thin

and membranaceous, does not quite fill the cavity of the outer

shell; it is more conical at its base, where it terminates in a

short thread that issues through the chink above mentioned ;

the space between it and the outer shell is filled with a quantity

of very lax white cellular tissue ; it is pyriform in shape, much

compressed, and tapers into a short cord at its base, which is

seen to divide itself into two prominent threads that run along

the margins of the tunic, and meet over a large fleshy chalaza-

like disk in the apex, in one uninterrupted line: this cord of

vessels is therefore completely peripherical, as in Colletia. This

second tunic is quite free from a third, inner integument, which

is thicker and more opaque, and which invests a very thin fleshy

albumen: this third integument is sensibly shorter, and more

conical at its base, where it terminates in a dark areolar neck,

and tapers into a short suspensor-like thread, which is embraced

by the neck of the second tunic. These two integuments are

easily separable from one another by the introduction of a needle

* This structure will be fully shown in plate 33 p of the ‘ Contributions

to Botany.’

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 87

between them, except round the margin of the apical chalazal disk,

where they appear to be intimately agglutinated ; the embryo is

flat and compressed, its foliaceous cotyledons being parallel with

the partition of the nut, and their margins contiguous to the

peripherical cord of the raphe. This organization* is more evi-

dently seen in this instance, as the seed is six times longer than

that of Colletia, which it greatly resembles in structure : it

is also remarkable for exhibiting many points analogous to the

organization I have described in the seeds of Cucurbitaceet.

This singular extension and displacement of the raphe, aec-

companied by the formation of an extraneous crustaceous cover-

ing in the seed, was not altogether a novel fact, as 1 thought

when I first remarked it in the Cucurbitacee ; for the occurrence

was partly noticed thirty years ago, in Rhamnus, by Brongniart,

who, strangely enough, was not struck by the appearance of so

remarkable a phenomenon, which he passed over without com-

ment, and it has remained unnoticed by other botanists since

that time. Brongniart’s words are worthy of bemg quoted, as

showing a notable correspondence with my observations. Al-

luding to the Rhamnacee, he says {: “ Dans toutes ces plantes,

le test lui-méme, examiné au microscope sur des ovules déja

fécondés et a moitié de leur développement, est composé de trois

couches trés différentes; Pune, externe, n’est qu’un epidermis

mince § ; l’autre, moyenne, est solide et fibreuse, formée de fibres

ou cellules alongées transversales, c’est elle qui doit former le

test de la graine ; enfin l’interne, trés épaisse dans les premiers

temps qui suivent la fécondation, est formée de parenchyme

lache, composé de cellules remplies de globules verts; elle

v’atrophie, peu-a-peu, 4 mesure que l’amande et l’embryon se

développent. C’est en général dans cette couche que passent

les yaisseaux nourriciers, qui composent le raphé, et vont former

la chalaze, raphé qui dans ce cas, suit l’un des cdtés de Povule

en dedans du test, et redescend en partie de Pautre cété, aprés

que la plupart des vaisseaux qui le composent, ont donnés nais-

sance par leur épanouissement a la chalaze.” The latter conclu-

sion appears, however, to have been only conjectural ||.

The entire peripherical circuit of the tracheal vessels in one

* Drawings of this analysis will be given in plate 33 & of the ‘ Con-

tributions to Botany.’

+ Linn. Trans. xxii. 92. { Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 340.

§ This is a thin layer of cellular tissue that invariably lines the epicarp,

and partially adheres to the outer crustaceous coating of the seed in

Rhamnus, and which I have not considered necessary to mention in the

preceding description.

|| “ La chalaze vasculaire m’a toujours paru formée entiérement par une

épanouissement des vraies trachées: elle est formée extérieurement par

une expansion des vaisseaux du raphé” (/. c. p. 341).

88 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee,

of the integuments of the seed, which I have invariably found in

one unbroken continuity, was therefore not fully traced by that

eminent botanist, although it is evident, from the above quota-

tion, that he had noticed the return of the raphe over the cha-

laza, and its partial descent down the contrary face of the seed.

It is strange that this remarkable and novel feature was not

afterwards alluded to, and that the mention of this extension of

the tracheal vessels is omitted in the very copious diagnosis he

gives of the order, where every other circumstance connected

with the structure is carefully enumerated.

Some indications, leading to a knowledge of the origin of the

external crustaceous envelope of the seed in Rhamnacee may

probably be drawn from Brongniart’s valuable memoir above

quoted, in which he records the changes which he observed

during the periods of the impregnation and growth of the ovule

in that family. These details were published in 1827, a year or

two prior to the appearance of Mirbel’s two celebrated memoirs

on the development of the vegetable ovule, and before the mo-

dern nomenclature of the parts of the ovule and seed was

adopted. I will therefore briefly recapitulate such of his obser-

vations as bear upon the subject under consideration. He

noticed* that the stigmatic tissue terminated in a small cellular

protuberance (since denominated the “telz conductrices”) in

the inner angle of the cell of the ovary, close to the foramen of

the anatropous ovule; and he remarked the condition under

which the latter became fecundated: the ovule is always sup-

ported upon a somewhat elongated funicle filled with nourishing

vessels, and surrounded by loose cellular tissue; this funicle,

which is very contracted before impregnation, begins to swell

from the moment that the stigma has received its fertilizing

influence; it afterwards expands and extends itself over the

foramen of the ovular tunic. Brongniart, who first traced the

expansion of the boyaux of the pollen-grains, and their passage

down the stigmatic channels +, was not then aware of their ulti-

mate extension through the prominence he observed at the

termination of those channels; nor did he notice the continuity

of one of these boyaux with the mimute thread which he had

remarked in connexion with the embryo-sac, and which he con-

sidered to be an emanation from its neck: according to the

notion he then entertained, he concluded that the act of impreg-

nation was conveyed through the agency of the cellular tissue

of the umbilical cord{, which the fact he recorded of the swell-

* Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 340.

+ Ib. xii. 152 & 256; read before the Academy Dee. 26, 1826.

+t Ann. Se. Nat. x. 343: “ Et c’est par l’intermédiaire de ce tissu cellu-

laire du cordon ombilical que je pense que s’opére l’impregnation de

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 89

ing of the funicular support, and its subsequent extension over

the coats of the ovule, seemed to support. I now call attention

to this last-mentioned circumstance, because it may serve to

explain some essential points of structure in the seeds of the

Rhamnacee, and may enable us to trace the source of the external

tunic of the seed, which, on account of its crustaceous or cor-

neous texture, has been mistaken for the testa, but which is

evidently of a different nature and origin.

I will also record some circumstances observed by me that

may tend to throw some additional light upon the nature of this

development. We very often find, in the fruits of Rhamnacee,

that one of the carpels is sterile; here generally the abortive

coccus grows nearly to its full size, but it is quite flattened, with

its line of dehiscence, as usual, along the middle of the ventral

face; in such carpels we always meet with a persistent unim-

pregnated ovule, standing upon its long funicle. In Rhamnus

chlorophorus, for example, the sterile coccus is orbicular, and

14 line in diameter ; the length of the ovule with its funicle is

7 line ; it is erect ; the foramen of the primine is distinctly open,

and points downward, the tunic itself showing yet no indication

of any plicature; the secundine, seen through the primine is

shorter and smaller; and the nucleus is much narrowed, being

scarcely half the length of the primine; while the chalaza is

clearly visible in the summit, and also the thick distinct opake

line of the raphe extending into it from the funicle. The posi-

tion of the raphe, in this ovule, exactly corresponds with its

place and direction in the ripe seed, showing, as I have before

indicated (p. 81), that its situation, which has been considered

abnormal in the seed, is not due to any twisting of the funicle,

or to any disturbance caused by the subsequent plicature of the

different parts of the ovule ; and this we find to be further proved

by the presence of the “ telze conductrices ” immediately beneath

the foramen of the primine, which would not happen had the

ovule been forced round into this position by the torsion of its

umbilical cord. I have found, in the several instances examined,

the main line of the raphe and funicle constantly im one and the

same position upon the dorsal face, everted more than the quarter

of a circle (140°) from the point of zero, starting from the axial

line of the fruit: from the chalazal summit, and down the con-

trary or ventral face of the primine, is seen a second cord, cor-

responding in position with the ventral raphe of the seed, and

running from the summit to the mouth of the tunic. In one

Yovule,”’—an opinion which he soon renounced after his subsequent im-

portant investigations into the growth of the ovule: Ann. Se. Nat. xii.

chap. p. 242.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. ff

90 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

instance I traced the existence of spiral vessels for more than

half the length of this cord; in another they were visible nearly

as far as the foramen, but the dorsal cord was too opake to

allow them to be detected, although their presence there cannot

be doubted. The stipitate funicle was about a quarter of the

length of the primine, and was covered with a number of elon-

gated transparent cells, apparently in progress of extension, in

the manner observed by Brongniart, as above quoted; and to

their growth and expansion we may probably look for the origin

of the crustaceous coating of the seed.

I have noticed precisely the same facts in Rhamnus Alaternus,

where the raphe is strictly dorsal, as in R. catharticus; im one

instance I observed that the coats of the ovule had become quite

opake, the mouth of the primine being closed by a tumid expan-

sion over it, and that this expansion embraced the long funicle,

which had nearly disappeared : we may thus account for the total

absence of any funicle in the ripe seed. I will not aver that this

evidence is complete; but the disappearance of the funicle and

the production of a distinct extraneous coating over the ovule,

to whatever cause they may be owing, are most evident facts.

There is much probability that this crustaceous coating derives

its origin from the growth and expansion of the funicular sup-

port,—a growth first noticed by Brongniart, and apparently

confirmed by what I have seen and recorded above. To this

cause we may attribute the production of the vacant space that

exists in the seed between the membranaceous integuments and

the lower portion of the crustaceous coating, and also the

appearance of the suspensor-like thread in which the base of the

two membranaceous iateguments terminates; for Brongniart

recounts that, after impregnation, he found the mouth of the

secundine embraced by the neck of the primine, just as I have

described the appearance in the basal extremity of the two inner

integuments of the seed of Zizyphus.

There exists In some instances yet another production over

the seed, still more external than the crustaceous coating, the

mention of which I have delayed till now. This expansion,

which seems to proceed from the placentary point of attachment

of the funicle, shows itself in a rudimentary state in Zizyphus,

as I have before described it, under the form of a small free cup

with a crenulated margin, which remains fixed to the pericarp,

and in which the sessile seed reposes: this seems to be a con-

stant feature in that genus. In Phylica and its congeners the

seed is affixed in a stipitate cup that remains attached to it ;

this is fleshy, generally four-toothed on the margin, but in one

genus 18 deeply cleft into ten radiating lobes.

In Alphitona it assumes its fullest development, appearing as

—

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 91

a thin, dark-coloured, brittle, submembranaceous, loose enve-

lope, open at the top and sometimes also along the dorsal face ;

but in all cases the margins of this opening overlap each other,

and thus entirely conceal the seed. This was first described by

Fenzl*, who calls it “a brittle testa, covering the smooth carti-

laginous endopleura.” Endlicher+, on the other hand, desig-

nates it as an “arillus, covering a smooth corneous testa.”

Dr. Asa Grayt, speaking of this tunic, “doubts if this mem-

brane be a true arillus, as our materials are not sufficient for the

complete investigation of its nature. Although marked with

what seems like a raphe, it cannot be the testa or any proper

integument of the seed, as Fenzl (in Pl. Hugel) took it to be,

for it has no connexion with the corneous seed-coat at the cha-

laza, but only at the hilum; the chalazal end appears to be

slightly open, as would be the case with an arillus : perhaps this

membrane is a separable lining of the coccus.”

Ihave not been able to detect the presence of any kind of

vessels in this tunic, particularly in the prominent line that

“seems like a raphe,” and which Endlicher positively calls a

raphe : this prominence appears to me nothing more than a mere

impression of the sutural line of the coccus, and is a common

feature seen upon the corneous coating of the seed in the Col-

letiee and other Rhamnaceous genera. The tunic certainly pre-

sents all the characters of an arillus; and, as Dr. Asa Gray

justly remarks, it cannot be one of the proper integuments of

the seed. The hard seed of Alphitonia is perfectly sessile within

it, and is attached to it by a small open transverse fissure in its

base, as in Zizyphus.

Other circumstances, however, present themselves in the or-

ganization which I have found in the seed of Alphitonia excelsa,

that are worthy of record, as they completely confirm all the

details of structure previously described, and which seem to

prevail thoughout the Rhamnacee. The second hard tunic,

which lies within the outer brittle coating last described, becomes

softened by maceration, when it is easily detached ; it is then

very lax, is of a pale-brown or yellowish colour, quite homoge-

neous in texture, void of any vessels, and encloses an oval body

covered by a third tunic, which is notably smaller in size, and

therefore leaves a considerable vacant space all round its sides

and its summit, and is connected with the second tunic only at

a small point in the base, which corresponds with the basal slit

in the outer tunic of Colletia and Zizyphus. The summit of this

third tunic is marked by a large tumid spot, evidently a chalaza,

which exhibits no indication of any previous connexion with the

* Plant. Hugel, p. 20, sub Colubrina ezcelsa.

Tt Gen. Plant. no. 5712. { Bot. Explor. Exped. Un. St. p. 278.

92 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez,

second tunic; along each margin, emanating from the basal

point of attachment, and crossing over the chalaza, there is seen

a prominent white cord, filled with spiral vessels, which is im-

bedded in the fleshy tissue of the integument, in one continuous

and completely peripherical line, exactly like that described in

Colletia and Zizyphus. Within this tunic is yet a fourth,

delicate integument, a thin albumen, and an embryo similar in

form to that of Colletia*.

I have abstained from giving any denomination to the seed-

coats in the foregoing descriptions; but we may now enter

into this inquiry. In regard to the two inner coatings, no

doubt can be raised against the obvious conclusion that the

innermost is the tegmen produced from the secundine of the

ovule, and that the other, in which the raphe is imbedded,

is the true testa, developed from the primine, notwithstanding

its soft fleshy texture. What, then, is the nature of the outer

hard corneous coating in Colletia, the external crustaceous cover-

ing in Rhamnus, and the second tunic in Alphitonia? for there

ean be no doubt that they are all similar in their nature, and all

derived from the same origin. The larger size of this tunic im

Alphitonia, its lax condition in regard to the testa which it enve-

lopes, the total absence of any cicatrix or mark that could indi-

cate any previous connexion with the chalazal disk of the testa,

are circumstances that manifest a distinct and subsequent origin.

Indeed we have seen the proof of this in the seeds of Rhamnus

(ante, p. 89), where in the same fruit we have found fertile and

sterile carpels : in the latter case, the spiral vessels of the raphe

were imbedded in the substance of the outer tunie of the ovule;

in the former case, this raphe was found only in the second

coating of the ripe seed: another adventitious coating, perfectly

deficient of vessels, im the interval of growth had thus manifested

its existence, apparently developed from the fleshy funicle which

had simultaneously disappeared. This adventitious coating

must therefore come within the category of an arillus. In such

case the question presents itself—what is the nature of the

outer brittle tunic in Alphitonia? Is it also an arillus, and have

we in this genus two distinct arill enveloping its seeds? The

truth of this conclusion, at first sight, appears subject to little

doubt.

On the other hand, I must not omit to record an instructive

fact that I have observed in the fruit of Alphitonia excelsa. The

fruit consists of three carpels, and, in the instance examined,

only one of these contained a perfect seed ; the two sterile car-

pels presented a single erect ovule, each being half the length of

* The details of structure of the ovule and seed of Alphitonia will be

shown in plate 33 ¥ of the ‘Contributions to Botany.’

and on the Structure of the Seed in the Rhamnacee. 93

the carpel ; the ovule was of an oval form, it had become thick

and opake, its foramen was closed, and it was sessile within a

short cup, with a lax undulating border, that was borne upon a

solid stipitate support, of the same length and diameter as the

body of the ovule. This was evidently an early stage of growth

of one of the two arilliform coats of the seed, but whether of

the inner or outer one, it is not easy to determine.

I have here suggested the probable assumption that the hard

corneous seminal coating in Colletia, and the crustaceous cover-

ing in Rhamnus, derive their origin from a growth of the funicle

—an assumption strengthened by the original observations of

Brongniart ; but it might possibly be argued that this coating

is developed from the primine of the ovule, simultaneously with

the intermediate tunic in which we find the double raphe-like

cord, in the same manner as has been contended, in the case of

Magnolia (which I have endeavoured to show has been contested

upon erroneous grounds), that these two tunics form a compound

testa, both developed from one single ovular coating, the pri-

mine. Against this supposition, in the case of Rhamnacee, many

serious objections present themselves, in addition to those I have

elsewhere advanced* :—1. No trace of vessels of any kind is found

in the outer coating. 2. There is no scar or other mark upon

the apex of this outer coating, to indicate its previous attach-

ment to the chalaza of the intermediate raphigerous tunic; on

the contrary, there is always a considerable vacant space between

that summit and the chalaza. 3. In many species of Rhamnus,

this external crustaceous covering does not form an entire coat.

ing, but is open from top to bottom, as an enfolded flat plate

would be: this could not possibly happen if it were a resilient

portion of the growth of the primine. 4. In the ovule, we find

a long funicle supporting it, which disappears altogether in the

seed. 4. This disappearance of the funicle takes place very

soon after the period of impregnation of the ovule, when it

becomes lost within a thickening around the micropylar extre-

mity of the primine, which is then enclosed by it, apparently as

if this thickening, and the formation of the outer crust, pro-

ceeded from an expansion of the funicle. We may hence draw

the almost certain conclusion that this external seminal tunic is

of adventitious origin, and of a distinct growth, subsequent to

the period of the fertilization of the ovule.

In regard to the yet more external brittle covering of the seed

of Alphitonia, there appears no sufficient evidence to indicate

the precise source of its origin with any degree of certainty ;

but the facts I have already recorded concerning the sterile car-

* Linn. Trans. xxii. 86; Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. i. p- 280; ibid. ii. p. 185;

ibid. iii. p. 132, note, and pp. 144, 145, note.

94 Mr. J. Miers on Colletiez.

pels are of some value towards this end. It may be argued, as

indeed it has already been suggested by Dr. Asa Gray (ante,

p. 91), that this covering may belong to the pericarp, and not

to the seed. This suggestion, however, may be regarded under

two distinct points of view: the covering may be considered

either as consisting of a resilient portion of the endocarp, or

as a separate development formed within it, analogous to the

ordinary arilliform productions around seeds. The former view

conforms with the suggestion of Dr. Asa Gray, and coincides

with the line of argument adopted by him in regard to the seed-

coats of Magnolia, to which I have just alluded ; and upon this

supposition, the brittle covering of the seed of Alphitonia would

consist of the endodermal lining of the endocarp, which becomes

separated from it under the form of a resilient membrane. We

have, however, strong evidence to prove that no such occurrence

has taken place; for if it had, this tunie ought to exhibit on

sts ventral face the same sutural line of dehiscence that the

endocarp does; on the contrary, we find the ventral face of that

tunic perfectly entire, though marked by the impression of the

hollow sutural line of the endocarp; and we notice an aperture

in its apex, often continued some way down the dorsal face, and

that this opening does not form a sutural line, but that its

margins are sinuous and overlap each other. It is therefore

quite manifest that, if this tunic belong to the pericarp, it cannot

be any resilient portion of the endocarp.

Under the second mode of viewing this question, that it is a

distinct formation, much evidence, in the way of analogy, may

be drawn from other well-known cases; but I will refrain from

entering into this consideration at present, as I shall on a future

oceasion discuss the nature of other adventitious coatings within

the pericarp of seed-vessels, which seem to originate in peculiar

depositions, or from the growth and expansion of the placental

surface. Among the many kinds of development of this

class, which seem to have attracted little notice, may be men-

tioned the pulpy sacs in which the seeds of Cucurbitacee are

severally enveloped, each sac being attached to a distinct bundle

of tracheal vessels branching from the broad placental laminee,

as described by St.-Hilaire*, where these pulpy sacs are at first

solid and fleshy, and afterwards become liquid and mucilaginous.

A very similar growth is developed from the placentary plates of

the fruit of Adansonia, where a thick deposit is formed around

each seed. Leguminose, too, offer numerous examples of analo-

gous growth. "The large ball of elastic silky hairs that envelope

the seeds in Bombax and other kindred genera derives its growth

wholly from the pericarp, and not from the seeds. In Hydro-

* Mem. Mus. v. 306.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma. 95

phyllum and Eltsia (Gertn. pl. 110 & 184), the placenta grows

round the seeds, which it soon encloses entirely, and fills the

cell of the fruit. When the capsule bursts, this looks like an

internal coccus, assuming the appearance of a resilient endocarp,

which opens into two valves corresponding with those of the

capsule ; and upon the inner surface of these placentary valves

the seeds are parietally affixed.

[To be continued. }

IX.—On Clostophis and Rhiostoma, new Burmese Genera of

Land-Shells. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Clostophis*, B., nov. gen.

Testa sub-biconica; anfractus penultimus maximus, ultimus descen-

dens, solutus, subaxialis, minor; apertura integra (specie adhuc

cognita), dentata.

C. Sankey, B., nes.

Testa late umbilicata, sub-biconica, leevi, spira turrito-conica, lateri-

bus cavis, apice obtuso, sutura profunda; anfractibus 5, primis

angustis convexiusculis, penultimo multo majore cylindrico, ultimo

antice rapide descendente, soluto, tubuliformi, quoad peripheriam

antepenultimi minore ; apertura integra, subaxiali, subumbilicali,

valde obliqua, subcirculari, intus superne dente 1 submarginali

loco quasi parietali munita, peristomate tenui, expanso.

Diam. major 13, alt. 13 mill.

Habitat prope Moulmein, ad cavernas “‘ Farm Caves”’ dictas.

I discovered this singular shell in the earth which filled the

cavity of a decayed specimen of Sophina schistostelis collected by

Major R. H. Sankey. It was accompanied by a minute and

new species of Hydrocena. 'The specimen is weathered. Not-

withstanding the presence of a tooth in the aperture, there is

little room for hesitation in referring this novel form to the

Cyclostomacea, with reference to the solute descending last

whorl, and to the entire subcircular aperture, the expanded

margin of which forbids an union with Au/opoma, from the

impossibility of its bemg furnished with a similar operculum ;

while the absence of a slit and crowning tubular process pre-

vents association with Rhiostoma. That the presence of a tooth

within the aperture does not militate against Cyclostomaceous

affinity is demonstrated by its occurrence in the genus Diplom-

matinat.

* xdworos, coiled; ddis, serpent.

t In the Brazilian Cyclostoma disjunctum, Moricand, the solute last whorl

descends laterally, as in Aulopoma.

96 Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma.

A slight pit is discoverable on the outside of the last whorl

near the aperture, corresponding with the internal tooth ; but,

from its situation and the minuteness of the object, it is difficult

precisely to ascertain its nature.

If Clostophis should eventually prove to be destitute of an

operculum, and allied to the Helicide, it will then form a curious

contrast with its northern Burmese neighbour Hypselostoma, in

which a tubular termination to the last whorl is exalted verti-

cally above the apex of the shell.

Rhiostoma*, B., nov. gen.

Testa subdiscoidea, late umbilicata; anfractus ultimus solutus, late-

raliter descendens ; apertura libera, superne incisa, tubulo imper-

fecto retroflexo rimam coronante. Operculum breviter cylindri-

cum, multispiratum, apice plano, levigato, intus profunde ex-

cavatum.

Rhiostoma Haughton, B., n. s.

Testa late umbilicata, convexo-depressa, solidiuscula, oblique scabre

striatula, superne castanea, subtus albida, fascia angusta mediana

saturatiore, utrinque angulato-marmorata, ornata; spira depresso-

conoidea, apice prominulo obtusiusculo, sutura impressa ; anfrac-

tibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, antice longe soluto,

lateraliter descendente, superne carina obtusa a sutura usque ad

tubulum marginalem decurrente munito ; apertura libera, obliqua,

diagonali, circulari; peristomate subduplici, extus incrassato, re-

flexiusculo, superne ad sinistram inciso, tubulo imperfecto, auntice

aperto, sinistrorse erecto, rimam coronante, munito; umbilico

perspectivo, profundo: operculo testaceo, multispirato, breviter

cylindrico, apice planato, levigato, anfractibus arcte convolutis,

marginibus acute carinatis, spatiis intersitis epidermide scabra

vestitis ; intus profunde excavato, polito.

Diam. major 21, minor 11, axis 8} mill.

Habitat ad cavernam Damatha, non procul ab urbe Moulmein.

This shell was discovered by Capt. J. C. Haughton, to whom

I am indebted for a couple of specimens, one of which was alive.

A weathered specimen, from the same source, was previously

received from Mr. W. Theobald, junr., who has since forwarded

the animal im spirits. I have mislaid my note on the living

animal, which came out freely, but was in a languid condition.

From the remains of the mollusk in the other shell, I procured

two elongated-triangular, testaceous plates, somewhat convex

on one side and concave on the other, and irregularly toothed

or jagged on the longest and shortest sides.

Mr. Theobald was disposed to place his first specimen in the

* ‘Ploy, a promontory.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Clostophis and Rhiostoma. uF

genus Aulopoma ; but the acquisition of an operculum induced

him to class it with Pterocyclos, as Pfeiffer has in fact done with

two allied species from Siam and Cochin China, although he

has referred the former, Cycl. Housez, Haines, to the second

section of Pterocyclos, “anfractu ultimo spiraculo munito,” in

company with Pt. hispidus, Pearson, in which the construction

and site of the spiracle are very different ; while he has placed

the Cochin Chinese species, Pt. tener, Menke, in his third sec-

tion. It is evident that the solute aperture, coupled with the

incision at the top of the aperture and the subtubular promi-

nence crowning the slit in both these species, separate them

from all known Pterocycli, and associate them with the Burmese

species now described.

Another feature common to the Tenasserim and Siamese

Rhiostomata exists in the keel extending from the tubular pro-

cess to the suture at the junction of the penultimate whorl, and

not noticed in R. tener.

Sp. 2. Rhiostoma Housei, Haines.

Syn. Pterocyclos, Pfr. No. 3. sect. 2. Mon. Pneum. Suppl.

Cyclostoma, Haines, Ann. Lyceum, New York.

Hab. Siam.

Sp. 3. Rhiostoma tener, Menke.

Syn. Pterocyclos, Menke, Mal. Blatter, 1856.

Pterocyclos, Pfeiffer, No. 15. sect. 3. Mon. Pneum. Suppl.

Hab. Turon, Cochin China.

The long-lost Turbo foliaceus, Ch., which, on the authority of

Dillwyn, has been unaccountably confounded with the very

distinct Socotrine species, Otopoma naticoides, Recluz, proves

to be an inhabitant of the Andaman Islands. A small variety,

forwarded by Mr. Theobald, may be at once recognized as that

species by its form, colour, and distant variciform plice on the

last whorl behind the aperture. Were it not for a thin Cyclo-

phoroid horny operculum, stated to belong to this shell, I should

have been disposed to place it in Otopoma. The plice vary in

number, and are even altogether wanting.

A small Heliz, a Streptaxis, and a Helicina accompanied

C. foliaceus, and were collected in the same locality, unexplored

since the date of Dr. Helfer’s fatal attempt.

Cheltenham, January 5, 1860.

98 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

X.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

By W. K. Parker, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

Part I1I.—The Species enumerated by Von Fichtel and Von Moll.

Tue work we have now to treat of has been already incidentally

noticed in our former papers. It is entitled :-—

““Testacea Microscopica aliaque minuta ex generibus Argo-

nauta et Nautilus ad naturam delimeata et descripta a Leopoldo a

Fichtel et Jo. Paulo Carolo a Moll. Cum 24 Tabulis zn incisis.”

(“ Microscopische und andere kleme Schalthiere aus den

Geschlechtern Argonaute und Schiffer, nach der Natur gezeich-

net und beschrieben von Leopold von Fichtel (Mitglied der

Linneischer Gesellschaft zu London, und der Asiatischen zu

Calcutta), und Joh. Paul Carl von Moll. Mit 24 Kupfertafeln.

4to. Wien, 1803.’’)

In the works of Walker and Montagu previously noticed by

us*, we have had to do with, for the most part, dwarfish forms

belonging to northern habitats; and hence many of them have

had to be ranked as varieties, of but secondary value zoologically.

In the Linnean list of Foraminifera (see our paper m the Ann.

Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. i. p. 474, &c.) there are several typical

forms, which attracted the attention of the older naturalists ;

but in the work before us we have a fine, though mceomplete,

series of large, well-grown, specific types, ‘which have been the

source of numerous quasi-generic and pseudo-specific distinc-

tions in the works of later authors. These writers have been

guided by the false analogy of Molluscan types, which, however,

have nothing in common with Rhizopodous shells, except simi-

larity of form, or isomorphism ; and it was not until naturalists

recognized the really low grade of the Foraminifera, as demon-

strated by Dujardin (1835) with respect to several of their forms,

that their classification was seen to be dependent upon a wide

range of variation within specific limits, such as one again finds

only in the lower members of. the vegetable kingdom,

Fichtel and Moll, in their Preface, give a rapid glance at what

had been already effected in the working out of the Foraminifera,

and express their dissatisfaction with the result. The micro-

scopical Nautiloid shells chosen by them for description are not,

as a whole, illustrative of any particular fauna; but most of

them are Mediterranean forms, either recent, or fossil from de-

posits belonging to the Mediterranean area, namely Tuscany

and, in a few instances, the Austro-Hungarian district. The

remainder were derived from the Red Sea.

As the specimens selected for illustration represent only one

section or ‘ genus,” in the nomenclature used by these authors,

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 333, &e.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 99

namely that which they termed “Nautilus,” and as they in-

tended to have figured and described (had the work paid its

expenses) others of the sections proposed by them to constitute

their genera “ Hammonium,” “ Lituus,” and “ Orthoceras,” a

more complete illustration of the Mediterranean fauna, with

specimens from other localities, would probably have been made,

had their work been completed.

Impressed with the difficulty of defining species, these authors

appear to have seized upon certain well-marked and, as a rule,

large forms for description ; and in some degree they were evi-

dently led towards a conception of the true characters of a

Rhizopodous species, as far as the Cristellarian forms are con-

cerned ; still they were so far trammelled with the notion of the

Cephalopodous nature of these little shells, that they left the

subject almost as they found it, except having put forward

the important recognition of the often doubtful value of mere

surface-marking and of outline in the characterization of the

species. Their careful descriptions, however, and their well-

drawn and neatly coloured figures mark an epoch in the biblio-

graphical history of Foraminifera. Montagu, in our own country,

at the same period was also bestowing care and taste on the de-

scription and figuring of these little shells; but his work had

not reached Vienna.

In the following Table we have arranged, according to their

relations, the Rhizopodous shells figured and described by Fichtel

and Moll; and we may remark here, as we have elsewhere, that

it is not to confuse the student that we so freely group together

under a few specific names the varieties that have received so

many distinctive appellations, but to assist in the elucidation of

the exact relationship of the several forms; so that, mstead of

separate and unintelligible atoms, to be classed only according

to their shape and size, the Foraminifera may be ultimately seen

to fall into natural groups intimately related and at once carry-

ing their meaning, physiologically and zoologically, to the edu-

cated eye. We have many collaborators in this pleasing task, at

home and abroad,—some strong in long experience of these pro-

tean animalcules, some powerful with the microscope to unravel

their tissue, some bringing a rich knowledge of other forms of

life to the work. We gladly contribute the result of our

own gatherings in these several branches of research, and firmly

believe that ultimately, with conscientious labour, and free ex-

pression of independent opinions, the Rhizopodists will arrive at

the hoped-for result of placing these Microzoa on as good a basis

of classification as that on which many of the higher groups of

animals now rest. We may repeat, too, that the varietal names

already established are not by any means thrown aside by us in

Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

100

‘aytoads pue o1lauaL)

‘snuas poydaoor uv jo adAy oywods y

‘snes poyIeul-[Jom v 0} Suisuojeq ‘satods poo’ y

"VITV.LOW Jo snuasqns v jo sowads peordéy y

‘snuos B jo m40F oytwods ATTeordAy W

‘VITIV.LOW J Snuasqns v jo sorads poos v st siqy,

"BLIvsOpON 03 anzea [enba jo ‘u14104

OMIMISANS B Sv POUIBIIA ST BIULIJOISIID “AOUATMAAMIOD [LIMMOUIG JO dvs 9} LOT

‘SANVHdVUY WNINVSOCON 0} sotvadsqns & Jo uoTR[ed oy} Ut spuRys IwITRD “Od

‘VLVDIAWT ‘N Jo Aqourea v f

aq Ajqissod Avur ‘A ‘strepnoyue, "N,, “VLVIANWId ‘N Jo soyouea ATquqorg |

‘VLVIONV'd ‘N JO Satjotea ems {

‘VITANOLSATOd 8NU95 ay} Jo sotoads peordsy ayy,

[sore] ur avadde sayatea ayy, |

‘vast *g 0d41 : WTTAWOLSAI1O0d JO sowadsqns outuomoy y

————___.

Peet ee eee ee er i)

OTS VNITODATV

‘snjojnbup ——

*snynd1gi¢

teseereasererseseeseeses VONOY WNITAOITHO

rsreeseseeesereneeres SALVNWIE SITd OWANT

*DSOLAQNY

see eneeeneeeeceeeeseeesenr TD Ose gy VNITAGUONVIg °

‘DINILIN ——

“Dyonurs

VaNVdiet VITV LOW

teeeeeserces (TQUIK)) IUDTIONAdS VNIBVOTVO

“payne

*SIssDg)

‘pynprdasy

*SLLDINIVND NID

*DJDISO9

‘2a}L0 4

‘psojjidnd

POOP o emcees ei ceeeeseeseee

LTT

Cee ere rer eeetetoonsereee (‘uuvy) IBIBO BUIE][AISLI .

|tetereesecccessese 35 *Q 7, ‘g D ‘stunjnarjuay

Bec meee twee reece een ett toners reeeeseees DIP] °

tee e neces eceeeteereeeeeecersereeeeeessessen end ay A

DyvIpys VNITOWWON *

PERO meee eee eee ee eewaeee

“‘DyDINIYDAI

Douespeeiscecetecvuaee manners «a (‘uuvT) vasIuo —— °

“Dyn brwsys

“D]JAaIDUL

“pnbiqup

‘pypjoundopnr.3s

DOP Sars ae

nydvag —— —

‘sapooyrduod —— —

“DIDSSDLIUI =

‘suuziiayse (BUILOIUON)) WTTANOLSATOd

‘Ayooynuajshs pabuvsio Toy pun yoyyouy Ag pazvsownua vroprurwmeloy ay 7

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 101

general use, unless they are in duplicate, or otherwise quite

unnecessary ; but that these, and as many more as it may be

requisite to propose, must be used in descriptions and compari-

sons—their really slight zoological value being always kept in

mind.

1. Nautilus asterizans. Page 37, pl. 3. figs. e-h. “ Recent :

Zoophytic concretions *, Mediterranean.” This is a Nonionina,

small, many-chambered, and Nautiloid; it has a slight umbili-

cus, around which an exogenous growth of shell-matter radiates

along the concave septal lines to about one-half their length.

It inhabits sandy shores and estuaries, and is common, in its

many varieties, both in the fossil and the recent state. This is one

of the typical forms of Nonionine (which, after all, are but low

forms of Polystomella). It exhibits the chief features which are

seen in different degrees of development in other related forms.

Its astral limbation is a feature which is much exaggerated in

N. limba, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 11), and curiously modified with

flaps in N. stellifera, D’Orb. (Foram. Canaries, pl. 3. figs. 1, 2).

The figure in Soldani’s ‘ Testaceograph.’ referred to by Fichtel

and Moll with some doubt, as equivalent to N. asterizans, is

clearly not related.

2. Nautilus incrassatus. Page 38, pl. 4. figs. a-c. “Recent:

Portoferrajo, Isle of Elba, Mediterranean.” An umbonate va-

riety of Nonionina asterizans ; it has deeply sulcate septal lines,

and is more rounded at its periphery than the foregoing, from

which also it generally differs in having a closer texture with

finer pores. Many of the forms of Nonionine which have re-

ceived specific appellations exhibit considerable variableness in

the size of the perforations of their shells. N. incrassata, F. & M.,

and N. Scapha, F.&M., have usually the finest, N. granosa,

D’Orb. and N. perforata, D’Orb., the coarsest pores.

N. incrassata lives, with other varieties of N. asterizans, in the

shallow waters of the Mediterranean ; it occurs fossil at Grignon,

and is the same as N. /evis, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 42), fossil

from Bordeaux. The umbo, in some of the astral forms, is

represented by granules, as in N. tuberculata, D’Orb. (For. Foss.

Vien. pl. 5. figs. 13, 14).

A small delicate variety of N. asterizans (from Cuxhaven),

intermediate between N. depressula and N. crassula of Walker,

is accurately figured, with the colours of nature, by Prof. Ehren-

berg, in the ‘ Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, 1839’ (1841), pl. 2, figs.

la-lg. It is here termed ‘ N. Germanica.”

* In the shelly deposits of the Mediterranean, and at the base of coral-

reefs, we find such concreted masses of broken shells, Bryozoa, Nullipores,

&c., as are here doubtlessly referred to.

102 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

3. Nautilus pompilioides. Page 31, pl. 2. figs. a—c. ‘ Recent :

zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean. Fossil: Coroncina, Tus-

cany.” A small, common, Nautiloid Nonionina. Subglobose,

with flush cells, which are not so numerous as in UN. asterizans,

umbilicate, smooth, intermediate as to the size of its perforations

between N. incrassata and N. granosa. This is one of the sub-

globose varieties of a subspecies, the peculiar features of which

are best represented by Nonionina asterizans. The N. umbilicata

of D’Orbigny’s ‘ Modeéles’ (No. 86) and N. Soldani, D’Orb.

(Foram. Foss. Vienne, pl. 5. figs. 15, 16), are closely related va-

rieties. The N. crassula, Walker, N. depressula, Walker, and

N. umbilicata of Montagu (not Walker), are also nearly allied,

but they are thinner, and have the septal joits more deeply

sunken. NV. tuberculuta, N. perforata, N. granosa, N. punctata,

N. communis, and N. Boueana (D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. pl. 5)

are forms akin to N. Soldanii, and present varietal conditions

of outline, of ornament, and of foramina within the limits of

specific latitude.

N. pompilioides is very common fossil in the Subapennine

clays, and recent in deep water (especially at from 100 to 500

fathoms) in the Mediterranean and other seas.

N. pompilioides bears the same relation to N. asterizans that

Rotalia Soldanu does to R. Beccarii, bemg a thick form with

flush cells, which in shallow water become more outspread with

gibbous chambers.

The following references to Soldani’s figures by Fichtel and

Moll, for this species, are correct : Soldani, Sagg. Oritt. p. 100,

pl. 2. fig. 16 ¢¢, TT, VV, X X.; Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 59; pl. 46.

Begg)

4. Nautilus Scapha. Page 105, pl. 19. figs. d-f. “ Recent :

Adriatic Sea.” This is an oblong variety of Nonionina asterizans,

rapidly increasing in the size of its chambers. It is the Nonto-

nina communis, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 5. figs. 7, $). This

variety is of common occurrence in all seas, and also in the

Tertiary deposits.

5. Nautilus Faba*. Page 103, pi. 19. figs. a—-e. Recent :

sand from Rimini and other parts of the Adriatic and Medi-

terranean. Fossil: Sienna, Volterra, and near 8. Quirico.”

This is an interesting variety, showing the first trace of passage

between Nonionina and Polystomella,—turther links of union

being supplied by the next-mentioned variety (P. striatopunc-

tata), of which this may be said to be an oblong form. The

aperture is here crossed with little bars; and the septal lines

also are bridged over in some specimens ; both of which features

* This form is not related to the figures referred to in the works of

Soldani and Plancus.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 103

are carried to greater extent in the following varieties. This

anes is not common ; our best specimens are from the Arctic

eas.

6. Nautilus striatopunctatus. Page 61, pl. 9. figs. a-c.

“ Recent : Red Sea*.” A smooth round-edged Nonionine shell,

variable in its thickness and in the number of bridges over the

septal spaces. Its aperture varies from the simple cross-slit to

the cribriform plate. Here the Nonionine character is merged

in that of Polystomella, the septal lines bemg more or less regu-

larly bridged over, though often so minutely as to escape casual

observation. When more developed, these bridgings of the

septal lines produce not only linear pits, but sometimes a double

row of septal galleries. In the P. gibba of Schultze the septal

bridges are well developed, and a further growth of exogenous

matter takes place over the whole shell, in the form of elegant

sinuous patches of transparent calcareous granulations. A still

greater modification of the surface obtains in Polystomella crispa

and its allies, presently to be noticed.

P. striatopunctata sometimes has the simple crescentic aper-

ture of Nonionina; but this is often subdivided by calcareous

bars, and so becomes the cribriform septal plane of Polystomella.

It may be either umbilicate or umbonate; and the umbo may

be granulated, and so afford a gradation into Nonionina granosa,

D’Orb.

Polystomella, indeed, is but a more complex form of Nonio-

nina. They belong to one generic group ; and indeed we seem

to have but one, or at most two, species here. Some of the

Nonionine (of the N. spheroides type) are probably of a different

specific group. As two subspecies, the Nonionina asterizans and

Polystomella crispa may be retained in nomenclature with advan-

tage—N. asterizans being the central form of one, and P. erispa

that of the other; but Polystomella is the true leading form.

Nonionina striatopunctata occurs in shore-sand nearly every-

where, especially in the Arctic Seas, where it attains its greatest

size, and is accompanied by N. Faba, N. Scapha, and N. stelli-

fera. It is found fossil in the Upper Tertiaries.

Ehrenberg has well figured, with natural colours, some living

specimens of N. striatopunctata (under the name of Geoponus

Stella-borealis), from Cuxhaven, in the ‘Abhandl. Akad. Berlin,

1839 ’ (1841), pl. 1. figs. a—g.

7. Nautilus ambiguus. Page 62, pl. 9. figs. df. “ Recent:

Red Seat.” This is a somewhat flat Polystomella, slightly

umbonate, with the septal spaces open, rendering the chambers

* In sand obtained from large shells, and given to the authors by

Spengler.

+ In sea-sand from shells, given by Spengler.

104. Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

somewhat vesicular and the outline crenulate. It approaches

near to the typical P. crtspa, and is a common variety. D’Or-

bigny has figured a similar form under the name of P. Listert

(For. Foss. Vien. pl. 6. figs. 19-22).

8. Nautilus macellus (two varieties). Page 66, var. «. pl. 10.

figs. e-g; var. 8. pl. 10. figs. h-k. ‘ Recent: Zoophytic concre-

tions, Mediterranean.” Var. @ is a sub-complanate, slightly

unsymmetrical Polystomella: the unequal development of the

two faces is an interesting feature. Var. 8 is symmetrical, not

quite so flat as var. «, and is lobated in its outline by a periodical

irregularity of growth, peculiar perhaps to the individual. Both

of these are thin varieties of Polystomella crispa.

D’Orbigny has recognized the similarity of his P. Fichteliana

(For. Foss. Vien. p. 125, pl. 6. figs. 7,8) to P. macella,—a simi-

larity too close, in our opinion, to allow of any distinetion.

P. macella, when plano-convex, would be equivalent to the

Faujasina carinata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. p. 194, pl. 21.

figs. 29-31) from the chalk of Maestricht.

This variety and other flat Polystomelle are very common in

the shallow waters of the Mediterranean and the tropical seas,

and have been washed into the sands from the sea-weeds to

which they have been attached by their flattest surface. This

face often shows the whole coil of the spire, as in Fawasina

carinata, D’Orb.

A large symmetrical umbonate variety, near to P. macella,

var. #, occurs in great abundance in some of the Subapennine

and other Tertiary sands and clays.

Polystomella macella is more unsymmetrical than any Oper-

culine variety of Nummulite, but not so much so as is the rule

in Amphistigma vulgaris (= A. gibba) : 1m the latter the aperture

is a large slit nearly all on the more bulging side; whilst in

Polystomella macella, when most twisted in its growth, the sep-

tal plane and aperture are but little affected, indeed scarcely

more so than in the unequally gibbous Operculine. Both the

symmetrical and unsymmetrical Nautiloid Foraminifers delight

in complanate varieties ; and these are often the more irregular

in their growth because of their weak and starved eondition.

The peculiar twist acquired by the complanate Polystomelle is

equalled by that in the Australian Vertebraline, both discoidal

and crozier-shaped, which, although showing just the same

kinds of variation as they are wont to do in other parts of the

world (and in fossil deposits), yet have, one and all, their mouth

turned more or less to one side; and in the very flat discoidal

varieties the shells are often saddle-shaped.

Polystomella, in its very small and simple varieties, as well as

its very large and complex forms, and also in its often prickly

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 105

and occasionally strongly spinous varieties, has a peculiar and

interesting parallelism with Rotalia Beccarit.

9. Nautilus strigilatus (two varieties). Page 49, var. «. pl. 5.

figs. c—e; var. @. pl. 5. figs. f} g. “ Recent: Poville, near Novi,

Austrian shore of the Adriatic.” Var. « is a somewhat flattened

P. crispa, with a small umbo, which, however, is relatively larger

than in the foregoing varieties. Var. 8 is a rowelled condition

of the same, and is the P. aculeata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien.

pl. 6. figs. 27, 28). Both are common shallow-water forms.

Fichtel and Moll refer correctly to Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. i.

p. 54, pl. 34. fig. 1, for this form.

10. Nautilus crispus. Page 40, pl. 4. figs. df. “ Recent :

Adriatic. Fossil: Etruria.” The references to Plancus and Sol-

dami for figures of this species are correct: Plancus, Conch.

p- 10, pl. 1. fig. 2; Soldani, Sage. Orit. p. 100, pl. 2. fig. 17 yz;

Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 54, pl. 33. fig. F, and pl. 34. figs. G, H.

This is the typical Polystomella crispa, Linnzus, being an inter-

mediate state of development between that of the thin, flat, de-

pauperated P. macella and the very thick, largely umbonate,

and frequently gigantic P. craticulata. It is of world-wide dis-

tribution, and occurs fossil in the Tertiaries. Its relationship

to Nonionina is alluded to at pages 101 & 103.

11. Nautilus eraticulatus. Page 51, pl. 5. figs. h-k. “ Recent :

Red Sea. From sea-sand in large shells: given by Spengler.”

This is the form of Polystomella which attains a very large

size among the coral-reefs of Fiji, Red Sea, Australia, and New

Zealand, also at the Canaries and the Philippines. In the figure

referred to the umbo is drawn large, but frequently we have met

with massive individuals, from the Australian reefs, having this

central exogenous growth extending over nearly the whole of

the shell, small patches only of the septal structure appearing

here and there towards the margin. Indeed, this masking of

the surface has been erroneously regarded by some as charac-

teristic of a specific difference. Not only in this large Polysto-

mellous species, but in many specific groups of Foraminifers,

superficial shelly matter may either be wanting or be developed

to any extent, without proving essential distinctness.

It oceurs fossil in the Miocene Tertiary beds of San Domingo.

12. Nautilus radiatus. Page 58, pl. 8. figs. a-d. ‘ Recent:

Red Sea.” In sea-sand from the interior of shells in Spengler’s

collection.

This is a small, smooth, lenticular Nummulina, about 1 line

in diameter; marked with twenty-four radiating, translucent,

septal lines, slightly sinuous, with an open sigmoid flexure,

which extends from the periphery to the umbonal centre, and as

many intermediate short parallel septal lines towards the peri-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. y, 8

106 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

pherical margin. These indicate altogether nearly fifty chambers

in the outer whorl, the lateral lobes of which, in passing towards

the umbonal centre, interfere with each other, leaving only indi-

cations of half as many elongate triangular sinuous umbilical

lobes.

In the section, fig. c, we see four whorls and a round central

primordial cell; and the outer whorl has seventeen chambers,

narrow from back to front, transversely wide, and obliquely set.

13. Nautilus venosus. Page 59, pl. 8. figs. e-h. “ Recent:

Red Sea.” From shell-sand sent by Spengler.

A small, smooth, lenticular Nummulina (1 line in diameter),

marked with twelve translucent, sinuous, radiating septal lines,

several of which appear to bifureate, and some to trifurcate, at

their peripheral extremities. These may indicate seventeen

chambers of regular width, the umbilical lobes of which inter-

fere with each other, leaving only about twelve broad triangular

lobes on the surface, with small intercalations. In the section,

fig. g, three and a half whorls and a central cell are seen; the

outer whorl is here figured as made up of twelve rhombical

chambers.

The only difference between Nummulina venosa and N. radiata

is that in the latter the chambers are relatively larger (twice the

size), the segments of sareode produced at each gemmation

having been thicker from back to front than in the former shell.

The angle at which the segments are set on is the same in the

two shells, and the lobes or flaps laid on the umbilical surfaces

have in both the same gentle smuous form, though im one shell

they are of half the size that they are in the other. As the

relative size of the segments cannot be accepted as a specific

distinction, we do not regard these two Nummuline as belonging

to separate species. Fichtel and Moll themselves had some

hesitation in giving them two names.

In: Prof. Wilhamson’s Nummulina planulata, Monogr: ps.37,

pl. 3. figs. 76, 77, we have a similar little shell (4, — 44, inch in

diameter), with straight or rather wavy radii: the umbilical

area is left open by the shortened apices of the lateral lobes, so

that parts of the former whorls are visible,—a condition retro-

spective of some Operculine. Prof. Williamson had his speci-

mens from Portsmouth and Scarborough ; and he refers it cor-

rectly to the N. planulata of Lamarck, more especially to the

biconvex variety known as N. variolari za, Lam. We have no

doubt of this belonging to the same species as the two varieties

above mentioned, although the curvature of the septal lines is

modified in some of the later chambers, and though there is an

umbilical deficiency of shell-matter. From Hand Island, in

Davis Strait, we have some small, delicate, recent Nummuline

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 107

(dredged by Dr. P. C. Sutherland, at 25 to 30 fathoms) of the

same type as the above, presenting sinuous radial lines of the

same pattern as those in N. radiata. Recent Nummuline of

larger size than any of the foregomg (about } inch in dia-

meter) are abundant along the Australian coral-reefs at from

10 to 20 fathoms, as shown by dredgings brought from Australia

by Mr. Jukes. These show radiating septal lines of a similar

sigmoidal pattern, and thus closely resemble D’Orbigny’s Num-

mulina radiata* (For. Foss. Vien. p. 115, pl. 5. figs. 23, 24).

This Viennese Nummulite D’Orbigny has referred to Fichtel

and Moll’s Num. lenticularis, var. 8, but, we believe, erroneously,

as far as varietal relationship is concerned. The Australian

Nummuline just mentioned freely pass into Operculine, of a

rather larger growth, by the gradual loss of the triangular over-

lying flaps of sarcode,—gradations being thus made between

such a form as that above quoted from Williamson’s ‘ Mono-

graph,’ through mnumerable and gentle stages, into flat out-

spread Operculine and Assiline, exposing their bare whorls. In

these Australian dredgings the individuals are excessively nu-

merous, in an almost purely calcareous mud, constituting in some

imstances upwards of fifty per cent. of the deposit. These

Foraminifers are accompanied by a great variety of Orbitolites,

Alveoline, Polystomeliz, Miliole, Rotalie, &c., mostly of large

size. This fauna is strikingly a counterpart of the Calcaire

grossier.

14. Nautiius Mamilla. Page 53, pl. 6. figs. a-d. “ Fossil :

Brunn near Steinfeld, Neusiedler See, Margareth, Maria Loretto,

Kroisbach, and other places in Lower Austria and on the con-

fines of Hungary.”

A smooth lenticular Nummulite (13 line in diameter), with

thin edges and a raised umbonal centre on each face. In fig. ¢

53 whorls are shown, with 24 oblique chambers in the outer

whorl; the central cell is small.

Vicomte d’Archiac and M. J. Haime, in their ‘ Monographie

des Nummulites’ (contained in their ‘ Description des Animaux

Fossiles du Groupe Nummulitique de l’Inde,’ 4to, Paris, 1853),

express an opinion that “ Nautilus Mamilla” is probably Num-

mulina Ramondi, Defr., var. d (Monogr. p. 129, pi. 7. figs. 13-

17): this may be, though the evidence is not very clear.

15. Nautilus lenticularis. Five varieties; p. 55. “ Fossil :

Klausenberg in Transylvania.

Var. a, pl. 6. figs. e-h. A small, smooth, thickly lenticular

* MM. d’Archiac and Haime pass over this Nummulite, suggesting

that it may be an Amphistegina (Monogr. p. 160). It is, however, a true

Nummulite in all its characters. We do not know of any bilaterally sym-

metrical Amphistegina.

108 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Nummulite, 2 lines in diameter. The section, fig. g, shows

three whorls and a large central chamber; eighteen chambers

in the outer whorl. The chambers, as to their relative size and

setting-on, are like those of N. Mamilla.

By MM. d@Archiac and Haime N. lenticularis, var. a, is

recognized as a species, and renamed N. Tchihatcheffi, Monogr.

p.90-pl. ll. fie,.9.

Var. 8, pl. 7. figs. a, 6. A small lenticular Nummulite,

2 lines in diameter, covered with closely-set granules; on the

figure about thirteen granules lie in a row along the diameter of

the shell.

According to MM. d’Archiac and Haime, this is NV. Lucasana,

Defr., var. a, Monogr. p. 125, pl. 7. fig. 7.

Var. y, pl. 7. figs. c-f. A small, smooth, lenticular Nummulite

(32 lines in diameter), more convex on one face than on the

other. In the section, fig. e, 64 whorls are seen, with the central

cell large, and thirty-six chambers in the outer whorl (thirty-

two on the fifth, and about the same number in the third whorl);

chambers very like those of N. Mamilla and N.lenticularis, var. a,

but more numerous.

MM. d’Archiac and Haime refer this to N, Moll, dArch.,

Monogr. p. 102, pl. 4. fig. 13.

Var. 6, pl. 7. fig. g. A small lenticular Nummulite, 33 lines

in diameter, at with twenty-four more or less curved or

sinuous striz, radiating from the periphery towards the centre

of the face, but leaving a small clear umbonal area.

M. D’Orbigny collates this variety as identical with his

N. radiata, For. Foss, Vien. p. 115; but we cannot coincide in

this determination, though these varieties may belong to one

species. According to MM. d’Archiac and Haime, this is NV.

Biaritzensis, V Archiac, Monogr. p. 131, pl. 8. figs. 4-6.

Var. e, pl. 7. fig. 2. A small lenticular Nummulite, 33 limes

in diameter, resembling var. 6, excepting that the mterspaces

between the radial lines are occupied with granules, mostly in

single rows of from 4 to 7, but sometimes in double series

towards the periphery.

This is N. perforata (Montf.), D’Orb., and accepted under

that name by MM. d’Archiac and Haime, Monogr. p. 115, pl. 6.

figs. 1-12.

These figures of five varieties of Nummulites, though boldly

drawn and apparently with care, give us but little exact evidence

of the real relationships of the originals. We have quoted the

determinations arrived at by MM. d’Archiae and Haime, after

considerable research; but, even with the aid of their pains-

taking and minute descriptions and their numerous and faithful

drawings, we cannot readily follow them to their conclusions,

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 109

Nummuline, like other Foraminifera, take such licence in their

mode of growth, in the relative size and setting-on of the segments

and their alar lobes, and in the exaggeration of the exposed

septal lines and pillars by the, as it were, capricious growth of

shell-matter, that it is difficult, even with the best-grown of

these giants of the family, to determme where anything like

specific limits can be marked out.

It appears to us that, in its style of growth, Nummulina is

related to Operculina,—so closely, indeed, that, like Assi/ina,

the latter sinks to the low grade of a subvarietal condition, there

being no strict boundary between it and Nuwmmulina, as we find

abundantly proved by both recent and fossil specimens. Just

so Nonionina loses itself in Polystomella,

The hundreds of indifferently described Nummulitic forms to

be found in geological works were in 1853 reduced to order by

the combined labours of M. le Vicomte d’Archiac and M. Jules

Haime, and arranged as fifty-two species, grouped in six sections,

—namely, 1. Nummuline lves aut subleves; 2. Reticulate ;

3. Subreticulate ; 4. Punctulate ; 5. Plicatz vel striate ; 6. Ex-

planatz (septa et spira plus minusve prominentes),—Nos. 1-5

forming the division characterized by “cloisons embrassantes,

plus ou moins inclinées et arquées,” No. 6 being a division by

itself, with “ cloisons non embrassantes et presque droites.”

The group No. 1, ‘“leves,” have the alar or umbilical lobes

attenuate (corresponding to the smallness of the segments) and

extremely sinuous,—“ filets cloisonaires simples, trés-sinueux.”

This is the chief characteristic of the large, flat, smooth Num-

mulites forming the group, of which N. complanata, Lamarck,

is the type. We should have preferred the term “ sinuate ”

or “complanate” for the group. Groups No. 2 and No. 3,

“reticulate ” and ‘‘subreticulate,’ are characterized by the

inosculation of the “ filets cloisonaires” or alar lobes of sarcode

proceeding laterally from the segments; they are so closely

related, that we may regard them as one group, characterized by

the net-like arrangement of the imosculating lobes, “ réseau

cloisonaire,” and typified by N. levigata, Lam. The “ pune-

tulate” of group No. 4 are, we believe, artificially brought to-

gether: they belong part to group | and part to group 5, and

in some cases have very close relations with groups 2 and 3.

The feature referred to as characteristic in group No. 4 is the

granulation of the surface ; and, owing apparently to the strange

mistake of the authors (formerly made also by Dr. Carpenter in

his Memoir on Nummulites in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. vi.*) in regarding the suberystalline columns seen in sections

of Nummulites (that is, the septal walls and pillars) as calcareous

* Corrected by hum in Phil. Trans. vol. exlvi. p. 558, nole.

110 Messrs. W. t\. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

infillings of funnel-shaped holes or pores, the nature of these

granulations was misunderstood by MM. d’Archiac and Haime.

In a Nummulite of any of the groups the septal lines exposed

on the surfaces may be thickened, built up, or exaggerated by

ridges or granules of hyaline shell-substance permeated with

tortuous passages—part of the so-called “vascular system ee

the shell; and these exogenous granules need not be confined to

the septal lines, but may be planted in the interspaces, as in Am-

phistegine and other cognate forms, and will thus stand as Imes

and pillars of division to the alar lobes as the new segments are

successively added. This is markedly the case in N. scabra,

Lam., the granulated variety of N. levigata, and indeed in nu-

merous instances among Nummuline and their allies. In many

Nummulites the granulate surface may be found at one period

of growth, and the smooth at another ; for, if a new segment or

segments have been lately added, the surface will be far smoother

than in the stage when the external increase of the septal lines

and pillars only is going on.

The group No. 5, “ plicatze vel striate,” contams a great many

varieties characterized by a simple radiate arrangement of the

alar lobes, which are usually elongate triangular, straight or

slightly curved, either falciform or sigmoid. These Nummulites

are usually small, and are well typified by Num. planulata,

Lamk. We should have preferred the term “ radiate” for this

group.

No. 6 is the Assiline group (“ explanate”), in which the whole

of the spire is apparent from the want of the alar lobes. Assi-

lina, however, like Operculina, passes by insensible gradations

into Nummulina, by the varying development of the lateral lobes

or flaps.

There are individual specimens that tend to show a linking

together of the “ sinuate,” “ reticulate,” and “radiate” groups ;

but for the present we propose to regard these as three specific

groups, headed respectively by Nummulina complanata, N. levt-

gata, and N. planulata. The Assiline forms are probably related

as varieties to the “radiate” and “ sinuate”’ groups.

Having said thus much respecting the Nummulites generally,

we return to Fichtel and Moll’s illustrations, with the following

remarks :—

N. Mamilla and N. lenticularis, var. «, do not present

any indication of the superficial lobes; but, from the style of

their chambers, they probably belong to the “ radiate” group,

and, for what we can see, are of the same species, the relative

amount of convexity not being essentially distinctive.

N. lenticularis, var. 8, may be the N. Lucasana (of the “ ra-

diate” group), as stated by MM. d’Arebiac and Haime, but is

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 11]

quite as like some of the granulate varieties of the “sinuate”

group.

N. lenticularis, var. y, is referred by MM. d’Archiac and Haime

to the “reticulate” group, probably with justice, and to a new

species. Nevertheless it much resembles their figures of N.

Tchihatcheffi in every respect.

N. lenticularis, var. 5, is decidedly a “radiate” form, resem-

bling N. Ramondi, N. Guettardi, N. striata, and others, even more

than N. Biaritzensis, to which MM. d’Archiac and Haime refer

it. The differences, however, are merely varietal.

N. lenticularis, var. ¢, is far more like N. Rouaultt and N. Lu-

casana (of the “radiate” group) than N. perforata (of the

“sinuate” group).

N. radiata, N. venosa, and their allies above described, are

simple forms of the “radiate” group.

Nummulina, essentially symmetrical in all its varieties, is con-

nected with the truly unsymmetrical species of Nautiloid Fora-

minifers by the unequal-sided Amphistegina, small varieties of

which have a striking isomorphism with the Asterigerine varie-

ties of Rotalia Beccarii—for instance, the Asterigerina lobata and

A. carinata of D’Orbigny ; but the Rotalian forms seldom hide

their primordial cell in their successive folds, whilst this habit

is constant in Amphistegina, however distorted it may become :

thus this species never exposes its spire on both sides, like

Operculina, nor on one side, as in Polystomella macella and the

Rotalie. Heterostegina (a flattish Nummulitoid species with

subdivided chambers) is in external form rather more like some

Operculine, with the earlier portion lenticular, and with thin

marginal chambers*, than an Amphistegina; and it bears the

same relation to Operculina that Orbiculina does to Penero-

plis ; whilst Cycloclypeus, a species next beyond Heterostegina in

development, is in this respect analogous to Orbitolites. See also

Dr. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1856, vol. exlvi. p. 565.

16. Nautilus Calcar. Page 69. Twelve varieties. Five varie-

ties (a—e) : ‘ Recent : Rimini shore, Adriatic. Fossil : Coroncina,

near Sienna.”

Var. a. Pl. 11. figs. ac. Keeled, rowelled, ribbed, and um-

* The form here referred to, with its gently biconvex centre and thin

edge, is the Amphistegina Cumingii of Dr. Carpenter, so fully described

and illustrated in his last Monograph (read before the Royal Society,

June 17, 1858, and published in the Phil. Trans. for 1859). We cannot

agree with this talented author in placing this somewhat feebly developed

Nummuline form in the genus Amphistegina. For our own part, we can-

not, on any good physiological grounds, separate it from Operculina com-

planata, on the one hand, or Nummulina planulata, on the other, which

latter we regard as the parental form of both.

112 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bonate. A thick, well-developed Cristellarta Calcar: typical.

See Annals N. H. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 290; and ibid. 3 ser. vol. 11.

p-. 476.

Var. 8. Pl. 11. figs. df) (“ Plancus, Conch: p:'85;“ple a:

fig. 12, STV, and fic. 132, Z; Soldani, Sagg. Orit. pl. 1. fig sgGy

Testaceogr. vol. i. pl. 33. ‘tig. 3?) Keeled, ribbed, and ‘umbo-

nate. Cristellaria cultrata of authors: a common well-developed

variety.

Var. y. Pl. 11. figs. g-h. Keeled, rowelled, bead-ribbed, and

umbonate.

Var. 6. Pl. 11. figs. i-k. Keeled, rowelled, and bead-ribbed.

y and 6 are varieties of C. Calcar ornamented with granulated

septal lines.

Var. «. Pl. 12. figs. a—-c. (“Soldani, Sagg. oritt. p. 98, pl. 1.

fig.6 J; Testaceogr. vol. i. pl. 59) figs. gig; 7777) aealems

rowelled, with irregular spikes, ribbed, umbonate ; surface gra-

nulate and chambers narrow. A fine variety of C. Calear, with

narrow falciform chambers.

Var. €. Pl. 12. figs. df. “ Fossil: Ripalta, near 8. Quirico,

in the Sienese.” Keeled, ribbed, umbonate ; last few chambers

distorted. C. cultrata: a modified individual.

Three varieties (n-v). “ Recent: Adriatic and Mediterranean.

Fossil: Coroncina.” Var. 7. Pl. 12. figs. g, A. (“ Plancus,

Conch. p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 3 H.”) Keelless, ribbed, umbonate.

The most common variety of C. Calcar in its less-developed

state. The same as C. rotulata, Robulina simplex, &c.

Var. @. Pl. 12. figs. i,k. Keelless, slightly rowelled, ribbed,

and umbonate. Like the last, but rowelled.

Var. «. Pl. 13. figs. a,b. Keeled, slightly rowelled, bead-

ribbed, the granulate septal ies meeting at the umbo. An

ornamented variety like vars. y and 6, but smaller.

Var. x. Pl. 13. figs. c,d. “ Recent: Mediterranean.” Keel

slight, with some teeth; ribs famt; no. umbo; chambers nar-

row. A variety of C. Calcar, faintly developed as to its several

features.

Var. >. PI. 18. figs. e-g. “ Fossil: Coroncina.” Slightly

keeled, faintly ribbed, umbonate ; chambers large. A variety of

C. Calcar, with large-sized chambers.

Var. w. Pl. 13. figs. A, 7 (k, d, section). ‘ Recent: Mediter-

ranean. Fossil: Coroncina.” Sharply rowelled, faimtly ribbed,

largely umbonate. The exogenous shell-substance in this va-

riety of C. Calcar forms long sharp keel-teeth, and a large

umbo.

Cristellaria Calear, of a symmetrical but limited growth,

occurs early in the Secondary deposits, and is often abundant in

the clays of the Upper Trias, Lias, Oolites, Gault, and Chalk.

Nonenelature of the Foraminifera. 113

In the Tertiaries it is also abundant, and frequently attains a

larger size, and puts on a bolder form of growth. In the recent

state it is world-wide,—localities for large specimens being the

Canaries, Mediterranean (especially the Adriatic), Norway coast,

and the Abrolhos Bank. Bailey has figured it of a large size

from the coasts of the United States.

17. Nautilus papillosus. Page 82, pl. 14. figs. a—c. “ Recent:

Adriatic.” An elegant variety of Cristellaria Calcar, with a

small keel and beaded septal lines. It is thick, and has many

chambers.

18. Nautilus Vortex. Page 33, pl. 2. figs. d-i. “ Soldani,

Sagg. Oritt. p. 99, pl. 1. fig. 12 ; Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 66, pl. 59.

fig. ¢¢.” “Fossil: Coroncina.” This is a keelless, thick va-

riety of Cristellaria Calcar ; it has very narrow and much-curved

chambers, the septal lines taking a long, curved sweep to reach

the margin. There are many gradual intermediate forms be-

tween this and the type. It is not unfrequent in clays of the

Mediterranean, at about the depth of 90 fathoms; and it occurs

fossil in the Tertiary clays of Tuscany, Vienna, and Malaga.

D’Orbigny has given two figures of this variety: that of his

Robulina orbicularis, Annales Sc. Nat. vol. vii. p. 288, No. 2.

pl. 6. figs. 8,9; and that of his R. Imperatoria, For. Foss. Vien.

p- 104, pl. 5. figs. 5,6. The former differs from Cristellaria

Vortex in having a slight keel, in not being quite so thick,

and in being somewhat umbonate. R. Jmperatoria, having the

same amount of keel as R. orbicularis, is less gibbous, but more

distinctly umbonate than the latter. These slight and almost

insensible degrees of modification render the three shells here

referred to notable examples of the gradual passage so often

recognizable between varietal forms of species. The roundness

and plumpness of Cristellaria Vortex is modified to the lenticular

and comparatively lean C. Imperatoria, having markedly con-

tracted chambers (the narrowest of any Cristellaria) and a pout-

ing aperture, which is lost in the greater fulness of the chambers

of C. Vortex and C. orbicularis. Full-sized and entire-keeled

specimens of C. Vortex, supplying still further intermedia, are

figured by Soldani.

19. Nautilus costatus. Page 47, pl. 4. figs. g, h. “ Recent :

Mediterranean, Coast of Africa.’ A Cristellaria, more or less

keeled ; the keel is somewhat toothed ; the septal lines are raised

or limbate,—a character which, however, is absent in D’Orbigny’s

figured specimen of a similar variety from the Tertiary beds of

Vienna (Robulina Ariminensis, For. Foss. Vien. pl. 4. figs. 8, 9) ;

the chamber-walls are regularly marked with numerous ribs at

right angles to the septal lines. In this variety of C. Calear

(which is not of common occurrence, but sometimes met with in

114 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

deposits rich in Cristellaria) we have the link with the Margi-

nuline variety of Nodosarta Raphanus, especially in the Viennese

specimen, which is narrow-chambered, pinched, and umbilicate,

hke the crozier-part of a Marginulina. This linking is not only

shown by the form, the aperture, and the general structure of

the shell, but markedly in the style of ornament. The orna-

mentation of ribs is highly characteristic of the Nodosarine

group. In Nodosaria the riblets are often fully and symmetri-

cally developed; in some Marginuline the rib on the convex

border surpasses its fellows; in Cristellarie it is often the only

remnant of these ribs; but in some varieties, as m Robulina

echinata, D’Orb., R. ornata, D’Orb., and especially in R. Arimi-

nensis and Fichtel’s Nautilus costatus, the rib-ornament still

bears evidence of the relationship mutually borne by these

diversely modified forms. Hence one of the grounds for the

foundation of the comprehensive genus Nodosarina*, mtended

by us to embrace the Nodosarie, Cristellarie, and all the inter-

mediate and associated varieties. Indeed, we see as yet no

essential characters in this protean group whereby more than

one real species can be established, although we have examined

thousands of forms, not to say individuals, from the Permian,

Triassic, Liassic, Oolitic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary deposits, as

well as from deep and shallow seas of all parts of the world.

20. Nautilus acut-auricularis. Page 102, pl. 18. figs. g-z.

“Recent: zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean.” A sub-

globose or ovoid Cristellaria, with numerous smooth, narrow,

flush chambers, slightly keeled. This is a variety intermediate

between C. Calcar and Defrance’s Saracenaria Italiea. It is

also nearly related to C. arcuata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 3.

figs. 34-36). This appears to be a rather rare and small form.

Fichtel and Moll’s reference to Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. p. 61,

pl. 49. fig. z, for this form, is correct.

21. Nautilus Crepidula. Page 107, pl. 19. figs. g—. “ Recent :

Leghorn coast.” A delicate, elongate, Marginuline, flattened

Cristellaria. This variety, which by innumerable linkings passes

into C. Calcar, is so readily modified by external conditions as

perhaps not to be represented by any two perfectly similar mdi-

viduals. D’Orbigny’s C. cymboides (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 3. figs.

30, 31) is almost an exact counterpart of Fichtel’s figure ; but

in the former the coil is more open. C. compressa, D’Orb. (doe.

cit. figs. 32, 83), and C. lanceolata, D’Orb. (1. ¢. figs. 41, 42), as

well as Montfort’s “ Astacole crepidule,” which is Blainville’s

and Defrance’s ‘Crepiduline astacole” (Dict. Se. nat. pl. 19.

fig. 8), are similar attenuate, but keeled, varieties of Cristellaria

Calcar.

* Annals, 1859, il. p. 477.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 115

Cristellaria Crepidula runs insensibly into C. Cassis on one

hand, and on the other into the Planularian section of the Va-

ginuline. It is common wherever Cristellarie are abundant,

whether in the fossil or recent state. The specimen figured by

Soldani (Testaceogr. vol. i. p. 64, pl. 58. fig. bd) is very similar

to N. Crepidula, as Fichtel and Moll supposed.

22. Nautilus Cassis. Page 95. Five varieties. ‘ Fossil :

Coroncina.”

a. Pl.17. figs. a-d. Plancus, Conch. p. 120, pl.1. fig. 11 QR.

8. Pl.17. figs. e-g. Soldani, Oritt. p. 97, pl. 1. fig. 1 A B C.

y. Pl.17. figs. h, 2.

6. Pl. 17. figs. ke 1. Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. p. 63, pl. 55.

fig. A.

e. Pl. 18. figs. a—c.

We have here some modifications of a varietal form of Cris-

tellaria, discoidal and foliaceous, apt to be ornamented by clear

granules at the centre and along the septal lines, and to expand

itself into a broad and serrate keel.

Individuals of this variety are often pre-eminent among

Cristellarie for their size and elegance. Their smuous and, as

it were, loosely-set chambers, their flatness, and the irregular

position of the aperture, remove them but a little way from the

typical C. Calcar. In the var. the aperture is so nearly central

that the chambers grow saddle-shaped, and present us with the

essential characteristic of Flabellina. Hence the removal of

another supposed “ generic”? limit,—nay, of a “ specific ”

boundary.

Cristellarie of this shape and size occur in the Italian

Subapennine Tertiaries, and also at Malaga in Spain. Indivi-

duals of smaller growth abound in some Secondary and Tertiary

deposits, and also in recent seas. In the muds dredged off the

Abrolhos Bank, in about 30 fathoms water*, we have similar

Cristellarie, almost rivalling the Subapennine specimens.

Besides the references to Soldani and Plancus above noted,

Fichtel and Moll refer with justice to Soldani (Testaceogr. vol. 1.

p- 63, pl. 55. figs. A-G, and pl. 56. figs. H—-N) for figures of

various forms of Cristellaria Cassis.

23. Nautilus Galea. Page 100, pl. 18. figs. d—f. “ Fossil :

Coroncina.” This is a fine, outspread, extremely flattened,

smooth, and broad-keeled Cristellaria Cassis, with very widely

transverse chambers, the inner extremities of which stretch be-

yond the spire. In this feature we have an interesting isomor-

phism, if we may so term it, with other and not related generic

forms. This individual, with its attempt at cycloid growth, re-

minds us of the Peneroplis planatus, in its broadest forms, out-

* By Capt. Richards, H.M.S. ‘ Plumper.’

116 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca

grown from their short, thick, Dendritine type ; and also of that

peculiar variety of Vertebralina striata im which the later cham-

bers curve round and embrace the earlier spiral portion (Renu-

lites opercularis) ; nor is the mode of growth essentially different

in Orbiculina, which shows this tendency in O. adunca and its

varieties, and becomes perfectly cyclical in some individuals,—a

feature which is the typical character in Orbitolites.

(To be continued. |

XI.—Note on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca in various

Latitudes of the European Seas. By KR. M‘Anprew, F.R.S.

In the ‘ Natural History of the European Seas,’ by the late

Prof. Edward Forbes, edited and continued by Mr. Godwin-

Austen, I meet with the following passage, treating of the

shells of Piedmont :—‘ ‘It is remarkable, says Mr. Jeffreys,

‘that examples of the same species are smaller than those found

in the British seas: Tellina balaustina, Jeffreysia diaphana, and

Rissoa pulcherrima are instances of this” The diminution in

size which is to be observed with respect to many other species,

such as Corbula nucleus, when traced from north to south, 1s the

more remarkable because the converse does not take place as

to southern forms in their range north. Haliotis tuberculata,

which extends through the whole Lusitanian zone, is larger at

Guernsey, which is the extreme northern limit, than elsewhere.

Ringicula auriculata and Mactra rugosa are larger in Vigo Bay

than in the Mediterranean, though at Vigo they are both out-

hers; and Tellina balaustina, which has its numerical maximum

in the Mediterranean, is largest about the Hebrides.”

I do not question the correctness of Mr. Jeffreys’s remark

applied to the shells collected by him on the coast of Piedmont ;

bat to infer from it, and from the other instances cited by

Mr. Austen, that Mollusca generally, or any large proportion of

them, whether belonging to northern or southern latitudes,

increase in size aS they advance northward, and none in a

southerly direction, is a grave error, which | feel called upon to

dissipate, as far as this end can be accomplished, by a statement

of the results of my own experience bearing upon the point ;

because, in order to advance our knowledge, I look upon it

as more essential to get rid of existing fallacies than even to

establish new facts.

Corbula nucleus diminishes in size when traced northward

as well as southward from the British seas, and is as large

at Lisbon, or even at Malaga, as upon the shores of North

Drontheim.

in various Latitudes of the European Seas. 117

The size attained by Huliotis tuberculata in Guernsey is cer-

tainly remarkable ; but that it is not owing entirely, if at all, to

northern position, may be inferred from the fact that it does not

vary in dimensions progressively with the latitude. When in-

habiting the coasts of the Bay of Biscay, it is no larger than in

the neighbourhood of Gibraltar.

With respect to the Ringicula of Vigo, it is questionable whether

it isthe same species as AR. auriculata of the Mediterranean, as, in

addition to its extra size and solidity, it differs in being destitute

of striz, with which the other is furnished; and Mr. Woodward

has suggested the possibility of its identity with a fossil species.

If it should prove to be R. auriculata, the same observation will

apply to it as to the Haliotis, that the increase in size is not

progressive.

Touching Mactra rugosa, we require more information with

regard to its distribution. In Vigo Bay, dead shells, certainly

of large dimensions, are not unfrequent; but, after diligent

search, I could never succeed in obtaining a recent specimen

there. The other localities from which I have procured the spe-

cies are Faro in Algarve and Cadiz; one or two stray valves in

the Mediterranean, and the same at Mogador. In Faro, where

the specimens found on the shore are much more recent than in

Vigo, they are nearly, if not quite, as large; while at Cadiz, only

thirty miles further south, they are smallest.

The Arctic species belonging to the genera Trichotropis, Tro-

phon, Margarita, and Admete, with some others, when they

extend into the Boreal and Celtic regions, are diminutive. Pec-

ten Icelandicus attains its largest dimensions on the coast of

Finmark, and is of very diminished size and solidity from Spitz-

bergen. Margarita alabastrum (Boreal) does not appear to vary

in size from the North Cape to the seas of Zetland. Arca rari-

dentata is generally distributed on the northern coasts of Nor-

way, where it is very much larger than in the Hebrides; and a

few specimens which I have obtained as far south as Gibraltar

are still more minute. This species inhabits only deep water,

which accounts for the extent of its range southward.

Trochus cinerarius and T. tumidus have their greatest develop-

ment in number and size on the northern coasts of Norway, and

are found progressively and uniformly smaller as we proceed

southward. TZrochus lineatus, which I have never encountered

north of the British Isles, attains its largest dimensions in

the neighbourhood of Vigo,

Astarte arctica is as large at Tromsoe, near the southern limit

of its range, as in higher latitudes. A. e/liptica diminishes when

traced from Finmark to its southern termination in the British

seas. A. sulcata attains its maximum on our own coasts, dimi-

118 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

nishing in size and frequency as we follow it along the coasts of

Nordland and Finmark, as well as to Gibraltar, its most southern

locality. The little A. triangularis I did not find in northern

Scandinavia: it is extremely abundant in some parts of the

Hebrides ; but, though rare, is of larger size in Gibraltar Bay

than I have met with it elsewhere. | take this opportunity of

mentioning that I have recorded this species from the Canary

Islands; but Mr. Searles Wood, to whom I showed them, be-

lieves the Canary specimens (smaller even than the British) to

be a different species, and identical with a Crag fossil. A. in-

crassata, a more southern species, is rather larger in the Canaries

than in the Mediterranean.

The genus Crenella is analogous to that of Astarte. C. discors

and C. decussata attain larger growth and are more abundant in

the Arctic and Boreal regions than in the Celtic. C. marmorata,

which ranges from Finmark to the Canaries, is largest and most

frequent on the Scottish coast; while the more southern form,

C. rhombea, is rather larger in the Canaries and Mediterranean

than at the northern limit of its range in the British Channel.

So with the genera Nucula and Cardium ; N. levis, C. suecicum, and

C. fasciatum become smaller as we follow them southward from

their principal habitat in northern Scandinavia. N. nucleus is

as large at Gibraltar as in Finmark, being eminently a Celtic

species ; while of N. decussata my largest specimens are from

Malaga; and C. rusticum becomes larger as we proceed south

from the British Channel, attains its maximum at Gibraltar, and

is smallest in the Canaries. C. papillosum is also largest im the

Mediterranean, though distributed both northward and south-

ward in the Atlantic. C. pygmeum is smaller in the Mediterra-

nean than in Britain, but I have obtained it largest in Vigo Bay.

Venus verrucosa, like Cardium rusticum, has its northern limit

in Britain, increases in size southward to Gibraltar and the

Mediterranean, and is again much smaller in the Canaries.

Mactra stultorum grows to larger size in Minorca than in Britain.

Of Fusus antiquus, ranging to within the Arctic Circle, the

largest specimens have been obtained in Liverpool Bay. Litto-

rina rudis attains as large growth upon the coast of the north of

Spaim as upon that of Finmark. Sealaria Turtonis is larger in

Britain than in the Mediterranean or at Madeira. S. communis,

on the contrary, is larger at Gibraltar than in England.

Bulla hydatis is very dimimutive in the Mediterranean com-

pared with British specimens; but those from Vigo (situated

south of the shores of Piedmont) are fully equal in size to the

British or Irish.

Murex erinaceus grows larger upon the coasts of Spain, both

north and south, than in Britain. Certthium reticulatwn and

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns. 119

C. perversum are likewise larger in the Mediterranean than in

our seas. Triton nodosum attains greater size at Malaga than

at Vigo or further north, but is smallest in the Azores. Aclis

supranitida grows larger at Madeira than in Britain.

The southern forms of Mollusca appear to foliow the same

rule as the more northern. Murex brandaris, Cyprea lurida,

and C. spurca, not recorded to have been found north of the

Mediterranean, attain larger dimensions in the Canary Islands

than in that sea.

There are a few species the larger growth of which appears to

be influenced by western longitude or Atlantic exposure. It

has been remarked that Tellina balaustina is found larger in the

Hebrides and on the west of Ireland than in the Mediterranean,

where it is much more frequent. I have obtained it at Gibraltar

of intermediate size; and a valve dredged off Cape V'inisterre in

Spain was of the same size as the Scottish and Irish specimens.

Lucina spinifera is found larger in the Hebrides and west of

Ireland than elsewhere ; upon the coast of North Drontheim it

is quite as small as upon that of Spain. Solen siliqua, Lutraria

elliptica, and some other species, are found of extraordinary

dimensions in the outer Hebrides; several others attain larger

growth in Bantry Bay than on any part of the English coast.

From the examples I have stated (and there would be no dif-

ficulty in adducing more of a similar character) I think we may

fairly come to the conclusion, that, although there are exceptions

in both directions, and although the size attained by Mollusca

may be influenced by various conditions in different localities,

as a general rule, each species attains its greatest size, as well as

greatest number, in the latitude best suited to its general deve-

lopment ; and that, whether a species be Arctic, Boreal, Celtic,

or Lusitanian, it will grow largest m the region to which it

belongs.

XII.—On some new Longicornia from the Moluccas.

By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S. &e.

In Mr. Wallace’s last collection from Batchian, in the Moluccas,

there are about one hundred and fifty Longicorns, mostly new

to science, but referable (with two or three exceptions) to genera

which appear to be more or less frequent in the Indian Islands.

The new forms, one of which resembles the South American

genus Onychocerus in habit, and of which a second species is

found in New Guinea (Aru), are confined to Mr, Wallace’s pri-

vate collection, and therefore, unfortunately, cannot now be

described ; but amongst the others there are a few species which

are interesting either as indicating a more extended range of the

120 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns.

genera (as in Glaucytes, Agnia, and Cylindropomus), or as addi-

tional members in very limited and remarkable groups, as

Eurycephalus and Trihammatus.

EurYCEPHALUS.

Laporte, An. Art. 11. p. 430.

Eurycephalus variabilis.

E. ater; elytris rugosis, basi plus minusve sanguineis.

Deep black, the upper surface covered with very short erect

hairs; head rather broad, thickly punctured; ridge over the

insertion of the antenne, parts about the mouth, and mandibles,

except at the apex, blood-red; prothorax coarsely and very

thickly punctured, with a short central keel, and a strong tooth

on each side, placed behind the middle; elytra irregular, as if

roughly punctured, apparently caused by the inequality of the

pubescence, the base or base and sides more or less of a blood-

red colour ; body beneath dull black. Length 10 lines.

Of fifteen specimens examined, no two were quite alike in

colour ; one was entirely black, and another had rather more

than half the elytra red ; these were the extremes of the set ;

and amongst the whole, three had the legs pale red.

GLAUCYTES.

Thomson, Archives Entomologiques, i. p. 423. Leptocera,

Serville, non Schonherr.

Glaucytes scitulus.

G. niger; prothorace impunctato capiteque griseo-pubescentibus,

sericeis ; elytris chalybeatis, biapiculatis, maculis quatuor argenteo-

albis ; femoribus basi testaceis,

Black ; head, prothorax, body beneath, and legs covered with

a thin, silky, pale greyish pubescence; elytra biapiculate, irre-

eularly punctured, smooth, each with four spots formed of short

white hairs, the first before the middle, the second obliquely

transverse behind it, then a small round spot, and lastly an

oblong one at the apex; prothorax impunctate, rounded at the

side; antenne rather longer than the body, reddish brown ;

femora at the base testaceous. Length 5 lines.

AGNIA.

Newman, Entomol. p. 291.

Agnia eximia,

A. nigra, mitida ; capite elytrisque albo-maculatis ; prothorace postice

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some new Longicorns. 121

albo-marginato: infra subnitida, marginibus segmentorum abdo-

minis albis. :

Deep glossy black; line below the eye, another behind, and -

one on the vertex, posterior border of the prothorax, scutellum,

and several transverse spots on the elytra, pure white (formed

by dense patches of short hairs) ; body beneath and legs black,

less glossy than on the upper surface, sparingly covered with a

delicate ashy pubescence ; margins of the abdominal segments

white. Length 10 lines.

This handsome insect is nearly allied to the Philippine Agnia

clara. Agnia differs from Cereopsius, principally, in its unarmed

prothorax.

TRIHAMMATUS.

Chevrolat, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. No. 2. 1857.

Trihammatus tristis.

T. niger, nitidus, subtiliter griseo-pubescens; prothoracis margine

antico et yitta suboculari, lateribusque pectoris infra albis ; elytris

maculis quatuor atris.

Glossy black, covered with a short, dense, greyish pubescence,

giving the upper surface a dull leaden hue; head sulcated in

front, an oblique yellowish white band beneath the eye, which

is continued along the sides of the thorax beneath; prothorax

strongly spined on the side, the anterior margin narrowly bor-

dered with yellowish white; scutellum triangular, truncated

posteriorly ; elytra thickly and irregularly punctured, with se-

veral small shining tubercles at the base, and two opake deep-

black irregular spots on each (one before, the other behind the

middle) ; antennz (d)) twice as long as the body. Length 12

lines.

The females of this genus (which have not been hitherto

described) differ essentially from the males in the fourth joint

of the antennz, only, being enlarged; and this enlargement

assumes a cylindrical form, not rounded or pear-shaped, as in

the other sex.

CyYLINDROPOMUS.

Blanchard, Voyage au Pole Sud, iv. p. 268.

Cylindropomus grammicus.

C. niger; prothorace utrinque vittis duabus albis; elytris fuscescen-

tibus, lineis duabus longitudinalibus, antice posticeque conjunctis,

albis.

Dull black ; head broader than the prothorax, impunctate,

minutely pubescent, a raised line on the vertex and an oblong

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v.

122 = Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

white spot behind the eye; prothorax shghtly corrugated in the

centre, a broad yellowish-white line on each side and a narrower

one beneath; scutellum transverse, black; elytra acuminate,

finely punctured, pale brown, with two longitudinal whitish

lines on each, united at the shoulder and apex; antenne and

legs pitchy, the former nearly three times the length of the

body, the femora reddish at the base; body beneath with a

greyish pile. Length 7 lines.

Cylindropomus should, I think, be placed in the Lamude,

near Olenocamptus, from which, indeed, it scarcely differs. A

series of this species shows a very considerable amount of varia-

tion in the width of the head: in some it is scarcely wider than

the prothorax, and from these it runs up to nearly twice the

width.

XIII.—On the Markings of the Diatomacee in common use as

Test-objects. By G.C. Wauuicu, M.D.

Tue markings on the valves of certain species of Diatoms have

long been prized as tests of the definimg and amplifying powers

of microscopic lenses. Up to a very recent period they answered

every purpose; but the rapid advances achieved of late by our

leading opticians in the construction of objectives furnish us

with many instances in which the formerly received interpreta-

tion of minute organic structure has turned out to be fallacious.

These tests have thus been somewhat unduly valued, and, as a

natural consequence, many indifferent objectives have been

thrust on the public, the efficiency of which depended, not on

accuracy of construction, but on the variable nature of the tests

they were subjected to.

Accuracy of measurement is of the first importance in all

microscopic investigations, whether we desire to measure the

striz on a Diatom, the thickness of a cell-wall, a blood-disk, or

any of the numberless objects the microscope reveals to us ; and

until this perfect accuracy is ensured, it is almost needless to say

that a vast amount of time and patient labour will be expended

in vain.

As an example in point, we need only take the value of Pleu-

rosiyma fasciola, a Diatom which was considered, until a very

late date, as one of the severest tests for a first-rate $ or 7’; ob-

jective. Itis true that P. fasciola, under certain restrictions,

may be made an admirable test ; but it is one adapted with equal

propriety to test either a 3 or a z/, objective. This is due to

the widely varying character of its lineation,—a fact of which

the less scrupulous class of opticians were not slow to avail

in common use as Test-Objects. 123

themselves, in order to arrogate for their workmanship a degree

of excellence it in nowise merited.

It should be borne in mind that the mere number of lines in

any given fractional portion of an inch is not all that is required

in a Diatom employed as a test. Much depends on the parti-

cular conformation of the Diatomaceous valve—on its thickness,

flatness, the angularity of its markings, their direction, the kind

of illumination, and so forth. But this only tends still further

to diminish the value of such objects as tests, inasmuch as the

same form, under different conditions, may or may not be suited

to test a given combination.

It is not my province to discuss how much valuable time is

often wasted in the endeavour to resolve markings on Diatoms

or other minute objects, that might be applied to higher and

far more useful purposes. It is well known that many ardent

observers labour, for days and even weeks together, in order to

conquer some difficulty of the kind,—their toil ending in failure

simply because they are unaware that the same species of test-

Diatom may present itself under such modifications as to baffle

all attempts at resolution in one shape, whilst it may be made

to yield readily in another. At present the capabilities of lenses

have, too frequently, to be discovered after purchase. They may

or they may not come up to the professed standard. The owner

may apply an incorrect or an insufficient kind of test; and,

under any circumstances, he is unable positively to assure himself

of the real power of the apparatus he is using.

Certain Diatoms may still be advantageously employed as

test-objects, but assuredly not in the manner hitherto in vogue.

In order to ensure uniformity, or, what amounts to the same

thing, in order to ensure the purchaser of a lens of a stated

power actually obtaining what he desires, it becomes essential

that each test-slide should itself be compared with some accre-

dited and universal standard, before being applied to the decision

of the capabilities of any optical combination.

I shall endeavour presently to show how likely we are to be

misled in our estimate of lenses based upon the resolution of

some of the ordinary tests, by giving a tabular statement of the

range of lineation admitted to exist by those who have given the

greatest amount of attention to the markings on the various test-

Diatoms. In dwelling on this topic I have an important pur-

pose in view, namely, the introduction of a definite and uniform

standard test, for each grade of objective, in lieu of the inde-

finite and variable ones that have heretofore been in use.

M. Nobert’s test-glasses at once suggest themselves to our

notice as likely to afford the requisite standard. We have here

a degree of minute workmanship destined for ever to defy the

124 Dr.G.C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

unaided eye, and demanding the highest of our optical aids to

render its nature manifest. These glasses have certainly met

with little encouragement in this country; but this depends on

no fundamental error either in M. Nobert’s principle or his

handiwork, but on a minor defect, which will, without doubt, be

speedily overcome. I allude to the difficulty of engraving the

different series of lines on slips of glass sufficiently thin to admit

of their employment under the highest and most delicately ad-

justed combinations of the microscope. It is universally allowed

that the accuracy of the lineation cannot be surpassed, the last

and closest series of lines being as regular and distinctly ruled

as the first or most distant. The difficulty can hardly be over-

come, however, until a separate slip of glass is devoted to each

two of the first five or six series, and each one of the remaining

number, This would, of course, enhance the cost to a consider-

able extent; but a truly effective standard would be the result,

and we should establish a check upon the fallacious test-objects

hitherto resorted to. It must be evident that the more perfect

our instruments become, the more urgent is the requirement for

an undeviating standard of comparison. When this is known to

exist, purchasers of lenses will be provided with a safeguard ;

and, as a necessary consequence, the efforts to produce improved

apparatus will be redoubled.

The subjoined Table gives the lineation of some of the com-

monly employed test-species, according to the authorities noted

in the first column. M. Sollitt?’s measurements, it will be seen,

embrace the extreme ranges. The accuracy of his figures is

unquestioned, as regards all but the two last-named forms on

the list; and in these it has met with scepticism solely from

Tabular Statement of Lineation in 1000th of an inch.

ike q g. 2 es 3 4 a a

BS) 6. | 22 | Ge] S2| Be] Bel. | as

Authorities. aa aa ae a2 a5 | as| 42 3 33

Glad (asl ae |aS | aa | ae | 28 | ae

The ‘ Synopsis of | -< r ¢ ‘ \Lo.32

Brit. Diatomacee.’ 520/64 [45° 36 138 in,’ 40| 44

| BLE ees EES EEE Sie Ol ese 2) oe eerste ees

. Lo. 30

Carpenter*......... | 52 | 64 Tr. 40 44 85

eee —_|—-|—_-|_ |__|, ——- sega be

Micrographic | ; Lo.380 ea oree 2

Dictigntatye 52 | 64 45 .|86 |38 Tr. 40 45 | 125-130} 85

Sollitt t | 46°51) 50°90) 35-60 20°32 20-40, 40-45 40-80, 120-130] 60-111

—

* «The Microscope,’ by Prof. Carpenter, p. 205.

+ Quarterly Journal Microseop. Science, No. 29, p. 51.

in common use as Test-Objects. 125

the extreme difficulty of counting lines so delicate, even grant-

ing them to be visible under the lens. Accepting the measure-

ments as approximately correct, it is apparent that a series of

markings, the variation of which, in the several species, ranges

from about 5 to 50 per cent., ought no longer to be received as

affording standard tests or specific characters.

I have stated that the hitherto received interpretation of va-

rious structures, as seen under the microscope, has in many

cases turned out to be inaccurate, owing to the improved means

of observation at our command. I would draw attention more

especially to one of the most valuable, inasmuch as it is the most

constant in its lineation, of all our test-Diatoms, viz. P. angula-

tum. It is well known that, under the generally adopted view,

the markings consist of hexagonal depressions on the surface of

the valve. Not only has this interpretation been insisted on by

all our chief authorities, but its accuracy has been made to ap-

pear unimpeachable on the evidence afforded by a photographic

image. Facts are stubborn things to- contend against ; and in

an endeavour to correct an impression based on such apparently

incontrovertible testimony I am painfully aware that I have a

hazardous task to perform.

Professor Carpenter (‘The Microscope,’ p. 304) writes as

follows :—

“Tn the first place it may be remarked, that there is a much

greater uniformity in the general character of these markings

than was supposed when attention was first directed towards

them ; for what were at first supposed to be /ines are now re-

solved by objectives of large angular aperture into rows of dots ;

and these dots, when sufficiently magnified, are found to bear a

close resemblance to the coarser markings on the larger species.

It is to the latter, therefore, that we should have recourse for

the determination of the nature of these markings; and we

cannot resort to better illustrations than those that are afforded

by Isthmia, Triceratium, and Biddulphia, in all of which the

structure of the valve can be distinctly seen under a low magni-

fying power, and with ordinary light.” After proceeding to

show that the markings, in each of these instances, consist of a

number of areolar depressions, he continues: “ Now, it would

not be difficult to bring together a connected series of Diato-

macez in which the markings, still exhibiting the same general

aspect, become more and more minute, requiring for their reso-

lution the use of oblique light, or stops with a central diaphragm,

and of objectives of larger and larger angular aperture, until

we come to those species which present the greatest difficulty,

and the nature of whose markings seems to be most obscure.

The more perfectly these markings are defined, however, in any

126 =Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

case, the more decidedly are they found to correspond with what

has been already seen. Thus, if we examine Pleurosigma angu-

latum (one of the easier tests) with an objective of 4+ inch

focus and 75° aperture, we shall see a double series of interrupted

lines, crossing each other at an angle of 60°, so as to have be-

tween them imperfectly defined lozenge-shaped spaces. Whee

however, the valve is examined with an objective of inch

focus, having an angular aperture of 130°, and is lutnated

by oblique rays, the hexagonal areolation becomes very distinct ;

and if a photographic representation obtained by such a power

be itself enlarged by photography, as has been accomplished by

Mr. Wenham, “the appearance represented (by the diagram, Joc.

cit.) is obtained, which is in all respects comparable with that

presented under a low power by the valve of Triceratium or

Isthmia.”

In the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ we find observations nearly

to the same effect. But a remarkable paragraph occurs at page

221 (new ed.), in the article “ Diatomacee.” After denoting the

varying phases a Diatomaceous valve may be made to assume

under different powers and modes of illumination, it thus con-

cludes :—“‘If the condenser and stop be not exactly centrical,

or the surface of the valve be not flat, the true form of the dots

will be replaced by some other: thus hexagonal dots may be

made to appear triangular, quadrangular, &c., and those dots

which cannot be conceived to be really hexagonal may be made

to appear so,”—Pleurosiyma balticum being here referred to

amongst the figures.

I duly appreciate the difficulty of having to deal with state-

ments supported by such unquestionably high authority,—more

particularly when they seem to carry with them the proof de-

rived from the photographic art. But the latter testimony ap-

pears to me by far the most assailable, and I have adduced the

paragraph just quoted in support of my assertion. For if, by

modification in the focussing of a valve, hexagonal dots may be

made to appear triangular or quadrangular, and those dots which

cannot be conceived to be really hexagonal may be made to

appear so, it follows that by similar modification under the pho-

tographic appendage to the microscope, these figures may be

respectively reproduced according to the fancy of the operator.

Although the evidence derived from a photographic picture

may safely be relied on under ordinary circumstances, it at once

loses its value in the case before us, the image thrown on the

prepared plate or paper being of necessity identical with that

impressed upon the eye of the observer when adjusting the

object to be depicted, and whatever he sees being, as a matter

of course, reproduced in the photographic picture.

in common use as Test-Objects. 127

Now, every authority with whom I am acquainted starts off

by admitting as an axiom that the lower the power under which

the structure of any object can be made evident, the less chance

is there of error. To dispute this would be absurd. The same

authorities admit, moreover, that under a moderate power (say

of from 300 to 500 diameters) the lineation of P. angulatum

appears in the form of obliquely or diagonally arranged lines,

placed at an angle of about 60° with the transverse section of

the valve, and enclosing “ lozenge-shaped” spaces between their

intersections. And, strange to say, in some of our most elabo-

rate works, the greatest pains appear to have been taken to

show the beautifully defined character of these lines, under the

powers just indicated, even to the extent of employing specially

prepared polished paper for the engravings which represent it.

Analogy has been pushed a little too far in this instance.

There are cogent reasons, open to every observer of the Diato-

maces, why we ought not to expect the same markings in the

Nayiculoid as in the discoidal and allied forms. It would be

vain, for example, to endeavour to reduce such as are found on

Surirella or Pinnularia to the same category as those of [sthmia,

Biddulphia, or Triceratium. No forms can be more distinct in

this respect than these last named. Their typical structure, as

observed in T. favus, consists of depressed spaces, which vary

from true hexagons in their horizontal section to somewhat

irregular figures, such as we find in Eupodiscus Argus and Isth-

mia enervis, where, in addition to mere irregularity in outline,

the walls of the depressed spaces are studded with minute pro-

jections, giving them a ragged appearance under sufficiently high

magnifying power. In pressing either of these into our service,

therefore, simply because they are of dimensions large enough to

be most readily dealt with, a serious error has, in my humble

estimation, been committed. But it is a remarkable fact that

T. favus actually supplies us with markings strikingly similar

to those of P. angulatum, not on its valves, but on its connecting

zones. A very little care is requisite, in the case of the larger

varieties, to show that the markings of this portion of the frus-

tule are, as in the case of P. angulatum, diamond-shaped eleva-

tions, each of which presents four clearly defined facets, inclined

to the surface of the valve at an angle probably of about 25°, and

yields, therefore, four distinct series of lines, two of which, the

diagonal, are most clearly marked, for reasons presently to be

given ; whereas the other two series (namely, the transverse and

longitudinal) are more nearly approximated to each other, and

much less palpable.

In using direct light, either with or without an illuminating

combination, for the resolution of these markings, it is almost

128 =Dr.G.C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee

impossible to succeed. If we look upon an ordinary plano-

convex condensing lens, placed at a distance from the eye, in the

direct line of the source of light, provided no objects present

themselves in the background, the convexity is appreciable.

The moment, however, that an angle is formed by the rays, the

convex character strikes us. And so with objects exhibiting

angular facets, although in a less easily demonstrable degree,

owing to the impossibility of receiving several sets of rays, each

parallel to one series of facets. Under the microscope, the same

principle holds good: facets are never seen by s¢rictly direct

light. The mere placing the axis of the instrument im a line

with the source of light by no means fulfils this condition. In

viewing transparent objects, and more especially objects of such

high refractive power as the valves of the Diatomacez, oblique

hight must be engendered. We must in this mstance court

shadows as our only means of grasping the reality. To exhibit

these much coveted “ dots,” shadows are still indispensable, but

here they are imperfect ones*. The greater the obliquity of

the illuminating rays, so long as definition remains perfectly clear

and free from coloured spectra, the greater will be the distinct-

ness with which the true character of markings will be seen.

Unless they are thus distinctly seen, appearances must prove

deceptive, and even the photographic picture may err in modo.

In a valuable paper “ On Species of Diatomaceze,” under the

signature of one of our first authorities (Professor Walker-Arnott,

Journal Microscop. Science, vol. vi. p. 200), the following

passage occurs :—

“ But as all Diatoms, with strize composed of dots, have four

rows of strize (two diagonal, one horizontal, and one longitudinal),

and as the visibility of each depends, when delicate, on the posi-

tion the valve presents to the illuminating pencil of oblique

light, the closer or more difficult striz are sometimes seen when

the others are not, and thus may be occasionally mistaken for

the predominating or coarser ones, which alone are made use of

in specific characters. 1 may here remark that, when the dots

are so placed as to form rectangles, the transverse and longitu-

dinal strize are always the most remote, and therefore predomi-

nate; and it is generally supposed that when the dots are

quincuncial, the diagonal lines are always most apparent; but

* In a paper by Hugo von Mohl (in the December Number of the An-

nals and Magazine of Nat. History, p. 444) the author is at pains to prove

that polarized light has been neglected heretofore in microscopic examina-

tions; and, in proof of the advantages to be derived from its employment

under scientific adjustment and management, he states that the markings

on Pleurosigma angulatum may actually be shown to consist of *‘ sia-sided

dots.”

in common use as Test-Objects. 129

this conclusion is not correct: for when the diagonal lines make,

with the transverse, an angle greater than 60°, the transverse

rows are more remote than the diagonal; and when the angle

is less than 30°, the longitudinal rows are the more remote, and

easily detected. In the quincuncial structure, therefore, the

diagonal lines predominate only when the angle of inclination is

more than 30° and less than 60°; but the transverse and longi-

tudinal cannot both preponderate in the same species.”

I have therefore the satisfaction of believing that my view is

borne out, as far as the number of series of lines is concerned,

by one so competent to guide our judgment. The cause of the

predominance of the diagonal lines in P. angulatum and the

rectangular in P. balticum is thus made apparent to a certain

extent. But it will be observed that Professor Arnott evidently

considers the whole four series of lines as occurring upon the

same plane, the word “distant” bearing reference clearly to the

position of the lines as removed more or less from each other on

that plane, and the theory offered being, that the more distant

series of lines are most distinct, whereas the most closely

approximated are the reverse.

Both as regards P. angulatum, P. hippocampus, and their allied

forms, the diagonal series of lines consist of alternate ascents

and descents along the angular edges of the raised facets, which

thus constitute a series of zigzag lines directly in the line of

vision, whereby they cannot be brought simultaneously into

focus at all points. In short, every portion of the two series of

lines which bound the elevations is arranged on the same plane,

whilst the les which unite the facets are not so.

In P. formosum and P. quadratum the structure is analogous

to that existing in P. angulatum. In P. balticum and P. hip-

pocampus, instead of diamond-shaped elevations, we have four-

sided flattened pyramids, presenting, as in the former case, four

sets of lines; but here, as a natural consequence, the spaces

being bound by the longitudinal and transverse series, these

predominate.

This is in accordance, moreover, with the lines of fracture

observable in both types,—a fragment of P. angulatum, for in-

stance, always having its edges defined in conformity with the

diagonal lines bounding the diamond-shaped elevations ; whereas

in P. balticum the edges follow the rectangular outline of the

boundary lines. In both examples, the lines of fracture occur

at the thinnest portions of the valves. No such lines of fracture

oceur in Triceratium, Isthmia, or Biddulphia. Of course, accord-

ing as we view these objects on their external or internal aspects,

the eye receives the impression of elevations or depressions, the

markings—7. e. the elevated angular spaces—being confined to

130 =Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Markings of the Diatomacee.

the exterior surface. The ‘diamond pattern” often seen on

household ware of cut glass will at once serve to illustrate the

kind of structure in question.

Lastly, whilst we have four series of lines in all the Diatoms

just alluded to, we have only three in such as exhibit true hexa-

gonal areolation; and we cannot, under any modification of

light, or adjustment, or magnifying power, convert these six-

sided spaces, so long as they remain clearly defined, into diagonal

or any other kind of lines. Whensoever appearances present

themselves under the microscope which are known not to repre-

sent the true structure or markings of an object, we may rely

upon it that either the instrument or its adjustments are at

fault. With perfect objectives and proper adjustments, these

spurious appearances canuot occur.

The subjoimed admirable woodcuts illustrate, in an exact

manner, the structure of the two typical forms, P. angulatum

and P. balticum; and it will be observed that, even on the plane

surface of the paper, by altering the position of the figures with

Structure of Pleurosigma Structure of Pleurosigma

angulatum. balticum.

reference to the source of light, the appearance of elevations or

depressions may be imparted to the facets at pleasure. Under

proper management, this structure may be made apparent, with

equal clearness and definition, either by means of a } inch or

', inch aperture.

Mr. Jeffreys on Lepton suleatulum. 131

XIV.—Note in answer to Mr. Clark’s Remarks on Lepton sulca-

tulum. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, Esq., F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I cannot agree with Mr. Clark in supposing that Lepton sul-

catulum is the fry of Circe minima. I have now before me no

less than 49 perfect specimens (some of which retain the remains

of the animal) and 332 single valves of the former species.

They constitute a perfect series from the fry to the adult. I

have placed in juxtaposition with them a complete series of

Circe minima obtained from the same locality (Guernsey), three

of the latter being considerably smaller than the average size of

Lepton sulcatulum. Each series differs widely from the other in

respect of form, texture, dentition, and position of the ligament.

The fry of Circe minima is gibbous, of a triangular shape, re-

markably solid for its size, with its beaks strongly incurved, and

a distinct lunule under them ; and it possesses an external liga-

ment and the peculiar dentition of the Cyprinide. The Lepton

suleatulum, on the contrary, is somewhat compressed, nearly

round in outline, semitransparent, with its beaks calyculated

(as in the other species of Lepton), and it has an internal liga-

ment and the unmistakeable dentition of the Kelliade. Even

in the most minute Circe minima the coloured spots and mark-

ings which adorn the adult are observable; while the other is

white and spotless. The number of ridges, too, on the first are

not half so numerous as those on Lepton sulcatulum, and they

are disposed in a very different way. Owing to the ligament in

Lepton being internal, the valves become easily separated ; and

this accounts for the comparatively small proportion of perfect

specimens which are usually met with. I request your readers

to take the trouble of comparing the excellent figures of the

hinge in Lepton sulcatulum (from a drawing kindly furnished by

my friend Dr. Lukis) in the ‘ Annals’ ser. 3. vol. ii. pl. 2. f. ¢, d,

e, f, with those of Circe minima in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ vol. iv.

pl. 26. f. 4, and I think they will at once be satisfied that I

have not erred in considering these species to be distinct.

Before I described Lepton sulcatulum in the ‘ Annals,’ I bad

the advantage of a correspondence with Mr. Clark on the sub-

ject, in which he at first pronounced the shells I sent him, as

belonging to a new species, to be successively Lucina borealis,

L. leucoma, L. spinifera, and Venus casina; but afterwards he

candidly admitted that “beyond all dispute” it was a Lepton,

and allied to L. Clarkie. His observations on the last occasion

were extremely valuable and interesting, especially as to the

132 Bibliographical Notice.

calyculation of the beaks, the internal ligament, and the denti-

tion. Iam not, however, surprised at the difficulty of distin-

guishing these tiny objects without a patient comparison with

others of a similar kind.

If Mr. Clark has found the Lepton sulcatulum at Exmouth

(which does not clearly appear from his last paper), the new

locality should be noted.

I am, Gentlemen,

25 Devonshire Place, London, Yours faithfully,

January 20, 1860. J. Gwyn Jerrreys.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection; or, the

Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life.—By

Cuarues Darwin, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., &. London, 1859.

To endeavour to understand the various “ beginnings ”’ of the organic

world is so essentially the part of an inductive, inquiring mind, like

that of the distinguished naturalist who has lately given us the re-

markable volume bearing the above title, that no amount of failure

in the attempt to do so can check the inherent desire that we possess

to renew our efforts, again and again, to discover them. Yet, in

spite of this, no trains of reasoning have ever yet brought us, and

none with which we are acquainted, we may safely add, ever can bring

us, to the absolute origin of the present order of things, and unfold

to us (what perhaps it was never intended that we should know) the

mysteries of creation. ‘‘ We cannot in any of the paleontological

sciences,” says Dr. Whewell, ‘ascend to a begimning which is of the

same nature as the existing cause of events, and which depends upon

causes that are still in operation. Philosophers never have demon-

strated, and probably never will be able to demonstrate, what was

the original condition of the solar system, of the earth, of the vege-

table and animal worlds, of languages, of arts. On all these subjects

the course of investigation, followed backwards as far as our materials

allow us to pursue it, ends at last in an impenetrable gloom. We

strain our eyes in vain when we try, by our natural faculties, to dis-

cern an origin.”

When we look abroad into the world around us, we find ourselves

in the midst of a variety of phenomena, and an endless array of orga-

nic forms, all circling onwards, yet never, so far as we can see, altering

in aspect ; so that, from the light of mere nature alone, there seems

no reason why they should not go on for ever,— ‘

“ Still changing, yet unchanged, still doomed to feel

Endless mutation in perpetual rest.”

Neither, on the same grounds, would it appear necessary to believe

that they had ever commenced, did not geology inform us that there

was atime in the world’s history when they did not exist, but were

Bibliographical Notice. 133

replaced by another class of beings which occupied their places ; and

that this latter set was, at a far earlier age, represented by another ;

and this, again, by an older one still ; and so on, until we seem to reach

at length the primordial beings with which this planet was originally

stocked. It is to discuss, and to account for, this succession of beings

throughout time and space that Mr. Darwin’s book has been com-

piled ; and the great principle by which he believes them all to have

been successively produced he terms “‘ Natural Selection.”

The opinion amongst naturalists that species were independently

created, and have not been transmitted one from the other, has been

hitherto so general that we might almost call it an axiom. True it

is that we cannot prove this ; but then, on the other hand, we can-

not prove the converse; and, since of two unproveable proposi-

tions we have a right to take our choice, the former has been univer-

sally accepted, as most in accordance with the intelligible announce-

ments of revelation, and as aiding us in the otherwise hopeless task

of understanding what a species really is. This proposition Mr.

Darwin boldly calls in question, and believes, on the contrary, that

all species (man included) may have been derived, each in its turn,

from those below them by the mere “selecting power of nature,’ —

which is supposed to have been continually at work, through count-

less ages, in rejecting (by inevitable annihilation) the weakest and

most ill-developed individuals which everywhere existed, and in

preserving every little modification which chanced from time to time

(in the “great struggle for life’? which has ever been going on

amongst organic beings) to turn out for the benefit of its possessor,

and transmitting it, by the law of inheritance, to the next generation,

to be further increased in the same direction, until, at length, in the

course of centuries, the various races have each become so far modi-

fied in structure (and that, too, intermittently, or, as it were, en route,

according to their position, or advancement, in the animal pedigree )

as to have assumed the various forms, past and present, which na-

turalists have described under the name of “‘species.’’ The fossils

of each geological formation, on this view, “‘do not mark a new and

complete act of creation, but only an occasional scene, taken almost

at hazard, in a slowly-changing drama”’ (p. 315); and “the fact of

the fossil remains of each formation being in some degree intermediate

in character between the fossils in the formations above and below

is simply explained by their intermediate position in the chain of

descent” (p. 476).

Now, whether right or wrong in their assumption, and however

much they may differ in their exact definitions, it is quite evident

that there is an idea involved by naturalists in the term “species ”

which is altogether distinct from the fact (important though it be)

of mere outward resemblance,—viz. the notion of blood-relationship

acquired by all the individuals composing it, through a direct line of

descent from a common ancestor; and therefore it is no sign of me-

taphysical clearness when our author (p. 51) refuses to acknowledge

any kind of difference between “ genera,” “‘ species,”’ and ‘‘ varieties,”

except one of degree. Practically, no doubt, the differences, as we

134 Bibliographical Notice.

define them, are entirely, and must be, of this nature, for we are ne-

cessarily driven to form our judgment solely from outward characters

(and must often trust, as it were, to chance, that our decision, thus

arrived at, is correct); so that it is quite possible (nay, almost

certain) that what one naturalist may rank as a species, another may

perhaps, occasionally, believe to be only a variety : nevertheless the

idea involved in the two terms is not invalidated on that account ;

and it is simply taking advantage of the imperfections of our dis-

cernment (whilst compelled to conjecture from the mere characters

which are externally visible), to throw discredit on a distinction be-

tween essentially different ideas. Man may blunder (and we have

but too clear evidence that he often does); but that cannot make

nature inconsistent.

There is one point, however, according to Mr. Darwin’s own con-

fession, which has struck him much: viz. that all those persons who

have most closely investigated particular groups of animals and

plants, with whom he has ever conversed, or whose treatises he has

read, are firmly convinced that each of the well-marked forms was

at the first independently created. But, says he, the explanation of

this is simple: from long-continued study they are thoroughly im-

pressed with the distinctions between the several races, and they

ignore all general arguments,—refusing ‘‘ to sum up in their minds

slight differences accumulated during many successive generations.”

But is this more, we may ask, than special pleading? If anybody

is capable of forming an opinion on the origin of species, it surely

must be those who have most closely studied them ; for, if otherwise,

we should arrive at the monstrous conclusion that, in order to gene-

ralize well, it is desirable to have only a superficial knowledge of the

objects generalized upon!—a conclusion to which our learned and

amiable author, we feel sure, would not subscribe. ‘The true expla-

nation seems to be this: not that the study of small details unfits an

observer for wider areas of thought, but simply that a generalizing

mind is of a higher stamp, and therefore less common, than one of

an opposite tendency ; so that there are more collectors in the world

than generalizers. But to suppose the accurate study of minutize

to be detrimental to an enlarged interpretation of their results is

certainly contrary to experience.

But let us briefly examine the argument of this volume, and see

how it is sustained. In the first chapter, Mr. Darwin ably discusses

the question of the variation of certain animals and plants under do-

mestication; and few have paid greater attention to this subject

than he has, or been more successful in their experiments. A close

study of the varieties (acknowledged as such by all) of the domestic

pigeon, the innumerable races of our common cattle, and also of

what gardeners term ‘‘ sporting plants,” has long convinced him, as

well indeed it might, of the almost endless phases which may be

gradually shaped out by the selecting power of man. This will be

admitted by all, and by none more readily than by those who believe in

the distinct origin of species ; for, as no two species are alike, it follows

that the constitutions of all are different ; and if their number, there-

Bibliographical Notice. 135

fore, be infinite, so will, likewise, be the degrees of their pliability.

Hence, if it should have happened (whether from chance, or, which

is more probable, from actual selection, after experiment) that the

most plastic organisms have been operated upon, we cannot marvel

at the reSults, however extraordinary. But that equal variations are

never brought about in creatures of a less flexible temperament, is

abundantly shown (by Mr. Darwin’s own admission) in the case of such

animals as the cat, donkey, goose, peacock, guineafowl, &c., which appa-

rently, although so universally bred and domesticated, have not altered

in the slightest degree in the course of time. Mr. Darwin explains

this fact by supposing (p. 42) that the principle of selection has not

been brought to bear upon them. But, if selection, “‘ unconscious 7

as well as “‘ methodical,” has been going on to the extent believed,

we cannot see why it should not also have silently acted, at any rate

to a certain extent, in such cases as these, no less than in the others.

To our mind the answer is plain: viz. that the species in question

are by nature unpliant (like the great mass of animals), and therefore

have not made any progress from their original starting-points.

But let us admit, for the sake of argument, that man, as an active,

living agent, and therefore as an intelligent, efficient cause, capable of

directing his experiments, and bringing judgment, taste, energy and

intellect to bear upon them, possesses the power of altering, in the

course of time, the external features (even though they be usually

unimportant ones) of nearly a// the organisms, animal and vegetable,

on which he may systematically operate: let us admit this (for we

do not wish to be unnecessarily sceptical) ; and then let us discuss the

question, whether there is any principle in nature analogous to this

selecting power of man; for, if there is, why should not similar mo-

difications be produced even in the external world? Mr. Darwin

believes that there is such a principle; and his second chapter is

consequently devoted to what (as we have already stated) he calls

‘* Natural Selection.”

The rate at which all organisms would naturally multiply, if un-

opposed by external checks, is perfectly enormous. The elephant,

the slowest breeder of all known animals, would in 500 years, says

Mr. Darwin, produce fifteen milliou elephants, descended from a single

pair. There is no exception to the rule that every organic being

naturally increases at so high a rate that, if not destroyed, there

literally, in a few centuries, would not be standing-room on the earth

for its progeny! Hence arises the certain fact that more individuals

must be destroyed annually than are born, and that therefore there

must be a constant warfare going on amongst living beings, and, as

a consequence, a general struggle for life: and in this battle it is

reasonable to suppose that the most gifted, or fully developed, indi-

vidual, each of its kind, would have the best chance of success and

(through having survived) of begetting offspring,—which offspring

would probably inherit, to some extent, the advantages of their

parents, and would in their turn increase these advantages, and give

birth to a still more highly gifted progeny; and so on (it is urged)

to an unlimited extent.

136 Bibliographical Notice.

Now, when not pressed too far, so as to become ridiculous, there

is a speciousness, nay even a probability, about this theory to which

most naturalists would readily give assent. Although unquestionably a

mere theory, and incapable of proof when applied to the greater por-

tion of the feral world, there is a reasonableness about it which at

once commands our respect. It enables us to account for many a

trifling variation which, because permanent, naturalists have usually

regarded as of necessity aboriginally distinct, and smooths down

some of the minor controversies concerning the value of minute mo-

difications which may be properly referred to direct agencies from

without. Indeed we will go a step further, and affirm that there is

no reason why varieties, strictly so called (though too often, we fear,

mistaken for species), and also geographical ‘‘ sub-species,’” may

not be gradually brought about, even as a general rule, by this

process of ‘natural selection :’’ but this, unfortunately, expresses

the limits between which we can imagine the law to operate,

and which any evidence, fairly deduced from facts, would seem to

justify : it is Mr. Darwin’s fault that he presses his theory too far.

The mere fact of any such varieties thus matured (if they do indeed

exist in nature) being apt to be at times mistaken by naturalists for

true species, is surely no argument against the genuineness of the

latter: it merely shows the imperfection of our limited judgment,

and that the best observers are liable to err, and either not to

catch the true characters of a species intuitively (which, in point of

fact, they could scarcely be expected to do), or else to assign at times

undue importance to differences which they may afterwards detect not

to be in reality specific.

We must candidly admit, however, that Mr. Darwin is most con-

sistent to his principles ; and for this we would give him every credit :

for if he objects to the inconsistency of “‘ several eminent naturalists,”

in the ‘strange concjusion which they have lately arrived at,” that

certain species have been created independently, whilst they deny the

fact that a multitude of formerly reputed species are m the same cate-

gory (p.482), we might fairly take him on his own grounds, and

cavil at his conviction (p. 484) ‘ that all animals have descended from

the, at most, only four or five progenitors, and plants from an equal

or less number,’ and contend that he is bound to advance even

still further than this, seeing that he objects to the existence of a limit

simply because we cannot (by the nature of the case, for, in its en-

tirety, it is not a “truth of sense”) strictly define it, or (in our

short-sightedness and stupidity) are apt to blunder and oftentimes to

mistake its position. But he cleverly anticipates this objection (and

a very serious one, for him, it would have been) by nipping it in

the bud: “ Analogy,” he says, ‘‘ would lead me one step further, viz.

to the belief that all animals and plants have descended from some

one prototype.’ “Therefore I should infer, from analogy, that pro-

bably all the organic beings [7.e. animals as well as plants] which

have ever lived on this earth have descended from some one primor-

dial form into which life was first breathed” (p. 484). This is plain

language, at any rate!

Bibliographical Notice. 137

But, having said a few words on the narrowness of the limits within

which we can honestly conceive this ingenious fancy to be applicable,

we might call attention to many other considerations arising out of it,

did space permit. To our mind indeed the whole theory of ‘“ natu-

ral selection”’ is far too utilitarian, and its importance immensely

overrated. ‘An extraordinary amount of modification,” says Mr.

Darwin, “implies an unusually large and long-continued amount of

variability, which has been continually accumulated, by natural selec-

tion, for the bencfit of the species” (p. 153) ; but surely every natural-

ist must, in his own province, have observed that a vast number of

** modifications”’ have apparently no reference whatsoever to the

*‘good,”’ or advancement, of the species (a fact indeed which has not

altogether escaped, teste p. 90, our author’s sagacious ken), but are

often merely, as it were, fantastic, or grotesque, having no con-

nexion with either its well-being or mode of life, and the final cause

of which it is utterly hopeless to discuss. Moreover, some of these

*«developments”’ (so called) seem merely given for the adornment

or elegance of the creature, and frequently display an arrangement

of colouring which nothing but an actual intelligence could have

planned, and which therefore no amount of mere chance “ selection”

by an imaginary agent called “‘nature’’ can be supposed to have

effected. Nor can such characters be referred to what our author

would call ‘ sexual selection,” seeing that, in the majority of in-

stances, they pertain to both males and females. Neither can they

be due to “correlation of growth ;”’ for we cannot conceive that such

marvellous perfection of painting as, for instance, the tints of certain

butterflies (which are blended together with such nicety and consum-

mate skill, in accordance with the laws of colouring, as to surpass an

artist’s touch) could have been brought about through mere corre-

lation with a change in some other part of the organism. Such

cases bespeak thought, imagination, and judgment, all and each of

the highest stamp, and are utterly inexplicable on any of the three

principles above alluded to.

Besides, to make “‘nature’’ accomplish anything requiring intelli-

gence and foresight, and other attributes of mind, is nothing more

or less than to personify an abstraction, and must be regarded there-

fore as in the highest degree unphilosophical. We believe it was

Coleridge who first called attention to this fact, that to treat a mere

abstraction as an efficient cause is simply absurd. But that this is

the plain and undoubted tendency of our modern materialists, the

following sentence, taken at random from the present volume, will

certainly go far to corroborate: “As man can produce, and certainly

has produced, a great result by his methodical and unconscious means

of selection, what may not nature effect? Man can act only on ex-

ternal and visible characters: nature cares nothing for appearances,

except in so far as they may be useful to any being. She can act on

every internal organ, on every shade of constitutional difference, on

the whole machinery of life. Man selects only for his own good ;

Nature only for that of the being which she tends. Every selected

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 10

’

138 Bibliographical Notice.

character is fully exercised by her; and the being is placed under

well-suited conditions of life’’ (p. 83).

But who is this ‘‘ Nature,’ we have a right to ask, who has such

tremendous power, and to whose efficiency such marvellous perform-

ances are ascribed? What are her image and attributes, when

dragged from her wordy lurking-place? Is she aught but a pestilent

abstraction, like dust cast into our eyes to obscure the workings of

an Intelligent First Cause of all?

Although it is quite possible that there may be a final cause for every

thing, and every character of a thing, in nature (in the same sense

as one of our acutest metaphysicians has contended that religion is

the final cause of the human mind), we should nevertheless be ex-

ceedingly reluctant to press this doctrine too far, for all experience

warns us that it may become an impediment, rather than a help, to

the progress of scientific discovery. Yet it is one thing to give it

more than its due, another to reject it altogether: and those who,

like our author, prefer being shipwrecked bodily on the rocks of

Scylla to running the slightest risk from the opposite Charybdis, need

but to be reminded that a proper use of it has been as fruitful in guid-

ing the researches of our greatest physiologists as the abuse of it has

been instrumental in perverting them. And we may confidently

affirm that Bacon’s famous censure on the “barrenness’’ of these

*‘vestal virgins”? (which was applied, be it remembered, to physics

only, and which has been made so much of by the advocates for the

sufficiency of secondary causes in the organic world) would have been

less severe ‘could he have prophetically anticipated,” as Sedgwick

has well remarked, ‘‘ the modern discoveries in physiology.”

But, before dismissing these immediate considerations, we must

say a word or two on the fact of ‘individual variability,” which we

cannot but think has been made too much of throughout the volume

before us. Without it, “‘ natural selection’? would be of course im-

possible—that is evident ; but is its presence sufficiently significant to

render the theory in any degree probable? This is the question with

which we are nowconcerned. Mr. Darwin says that it is only neces-

sary for an individual to vary, be it ever so little, for the principle of

natural selection to be established; but to us it seems almost incre-

dible that the general ‘struggle for existence,” or even the extreme

pressure of peculiar circumstances from without, should find in mere

‘individual variability ”’ a sufficient primum mobile to lay the foun-

dation of a series of after-divergences (in a given, undeviating direc-

tion) destined, each, to accumulate, by infinitesimal degrees, into

such successive, intermittent, well-marked forms as to merit, at each

stage, the rank of “species.”” For ‘ individual variability” (so called)

is scarcely more, after all, than one of the many proofs, or indices, of

individuality ; so that to assert its ewistence is simply to state a

truism. Amongst the millions of people who have been born into

the world, we are certain that no two have ever been precisely

alike in every respect; and, in a similar manner, it is not too much

to affirm the same of all living creatures (however alike some of

them may seem to our uneducated eyes) that have ever existed. We

Bibliographical Notice. 139

cannot demonstrate this, undoubtedly, for it is not a truth of sense ;

but it is a truth, nevertheless, of the highest reason (founded on a

limited experience), which a reflecting mind will at once receive

without evidence ; and it may therefore be almost regarded as an

axiom. But what does this fact (self-evident as it is) indicate, except

this : that, whilst “individual variation”’ (in each species) is literally

endless, it is at the same time strictly prescribed within its proper

morphotic limits (as regulated by its specific range), even though

we may be totally unable to define their bounds? For, if otherwise,

how could it happen that, whilst individually different ad infinitum,

they are nevertheless (in many species) so alike in the mass as to

appear to our rough judgment absolutely identical ? Hence, we can-

not regard ‘‘ individual variability”’ as a phenomenon of any real im-

portance or signification, but simply as a fact almost involved, as it

were, in our very notions of individuality ; for, if ever there was a

truth more certain than another, it is this: that ‘‘ there is no simili-

tude im nature that owneth not also to a difference.”

But, although we cannot honestly believe, except toa very limited

extent, in this ‘natural selection’’ theory, as being directly opposed

to the doctrine of Efficient Causation (which involves the conception

of intelligence, free-agency, and will), as excluding even the idea of

creative foresight from the natural world, and so rendering final

eauses both absurd and impossible, and, moreover, as built chiefly

upon negative evidence, and unsupported by the majority of facts, still

we by no means wish to imply that Mr. Darwin’s volume (so full, as

it is, of bola hypotheses and philosophical suggestions) is not a most

valuable and important fund of knowledge, but, on the contrary, that it

will doubtless prove a solid and lasting contribution to science, as one

which will inevitably direct a mass of future observations into a new

channel; for to leave an opposite impression would be the deepest

act of ingratitude on our part for the great profit that we have derived

from the careful perusal of its contents. His remarks on geographical

distribution (a subject which he has so long and so carefully studied)

are most instructive and admirable, and will supply an explanation

for many an obscure and puzzling fact which has so often perplexed

observers, concerning the appearance of similar and closely allied

forms in regions far removed from each other. Especially interesting,

too, is the whole of his Section on ‘ Dispersal during the Glacial

Period,” from which we should be tempted to quote largely did space

permit. But as such is unfortunately wanting, we must leave this

subject, as well as the entire portion concerning the geological suc-

cession and the imperfections of its record, altogether unglanced at.

He states his difficulties with honesty, precision, and clearness, and

sometimes (as it appears to us) even exposes them more than is

necessary—to his own disadvantage: but we wish that we could add

that, in spite of this candour on his part (a candour which is so

manly and outspoken as almost to “cover a multitude of sins’’), we

thought any of them satisfactorily replied to. There is a clever and

ingenious pleading for them all; but, if we look back into the volume,

we find (to use the mildest expression) that each, in its turn, has been

10%

140 Bibliographical Notice.

left in doubt—awaiting further evidence. So that, until this is

forthcoming, we cannot but feel that, whilst the pena are in one

direction (and made to dovetail into each other), the great body of

facts is unquestionably on the opposite side. More especially will

this apply to that gravest of all objections (as Mr. Darwin frankly

admits), the thorough and complete absence (both in geological

collections, imperfect though they be, and those, extensive and endless

as they are, of the Recent Period) of that countless host of transitional

lmks which, on the ‘natural selection’’ theory, must certainly have

existed at one period or another of the world’s history. They may

be forthcoming some day ; we cannot tell (and so, truly, may many

other things, after the same fashion of reasoning!) : but at present it

is absolutely certain that we have not so much as a shadow of evi-

dence eithér that they do exist or have ever existed. On whichever

side we turn we find order and symmetry to be the law of creation,

instead of confusion and disorder. To an uneducated eye, which views

things only in the mass, this may not appear primd facie evident ;

but those who have worked closest and longest at details, in the open

field of nature, know that it is true. Naturalists may quarrel and

blunder about the relative importance of minute differences, and

therefore about the limits of their ‘‘ species ” —and perhaps nearly all

of them have erred in drawing too tightly the boundaries between

which ‘varieties’? are supposed to occur; but nevertheless the

plain fact remains, that, on a broad scale, more or less abrupt and

well-defined forms alone have as yet been discovered, and that they

do not shade off into each other by that legion of osculant infinitesimal

links on which the very life, as it were, of this ingenious theory

mainly depends.

As to the evidence to be gathered from the endless phases which

have been gradually matured in our domestic cattle and pigeons by

the long and systematic efforts of man, we deny that any parallel can

be drawn from them, on a general scale, in the feral world; for

everything tends to prove that the whole system of certain species

(though of, as it is admitted, of all), when under domestication,

tends to become plastic ; whilst, moreover, we cannot ascribe to the

operation of a doubtful, unproved (and perhaps altogether imaginary)

natural “law”? effects in any way analogous to those produced by an

active, living agent (and therefore an intelligent efficient cause) who

has been capable for centuries of concentrating his efforts with judg-

ment, caution, discernment, and skill, and of carefully selecting, by a

direct action of mind, all the various divergences that were favourable

for his purpose, and so of “ adding them up” (as Mr. Darwin happily

expresses it), one by one, ina given direction, beforehand decided on,

until he has at last sueceeded (though at times, even then, with the

greatest difficulty) in accomplishing the purpose which he had in

view. And, besides all this, it is admitted that there are, after all,

some forms which he cannot succeed in modifying: which certainly

would tend to prove that even his most persevering efforts can only

avail with certain more or less naturally elastic organisms. And

that some undoubtedly are ‘ naturally elastic,’ as compared with

Bibliographical Notice. 141

others, every naturalist who has worked six months under the open

skies (instead of in his closet) is absolutely certain. Indeed, whilst

we see hosts of species scarcely alter at all, in whatever circum-

stances and regions they are placed, and therefore whilst exposed

to innumerable conditions of surrounding organie forms—so that

(in a broad sense) they may be regarded as almost independent

of the various influences alongside them,—we see, on the contrary,

that other species are by constitution so unstable and shifting, in

their external details, as scarcely to present two phases alike in

even the several localities and altitudes of a continuous, unbroken

tract. Nor is this mere assertion, for we are prepared to support

it by the plainest facts; whilst, at the same time, we could point to

a country in which nearly a// the land-shells now existing (upwards

of one hundred species) are found in a fossil state, conglomerated

together in beds of indurated mud often twenty feet in thickness,

and which have not altered, apparently, so much as a puncture or a

granule during the enormous period (even though it be geologically

recent) which has elapsed since they were first deposited,—a period,

moreover, in which there is every reason to believe that the various

physical conditions (and perhaps extent) of the whole region have

most materially changed: which, at any rate, does not tally with

that steady movement towards perfection, that certain progress, of

some kind or other (even though slow), of organic forms, which a

reception of this ‘natural selection” idea so loudly and positively

demands.

As to the theological difficulties of this question, we must decline

entering into them ; for we believe that science and theology are best

discussed apart, and that neither of them was ever intended to teach

us the other. Nevertheless we fear it must be admitted that they

are exceedingly grave, if not absolutely insurmountable; and, although

as yet they have been altogether, and studiously, kept out of view,

the time will assuredly come when, like all other objections, they

must be fairly stated, the arguments on both sides candidly examined

by competent judges, and each of them impartiaily weighed, on its

own merits. Although it is obviously desirable, for more reasons

than one, not to bring revelation and science into unnecessary con-

tact (for the evils which have resulted from injudicious attempts

to do so have usually been but too evident), still no man who loves

truth, in all its phases, for its own sake, will long rest contented in

accepting as such a zoological creed which is in direct antagonism

with his theological one ; for, since two opposite sets of statements

cannot be both true, one or the other of them must eventually fall.

The question simply is: which, in this case, shall it be? Although

we might hazard a hasty reply, we nevertheless will not do so; though

we can anticipate the feelings of our more learned theologians, were

a bouquet of some of the leading conclusions culled for their special

contemplation. What, for instance, would they think, when told

that, in spite of their honest convictions (convictions which they had

supposed to be coeval with our race), it has been lately discovered

that man, with all his lofty endowments and future hopes, was, in point

142 Bibliographical Notice.

of fact, never “created ” at all, but was merely, in the fulness of time,

a development from an ape ; and not merely from an ape, but that he

was originally derived from the same source as bears, cats, rats, mice,

geese, mussels, periwinkles, beetles, worms, and sponges (nay, even,

perhaps, from the same as the very plants themselves) ; that, in all

probability, he will at length beget some higher creature still, and

will himself “‘become utterly extinct,” like each of the beasts

(throughout time and space) before him ; and that, moreover, “as all

the living forms of life are the lineal descendants of those which lived

long before the Silurian epoch,”’—‘‘ hence [—a cold shuddermg

comes over us at what we are compelled to regard as a glorious non

sequitur, and that, too, from premises which we cannot admit! ]|—hence

(we repeat) we may look with some confidence to a secure future of

equally inappreciable length!’ Hard doctrine, this, for “ unphiloso-

phical’’ minds like ours! And, were we inclined to be sceptical as to

the data on which this sweeping conclusion is built, we might naturally

ask, how is it, if the above premises be true (i. e. if it indeed be a

fact that man has been gradually qualified, by self-improvement, for

his advanced post, after passing through an endless array of lower

forms),—how is it that xo traditions whatsoever bearing on the pre-

vious and more simple conditions of the human structure (immediately

before it attained its climax of perfection) have ever been extant ; for it

is quite inconceivable that so radical an organic change could have been

slowly brought about without, at the least, some vague tradition of

it having become a fact of the human mind. When probed by such-

like inquiries, the entire theory (¢o the extent that it is pushed) fairly

crumples up.

But we must conclude this notice. Did space permit, we might

have offered many remarks on the general tendencies of the Selection

theory, when carried out to its full extent. We might have dived below

the surface, to ascertain the main object of Mr. Darwin’s clever and

ingenious volume ; and have asked, what it was that first prompted

him to undertake it. If it was the marvel of creation (and a real

marvel it assuredly is) that offered the primary stumbling-block to a

philosophical mind, we might have asked whether the marvel would

have been got rid of had we been able to reduce the number of the

separate, independent acts. To our mind, the wonder consists in the

act at all, and not in the number of times that it may have been

repeated: for a Being that can create may surely do so as often as

He pleases; and we have no right therefore to limit that act,—at

any rate on the question of its probability ; for, if we admit that it

has been exerted so much as once, there is no @ priori reason why it

should not have been a million times repeated, or why, if He had so

willed it, it might not, at some period or other, have been in even con-

stant operation. Such an idea is difficult to conceive, we admit ; but (be

it remembered) é¢ is not one atom more so than the process of creation

at all: and with respect to the marvel of it (so difficult, and impos-

sible, to understand), it may be well to recollect that it has been

contended by some of our greatest minds that even the sustaining

power of Nature is, in point of fact, as much of a miracle as the

creative power.

Zoological Society. 143

Although we have felt compelled to say thus much against the

theory so ably pleaded for in Mr. Darwin’s book, we repeat that, in a

very limited sense indeed, there seems no reason why the theory may

not be a sound one; but at present, even to that extent, it remains

to be substantiated. The volume is eloquently written, and its

immense array of facts most carefully collected. But we are bound

to add, that many an equivocal idea is shrouded under the fairest

garb; and we find that we have sometimes swallowed a dose uncon-

sciously, on account of the pleasant medium through which it was

administered. And, as an instance of this, we will quote the con-

cluding sentence of the whole work, which is certainly very beautiful,

though we can scarcely believe that our author was in earnest when

he wrote it. Here it is, without comment (the italics are our own) :

*« It is interesting to contemplate an entangled bank, clothed with

mauy plants of many kinds, with birds singing on the bushes, with

various insects flitting about, and with worms crawling through the

damp earth, and to reflect that these elaborately constructed forms,

so different from each other, and dependent on each other in so

complex a manner, have all been produced by laws acting around us:

these laws, taken in the largest sense, being Growth with Repro-

duction ; inheritance, which is almost implied by reproduction ;

variability from the indirect and direct action of the external con-

ditions of life, and from use and disuse; a ratio of increase so high

as to lead to a struggle for life, and as a consequence to Natural

Selection, entailing divergence of character and the extinction of less-

improved forms. Thus, from the war of nature, from famine and

death, the most exalted object which we are capable of conceiving,

namely, the production of the higher animals, directly follows. There

is a grandeur in this view of life, with its several powers, having been

originally breathed into a few forms or into one; and that, whilst

this planet has gone cycling on according to the fixed laws of gravity,

from so simple a beginning, endless forms most beautiful and most

wonderful have been and are being evolved.”

Would not one step more plunge us headlong into the Nebular

Hypothesis, and the whole theory of Spontaneous Generation ?

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited and characterized two new species of birds,

one belonging to the family Cuculide, the other to the Coturnicee,

and remarkable as forming probably the smallest species of the

groups to which they respectively pertained.

For a small Shining Cuckoo, killed at Port Essington, on the north

coast of Australia, and of the same form and very nearly allied to

the Chrysococcyx lucidus of New South Wales and the C. basalis of

Java, Mr. Gould proposed the name of Chrysococcyx minutillus ;

144 Zoological Society :—

aad for the Quail, which belonged to the genus EKzecalfactoria ot

Bonaparte, that of Hwcalfactoria minima.

The following are the descriptions of these new species :-—

CuRYSOCOCCYX MINUTILLUS, Gould.

Head, all the upper surface, and wings shining bronzy-green; all

the under surface white, barred with bronzy-green, the bars being

most distinct on the flanks ; primaries and secondaries white on the

basal portion of their inner webs; two centre tail feathers bronzy-

green ; the next on each side bronzy-green on the outer web, rufous

on the inner web, crossed by a broad band of black near the tip, and

with an oval spot of white across the tip of the inner web ; the two

next on each side bronzy-green on their outer webs, their inner webs

rufous, with large spots of black near the shaft, most conspicuous in

the outermost of the two feathers; their inner webs are also crossed

near the tip with a very broad band of black, and have an oval spot

of white at the tip; the outer feather on each side is barred alter-

nately on the outer web with dull bronzy-green and dull white, and

on the inner one with broad decided bars of black and white, and

tipped with white ; bill black ; feet olive.

Total length 53 inches, bill 2, wing 34, tail 23, tarsi 2.

Remark.—This bird is perhaps more nearly allied to the Javanese

species, C. basalis of Horsfield, than to the C. lucidus; but it 1s as

much smaller than the C. dasalis as that bird is less than C. lucidus.

The type of C. basalis, which is the only one I have seen, is not

a fully adult bird; and yet the measurement of its wing exceeds by

half an inch that of the C. minutillus.

EXCALFACTORIA MINIMA, Gould.

Forehead and sides of the head grey ; crown of the head, all the

upper surface, and wing-coverts reddish-brown, conspicuously spotted

and minutely freckled with brownish-black, a line of buff down the

crown and nape, and a narrow line of brownish-white down the

centre of the feathers, changing to broad and conspicuous stripes of

buff on the lower part of the back and tail-coverts ; wings pale brown ;

chin and throat black, on each side of which is an oblong patch of

white encircled by a narrow line of black ; below the black a broad

crescent of white, fringed on the sides with black, and bounded

below by a narrow semicrescent of deep black ; under surface grey,

mottled on the flanks like the upper surface ; line down the centre

of the abdomen, thighs, and under tail-coverts chestnut-red ; bill

black ; feet yellowish.

Total length 3 inches, bill 1, wing 23, tarsi 2.

Hab. Vicinity of Macassar, Celebes.

Remark.—For this, the most diminutive species of the Gallinacee

yet discovered, we are indebted to the researches of A. R. Wallace,

Esq. It is of precisely the same form and very nearly allied to, but

quite distinct from, the well-known Chinese Quail, Lxcalfactoria

chinensis (Coturnia chinensis of authors).

The following extract from a Letter received by Mr. 8. Stevens

Mr. G. R. Gray on a new Bird of Paradise. 145

from Mr. Wallace, dated Batchian, Moluccas, Oct. 29, 1858, was

read :—

‘* Here I have been as yet only five days ; but from the nature of

the country, and what I have already done, I am inclined to think

it may prove one of the best localities I have yet visited. Birds are

as yet very scarce ; but I still hope to get a fine collection, though I

believe I have already the finest and most wonderful bird in the

island. I had a good mind to keep it a secret, but I cannot resist

telling you. I have a new Bird of Paradise! of a new genus!!

quite unlike anything yet known, very curious and very handsome!!!

When I can get a couple of pairs, I will send them overland, to see

what a new Bird of Paradise will really fetch. Had I seen the bird in

Ternate, I should never have believed it came from here, so far out of

the hitherto supposed region of the Paradiseide. I consider it the

greatest discovery I have yet made ; and it gives me hopes of getting

other species in Gilolo and Ceram. There is also here a species of

Monkey—much further eastwards than in any other island; so you

see this is a most curious locality, combining forms of the East and

West of the Archipelago, yet with species peculiar to itself. It also

differs from all the other Moluccas in its geological formation, con-

taining iron, coal, copper, and gold, with a glorious forest vegetation

and fine large mountain streams: itis a continent in miniature. The

Dutch are working the coals; and there is a good road to the mines,

which gives one easy access to the interior forests.

*T can do nothing at drawing birds, but send you a horrible

sketch of my discovery, that you may not die of curiosity. I am

told the wet season here is terrible, and it begins in December ; so I

shall probably have to leave then.”’

The sketch alluded to in the above extract having been placed

in Mr. G. R. Gray’s hands for examination and comparison with the

other known species, the following notes of that gentleman, relative

to it, were read to the meeting :—

“This Paradise-Bird proves, as Mr. Wallace remarks in his letter,

to be a new form, differmg from all its congeners, approaching most

nearly to the King Bird of Paradise; but in place of the lengthened

caudal appendages, it has, springing from the lesser coverts of each

wing, two long shafts, both of which are webbed on each side at the

apex. It is the possession of these peculiar winged standards that

induces me to propose for it the subgeneric appellation of Semioptera.

*‘T have endeavoured to transform the rough sketch into the

probable appearance of the living bird ; and I further add the pro-

visional specific name of Paradisea Wallacii, which appellation ]

think is justly due to Mr. Wallace for the indefatigable energy he

has hitherto shown in the advancement of ornithological and ento-

mological knowledge, by visiting localities rarely if ever travelled by

naturalists.

**T wait for the arrival of the specimens before venturing to give

more detailed accounts of its subgeneric characters, or a full de-

scription of its coloration, &c., which I hope to have the pleasure

of laying before the members at some future meeting of the Society.”

146 Zoological Society :—

Mr. G. R. Gray laid before the meeting a drawing of Tringa pec-

toralis, which was made by the late Mr. Adams, Surgeon of H.M.S.

‘Enterprise.’ It exhibited the bird in the act of having inflated its

throat and breast in the manner of the Pouter Pigeon. From the

correctness of the other drawings by the same gentleman, Mr. Gray

had little doubt that Mr. Adams observed this singular phenomenon

in the specimen from which the drawing was taken. ‘The drawing

was more especially placed before the members, in the hopes of

learning whether such a singularity of habits had been noticed before

in this species or in any other of the Tringe.

The bird has peculiar feathers on its breast.

April 12, 1859,—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF OWL OF THE GENUS

Ciccasa. By Puruie LurLey SCLATER.

Mr. Gurney has invited my attention to the example of an Owl of

the genus Ciccaba, which I now exhibit. It has already passed

through my hands once, having been submitted to my examination

by M. Verreaux, along with other birds from Southern Mexico, of

which I gave some account in these ‘ Proceedings’ for last year.

As will be seen by referring to my remarks given on that occasion*,

I then somewhat unwillingly referred it to Ciccaba huhula, Mr.

Gurney, however, having acquired the specimen for the Norwich

Museum, agrees with M. Jules Verreaux (whose opinion to that

effect I have already recorded) in insisting on its distinctness; and

having lately had an opportunity of examining a second specimen of

this bird in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, I am

now quite prepared to coincide with their views, and to characterize

this Mexican Ciccaba as an independent species, differmg from,

though closely allied to, the S. American Ciceaba huhula. It may

be recognized at once by the more uniform colour above, there being

hardly a trace of white transverse markings, except on the elongated

feathers of the neck-collar; and by the ground-colour below being

pure white, crossed by frequent narrow bands of black, each feather

showing three or four of such cross-hands. I propose to call this bird

CICCABA NIGROLINEATA.

Schistacescenti-nigra, colli postici plumis elongatis et albo ter qua-

terve transfasciatis : maculis in regione superciliart et auri-

culari quibusdam albis: subtus alba, lineis nigris cerebro trans-

fasciata: mento nigro: subalaribus albis, nigro variegatis :

cauda nigra, albo quinquies transfasciata: rostro et pedibus

flavissimis : tibiis nigris, albo sparsis.

Long. tota 15:0, alee 10°5, caudee 6°78, rostria rictu 1°35, tarsi 2°1.

Hab. In Mexico Meridionali. Mus. Norfolciense et Parisiense.

Nore oN THE SpuR-wiINGED GEESE (PLECTROPTERUS) NOW

LIVING IN THE SocieTy’s GarpENs. By Paitip Luriey

SCLATER.

The Society have frequently possessed living examples of the Spur-

* See P.Z.S. 1858, p. 96.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Spur-winged Geese. 147

winged Goose of Western Africa (Plectropterus gambensis) ; and we

have at present two male examples of this bird in the Gardens.

Last summer, along with the Secretary-birds (Serpentarius reptili-

vorus), came two Spur-winged Geese from Eastern Africa. They

were placed in the Gardens along with the W. African pair, and

immediately attracted the notice of those who take an interest in such

matters, as being apparently of a different species. Comparing the

males of the eastern and western birds together, we observe that

the former is larger, stands considerably higher, and has longer

tarsi and larger feet. There is a large oblong naked space of bare

pink skin on the throat, which is wholly wanting in the West

African bird; the beak is longer, and the bony protuberance on the

front is much larger and more elevated. We have not, unfortu-

nately, the female of the eastern species ; but Riippell tells us that

in her too there is a stripe of naked skin between the eye and the

base of the bill. Now in the western bird the whole sides of the

head in both sexes are closely feathered : the male has a frontal pro-

tuberance (much smaller, however, than in the eastern species) ; the

female has none. It appears therefore that two species have been

confounded together under the name gambensis. The West African

bird, originally brought from the Gambia (whence the name), and

which has been described and figured as such by Latham, Yarrell,

and other writers, is obviously the proper owner of the title Plec-

tropterus gambensis ; while the East African bird, first accurately

figured and described by Dr. E. Riippell in the third volume of the

‘Museum Senckenbergianum,’ may very appropriately take the name

of Plectropterus Riippellit.

On examining the stuffed specimens in the gallery of the British

Museum, as I have been enabled to do through Mr. G. R. Gray’s

kindness, I find examples of both species. Of the larger Plectro-

pterus Riippellii there is a male bird procured during Clapperton’s

expedition in Central Africa, and a female which died in the Zoolo-

gical Gardens. Of the smaller Plectropterus gambensis there is one

from Western Africa, and one of which the locality is not marked.

An immature bird from the Cape is certainly referable to the smaller

species.

The separation of these two birds may not perhaps be entirely

satisfactory until we have had an opportunity of examining their

internal structure, several parts of which, particularly the trachea,

are well known to afford good characters for discriminating nearly

allied species among the Anatide, as has been so successfully shown

in Mr. Eyton’s Monograph.

Notes ON THE ScALy ANT-EATER (MANIS JAVANICA), TAKEN

DURING LIFE AND AFTER DEATH. By ArtTHUR ADAmMs,

F.L.S., SurGeon H.M.S. ‘Actzon.’

A. During Life.

Two living specimens of this singular mammal having come under

my observation, I am induced to offer some account of their habits

as far as I was enabled to make them out.

148 Zoological Society :-—

Our first Ant-eater is a female, and rejoices in the sobriquet of

“ Seales.”? She is crepuscular, and remains coiled up in a ball during

the day, secure in her scaly panoply ; but at the decline of day she

grows lively. Now a creature whose habits require to be studied by

the aid of a dark lantern must needs be interesting even to the most

incurious ; and a Lizard-like Mammal whose every movement and

attitude is probably a living illustration of those great extinct qua-

drupeds which once peopled the earth before man was created, must

certainly have the power of arresting the attention, if not of stimula-

ting the imagination. I doubt not Professor Owen would have lain

prone on his stomach all the livelong night to watch the evolutions

of this gnome-like mountaineer. And indeed there is something

old-world and weird in her aspect as she prowls about at night. The

Scotch would say she has an “uncanny”? look ; and truly, if but ten

times bigger, she would unmistakeably remind one of the times before

the Deluge. When she walks she treads gingerly on the bent-

under claws of her fore feet, and more firmly on the palms of her

hind feet. A very favourite attitude with her is that assumed by

her gigantic extinct analogue the My/odon, as seen in the wondrous

model of Waterhouse Hawkins in the Gardens of the Crystal Palace.

The fore feet in my “‘ Madam Seales”? are raised ; and the animal is

supported by the strong hind limbs, and firm, flattened, powerful mus-

cular tail, the head and body being at the same time moved from

side to side, and the little round prominent eyes peering curiously

about in every direction. In walking, the fourth toe of the hind

foot is also extended. The Chinese, in their sly manner, say that

she pretends to be very quiet ; but ‘‘s’pose no man lookee,”’ she

runs very fast. She is certainly of a very timid and retiring dispo-

sition, tucking in her head between her fore legs on the least alarm.

So apathetic a quadruped appeared our “ Pangolin” (for such is she

called by the Malays), that, coiled up in a strong net, I considered

her properly secured, and carefully deposited her in my cabin. But

no sooner did the last gleam of light vanish from my little “ scuttle ”

than she knew the period of her lethargy had expired, and, bursting

the trammels of her hempen toil, she roamed abroad ; and the first

intimation I had of her escape was the ominous bark of Master

“ Wouff,” a clever little terrier we had on board. Dog, puzzled by

the queer scaly rat he had suddenly encountered, regarded with im-

potent rage the lizard-like intruder ; while “ Scales,’’ secure in her

coat of mail, bid defiance to the attacks of her canine assailant,

The Scaly Ant-eater is called by the Chinese of Quang-tung

«‘Chun-shau-cap,” which literally means “ Sealy Hill-borer.” They

also name it “ Ling-li”’ or “ Hill-Carp ;” and it seems to be regarded

by them as truly “a fish out of water.” They say it lives in the

sides of the great mountains, and that it lays a trap for insects by

erecting its scales, when, suddenly closing them, flies, ants, and other

intrulers are secured, and, when dead, fall out and are eaten. They

also assert that it feeds upon fish; but both these stories appear to

be myths something similar to those told of our own familiar

“ Hedge-pig ” sucking the teats of cows, and impaling apples on her

Mr. A. Adams on the Scaly Ant-eater. 149

quills in the orchards. The Manis javanica is sold in the markets

at Canton, and is often carried about the streets as a curiosity. The

seales are employed by the Chinese for medicinal purposes ; but the

flesh does not appear to be eaten, though it is very excellent food

when roasted, as I can testify from personal experience, having had

a portion of the defunct ‘Scales’ nicely cooked. The Manis

climbs very well, and can suspend itself head downwards by means

of its strong flat tail, We fed our “Scaly Hill-borers” on raw

eggs and chopped raw beef, on which they seemed to thrive. The

unfortunate “Scales ”’ fell a victim to female curiosity. Exploring

the hold of the ship in one of her midnight rambles, she was lost for

a time, and at length found her way back to her box, where she died

of starvation.

B. After Death.

Our specimen was an adult female, weighing 4 lbs. The length

from the end of the nose to the root of the tail was 14} inches, of

the head 3 inches, and of tail 102; extreme length 2 feet 14 inch.

Head.—The eye is protuberant, and the cornea remarkably convex;

the vision is lateral; the eyelids are pyriform, the pointed end for-

ward, the upper lid well-rounded ; the iris is brown, with a tinge of

green. The nostrils and lips are fleshy, naked, and, when the animal

is alive, constantly moistened by a mucous secyetion. The ears are

naked and open. The tongue (used as a feeler during life) is 9 inches

in length, and is enclosed in a membranous sheath; it is highly re-

tractile and muscular, subcylindrical at the base, flattened at the an-

terior half, grooved on the upper surface, and beset with prominent

papille. At the hinder end of the groove, arranged in the form of

an equilateral triangle, are three pores which secrete a viscid fluid.

The epiglottis is broad and hood-like; the thyroid glands are

2} inches in length and 17 in width: they are very large, ovate, and

pointed at each end.

Thorax.—The mammary glands are large, pectoral, two in number,

and well developed. The lungs are composed of three lobes on the

right, and two on the left side; the middle lobe very small; the

lower lobe furnished with a process which embraces the base of the

heart. The heart is central, large, and oval; the auricles very di-

stinet ; the ventricles thick and fleshy ; the columnz carne and

chorda tendinea very strong ; the vena cava very large. The liver

is large and five-lobed ; the upper lobe is large, the middle is notched

in front, irregular and trilobate; the left lateral is rounded, with a

thin edge; the right lateral is subcylindrical and truncate below.

The gall-bladder is large, and placed between the upper central and

right lateral lobes of the liver. The pancreas is of loose texture,

transversely elongated, flattened and pointed, obliquely truncate at

one end, angular and pointed at the other; coiled up, imbedded in

a sac on the outer surface of the truncate extremity, was a small

slender worm.

The omentum is thin and membranous, with no fat; the mesen-

tery is membranous and transparent, the vessels conspicuous, and

the giands large, brown, and flattened.

150 Miscellaneous.

The stomach is simple, 4 inches in length, the greatest breadth

3 inches ; coats muscular, especially at the pyloric extremity, where

the muscle is thickened so as almost to form a fleshy gizzard. The

mucous membrane is loosely corrugated at the cardiac end, and

densely covered with papille at the pyloric extremity. There is a

central pyriform tubercle suspended from the lesser curvature, pro-

jecting into the cavity of the stomach.

Between the thickened parts of the stomach, imbedded in the

coats on the greater curvature, and midway between the cardia and

pylorus, is a small sac surrounded by a mass of glands, the use and

structure of which are to me unknown.

The small intestines are 10 feet 10 inches long, and half an inch in

circumference ; they are dark-coloured and vascular.

The czecum is 23 inches in length and 1 inch in circumference.

The large intestines are 10 inches long and 14 inch in circumference.

The kidneys are ovoid, large, and smooth; the pelvis ending in a

single follicle or sac; the ureters end near-the neck of the small

pear-shaped bladder.

The ovaries are } inch long, small, yellow, ovoid, and spotted, and

situated at the inner side of the horns of the uterus.

The uterus is divided above into two horns, which are curved in-

wards and downwards; each cornu is | inch in length; body of

uterus 14 inch long and subeylindrical. Fallopian tubes 2 inches in

length. Vagina long and muscular. Anus immediately behind

vulva at root of tail; there is a transverse linear opening leading

to a cul de sac 4 inch deep, studded with conical papillee, and which

is the seat of the peculiar alliaceous odour of the Manis.

A second Entozoon was found in the muscles of the lumbar region.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Nidification of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida).

By Joun Gou np, V.P., F.R.S., &c.

OrniITHOLOGISTS are divided in opinion as to whether the fish-bones

found in the cavity in which the Kingfisher deposits its eggs are to

be considered in the light of a nest, or as merely the castings from

the bird during the period of incubation. Some are disposed to con-

sider these bones as entirely the castings and feeces of the young

brood of the year before they quit the nest, and that, the same hole

being frequented for a succession of years, a great mass is at length

formed ; while others believe that they are deposited by the parents

as a platform for the eggs, constituting in fact a nest,—in which

latter view I fully concur; and the following are my reasons for so

doing.

On the 18th of the past month of April, during one of my fishing

excursions on the Thames, I saw a hole in a precipitous bank, which

I felt assured was a nesting-place of the Kingfisher ; and on passing

a spare top of my fly-rod to the extremity of the hole, a distance of

Miscellaneous. 151

nearly three feet, I brought out some freshly-cast bones of fish, con-

vineing me that I was right in my surmise. The day following, the

9th of May, I again visited the spot with a spade, and, after removing

nearly 2 feet square of the turf, dug down to the nest without dis-

turbing the entrance-hole or the passage which led to it. Here I

found four eggs placed on the usual layer of fish-bones; all of these

I removed with care, and then filled up the hole, beating the earth

down as hard as the bank itself, and replacing the sod on the top in

order that barge-horses passing to and fro might not put a foot in

the hole. A fortnight afterwards the bird was seen to leave the hole

again, and my suspicion was awakened that she had taken to her old

breeding-quarters a second time. The first opportunity I had of

again visiting this place, which was exactly twenty-one days from

the date of my former exploration and taking the eggs, I again passed

the top of my fly-rod up the hole, and found not only that the hole

was of the former length, but that the female was within. I then

took a large mass of cotton wool from my collecting-box, and stuffed

it to the extremity of the hole, in order to preserve the eggs and nest

from damage during my again laying it open from above. On re-

moving the sod and digging down as before, I came upon the cotton

wool, and beneath it a well-formed nest of fish-bones, the size of a

small saucer, the walls of which were fully half an inch thick,

together with eight beautiful eggs and the old female herself.

This mass of bones, then, weighing 700 grains, had been cast up

and deposited by the bird or the bird and its mate, besides the

unusual number of eight eggs, in the short space of twenty-one days.

To gain anything like an approximate idea of the number of fish that

had been taken to form this mass, the skeleton of a minnow, their

usual food, must be carefully made and weighed; and this I may

probably do upon some future occasion. I think we may now con-

clude, from what I have adduced, that the bird purposely deposits

these bones as a nest ; and nothing can be better adapted, as a plat-

form, to defend the eggs from the damp earth.—Proc. Zool. Soc.

May 10, 1559.

Descriptions of new Species of Salamanders from China and Siam.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

Mr. Fortune, on his late return from China, brought with him for

the British Museum a bottle containing a Salamander, some Fishes,

and a Leech, collected from a river on the north-east coast of China,

inland from Ningpo.

The Fishes are two varieties (olive and golden) of a very peculiar

monstrosity of the common gold fish of China, Cyprinus auratus,

which has long been known, and is figured in several of the Chinese

works.

It is peculiar for having a very short and thick body, entirely de-

stitute of any dorsal fin, with a regularly trifid or three-finned tail,

and more especially for having very large and swollen eyes, which

give a distorted appearance to the animal,—the pupil of the eyes

152 Miscellaneous.

being on the upper part of the swollen orbs, and on a level with the

upper surface of the back.

The Salamander or Newt was obtained from the same stream. It

is curious as being the first example of the family which has been

found in Continental Asia, though there are several species common

in Japan.

It is nearly allied to, and appears to belong to the same genus as one

of the Japanese specimens; but at the same time it is quite distinct,

as a species, from any yet received from that country.

It may be indicated as—

CYNOPS CHINENSIS.

Above uniform dark olive (in spirits) ; beneath bluish-black, with

small, unequal, irregular, yellow spots on the chin, neck, belly, and

under side of the legs ; the spots on the belly are the largest ; the

under edge of the tail reddish-yellow ; skin acutely granular.

Var. 1. Tail pale grey, brown on each side, with a blackish mar-

ginal band above and below, and with a yellow inferior edge.

Hab. River, N.E. Coast of China, inland from Ningpo.

This species resembles in the form of the head, the parotid glands,

and in the granular state of the skin, Cynops pyrrhogaster of Japan ;

but it differs from it in its much larger size and in the style of its

colouring, especially on its under side. C. pyrrhogaster is dark red,

with large black blotches or spots ; while this is dark lead-coloured,

with small yellow spots.

The Leech is one of the Land Leeches, with a lunate head, similar

to those received from Ceylon.

The British Museum has also received, in a collection of reptiles

and fishes obtained in Siam by Mr. Mouhot, two specimens of a

species of Newt, which is so exceedingly like the Plethodon gluti-

nosum of North America in external appearance, that is to say in

form, size, and colour, and also in the distribution of the palatine

teeth, that I was at first inclined to regard them as specimens of the

American animal which had been sent to Siam. But I cannot believe

this to be the case, as they were enclosed in a bottle containing several

kinds of reptiles, which are evidently all natives of Siam. IJ may

observe that this is the first time that any species of Newt has been

received from Continental India.

I propose to designate the Siamese species

PLETHODON PERSIMILE.

Black, white-speckled, the specks closer and more abundant on

the sides; the hind toes elongate, unequal. ‘Tail compressed.

Hab. Siam.

The only character that I can find between the two specimens re-

ceived from Siam, and some twenty or more of P. glutinosum from

different parts of the United States in the Museum collection, is that

the toes of the hind feet appeared rather longer, more slender, and

unequal in length, and the tail much more compressed.—Proe, Zool.

Soc. June 28, 1859.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 27. MARCH 1860.

XV.—On new Fossil Crustacea from the Silurian Rocks.

By J. W. Sauter, F.G.S., A.L.S

Tue Phyllopod group, rather poorly represented in modern seas,

- was rich in species and genera in palzozoic times, if we are cor-

rect in referring to it the numerous bivalved and Apus-like forms

in mountain limestone and the Silurian strata. The species

were of large size, too, compared with living members of the

group—the bivalved forms generally larger than Hstheria, and

(if, as is most probable, the great Posidonie from the Carboni-

ferous rocks be truly Crustacean) far larger even than Limnadia.

Numerous smaller species accompany these, of a great variety of

forms ; and these are only now beginning to be made known by

Mr. Rupert Jones and M. Barrande.

Of the forms like Apus less is known; but the Dithyrocaris

of the Scotch coal-shales is pretty generally allowed to be a

great Phyllopod, with a carapace not more bent than that of

Apus, if so much so.

Ceratiocaris, a Silurian fossil, of ae size, was first described

by Professor M‘Coy in the ‘ Aunals Nat. Hist. vol. iv. p- 412;

and some details were filled up by myself in the ‘ Quarterly Geol.

Journal’ for 1856, vol. xii. p. 33. At the time that Prof. M‘Coy

wrote, only half carapaces were known, and the relations of the

animal could not be very clearly made out; but the mucronate

anterior and truncate posterior margin, and ‘the fine longitudinal

sculpture were figured by him, as well as an anterior tubercle,

which he regarded as an eye-spot, but which proves to be the

impression of the hard mandibles pressed through the crust.

Good specimens were afterwards found in the south of Scotland,

at Lesmahago, Lanark, a spot now famous for its rich fossil beds ;

and these showed the body-rings, telson, and lateral appendages.

The appendages had been long known, in a disjointed form, as

Leptocheles, M‘Coy. 4 restored diagram of the animal was given

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 1]

154 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

by me in the communication above referred to, which is correct

so far as it goes, but now requires additions.

In the second edition of ‘ Siluria,’ 1859, a supposed correction

was published by me with respect to the position of the carapace.

No specimens had till then been found that had the body-rings

actually in connexion with it; but the occurrence of a third speci-

men (fig. 3.) with all the parts 7m stfu, has shown more clearly

that the position of the abdomen given in ‘Siluria’ was not the

true one, but that it had been (singularly enough, in both cases)

forced forwards, so as to protrude from the anterior end! Figure 3

only has the parts in right position, and all three figures belong

to the same species—Ceratiocaris paptlio.

Fig. 1. \ Fig. 2.

Ceratiocaris papilio, Sa/ter*.

The three figures show the animal in various postures in the stone :—

Fig. 1. The valves closed, but with the abdomen bent round and protruding

from the front of the carapace.

Fig. 2. A specimen similarly distorted, with the valves open. The dotted

_lines show the proper position in both figures.

Fig. 3. shows all the parts in situ, with the jaws, e; rostrum, f; antenna

(or thoracic appendages?), g; @, 6, thorax and abdomen; e, telson ;

d, caudal appendages,

* See ‘Siluria,’ 2nd ed. p. 262, f. 1, 2.

from the Silurian Rocks. 155

A further exploration in the same rich deposits at Lesmahago,

where Ceratiocaris occurs in millions (and in these beds no other

fossil has yet been brought to light), has disinterred the rostrum *,

hard jaws, and also the antennz or some of the thoracic ap-

pendages of the animal. The last are obscure, but were

detected by Prof. Huxley, who also found a clearly articulated

hinge uniting the two flaps of the carapace. This is a very

important character, and will remove Ceratiocaris from any

very near alliance with Nedalia, from which also the solid jaws,

hike those of Apus, and the greatly developed telson, often

three times the length of the other caudal appendages, tend

further to separate it. In Nebalia the telson is reduced to 0,

and the appendages are large.

The length of the largest Ceratiocaris yet known could not

have been less than 15 inches. The characters of the genus

may stand as follows :—

Crratiocaris, M‘Coy, 1851.

Carapace bivalved, united by an articulated hinge ; the valves

ovate, semiovate, or subquadrate, mucronate or uncinate in front,

and more or less truncate behind. Rostrum broad, of a single

lanceolate piece. (Head or thorax with obtuse (jointed ?)

appendages). Body many- (fourteen- or more) jointed, of which

five or six segments extend beyond the carapace; the last one

longest, and supporting a strong bulbous telson and two shorter

appendages. Surface generally lineate, often finely so.

1. C. papilio, Salter.

(‘Siluria,’ 2nd ed. 1859, p. 262. f. L, 2.)

C. 3-4-uncialis, cephalothorace magno, abdomine breviore. Cepha-

lothorax tenuissime striatus, oblongus, antice latior. Annuli cor-

poris numerosi (13 et ultta?), 3-4 ultimi solum liberi, hi quam

longi ter latiores, ultimus precedentem quater excedens. Ap-

pendices validze, centralis (telson) longa paullum recurva,

costata, laterales late.

This beautiful species occurs with the next, but is less com-

mon. The much shorter body—scarcely longer (tail included)

than the great carapace—easily distinguishes it. We have spe-

cimens both with the valves open and closed; and it is this

* The part f (fig. 3), supposed to be analogous to the rostrum in Nebalia

(see Gaimard, Voyage Scandinav. 1845, pl. 40. f. 2 5) is generally joined to

the carapace of the fossil. It is very closely and beautifully striate, V-

fashion, from end to end. It occupies the place where the antennz might

be expected to occur, but is only a single piece. My friend Dr. Kinahan

of Dublin suggested that it might prove to be the rostrum; and I fully

agree with him. The striation favours this view materially.

11*

156 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

species which shows so strange a tendency to invert the position

of the abdomen. (See firures Les)

Locality. Black flags (Upper and Lower Ludlow) at Lesma-

hago, Lanark. Found by Mr. R. Slimon of that town.

2. C. stygius, n. sp.

C. 8-9-uncialis, tenuissime striatus, oblongus, margine ventrali plus

minusve angulato. Annuli numerosi, sex ultimi solum liberi,

reliqui a cephalothorace tecti. Segmenta libera quam longa bis

latiora, ultimum precedens plus dimidio longius. Appendices

caudales validee, centralis longa subrecta costata, laterales late.

This of all the species is the most common, and may literally

be said to form mountains in Lanarkshire. Large tracts of

moorland at and around Nutberry Hill and on the Logan Water

and Nethan Water, S.W. of Lanark, are composed of blackish

slate, with many stone bands amongst it; and of these shales

nearly every slab has some peemeue or other cf a Ceratiocaris,

and often they are perfect. Mr. Slimon of Lesmahago has col-

lected them by hundreds, and supplied many museums with

them*.

The much greater proportional length of the body-segments,

which are not concealed beneath the carapace, will at a glance

distinguish the present species from C. papilio, to which species

its finely striated carapace and the nearly equal length of the

appendages closely ally it. It is possible that these two forms

may represent different sexes of the same species; but there are

at least two varieties of carapace in C. stygius itself, one more

square and obtuse than the other; and as there are ‘also differ-

ences of proportion in the abdominal s segments of these varieties,

it will be more reasonable to refer such slight differences to sex,

and allow the C. papilo to rank as a species.

Locality. Lesmahago Hills; Nutberry Hill, as above; in

Upper and Lower Ludlow rock.

3. C. inornatus, M‘Coy.

(Synopsis Foss. Woodw. Mus. pl. 1 E. fig. 4.)

C. modicus ; cephalothorax biuncialis, quam latus bis longior, ovato-

oblongus, convexus, margine ventrali valde arcuato. Mucro an-

ticus rectus. Superficies lineis remotiusculis interruptis. Telson

costatum. f

On this species Prof. M‘Coy founded the genus.

Its carapace has much the general shape of that of C. stygius,

but appears to have been far more convex, and has a straight,

* IT beg to call attention to Mr. Slimon’s beautiful collections of the large

aud perfect Crustacea (Plerygoti, &c.) from these beds, and to recommend

him to the notice of all collectors of Silurian fossils.

from the Silurian Rocks. Py)

projecting, anterior mucro. The striation is coarse. We have

not found the body-rmgs; but a fragment of the telson from

Kendal shows a ribbed surface.

Locality. Benson Knot, Kendal, in Upper Ludlow rock.

C. ellipticus, M‘Coy, /. c. pl. 1. fig: 8, appears to be only an

incomplete specimen of C. imornatus, but probably of a distinet

variety. It has all the angles rounded off, or, as I believe,

partly concealed in the stone. It is from the same locality.

4. C. Murchison, M‘Coy, sp.

Figured as a fish-defence (Onchus Murchison) im the ‘ Silurian

System,’ 1839, pl. 4. figs. 10, 64°*, and described as part of Péery-

gotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, Synops. Woodw. Foss.

p. 176. Ceratiocaris Murchisoni, ‘ Situria,’ 2nd ed. pl. 19. fig. 1,

p. 263.

C. modicus. Cephalothorax biuncialis, oblongus, convexus, lineis

remotis interruptis subrectis ornatus. Abdomen segmento ultimo

perstriato. Appendices caudales longee, subeylindrice, centralis

(telson) ad basin bulbosa costaque dorsali percurrente valida ;

laterales longee ; omnes costatee.

Of this, the first-discovered species, only numerous fragments

ave known. Its telson was figured, as above noted, for a fish-

defence ; and it is indeed difficult, without the microscope, to

decide whether some of the hollow spines found in the uppermost

Silurian beds be those of Crustacea or Fish. This, however,

is quite a clear case. It was determined to be Crustacean by

Prof. M‘Coy in a paper full of acute observation, published by

him in the ‘ Quarterly Geol. Journal,’ vol. ix. p.12. He, how-

ever, thought it to be the long didactyle claw of one of the

Pterygoti, which he considered closely related to Limulus.

Locality. Only in the Upper Ludlow rock and Downton

Sandstone, near Ludlow ; specimens are in the collections of the

Ludlow geologists, and in the Museum of Practical Geology.

5. C. leptodactylus, M‘Coy, sp.

Pterygotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, Syn. Woodw.

Foss. pl. 1 E. figs. 7, 7a, 76 (not ¢, d).

C. pedalis et ultra, elongatus. Cephalothorax longus triangulatus,

antice acutus, postice valde rotundatus, latus. Segmenta libera

7-8? subquadrata, lateribus profunde impressa. Appendices

longee striatee, centralis (te/son) lateralibus longis vix crassior.

Superficies capitis leevis, nisi lineis brevissimis sparsis notata,—

segmentorum perstriata.

This is of quite a distinct type from those before described,

* Fig. 63 may be a portion of another species : it is strongly keeled.

158 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

having the carapace broad behind and narrowed in front. It 1s

the largest of all the British species, yet probably inferior m size

to the great Ceratiocaris (Leptocheles) bohemicus of Barrande*

or the C, Dewitt (Onchus, Hall, Paleontology New York, vol. i.

pl. 71). It must have measured a foot when extended. One

large and fine specimen, presented to the Museum of Practical

Geology by Mr. Alfred Marston, has all the parts a situ, and,

besides showing the toothed jaws, enables us to connect the

numerous scattered relics of the species, and to restore to them

the tail-spines figured by Prof. M‘Coy. Strictly speaking, the

name Jeptodactylus is inapplicable to tail-spines, though appro-

priate enough when these were regarded as the chele of a Limu-

loid Crustacean. But the advantage of a more accurate name

cannot compensate for the introduction of a synonym ; and Prof.

M ‘Coy deserves our best thanks for his suggestive notes on this

and the previous species. One of his figures, referred to P. lep-

todactylus, belongs to the next species.

6. C. robustus, n. sp.

Pterygotus (Leptocheles) leptodactylus, M‘Coy, 1. c. (in part),

pl. 1 E. figs. 7 c,d only (one of the lateral appendages).

C. modicus. Telson 23-unciale, crassum, costatum, nisi ad basin con-

vexum (haud pabhosana) leevigatum. Costee in dorso tres tubercu-

losee, infra 4—5 leeves. Appendices latze, lanceolate, plane, acute.

The rows of lateral tubercles found on the telson of several

species are particularly conspicuous in this ; but they are raised

(not sunk) tubercles along the outer coste in C. robustus ; and

neither they nor the central rib run up upon the convex base.

The under side has several ribs. The lateral appendages are

remarkably broad and flat, and reach about three-fourths the

length of the central one. Some specimens (Lower Ludlow

rock) have the points of the telson more attenuated. These

may be males, or they may indicate a separate variety. The

spines in this rather striking species are remarkably thick and

broad.

Loc. Ludlow (in Upper Ludlow rock); in the cabinet of

R. Lightbody, Esq. Leintwardine, in Lower Ludlow rock.

7. C. decorus.

Phillips, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. ii. pt. 2. pl. 30. fig. 5.

Very little is known of the species represented by this frag-

ment. It appears nearly smooth and few-ribbed.

Loc. Ludlow rock of Freshwater Kast, Pembrokeshire.

* Not yet published. M. Barrande has, however, sent several of his

beautiful plates to England.

from the Silurian Rocks. 159

8. C.? ensis, n. sp.

Telson magnum, 6-unciale, compressum, ad basin bulbosum, ensi-

forme; apice incurvo, margine dorsali crenato-serrato, lateribus

planis nisi utrinque costa valida subcentrali ornatis.

In all probability this is the telson of a remarkable species ;

for it has the bulbous base ; but it is so compressed laterally as

to be almost flat, and towards the end is curved down into a

sabre-shape. The breadth is greatest near the base, the tip

rather blunt. A lateral ridge, nearer the dorsal than the ventral

edge, runs two-thirds along each side from the apex, but does not

reach the bulbous base.

Locality. Leintwardine, Shropshire ; Lower Ludlow rock.

9. C. vesica, n. sp.

C. parvulus, biuncialis, levis, capite pyriformi, inflato, corpore te-

nuissimo abbreviato. Cephalothorax late ovatus, apice angusto,

margine dorsali valde curvo. Segmenta corporis libera 5, quorum

ultimum longe maximum. Appendices attenuate.

This curious bladder-like species may very likely become the

type of a new genus, in which case a

Physocaris would seem appropriate. y -< =

The posterior edge is not at all y= >

truncate, the dorsal margin is much

curved, and the anterior end narrowed Si ag

and with a small beak. Cerat. (Physocaris) vesica.

10. C. cassia, n. sp.

C. sesquiuncialis, oblongus, striatus, corpore brevissimo. Cephalo-

thorax oblongus, antice rotundior, postice truncatus faleatus, lineis

subrectis remotiusculis. Segmentum ultimum (solum liberum)

corporis angustum, appendicibus brevibus.

The oblong shape of this obscure fossil would not be quite

sufficient to found a species on, though it distinguishes it from

most others. The greatly abbreviated body, showing but one (?)

joint beyond the carapace, and with very short appendages, is a

better character.

Loc. Lower Ludlow rock, Leintwardine.

One other fossil must be noticed here, as it has figured pro-

minently in the original description of the genus by M‘Coy.

The C. solenoides of that author (J. c. pl. 1 E. fig. 5) is really a

species of So/en or anallied genus,as [at first supposed and classed

it accordingly as Solenomya, Cultellus, ov an allied genus. (See

Prof. Sedgwick’s Lists of Kendal Fossils: Wordsworth’s ‘ Letters

on the Lakes,’ 1843-1846, Appendix.) I have nowhere given it

160 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea

the specific name (as Prof. M‘Coy supposed) of Cultellus? rectus,

but I accept the term; and as the subyenera of Solen are not

very likely to be found in Silurian rocks, it had better be called

Solen rectus. It is perhaps quite as much like Ceratiosolen.

Prof. M‘Coy has rejected it from this society, and figured it

with the form and lineation of Ceratiocaris, with a thickened

ventral margin and with an eye-spot. A careful examination of

fresh specimens convinces me, however, that he has been mis-

taken in these characters.

Moreover, the general form is so like that of one of the Solenide,

that it would seem to require something more than close criti-

cism to refer it to anything else. The anterior side is rounded

off, and the posterior truncate. There is even a slight fold

along the dorsal margin—a character very common in bivalve

shells ; and lastly, there are a few concentric ridges of growth

on the posterior side, while the disk only is occupied with close

and numerous striz parallel to the edge. These strize have appa-

rently misled Prof. M‘Coy, who supposed that they covered the

whole surface, as in Ceratiocaris. Moreover the internal oblique

ridge exte nding backwards from the beak is no uncommon

character of the Solenide. Prof. M‘Coy supposed it to be the

nuchal furrow.

Not having till now had access to good specimens, I for some

time thought its new association with Crustacea correct; and

I catalogued it as a Ceratiocaris in ‘ Siluria,’ 2nd ed. Appendix,

p. 538; it is, however, necessary to restore it to the Mollusca.

I believe there are other forms of the genus even in Britain,

besides these nine or ten species which have all turned up in

the course of a year ortwo. Abroad, still larger specimens have

been found in Upper Silurian rocks. M. Barrande has figured

the tail-spines of three species, of which his Leptoc. bohemicus

has the greatest seseualine: to our C. Murchisoni; and, as

above noted, a large species, C. Dewit, has been figured as a fish-

defence by Hall, from the ere limestone of New York. Our

own Dudley limestone contains one species ; but the metropolis

of this curious Silurian ‘shrimp’ is in the Lower Ludlow

rock, where it keeps company with Pterygoti and other large

Crustacea. It appears not to have been a long-lived genus, for

as yet none have been detected below the Wenlock limestone or

above the Upper Ludlow rock. I should perhaps except a frag-

ment of a large carapace sent me from the Llandeilo flags ? of

Dumfries by my friend Prof. Harkness. But the rock and the

sates both bear such a suspicious resemblance to the specimens

ot C. stygius, that I wait for better evidence before admitting the

existence of the genus so far back in time. However, a much

From the Silurian Rocks. 161

smaller species occurs in the black anthracite shales of Dumfries-

shire, which are generally believed to be of Lower Silurian age.

It is the

ll. Ceratiocaris aptychotdes.

(Dithyrocaris aptychoides, Salter in Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. vii.

pl. 21. fig. 10)—a minute species.

Locality. Duffkinnell, Dumfriesshire. Prof. Harkness.

This would appear to belong to the Llandeilo flags ; but it is

possible the age of the formation may be more accurately given

by the fossil, and the black anthracite shales may not have the

antiquity they at present claim.

On the whole, about fifteen species have been recorded of this

interesting genus, which combines to some extent the charac-

ters of Nebalia and of Limnadia. It will doubtless form the

type of a distinct fannly.

With Ceratiocaris, in the south of Scotland, is associated

another and still larger form, which I will now deseribe.

DicryocaRIs.

More plentiful in fragments than even the Ceratiocaris, in the

shales and sandstones of the Lesmahago hills, is a great Crusta-

cean, apparently of very thin texture, whose carapace frequently

measures from 9 inches to a foot in length! This rivals in size

the great Pterygoti, among which its remains are often found.

The anterior termination of the carapace has not been seen ; its

posterior edge is truncate, as in Ceratiocaris, and with a strong

marginal furrow; and its ventral border must have been so

produced as to give it a subtriangular outline. Some fragments

of body-rings found with it may indicate its relationship to

Ceratiocaris, from which its simply bent (not bivalved) shield

distinguishes it.

The entire surface of the carapace is marked with hexagonal

reticulations -\,th of a line in diameter, of which the aree are

convex, and the bounding lines sunk on the exterior aspect.

This would, I think, indicate the ornament to be connected with

the structure of the carapace rather than to be a mere external

sculpturing. As no films can be obtained thick enough to

furnish a section for microscopic examination, the point cannot

be ascertained.

There are probably two, if not more species. I describe only

one at present.

Dicryocaris, n. g., 1860.

Carapace ample, bent along the dorsal line, but not two-valved

I p ) be) ’ ,

largely reticulate, the area of the reticulations being convex.

162 Mr. J. W. Salter on new Fossil Crustacea.

The shape of the carapace is rudely triangular, pointed or

rounded in front, truncate and produced behind, and margmed

along the hinder and ventral edges by a strong furrow. Body

In this giant Phyllopod, the two lamine (inner and outer

surfaces) of the carapace are clearly separable from each other.

Both show the coarse reticulation. The anterior end, though

evidently attenuated, is not perfect in our specimens ; and I can

only provisionally give a restoration of the form at a. A fragment

of the surface is added, natural size and magnified, to show the

coarse reticulations.

Fig. 1. Dietyocaris, about ith natural size. The body is a restoration.

Fig. 2. The surface, natural size.

3. Ditto, magnified, external: the arez convex.

4. Cast of ditto upon the stone : the are concave.

D. Slimoni, n. sp.

D. magnus, sesquipedalis et ultra. Cephalothorax triangulatus.

Segmenta corporis

Locality. Upper and Lower Ludlow rock, Lesmahago, La-

nark. Very abundant in the latter formation, but chiefly in

fragments.

Another species (if not more) occurs in the Ludlow rocks

of the Pentland Hills, where it was found last summer by

myself, in company with A. Geikie, Esq., of the Geological

Survey of Scotland. I propose to call it D. Ramsayi. It will be

deseribed in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey.

This genus is more like Nebalia than is Ceratiocaris, mas-

much as it has a simply bent, not bivalved, carapace. But

without the telson and other parts it cannot be associated with

that group, and must for the present be placed near to the

Ceratiocaride.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 163

XVI.—On the Aphanarthra of the Canary Islands.

By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

Tue little genus Aphanarthrum was established by myself in

1854 (vide Ins. Mad. 292, tab. vi. f. 2) to contain a minute and

curiously-coloured Coleopterous wood-borer which I detected, in

the summer of 1850, at a very lofty elevation in the mountains

of Madeira. This insect was attached exclusively to the gigantic

Euphorbia mellifera, Linn. fil.; and I described it under the

name of Aphanarthrum Euphorbie. Two separate sojourns,

however, subsequently, in the Canaries, which may be called the

region of Euphorbias, gave me an opportunity of examining

carefully the rotten stems of the various members of that singular

genus of plants, so largely represented in those islands; and I

consequently soon perceived that there were many species of

Aphanarthrum,—all of them remarkably well defined and never

merging into each other, but more or less moulded on the same

pattern, ornamented by modifications of the same anomalous

tints, and deriving their entire subsistence from the branches of

the decaying Euphorbias which abound on the mountain-slopes

of intermediate altitudes throughout the whole seven islands of

the Canarian archipelago. Whilst some of the Aphanarthra

would appear to infest, almost equally, several kinds of Euphor-

bias, and to live in company (often in the utmost profusion),

others seem to be confined to particular ones; and what I pro-

pose in the following paper is, to describe the nine species which

have been hitherto discovered in the Canaries, and to point out

the exact Euphorbias on which they, each of them, subsist. I

may, however, first state that, having thus obtained an insight

into their modes of life, I commenced a search at Madeira also,

during the spring of last year, in the stems of the E. piscatoria

of lower altitudes; and, in conjunction with my friends Mr.

Bewicke and Seftor Moniz, obtained two additions to the fauna

of that island, both of them identical with the Canarian ones,—

the E. piscatoria being alike distributed over the Madeiran and

Canarian groups. Hence, up to the present date of our researches,

we have, in all, ten species of Aphanarthrum (if indeed the first

and last of the nine here enumerated have not eventually to be

treated as generically separate),—two of which are common to

Madeira and the Canaries, whilst one (the A. Euphorbia) is

peculiarly Madeiran, and seven are peculiarly Canarian.

Fam, Tomicide.

Genus APHANARTHRUM.

Woll., Ins. Mad. p. 292, tab. vi. f. 2 (1854).

1. Aphanarthrum luridum, n. sp.

A. lurido-testaceum, pilis longiusculis suberectis sparse vestitum ;

164 Mr.T.V. Wollaston on ihe Aphanarthra of the Canaries.

prothorace subleevi punctulato, antice minus producto nigrescente,

linea dorsali et stigmate utrinque posito plus minus nigrescentibus ;

elytris leviter seriatim punctulatis et transversim rugulosis, pos-

tice leviter truncatis, plaga discali nigrescente (in singulo posita)

ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbie canariensis in ins. Teneriffa

et Gomera, hinc inde frequens.

In their somewhat larger size, the present species and the

following one differ from the other Aphanarthra here described.

The A. luridum may be known by the pale lurid-testaceous hue

of its entire upper surface, with the exception of a longitudinal

dash on each of its elytra, and the dorsal line of its prothorax

(together with a spot on either side of the latter, and a suffused

portion in front), which are alone more or less dark. Its pro-

thorax is very much less produced over the head than in the

other species, its punctation is extremely fine and minute, and its

elytra are perceptibly shortened, or obliquely truncated, at their

apex. It appears to be pecuhar to the Euphorbia canariensis, in

the rotten stems of which I have taken it plentifully on the

mountains above S Cruz in Teneriffe, and on a hill-summit to

the north-west of San Sebastian in Gomera.

2. Aphanarthrum Juba, n. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, pilis longis subdepressis mollibus dense vestitum ;

prothorace subrugoso punctato, antice producto sublurido neenon

ad apicem ipsum tuberculis duobus prominulis instructo ; elytris

subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, testaceis, fasciis

duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una sc. magna in medio duplici

et altera angustiore subpostica) ornatis. —Long. corp. lin. 1-12.

Habitat in ins. Lanzarota, in ramis desiceatis Huph. Regis Jubee

prope oppidum Haria a meipso A. D. 1859 copiose repertum.

The extremely pubescent surface of this large species, in con-

junction with the small but distinct tubercles in the middle of

the anterior edge of its prothorax (the two central ones of which

are very evident), will, apart from its colouring as defined above,

at once characterize it. It was detected by myself, during

March of 1859, in great abundance, amongst a pile of dried stems

of the Buph. Regis Jube, at Maria, in the north of Lanzarote.

3. Aphanarthrum canariense, 1. Sp.

A. latiusculum, fusco-nigrum, pilis brevissimis parce vestitum ; pro-

thorace subconvexo alutaceo granulato, antice producto lurido

necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato (fere subrecurvo) ;

elytris dense seriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, brunneo-

testaceis, fascia dentata magna media nigra (plus minus suffusa)

ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. #—4.

Habitat in ramis putridis Euph. canariensis in ins, Canaria, Tene-

riffa, Gomera, Palma et Hierro, vulgare.

The just perceptibly broader and shorter outline of this species

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 165

(in proportion to its size), together with its extremely short

pubescence, its dense (but not very coarse) elytral sculpture,

and the much acuminated apex of its prothorax, which is very -

perceptibly thickened (with a slight tendency to be recurved)

at its extreme point, will serve to characterize it. The testaceous

portions of its elytra are browner than in the other Aphanarthra

(except the A. Licinctum) here described; the hinder elytral

fascia is obsolete, and the anterior one is broad and more or less

suffused, and with its central loop continuous and well defined

—not being broken up into two separate portions. It seems

principally, if not indeed entirely, attached to the decayed stems

of the Euph. canariensis, under which circumstances I have cap-

tured it in Grand Canary, Teneriffe, Gomera, Palma, and Hierro.

4, Aphanarthrum bicinctum, n. sp.

A. tusco-nigrum, pilis sat brevibus vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo

dense granulato, antice producto vix pallidiore; elytris seriatim

punctatis et transversim rugulosis, brunneo-testaceis, fasciis duabus

dentatis nigris (una sc. magna et altera angustiore subpostica)

ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 2-3.

flabitat in ramis emortuis Luph. balsamifere in ins. Lanzarota et

Fuerteventura, vulgare.

In the brownish testaceous hue of tke lighter portions of this

insect, and the unbroken form of its front elytral fascia, it agrees

with the A. canariense. It is, however, much smaller than that

species, its pubescence is not quite so short, its hinder elytral

fascia is developed, and the apex of its prothorax is usually

darker and much less acuminated. Its habits also are different ;

for whilst that insect is apparently confined (or, at any rate,

nearly so) to the Huph. canariensis, the A. bicinctum is attached

principally to the EK. balsamifera (and, I believe, also, though

more sparingly, to the H. Regis Jube), in the stems of which I

have taken it abundantly both in the north of Lanzarote and

near the town of S* Maria Betancuria in Fuerteventura.

3. Aphanarthrum bicolor, n. sp.

A, pallido-testaceum, subdiaphanum, pilis paucis erectis remote vesti-

tum ; prothorace subtilissime alutaceo sparse et minute punctulato,

antice producto necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato,

linea dorsali, macula transversa subpostica et linea transversa sub-

antica (plus minus confluentibus suffusis) nigris ; elytris remote

seriatim punctulatis (punctulis minutis), fasciis duabus profunde

dentatis nigris (una sec magna in medio duplici et altera angus-

tiore subpostica) ornatis.

Variat \ineis maculisque plus minus fractis, disjunctis, rarius sub-

obsoletis. —Long. corp. lin. #-1.

Habitat in ins. Teneritta, Gomera et Hierro in ramis Kuphorbiarum

emortuarum (precipue &. piscatorie), sat trequens.

A most distinct and beautiful 4pianarthrum, readily known

166 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on the Aphanarthra of the Canaries.

by its pale whitish-testaceous hue, diaphanous (or subhyaline),

slightly shining, almost unpubescent, and most lightly punctured

surface, and by the quantity of dark patches and broken fasciz

with which it is ornamented. It occurs in the dead branches of

(I believe principally) the Huph. piscatoria, under which circum-

stances it was taken by myself in Teneriffe and Palma, and by

Mr. Gray and myself in Hierro. I have likewise captured it,

from out of the stems of the same plant, in Madeira,—where,

however, the specimens have their elytra a trifle more distinctly

punctured, and the interstices somewhat more roughly aluta-

ceous, or shagreened. >

6. Aphanarthrum affine.

A, angustulum, fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis sat dense vestitum ; pro-

thorace alutaceo punctato granulato, antice producto lurido nec-

non ad apicem ipsum leviter acuminato incrassato; elytris seriatim

punctatis, testaceis, fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una

sc. magna in medio duplici et altera angustiore subpostica) orna-

tis.—Long. corp. lin. $-vix 2.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbiarum in ins. Lanzarota, Fuerte-

ventura et Canaria, hine inde frequens.

This species and the following one are a good deal allied ; the

A. affine, however, is rather larger and a little less densely

pubescent, and its elytra are somewhat more parallel and less

closely sculptured, the punctures being more evidently arranged

in rows than is the case with the A. piscatorium. Its elytral

fascize, also, are much more distinct; and the anterior one is

more decidedly double in its central region, like that of the

A. Juba, bicolor, and glabrum. It was taken abundantly by

Mr. Gray and myself, out of the Kuph. balsamifera, in the north

of Lanzarote, and by myself at Betancuria in Fuerteventura, as

well as (out of the H. piscatoria) at El] Monte in Grand Canary.

It is a good deal allied, in general facies, to the Madeiran A.

Euphorbia ; nevertheless it is slightly smaller than that insect,

its pubescence is longer, its prothorax less acuminated in front,

and its elytral punctures are much larger, fewer, and more

evidently disposed in rows.

7. Aphanarthrum piscatorium, 0. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis dense vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo

dense punctato, antice producto leviter acuminato sublurido ; ely-

tris dense subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, dilute

testaceis, fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una se. magna et

altera angustiore suffusa postica) ornatis.—Long. corp. lin. 3-3.

Habitat in ins. Teneriffa, Palma et Hierro, in ramis 2. piseatorie

emortuis, ubique vulgare.

A rather insignificant little species, closely allied to the last

one. It may be known from it, however, by its smaller size and

Mr. T. V. Wollaston an the Aphanarthra of the Canaries. 167

somewhat more pubescent surface, by its elytra being Just per-

ceptibly less parallel, more densely sculptured, and with their

punctures much less evidently disposed in rows, and by its ely-

tral fascize (the front one of which is simple, or at any rate less

clearly disjointed in the centre) being (especially the hinder one,

which is usually continued to the very apex) less distinct. I

found it tolerably common, in the decayed stems of Huph. pis-

catoria, in Teneriffe, Palma, and Hierro,—in the last of which

islands it was also captured by Mr. Gray. It likewise occurs,

attached to the same plant, in the lower elevations of Madeira.

8. Aphanarthrum glabrum, n. sp.

A. fusco-nigrum, fere pilis carens ; prothorace dense alutaceo punctato,

antice producto leviter acuminato subincrassato (fere bituberculato)

sublurido ; elytris leviter subseriatim punctatis, testaceis, fasciis

duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una se. magna in medio duplici

et altera angustiore subpostica) ornatis.— Long. corp. lin. 2—vix 3.

Habitat in ramis truncisque Euphorbiarum in ins. Hierro, rarius.

The almost total freedom from pile (except under a high

magnifying power) of this little Aphanarthrum, in conjunction

with its very lightly sculptured elytra (the punctures of which

are but indistinctly disposed in rows), will, inter alia, readily

separate it from any of the preceding species. It appears to be

rare, the only specimens which I have yet seen having been

captured by myself in the island of Hierro.

9. Aphanarthrum pusillum, n. sp.

A. minutum, nigro-fuscum, pilis cinereis vestitum ; capite leviter elon-

gato subporrecto ; prothorace angustulo subelliptico punctato, an-

tice leviter producto et subito contracto acuminato ; elytris dense

subseriatim puuctatis, concoloribus, ad humeros in tuberculum

indistincte elevatis ; antennis pedibusque pallidioribus.—Long.

corp. lin. }-vix 2.

Habitat in ramis Evph. canariensis putridis, in ins. Canaria, Tene-

riffa et Gomera, a meipso repertum.

The excessively minute size and uniformly dark-brown hue of

this little Aphanarthrum, in conjunction with its rather elongated

subporrected head and its somewhat elliptic, anteriorly contracted

prothorax, will at once distinguish it from any of the preceding

species. It is possible, indeed, that it may eventually form the

type of an allied genus; but, as I have not yet attempted to

dissect it, or to examiue its antennz microscopically, this is a

question I must decide hereafter. It appears to be peculiar to the

Euph. canariensis, in the rotten stems of which [ have captured

it in Grand Canary (in the great crater of the Bandama), Tene-

riffe (on the mountains above S“ Cruz) and Gomera (on a hill-

summit to the northwest of San Sebastian).

168 Dr. A. Giinther on Uriéchis microlepidotus.

XVI!P.— Description of Uriéchis microlepidotus, a new Snake

from South Africa. By Dr. A. GintHer.

[With a Plate. ]

Proressor Prrers of Berlin has made known* a genus of

Calamaride with entire subcaudal shields, to which he has given

the name of Uriéchis, and which is distinguished from Elapops,

Gthr., by having a long, grooved, posterior maxillary tooth.

In describing the latter genus} I took the opportunity of show-

ing the frequent occurrence of snakes with entire subcaudals in

the Paleotropical Region; but 1 then overlooked Uricchis, the

two species of which (U. nigriceps, and U. lunulatus) have

been found, up to the present time, in Mozambique only. I

have the pleasure of adding a third species from Port Elizabeth,

in Algoa Bay, presented by F. H Gurney, Esq., to the British

Museum.

Uriéchis microlepidotus. (Plate IX.)

Diagnosis.—Scales in twenty-five longitudinal series; pre-

orbital united with the frontal. Colour uniform blackish ash.

Description.— This snake is in general appearance very similar

to Elapops or Atractaspis. The rostral is broader than high, and

reaches just to the upper surface of the head, terminating above in

anobtnse angle. The exterior frontals are subquadrangular, ha!f

the size of the posterior ones, which, being united with the pre-

orbital, are bent downwards and extend to the orbit and the

third upper labial. The vertical is five-sided, with a posterior

right angle, with the anterior side longest, and the two lateral

edges shortest : the shield is about as broad as long. The occi-

pitals do not show any peculiarity in form. The superciliary is

small, not much longer than broad. There is one elongate

nasal only, with the nostril at its upper margin; a groove below

the nostril appears to divide the shield into two, which, on a

closer examination, is found to be single. One small posterior

ocular. Seven upper labials, the third and fourth of which

enter the orbit, which is very small; the fifth touches the occi-

pital in the adult specimen, being separated trom it in the young

one. There are three temporal shields, the anterior being the

largest ; another shield is situated on the posterior edge of the

occipital. The first pair of the lower labials forms a suture

behind the median one, which is very small; there are two pairs

of chin-shields, the posterior being rather smaller than the an-

terior. Hight lower labials. The trunk is surrounded by

twenty-five scales; there is a series of larger scales along the

middle of the upper part of the tail, but not yet distinet in the

* Wiegm. Archiv, 1855, p. 52.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 161.

Dr. A. Giinther on Leptodeira torquata. 169

young specimen*. There are 166 ventral, 1 entire anal, and

50 caudal plates.

aie colour is uniform blackish-ash, or black if the epidermis

is lost.

The series of teeth are very short ; that of the maxillary bone

is formed by three smaller ones and a very long and grooved

posterior one.

The larger of the two specimens is an adult female, 3 feet

1 inch long ; the head js 13 lines, the tail 6 inches. It con-

tamed mature eggs, 13 inch long, without any trace of an

embryo.

Mr. Gurney’s correspondent adds the following note :—

“The Caffre name for this snake is ‘ Amafoosamanzi’; it was

ploughed up by my man, and the eggs were ploughed up close

to it; but whether both+ or either of them belong to the snake

I cannot say. The Caffres say that it is one of the most poi-

sonous here (?), and that a person bitten by one would die in a

few minutes, unless strong remedies could be applied.”

XVIII.—Description of Leptodeira torquata, a new Snake from

Central America. By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

[With a Plate.]

Two subdivisions may be distinguished among the snakes which

I have comprised in the family of Dipsadide: the one has the

body elongated and slender, evidently living chiefly on trees ;

whilst the other more nearly approaches the Coronellide, having

the body rather stout, and not compressed, and these live on dry

ground.

The genus Leptodeira, in which I have grouped Coluber ru-

fescens, Gm., from South and West Africa, and Coluber annu-

latus, L., from the tropical parts of the American continent, is

that which is truly intermediate between the two families men-

tioned, having entirely the habit of Corvnella, but with the head

remarkably broad and depressed, and the pupil elliptical and erect,

as in Dipsas, like which they are probably nocturnal animals.

Though always directing my attention to the generic differences

which exist between animals from different geographical regions,

I have not been able to find any between the African and South

American species of Leptodeira. It is true that Duméril has

* The presence of a series of larger scales on the back of the tail cannot

form a generic character.

+ The eggs sent with the snake belong to two species, different in size.

The larger ones, apparently belonging to the present species, contained

embryos in the first stage of development.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v. 12

170 Dr. A. Giinther on Leptodeira torquata.

separated the former, referring it to a genus which he calls

Heterurus, because the subcaudal plates are said to be partly

simple and partly bifid. This, however, must be merely acci-

dental in some individual, and an exception, all the specimens

which I have examined (and their number is nearly fifty) show-

ing invariably all the subcaudals bifid. A character which I

should have been glad to admit into the generic diagnosis of

Leptodetra was the presence of a posterior grooved tooth ; but this

character must now fall to the ground, according to my view,—

the species which I am about to describe exhibiting the poste-

rior tooth smooth, although strong. It is so similar to Lepto+

deira annulata that, at the first glance, one might be tempted to

pronounce it merely a variety in which the neck, usually of a

light brown colour in Z. annulata, has become white. The

specific difference, however, may be easily proved by a closer

examination, when they will appear in the same relation to each

other as Coronella levis and Coronella cucullata. According

to Duméril’s system, the new species would enter the genus

Liophis.

Leptodetra torquata. (Plate X. A.)

Diagnosis. Anal bifid. Scales in twenty-one rows. Posterior

maxillary tooth longest and strongest, and separated from the

others by an interspace. Brownish grey, with a vertebral series

of brown spots, some of which are confluent into a zigzag band ;

neck with a white collar.

Habitat. Nicaragua; Island of Laguna. The two typical

specimens are in the Derby Museum at Liverpool.

Description. The head is rather broad and depressed, the

snout rounded ; the eye is of moderate size, its vertical diameter

being about one-third the width between the eyes; the trunk is

rounded, the tail of moderate length, or rather short. The ros-

tral reaches to the upper surface of the snout; the anterior

frontals are nearly square, and much smaller than the posterior

ones, which, broader than long, are bent downwards to the side

of the snout; the vertical is pentagonal, longer than broad, and

of somewhat different form in the two specimens ; the occipitals

are rounded posteriorly. Nostril situated between two nasals ;

loreal square ; two anterior oculars, the lower of which is small,

and intercalated between the third and fourth labial shields;

two. posterior oculars; eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth

of which enter the orbit. There is one elongate temporal shield

in contact with both the oculars; the other temporals, five in

number, are scale-like. The medial lower labial is triangular, and

rather small; nine lower labials, the first of which is in contact

with its fellow behind the median shield. There are two pairs

Rey. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders. 71

of chin-shields, the anterior of which is somewhat the larger.

The scales are in twenty-one rows, rhombic, those of the sides

similar to those on the back. The number of the ventral plates

is in both snakes the same, viz. 174; that of the caudals varies

between 44 and 56.

The ground-colour of the upper parts is brownish olive: the

head is speckled with brown, and a brown streak runs from the

eye to the angle of the mouth. The neck is surrounded by a

white or yellowish-white collar, bordered posteriorly by a large

brownish-black blotch ; there is along the middle of the back a

series of brown spots, some of which are confluent into a zigzag

band; two or three series of small spots run along each side.

The lower parts are uniform white.

A. B.

inch, lin inch, lin,

oS ls a rg a eee 7° 3 16 5

Length of the head ..............+: sete. G bah AG

Greatest width of the head ........... soso sail 34

epeds of the trunk... 05-0 sijens 0 15 0 13,..0

EMP OL LHC GALL 6. 5. oe ss ones hoe 2 @ 5 ed)

One of the specimens has been brought from Nicaragua, the

other from the island of Laguna, together with Herpetodryas

Rappii and Tomodon strigatus. Therefore the native country of

the typical specimen of the latter species appears to be incor-

rectly stated*, and Tomodon holds good as a truly neotropical

genus.

XIX.—Descriptions of two British Spiders new to Science.

By the Rev. O. P. Camprines, B.A.

Tribe Octonoculina.

Family Drassipm. Genus Drassvs.

Drassus clavator.

Male adult.—Length + of an inch ; length of cephalothorax + ;

relative length of legs 4, 1, 2, 3.

The distinguishing characteristics of this species seem to be,

its medium size; the golden coppery and silky hue; the close

contiguity of the two central eyes of the posterior row ; the two

curved lines formed by the six pale spots on the abdomen ; and

the large-sized, long-oval, club-shaped digital joint of the palpi.

A more minute description is as follows :—

Cephalothoraz longish oval, and clothed sparingly with fine

hairs; slightly truncate at the region of the eyes, but sloping

* Gthr. Catal. Colubr. Snakes, p. 52, where the snake is said to come

from India. The pupil of Tomodon strigatus is round. ‘

12*

172. —- Rev. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders.

gradually from the centre to the abdomen. Colour pale yel-

lowish brown, with some fine black lines, or rather furrows,

diverging on all sides from a point near the centre, terminating

short of the lateral margin ; these lines are connected imperfectly

by another similar line parallel to the margin, and running

interruptedly quite round the cephalothorax, the two ends losing

themselves in the region of the eyes. Lateral margin bounded

by a fine black line.

Eyes eight, in two parallel curved rows on edge and front of

the cephalothor ax ; convexity of the curve directed backwards ;

anterior row the shortest. Colour pale porcelain, shining and

transparent ; the two centre ones of the posterior row largest of

the eight, and touching each other, the touching side flattened :

two exterior ones of the same row round, prominent, seated on

a small tubercle, and with a black rim on the inner sides; two

exterior eyes of anterior row round, of intermediate size be-

tween those of the posterior row, and with black rims on the

upper side; two centre ones of anterior row smallest of the

eight, round and prominent.

Legs robust, slightly paler than the eephalothorax ; thickly

clothed with hairs of the same hue, and a few black spines; the

hairs on the /ast joint of the legs are nearly white.

Palpi hairy, long, and same colour as the legs; digital joimt

very large, long, oval, club-shaped, brown and hairy.

Falces same colour as the cephalothorax ; the fang red brown.

Mazxille curved inwardly and towards the labium, and similar

in colour to the legs.

Labium oval, pointed at the top, raised along the medial

line, and, with the sternum, which is slightly heart-shaped,

of a yellowish- brown colour, considerably darker than the

legs, &c.

Abdomen longish oval, dark brown, with a silky gloss in strong

light ; thickly clothed with yellowish hairs, giving a golden cop-

pery hue in many positions. On the upper side, these hairs, by

differences of length and hue, show sia elongated pale yellowish

spots, arranged near the upper end of the abdomen in two longitu-

dinal rows of three each, and curved from each other. (These

spots are especially visible when in spirits of wine.) Next to

these, towards the spinnerets, are formed in the same way

seven angulated lines of the same colour, the vertices directed

forwards. These lines do not nearly span the abdomen, but

decrease in length as they approach the spinnerets. The spin-

nerets are six in number, the two superior ones double the length

of any of the others, hairy, and all of same colour as the legs ;

as are also the plates of the spiracles.

An immature female of this species differed only in being

Rey. O. P. Cambridge on two new British Spiders. 173

smaller, in the relative lengths of the spinnerets, and in having

the space between the six spots on the upper side of the abdo-

men dark brown, forming a long pointed-oval marking, reaching

to the vertex of the first angulated line.

The adult male above described was taken by myself in April

1859, by raking with a crooked stick along the rooty ledges

in the sand-hills at Southport, Lancashire, on the north side of

the town. It was very active, and bit fiercely when seized. I

have since captured immature specimens among moss and grass

on the same sand-hills: and later still (in Oct. 1859), I found

both sexes, in a state of immaturity, plentiful under stones and

detached pieces of rock in the Isle of Portland, where they are

very difficult to capture, as they ship from the fingers and among

the stones like little ecls. The immature female mentioned

above was captured by myself under a stone on Kirkby Moss,

near Liverpool, in June 1859.

Family Linyruiipx. Genus WALcKENAmRA.

Walckenaéra aggeris.

Length ;\, of an inch; breadth 55.

The distinguishing characteristics of this species seem to be,

the pale joints of the legs; the boldness and obtuseness of the

frontal eminence ; the indentations behind the lateral pairs of

eyes ; the forehead clothed with hairs, and the form of the palpi

and palpal organs.

The following is a more minute description :—

Cephalothorax \arge, black, and shining: frontal prominence

broad, bold, and obtuse, sloping slightly from the top towards the

falces ; an oblong vertical space between the front and back pairs

of eyes thickly clothed with hairs. It has no indentation in the

medial line, but has one directed backwards from each lateral

pair of eyes. In females, the cephalothorax is smaller and the

prominence less bold than in males.

Eyes in four pairs, situated one on the top of the eminence,

another on the front below, and a pair on each side of it, form-

ing the four sides of a square.

Legs moderately robust, thickly clothed with short hairs ;

bright yellowish red-brown, much paler at the region of the

joints.

Palpi and mazille same colour as the legs; extremity of the

radial and digital joints brownish black. The radial, which is

stronger than the cubital joint, is produced at its extremity in

front, and has a sharp projection on its outer side. Digital

joint oval, with a small lobe near its extremity on the outer side.

174 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

It is convex and hairy externally, concave within, where the

palpal organs are highly developed, prominent, and complicated,

and of a reddish-brown colour.

Falces moderate-sized, convex, and same colour as the maxille.

Sternum large, prominent, and heart-shaped, and, together with

the labium, black.

Abdomen slightly hairy, shining, oval and very convex on the

upper side ; it projects considerably over the base of the cephalo-

thorax. Colour, in adult males, jet black; im adult females,

black, with at times a greenish-brown hue, and in some speci-

mens with a few pale angulated lines towards the apex of the

abdomen, the angles directed forwards. Immature individuals

are often greenish black, with legs dirty greenish brown, paler

at the joints.

Adult males and females of this species were discovered by

myself in abundance, during the summer of 1859, at the roots

of grass and underneath rubbish on dry bank-sides, near Church

Town, Southport, Lancashire.

XX.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

By W. K. Parker, M. Mier. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 116.]

24. Nautilus Spengleri. Five varieties. Page 84, Fichtel

and Moll make the following appropriate references :—Linn.

Syst. Nat. xii. Gmel. p. 3371. no. 10: Spengler, Schrift. dan.

Gesellsch. Kopenh. vol. i. p. 373, pl. 2. fig. 9ab¢: Schroter,

Einleit. Conch.-Kennt. vol. i. p. 756 ; Neue Literat. u. Beytr. z.

Naturg. vol. 1. p. 309, pl. 1. figs. 3-6; Schreibers, Conch.

Kenntn. vol. 1. p. 5. no. 10.

a. Pl. 14. figs. d-.

B. Pl. 14. figs. g—z.

y. PL. 15. figs. a—c.

6. Pl. 15. figs. df.

e. Pl. 15. figs. g, h.

Pl. 15. figs. i, k, sections.

“Recent : from sand in a Buccinum cassideum (Gmelin) from

the East Indian Sea; and from the Red Sea.”

This belongs to the Rotalian group; the shell is unsym-

metrical, like the other Rofalie@, and is marked by an extensive

growth of exogenous granular shell-matter. This luxuriant

shell-growth is shown also in the very variable rays or spines,

which, commencing near the umbilicus in the septal interspaces,

advance outwards often to a considerable distance (equal even

Nomenclaiure of the Foraminifera. 175

to the width of the shell) from the periphery. The cell-growth »

also often becomes wild, the later chambers irregular and heaped,

being outspread on the granulated surface of the upper side.

The rough and prickly surface is a very constant character in

this Calearina, although some very minute forms show it only in

an umbilical boss and a prickle on the periphery of each chamber.

What seems to be a large aperture in these figures arises from

the fracture of the newest chamber, which is, until well coated with

exogenous matter, extremely thin. In well-preserved specimens

of the typical forms we find that the real aperture, which is

essentially a slit, as in the true Rotalie, becomes bridged over

by delicate bars of shell-matter. Calcarina is a subgenus of

Rotalia, characterized by its excessively spinous coating and

eribriform aperture. In its spines, in the copiousness of its

exogenous matter (which is tubuliferous), and in its generally

eribriform aperture, it affords us an analogy to the Polystomella

ertspa; whilst other Rotalia have on their part a corresponding

analogy to the smooth-shelled Nuwmmulina aud Amphistegina.

Rotaha Beccaru, often prickly and even spinous, is the linking

form between Calcarina Spengleri and the ordinary Rotalie, and

at the same time is rich in varieties isomorphous with many

conditions of Polystomella.

Rotalia (Calcarina) Spenglert is found in all warm seas. This

is the Siderolites calcitrapoides of Lamarck, and Siderolina levi-

gata, D’Orb., both from Maestricht. The latter is Fichtel and

Moll’s var. e.

25. Nautilus repandus. Page 35, pl. 3. figs. a-d. “ Recent:

zoophytic concretions, Mediterranean.”

This is a true Rotalia, and is a typical form of a large num-

ber of varieties which have their cells numerous but very variable

in their convexity,—so much so that they often produce a much

more expanded shell than the one here figured, and even irre-

gular in growth; on the other hand, they may become contracted

and few-celled, forming a thick conical shell. The aperture is

usually a large slit at the base of the last chamber ; but in some

of the more compact forms, in which the chamber-walls are

flush, the aperture passes into the condition of a notch: hence

the forms of aperture once supposed to be respectively charac-

teristic of Rosalina and Rotalia are in this species shown to be

non-essential. The specimen figured by Fichtel and Moll is

probably not very well drawn; for in specimens of similar size

and form we find the spire better marked.

A flatness of the septal face is a very usual feature in this

species.

This is a world-wide species in its typical condition; and its

many varieties are equally abundant and common. In deep

176 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

water this species is represented by the variety Rotalia Menardit,

D’Orb., which is flattish, limbate, and granular, and has for com-

panions the contracted varieties R. Micheliniana, D’Orb., R. crassa,

D’Orb., and R. nitida, Reuss, together with intermediate forms.

In shallower water, especially on muddy bottoms, we find large,

smooth, flush-chambered and more or less limbate forms, such

as R. Partschiana, D’Orb., and R. Schreibersii, D’Orb.; but the

former of these is often found at great depths.

In the Laminarian zone this species often takes on an irregu-

larity of growth, many of the latter chambers elongating them-

selves without septa. Thus (becoming almost as simple as

Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg) it becomes the Planorbulina ver-

miculata, D’Orb., Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii. p. 280.

The two varieties of this species represented by D’Orbigny in

his ‘ Modeles,’? No. 12 (R. punctulata, D’Orb.) and No. 10 (R.

pulchella, D’Orb., which is the same as R. Caribbea, D’Orb.),

must be placed very close to the typical R. repanda (which, in-

deed, is intermediate between these two).

In this species the shell is for the most part very finely

pored; but when the septal face is much flattened, or the

shell takes on a wild growth, a number of large holes give a

punched aspect to the septum ; and even, in the vermiculate

forms, the whole of the under surface of the shell is thus coarsely

pertused.

Varieties of this species occur fossil as far back as the Upper

Trias, in nearly all the clays of the Oolites, in the Gault and

Chalk, and throughout the Tertiaries. It may be found in all

seas; and we have it from the Tropics, brought up from 2700

fathoms (Capt. Pullen’s soundings).

26. Nautilus sinuatus. Page 65, pl. 10. figs. a-d. “ Fossil:

San Quirico in the Siennese.”

This is a small-sized variety of the Rotala repanda. It is

more margined and flattened; it is limbate on some of the

septal lines. The early part of the spire is hidden here by

granules. This ornament is seen in other varieties on the upper

and occasionally on the under surface. The different degrees of

ornament produced by exogenous shell-growth in the margins,

in limbation, and in granulation, scarcely permit us to find two

specimens alike, to say nothing of the variability as to the size

and thickness of the shell and the number of chambers. Still

the species has a habit of its own, with a peculiar setting-on of

the chambers, and style of ornament, which help us to see a

specific relationship between forms at first sight very different,

and at the same time to recognize limiting distinctions between

the most aberrant forms and their isomorphs belonging to other

species.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 177

D’Orbigny’s Model No. 71 (Rotalia pulchella, D’Orb.) is one

of the nearest to this variety (2. stnwata), which is world-wide.

27. Nautilus Auricula. Page 108. Var. a. pl. 20. figs. a—c.

“Soldani, Testaceogr. vol. 1. pl. 50. fig. Y.” ‘ Fossil: Coron-

cina.”

Var. 8. pl. 20. figs. d-f. “Recent: zoophytic concretions,

Mediterranean.”

These are delicate oblong varieties of Rotalia repanda, with

rapidly increasing chambers. They bear the same relation to

their type as Nonionina Scapha does to Nonionina asterizans and

Polystomella crispa.

The intermediate links between the typical R. repanda and

R. Auricula are found in the less oblong forms common in some

of the Subapennine Tertiary beds, such as those of Palermo and

Turin: in these a part only of the septal face is flattened and

drilled with very coarse foramina, the rest remaining slightly

gibbous and finely perforated ; whilst in many other varieties of

R. repanda the septal face is uniformly flat and pertused, for

instance R. Caribbea, D’Orb., and R. pulchella, D’Orb. In R.

Auricula and its immediate congeners the whole septal face is

more or less convex and delicately porous.

Some of these oblong varieties have been (as Professor Wil-

liamson has already noticed) erroneously grouped under the

genus Valvulina by D’Orbigny ; such as “ V. zequalis,” “ V. ob-

longa,” and “ V. excavata.”

In var. a, the outline is more entire, and the chambers less

vesicular than in var. 8. These belong to a very variable group

of small] elongate varieties of R. repanda. Var. a is intermediate

between R.Hauerii, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 7. figs. 22-24)

and R. Brongniartii, D’Orb. (op. cit. pl. 8. figs. 22-24). Var. 8

approaches very closely to Williamson’s Rotalia oblonga (Mo-

nogr. pl. 4. figs. 98-100) ; the latter, which is larger but less

gibbous than var. 8, attains its finest development in the Eng-

lish Channel and the Bay of Biscay, at from 50 to 70 fathoms ;

but similar varieties, though generally smaller, are to be met

with in nearly every Foramimifer-bearing sea-sand or mud, at

variable depths, and are rather common in almost all Tertiary

deposits.

28. Nautilus farctus. Page 64, pl. 9. figs. g-7. ‘Fossil :

Coroncina, near Sienna, Tuscany.”

The shell here figured is essentially a plano-convex Rotalia ;

but in the further developments which varieties of this species

exhibit we have characters presented that make it very conve-

nient to divide the forms of this group (as well as those of an-

other Planorbulina, typified by Rosalina Poeyi, D’Orb.) from the

ordinary Rotalia. For this subdivision the well-known name

Planorbulina is retained, which was used generically by D’Or-

178 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bigny for the outspread many-celled varieties of Nautilus farctus*.

The common Truncatulina lobatula, Walker, is a simple form of

this type, arrested, as it were, in its development ; and many of

the little so-called Rosaline, Rotaline, Anomaline, and Planu-

line, are equally simple dwarf forms; their relative vesicularity

or complanation being due to accidental style of growth and

place of attachment, whether it be sea- weed, rough or smooth

shell, or other substance. The depth of water, also, and cha-

racter of the sea-bottom affect the growth of these very variable

shells. Every collector knows the 7. /obatula, with its white

plano-convex shell, crenulate outline, slit-like aperture, and

coarse perforations. Similar features, modified, characterize

Nautilus farctus ; this, however, is differentiated by some amount

of limbation on the convex face, and by the greater height of the

chambers. Planorbulina nitida, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 78), is a

similar form to the last mentioned, not markedly limbate, and

having more chambers. Pl. Mediterranensis, D’Orb. (Ann. Se.

N. vol. vii. p. 280, pl. 5. figs. 4-6 ; and Modéles, No. 79), pre-

sents a further developmental step in the growth of these in-

structive varieties; for here we find the same morphological

plan, with an increase of chambers, in a delicate and scale-like

shell. In Pl. vulgaris, D’Orb. (For. Cuba, pl. 6. figs. 11-15), we

have a coarser and somewhat biconvex shell, with a wilder mode

of growth. The chambers become baggy and divergent, and

present supernumerary lipped apertures. The more irregularly

constructed shells of P/. vulgaris, whether heaped into a little

racemous mass, or ringing the smooth stems of sea-weeds,

have been denominated Acervuline by Schultze. Arrested con-

ditions of this biconvex variety constitute the Anomaline of

D’Orbigny : amongst the thickest and most symmetrical of these

is our A. coronata (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 294, pl. 10.

figs. 15, 16); whilst the thinnest and most outspread is the A.

Rotula, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vien. pl. 10. figs. 10-12). This last-

named variety, elegant in its delicate symmetry, is subject,

among other modifications, to a variable exogenous overgrowth

on its septal lines, as, for stance, Rosalina Edwardsiana, D’Orb.

For. Cuba, pl. 6. figs. 8-10, and Truncatulina ornata, D’Orb.

For. de VAmér. Mérid. pl. 6. figs. 7-9; and thus it insensibly

loses itself in the subsymmetrical and strongly limbate Planulina

Ariminensis, D’Orb. (Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii. p. 280, pl. 5. figs. 1-3,

Modéles, No. 49.) In our already quoted paper on the Rhizo-

pods of the Norway coast, we have erroneously placed Pl. Ari-

minensis among the synonyms of Operculina complanata, misled

by its extreme “similarity of shape.

Soldani has devoted many plates in his ‘ Testaceographia’ to

* In-his genus Planorbulina, D’Orbigny placed also some Spine

varieties of Rotalia repanda (such as Pl. vermiculata).

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. { 179

figures of the very protean Truncatulina variabilis, D’Orb., a

Mediterranean form exactly intermediate between the tropical

Planorbulina vulgaris and Nautilus farctus, which we find recent

im the Mediterranean and other seas. This noble work also

affords numerous striking illustrations of the other varietal forms,

differing in their extremes, yet blending by gentle gradations.

Nautilus farctus is a Planorbuline Roéalia, and is the type of

the species comprehending the above-mentioned and many other

varieties. Like Rotalia repanda, it represents the medium

between extreme conditions; its discoidal growth and its high

and well stuffed-out chambers give it good title to its name and

systematic place. Whilst arrested, as compared with some of

the extravagantly grown forms, it is much better developed than

many of the varieties enumerated, presents indications of all its

essential specific features, and keeps its subgeneric characters

better than the trochiform varieties, some of which become, as it

were, isomorphs of Rofalia proper, others of Nonionina.

29. Nautilus tuberosus. Page 111, pl. 20. figs. g—k. “ Fossil ;

Coroncina.”

This is a variety of Planorbulina farcta, with many chambers

irregularly set on, and mostly narrow. This Pl. tuberosa has

the biconvex form which chiefly characterizes D’Orbigny’s Ano-

malina, and is intermediate to his A. Badenensis and A. Austriaca.

This tuberose variety may be said either to represent an early

stage of Planorbulina vulgaris, or to be a neatly growing and

nearly symmetrical modification of Truncatulina variabilis. Like

P. farcta, this variety is very common in the Mediterranean and

other warm seas, and occurs in Tertiary deposits.

30. Nautilus planatus. Page 91. Three varieties. ‘ Recent :

Leghorn coast, Tuscany.”

Var. a. Pl. 16. figs. a—c (i, section). ‘‘Schréter, Neue

Literat. d. Naturgesch. vol. i. p. 314, pl. 1. fig. 7.”

Var. 8. Pl. 16. figs. df.

Var. y. Pl. 16. figs. g, h.

This is “le Pénérople aumusse” (the Peneroplis planatus) of

Denys de Montfort, and is a distinctly specific type of one of the

opake-shelled Foraminifers. Commencimg with a primordial

double chamber, like that of the Miliola, Orbiculina, and Orbito-

lites, it soon takes on a Nautiloid growth; the aperture, at first

single, margined, and irregular, soon becomes more irregularly

trilobate in the successively enlarging triangular septal faces

(as in Dendritina, where it is arborescent) ; in a further stage of

the shell, the newer chambers are flat, narrow, and transversely

long, spreading out with widening curve,—keeping a Nautiloid

outline, as in var. a; becoming auricular or bonnet-shaped, as

in var.8; or showing some modifications of the above, arising

from an irregular periodicity of growth, as in var.y. In other

180 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

forms, the shell grows on until the newest chambers extend in

their curvature far back, even to three-fourths of a circle, as if they

would take on a cyclical growth, such as is normal in Orbiculina

and Orbitolites. In the broad, complanate, typical varieties, the

septal face is necessarily very long and narrow, and is perforated

by one or more rows of roundish or hourglass-shaped, thickly

margined passages, subtubular and more or less ecto-ento-sole-

nian. This condition is attained by the gradual lmeation and

subdivision of the lobulate and dendritine aperture. These

broad forms are from the seaweed-belt of the warmer seas; but

in somewhat deeper water they are gradually replaced by smaller

and contracted varieties, in which the spiral portion is small and

nautiloid, followed by a long series of either compressed or cylin-

drical joint-like cells, presenting altogether an elegant crozier-

like outline. In these, as in Dendritina, the aperture is single and

lobulate. The name Spirolina has been given to these attenu-

ated varieties. Other Foraminifers, especially some varieties of

Lituole, presenting similar elongate shells with a spiral com-

mencement, have been included under the same name, thus

adding to a confusion of nomenclature.

Peneroplis is characteristically a creature of warm climate,

and does not exist in the North Atlantic, German Ocean, English

Channel, and other north temperate seas. We fully agree with

Prof. Williamson that the few specimens which he mentions and

figures in his ‘ Monograph’ are strangers to the British Fauna.

Since writing the above, we have been favoured with the

valuable and beautifully elaborate memoir on Peneroplis, Oper-

culina, &e., by Dr. Carpenter (Phil. Transact. 1859), and must

refer our readers to that as a source of correct and detailed in-

formation respecting the forms under notice, the structure and

tissue of which are therein described in a masterly manner ;

whilst they are most elegantly and copiously illustrated by some

of George West’s best lithographs.

Peneroplis planatus is well figured by Ehrenberg, both as to

its shell and its sarcode, in the ‘ Abhandl. Akad. Berlin,’ 1838

(1839), pl. 2. figs. a-d; and its Spiroline forms, under the name

of “Coscinospira (Spirolina) Hemprichii,” are also well de-

lineated on the same plate, figs. a, b.

31. Nautilus aduncus. Page 115, pl. 23. figs. a-e. “ Recent :

Red Sea.”

This elegant Foraminifer, now known by the generic name

Orbiculina, which was instituted by Lamarck, has been of late

years fully described and illustrated by Prof. Williamson (Trans.

Microscop. Soc. 1st ser. vol. iii. p. 120) and by Dr. Carpenter

(Phil. Trans. 1856, vol. exlvi. p. 547, pl. 28. figs. 1-22, and

pl. 29. figs. 1-3). "To the latter we are indebted not only for a

succinct history of this species, and for a clear exposition of its

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 181

structural characters, but also for the bold and masterly exposi-

tion of the true philosophical principles on which the zoological

relations of this and other species of Foraminifera are to be

studied. This ear-shaped Orbiculina adunca is doubtless the

typical form, as compared with the further and extreme step in

development by the increase and extension of the peripheral

chambers, which produces suborbicular discoidal shells, bringing

Orbiculina into close parallelism with the typically cyclical Ordi-

tolites. The cyclical forms of Orbiculina may be often the result

of continued growth of individuals under favourable circum-

stances ; but frequently small starved forms quickly take on the

cyclical condition, leaving the young sublenticular stage with-

out passing through the aduncal. Therefore, in a sense, these

may be regarded as varieties.

Ehrenberg has given good figures of Orb. adunca in Abhand.

Akad. Berlin, 1838 (1839), pl. 3. figs. la-ld.

32. Nautilus Orbiculus. Page 112, pl. 21. figs. a—d. “ Recent :

Leghorn*.”

This is the thick orbicular, or subnautiloid condition of Orbi-

culina adunca, which small and young specimens almost uni-

formly exhibit, though some are flatter. The apertural surface

is as yet very contracted.

33. Nautilus angulatus. Page 113, pl. 22. figs. a—e. “ Recent :

Red Sea.”

In this stage, Orbiculina adunca, still sublenticular, puts on a

broader and angular septal face, showing an increase in the

space for pseudopodial apertures, which will extend along the

marginal area, in the adult shell, for three-fourths of a cirele,

and around the entire periphery in the cyclical varieties.

The neat and uniform subdivision of the chambers in Ordi-

culina is shown in the three sections given by Fichtel and Moll.

We may remark that, not unfrequently, feebly-developed Pene-

ropliform varieties, as well as good-sized Adunciform specimens,

occur in which the long narrow chambers are at times simple

and undivided, being occupied by transversely elongate lobes of

sarcode, instead of numerous minute subcubical blocks.

Orbiculina has its home, as it were, in the West Indies; it

occurs also in the Red Sea, the Indian Ocean, and on many

coasts of the warmer seas.

34. Nautilus Melo. Two varieties. Page 118. “ Fossil:

Brunn in Austria, Kroisbach in Hungary, and other places in

Austria and Transylvania.”

Var. a. pl. 24. figs. a—f. Var. B. pl. 24. figs. g, h.

* This locality appears strange to us, as we have not, after much seeking,

found this shell living in the Mediterranean. Dr. Carpenter, however,

quotes it from the Aigean Sea; it occurs fossil in a white limestone at

Corfu; and D’Orbigny figures a minute form (O. Rotella) from the

Vienna Tertiaries.

182 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

- This is an Alveolina, an opake-shelled Foraminifer, which, in

its close relation to Orbiculina or Orbitolites, may be said to

represent a small thick Orbiculina drawn out transversely at its

umbilici, and thus bears the same relation to its congeners that

Fusulina does to Nonionina.

Dr. Carpenter (op. cit. p. 552, pl. 28. figs. 23, 24, and pl. 29.

figs. 4—9) has so well described the structure of a recent Alveo-

lina illustrative of the species to which var. « (prolate spheroid)

must be referred as a melon-shaped, and var. 8 (oblate spheroid)

as a spheroidal variety, that we need merely refer to his memoir,

where a historical account of the species is also given. The

oldest specific name on record for Alveolina is A. Melo, which

may well pass as the type. A. Boscii is a well-developed form,

and dA. Quoyii is a fine elongate variety, rather clubbed at

the ends, which attains a large size (2 inch in length) m Fiji,

and is also large in Australia, where, with it, Orbitolites arrives

at its greatest development,—a similar association to that

obtaining in the Eocene deposit of Grignon. In India, Egypt,

Austria, Spain, and elsewhere, Alveoline occur fossil of many

sizes, and of various shapes, from that of a shot to a spindle,

or from that of a melon to a cucumber. They abound in rocks

of the Nummulitic period. The largest we have seen was col-

lected in Persia by the late Mr. W. K. Loftus, and is 3 inches

long, and 13 inch in diameter ! i

Fichtel and Moll’s

‘Testacea Microscopica.’ Specific and Varietal Names, Numbers

after Fichtel and Moll. iid put arg

Page. | Plate. Fig. |

| eens Sameera

10 1 a-c | Argonauta Cornu *.

31 1 | a-e | Nonionina pompilioides ............. 3

2 a US d-i | Cristellaria Vortex ...... deve baeeestene 18

35. |. 3:.| -a-d | Rotaliarepanda» .vsis-svse.ccsteseensey- 25

37 | .. | e-k | Nonionina asterizans ...... Sas onbince Rep 1

38 4 | a-e | Nonionina incrassata .....cccccscsssses 2

40 3 d—f | Polystomella crispa, Linn, ....+....+4 10

A] i> |\(seee gt | Cristellaria costata .....0..c.csesssesees 19

40 oi RS a,b | Polystomella crispa, Linn. (Sections) 10

AD. Nees k c-e | Polystomella strigillata, a .........+. MH)

er me ie Ig |\— |» = B. fassee obs 9

BT sala h-k | Polystomella craticulata ............... ll

+ el Nl) a-d | Nummulina Mamilla .........sssss0000 14

Seal aio Beh Nummulina lenticularis, @ .......s.00. 15

lei, 0,0.) ——— ee eee 15

| a» | ef | —— ——- Y vuoi Pema et

yg och bya) -- = od ©. sah ewan 15

Pierce adel ao — Es sean scene 15

* This is the Lippistes Cornu of Montfort, and probably the Separatista

Grayi of Adams.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. - 183

~ TABLE—continued.

Fichtel and Moll’s

“Testacea Microscopica.’ Specific and Varietal Names, Numbers

after Fichtel and Moll. Bee,

Page. | Plate. |- Fig. - = =

58 8 a-d | Nummulina radiata ...............00008. 12

59 ss e-h | Num*Miulina venosa .........60ccc00ec00s 13

61 ab, a-c | Polystomella striatopunctata ......... 6

62 d-f | Polystomella ambigua ............e00... i

i ae g-_ | Planorbulina farcta ..,....0....00esce00e 28

65 10 @-d | Rotalia sintiata: iiisesic.esddisicisass. 26

66 : e-g | Polystomella macella, @ ............... 8

sas =i 1 = en - ee 8

69 LT a-c | Cristellaria Calear, Linn. 2 ......... 16

se ; df — Br saeec oe! 16

ss gk | — —— oh oe 16

a3 ae | t,k | —— —- Orb Bei. 16

4,3 12 a-c | — —- €) vicwashes ie

ne , df — —- Go tee ieees

2x gh | — —— a], ssaawviost 16

a5 zt i,k > — — Oe: 16

8 13 a,6 —— — b)'aieeas ede 16

“id as ed | —— — k cceteaxe 16

35 ef,g > — sa IN vasptenee

f ? — a fl Satepsees 16

os + k,l | —— Sections || 16

82 14 a-c | Cristellaria papillosa...........02...0c085 17

84 ‘3 d-f | Calcarina Spengleri, Gm., @ ......008 24

iis ae g-i | Bs asassisnc 24

A 15 3 ad i a Cee 24

ns : df — a Oe supeacees 24

BEL Yh mata tas a Ie 24

Lis a ak. | Sections ........s00008. 24

91 16 a-c | Peneroplis planatus, a .........00000 30

oa se BM le ame Be, Le casbenaet 30

iss . g,h | — — Ya weeohs cakeweces 30

ees a i ECHO =... ees 30

| 95 17 a-d | Cristellaria Cassis, a .......csesececees 22

| ‘* ae e-g —— B Ae eee eet eeeeenes 22

| os hi | — a hes han aavbswliageop ous 22

oe ee eet Beek Sees 22

oe ae en Se cea 29

aN. & }))dF-0"|" Cristellatia GaleA «s.s1cdccccosss cose 23

102 aa g-i Cristellaria acutauricularis ............ 20

103 19 a-¢},,| Nonidnina Faba é...sec<ivassssk zeaces: 5

105 fad OF.) Nonionina Scapha | ...0:005.+:-dasan0se 4

107 28 g-t | Cristellaria Crepidula ...............00 21

108 | 20 a—c_ | Rotalia Auricula, a .......0.00cc00c.000> 27

7 ad BF a ee Baad vee 27

111 bs g-k | Planorbulina tuberosa ........,..0000+. 29

112 21 a-d | Orbiculina Orbiculus ............000605 32

113 22 a-e | Orbiculina angulata............s0.e0000 33

115 23 a-e | Orbiculina adunca .......cceeeceseeeee 31

| 118 24 a-f | Alveolina Melo, a ........cssscescesees 34

fits is g,h | sis bectb ibis osssstiis

184 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

XXI.—Deseriptions of Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

By G. C. Watuicu, M.D., F.LS.

[With two Plates. ]

Tuer Desmidiaceee which form the subject of the present and

following communications were obtained during the latter months

of 1855, in the neighbourhood of Raneegunge, at that period

occupied as a small military outpost, about 120 miles to the

north-westward of Calcutta. '

Nearly one hundred and forty distinct species (representing the

whole of the British genera, with one exception, namely Didy-

moprium), or rather more than two-thirds of the entire number

of British species, were collected by me, in this short space

of time, within an area not exceeding 100 square miles in

extent. This fact is worthy of record, inasmuch as it renders it

highly probable that a very important addition to our knowledge

of this class of organisms would result from a careful exploration

of the adjoining districts, and more especially of the vast tract

of alluvial territory which, commencing near this point, stretches

away towards the sea, and presents all the characters pre-

eminently adapting it for the habitation of the whole tribe of

freshwater Algz.

As might be supposed from the cosmopolite nature of the

Desmidiacez generally, a large proportion of the species referred

to are identical with those already known to occur in Europe

and America. Many, however, are new; and these certainly

equal, if they do not actually surpass, any of the hitherto re-

corded forms in beauty and symmetry. Amongst the more

common species a remarkable amount of “ divergence” from the

typical character is everywhere to be met with,—a circumstance

depending, no doubt, on those peculiarities of soil and climate

which, in Lower Bengal, are so favourable to the exuberant and

rapid development of the entire vegetable kingdom. Such pe-

culiarities operate, however, on the more minute tribes in a

special degree; for whilst the higher orders of plants are sub-

ject only to the regularly recurring changes of a tropical re-

gion, and undergo no abrupt or violent transitions as regards

habitat, the humbler Alge are borne abroad, during their

sporangial state, to great distances and into positions differing

widely in nature from those wherein they were originally en-

gendered. The liability to variation arising from this cause

must necessarily be extreme ; and, therefore, few situations could

be found in which the limits attainable by specifie divergence,

as occurring in these organisms, could more easily and satisfac-

torily be determined.

It is almost impossible to arrive at a correct estimate of the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 185

outburst of fresh life to which microscopic forms are subject

in such a climate, by any comparison with what is observable

elsewhere. Immediately prior to the setting in of the annual

rains, the swamps, pools, water-courses, and even the majestic

rivers, are well nigh driedup. The surface of the soil is parched

into a layer of impalpable dust, and the remnants of all the

minute tribes of plants are carried to and fro, by the slightest

winds, amongst the dusty particles to which they themselves

largely contribute. At this period the sporangial state is as-

sumed both by the Desmidiacee and Diatomacee, and it may

be regarded, therefore, as a species of hybernation, during which

vitality is maintained under the minimum of the conditions

essential to its continuance, and without the interposition of

which phase these organisms would become extinct. For up-

wards of two months the rains continue to fall incessantly.

The whole country is flooded, and the rivers expand to the pro-

portions of inland seas. It is useless, as yet, to search for the

Desmidiaceze. No sooner, however, have the rains and inunda-

tions subsided, than the mud-laden pools clear down, the magic

influences of light and heat are permitted to operate, and, in an

incredibly brief period, the surface, the bottom, and the body of

the waters absolutely teem with the crowded masses of animal

and vegetable life.

In endeavouring to classify the various forms, I have very

reluctantly been compelled, in several instances, to modify the

arrangement laid down in Mr. Ralf’s admirable Monograph of

the Desmidiaceze. I would mention, however, that there are

two or three characters adopted by that author which, as far as

my observation of the Bengal forms is concerned, are of too vari-

able a nature to be admissible for purposes of diagnosis. Thus,

according to the varying periods of growth of the organism,

the endochrome may be equably disposed in minute granules

throughout the protoplasmic cell-contents, it may be aggre-

gated into definitely or indefinitely shaped masses, or it may pre-

sent itself in the form of radiating bands, generally answering

in number to the number of lobes or angles of the given species,

and offering cleft or entire extremities according as the granules

have remained dispersed or have coalesced under the molecular

law to which they are subject. In some genera the disposition

of the endochrome must, no doubt, be regarded as highly cha-

racteristic,—as, for instance, in Docidium, Penium, Tetmemorus,

and Closterium. But even in different individuals of each of

these genera, and in the same individual under different condi-

tions, it will be found to vary greatly ; and for this reason I

have deemed it advisable, as a general rule, to confine my illus-

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Ser.3. Vol.y. 13

186 Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

trations merely to outline, every diagnostic purpose being

thereby answered, a more definite and clear expression of form

being conveyed to the eye, and last, but perhaps not least, a

very great deal of useless labour being avoided.

In like manner, I have refrained from denoting the number

of joints engaged in forming one of the dark diagonal bands

ranging from angle to angle, as observed in some of the fila-

mentous genera, owing to its variable character. Indeed I doubt

whether, in the normal state of these forms—that is, during their

unrestrained growth in their native element—the twisting to

which this appearance is due exists at all. In perfectly still

water, it is probable that no twisting occurs; and in corrobora-

tion of this view, I may mention having repeatedly examined

filaments under a low power and without compression of any

kind, in which no torsion, or but a slight amount of it, was

manifest, whilst, under pressure between the glass slide and

cover, the same species has exhibited it in a very marked degree.

It is probable that, in many cases, the torsion of the filament is

engendered under the manipulation of the observer; and it is

certain, at all events, that by modifying the amount of compres-

sion employed, the amount of torsion, and, with it, the number

of joints engaged in a complete convolution of the filament, may

be materially influenced.

Synopsis of the Filamentous Genera.

Sporangia orbicular, or oblong, plane.

1. Hyatorueca,. Filament cylindrical.

2. Desmipium. Filament compressed, triangular or quadrangular.

Joints deeply constricted. Connected together by minute

projecting cushions at the outer portion of each lobe or

extremity.

3. Aproconum. Filament triangular or quadrangular. Constriction

entirely absent. Margins plane or very faintly crenated.

4. Spo#rozosma. Filaments compressed. Margins incised, sinuate

or angular. Joints constricted. United together by minute

lateral tubercles.

5. Levronema (n. g.). Filament compressed, plane. Margins

incised or sinuate. Joints constricted. Without iter-

mediate processes.

6. OnycHoneMA (n.g.). Filament compressed. Margins serrate.

Joints deeply constricted and united together by over-

lapping cornua.

7. SrREPTONEMA (n.g.). Filament triangular, interrupted. Joints

deeply constricted. Segments 3-lobed. Joints united by

cylindrical filaments given off from the base of each lobe.

Dr, G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 187

1. Hyalotheca, Ehy.

Filament cylindrical. Joints having either a slight central

constriction or a double rim at one or both extremities. End

view circular.

1, H. dissiliens, Ralfs. Filament very slightly constricted at the

centre of each joint.

Frequent. Length of joint from *0003” to -0008”; breadth

of joint 0003" to :0012".

2. H. mucosa. var. 8. Joints not constricted, but having a

double rim at both their extremities.

Length -0007"; breadth -0004".

This variety differs from the form described and figured by

Mr. Ralfs (‘The British Desmidiez,’ p. 53, tab. 1) in having the

double rim at each extremity of the joints, instead of only at one

of these. Moreover, these rims, on careful illumination, are

found to consist of rows of minute elevated puncta.

Both H., dissiliens and the last-named variety of H. mucosa

occur abundantly, intermixed with the larger Algz and with

Anacharis alsinastrum*, during the height of the rainy season,

in the turbid and swollen water-courses. In this respect they

differ from the great mass of the Desmidiacez.

2. Desmidium, Ag.

Filament compressed, triangular, or quadrangular. Joints

constricted deeply. United by minute, projecting, mucous

cushions, which spring from the outer portion of each lobe or

extremity. _

It will be observed that the above definition is framed with a

view to include the plane and triangular varieties of Aptogonum.

Desmidium, which differs in no material pomt from the genus

now under notice, as will presently be seen. But whilst I concur

with Brébisson, Meneghini, and Kiitzing in uniting the species

referred to under Desmidium, 1 would submit that the pecu-

liarly marked character exhibited by Aptogonum Bailey: and a

new variety obtained from Lower Bengal—namely, the entire

absence of constriction on the joints, which accordingly are not

divided into segments—is of sufficient importance to demand

their separation.

* It is worthy of notice that this curious plant, which is generally

understood to have been introduced into Britain from North America, may

with equal probability have been introduced from Bengal along with the

* Jute” fibre (Corchorus capsularis, a staple article of export to this

country), which is subjected during preparation to long-continued macera-

tion in the streams and pools.

13*

188 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

The characters of the two genera, as given by Ralfs, are as

follows :—

“ Desmidium : filament fragile, elongated, triangular or qua-

drangular, regularly twisted ; joints bidentate at the angles.

* Aptogonum: filament elongated, triangular or plane;

joints bicrenate at the margins; an oval foramen between the

joints.”

And again: “ Certainly the state with triangular filaments

does at first sight appear closely allied to Desmidium Swartzu ;

but the large oval foramen between the jomts is so remarkable

a character, that [ must concur with Ehrenberg in placing it in

a separate genus*.”

Now in the Bengal forms the “foramina” are to be met with

indiscriminately in fall the species and varieties; that is, in the

genus described by Ralfs as Desmidium, and also in that which

must be referred to Aptogonum. The generic character founded

on this structure must therefore fall to the ground,

In Aptogonum Desmidium, as figured (loc. cit.), as well as

in all the British specimens that have come under my notice,

the whole physiognomy of the plant tallies so exactly with

the characters of Desmidium, and the presence of a constriction

is so distinct as, in my humble judgment, to leave no room for

doubt. On the other hand, no two forms can appear more dis-

similar in general outlime than the species just referred to and

that recorded as Aptogonum Bailey. For not only is all sem-

blance of constriction wanting, but the margins are so direct

and so nearly plane as to strike the eye at the first glance. The

figure of the American species, as given by Mr. Ralfs from a

drawing by Professor Bailey, presents no trace of marginal

crenature, and in this feature fails to conform to the generic

character assigned to it. But, from its unmistakeable identity

with the triangular form from Bengal, and likewise from what

is to be observed in the quadrangular variety from the same

locality, I cannot help thinking that the faint marginal irregu-

larity does in reality exist. In the Bengal forms it depends on

a large oblong portion of each free face of the joints being very

slightly raised above the surrounding surface. As seen, there-

fore, in different positions of the joint, these flattened elevations

appear broader or narrower according as the ends or broader

portion of the oblong strike upon the outline.

On careful examination, it will be found that the spaces alluded

to under the name of “ foramina ” are to be met with in all the

filamentous forms the joimts of which are united together by

intervening projecting cushions or processes placed at their

* «The British Desmidiex,’ Ralfs, pp. 60, 63 & 208, tab, 4, 5, & 32.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 189

angles,’ or not precisely at their central portions; whereas in

such forms as are united side by side, without the interposition

of these bodies, by their centres, these spaces do not, and indeed

cannot occur. Amongst the filamentous Diatomacez, as for

instance in Triceratium, Biddulphia, Hydrosera, and others,

similar spaces are to be found,—the cornua in these organisms

(which are the analogues of the projecting angles of the Desmi-

diaceze under notice) being only more largely developed.

In Bengal occurs a variety of D. Swartzii in which the angles

are not “bidentate,” but rounded and plane. This may possibly

be identical with the variety noticed as “ D. Brébissonii, var. a”

in Kiitzing’s ‘Species Alg.’ p. 190. The characters there given

are “articulorum dentibus truncatis; interaneis sex-radiatis,

radiis geminatim conniventibus apice non incrassatis.”

This form is quite as abundant as that with the bidentate

angles ; but, from the manner in which the lobes present every

gradation between those that are quite plain and rounded and

such as have the most strongly marked dentations, it seems high]

probable that the one variety is but a young state of the other, all

the other characters remaining identical. The generic character

derived from these processes has accordingly been omitted.

1, D. Swartz. Filament triangular; joints bidentate at the

angles, deeply incised. End view triangular, Uniting cushions

cuneiform.

In the front view the joints are quadrangular, and somewhat

broader than long. A deep constriction divides the joint into

two segments, which have an angular tooth at their margins. In

the end view the connecting cushions are cuneiform, their apices

being directed towards the centre of the joint. The space left

between the joints varies greatly at different periods of growth,

and in different specimens. In the front view of the filament,

the connecting cushions present minute angular projections at

the points of union with each other ; and lastly, in the end view

the joints are finely granular.

With reference to the sporangial condition of this species,

Mr. Ralfs remarks : “I have gathered at Dolgelly some fragments

of this plant which had the endochrome condensed into a spo-

rangium-looking body in the centre of each jomt. As in every

other species of this family in which the reproductive body has

been detected it is the result of the coupling of the cells, I

think it best merely to direct attention to the fact I have men-

tioned, leaving its nature to be determined by future observa-

tion.” (Ralfs, ‘ British Desmidiez,’ p. 62, tab. 4.)

In the same work (Appendix: “ List of Species not hitherto

detected in Britain,” p. 208, tab. 35. fig. 1) the following passage

190 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

occurs with reference to the sporangial condition of Aptogonum

Baileyi: “ Professor Bailey has sent me a drawing of the con-

jugated state, very interesting from its resemblance to a condi-

tion of Desmidium Swartzu, which I had doubtfully regarded as

the sporangia of that species. In both plants it is difficult to

understand the process or to distinguish the coupled filaments,

since the appearance is merely that of a much enlarged and torn

filament.”

It was my good fortune to meet with the sporangial condition

of both forms in considerable abundance, and thus to detect the

true mode in which the sporangial filament is produced. The

appearance of the mature sporangial filament is precisely similar

to that figured by Mr. Ralfs (tab. 4), and tallies with the general

description given in the paragraph last quoted. But during

the process of formation it has been found by me to be the joint

produce of two ordinary filaments. By what mysterious vital

tendency these ordinary filaments are drawn together, we shall

probably never learn. But that something more is necessary

than the mere accidental coming in contact of two filaments is

at once evident from the fact that, were nothing more needed,

filaments would be found at times held together, by a single pair

of conjugated cells, at right angles or inclined towards each

other. This is never the case. The filaments engaged are in-

variably placed parallel to each other, and although cells here

and there appear to be abortive, the entire number for which

there are pairs gradually become fused together. When a few

cells have united by this process, the remainder are possibly

placed in the most favourable position to take their share in it ;

but even this leaves much to be accounted for,—and more espe-

cially the projection of the elongated sac-like vesicles in a direct

line towards each other, whilst a portion of each filament re-

mains separated from its fellow by a considerable interval.

The process takes place in the following order. From the

base of one of the constrictions a minute sac is protruded. As

it extends in size, the adjacent lobes are pushed widely asunder,

the proximate angles become turgid, and the endochrome, which

has become condensed at this point, is gradually poured into

the sac. The already conjugated cells are kept asunder by their

enclosed sporangia, at a distance nearly equal to the diameter of

the filament. The elongated sacs at first simply impinge upon

each other. Shortly, however, they become incorporated, the

interposed portion of double cell-wall is absorbed, the contents

of the opposed joints coalesce, and form the large oblong or

circular sporangial bodies which we find occupying the enlarged

common cavities between the two conjugated filaments. Lastly,

the sporangia remain for a time encysted as just described; but

Dr. G.C, Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 191

eventually the common cell-wall becomes either broken up or

absorbed, the sporangium is invested with its own proper tunics,

and, separating entirely from the parent filaments, it wanders

forth on its own peculiar reproductive mission.

We find in this process a remarkable coincidence with what

is observed to take place in the conjugation of the Zygnemacee,

as, for instance, in Tyndaridea, Mesocarpus, and Staurocarpus ;

and another argument is thus afforded, if indeed any be necessary,

to prove the close affinity of the class of organisms under notice

with the Confervoid Algz in general.

Length of joint 0006"; breadth :0014".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VII. fig. 1. A portion of a filament of D. Swartzii. Fig.2. A

similar portion of var. 6, with rounded angles. Fig. 3. End view, showing

cuneiform processes. Fig. 4. Sporangial filament in process of formation.

3. Aptogonum, Ralfs.

Filament triangular or quadrangular. Constriction entirely

absent. Margins plane or very slightly crenated.

The intermediate spaces, in both the Bengal forms of this

genus, are subject to considerable variation in size. The pro-

minent character on which I ground the necessity for retaining

them in a distinct genus has no reference, however, to this cha-

racter, on which Mr. Ralfs lays such emphasis, but to the entire

character of the joints, and the total absence of the constriction

which produces it, and at the same time offers a marked distine-

tive feature between this genus and the rest of the filamentous

plane or angular Desmidiacez, without exception*. Two forms

occur in Lower Bengal: one, the triangular typical species, A.

Baileyi of Mr. Ralfs and Prof. Bailey ; the other a quadrangular

variety, which I have nevertheless referred to the same species,

as daily experience in this and the allied family of the Diato-

macez clearly proves how liable these humble organisms are to

variations of such a nature, when placed under varying condi-

tions of growth, or derived from different localities, which is

much the same thing.

1, A. Baileyi. Filaments linear ; joints, in front view, quadran-

gular, nearly equal in length and breadth. Uniting cushions

circular. End view triangular.

It has already been mentioned that the margins are faintly

irregular, a large oblong portion of the free sides of each joint

being slightly raised above the surrounding surface, and thus

* In empty joints, the junction of the segments is indicated merely by a

faint transverse line, as in Closterium. This line is omitted in the figures.

192 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

detracting somewhat from the otherwise straight character of

the margins.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Length of joint 0008"; breadth 0009".

Plate VII. fig. 7. Portion of a filament. Fig. 8. End view of same.

Fig. 9. Sporangial state of same.

A. Baileyi, var. quadrangulatum. Filament linear. Joints in

front and end view quadrangular. Uniting cushions circular.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Length of joints from *0008" to 0012”; breadth the same.

Plate VII. fig. 5. Front view of portion of filament. Fig. 6. End view

of same.

4. Spherozosma, Corda.

Filament compressed. Margins incised, sinuate, or angular.

Joints constricted, and united to each other by minute tubercles.

I have found it necessary to modify the definition of this

genus as given by Mr. Ralfs, in order to admit the several varie-

ties which cannot be termed “ plane.” None of the filamentous

forms of Lower Bengal exhibit greater diversity of outline and

size. So great, indeed, is this diversity in some specimens, that,

were it not for the gradual transition recognizable from one to

the other, we should have to elevate them into distinct species.

As it is, I consider the constant aspect and position of the con-

necting tubercles in the three varieties of S. excavatum figured

by me a sufficient ground for accepting them as varieties only.

The deviations from the typical form of S. vertebratum, which

occur with the former species abundantly, although great as

regards size, are not otherwise of sufficient consequence to de-

mand notice in this place.

S. excavatum. Joints constricted. Lobes rounded, abruptly

truncate or angular at their extremities, with two sessile

tubercles on each margin at their junction with each other.

In the three varieties, the tubercles are situated about a third

of the length of the lobes apart.

Var. 8. Lobes abruptly truncate, their truncate surfaces flattened,

with a minute tubercle at each angle, and four or more tuber-

cles on each frout view of the joints. (Pl. VII. fig. 15.)

Var.y. Lobes broadly lanceolate, constriction angular ; extremities

acute, with one tubercle at their apices. (Pl. VII. fig. 16.)

Var. 6. Outline as in typical S. excavatum, but with numerous

tubercles arranged irregularly over the surface of the joints.

(PL WAL, e597.)

Plate VII. fig. 15. Portion of filament of Spherozosma excavatum, var. B,

front view. Fig. 16. Ditto of ditto, var. y, front view. Fig. 17. Single

joint of ditto, var. 6, front view. Fig. 18. Single joint of ditto, ditto.

Typical form.

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 193

5. Leuronema, un. g.

Filament compressed or triangular. Margins incised or

sinuate. Joints deeply constricted. Without intermediate

processes.

The absence of intermediate processes of any kind whatso-

ever renders it necessary to separate the following forms from

Spherozosma, in which genus the connecting tubercles consti-

tute a primary character. Three varieties occur abundantly in

some gatherings, but neither of these exhibits the slightest trace

of intermediate processes under any circumstances. The joints

seem merely to be pressed together, edge to edge, and to be

retained in position by the general mucous envelope common,

in greater or less degree, to all the filamentous Desmidiacex of

Lower Bengal, and to the majority of the non-filamentous forms.

It can scarcely be doubted that this envelope is universal,

although less easily seen in a few species.

The filaments are of great length, notwithstanding the absence

of any special uniting processes, and do not break up more

readily into single joints than their allied forms. A single joint

of the compressed species, when separate, might readily be mis-

taken for a small Cosmarium; whilst one of the triangular

variety might in like manner be looked upon as a Staurastrum.

But the strictly filamentous character shared by both serves at

once to distinguish them from both of these genera.

I have numerous specimens of the compressed species which

exhibit spherical sporangium-like bodies, attached at one point

to the constricted base of the joints; but there is no evidence

forthcoming to prove that these bodies are the product of con-

jugation of pairs of joints from different filaments, as is the case

in the sporangial state of the species already described by me.

They may be perfect sporangia, however, if we conceive the

second series of conjugated joints to have separated, or to have

broken up, on the completion of their functions. However this

may be, the cysts containing the bodies in question spring from

precisely the same point as in the other forms noted—namely,

from the base of the constriction ; and it is therefore difficult to

consider them in any other light than as sporangia. If admitted

to be such, their smooth, plane cell-wall affords a strong addi-

tional ground of distinction from Cosmarium and Staurastrum

respectively.

1. L. nitens, n. s. Filament pinnatifid. Joints compressed,

deeply constricted. Extremities of joints rounded.

The connecting surfaces of the joints in this form are quite

plane, and the segments are closely approximated. Joints

194 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

somewhat broader than long. Marginal view of joints dumb-

bell-shaped, but without any isthmus.

Length of joint ‘0006" to 0008"; breadth of ditto -0008” to

0012".

Plate VII. fig. 10. Front view of a portion of filament. Fig. 11. Mar-

ginal view of two joints.

Var. 8. This differs from the above in having the segments

of the joints separated by a well-defined isthmus. The inter-

mediate notch is accordingly somewhat gaping. So long as in

filament, the connected surfaces of the joimts are slightly in-

flated; but this character is transitory, inasmuch as the outer

segment of a filament is often found to be entirely free from it.

It will be observed that the difference between the two forms

just described is hardly more than one of degree; that is, no

structural distinction exists. It is probable, therefore, that they

may merge one into the other at certain periods of their growth.

I may state, however, that the transition, m any one filament,

has not been met with by me.

Length of joint 0008" to -0010"; breadth of ditto -0007”

to 0012".

Both from Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VII. fig. 12. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 13. Mar-

ginal view of two joints, showing the perfect dumb-bell shape, due to the

presence of the isthmus. Fig. 14. Two of the sporangium-like bodies

attached to the filament.

Var.y. Filament triangular; its margins sinuate. Joints deeply

constricted. Segments 3-lobed. End view triangular.

This remarkable variety might be regarded as a filamentous

Staurastrum. But the same reason that serves to distinguish

the compressed form from Cosmarium must distinguish this one

from the genus it so closely resembles.

I may add that if, by any possibility, the first varieties of this

genus could have been merged into Spherozosma, the occurrence

of the last-described variety must at once have rendered the

junction impossible, except by placing it in a genus by itself,

against which course the reasons are equally obyious.

Length of joint 0008” to 0010"; breadth of ditto -0008"

to 0012".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 12. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 13. End

view of a joint.

6. Onychonema, nu. g.

Filament compressed. Margins inciso-serrate. Joints deeply

constricted, and united to each other by diverging subcapitate

cornua.

The remarkable form of the overlapping and alternating

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 195

cornua, and the uncinate processes given off from the extremities

of the segments, at once distinguish this genus from all others.

1. O. uncinatum, n.s. Jomts quadrangular in front view, deeply

constricted. Segments furnished with two obliquely placed

cornua on their outer surfaces, and with a recurved claw at

each of their extremities.

The joints in this form are somewhat more turgid than in

Spherozosma or Leuronema. The constriction is so deep as to

leave little more than a third of the entire breadth of the joint

as a connecting isthmus. The segments are zlosely approximate.

The cornua are situated obliquely to each other, at the outer

thirds of the lateral surfaces; they are cylindrical, half as long

as the segments are broad, and slightly capitate. Between the

cornua and the claw-like processes a row of minute teeth pre-

sents itself, whilst the median line of the segments, on their

outer aspects, is bordered by two rows of minute puncta. These

are, however, rarely visible, except in such joints as happen to

be empty. The whole of the cornua (as seen in the front view)

placed on the same side of the median line and same extremity

of the segments, overlap the adjoining joint in the same direc-

tion. The two sets of cornua, therefore, as seen in this view,

face in opposite directions, the upper in one, the lower in an-

other. These cornua are not mere tubercular solid excrescences,

as in Spherozosma, but are formed by an extension of the cell-

walls, like the fingers of a glove, and are accordingly hollow for

a certain distance, the tenacity of the filament being so far in-

creased by their instrumentality that it is constantly seen to

divide rather at the segments than at the joints.

In the young state, the uncinate processes are sometimes im-

perfectly developed, and might induce the belief that the form

exhibiting them in this state was a variety.

The marginal view is linear, and faintly sinuate or incised,

from the outline of the cornua being observable, and the con-

striction, which in this aspect is just discernible. In the end

view, the alternating and divergent character of the cornua is

very remarkable. This last feature affords a close point of

resemblance, it may be observed, to the structure and appa-

rent function of the obliquely arranged spines and cornua in

some species of the genus Biddulphia.

Length of joint 0008" to -0012"; breadth of ditto -0012”

0020".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 7. Front view of a portion of a filament. Fig. 8. Mar-

inal view of filament. Fig. 9. Transverse view. Fig. 10. End view.

ig. 11. A joint undergoing division.

196 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

7. Streptonema, n. g.

Filament interrupted. Triangular, deeply pinnatifid. Joints

deeply constricted, and united to each other by three cylindrical

hyaline bands given off from the base of each lobe. Segments

deeply 3-lobed.

1. S. trilobatum, n.s. Joints very deeply constricted, furnished

on their outer surfaces with three stout connecting bands,

which unite with those from the adjacent jomts. Segments

3-lobed; bases of lobes parallel with the base of constriction.

This genus is allied to Spherozosma ; but the structure of the

connecting processes is so unique as to leave no doubt of its

distinct character. Seen in the front view, under the micro-

scope, the filament looks somewhat less symmetrical in the

disposition of its details than is usual in the beautiful class of

organisms to which it belongs; but this want of perfect sym-

metry is due to causes that do not affect it in its normal eondi-

tion. Thus seen, the lobes are distorted to some extent, and the

connecting bands, in like manner, appear less direct than they

ought to do. This form is nevertheless peculiarly elegant.

The constricted portion of the joints presents a short isthmus.

The segments are accordingly not very closely approximated.

Each lobe is inflated towards its free extremity. In the end

view the joints are triradiate ; the central isthmus appearing as

a circular cavity, from the margm of which the lobes arise at

equal distances, aud the tubercular bases of the connecting

bands being placed midway between them.

The connecting processes or bands are marked by three trans-

verse lines, at the central one of which the bands are somewhat

thickened. When the filament breaks up, the bands disunite at

either of these lines; and, at first sight, it would appear as if

each band were formed by the interposition of two short cylinders

attached to the projecting tubercles situated, as already described,

at the base of each lobe.

Whilst the joints are undergoing division, the young segments

are closely pressed together, and the rudiments of the connecting

bands are to be seen in the form of minute flattened processes,

which gradually extend outwards as the two new joints become

perfect and separate, and ultimately constitute the connecting

bands.

The sporangium is formed by the conjugation of the joints of

two distinct filaments, as described in Desmidium and Aptogonum,

—a sac-like vesicle being protruded from the base of the opposed

joints, these vesicles by degrees coalescing to form a cell, into

which the endochrome is collected. Before the sporangial mass

is quite mature, the filament breaks up; but several of the spo-

- Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca. 197

rangial sacs, with their parent-joints still attached, are constantly

to be met with, placed side by side, and probably retained near

each other by a common mucous envelope. The cells at this

period are elliptical, their ends being produced somewhat, and

coalescing with the now empty joints. At maturity, the old

joints are cast off entirely, the cell closes, assumes a perfectly

elliptical outline, and the sporangium presents itself in a guise

similar to the mature detached sporangia seen in some of the

Zygnemacee.

The mucous matrix in which the species of this genus are

imbedded often exhibits a number of pin-like bodies, stuck, as it

were, into every part of the joint,—the heads, which are minute,

oblong, granular, and of a rich green colour, being directed out-

wards. These growths appear to be epiphytical, and are seen

also in the various forms of Spherozosma and Leuronema. Their

minute size renders any examination of their characters impos-

sible. It may be mentioned, however, that they are quite distinct

in aspect from the delicate radiating lines frequently met with

in the mucous envelope of the majority of the Desmidiacez.

Length of joints ‘0008" to ‘0009"; breadth of ditto 0012"

to 0019". Length of connecting bands ‘0002" to -0004!'.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate VIII. fig. 1. Portion of a filament seen in front view. Fig. 2. End

view of a single joint. Fig. 3. Two joints undergoing division. Fig. 4,

exhibiting the appearance of a single connecting band. Fig. 5. End view

of a joint, showing the pin-like epiphytic growths. Fig. 6. A sporangium

just prior to the casting-off of the empty parent-joints.

[All the figures, with the exception of Fig. 4. Pl. VIII., are magnified

400 diameters. |

[To be continued. }

XXII.— Remarks on Mr. M‘Andrew’s “ Note on the Comparative

Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of the European

Seas.” By Joun Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.

Tue importance of this question in a geological point of view,

and especially with regard to the history of the so-called “ Gla-

cial epoch,” will, I trust, be accepted as my apology for saying

a few words on the subject. Although I do not profess to have

had the experience of my friend Mr. M‘Andrew in dredging in

extreme northern and southern latitudes, my acquaintance with

the marine Testacea of our own coasts, as well as a careful exa-

mination of the collections of Mdller, Costa, D’Orbigny, Mr.

M‘Andrew, and others in the British Museum, with reference

to the maximum size of the specimens contained therein, com-

pared with those in my own collection of British shells (inde-

198 Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca.

pendently of my Mediterranean dredgings), enable me to sub-

stantiate the proposition which I ventured to enunciate in a

former Number of the ‘ Annals’ (ser. 3. vol. ii. p. 120), that, “in

general, the size of specimens increases in a ratio inverse to their

northern, and converse to their southern, point of latitude.”

I will now consider, seriatim, all the instances adduced by

Mr. M‘Andrew, by which he seeks to disprove my proposition.

1. Corbula nucleus:—This species is very variable im respect

of size on the British coasts; and Mr. M‘Andrew may have

found a small variety upon the shores of North Drontheim.

2. Trochus lineatus.—Specimens which I have collected in

Wales and Donegal Bay considerably exceed in size Mr. M‘An-

drew’s specimens from the north coast of Spain and Mogador.

3. Astarte sulcata.—Most variable in size on our own coasts,

and probably also in the northern localities indicated by Mr.

M‘Andrew.

4. Astarte triangularis,—I believe I can match, in point

of size, specimens from North Britain with any which Mr.

M‘Andrew has from Gibraltar Bay.

5. Crenella (Modiola) marmorata.—The largest specimens I

ever saw were said to come from Greenland.

6. Crenella rhombea.—The size of some of my specimens from

Guernsey is fully equal to that of Mr. M‘Andrew’s largest speci-

men from the Canaries or Mediterranean.

7. Nucula nucleus. —Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from Finmark

appear to be a small variety, which also occurs on our own coasts.

8. Nucula decussata.—Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from the

south of Spain are not much more than half the size of my

Oban specimens.

9. Cardium rusticum.—Mr. M‘Andrew had probably not seen

the very large examples from the south of Devon when he

stated that this species increased in size southward from the

British Channel.

10. Cardium papillosum.—tThis has only recently been dis-

covered to inhabit the British Isles; but a specimen in Dr. Lukis’s

cabinet is quite as large as any that I have seen from the Medi-

terranean.

11. Cardium pygmeum.—Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimens from

Vigo Bay are not so large as some which the late Mr, Warren

sent me from the south of Ireland ; and I found specimens nearly

as large as the last at Falmouth.

12. Venus verrucosa.—British specimens are larger than any

which I have seen from more southern latitudes.

13. Mactra stultorum.—\ suspect that the specimens men-

tioned by Mr. M‘Andrew belong to another species, probably to

the M. inflata of Bronn.

Mr. Jeffreys on the Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca. 199

14. Littorina rudis.—This species is known to be extremely

variable in respect of size. The largest I have ever seen were

from the north of Ireland.

15. Scalaria communis.—I have never seen any Mediterranean

specimens equal in size to those found in this country.

16. Bulla hydatis—Does Mr. M‘Andrew mean the B. hydatis

of Linnzus, which is extremely rare in this country, but common

in the Mediterranean, or B. cornea of Lamarck, which is our

common species, though it is also found in the Mediterranean ?

17. Murex erinaceus.—British specimens are considerably

larger than those from the coasts of Spain collected by Mr.

M‘Andrew, and now in the British Museum.

18. Cerithium reticulatum—Mr. M‘Andrew probably means

the large variety (C. lima of Bruguiére), which is found in the

Channel Isles as well as in the Mediterranean. Specimens of

the normal form, which I obtained by dredging on the Pied-

montese coast, are smaller than those of our own shores. This

last is the var. 8. of Philippi.

19. Cerithium (Triforis) perversum.—The same remark applies

to this also.

20. Aclis supranitida.—Specimens collected by myself in

North Wales are quite as large as those of Mr. M‘Andrew from

Madeira. An allied species (4. ascaris), which is of a much

smaller size, is frequently confounded with the above, and may

have been referred to by Mr. M‘Andrew as the British species.

Tellina balaustina is not, as Mr. M‘Andrew might lead your

readers to suppose, only found on the western or Atlantic coast.

It also oceurs on the eastern coast of Zetland, and probably is

as common there as in the Mediterranean; but the northern

seas are, during the greater part of the year, too stormy to admit

of much exploration.

Even in the case of the Teredines, which inhabit submerged

and floating wood, and may therefore be supposed to be peculiarly

subject to climatal influence, specimens of Teredo denticulata

from Greenland, in the British Museum, are twice the size of

the few specimens which have been hitherto found living on

the British shores; while 7. PAilippii attains here much greater

dimensions than in Sicily or more southern parts. British

examples of 7. Norvagica, T. navalis, and T. pedicellata, appear

also to exceed in size those found on the north coast of Spain

and in Sicily, judging from the figures given by Quatrefages

and Philippi. The Teredines are stated by M. Laurent not to

be pelagic, but confined to the coast-line, although some of the

species have a very wide geographical range.

Taking the British Mollusca as the standard of comparison, I

would also remark that the following species in particular appear

200 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

to attain a larger size in our own seas than in the south of

Europe: viz., Murex corallinus, Lachesis minima, Rissoa stri-

atula, Donax politus, Avicula Tarentina, Galeomma Turtoni, and

Trochus striatus. These are, according to the late Professor

Edward Forbes, some of the principal representatives of the

“ Lusitanian ” type.

To these may be added species of Artemis, Cylichna, Mactra,

Mangelia, Nassa, Natica, Neera, Pecten, Pectunculus, Syndosmya,

Tapes, Tellina, Tornatella, Trochus, Turritella, Venus, and proba-

bly of every other genus which is common to the European seas.

I have purposely omitted any of the species which Mr.

M‘Andrew may consider as “ Arctic,” “ Boreal,” or “ Celtic,”

although I apprehend such geographical distinctions have no

foundation in fact or in nature.

The difference between Mr. M‘Andrew and myself (or the

error into which one of us has fallen) may have arisen from our

respective collections being better furnished with specimens of

the shells which each has had greater opportunities of procuring ;

and it is to be hoped that further experience will show which of

our conclusions is correct.

XXIII.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By

Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 95.]

In regard to the general structure of the flower in the Colle-

tiee, there is little to add beyond what we find recorded on the

subject ; but it may be remarked that the lobes of the calycine

border in that tribe, as in others of the Rhamnacee, have a

prominent keel along the middle of their internal face, which

terminates below the apex in an elevated callous gland, con-

nected with two other raised lines that run along the border.

These medial keels and glands have been supposed by some to

be so many sterile stamens; but Brongniart, with more truth,

considers their appearance to be the result of the impression

left upon the soft fleshy lobes of the calyx, while in estivation,

by the indentation of the enclosed petals and stamens: that

such is the real cause, is shown in the instance of Gouania,

where a similar carinal prominence exists in the calycine lobes,

and, in addition, at the base of each keel is seen an acute scale,

which is really the rudiment of an abortive stamen. Similar

impressions are frequent in many other families where the floral

envelopes have a valvate estivation. We meet with another

point of structure in the Colletiew, which, as far as I am aware,

has not been noticed by botanists: I refer to the peculiar deve-

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 201

lopment of the stipules. Brongniart, who enters fully into detail

respecting the several parts of the plant in the Rhamnacee, in

describing their stipules, does not allude to it; he even states

that these organs are entirely wanting in Refanilla, where I find

this development to be a very characteristic feature. Beneath

each spine and at the base of each petiole, a dark red-coloured

broad scale is seen, which somewhat embraces the stem; it is

concave, and terminates at the apex in two short teeth, or

lengthened erect linear segments, the petiole appearing to spring

from between them : in some instances, as in Colletia, Talguenea,

Trevoa, Adolphia, and Scypharia, these stipular scales are simply

amplexicaul ; but in other cases, as in Notophena, Retanilla,

Ochetophiia, and Discaria, those of the opposite axils unite in a

short vaginal sheath, forming a dark transverse line around the

stem, making each node seem to be articulated, as in Ephedra.

Between each scale and its corresponding spine, a tubercular

swelling originates, upon which both leaves and flowers appear,

when, as frequently occurs, they are fasciculated: this tubercle

is, in fact, a suppressed or undeveloped branchlet; the scales

are the opposite stipules of the approximated decussating axils,

some of which are sterile, while others produce both leaves and

flowers, or each separately. This feature affords a very good

discriminating character in some of the genera.

After these prefatory remarks, I proceed to the consideration,

in succession, of the several genera of the Colletiee, separating

the tribe into three divisions :—1, where the petals are wanting,

and the fruit is separable into distinct cocci; 2, where petals are

present, with a similar fruit; 3, where petals are also present,

but where the fruit is indehiscent.

Division 1. Eucolletiez. Flores apetali; fructus capsularis,

dehiscens.

1. CoLLetra.

A very good history of this genus is given by Sir W. Hooker

in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany’ (i. p. 150), but some confusion has

existed among its species, which ] have endeavoured to clear

away. ‘The species are mostly confined within the extratropical

regions of South America, on both coasts; some few have been

found within the tropics, one of them by Humboldt, at Huanca-

bamba, in Upper Peru, at an elevation of more than 10,300 feet

above the sea. The greater portion are met with near the base

of the Andes, both on the western and eastern sides, at an eleva-

tion of from 2500 to 6000 feet, while others are seen only on

the maritime sandhills along the coasts of Chile and im the

low grounds bordering the river Plate. Commerson’s plant,

said by Jussieu to be from Brazil, is from the province of

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 14

cw)

02 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

Buenos Ayres: one species is a native of the island of Juan

Fernandez, in the Pacific. The genus is readily distinguished

from most others of the Colletiee by the absence of petals,—a

character partaken of only by one other, which I have proposed

under the name of Notophwna, from which it is at once recog-

nized by the peculiar form of its disk. In many genera of the

tribe the tube of the calyx is circumscissile in the line of its

contraction above the basilar intumescence ; Colletia differs from

them in having its circunscissile zone midway between that hne

and the base, so that when the tube falls away, it carries with it

its annular disk, and when seen from below, it seems closed b

a diaphragm, pervious only for the passage of the style. When

the fruit is half immersed in the persistent eupular base of the

calyx, its epicarp forms a loose skin, which breaks round the

margin of the cup, leaving its lower moiety persistent within it,

while the upper moiety splits at the same time, to allow the

separation of the three cocci (consisting of endocarp), which

spring out of the calycine cup with elastic force, each coceus

bursting by its axial line, as in Euphorbiaceae, &c.; the remain-

ing portion of the epicarp attached to the cocci comes off like a

loose skin ; but the mesocarp, which is membranaceous, adheres

to the corneous endocarp.

Corietia, Comm.—Char. emend. Calyx cylindricus vel urceo-

lato-tubulosus, imo tumescens et hine demum circumscissus,

8—-10-striatus, limbo 4—5-fido, laciniis acutis reflexis, intus

carina prominula calloque apicali notatis, zestivatione valvatis.

Petala nulla. Stamina 4 y. 5, inter lacinias calycis, rarius

sub faucem, iserta; jilamenta subulata, compressa, laciniis

fere sequalia vel breviora, erecta, apice szepe inflexa; anthere

sub-2-lobee, reniformes, oscillatorize, transversim 2-valves,

valva antica quam postica breviore, et rima hippocrepica late

hiante. Discus imo tenuissimus aut fere evanidus, ibique ad

fundum calycis adnatus, margme (in coarctationem tubi)

libero latissimo et convolutim inflexo hine valde conspicuus,

carnosus, et annularis. Ovariwm superum, globosum, 3-sul-

catum, 3-loculare; ovu/a in loculis solitaria, e basi erecta.

Stylus filiformis, calyei eequilongus. Stigma parvum, obtuse

3-lobum. Fructus siccus, subglobosus, 3-sulcatus, calycis

cupula semi-immersus, subeapsularis, in coccos 3 solubilis,

coccis crustaceis, rima ventrali elastice 2-valvatim dehiscenti-

bus, monospermis. Semen erectum, ovatum, vix compressum,

ventre subangulatum ; ¢unica externa uitida, durissima, cornea,

ilo basali pervio et transversali; integumentum secundum

membranaceum, et medio substantia laxe cellulosa subcoriacea

opaca ad priorem agglutinatum, raphigerum ; raphe filiformis,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 2038

e basi lateraliter orta, hine cursu omnino peripherico apicem

transiens, et tunc altero latere ad hilum iterum regrediens ;

integumentum internum preecedenti laxatum, membranaceum,

subopacum, a medio sensim arctatum, et imo in cerviculam

filiformem brevem terminatum, chalaza majuscula carnosa

apicali munitum. Hmbryo intra albumen carnosum inclusus ;

radicula brevissima, infera, tereti, cotyledonibus carnosis folia-

ceis, planis, cordato-ovatis.—Suffrutices Americe Meridio-

nalis, plerumque extratropicales, intricato-ramosi, subaphylli,

ramis decussatim, oppositis, divaricatis ramulis spinescentibus,

spinis subulatis seepe compressis, interdum latissime expansis

et decurrentibus ; folia paucissima, minuta, seepe rudimentaria,

opposita, integra; flores infra spimas orti, albidi vel albido-

rosel, pedicellis 1-floris nutantibus.

1. Colletia spinosa, Lam. Ilustr. 11. 90. tab. 129; Dict. Suppl.

i. 812; DC. Prodr. 1. 28.—C. horrida, Willd. 1.1113 ; Vent.

Hort. Cels. 92.—C. polyacantha, Willd. in R. & Sch. v. 1138.—

Rhamnus Yaquil, Domb. MSS. ;—spinosissima, ramulis spi-

nisque compressis valde striatis, striis in ramulis spiraliter, in

spinis recte parallelis, spinis validis, longiusculis, decussatis,

subulatis, apice callo acutissimo rubro terminatis ; foliis parvis,

oblongo-ovatis, glaberrimis, integris, aut summum versus den-

ticulatis, caducissimis, breviter petiolatis, infra spinas insertis ;

floribus solitariis, vel paucis fasciculatis e tuberculo sub

spina ortis, pedunculis brevibus reflexis; calyce cylindrico,

medio constricto, imo ampliore et subgloboso, limbi laciniis 5,

reflexis, acutis, apice callo instructis, staminibus parvulis ore

fere sessilibus, filamentis brevissimis deflexis.—Buenos Ayres :

—v. s. in herb. Jussieu, in Mus. Paris (Commerson).

This species must be considered as the type of the genus

which, according to Jussieu (Gen. Plant. p. 380, ann. 1789), was

first proposed by Commerson for a plant of his collection, who,

however, assigned to it no specific designation: its first name,

Colletia spinosa, was given by Lamarck (in 1793), in his ‘ Illust.

Gen, tab.129. Willdenow (in 1798) published the same plant,

the only species then known, under the name of Colletia horrida.

Poiret (im 1811) first detailed the characters of the genus, and

Ventenat, in the meantime, figured and described two other

plants, which he referred to Colletia. Poiret states (Encyel.

Meth. Suppl. n. 312) that Lamarck figured his type from the

plant brought from Peru by Jos. de Jussieu, and from Brazil

(Buenos Ayres) by Commerson ; but he evidently confounded

two species together. I have seen the original specimens of

these two plants, which are preserved in the Jussieuan Herba-

rium, and fastened on the same sheet. Commerson’s specimen

14*

204. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

above described appears to be that figured by Lamarck as Colletia

spinosa ; Jussieu’s plant, of which there are two small specimens,

one in flower, the other in seed, corresponds with another larger

specimen collected also in Peru (Tarma) by Dombey, which I

have described under the name of C. aciculata. Lamarck’s

figure, though coarsely drawn, is tolerably correct ; but the spines

in the specimen are longer than are there represented, and not

at all curved. I have adopted from his description and plate

the character of the leaves which are now wanting in the two

existing specimens, both collected by Commerson im “ Buenos

Ayres,” or at least in the Argentine Provinces. In the full-

grown specimen, the spines are an inch long, and a line in dia-

meter at the base; in the younger specimen, with the flowers in

bud, the spines are somewhat shorter, more slender, and more

terete; they are all of a dark green colour when dried. The

leaves in Lamarck’s figure are 4 lines long and 2 lines broad.

The slender pene) peduncles are about a line long; the tube

of the calyx is 2-23 lines long, 13 line in diameter, its segments

being 1 line long ‘and 4 line broad*.

2. Colletia intricata, n. sp. ;—spinosissima, glaberrima, ramulis

compressis, spinis longis, curvulis, spinulisque decussatis, te-

retibus, subulatis, apice callo acuto rubro pungentibus ; foliis

rarissimis, oppositis, oblongis, crassiusculis, obtusis, dentatis,

3-nerviis, imo in petiolum sublongum canaliculatum gradatim

angustatis, e simu dentium stipulze minut enatis; floribus

pro genere majusculis 2-3, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso

infra spinas prodeuntibus, nutantibus ; calyce cylindrico, tubo

amplo, 10-nervio, rubescente, imo carnoso, limbi lacmis 5

albis, reflexis ; staminibus in sinubus subsessilibus, filamentis

brevissimis.—In Andibus Mendocinis et Chilensibus :—cirea

Uspallatam (altit. 6000 ped.) et procul Mendoza (2600 ped.)

ai lecta ;—v. s. in herb. Hook. in Andibus Mendozze

(Gillies) ;—Chile (Bridges), a Valparaiso missa, sed forsan in

Andibus lecta. Vernac. Yaquil.

This differs from the typical species in its longer, more slen-

der, and more terete, obsoletely striated spines, in its general

glaucous hue, in the form of its leaves, which are denticulated,

andmore especially in its conspicuous and larger flowers. It

forms a low, branching, spiny, and almost leafless shrub. Its

decussating ‘nodes are half an inch apart ; its spines are Rae

from 7 to 15 lines long; the leaves are 3 lines long, 14 line

broad, upon a petiole of 1 line in length; the petiole i is ae

in a sharp notch on the apex of a minute rigid stipular scale

' * A figure of this species, with analytical details, will be given in the

‘ Contributions to Botany,’ plate 34 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 205

beneath each spme, between which is seen the squamose tuft

out of which the flowers spring. The flowers are of a deep rose

colour, with a white reflexed border, and are larger than the

other species of the genus ; the pedicel is 2 lines long; the calyx

is tubular, not contracted in the middle, fleshy at base, 3 lines

long and 2 lines in diameter, the segments of the border being

in addition 1 line long and ? line broad *,

3. Colletia invicta, n. sp.;—spinosissima, ramulis spinisque

compressis, glauco-pruinosis, subflavis, et molliter puberulis,

spinis 3-seriatim spinulosis, crebris, validis, intricatis, apice

eallo rubro pungentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis parvulis,

ovatis, utrinque acutis, crassiusculis, enervils, margine crenu-

latis, ubique puberulis, subreflexis, subimplicatis, fere epetio-

latis, caducissimis, e stipula enatis; floribus majusculis, roseis,

4—6 e tuberculo squamoso infra spinas fasciculatis, nutanti-

bus; calyce cylindrico, tubo amplo, 10-nervio, rubro, imo

carnoso, disco basin versus annulari, limbi laciniis 5, carno-

sulis, pallidis, reflexis ; staminibus in sinubus parvis, filamentis

brevissimis, stylo exserto.—Chile ?—v. s. in Herb, Mus. Paris

(stne designatione).

This is very different in habit from the former, being of a

deep yellow hue, somewhat pubescent, with much shorter and

thicker spines and closer axils. The primary spines are 13-2

inches long, the secondary spines 2—? inch long, and 4 lines

apart, and ‘the tertiary spinelets are 3 to 4 lines long, all form-

ing a dense entanglement; the leaves are channelled above,

about 2 lines long, | line bro ad, tapering into an almost obso-

lete sulcated petiole; the pedicels are 2 lines long; the tube of

the calyx is 3 lines, and the segments 1 line long: it is quite

cylindrical, and 2 lines in diameter ; the filaments are only

4 line in length, the anthers globose. The flowers much re-

semble those of the preceding species in size and form, but the

annular disk is placed nearer the base of the tube ; they are quite

glabrous.

4. Colletia ferox, Gill. & Hook. Bot. Misc. i. 154, tab. 44 B ;—

implexo-spinosa, ramulis abbreviatis, aphyllis, viridibus, spi-

nisque oppositis, subulatis, compressis, iterumque decussatim

spinosulis, substriatulis, pungentibus, hine confertim intri-

eatis ; floribus rosaceis 2—3, fasciculatis, sub spinis e tuber-

culo squamoso ortis ; pedunculo flore paulo breviore, calyce

medio constricto, imo subgloboso, limbi laciniis 5, reflexis,

staminibus 5 parvulis in fauce inter lacinias fere sessilibus :

stylo exserto; fructu 3-lobo, subgloboso, cupula calycina

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 34 B.

206 -.- Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

suffulto.—In Andibus Chilensibus et Mendocinis.—». s. in

herb. Hook. (Gillies, Cuming).

This species is very different in its general appearance from

the three preceding, its spines bemg much shorter, very much

entangled, of a dark colour; its flowers are smaller, and more

contracted in the middle. The primary spines are 2-23 inches

long, the secondary are } to | inch, the tertiary spinelets are

2 to 4 lines; they are all quite glabrous. The pedicels are

very slender, 2 lines long; the calyx, including the segments

of its border, is 3 lines long and 1} line in diameter in the

mouth; the flowers are of a pale reddish-white colour, and of

thin texture*,

5. Colletia atrox, vn. sp.—Discaria Americana, Hook. in parte,

Bot. Misc. 1. 172 ;—horride spinosa, ramulis pallide olivaceis,

striatulis, spinis elongatis, validissimis, crassis, secundarisque

brevibus decussatim oppositis, glaberrimis, valde compressis, mo

latis et hinc subdecurrentibus, pallide viridibus, apice calloso-

pungentibus, aphyllis aut foliis caducissimis ; floribus majuscu-

lis, palidissimis, 2-8, fasciculatis, e tubereulo squamoso ad basin

spimarum enatis ; pedunculo flore paulo breviore, calyce late

tubuloso, medio subconstricto, textura tenul, albido, imo im-

flato, limbi laciniis 5 revolutis ; antheris parvulis, globosis, in

ore fere sessilibus, stylo exserto, imo articulato, et mox ca-

duco, ovario globoso, 3-lobo.—Buenos Ayres.—v. s. in herb.

Hook. (Tweedie).

The strong and flattened spines of this plant give it a peculiar

character, which indicates an approach to the following remark-

able species. The branchlets are about 4 inches in length, the

primary spines 14 inch long, gradually diminishing upwards ;

their secondary spmes, in one, two, or three almost horizontally

salient decussating pairs, are from 3 to 6 limes long, much flat-

tened and spreading at their base, where they are 2 lines broad

and half a line thick, all armed with a reddish, sharp, callous

point ; they are of a greenish pallid hue. The flowers, in clus-

tered fascicles, are nearly the size of those of C. intricata, and

of the same pale colour ; the tube is more globose at the base,

and much contracted in the middle, 24 lines long, the diameter

of its mouth 1} line, and the reflected segments | line in length :

the slender peduncles are 2 lines long. This plant, by mistake,

is confounded with Discaria Americana in the ‘Botanical Mis-

cellany’ +.

* A representation of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’

plate 34 c.

f A drawing of this plant will be given in the same work, pl. 34 p.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleties. 207

6. Colletia cruciata, Gill. & Hook. Bot. Mise. 1, 52. tab. 43 ;

ibid. ii. 172.—C. Bictonensis, Lindl. Journ. Hort. Soc. v. 29

cum icone.—Condalia paradoxa, Spr. Syst. i. 825 ;—suffruti-

cosa, 3—4-pedalis, ramosa, ramulis subangulatis, spimis mag-

nis, horridis, decussatim oppositis, valde compressis, latissime

expansis, longe decurrentibus, et apice calloso-pungentibus

ubique tectis; junioribus pilis incanis adpressis hirsutulis

sparsim tomentellis, foliiferis; foliis perpaucis, cito caducis,

ellipticis, dentatis, apice acutis et mucronatis, basi in petiolum

brevem canaliculatum attenuatis, sub spinis e stipula 2-dentata

enatis; floribus parvis 6-8, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso

tomentoso ad basin spinarum ortis, pedunculo flore breviore,

calyce cylindrico, albo, basi viridi, medio non constricto, ob-

secure 10-nervio, limbi laciniis 5 patentibus, staminibus 5

parvis fere sessilibus inter lacinias sitis, stigmate obsolete

3-lobo, incluso.—Banda Oriental.—v. s. in herb. Hook.—

Maldonado (Gillies).

This plant was raised in England many years since, and then

erroneously supposed to be a hybrid, or a monstrosity of C.

spinosa, and was described by Dr. Lindley under the name of

C. Bictonensis. It is the most remarkable species of the genus,

on account of its monstrous spines, which are flattened, and

extend from one axil to another in cruciating and divaricating

pairs: they are nearly an inch long and 3 to 6 lines broad at

their base. Its leaves are very caducous, oblong, acute, with a

mucronate apex, more obtuse at the base, fleshy, obsoletely 3-

nerved, toothed on the margin, quite glabrous, 2 lines long,

I line broad, on a slender petiole of 1 line in length ; this springs

out of a sinus of a bidentate acute stipule, also caducous. The

flowers are smaller than in any of the preceding species, and

are of a whitish colour: the length of the tube is 13 line, of its

reflected segments 1 line, its diameter 1 line. The annular peri-

gynous diskis green, and situated near the base of the tube ;

the filaments are one-fourth of the length of the segments, and

are reflected within the mouth; the style is exserted. The

capsule is 22 lines in diameter, 3-lobed, and seated in the free

cupular persistent base of the calyx*.

7. Colletia Weddelliana, n. sp. ;—intricato-spinosa, ramulis nodos

versus compressis, ochraceo- vel glauco-pruinosis et granulato-

punctatis, spinis teretibus, imo compressis, substriatis, iterum-

que spinulosis, apice glanduloso-pungentibus ; folis parvis,

caducissimis, lanceolato-oblongis, utrinque acutis, integris vel

summo dentatis, pallide glaucis, crassis, enervils, convexis,

rachi superne sulcata, inferne prominula, petiolo brevissimo,

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 54 E.

208 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletie.

canaliculato, deflexo ; floribus paucis, fasciculatis,e tuberculo

squamoso majusculo ‘puberulo proficiscentibus ; calyce cylin-

drico, 10-nervi, rubello, medio non constricto, imo carnosulo,

limbi laciniis 5 reflexis, 3-nervils, apice callosis, staminibus 5

in sinubus fere sessilibus, disco annulari crenulato, stylo in-

cluso.— Bolivia, in locis aridis petrosis, Puna ad Lac. Titicaca,

altit. 12,000 ped.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris (Weddell, 4391).

This species much resembles C. atrox in general aspect, but

its spines are not so broad and compressed at their base, and

are of a more glaucous-yellow hue ; the form of the calyx corre-

sponds more with that of C. spinosa in being broad and little

constricted. The spines vary in length from 6 to 9 lines, are

greatly divaricated or nearly patent, and are decussating, the

internodes being 4 to 6 lines apart. The leaves are 3 lines long,

14 Jine broad, thick, coriaceous, convex and channelled above,

concave below, with revolute toothed margins; each pedicel is

1 line long; the length of the calyx (including its reflected

segments, of nearly 1 line) is 3} lines, and its diameter 1} line*,

8. Colletia Kunthiana. C. spimosa, H. B. K. Gen. Sp. vu. 59

(non Lam.).—Fruticosa, 1—2-orgyalis, ramosissima, et intri-

cato-spinosa, ramulis obsolete striatis, fusco-brunneis, ad-

presse hirtellis, ad nodos compressis, spimis subbrevibus,

validis, subeurvulis, acumine calloso-pungentibus, junioribus

foliiferis ; foliis subsessilibus, parvulis, spathulato-lanceolatis

vel obovatis, obtusis, integerrimis, concavis, infra carinatis,

caducissimis, petiolo brevissimo, imo stipulis 2 ovatis minutis

coadunatis instructo; floribus 1-4, fasciculatis, e tuberculo

squamoso prodeuntibus ; pedunculo flore pendulo breviore,

calycis tubo rubescente tenuiter membranaceo, 10-nervio,

basi tumido, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, reflexis, stamimibus in

sinubus fere sessilibus, stylo tereti, stigmate capitato-3-lobo,

paulo exserto ; capsula sub-8-loba, 3-cocca, cupula calycina,

grandefacta, immersa, pisi magnitudine. —Huancabamba Alte

Peruvize, altit. 10,300 ped. —Vernac. Zarza de Moyse.—v. s

in herb. Mus. Paris (Bonpland) a cel. Ktmthii missa.

This species has a fuscous hue, with short interlaced spmelets :

the primary spines are 2 inches long; the secondary 8-10 lines,

and 5 lines apart; the tertiary spinelets are 3 lines long, very

stout, with a sharp point. he leaves are very caducous, and

are wanting in the specimen I have seen, but they are described

by rene The flowers are small, of a reddish hue, many of

them appear sterile, and soon fall off; the segments of the border

are nearly as long as the tube, each being about 1 line long ; and

* A drawing of this plant will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 34 F.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese. 209

the tube is cylindrical, 1 line in diameter; the disk is seated

near its base: the pedicel is only 2 line long in the flower, and

2 lines in fruit. The 3-lobed capsule, supported on the cupular

remnaut of the calyx, is 24 lines in diameter*.

9. Colletia tenuicula, n. sp. ;—fruticosa, ramis teretibus, striatis,

pallide olivaceis, pubescentibus, ramulis tenuibus, divergenti-

bus, spinosis, spinis decussatim oppositis, acicularibus, sim-

plicibus, nonnullis inferioribus iterum 2-spinulosis; foliis

parvulis e ramulo novello inermi infra spinam enato, et ea

dimidio breviore, crebriter approximatis et quasi fasciculatis ;

floribus 2—4 fasciculatis, infra spinas protensis, parvulis, pedi-

cellisque gracilibus, glabris, erectis; calycis tubo rubescente

infundibuliformi, tenuiter cylindraceo, imo globosim inflato,

ore ampliore, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, revolutis; staminibus

inter lacinias fere sessilibus, antheris parvis, globosis; ovario

subgloboso, 3-sulcato, stylo filiformi, paulo exserto.—Patria

ignota (forsan Buenos Ayres).—». s. in. herb. Mus. Soc. Linn.

ex herb. Linn. fil. cum indicio “ Cavanilles 1803.”

This is a delicate and slender species. The specimen above

quoted is a mere fragment, 6 or 8 inches in length, originally

contributed by Cavanilles to the younger Linnzus, whose herba-

rium passed into that of Sir Jas. Smith (now the property of the

Linnean Society). In habit it greatly resembles some of the

species of Discaria, for which, at first sight, it might be mistaken.

Its primary spines are very slender, almost acicular, of a pale

green colour, pubescent, and about 2 inches long ; the secondary

spines, still more slender, are from 4 to 9 lines in length; the

tertiary spinelets are only a line long: its filiform peduncles are

12 line long, the very slender tube of the calyx, cluding the

segments, is 2 lines long, the tube being } line in diametert.

10. Colletia pungens, n. sp. C. spinosa, Hook. in parte, Bot.

Mise. i. 154. tab. 44 4 (non Lam.) ; ibid. iii. 173 ;—ramis

ramulisque glaberrimis, pallide glaucis, aphyllis, aut foliis

caducissimis, ad nodos compressis, horride spinosis, spinis

longis, validis, divaricatis, decussatim oppositis, subulatis,

striatis, apice callo rubro pungentibus : floribus paryis, binis,

vel pluribus fasciculatis, ce tuberculo squamoso tomentoso infra

spinam vel interdum e medio spinarum ortis, pedunculo gla-

berrimo flore breviore, calycis tubo longiuscule cylindraceo,

imo globose ampliato, limbi laciniis 4—5, acutis, reflexis, sta-

minibus totidem sinubus insertis, filamentis longiusculis,

exsertis, erectis, laciniis paulo brevioribus, antheris parvis,

-viridibus, stylo longe exserto.—In Andibus Chilensibus.—

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,” plate 35 a.

ft A representation of this will be seen in the same work, plate 35 B.

210 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese.

v. s. in herb. Hook. a Guardia (Gillies) ; Mendosam versus

(Gillies) : Chile (Meyen): zn herb. Mus. Paris (Gay, 2).

The general habit and appearance of this plant is like that of

C. spinosa, Lam., but its flowers are much smaller, its stamens

much longer, and ostensibly exserted: its armature is stouter,

the primary spines are about 2 inches long, the secondary ones

6 to 9 lines long, diminishing upwards, and 4 to 5 lines apart ;

the flowers are numerous, frequently as many as eight from each

spine: the pedicels are slender, 2 lines long; the length of the

tube is 1? line, and of the segments 1 line, its diameter half a

line; the filaments are erect, half the length of the segments ;

the style is exserted, and is deeply bullated or torulose all over

its surface *.

11. Colletia Spartioides, Bert. Ann. Sc. Nat. xxi. 347; Hook.

Bot. Mise. i. 173; Colla, Mem. Torin. 37. p. 52. tab. 6;—sub-

2-orgyalis, ramosissima, ramis virgatis, ramulis gracilibus,

flexuosis, spimosis, junioribus SiCCO “viridibus, pubescentibus,

adultis glaberrimis, pallide glaucis, spinis subsparsis, decus-

satim oppositis, curvulis, compressis, longissimis, gracillimis,

striatis, itricatis, apice pungentibus ; ; foliis oppositis, spathu-

lato-oblongis, basi attenuatis, margine serrulatis, obsolete

3-nervus, glabris, petiolatis, e retinacula stipulari infraspinali

breviter divaricata fusco-rubra 2-dentata ortis; floribus paucis,

glomeratis, sub spinis enatis, pedunculo flore breviore, calyce

breviter cylindraceo, imo globosim inflato, limbi laciniis 5

acutis, revolutis, staminibus erectis, lacimius dimidio breviori-

bus.—Insula Juan Fernandez.—v. s. in herb. meo et in herb.

Mus. Paris (Guillemin, Bertero) ; in 4b. Hook. (Bertero, 1448 ;

Cuming).

This species is remarkable for its broom-like habit and the

branchlike length of its extremely slender and lax spmes. Bertero

describes it as a tree 8 or 10 feet in height, with whitish flowers of

a rose-coloured tint, and as being almost bare of leaves : its leaves,

however, are larger than in any other species, measuring 9 lines

in length (including a petiole of 1 lie) and 23 lines broad.

The pedicels are 13 line long, the tube of the calyx 2 lines, the

segments 1 line long, and the tube is 13 line in diameter; the

position of the disk is marked by a line of constriction above the

semiglobose base of the calyx. The fruit, surmounted by the

persistent style, is nearly globose, 2 lines in diameter, and sup-

ported by the lax persistent cup of the calyx.

12. Colletia cataphracta, n. sp. ;—intricatissime spinosa, fulvo-

tomentella, aut parce pilosula, ramis elongatis, strictis, ramulis

* A figure of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 c.

+ This species will be shown in the same work, plate 35 p.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 211

teretibus, ad nodos subcompressis, erectiusculis, spinis cre-

briter decussatis, nonnullis iterumque spinulosis, breviusculis,

sulcato-striatis, pallidiusculis, apice calloso-pungentibus ; foliis

minusculis, ovatis, utrinque acutis, apice mucronatis, enerviis,

glaberrimis, caducissimis, petiolo canaliculato, subreflexo, sub

spina in sinu stipule minim rigid apice 2-dentate in-

serto: floribus plurimis, parvulis, fasciculatis, e tuberculo

squamoso stipula suffulto enatis, pedunculo subbrevi, calycis

tubo medio angustato, subinfundibuliformi, imo globosim in-

flato, limbi laciniis 5 revolutis, staminibus 5, laciniis squi-

longis, erectis, stylo antheras parvas globosas attingente.—

Chile meridionalis ; in herb. meo (Miller).

This specimen was given to me by Dr. Miller, who I believe

obtained it in the south of Chile, from the neighbourhood of

Concepcion. Its main branch is perfectly straight, a foot in

length from where it has been cut off, having evidently been

longer ; it is 13 line in thickness: the primary nodes are 13 inch

distant, the secondary and tertiary 3 lines apart; the primary

spines or branchlets are 1 to 24 inches long, gradually decreasing

upwards ; the secondary spines are 9 lines, the tertiary 3 or 4

lines long, all terminated by a reddish corneous sharp point ;

the leaves, including the petiole, measure only a line in length,

and % line in breadth; the flowers are small, and of a pale

whitish colour ; the peduncle is 2 line long, the tube of the calyx

1; line in length, the segments 3 line long, the tube barely

} line in diameter*.

13. Colletia armata, vn. sp.;—intricato-ramosa, ramulis sub-

compressis, sicco fusco-olivaceis, parce pubescentibus, spino-

sissimis, spinis elongatis, subpatentibus, striatis, iterumque

longiuscule spinulosis, apice acute pungentibus: foliis utrin-

que glabris, ovatis, imo obtusis, aut vix acutis, remote dentatis,

fortiter 3-nerviis, nervis supra sulcatis, petiolobrevi canaliculato

reflexo, stipula rigida 2-dentata suffulto; floribus 2-5, e tu-

bereulo stipula sustentato infra singulam spinam ortis, vel e

medio spimz nascentibus: pedunculo flore paulo breviore,

ealycis tubo late cylindrico, limbi laciniis 4-5, oblongis, acutis,

reflexis, staminibus totidem, erectis, laciniis dimidio breviori-

bus, stylo vix exserto.—Chile.—v.s. in herb.meo (Bridges, 140) ;

in herb. Mus. Paris, Valdivia (Gay, 49) ; Chile (Gay) ; Valpa-

raiso (Gaudichaud, 1268); Monte La Leone (Bertero) ; Val-

divia, Rio Callecalle (Lechler, 391).

The species is recognized by the unusual length and distance

of its spines, which are somewhat curved, and not stout. The

branchlets, in my specimen, are about 7 inches long, and barely

a line in diameter: the primary spines are from 1 to 2 inches

* This will be illustrated in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 £.

212 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

long, and about 2 inch apart; the secondary spines are from

7 to 10 lines long: the oblong leaves, with a toothed margin,

are 3 to 5 lines long, 13 to 23 lines broad, decurrent on a deeply

channelled deflected petiole 1 line long; the nervures are sul-

cated on the upper surface, and prominent beneath : the flowers

are small and pale, clustered together upon a large scaly tubercle ;

the pedicels are 1 line long, the tube, contracted for some length

in the middle, is 2 lines, and its segments ? line long; it is ? Ime

in diameter: the peduncle in fruit is thicker, 2 lines long, and

the 3-lobed capsule is 23 lines in diameter. In Bridges’s and one

of Bertero’s specimens, the spines are much stouter and longer,

much paler, yellowish, being 13 to 2} inches long, and a line or

more in thickness, and they bear no spinelets, but two pairs of

floriferous nodes upon each*.

Var. 8. insularis: spinosissima, spinis iterumque spinosis, vali-

diusculis, striatis, foliis caducissimis ; floribus 2-4 fasciculatis.

—Insula Chiloé.—v. s. in herb. meo et Hook. (Capt. King).

This variety is very dissimilar in appearance to the fore-

going, but has no tangible differential characters; it is of a

darker olivaceous hue, and quite glabrous; the primary spines

are 8 lines apart and 12 to 2 inches long, the secondary spines

3 lines apart and 6 to 9 lines long; the pedicels 14 lime long,

and the flowers are like those of the preceding.

14. Colletia dumosa, u. sp. ;—suffruticosa, humilis, ramosissima,

intricato-spinosa, fusco-viridis, ramulis tortuosis, teretibus,

creberrime spinosis, parce pilosulis, spinis interdum ternatim

verticillatis, iterumque spinulosis, spinulis oppositis, brevibus,

teretibus, crassis, substriatis, imo et medio floriferis, apice

callo glauco nitente pungentibus; foliis caducissimis, aut

nullis; floribus albis 2-5, fasciculatis, glaberrimis, spinulis

longioribus, e tuberculo squamoso ortis, fragrantibus, calyce

pedunculo subzequilongo, imo tumido et 5-suleato, medio

constricto, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, reflexis, staminibus 5 la-

ciniis fere eequilongis, erectis, antheris parvis, viridibus, stylo

exserto, fructu 3-cocco.—Chile.—v. v. ad Concon, in dumetis

arenosis maritimis frequens: vern. Junco.—v. s. in herb. Mus.

Paris: Chile (Gay, sub C. ferox) : Chile (Gay, sub C. spinosa) :

Chile boreali (Péppig); in arenas humidas Talcahuano

(Lechler, 2794).

The drawing and floral analysis I made of this plant thirty-

five years ago are still preserved, but my specimens were lost by

shipwreck. I have still many of its seeds, which enabled me to

investigate the seminal structure given in a preceding page.

The species is closely allied to C. armata, but differs in its much

closer axils and much shorter spines; the floral pedicels are

* A figure of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 35 Fr,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 213

more elongated, and the stamens are longer and more exserted

The primary spines or branchlets are 2-3 inches long, the se-

condary spines are 8-10 lines long and 3 lines apart, the ter-

tiary spinelets are 4—5 lines in length and 2 lines apart; the

secondary spines, often opposite, are frequently ternate; the

pedicels are 2 lines long; the tube of the ey x, which is cylin-

drical and somewhat swollen at base, is 2} lines, and the seg.

ments 13 line long and ? line diameter; the flamenks are erect,

and ? line long*.

15. Colletia veprecula, n. sp. C. spinosa, var. pubescenti-incana,

Hook. Bot. Mise. i. 154 ;—suffruticosa, intricato-ramosissima,

ramulis strictis, teretibus, pulverulentis, spinis oppositis, in-

terdum ternis, erebre decussatim spinulosis, puberulis, spinulis

brevibus, approximatis, striatulis, apice callo rubro nitente

pungentibus ; foliis parvulis, late obovatis, apice rotundis,

emarginatis, et mucronulatis, utrinque pubescentibus, serrato-

dentatis, a medio basin versus integris, et hinc in petiolum

brevem canaliculatum cuneatis, in ramulis novellis prestanti-

bus, cito caducis; floribus 4—6 fasciculatis, parvulis, e tuber-

culo albido-tomentoso ortis; calyce pedunculo zequilongo,

tubo cylindraceo, imo inflato, medio constricto, limbi laciniis

5 longiusculis, acutis, reflexis, staminibus laciniis dimidio

brevioribus, erectis, stylo exserto stamina attingente.—Chile.

—v. s. in herb. meo; Valdivia (Bridges, 141); Valparaiso

(Cuming, 705) ;—in herb. Hook. ; Concepcion (Beechey).

This is a very distinct species, with stout and very straight

branchlets, 8 to 18 inches long, or perhaps longer, quite terete,

pruinose, or sparsely tomentose ; the primary spines, frequently

ternate and very spreading, are scarcely longer than the inter-

nodes, which, together with their very divaricate spinelets, give

to the branches an interrupted spicate appearance. The ramal

internodes are 2 inch apart, the primary spines are 1 inch long,

the secondary spines are 7 inch long and 2 lines apart, and

the tertiary spinelets are 2 to 3 lines long; the leaves are

suborbicular, broadly emarginate at the summit, and mucronate

with 2 or 3 teeth on each margin: the petiole is seated in the

sinus of a bidentate stipule. The flowers are numerous, and

densely aggregated, owing to the very close proximity of the

axils, so that the entire branch appears a full-flowered spike :

the pedicels are somewhat more than a line long, the cylindrical

tube of the calyx is 1} to 2 lines, and its segments 2 to 1 line

in length, its diameter being } or ? line: the flowers are pale

and membranaceoust.

* A drawing of this species, with analytical details of the structure of the

seed, will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 a,

+ This plant will be represented in the same work, plate 36 B.

214 Mr. J. Miers on the. Tribe Colletiez.

ips Colletia aciculata, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ‘intricatissime spi-

nulosa, viridis, breviter et rigide pilosula ; ramis rectis, sub-

teretibus, ramulis decussatis, crebre spinosis, spinis iteratim

spinulosis, spinulis brevibus, ‘sulcato-striatellis, acute pun-

gentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis minimis, obovatis, pauci-

dentatis, glabris, viridibus, imo in petiolum brevem cuneatis,

caducis ; floribus infra spinulas superiores fasciculatis, et hine

spicam cylindricam oblongam multifloram mentientibus, pe-

dicello calyce breviore, calycis tubo late eylindrico, submem-

branaceo, imo inflato, carnosulo, limbi laciniis 5 acutis, sub-

reflexis, staminibus 5 exsertis.—Peruvia: v.s. in herb. Mus.

Paris, sine loco aut designatione, No. 901 (sub. nom. “ Re-

tama,”’ Dombey) ; Tarma (Dombey, “ vern. Naqui”).

Three specimens of this plant exist in the Paris Museum:

the first in flower, and the second in fruit, are in the Jus-

sieuan herbarium, both upon the same sheet as the. original

typical species of C. spinosa; and these are probably the iden-

tical plants which Poiret confounded together, im his deserip-

tion of the typical species, as bemg brought from Peru (Dict.

Suppl. 11. 312) : the third specimen was also collected by Dombey

at Tarma. It has much the habit of the preceding species, but

its branches assume the appearance of a broader and more

spreading spike: they are of a pale olive hue: the branchlets

are straight and cylindrical, the primary spines are about

1 inch apart and 13 inch fons ; the secondary spines are 3 lines

apart, and 1 to ? inch long ; the tertiary spinelets are 2 to 3 hnes

long, all being clothed with fine sparse down. The inflorescence,

owing to the closeness of the axils, covers the branchlets, each

appearing like a densely flowered spike ; the pedicels are 2 lines

long ; de ee calyx, but little swollen, though tumid at

base, 1s 24 lines, and the segments 1} line long, and 11 line

diameter**,

17. Colletia hystrix, Clos, in Gay, Chile, 1. 82 ;—ramulis tere-

tibus, rectis, rigidis, fuscis, pubescentibus, spinis brevibus,

compositis, 3-4-natim verticillatis, secus ramos valde ap-

proximatis, et hine intricatione formam longam cylindricam

mentientibus, aut interdum nodos globosos interruptis emu-

lantibus, omnibus pilis rigidis patentissimis vestitis, et apice

calloso- pungentibus ; ramulis novellis inermibus, et foliiferis,

demum spinosis et aphyllis: foliis parvis, ovatis, imtegris, aut

obsolete dentatis, membranaceis subglabris, 5-nervils, apice

mucronulatis, imo in petiolum brevem attenuatis; floribus

sparsis, subfasciculatis, pedunculo tenui, calyce sicco pallide

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 c.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 215

‘rosaceo, urceolato, medio constricto, imo globoso, limbi la-

eins 5 reflexis, staminibus exsertis, filamentis: erectis laci-

niarum quartam longitudinis, stylo filiformi, longe exserto,

stigmate capitato-3-lobo.—Chile centralis. v. s. in herb.

Mus. Paris ;—versus pedem Andium (Gay)..

This is a very distinct species, partaking much of the habit

of the following, and somewhat of the two preceding. Dr.

Clos remarks that, seen at a distance, its branehes bear much

the appearance of a Cactus or Cereus, owing to the length of its

straight branchlets, and the extreme intricacy of its innume-

rable spines, and verticillated very short ramifications. The

leaves are oval, rounded at the summit, cuneated at base into a

short petiole: they are glabrous, toothed on the margins, 21

lines long, 14 line broad, on a petiole of 4 line; the flowers are

small and few, the pedicel is 12 line long, the tube of the calyx

12 line, and the segments ? line long, and it is 1 line in dia-

meter, tumid and semiglobose at its base*.

Var. 8. Valanzuele ; Colletia Balanzuele, Bert. MSS. : differt

spinis acicularibus, tenuioribus, et paulo longioribus.

18. Colletia ulicina, Gill. et Hook, Bot. Misc. i. 155. tab. 44¢;

idem. iil. 173 ;—suffruticosa, orgyalis, vel sub-2-orgyalis,

ramosissima, ubique rigide hirsutula, ramis teretibus, elon-

gatis, ramulisque spinosissimis, et intricatione spmarum quasi

cylindraceis, spinis duplo aut triplo spinulosis, aut oppositis,

vel ternatim verticillatis, spinulis crebris, brevibus, tenuibus,

decussatis, fusco-olivaceis, striatis, acutissime pungentibus ;

foliis abortivis ; stipula minuta, subulata, fusca, ciliata, tuber-

culoque florifera sub spinula enatis; floribus copiosis, ple-

rumque fasciculatis, rarius solitariis, et proximitate axillarum

hine spicato-congestis ; pedunculo hirsuto, incurvo, flore sub-

eequilongo ; calycis tubo clongato, cylindrico, infra medium

constricto, imo subgloboso, fauce ampliore, limbi laciniis 5

oblongo-ovatis, recurvulis, staminibus intra tubum paulo

supra medium insertis, omnino inclusis, filamentis brevissimis,

stylo tubo multo breviore, erecto, stigmate subeapitato, obso-

lete 3-lobo ; fructu pisi magnitudine—Chile, in Andibus.—

v. s. in herb. Hook. flay. Tinguiririca, alt. 3000 ped. (Gillies) ;

Colchagua, in vallibus Andinis (Bridges, 1807); Chile (Gil-

lies, 220) ; in herb. Mus. Paris, San Fernando, proy. Colcha-

gua (Gay, 570).

This is a very distinet species, not only on account of its

habit, but of its copious red flowers with an unusually elongated

tube, and its included stamens: in all other species the insertion

of the stamens is in the mouth, between the segments of the

* A representation of this plant will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ pl. 36 p.

216 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

border ; here they originate far within the tube. Sir W. Hooker,

on the authority of Gillies, describes it as being only 1 or 2 feet

in height, with decumbent stems; Bridges, on the contrary, says

that it grows to the height of 6 or 10 feet, which is more probable.

It is found also in Rancagua, where it bears the name of Cruzero,

appearing as a short tree, with a somewhat slender stem. A

decoction is there made from its branches by the natives, who

use it as a purgative. It comes into bloom in December and

January. The branchlets are straight and terete, the primary

spines are ; inch apart, generally verticillate, and 2 inch long;

the secondary spines are 4 lines long, and the tertiary spinelets

about two lines long, and slender. In the Rancagua specimen,

they are somewhat longer and stouter. The flowers are densely

aggregated, and cover the spicated branchlets; the pedicel is

13 line long; the tube of the calyx is 34 lines long, the lanceo-

late segments | line long, and it is 1 line in diameterf.

Species excluse.

1. Colletia affinis, Clos. = Retanilla stricta*.

2. articulata, Phil. = Retanilla articulata* .

3. —— australis, Brongn. = Discaria australis, Hook.

4, —— Chacaya, Don. = Ochetophila 3-nervis, Pop.

5, —— crenata, Clos. = Notophena foliosa*.

6. —— discolor, Hook. = Notophena discolor*.

7. —— disperma, DC. = Microrhamnus ?

8. —— Doniana, Clos. = Ochetophila 3-nervis, Pop.

9, —— Ephedra, Vent. = Retanilla Ephedra, Brongn.

10. inermis, Clos. = Ochetophila 3-nervis.

1] infesta, Brongn. = Adolphia infesta, Meisn.

12 longispina, Hook. = Discaria longispina*.

13. Maytenoides, Griseb. = Condalia Maytenoides = Seia-

dophila Maytenoides, Phil.

14. —— multiflora, Mog. Sessé.= Adolphia infesta, Meisn.

15. —— nana, Clos. = Ochetophila prostrata*.

16. —— obcordata, Vent. = Retanilla obcordata, Brongn.

17. —— pubescens, Brongn. = Discaria australis, Wook.

18. —— serratifolia, Vent. = Notophena serratifolia*.

19. —— serratifolia, Hook. |= Notophena foliosa*.

20. —— spicata, Willd. = Scypharia senticosa*.

21. —— tetragona, Brongn. =Scypharia? tetragona*.

22 tetrandra, Clos. = Trevoa Closiana*.

23 tomentosa, Phil. = Notophena tomentosa*.

24. —— Tralhuen, Bert. = Talguenca costata*.

Pia Trebu, Bert. = Trevoa 3-nervis*.

[To be continued. |

+ This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ plate 36 k.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 217

XXIV.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera,

By T. Vernon Wortaston, M.A., F.L.S.

Fam. Carabide.

Genus Apvoromus.

(Hoffm.) Iliger, Mag. fiir Ins. vi. 348 (1807).

Apotomus Chaudoirit.

A. rufo-ferrugineus, dense pubescens, capite prothoraceque nitidis-

simis ; elytris profunde punctato-striatis ; antennis, palpis pedi-

busque pallido-testaceis, antennarum articulis quinto, sexto et

septimo nigrescentibus.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Apotomus rufus, Woll. [nec Rossi], Ins. Mad. 14 (1854).

, Woll., Brit. Mus. Cat. 6 (1857).

Habitat sub lapidibus in locis maritimis Madere et Portis Sancti

tempore vernali, passim.

Although I can scarcely persuade myself that the Madeiran

Apotomus is anything more than a geographical state of the

Mediterranean A. rufus (to which I have hitherto referred 1) od

am nevertheless induced to separate it therefrom on the high

authority of the Baron Maxmillian de Chaudoir, who has lately

informed me that he considers it specifically distinct; and I

feel the more bound to do this on account of the great attention

which he had paid for many years to the Carabide. I have

therefore much pleasure in dedicating it to him. It seems to

differ from the ordinary European form in the much paler

colour of its antenne, palpi, and legs, the first of which, more-

over, have their fifth, sixth, and seventh joints very much darker

than the remainder,—the basal four and apical four being al-

ways pale. The Baron Chaudoir also pointed to some differ-

ence in the pubescence ; but, on comparing the Madeiran ex-

amples with specimens which I possess from the south of France

and Corfu, I cannot detect anything peculiar in this respect.

———

Genus Zaraus.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 22, tab. i. f. 4, 5, 6 (1854).

Zargus Monizii, n. sp.

Z. nigro-piceus, fere concolor (marginibus vix dilutioribus), nitidus,

subdepressus; prothorace parvo angusto subquadrato; elytris

striatis ; antennis basi pedibusque pallidis, infuscatis, illis apicem

versus fusco-piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 34-32.

Habitat in Madera australi, a cl. Dom. Moniz. mense Decembri

A.D. 1858 repertus.

Z. dark-piceous, and almost concolorous (the margins of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. y. 15

918 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

prothorax and elytra being scarcely at all diluted in colouring),

shining, and somewhat depressed. Mouth prominent, and rufo-

piceous. Prothorax small, narrow, and subquadrate, with the

sides just perceptibly more straightened towards the posterior

angles than is the case in the Z. pellucidus, and therefore a trifle

more suddenly widened a little before the middle; with very

slight indications of wrinkles, and with a deep dorsal channel.

Elytra ovate, regularly and rather deeply striated,—the striz

having no tendency at all to being interrupted, and with the

interstices flattened; with two small depressions on the disk of

each, the hinder one of which is sometimes obsolete; and with

the humeral angles a trifle more produced, or acute (the are

from either shoulder to the scutellum being generally more

regularly curved), than in the Z. pellucidus. Antenne and legs

slender ; the former rufo-testaceous at their base, and brownish-

piceous towards their apex ; the latter with their femora pale,

and the /ibie and tarsi rufo-testaceous.

The discovery of this important addition to the Madeivan

fauna is due to the researches of Seftor Moniz, who captured

several specimens of it, from beneath stones, on the slope behind

the sea-beach in the little bay immediately within the Brazen

Head (in Madeira proper), during December of 1858. It ap-

proaches closely to the Z. pellucidus ; nevertheless, its uniformly

larger size and darker hue will, apart from minor characters, at

once distinguish it from that species.

Genus Aepys.

(Leach), Samouelle, Usef. Comp. 149 [seript. Agpus| (1819).

Aépys gracilicornis, 1. sp.

4. fusco-testaceus subopacus, depressus, densissime et rugose alu-

taceus punctisque remotis leviter impressus necnon pube demiss&

pallidiore (preesertim in elytris) vestitus ; prothorace angusto sub-

cordato ; coleopteris parallelo-subellipticis haud striatis, singulo

punctis duobus leviter signato necnon ad apicem rotundato; an-

tennis pedibusque pallidioribus et (illis preecipue) elongatis graci-

libus.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam borealem ; in litore quodam parvo abrupto Intoso

lapidoso maritimo ad Sanctum Vincentium mense Decembri A.v.

1858 plurima specimina deprehendi.

A. brownish-testaceous (sometimes almost testaceous-brown),

nearly opake, depressed, densely alutaceous all over (roughly so

on the head and prothorax), and with ill-defined, rather remote

and shallow punctures intermixed (which are deeper and larger

on the head and prothorax, especially the former, than on the

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 219

elytra), and clothed all over (sparingly on the head and protho-

rax, but thickly on the elytra) with decumbent paler hairs.

Head large, and with two very deep, curved, longitudinal fur-

rows down the forehead; eyes depressed and very minute.

Prothoraxz narrow and subcordate, finely margined, and with the

extreme posterior angles almost right angles; with a distinct

dorsal channel, and with a small fovea on either side behind.

Scutellum rather large, and posteriorly acute. Hlytra somewhat

parallel-elliptic, and unstriated; ‘each of them separately

rounded off at the apex, and with two shallow impressions on

its disk. Antenne and legs rather paler than the rest of the

surface, and (particularly the former) elongated and slender.

The present very interesting addition to the fauna was detected

by myself on the 16th December, 1858, in the muddy crevices

of the low sea-bank which terminates the marshy piece of ground

at the mouth of the Sao Vicente river (in the north of Madeira

proper), adjoming the small chapel-rock. It was very active

and gregarious; and I obtained a few specimens, likewise, from

beneath the shingle and stones which must have been almost

washed by the sea-water at high tides. It has all the habits,

therefore, of the A. marinus of higher latitudes, from which,

however, in its specific details, it is abundantly distinct. Thus,

its darker, alutaceous, nearly opake, punctured (although lightly

so) and pubescent surface, in conjunction with its posteriorly

acuter scutellum, narrower prothorax, and less parallel (or more

elliptic) elytra, will readily separate it from that insect. Its

antenne, too, are very much longer and less robust, with their

joints (particularly the terminal one) altogether longer and

slenderer and more loosely connected inter se (or, as it were,

perfoliated). In its essential characters, however, it is a true

Aépys (which has been also confirmed by my friend Dr. H.

Schaum of Berlin),—its minute flattened eyes, separately-

rounded, shortened elytra, and curved frontal furrows, apart from

the structure of its palpi, labrum, and feet, as well as its small

size, soft texture, pallid hue, apterous body, general contour and

submarine mode of life, at once assigning it to that genus.

Fam. Silphide.

Genus Catops.

Paykull, Ins. Suec. i. 342 (1798).

Catops Murrayi, n. sp.

C. subellipticus, piceo-niger, minus conyexus ; prothorace postice

sinuato; elytris apice leviter acuminatis, singulo stria suturali

15%

2929 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

antice evanescente impresso; antennis pedibusque longiusculis

robustis rufo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 14.

Mas tarsorum anteriorum articulo basilari magno dilatato.

Habitat clevata humida Madere sylvaticee, in ‘* Boa Ventura ”

mense Decembri A.D. 1858 a meipso repertus. Catops valde

indigenus, distinctus, et in honorem cl. A. Murray, armigeri,

hujus generis investigatoris felicissimi, dicatus.

C. subelliptic, slightly depressed, dark - piceous-black, and

densely clothed with a coarse decumbent pile, which is yellow-

ish on the head and prothorax, but darker on the elytra. Head

and prothorax slightly shining; the former distinctly, and the

latter (which is sinuated along its hinder margin) minutely

punctulated. Hlytra widest a little behind their middle, and

rather acuminated at their apex; each with an impressed stria

near the suture,—tolerably deep posteriorly, but vamishing in

front. Limbs rufo-ferruginous, and rather long and robust :

antenne a good deal thickened towards their apex, and with

their eighth joint very distinctly smaller than the neighbouring

ones ; fibie (at any rate in the males, for which alone I can answer)

a good deal curved.

Male with the basal joint of the four anterior feet much en-

larged, being greatly dilated, and slightly lengthened, in the

front pair,—and greatly lengthened, and slightly dilated, in the

intermediate ones.

A single specimen (and that a male) of the present Catops

was taken by myself at a lofty elevation in Madeira proper (just

below the Boca das Torrinhas, at the head of the Boa Ventura,

— some 4000 feet above the sea), whilst encamped there, with

the Rev. R. T. Lowe, during December 1858. It belongs to

another section of the genus than its Madeiran ally, the C.

velox; and, apart from the slightly different proportions of its

antennal and tarsal joints, and its more evidently curved tibiee,

it may be at once recognized from that insect by, inter alia, its

larger size, and longer and more robust limbs ; by its more elliptic

outline, and less convex surface; by its posteriorly sinuated

prothorax, and anteriorly evanescent sutural strie; as well as

by its coarser pubescence and more acuminated elytra. I have

dedicated it to Andrew Murray, Esq., of Edinburgh, whose

Monograph of Catops has rendered so great a service im deter-

mining the numerous species of that somewhat obscure and

difficult genus. And I may add that I lately forwarded to him

the unique Madeiran specimen described above, and have re-

ceived his assurance that it is perfectly distinct from any species

with which he is acquainted,—adding, “at the same time I have

not much doubt as to its affinities: it certainly does not belong

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera, 221

to the section with overlapping thorax; and I should place it

near coracinus and nigrita, but towards scitulus and alpinus.”

Fam. Trichopterygide.

Genus Exacuys.

Matthews, in litteris.

Elachys abbreviatellus, Heer.

£. minutissima, oblonga, pubescens, nigra, subnitida ; prothorace ely-

trorum latitudine, ad latera rotundato, angulis posticis obtusis ;

elytris postice latiusculis truncatis abdomine paulo brevioribus ;

antennis pallide fusco-piceis, basi pedibusque dilute testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam australem, sub foliis marcidis et quisquiliis, hine

inde vulgaris: in horto Bewickiano ad “ Palmeira,” prope urbem

Funchalensem, abundat; necnon etiam ad S. Antonio da Serra

parce cepit Dom. Bewicke.

Trichopteryx abbreviatellus, Heer, Fauna Col. Helv. i. 375 (1841).

curta, Gillm. in Sturm, Deutsch. Fauna, xvii. (1845).

abbreviatellus, Evich., Nat. der Ins. Deutsch. ii. 23 (1848).

Titan abbreviatellus, Matthews, in Zool. xvi. 6110 (1858).

E. excessively minute, narrowish, oblong, and black; closel

roughened (but scarcely, perhaps, punctured), densely clothed

with a decumbent silvery pile, and shghtly shining. Head

rather large and wide. Prothorax a good deal (and about

equally) rounded at the sides,—being, therefore, narrower before

and behind ; at the latter of which it is distinctly margined, and

of the same breadth as the base of the elytra. Elytra rather

widened posteriorly and suddenly truncated, where they are a

little shorter than the abdomen; and with their hinder margin

alittle pale. Antenne pale brownish-piceous ; their base, and

the /egs, diluted-testaceous

The present insect is perhaps scarcely separable from the

genus Acratrichis (i.e. Trichopteryx) ; nevertheless, since it was

removed therefrom by the Rev. A. Matthews, in his ‘ Synonymic

List of the British Trichopterygide’ (vide ‘Zoologist,’ 6104, a.p.

1858), I have retained it as distinct. In his excellent Paper

on these minute creatures, it was assigned by Mr. Matthews to

the genus Titan of Newman; but, having been informed by

him subsequently “that the term Zitan must be altered,” and

that he intends “ to propose Elachys in its place,” I have quoted

it accordingly. It seems to differ principally from the members

of Trichopteryx proper by its hinder coxe not being lamellated :

nevertheless it has many external features of its own, in outline

and general aspect, which would induce the suspicion that a

close examination of its oral organs would disclose other cha-

222 Bibliographical Notices.

racters which would tend still further to render its isolation

desirable. It may be known from the other Madeiran Tricho-

pterygide by, inter alia, its excessively diminutive size, and the

form of its prothorax,—which has its sides greatly (and equally)

rounded, and its hinder angles obtuse and not at all produced.

There can be no doubt that it is identical with the European

T. abbreviatella, though my Madeiran specimens are perhaps a

trifle darker than British ones in my possession. They were

detected abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in December

1858, amongst dead leaves and vegetable refuse, in his garden

at the Palmeira—and also, subsequently, beneath decaying

bundles of the sugar-cane at the Praia Formosa—near Funchal.

And a single example was captured at S. Antonio da Serra, by

Mr. Bewicke, during the summer of 1859.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Guide to the Quadrupeds and Reptiles of Europe; with Descrip-

tions of all the Species: compiled from the Latest Writers. By

Lord CLermont. London: John Van Voorst, 1859. Post 8vo.

Ir is now, we believe, generally admitted that the British Islands

possess no peculiar indigens belonging to the Animal or Vegetable

Kingdoms. Instances there are, certainly (such as Spiranthes gem-

mipara among Flowering-Plants, and Tetrao scoticus among Birds),

of species not at present known to occur elsewhere ; but when the

fauna of Europe has been thoroughly investigated, these and similar

exceptions will in all probability be found to be more satisfactorily

classed as localized varieties of more widely distributed species. Such

being the case, it seems obvious that we can hardly arrive at a per-

fect knowledge of the British Fauna and Flora without studying the

Fauna and Flora of the larger area in which it is comprised. A

general acquaintance with the whole is necessary to a particular

knowledge of the part. It is for this reason that we receive with

pleasure every attempt (such as that made by Lord Clermont in the

present work) to enlarge the much too generally restricted range of

the views of the ‘ British Naturalist,’ and to induce him to pay some

attention to the objects found in other portions of Europe, instead of

confining himself entirely to such as happen to occur in the little

corner of it which his nation occupies. ‘Philosophus non habet

patriam” is a maxim which the English student of nature seems

to be especially prone to forget. Numerous as are the works which

have been published in this country upon the Mammals, Birds,

Reptiles, and Fishes of Great Britain, we are not aware of a single

book written in the English language upon the Vertebrates of Europe

generally, or any section of them. Our authorities on European

Bibliographical Notices. on

Mammals are Blasius and Schinz; on Birds, Temminck, Schlegel,

and Degland; on Reptiles and Fishes, Schinz and Bonaparte.

We begin to hope, however, that we are ‘“‘ progressing’’ (Ameri-

canice) a jittle in this as well as in other respects. Besides the pre-

sent work on the Mammals and Reptiles of Europe, the publication

and, we believe, extended sale of Mr. Bree’s ‘ Birds of Europe not

observed in the British Isles,’ show that our ornithologists are ex-

tending their views ; and the numerous papers contributed to ‘The

Ibis’ on the ornithology of different portions of the European area

give further evidence in the same direction.

Again, out of the crowds of English tourists who annually seatter

themselves over the face of Europe, many probably have a taste for

natural history, or some wish to gain a general knowledge of the

animals which they may meet with, provided the means be ready at

hand. Lord Clermont’s little book, the title of which we give above,

offers them a clear and concise account of the species of two of the

generally recognized divisions of vertebrated animals met with within

the limits of our continent. The work is, as it is confessed to be in

the preface, a compilation ; but the descriptions are taken from the

best authorities on the subject, and useful notes on the habits,

localities, and distribution of the species in different countries are

added. It might be objected that the arrangement and nomenclature

are in some respects a little old-fashioned, and that it would have

been better if the author had followed Blasius rather more closely in

one division of his work, and Duméril and Bibron less closely in

another. But such minor objections hardly detract from the general

merit of the book, and we hope that the noble author will meet with

such encouragement as may induce him to issue ‘Guides’ to the

other divisions of European Vertebrates, compiled in a similar man-

ner, equally convenient as travelling companions for the tourist and

as handy books of reference for the student.

A Manual of the Subkingdom Protozoa, with a General Introduction

to the Principles of Zoology. By Joseru Reay Greenr, B.A.,

Professor of Natural History in Queen’s College, Cork. London,

1858. Longmans. 12mo.

Tuts little volume is the first of a series of manuals to be published

under the superintendence of Professors Galbraith and Haughton,

and intended for the use of students. There can be little doubt that

in Zoology, at any rate, an English Handbook for students is at

present a desideratum ; and if the remaining sections of the Animal

Kingdom are treated of by Professor Greene as ably as the very

difficult subject to which the volume before us is devoted, this series

of manuals will go far to supply this deficiency in our scientific lite-

rature. At the same time we fear that the conditions of a student’s

text-book have hardly been realized with sufficient care in the publi-

«ation of this manual. When we look forward over the space to be

covered by subsequent volumes, and compare it with that occupied by

24 Bibliographical Notices.

the one now under consideration, we cannot but think that the entire

series will be too bulky for the ordinary student ; and the cost will

certainly be considerable.

The General Introduction to the Principles of Zoology occupies

about twenty pages, and, although necessarily brief, is written in a

sound and philosophical spirit. Our author is evidently a disciple of

the most advanced school of zoology ; but he treats disputed questions

with great fairness, and evidently allows due weight to the arguments

on both sides.

In his treatment of the group to which the present manual is

especially devoted, Professor Greene exhibits the same characteristics :

he has with great care brought together all the well-established

information that we possess upon the Protozoa, and at the same time

indicated where our knowledge is defective. The most recent con-

tributions to the history of these minute organisms have been con-

consulted by the author, and their leading results embodied in his

work ; and the student will be greatly assisted in his investigations

by a well-selected and classified bibliographical list, including the

most important works and papers published on the different groups

of Protozoa.

The groups admitted by Professor Greene are as follows :—

1. Rhizopoda, under which we find an analysis of the classifications

of D’Orbigny and Schultze, the latter with the equivalents of the

groups in D’Orbigny’s system, both of which, however, the author

justly characterizes as ‘premature ;”’ 2. Polycystine; 3. Spon-

gide (for which we should have preferred the term Porifera) ;

4. Thalassicollidea, to which the deanthometre of J. Miller are

appended ; 5. Gregarinide, including Prorospermie; and, 6. Infu-

soria, as to the nature of which Professor Greene adopts the view

put forward by Lachmann and Carter in papers published in this

Journal. The curious and problematical genus Noctiluca is described

under the last-mentioned group, of which it is possibly an aberrant

member.

In conclusion, we have much pleasure in recommending Professor

Greene’s Manual as a guide to those who are engaged in the study

of zoology, and we can only hope that the sueceeding volumes may

be published fast enough to prevent a new edition of the first being

necessary before the concluding one makes its appearance.

Letters from Alabama, chiefly relating to Natural History. By

Puitie Henry Gossr, F.R.S. 12mo. London: Morgan and

Chase, 1859.

Mr. Gosse informs us that his object in visiting the little known

State of Alabama was partly to establish a school in one of the rural

districts, and partly to take advantage of his position to investigate

the natural history of that part of the world. The little book to

which we now call the attention of our readers is the result of this

expedition,

It consists of a series of letters, which we may remark en passant

Royal Society. 295

appeared singly in a periodical called the ‘ Home Friend,’ and com-

mences with an account of the author’s outward voyage and of his

journey up the Alabama River to his destination, in the course of

which he found opportunities of making numerous observations on the

natural history of the country traversed, which are described, as usual

with Mr. Gosse, im a pleasant, lively style. Mr. Gosse then gives us a

short account of the nature of his scholastic duties, and afterwards a

history of his proceedings in the out-of-the-way locality where he

took up his abode for seven or eight months, which includes a

great many interesting observations on the natural history of the

district, and especially on its entomology, described in an agreeable,

gossiping manner. Interspersed with these, we find numerous cha-

racteristic remarks on the mode of life of the rough-and-ready

southern planters amongst whom our author found himself located,

their field sports, and their dexterity with the rifle. The institution

also comes in for its share of notice, and, as may be expected, is not

mentioned with any favour. The little work is illustrated with

several nicely executed woodcuts, and is altogether a pleasing con-

tribution to the stock of popular Natural History literature.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 15, 1859.—Sir Benjamin C. Brodie, Bart., President, in the

Chair.

‘Note respecting the Circulation of Gasteropodous Mollusca and

the supposed Aquiferous Apparatus of the Lamellibranchiata.”” By

M. H. Lacaze Duthiers.

A memoir upon the aquiferous system and the oviducts of Lamelli-

branchiate Mollusks by Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson, was read

before the Royal Society at the Meeting on the 3rd of February, 1859.

The abstract of this memoir, contained in the ‘ Annals and Magazine

of Natural History,’ reached me in the month of July; and I was not

a little surprised to find that a structure which I had so elaborately stu-

died in the course of my various journeys to the sea-shore, and which

I had carefully described in a number of species, was something quite

different from what I had imagined it tobe. Without entering into

minute anatomical details, which would not tend to elucidate the

question, I find that Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson consider that

the organs, the ducts, and the orifices supposed to be the ovaries or

their excretory ducts, are, in fact, nothing but an aquiferous appa-

ratus, and that the openings placed on each side of the foot are the

excretory orifices of this system. They discover elsewhere the ducts

whose office is to convey away the products of the genital glands.

The enunciation of an opinion so opposed to what I, in common

with many other authors, had maintained, seemed to require a reeur-

rence to direct observation. But on repeating my examination of

226 Royal Society :—

Cardium edule, Tellina solidula, Mactra stultorum, and Donax ana-

tina, | have precisely verified my previous conclusions.

On throwing injections into the genital orifices, the sexual glands

have become turgid; and on examining fragments of such injected

genital glands microscopically, the injected substance was seen mixed

with the ova or spermatozoa. These facts may be observed with

especial ease in Cardium edule.

In addition to this, I have seen ova actually laid by living females

of Modiole and Mytili, one of the valves of whose shell was removed,

on irritation of the genital orifice; and in others the ova or the

spermatic fluid may be made to pass out of their orifices, at the

breeding season, by pressing gently upon the foot.

In Spondylus gederopus the genital orifice is situated in the sae

of Bojanus, and I had great difficulty in finding it when investigating

this subject. It was, in fact, only by chance that I opened the sac

of Bojanus and observed a little rose-coloured cylinder issuing from

an orifice in its interior. This cylinder, like a thread of vermicelli

in aspect, was composed of reddish ova mixed with mucus, and

agglomerated. I might multiply examples ; but it seems to be use-

less to do so, for I should simply reproduce the facts which I have

brought forward in the memoir which I published in the ‘ Annales

des Sciences Naturelles,’ on my return from a long stay in the

Balearic isles.

In this memoir, besides, I have not merely drawn attention to the

circumstance that after oviposition the aspect of the gland changes

completely, which might lead an observer to mistake the apparatus

of reproduction for something quite different, but I have given

figures of this condition of Pecten varius, &c. In fine, I believe that

the structure of the male and female organs of the Lamellibranchiate

Mollusea is such as it was described to be before the observations of

Messrs. Rolleston and Robertson.

But does the system of aquiferous vessels, whose occurrence in the

Mollusca has been sometimes admitted, sometimes denied, really

exist in the Acephala? In the abstract to which I refer, those cita-

tions, which doubtless existed in the memoir, have not, and probably

could not have appeared. It is well known that the belief in this sup-

posed aquiferous system has been gradually becoming weaker. The

necessity of explaining the extreme dilatation and contraction of the

bodies of molluseous animals led anatomists to seek for and describe

such a system; but at present the explanation of these facts is found

in the direct mixture of water with the blood, or the ejection of the

latter liquid. MM. Leuckart and Gegenbaur have made observations

tending to prove the occurrence of chis process in the Pteropods; M.

Langer of Vienna has published a special memoir on the circulation

of Anodon, and the great point he makes out is the passage of water

into the blood by the intermediation of the organ of Bojanus. I

believe that I have demonstrated in Dentalium the orifices by which

the direet communication of the circulatory apparatus with the ex-

terior of the body takes place ; and lastly, I have found a Gasteropod,

—_e ~

M. Lacaze Duthiers ox Circulation in the Gasteropoda. 227

and one which assuredly occupies a very high place in that group,

which presents the same arrangement.

I hope to be able before long to bring out a complete Monograph

of the anatomy of Pleurobranchus aurantiacus, in which the exist-

ence of an external orifice of the circulatory apparatus shall be put

beyond doubt. As the figure which accompanies this Note shows, a

very small orifice (4, fig. A, and ¢, fig. B) with a raised rim is visible

above the external genital organs and in front of the principal

branchial vein. This orifice, hidden by the contractions of the body,

is very conspicuous in the dead animal. On injecting milk or any

other liquid by it, the fluid is seen always to enter the heart; and

on slitting up the branchial vein, there is seen within it an aperture

(d, fig. B) leading into a little canal which is connected with the

external aperture, and is the channel whereby the fluid mjected

enters the heart. I have varied the method of injection in every

possible way, and always with the same result. I cannot conceive

that there is any rupture of the parts or any extravasation of the

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

A. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus, seen in a side view.

a. Heart.

4. External orifice of the sanguiferous system, placed before the branchiz

and above the genital organ.

B. Enlarged view of the heart, branchial vein, &c.

Auricle.

Ventricle.

External opening through which fluid may be injected into the heart.

. Branchial vein laid open at this part to show the internal opening of

the canal which leads from the external orifice ec.

Penis.

Part of the branchial vein, unopened.

RS SR

228 Miscellaneous.

injection, so that I believe (as may be verified in spirit specimens)

that in the Pleurobranchus the circulatory apparatus communicates

directly with the exterior.

The demonstration of a direct communication between the exterior

and the circulatory apparatus, renders the assumed existence of an

aquiferous system @ priori less necessary, m order to explain the

great changes of volume of the body of Mollusks. But I believe

that, in addition, microscopic examination will show the direct con-

tinuity of the genital glands with the lateral orifices placed at the

base of the foot in the Lamellibranchiata.

This communication of the vascular apparatus with the external

water, has a very important bearing on the history of the nutritive

processes. The physiological conceptions derived from the study

of the -higher animals are singularly affected by finding creatures

which can at will throw out a portion of their blood, or, on the

contrary, dilute with water that which is, par excellence, the nutri-

tious element.

This would be sufficient to prove, were it necessary to do so, how

wide is the difference between the vital processes of the lower and of

the higher animals.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Hydra rubra of Mr. Lewes.

By the Rev. W. Hoveuron, M.A., F.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Solihull, Feb. 10, 1860.

GENTLEMEN,—In your January Number, Mr. G. H. Lewes

records the discovery, on Wimbledon Common, of what he terms a

new species of Hydra. His description of the animal is, that it is

‘a beautiful bright-red species, differing m intensity of colour in

different states of the animal, being sometimes of a brick-dust hue.”

Van der Hoeven, Mr. Lewes says, enumerates three species of Hydra,

which he ealls H. viridis, H. fusca, and H. grisea respectively.

Now, the authors of the ‘ Micrographie Dictionary’ mention four

species, namely, H. viridis, H. fusca, H. attenuata, and H. vulgaris.

Dr. Landsborough, also, in his little book, ‘The History of British

Zoophytes,’ describes these same four species, with the addition of

Hydra oligactis (Baker). The description Dr. Landsborough gives

of H. vulgaris (for it is to this species I wish to direct attention) is

that it is about the same size as H. viridis, but that it differs from

it in colour, “ being of an orange-colour, or sometimes of a brown,

or even red tint.” Under the word ‘‘ Hydra,” in the ‘ Micrographie

Dictionary,’ I read the following description of H. vulgaris: “ Body

orange-brown, yellowish, or red.’ How does this differ from Mr.

Lewes’s so-called new species ?

Why this animal has ever been designated as H. vulgaris I am

at a loss to conceive. I have searched pools and ditches innumer-

able for Hydre; and iny experience tends to show that this species

Miscellaneous. 229

is by no means ‘‘ common,”

localities.

The last time I made acquaintance with this red species (be its

name what it may, but vulgaris suits it as far as description is con-

cerned) was at Bala Lake, in the month of June last ; and there it

was in great profusion,—indeed, the only species I saw. It was

found attached to the under surface of stones near the margin of the

lake, and reminded me at the time very forcibly of the red Dianthi,

to which Mr. Lewes also compares it. It was associated with Fre-

dericella sultana, and with another (very rare) Polyzoon, Plumatella

punctata.

But what is Van der Hoeven’s Hydra grisea? Is it the same as

the brown variety of vulgaris? Has it any synonyms? Whose is

H. vulgaris? Certainly here in Warwickshire it is a misnomer,

being the very opposite of common; indeed, I do not remember

ever to have seen it in this neighbourhood. I have occasionally

found it in Shropshire, and always in very clear, pure water.

H. fusca is more abundant here than even H. viridis.

I remain, Gentlemen, Yours, &c.,

W. Hoveuron.

[Dr. Johnston in the 2nd Edition of his ‘ British Zoophytes’ de-

scribes four species: H. viridis, H. vulgaris, H. attenuata, and H.

oligactis. The H. grisea of Van der Hoeven is probably the H.

grisea of Linnzus, which is given as a synonym of H. vulgaris,

Pallas. —Eb. |

for I have found it only in four or five

On the Genus Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In my original description of the genus Hyalonema, published in

the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1853, p. 63, the

publication of which I had delayed in hopes of being enabled, by the

acquisition of more copious materials, to clear up some points which

did not appear at that time capable of satisfactory elucidation, I

deseribed the ‘‘ Polypus ignotus,’ but placed it near Gorgonia, on

account of its being coyered with bark, like the Barked Corals ; and,

in a recent paper in the ‘Annals,’ I suggested its being considered as

a peculiar suborder of that class of Zoophytes.

Mr. John J. Brandt has lately published a description and figure

of the animal, and shows that, instead of having eight pinnated

tentacles, like the Gorgoniada, it has twenty or more simple conical

ones, like the Actinie. Mr. Brandt proposes to form for its

reception a peculiar family of the ‘‘ Polyactinia,”’ under the name of ©

Hyalochetides. The figure of the animal and the structure of its

external coat, and especially of the aperture of the cells, greatly

resemble those of the genera Corticifera and Mammillifera and the

other “‘Zoanthaires coriaces’’ of Blainville, indeed, one is now asto-

nished that we had not before observed the similarity, and placed it

with those animals. But the genus (or family) differs from these ani-

mals in having an erect axis, formed of a bundle of twisted silicious

filaments.

230 Miscellaneous.

Mr. Brandt received a specimen from Japan, which had been used

as an ornament, in which nine specimens of this coral are grouped

together in the hole formed by a Pholas in a soft rock. He figures

this specimen; but I am convinced that this is not the way in which

the Coral is naturally produced, and that they must have been arti-

ficially inserted into this perforation in the rock by the Japanese.

Mr. Reeves’ specimen, which I first described, is the only one

which has yet been described as imbedded in what I believe to be

its proper habitat—a peculiar kind of Sponge ; and I am confirmed

in this opinion by the very intimate manner in which the Sponge is

attached to the Coral in the above specimen.

Mr. Brandt figures two specimens to which more or less large

portions of Sponges are attached, and he considers these Sponges to

belong to the species which he calls Spongia spinicrucis and Spongia

octancyre, t. 1. f. 3, 4 & 5.

Mr. Brandt divides his specimens into two genera: 1. Hyalonema,

of which he describes two species, H. Sieboldi and H. affinis ;

2. Hyalocheéa, containing a single species, HH. Possieti; but I must

say, from the variation in “the several specimens of this Coral which

have come under my examination, I am very doubtful if they are

more than varieties of the same kind: at any rate, we want much

more material before I could admit them to be distinct. The genera

appear to differ only in the elongation and non-elongation of the

cells, which will doubtless vary according to the manner in which

the specimen is preserved.

On the Generative Organs of the Scarabeideous Beetles.

By C. Roussex.

In all the Scarabeide the testes are formed of spherical, but

more or less depressed capsules. A single genus is known to furnish

an exception to this,—namely Onthophagus, in which they are coni-

eal. Their number, which varies sometimes, even in nearly allied

groups, is never above twelve or below six in each testis; the latter

number is by far the most frequent. They are usually more nume-

rous in the Cetonine, and in this tribe their mode of insertion like-

wise presents a peculiar character: the cords which support these cap-

sules usually arise from each other, instead of having a distinct origin.

The form and structure of the penis clearly separates the Geotru-

pine and Coprine from the rest of the family. In the former of

these tribes it is short, straight, broad, and thick, and appears at the

first glanee to be composed only of a single, entirely horny piece.

But of the two joints which compose this organ in all the Seara-

baide there is only a vestige of the superior one, whilst the inferior

piece has been developed at the expense of the abortive one. In the

Coprine the two joints are nearly of the same size, but the upper one

presents a characteristic border near the top. The position which it

affects furnishes another means of distinction. In the other tribes it is

direeted from left to right, whilst in this it is always from right to left.

Beyond these two groups the penis presents a very remarkable

Miscellaneous. 231

variability, not only between the divisions of a tribe, but sometimes

even between the representatives of the same genus. The different

species of Cockchafers and Cefonie furnish curious examples of this

fact, which is still more striking in the Anomale. It is only between

the most nearly allied species that we meet with a nearly complete

similarity in the form of the organ of intromission. It would appear

that Nature has taken the most minute care to prevent the mixture

of types, and that crossing is practicable only within very restricted

limits.

The female organs consist normally of two identical ovaries, formed

of a number of sheaths corresponding exactly in each individual with

that of the testicular capsules. These sheaths are united with each

other and supported by a suspensory cord. There is also a more or

less developed copulatory sac and some accessory glands.

The Coprine, trom which the Aphodii must be separated, present

a very remarkable character,—namely, the occurrence, well known in

Birds, of the abortion of the ovaries of the right side. That which

exists, even, is reduced to a single sheath of considerable length. At

its base there are several small vesicular appendages, the vestiges of

the aborted sheaths.

In the Geotrupine there is no apparent copulatory sac. The

reservoirs destined to contain the seminal fluid of the male, which

indeed are very small, are concealed beneath the muscular envelope

of the base of the oviduct. In the Cetonine the sheaths are very

short, and, as a consequence of this modification, the suspensory

cord disappears.

In the Glaphyrine, Melolonthine, Ruteline, and Scarabeine

neither the male nor the female generative organs present any marked

differences.

From his investigations the author draws the following conclu-

sions :—

1. There is always an almost exact similarity between the very

nearly allied species of the same genus. ‘This furnishes evidence in

support of the happy definition of a genus given by M. Flourens.

2. Between two genera there are important modifications well

adapted to characterize them.

3. These modifications, becoming more considerable in the repre-

sentatives of higher groups, such as tribes, furnish valuable indica-

tions for zoologists.

4. The differences observed between the Glaphyrine, Melolonthine,

Rutiline, and Scarabeine, which are admitted as tribes, are not

comparable in value to those which distinguish the Cetonine, and

still less to those which separate the Geotrupine and Coprine.

5. In the case of types of which the natural relations could not

be appreciated with certainty by the consideration either of the ex-

ternal characters or of certain internal organs, the knowledge of the

generative apparatus allows their position to be more accurately de-

termined. Of this the comparison of the Arthrophagi and Aphodii

furnishes a striking example.—Comptes Rendus, January 16, 1860,

p- 158.

232 Miscellaneous.

Description of a new Species of Gull (Gavia roseiventris) from the

Falkland Islands. By J. Gouxp, Esq.

I describe this Gull as new, with a degree of hesitation, since it is

hardly to be supposed that a bird of this magnitude, and doubtless,

like the other members of the group, of very wandering habits, should

not have been noticed and described. Still I can find no description

which answers to this somewhat anomalous bird; neither does it

accord with any of the numerous species contained in our national

Museum. I make use of the word anomalous, because, although I

cannot separate it from the little group of Gulls, of which our well-

known species Gavia ridibunda forms a part, it differs from them in

several particulars. In the first place, the specimen, which is cer-

tainly fully adult, has a nearly white head, the hinder part only

being clouded with dusky, inducing the belief that a black hood was

its characteristic at another season; yet, strange to say, the bill,

legs, and feet are of the most intense coral-red ; moreover these

organs are very thick and fleshy, much more so than is ever seen in

G. ridibunda and its allies ; the gape, also, is wider than in the other

members of the group, while the bill and tarsi are shorter; the

hind toes of this, the only specimen I have seen, are well developed,

but are entirely destitute of nails (probably from accident or injury) ;

and lastly, the neck and breast are suffused with a beautiful pinkish

rose-colour—a colour, which in spite of every care, disappears after a

time, and which has sensibly diminished during the two months it

has been under my notice; the three first primaries have their ter-

minal portions entirely white, and the tail also is white, in which

respects it agrees with the Black-headed Gulls in the British

Museum, said to be from the Falkland Islands and the Straits of

Magellan.

The following is an accurate description of this Gull :—

Tail, head, neck, and all the under surface white, suffused on the

breast and abdomen with rich pinkish rose-colour ; back of the head

clouded with dusky ; back and wings silvery-grey ; primaries white,

the first narrowly edged on the base of the external web, and broadly

marked on the base of the internal web, with black, the remainder

broadly margined on the internal web with black nearly to the tip ;

tail white; bill, legs, and feet coral-red.

Total length 13 inches, bill 14, wing 114, tail 33, tarsi 14.

Ground-colour of the egg light olive, elegantly variegated with

irregularly-shaped markings of umber-brown, disposed in a zone

near the larger end, and continued more sparingly over the whole

surface, some of them appearing as if beneath the surface of the

shell: these markings assume various V-shaped, arrow-headed, tail-

shaped, and other fantastic forms. A lengthened and very pretty egg.

Length 2 inches ; breadth 14.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb 8, 1859.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 28. APRIL 1860.

XXV.—On the Mycetozoa.

By Dr. A. ve Bary, Professor of Botany in Freiburg *,

{With a Plate. ]

Tue object of this memoir is to describe a group of organisms

hitherto placed in the family of Fungi known as Myxomycetes

or Myxogastres, and to prove them close allies of the Rhizopoda,

and therefore members of the animal kingdom. Assuming this

relationship to be proved, the author proposes to designate the

group Mycetozoa, and proceeds to a sketch of the present state

of knowledge respecting the undoubted Fungi, preparatory to

instituting a comparison between their process of development

and that of the so-named Mycetozoa.

The recent elucidation of the vital economy of the Fungi—the

fact that they take up as food organic matter, either in a still

living state or in the process of decomposition, and that they

are destitute of chlorophyll and the characteristic colouring

matter of plant—affords sufficient evidence that this class of

organisms, so rich in forms, differs widely from all other Thallo-

phytes. An examination of their histological characters will

still further display the difference observable.

The thallus of all Fungi is composed of the so-called Fungi-

fibres or hyphz, which are elongated filiform and cylindrical,

mostly branched, unicellular sacs; or in most instances filiform

branched rows of at first cylindrical cells, subsequently often

of very various figure (PI. VI. fig. 7). The longitudinal growth

of these fibres, so far as relates to new cell-formation, takes place

exclusively or principally by transverse fission of the terminal

cell of the fibre, and the construction thereupon of a new ter-

* Translated, in abstract, from the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche

Zoologie,’ Band 10, 1859, p- 88, by J. T. Arlidge, A.B., M.B. (Lond.).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. vy. 16

234 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

minal cell and of an additional member or joint to the series or

row, which may be called the “segment-cell” (“ Gliederzelle”’).

In the latter, fission either does not recur at all, or speedily

comes to anend. On the other hand, the “ segment-cells”” shoot

forth lateral saccular buds which, by the subsequent develop-

ment of septa, constitute twigs or branches upon the primitive

cell. All the septa in a branch are disposed one above the other

in parallel order.

The thallus of the simple varieties of Fungi (the filiform

Fungi or “ moulds”) is composed of hypheze disconnected, or at

most only approximated, in the act of growing. Fungi of a

higher grade of development, which attain a spongy consistence,

are formed of the same sort of fibres intertwined. The growth

of such Fungi in breadth and thickness, apart from the simple

expansion of the existing cells, is dependent on the formation of

new histological elements, and proceeds from the development of

offshoots to the contiguous hyphie which are interposed between

the original portions of tissue, or are overlaid upon the surface

of the organism.

Indeed in the case of the seemingly more complex tissues of

many Fungi—for example, of the external layer of many Agarici

(Russula), the bodies of many Pyrenomycetes, the skin of the

warty species of Lycoperdon, &e.—there is a near resemblance to

the parenchyma of higher organisms in the appearance of juxta-

posed globular or polyhedral cells, when a thin section is sub-

mitted to examination. In fact, however, the study of the de-

velopment of such tissues proves that they likewise originate in

the interlacing of hyphee, and that their exceptional appearance is

due toa subsequent expansion and displacement of the segments

of the filiform fibres.

The construction and growth of Fungi therefore characterize

them from all other Cryptogamia, such as the Fucacee and

Floridez, which exhibit the cellular structure and cell-develop-

ment of higher plants. It is only in the formation of the repro-

ductive organs that cells and cell-corpuscles are concerned in

any of the Fungi. Nevertheless, the whole history of the

organisms leaves no doubt of the vegetable nature of the true

Fungi.

The systematic position of the entire class, as determined by

affinity of structure, is im connexion with Peronospora, Syzygites,

in the family Siphonza, of which the best-known example is

furnished by the genus Vaucherta. Indeed, the Fungi are so_

intimately allied to this family through the group of Saprolegnize

(ec. g. Saprolegnia ferax, Achlya prolifera), that the latter might

with almost equal reason be referred to the Fungi. Like these,

the Saprolegniz grow on diseased and dead organisms, and are

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 235

deficient of colouring matter in their cells ; but, like the Sipho-

nea, they are inhabitants of water, and, what is more, they

possess zoospores, which have never yet been discovered with

certainty in any Fungi.

In structure and development the Fungi are closely related

to the Lichens. The only appreciable difference between them

is, that the hyph composing the thallus of the latter are sepa-

rated by a distinct layer (“gonidial layer”) of chlorophyll-bearing

cells, probably concerned in the process of reproduction. Inthe

matter of fructification there is an exact similarity between the

Lichens and a large group of Fungi, and lastly, these two classes

of organisms approach likewise generally in the mode of nutri-

tion. In short, so intimate are the relations between the two,

that Berkeley and others have proposed to unite them as two

orders in one class.

The Fungi, as a definite class of organisms, agreeing among

themselves in habits of life, in histological elements and in the

phenomena of development, are separable from certain struc-

tures commonly referred to them on account of the similarity

in their habits and mode of nourishment, represented by the

greater portion of the Mycopliycee. Among these pseudo-

Fungi are the moulds or mildews that form on decomposing

substances, the relations of some of which are readily determin-

able, whilst others are ouly incompletely developed phases in

the cycle of development of true species of Fungi.

The formation of the spores of Fungi proceeds in a threefold

manner: 1. The spores are produced, singly or several together,

by the division of the terminal or twig-cell of the hyphz (the

basidia) ; or, 2. such cells swell into vesicular sacs (ase), from

the contents of which the spores are developed by free-cell

formation ; or, 3. one of the cells, usually the terminal, divides

into two or many spores, which become secondary cells (daughter-

cells). More complex methods of fructification occur in the

basidia of Tremella, and in the spore-cysts (sporothece) of Hu-

rotium, Erysiphe, as the result of a combination of two of the

three primitive types.

Sexual development is not yet demonstrated, although ren-

dered not improbable by the researches of Ehrenberg on the

conjugation of Syzyqites.

The systematic distribution of the Fungi has hitherto been

founded primarily upon their modes of development, and in a

secondary degree upon the disposition and structure of the

spore-cells. But, as Tulasne has latterly proved, one and the

same species may exhibit the several modes of fructification.

At the same time, it must be granted that the actual state of

16%

236 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

knowledge of the Fungi is insufficient for the construction of a

natural classification to replace the artificial one alluded to.

The two groups or orders of Fungi more immediately falling

under notice in this memoir are :—

1. Ascomycetes, having dilated saccular sporothecee (asci),

wherein the spores originate by the free genesis of cells: e. g:

Tuberacei (Truffles), Pyrenomycetes and Discomycetes, to which

the Lichens are most nearly allied.

2. Basidiospori, producing spores from parent-cells (basidia).

The free extremity of the basidium produces offshoots which

acquire the form and dimensions of spores, and drop off, after

the development of a dissepiment. Mostly four spores are formed

and detached from a basidium simultaneously: one, two, or Six

are rarely produced. The basidia are congregated together

in large numbers as spore-strata, or hymenia, lying parallel

one above another and at right angles to the fibres from which

they spring.

The Basidiospori form two principal sections: 1. Hymeno-

mycetes, in which the whole of the hymenium, or only certaim

definite portions of it, occupies the free surface of the Fungus,—

as, for example, in Agaricus, Hydnum, Boletus, Polyporus, Cla-

varia. 2. Gasteromycetes, in which the hymenium is lodged

within a definite cavity (the peridium) in the substance of the

Fungus, which opens when the spores are’ ripe, to permit their

escape: to this division belong Lycoperdon, Bovista, Geaster,

Cyathus, and many others belongmg to the groups Hymeno-

gastrei, Nidulariacei, and Lycoperdacei.

In many Gasteromycetes (such as Lycoperdon, Bovista, Geas-

ter) having large peridia, these cavities contain, when ripe, the

powdery spores mixed with more or less dry furfuraceous matter,

and a hair-like mass, the “ capillitium ” (fig. 3). The peridium

itself is, when in the same mature condition, a dry membrane of

variable thickness, and sometimes divisible into several lamine.

When, however, the spores are in course of development,

these Fungi are fleshy, spongy, and imbued with much mois-

ture: the cavity of the peridium is at the same time perceived

to be divided into countless microscopic cells, separated by

lamelle from the anastomosing cavities of the network of the

surrounding tissue. The inner wall of each cell or chamber is

covered by a layer of spore-bearing basidia. The spores soon

detach themselves from their supporting basidia, which, together

with a portion of the tissue upon which they rest, become,

during the ripening of the spores, dissolved and absorbed.

During these changes, the fibres of the lamellee, after the evapo-

ration of the watery contents, become dry and produce the

apillitium of the mature Fungus. Thus all the various struc-

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 237

tures met with in the ripe Gasteromycetes are explicable as pro-

ducts of the development of true basidiospores.

The sporothecx of the Mycetozoa present to the naked eye a

close resemblance to the ripe peridia of the Gasteromycete ; and

the similarity between the two groups is rendered greater by the

circumstance that their habits are alike, and that they are both

particularly common in decomposing vegetable infusions. In-

deed they are only satisfactorily distinguishable on a comparison

of their early development.

The author’s next task is to minutely examine the structure

of the genera of Mycetozoa or Myxogastres, among which are,

Physarum, Didymium, Diderma, ALthalium, Spumaria, Stemo-

nitis, Diachea, Licea, Arcyria, Trichia, and Lycogala.

The earlier stages of development of the Mycetozoa which

result in the formation of the sporothecz, externally so like those

of the Fungi, have hitherto been very partially investigated.

The youngest condition recognized was in the form of a mucor

or mould, interspersed with countless specks, which either con-

stituted a formless, often thick, film on the substratum, or took

the definite figure of pediculate drops, or formed a network of

anastomosing veins over its surface (fig. 18). The mucor is

usually white or yellow, seldom of any other colour. A peculiar

kind of sporothecz was often seen to form, under the eye of

the observer, with astonishing rapidity, gradually hardening, and

assuming the structure, consistence, and colour of such organs.

De Bary has more minutely examined these phenomena, at first

in Athalium septicum, and subsequently in other species. On de-

taching a portion of the surface of Hthalium where fructification

is proceeding, it is found to consist superficially of a shining yel-

low substance of a mucoid consistence, tremulous, and reduced

by slight pressure to a homogeneous pulp. Yet, when intact, it

is not formless. Its surface is then seen to be overspread with

a multitude of obtuse processes or papille, grouped in bunches,

either erect or twisted together, and which seem to coalesce by

their bases in the subjacent mass. The whole bears a general

resemblance to a stem of coral, or to a piece of Clavaria flava

(fig. 18).

On immersing a portion of this yellow mucor in alcohol, it

becomes so hardened that it may be cut into thin sections, when

its substance can be shown to be a tissue composed of interlacing

cords or fibres (fig. 16), which terminate on the surface by free

extremities, and there constitute the ramose lappets and papillee

above described. This same structure may be detected in Atha-

fium-fronds a foot in circumference, and where the fructifying

portion is as much as two inches in depth. In such the same

yellow cords or fibres are found, with the like consistence ; and

238 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

it may be observed that they are most numerous at the periphery

of the circle. The cords vary from a few lines to an inch in

length, and are mostly much ramified, and often exhibit irregu-

larly disposed varicosities. Their thickness varies from that of

a bristle above half a line in diameter to that of a filament

invisible to the naked eye.

On bringing these cords, with or without any of the surround-

ing mass, under the microscope, in a little water, their form is,

after one or two hours, seen to change. They generally increase

in breadth at the sacrifice of their length; and their twigs either

change in figure, or new ones are produced. Further, the whole

surface becomes by degrees covered with small, obtuse, wartlike

prominences, which give it, to the naked eye, a granular aspect

(fig. 17). These prominences extend themselves progressively

ito filiform cords, which soon overspread the surface in the

form of an anastomosing network ; and ere long it may be ob-

served that these reticulated fibres change in figure, and give off

new twigs, and produce new anastomoses, whilst others vanish

(fig. 18). In this manner the whole fragment under notice

changes its place; but this result is not observable until after

it has remained under notice from four to twelve hours.

The organic basis of the cords is the same material as the

sarcode of Dujardin, or the so-called “ formless contractile sub-

stance” of Ecker, and presents the characteristic contractility,

the gradual changes of form, and the flowing motions seen in

the bodies of Rhizopoda. The substance of these cords and

sarcode likewise agree precisely in chemical composition and

reaction, except in relation to carbonate of potash—an exception

insufficient to establish a difference in chemical nature.

The sarcode-matter is rendered turbid by countless granules

(figs. 14, 15), some having the form of minute colourless points,

whilst others are of larger dimensions, globular, with a dark

outline and refracting centre, like fat-particles, soluble m aleohol

and ether, and producing a yellow colour. The granules are

either uniformly diffused or collected in the centre, leaving a

clear peripheral margin. Vacuoles are often, but not always,

present in the interior, of various and changeable figure, filled

with water, and without special walls.

The onward flowing movements and the production of pseudo-

podous processes are seen, in the cords of Aithalium placed in

water, to resemble those of Rhizopoda, although the structures

in question are comparatively of colossal dimensions (figs. 14,15).

‘wo kinds of processes or twigs are distinguishable: one

visible to the naked eye, always filled with granules; the other

microscopic, produced as simple or ramified tubercles on the

former, and variable and retractile (fig. 17). These latter corre-

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 239

spond in size and character to those of Amcebe, whilst at the

same time their relation to the larger variety of processes is

shown by their sometimes increasing to a similar bulk.

The molecular currents in the interior of the processes pro-

ceed in the direction in which their enlargement is taking place,

and the regular circulation visible round the periphery of the

pseudopodia of Rhizopoda is not noticed. The stream of gra-

nules is the more rapid the nearer it is to the long axis of the

mucous or sarcode cord.

The sarcode-mass is enveloped by a membrane, which, in the

cords of 4ithalium, is soft and mucoid. The addition of alcohol

renders this integument more evident by shrivelling up the

contained mass (fig. 16). It is so soft, that the pressure of the

thin glass placed over a specimen under the microscope is suffi-

cient to rupture it, and to cause the escape of the semifluid

sarcode in globular drops, which then swim away freely through

the surrounding water. At first these detached globules exhibit

a variable outline, but soon assume a fixed spherical figure ; and

their substance frequently arranges itself into a clear peripheral

and a central granular portion. Moreover, they often become

internally hollowed out by vacuoles, and finally collapse, under-

going a change in colour from yellow to reddish brown. The

“vesicular cells” described by Schacht in the substance of

Akthalium were doubtless sarcode-globules of the above kind.

The movements and variations in form of the sarcode-cords,

kept in water, are often so rapid that a sketch of a fragment by

a camera lucida is rendered impossible: In other instances,

however, they are so remarkably slow, that the object must be

observed for some few minutes to distinguish them. The degree

of rapidity evidently depends in part on the age of the specimen,

but still more on the temperature of the surrounding medium.

The sporothece (fig. 4) of all the Mycetozoa are developed from

similar sarcode-cords (mesenteric) which present the same essen-

tial characters as those of 4ithalium just described,—the only

differences perceptible being in size, colour, and in the distribu-

tion of the colouring matter.

Passing by the author’s fourth and fifth sections of his essay,

devoted to the consideration of the development of sporothece,

the maturation of spores and their structural characters, we will

terminate our abstract by a résumé of the general results arrived

at, as contained in the sixth and concluding section.

In all stages of their development and of spore-production,

with the single exception of Athalium, the Mycetozoa are cel-

lular organisms. That the spores are perfect cells, a glance at

them is sufficient to prove (figs. 1, 2,7). In the Amebiform

stage, a nucleus and an investing membrane are distinguishable;

240 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

and were this indication of their cell-nature wanting, the well-

determined fact of their production from undoubted cells would

furnish evidence to the same effect. In the “swarmers ” (figs.

6, 8, 19), indeed, no cell-wall, m the usual acceptation of the

term, is present; but there is a nucleus, and they are to be

regarded as primordial cells possessing the power of secreting a

cell-wall, although for the time that power is held in abeyance.

Lastly, the sarcode-cords must be considered as cells, notwith-

standing their figure and size, inasmuch as they are derived

from the Amobiform existences, the peculiar properties of which

they continue to retain. The same statement holds good of

those cell-bodies derived from the coalescence of two or more

originally independent cells; for they are in structure precisely

similar to cells derived from the fructifying conjugation in Algze,

which proves that, in the strictest sense of the word, a cell may

originate from the coalescence of two or more cells.

It must, however, not be concluded that the sarcode-cords

originate in a coalescence of cells by a process of vegetative

copulation : on this subject further inquiries are needed.

The only satisfactory criterion of an animal nature in a doubt-

ful organism is to be found in the reception of solid food—a

property not possessed by any plant or plant-cell. Assuming

the correctness of this statement, the Mycetozoa are referable

to the animal kingdom ; for solid particles are found within their

sarcode-substance, just as in the aquatic and undoubtedly animal

Ameebz. Not that the act of prehension has been witnessed ;

but the cells of Alge and Fungi and the spores of Myeetozoa

have been seen in the interior of the Amoebe of Trichia, Arcyria,

and ASthalium. In Lycogala alone have such foreign particles

been hitherto sought im vain.

The evidence that these solid particles serve as food, and are

not accidentally enveloped by the mucoid sarcode, as Dujardin

affirmed, rests on the same basis in the case of the Ameebiform

phases of the Mycetozoa as in that of the true Amoebe ;

and even should their accidental entrance within the tissue be

demonstrated, yet the Mycetozoa would claim a place im the

animal kingdom on the ground of their many and great resem-

blances to admitted animals, and their slight analogy to any

plants.

The connexion of Mycetozoa with Gasteromycetes must be

severed, since it is founded only on superficial resemblances.

They are most similar to the Algal groups of Siphonza and

Saprolegniz ; but, although the zoospores of these Algz possess

a certain degree of locomotive power and contractility, yet these

properties are in them far inferior in intensity to those of the

Mycetozoa, and are likewise of comparatively very brief duration.

Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa. 241

Indeed the difference between the Mycetozoa and those beings

nearest akin to them is very much wider than that between the

cells of any other divisions of the vegetable kingdom; on the other

hand, their structure, vital phenomena, and movements bear

the closest resemblance to many animal organisms, and so much

so to the Rhizopoda (figs. 9, 13) that their sarcode-fibres are all

but indistinguishable from them except by their much greater

magnitude.

Admitting therefore the Myxomycetes to be of an animal nature,

and referable to the animal kingdom under the name of Myce-

tozoa, it yet remains questionable to what division of that king-

dom they should be assigned. Naturalists have of late treated

the Amcebz as one division of the Rhizopoda, but this relation-

ship must, in the case of the Amcebe of the Mycetozoa, be

looked upon as very doubtful, inasmuch as there is little in their

developmental history in common with that of the testaceous

Rhizopods. At present it would seem best to regard the Myce-

tozoa as a special order, agreeing on the one hand with the

Rhizopods in the structure of their bodies and their variety of

movements, and on the other, with the Gregarinze by unmis-

takeable affinities in the whole cycle of development.

The next question that arises is: Are all the Amcebe merely

developmental phases of the Mycetozoa? or are only some such,

and others similar phases of other animals? or have some an

independent existence as species? Direct observations are want-

ing to determine these points; but this much is certain—that

cells possessing the peculiar movements of Amoebz occur as

embryonic stages of higher or of lower animals, of unicellular

and few-celled organisms. The Amcebiform cells which issue

from Psorospermia, and are transformed into Gregarina, may be

cited in illustration, as may be also the Amoeba-moving organisms

seen by Lieberkiihn and Schenk to issue from the saccular cells

found parasitic on the larve of insects and Crustacea. The

Ameebe of the Mycetozoa afford a third example.

Considering these facts to be indicative of the part played by

Ameebe in the cycle of development of other animal forms,

in connexion with that of the failure of observers to distin-

euish any definite plan of development belonging to them as

distinct animals, it appears highly probable that these beings

generally have no claim to be regarded as independent existences

or determinate species, but simply as developmental phases of

other beings.

This being granted, there is still no sure proof that the aquatic

Ameebe belong to the developmental cycle of the Mycetozoa ;

nor, on the contrary, are there sufficient arguments against the

hypothesis. There is no doubt that the aquatic Amcebe agree

242 Dr. A. de Bary on the Mycetozoa.

in all essential points with the Ameebiform beings which origi-

nate from the spores of Mycetozoa; further, a certain number

of Amcebe (e. g. A. radiosa, A. verrucosa) occur not only in

freshwater ponds, but still oftener in places where Mycetozoa

are abundant, as in the moist detritus about fallen leaves and

mosses in woods, on decayed wood, and about Fungi, &c. It is

moreover to be remembered that the Mycetozoa-spores readily

germinate in water (figs. 1, 2, 8), and that in the wide distribu-

tion of the Mycetozoa, their many species, their multitudinous

spores, the lightness of these, and the facility with which they

may be scattered abroad and carried through the air, we have

little difficulty in presuming the genetic connexion of the aquatic

Ameebee with them.

It is supposable that the aquatic Amoebee may by their motile

power leave the water for external conditions better adapted to

their further development into Mycetozoa; or that, on the con-

trary, they may confine themselves preliminarily to a multipli-

cative process, or to encysting, and sink to the bottom when

external conditions are unfavourable.

The foregoing reflections, therefore, render it probable, to say

the least, that many aquatic Amoebee are phases of being in the

development of Mycetozoa. Others, which from their locality

and their form differ very widely from the common type, such,

for instance, as Amba porrecta (Schultze), or such as A. gut-

tula and A. Limax, which are remarkable by the absence of

slender pointed pseudopodia, and by their movements, are, in

all probability, generative phases of other animals, possibly of

the testaceous Rhizopods. This reasoning on possibilities and

probabilities needs, however, to be established by observation ;

and the author advances the foregomg researches only as guides

to future inquirers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Spores of Stemonitis obtusata placed in water : a, one such in which

the contained “‘swarmer” is beginning to escape. Magnified

390 diameters.

. Two spores of the same organism : in 4, the swarmer has almost

escaped.

Fig. 3. A stalked spore-holder (Sporenblase) of Physarum albipes, divided

longitudinally, and viewed on the cut surface. The dislodg-

ment of the contained spores reveals the “columella” and

capillitium.”” Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 4. A group of immature sporothecse of Physarum plumbeum. A few

of the sarcode-cords, from which the spore-holders originate, are

seen in the form of fibres.

Fig. 5. “Swarmers,” a to ¢, in various stages of self-fission. The vacuoles

are seen in a state of diastole (expansion) in f, 6, and ¢; but are

invisible in y and ¢, owing to their condition of systole or con-

traction, Magn. 390 diams.

Fig.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 243

Fig. 6. a to d, “ Swarmers,” swimming in water, assuming various figures

of a Eugleniform character. Magn. 390 diams.

Figs. 7 and 7 sp. A portion of the capillitium of A%thalium septicum. At

bis a collection of calcareous matter; sp. spores of the same.

Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 8. ato e. Spores of Athalium septicum: a to e, escape of “ swarm-

ers” from their enclosing integument; c’, the swarmer imme-

diately after its escape; d, d’, two swarmers furnished with two

cilia; e, a third with one cilium only, as usual. Magn. 390

diams.

Fig. 9. A large Ameeba of A’thalium septicum.

Figs. 10-13. Amoebee of the same organism, of various sizes, exhibiting

their progressive growth.

Fig. 14. A large Amoeba of Athalium septicum, crawling in the direction

of the arrow shown alongside, and showing internally three large

vacuoles, but no foreign ingesta. Length 3/"; width .'".

Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 15. An encysted Ameeba of the same being, havig seven spores of

ASthalium within it, observed to rotate with the substance around

them. Magn. 390 diams.

Fig. 16. A slightly magnified view of a section of the spore-producing

portion of an old Aithalium sepiicum, after being treated with

aleohol. The spore-producing sarcode-cords are swollen, and

distinguished into a cortical and a medullary portion; much of

the former, however, has been lost in making the section.

Fig. 17. A small segment of a magnified view of the sarcode-ramifications

of Athalium septicum, showing the secondary pseudopodous

processes, a, on the margin. Magn. 90 diams.

Fig. 18. A portion of the network of sarcode-fibres of Avthalium septicum,

expanded on a glass slide, and viewed by reflected ght ; of the

natural size.

Fig. 19. a to n. Spores and their contained or emerged swarmers of

Trichia varia. Some seem of a Eugleniform figure, with a fila-

ment; and others Amcebiform, with or without a filament.

XXVI.—WNotes on Plectopylis, a group of Helicidee distinguished

by several internal plicate Epiphragms ; with the Characters of

a new Species. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

AN examination of the interior of specimens of Helix Achatina,

Gray, received from Moulmein, has revealed a singular and in-

teresting internal structure in that shell. This formation occurs

also in H. Cyclaspis, B.; the dextrorse variety of H. refuga,

Gould, from the Tenasserim Valley; the species from the banks

of the Irawadi (H. Leiophis, B), previously supposed to be a

small variety of refuga; and in a second group from Darjiling

and the Khasia Hills, consisting of HH. plectostoma and H.

Pinacis, B.

The longest-known shells of the group have been classed with

various forms by systematic authors. Helix Achatina and H.

refuga were referred by Albers to Atopa, which also includes

the Cingalese H. Rivoli, Desh., and H. erronea, Albers, possess-

244. Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis.

ing no true plicate barriers, and furnished with only a few

lamellze running longitudinally to a moderate distance within

the aperture. Pfeiffer refers the whole of these shells to Ophio-

gyra; and Messrs. H. and A. Adams include them all in Corilla, as

a section of Anchistoma. Again, Helix plectostoma, B., is referred

by Albers to Gonostoma, synonymous with Polygyra, Say and

Pfeiffer, and with Polygyra as a section of Anchistoma, H. & A.

Adams. These include Helix obvoluta, H. angigyra, H. Corcy-

rensis, and other shells which exhibit no traces of pylaic plica-

tion. It therefore becomes necessary to separate the first divi-

sion from H. Rivoli and its congeners, and the second from

H. obvoluta and its allies. Together they will form a natural

group divisible into three sections conformably with the varying

structure of the plicate pyle; and as the type of the first group

was announced in a former paper as being ovoviviparous, there

may exist grounds for generic separation from Helia equally

strong with those which authorize the distinction of Partula

from Bulimus. I name the group

Plectopylis.

Testa plerumque sinistrorsa, late umbilicata, subdiscoidea, depressa

vel conoideo-depressa ; apertura plica parietali callosa lamellam

horizontalem szepe emittente, intus pylis sive epiphragmatibus

pluribus distantibus plicatis (prima ab apertura plus minusve

remota) obstructa.

The typical section comprises species im which the pylaic

epiphragms consist of a strong vertical parietal lamina, with a

tortuous support on the inner side, and giving out towards the

aperture various horizontal lamelle, another independent hori-

zontal plica crossing near its base; while the palatal portion

-consists of three horizontal plicee above, one below, and a large

transverse vertical lamina which corresponds with and crosses

behind the outer portion of the dichotomous parietal lamina.

It comprehends

Helix Achatina, Gray.

Cyclaspis, B.

The second section consists of species in which the parietal

vertical lamina is more simple than in the first, being scarcely

dichotomous, but provided with anterior lamellz; while there

are six long or short, straight or sinuous, horizontal palatal

plice, the fifth of which in one species has a tendency to simu-

late the vertical lamina of the previous section, and some double

plicee in the other point towards the 3rd section. It comprehends

Helix refuga, Gould, var. dextrorsa.

Leiophis, B., n. s.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 245

The 8rd section is distinguished by having the epiphragm

near the aperture, and by a still more simple parietal lamima

placed vertically, and with a separate horizontal plica below,

as in the previous sections, but unfurnished with anterior

lamellz. The palatal plice are six in number, several are backed

by a second more oblique row, and the vertical lamina present

in the first section is deficient. It comprehends

Helix plectostoma, B.

— Pinacis, B.

The pylaic plicee may be distinctly viewed by filing across the

last whorl, a little in front of the barrier, so as not to mjure the

palatal plicee nor the aperture of the shell, care being taken first

to ascertain the distance from the aperture by means of a flexible

lamina of guill. The slit may be cautiously enlarged, according

to circumstances, and the back of the epiphragm may be exa-

mined by a similar process beyond it.

The following characters require to be added to those hitherto

recorded :—

1. Helix Achatina, Gray.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota, lamina | parietali magna

verticali bifurcata, postice sinuosa intrante, antice lamellas 2 emit-

tente, mediana aperturam attingente, inferiore mediocri, plica 1

basali horizontali elongata ; plicis palatalibus 3 superioribus, 1

basali intrantibus, lamina 1 verticali lata elongata intersita.

The pyle or barriers are reproduced at certain distances in the

interior whorls ; and the more distant have only a short central

lamella, occasionally obsolete, proceeding anteriorly from the

parietal lamina, in addition to the basal plica.

Found at the Farm Caves near Moulmein.

2. Helix Cyclaspis, B.

(Annals Nat. Hist. March and April, 1859.)

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota, lamina 1 parietali magna

obliqua subbifurcata, antice lamellam unicam inferiorem brevem

emittente, plica 1 basali spirali; plicis 3 palatalibus superioribus

fortibus elongatis sinuosis, 1 basali intrantibus, lamina 1 obliqua

satis magna intersita.

In this shell the large parietal lamina is not so distinctly and

widely double as in H. Achatina, and it gives off no medial

anterior lamella to connect it with the shortened apertural

lamella.

Mr. Theobald’s single specimen was much worn. Examples

in good condition, procured by Capt. J. C. Haughton at the

246 Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis.

Farm Caves near Moulmein, enable me to add the characters of

the sculpture and colour.

Testa — superne oblique rugoso-plicata, subtus leviore, umbilicum

versus spiraliter striata, superne albida, castaneo-strigata et varie-

gata, subtus fusco-castanea, umbilicum versus albida.

The lamella proceeding from the pylaic parietal plait and

the second superior palatal lamina are both visible from the

aperture.

3. Helix Letophis, B., n. s.

Testa sinistrorsa, late et profunde umbilicata, subdiscoidea, superne

planata, interdum omnino plana, vix solidula, oblique et arcuatim

rugoso-striata, lineis nonnullis spiralibus decussata, sub epidermide

seabra, fusco-cornea, albida; spiree apice vix elevatiusculo levi-

gato, sutura impressa; anfractibus 55-6} angustis, ultimo supra

peripheriam angulato, antice valde deflexo, basi rotundata, aper-

tura valde obliqua subhorizontali, lunari, peristomate reflexo

albido, marginibus lamina sinuosa elevata, medio lamellam pro-

funde intrantem, usque ad januam attingentem emittente junctis.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota ; lamina | parietali verticali

simplici forti lamellam aperturalem valde elongatam superne emit-

tente, infra eam lamellis duabus brevibus (a lamina spatio brevi

separatis) munita; plicis 6 palatalibus intrantibus, quinta robus-

tiore obliqua.

Diam. major 11-14, minor 8-11, alt. 3-44 mill.

Hab. ad Kwadouk, prope Thyet Mio,

Distinguished externally from the typical H. refuga, Gould,

and its dextrorse variety by its narrower whorls, absence of

angulation on the lower side of the last whorl, its more oblique

and nearly horizontal aperture, and by the circumstance of no

lower lamella being visible from the aperture, as in that variety *.

Internally it is distinguished by the shortness and simplicity of

the six palatal plaits, and by the obliquity of the fifth, which

gives some token of an approach to the palatal lamina of the

first section ; also by possessing two short horizontal lamelle,

arising near but not touching the upright parietal lamina, in

addition to the long lamella which connects that lamima with

the aperture, as in Helix Achatina ; whereas H. refuga, var. dex-

trorsa has but a single lengthened lamella proceeding from the

lower part of the pylaic parietal plait, and the long apertural one

is not connected with that plait, taking its rise close to it.

4. Helix refuga, Gould, var. dextrorsa.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima remota; lamina | parietali magna

* The internal barrier of H. refuga requires examination, and may prove

it to be distinct from the supposed dextrorse variety. In the typical shell

the lower parietal lamella is said to be invisible from the aperture, and may

be altogether wanting.

Mr. W. H. Benson on Plectopylis. 247

verticali simplici antice lamellam 1 inferiorem elongatiusculam

emittente, lamella superiore valde elongata aperture laminam pa-

rietalem non omnino attingente, plica basali obsoleta; plicis pala-

talibus intrantibus 6, tribus superioribus et basali elongatis sinu-

osis, quarta et quiuta brevibus, postice plicis obliquis distinctis

munitis.

This form occurs at Phye-than, in the Tenasserim Valley. It

exhibits an approach to the next section in some of the palatal

plaits.

5. Helix plectostoma, B.

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima minime profunda, ab apertura partim

apparente; lamina 1 parietali verticali simplici, lamellis nullis

munita, plica basali brevi; plicis sex palatalibus, superiore basali-

que simplicibus, secunda vix duplicata, tertia, quarta quintaque

postice plica obliqua munitis.

This form inhabits Darjiling and the Khasia Hills.

6. Helix Pinacis, B.

(Annals Nat. Hist. April 1859, p. 268.)

Janua pliciformi fauciali prima profundiuscula, ab apertura vix appa-

rente. Lamina et plica basali ut in specie antecedente, plica basali

nonnunquam obsoleta; plicis sex palatalibus, prima et secunda

supernis plus minusve simplicibus, tertia vix duplicata, quarta,

guinta basalique duplicatis, hujus plica secunda ad Jatus concur-

rente, nec postica.

It differs from H. plectostoma in the formation of the chief

palatal plaits, and in having a supplementary parallel basal fold.

This species is found rarely near Darjiling. A minute variety

occurs among Mr. W. T. Blanford’s specimens of H. plectostoma,

34 to 45 millimetres in the larger diameter.

There appears to be a regular gradation from H. Achatina to

H. Pinacis, through Cyclaspis, Leiophis, refuga, and plectostoma,

each species presenting peculiarities in the details of the pylaic

plication.

Dr. L. Pfeiffer attributes only three palatal plates to Helix

erronea, Albers. On filing into the shell behind the lamelle, a

fourth is found, as well as in H. Rivoli, Desh. The arrange-

ment of the lamell differs in the two species.

On a close examination of the little Cingalese Helix clathra-

tula, Pfr.(H. Puteolus, B.), a sparsely toothed lamellation becomes

apparent internally: it is seen through the transparent lower

side in two parallel lines, as many as six teeth occurring in a

oup; occasionally some are visible from the aperture. Pfeiffer

refers this shell to Patula.

Cheltenham, March 1, 1860.

248 Rev. W. Houghton on the Snail-Leech.

XXVIT.— On the Discovery of the Snail-Leech, Glossiphonia mar-

ginata, in England. By the Rev. W. Houcurton, M.A., F.L.S.

[With a Plate. |

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I have to record the occurrence of a species of Glossiphonia

(Rawlins Johnson), viz. G. marginata, as an addition to our

English fauna. This species has never before been found in any

locality in England; under the name of Hirudo flava, however,

Sir J. Dalyell seems to have met with it in Scotland (vide

‘ Power of the Creator Displayed,’ vol. ii. pl. 5. figs. 1-19). His

figures are not at all good; the characteristic form of the head,

however, is sufficiently shown, which is described as being

“lanceolate or trout-shaped.” The description of Hirudo flava

by Dalyell agrees with the characters of Glossiphonia marginata,

with the exception of the number of eyes which his specimen

possessed. Hirudo flava has only two eyes, whereas Glossiphonia

marginata has four; but this discrepancy is easily accounted for

when we remember that the number of eyes is not, in this

family, by any means constant in all the individuals of any one

species. Sometimes the anterior pair are very rudimentary,

sometimes entirely absent. Moreover, in G. marginata the

anterior pair are considerably smaller than the posterior pair,

and might possibly be overlooked. Dalyc!l’s description and

drawings were made from specimens which he found during

the time of their having either eggs or young adhering to the

belly ; and at this time G. marginata is, on the under side, of a

bright yellow colour, as are also the ova. The specific name,

however, of flava would give avery erroneous notion of the usual

colour of this animal, though the name is appropriate enough

during the breeding-season. However, I feel pretty certain that

Hirudo flava, in spite of these discrepancies, is identical with

G. marginata, and has therefore been discovered in Scotland ;

but I can find no record of its ever having been found in Eng-

land. The first specimen of the species I ever saw was found

by me in Bala Lake, on the 22nd of June last; it was attached

(more Glossiphoniarum) to the under surface of a stone near the

margin of the lake, with a number of yellow eggs underneath it.

The only other locality in which I have found G. maryinata is

in a small stream in Warwickshire, on the Solihull and Barston

road, on the right-hand side of the wooden foot-bridge about a

mile from the latter village. Here, in the autumn of last year,

I found some four or five specimens: the animal is, however,

very rare. I have for the last two years confined my attention

chiefly to the Glossiphons, and have searched many ponds for

Rey. W. Houghton on the Snail-Leech. 249

species, but have never found G. marginata except on these

two occasions; indeed, in this very Barston Brook, I have turned

over hundreds of stones, and not far from the spot where I had

first seen them, but without success. The drawings which ac-

company this notice were done for me by my kind friend Mrs.

Rumsey, of Solihull; the specimen, of which the illustration is

a very faithful likeness, is still living in a glass vessel in my

room. I refrain from making further remarks on this leech at

present, as I hope by-and-by to offer some observations on

this family, with a monograph of all the British species which

form the family Glossiphonide.

Glossiphonia marginata. Plate XVI. C. figs. 1 & 2.

Body, when at rest, nearly elliptical, but narrowing towards

the anterior extremity; capable of great elongation, when it

assumes a linear form. Back, when arched, showing the rings

very clearly; marked longitudinally with five regular rows

of light-yellow dots, equidistant, and thinly sprinkled with

smaller dots of the same colour, the central row alone extending

nearly the whole length of the animal. Margins light-coloured

and transparent, having at intervals two narrow dark-coloured

parallel lmes, which are at right angles to the axis of the

body. Ground-colour of body claret. Oral sucker constricted

at the base, subtriangular or lozenge-shaped, forming a well-

defined head. Extremity on the upper surface almost trans-

parent. Head with a light-claret-coloured patch on either side,

giving it, if examined without the aid of a lens, a truncate

appearance. Eyes four, arranged in two longitudinal series,

converging anteriorly; the posterior pair much the largest.

Posterior sucker very large, round, with about twelve distinct

claret-coloured rings. Stomachal ezca seven pairs, with three

smaller ones in front, the former bifurecate and nearly at right

angles to the longitudinal axis of the body ; the seventh pair

immediately bending downwards and extending to the base of

the posterior sucker. Colour of the czca a deep green.

Length when at rest, about 6!". Ditto, when extended, 1".

Breadth when at rest, 2!

Habitat, Bala Lake. Brook near Solihull, Warwickshire.

I remain, Gentlemen, Yours, &e.,

W. Hovcuron.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. C.

Fig. 1. Glossiphonia marginata extended (magnified).

Fig. 2. Ditto, natural size.

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 17

250 Mr. A. Murray, on new Sertulariade

XXVIII.— Description of new Sertulariade from the Californian

Coast. By Anprew Murray, F.R.S.E.*

[With two Plates. ]

Tu interest which attaches to the existence of closely allied

forms in far distant regions induces me to publish the following

isolated descriptions of five new Sertulariade from the coast of

California.

With one exception, they are all most nearly allied to species

found on the British coasts, viz. to Sertularia operculata, S. fili-

cula, Plumularia falcata, and Plumularia cristata ; and I may

notice that along with them I received the stems of a Hudendrium

which I cannot distinguish from Eu. ramosum of our own coast,

although, from the want of the vesicles, it is impossible to decide

whether it is a distinct species or not.

To secure absolute accuracy in the figures, they have been

drawn by the aid of the camera Incida.

1. Sertularia tricuspidata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 1.

Cells inversely pear-shaped and nearly opposite, a single one

in the axilla of each pinna; mouth at end of cell, aperture

obliquely truncate, tricuspid at the outer edge; middle cusp

longest. Vesicles unknown.

The habit of this species is perfectly that of S. operculata.

Its cells, however, are broader, shorter, stouter, and less acutely

conical ; they are not perfectly opposite ; they do not meet each

other at the base, and are more everted; they are tricuspid on

the outer lip, the middle cusp being longest, and the lateral

cusps are nearer it and more reflexed than is the case in S. oper-

culata when it has two lateral teeth.

It grows in tufts from 2 tos inches high, flexuose and serru-

lated, with polype-cells which are fully as much everted as is

usually the case in this family, instead of being less so, as is the

habit of S. operculata.

There were no vesicles in my specimens.

Bay of San Francisco.

9, Sertularia labrata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 2.

Cells nearly opposite, a single one in the axilla of each

pinna; mouth at end of cell; lip distinet, not toothed ; aperture

obliquely truncate. Vesicles not known.

Like S. filicula in habit. The cells, however, are differently

* Communicated by the author, having been read before the Royal

Physical Society of Edmburgh, Feb. 22, 1860.

from the Californian Coast. 251

shaped, more like those of the last species, but not toothed.

The lip is distinct.

I have received only a minute portion, without vesicles.

Bay of San Francisco.

3. Sertularia corniculata, Murr. PI. XI. fig. 3

Cells not quite opposite, sometimes nearly alternate, forming

an open cup resting on the stem; lip not distinct; exterior

margin somewhat projecting at tip ; a single one in the axilla of

each pinna. Vesicles pear-shaped, with two long points pro-

jecting like horns at the thick end; aperture between them.

This is a very elegant little species, and is easily distinguished

by the two long horns at the top of the vesicles, which remind

one somewhat of a fool’s-cap, and by the wholly open cells.

Bay of San Francisco.

4. Plumularta gracilis, Murr. PI. XII. fig. 1.

Stem slightly flexuose, branched ; branches alternately pin-

nated ; cells ranked closely in twos and threes; tubulous, with

a plain rim slightly peaked in front ; vesicles oblong-oval.

The characters of this Plumularia do not differ greatly from

those of P. falcata; but its habit is so different that it can

scarcely be mistaken for it. The branches are closer, and more

thickly set, than in P. falcata ; their arched disposition is want-

ing; and the whole plant has more the aspect of a Sertularia

than a Plumularia. The cells are proportionally larger than in

P. falcata ; instead of a plain truncate rim, it has one slightly

peaked in front, or excised at the sides. Lach cell has also a

sort of support, like a triangular buttress, below it, marked or

lined off from the cell itself.

Bay of San Francisco.

5. Plumularia struthionides, Murr. PI. XII. fig. 2

Shoots simple, plumous, the pinne alternate; cells close,

each occupying the whole of one side of the jot to which it is

attached, cup-shaped, with a toothed margin, of which the teeth

are unequal, the one in front projecting much more than the

rest ; vesicles gibbous, girt with toothed ribs.

This species is nearly allied to P. cristata, but is much closer

in habit, both the pinnz and the cells being nearer each other.

The cells are wider-mouthed and shallower. Besides the pro-

jecting process in front, there about ten teeth round the margin

instead of eight, and they are unequal instead of being equal ;

the first two and the last two are long and slender, and the

17>

252 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

whole are variable in size and development. The vesicles are

considerably larger than in P. cristata, and the ribs are toothed.

When dry, this species, like P. cristata, becomes curved in a

faleate manner, and the pinne are frequently laid to one side,

so that it assumes a good deal of the form of an ostrich plume,

in reference to which I have given it the above specific name.

Bay of San Francisco.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Sertularia tricuspidata, natural size: da, portion of same, mag-

nified.

Fig. 2. Sertularia labrata, nat. size: a, portion of same, magnified.

Fig. 3. Sertularia corniculata, nat. size: a, portion of same, magnified.

PLATE XII.

. Plumularia gracilis, nat. size: a & b, portions of same, magnified.

_ Plumularia struthionides, nat. size : a, portion of stem, magnified ;

b, vesicle, magnified ; c, portion of pinna, magnified; d & e, cells,

more highly magnified.

Fig.

Nore

XXIX.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera.

By T. Vernon Wortaston, M.A., F.LS.

[Continued from p. 222. }

Fam. Colydiade.

Genus TaRPHIUS.

(Germar) Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. i. 256 (1848).

Tarphius angusticollis, n. sp.

T. subrotundato-ovatus, subnitidus, niger ; prothorace angusto, antice

et postice attenuato, angulis anticis valde acutis porrectis, granulis

crebris magnis obtusissimis obsito; elytris rotundatis convexis

concoloribus profunde seriatim punctatis, interstitiis alternis leviter

elevatis interruptis, nodos distinctos (plus minus aureo-setosos)

efformantibus ; femoribus tibiisque nigrescenti-piceis, tarsis anten-

nisque picescenti-ferrugineis, harum capitulo sensim majusculo.

Long. corp. lin. 14-13.

Habitat locos editiores sylvaticos Maderz, in regione Fanalensi a

Dom. Bewicke estate A.p. 1859 detectus.

T. roundish-ovate, deep-black, almost free from scales, and a

little shining. Head and prothorax beset with very close, large,

and exceedingly obtuse granules: the Jaéter nearly unchanneled,

altogether narrow, but attennuated before and behind (the sides

being suddenly expanded about the middle), and with the ante-

rior angles even more acute and prominent than is the case in

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 253

the Tarphii generally. Elytra concolorous, rounded and convex,

deeply seriate-punctate, and without transverse wrinkles,—the

punctures being large, regular, and distinct ; the alternate inter-

stices a little raised and much interrupted, forming small but

very conspicuous nodules in the usual positions, which are more

or less clothed with yellowish, or golden, sete. Femora and

tibie blackish-piceous ; the tarsi and antenne (the latter of which

have their club, especially the apical joint, a little larger and

more abrupt than in the generality of the Tarphii) piceo-ferru-

ginous.

Eight specimens of the present very distinct Turphius were

captured by Mr. Bewicke in Madeira proper,—in the upland

region of the Fanal (more than 4000 feet above the sea), during

the summer of 1859. Although with many characters which

belong to neither of them, it is in some respects intermediate be-

tween the 7.sylvicola and Lauri,combining the dark hue, rounded

elytra, and deep sculpture of the former, with the posteriorly

constricted (but altogether narrower, and otherwise different)

prothorax of the latter. Nevertheless, in its very distinct

nodules (which are more or less sparingly clothed with golden

setze), and its rather larger antennal club, it recedes, inter alia,

from them both. I have adopted the above trivial name in allu-

sion to the general narrowness of its prothorax.

Genus AGLENUS.

Erichson, Nat. der Ins. Deutsch. i. 285 (1848).

The genera Aglenus and Anommatus are both of them addi-

tions to the Madeiran fauna; and in their small, glabrous,

shining bodies, and obsolete eyes, as well as in their general

aspect and habits, they have much in common. Still I believe,

in reality, with M. Jacquelin Duval (vide Gen. des Col. d’Europe,

il. 242), that, in spite of their resemblance to a certain extent,

they belong to distinct families; and hence I would record the

former of them only as a member of the Colydiade. Apart from

their specific differences, which are very conspicuous, Aglenus

may be known from Anommatus by, inter alia, its distinctly

1]-jointed antennz, with their loosely-connected triarticulate

club, by its slenderer limbs, and its evidently tetramerous feet.

They are both of them found beneath vegetable substances,—

Aglenus, however, preferring comparatively dry refuse, like that

which accumulates round the edges of hay- and corn-stacks (to

which it is much attached), and sometimes occurring even beneath

bones; whilst Anommatus is more commonly found under logs

of moist rotting timber on the damp ground,

254 Myr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

Aglenus brunneus, Gyll.

A. fusiformi-cylindricus, rufo-castaneus, nitidus, glaber ; capite pro-

thoraceque distincte, elytris leviter et minus crebre punctatis.

Long. corp. lin. #4.

Habitat in locis inferioribus Mader, a Dom. E. Leacock prope

urbem Funchalensem repertus.

Hypophleus? brunneus, Gyll., Ins. Suec. iii. 711 (1813).

Cerylon obsoletum, Steph., Ill., Brit. Ent. iti. 98 (1830).

Anommatus obsoletum, Shuck., Brit. Col. Del. 27, pl. 33. f. 2 (1840).

Aglenus brunneus, Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. iii. 285 (1848).

A. fusiform-cylmdric, being a little constricted at the junction

of the prothorax and elytra, reddish-chestnut, bright, and gla-

brous. Head and prothorax closely and distinctly punctured,

the punctures having a tendency to become confluent. Hlytra

much emarginated at their base, causing the shoulders to appear

advanced ; less deeply, and not quite so closely, punctured as

the head and prothorax,—the punctures with scarcely any

tendency to be disposed in rows. Limbs a shade paler than the

rest of the surface.

The Kuropean A. brunneus was first detected in Madeira by

Mr. Edmund Leacock (and subsequently by myself in the same

locality), beneath some bones and logs of wood in a small out-

house, in his garden at the Quinta de Sa0 Joao, near Funchal ;

and it was shortly afterwards captured by Mr. Bewicke amongst

vegetable refuse at the Palmeira.

Genus ProstHECA, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, angustum, lineare, asperatum: capite porrecto :

prothorace longiusculo trapeziformi, ad latera subserrato, antice

leviter emarginato: scutello minuto (egre observando): alis (nisi

fallor) obsoletis : abdomine e segmentis sex(?) composito (apicali

minutissimo vix perspicuo). Antenne prothoracis fere longitudine,

rectee, articulis 1™° et 24° sat magnis crassiusculis (hoc illo vix

minore), 34° usque ad nonum multo brevioribus minoribus paulo

angustioribus inter se equalibus, 10™° et 11™° capitulum magnum

solidum rotundatum valde abruptum biarticulatum efficientibus, inter

se arcte applicatis (sutura vix observanda). Labrwm membranaceum

antice vix solidius, quadratum (margine antico integro, angulis

vix rotundatis ciliatis). Mandibule valide cornez triangulares,

intus haud dentatee, sed circa medium leviter incisee et membrana

parva instructee. Mavzille bilobe: lobo externo breviusculo sub-

recto, apice subito truncato et dense barbato ; interno paulo breviore

minore, apicem versus dense barbato sed vix uncinato. Palpi

maxillares articulis 1™°, 2%, et 3%° longitudine subzequalibus,

1™° leviter flexuoso, 24° et 34° crassioribus (illo subelavato, hoe sub-

globoso), ultimo magno elongato incrassato ovali apice vix acumi-

nato ; labiales e scapis ligule connatis surgentes, articulis 1™° et 24°

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 255

subzequalibus (illo subflexuoso, hoe paulo crassiore subclavato),

ultimo magno (ut in palpis maxillaribus). Mentum magnum trans-

verso-quadratum, antice vix angustatum. Jigu/a magna sat robusta

subquadrata, apice integra ciliata. Pedes validi subcontractiles, basi

vix distantes : femoribus apicem versus subclavatis: tibiis bicalcara-

tis, extus (preesertim anticis) irregulariter erosis, aut potius subser-

ratis : tarsis 4-articulatis, articulis tribus baseos inter se subzequalibus,

4° valde elongato flexuoso subclavato, unguiculis simplicibus munito.

A zpos et riOnpu, (se. faunce] accessio.

The small insect from which the above characters have been

drawn is hitherto unique; nevertheless, I have fortunately suc-

ceeded, in my dissection of it, in securing all the parts of its

mouth, so that I can have no hesitation as to its affinities. Its

entire structure and quadriarticulate feet leave no doubt what-

soever, on my mind, that it is rightly referred to the Colydiade ;

and I believe that its nearest allies are the European genera

Pycnomerus and Xylolemus. Indeed with the former of these it

has so much in common that I at first thought it might be almost

associated with it; nevertheless, its more abruptly clavated an-

tenne and different mandibles (which are entire at the apex, and

without the deep incision towards their base behind), in con-

junction with its much squarer (or more angulated) labrum,

mentum, and ligula, will, apart from minor points, prevent its

fusion into Pycnomerus ; whilst from Xylolemus (which it much

resembles in its trapeziform, margined, and laterally crenulated

prothorax), its undentated mandibles, and the somewhat diffe-

rently proportioned joints of its antenne and palpi will (as I

judge from the description), inter alia, readily separate it.

Prostheca aspera, n. sp.

P. linearis, fusco-ferruginea subopaca ; capite prothoraceque rugosis,

tuberculatis et setulis paucis valde distantibus obsitis; hoe fere

zequali, postice angustiore, ad latera oblique recto, angulis anticis

porrectis paulo explanatis subrecurvis ; elytris obsoletissime sub-

seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subcrenato-costatis et setulis longi-

tudinaliter obsitis ; antennis pedibusque vix pallidioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 1.

Habitat Maderam, a Dom. Bewicke nuper communicata.

P. narrow, linear, elongate, dull brownish-ferruginous, and

nearly opake. Head and prothorax much roughened, and beset

with large but not very elevated tubercles, sprinkled with short

remote sete: the former subquadrate; the latter elongated,

slightly narrowed behind, with the sides nearly straight (but

oblique) and margined, and with the anterior angles thickened,

porrected, and slightly recurved. Elytra with very shallow, and

almost obsolete, punctures arranged in longitudinal rows, and

256 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

with the interstices apparently [for the sculpture is somewhat

obscure| subcostate and crenulated ; and with longitudinal rows

of short distant setee down each. Limbs a little paler than the

rest of the surface.

The discovery of this curious beetle is due to the indefatigable

researches of Mr. Bewicke, who captured a single specimen of

it in his garden at the Palmeira, above Funchal, amongst some

dried stems of the Euphorbia piscatoria which he had brought

several months before from Porto Novo, on the eastern coast.

Whether, therefore, it was transported to Funchal, along with

the numerous other Coleoptera which inhabit the stems of the

Euphorbias, or whether its appearance amongst them was merely

accidental, it is impossible at present to decide. Be this, how-

ever, as it may, there is, at any rate, no reason for suspecting

that the insect is otherwise than indigenous.

Genus Lycrus.

Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. 1. 502 (1792).

Lyctus Leacocianus, n. sp.

L. cylindricus, parce pubescens, niger ; capite prothoraceque crebre et

profunde punctatis, hoc subquadrato, angulis anticis haud pro-

ductis sed posticis paulo acuminatis ; elytris leviter sub-biseriatim

punctatis (punctis elongatis angustis), sutura interstitiisque alternis

obsoletissime elevatis ; “autennis (robustis) pedibusque piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 23.

Habitat Maderam australem, prope urbem Funchalensem a Dom. E.

Leacock repertus, cujus in honorem nomen triviale proposui.

L. linear and cylindrical, but rather broader than the L. brun-

neus, also of a darker hue (being nearly black), and somewhat

less densely clothed with decumbent fulvous pubescence. Head

and prothorax a little more coarsely punctured: the /atter more

strictly quadrate—the anterior angles being rounded-off, and

not downwardly produced as in that species; but with the ex-

treme hinder angles more acute, or prominent; the sides not

perceptibly crenulated, even beneath the microscope; the disk

rather more even and convex, but nevertheless with the longi-

tudinal depression more lengthened, or converted into a wide

dorsal channel. Elytra more closely and distinctly punctulated

than in the LZ. brunneus, the punctures being narrow and elon-

gated (like broken strize), with a tendency “to be arranged in

double longitudinal rows, and both smaller and more dense (as

well as more irregular) towards the suture than towards the

margin; the suture and alternate interstices obsoletely raised.

Limbs dark-piceous; the antenne more robust than those of

the L. brunneus.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 257

The present important addition to the fauna is due to the

researches of Mr. Edmund Leacock, who detected the single

specimen from which the above comparative description has

been compiled in his garden at the Quinta de Si0 Joao, near

Funchal. Its dark hue and totally different prothorax, in con-

junction with its comparatively robust antennze and curious

elytral sculpture, will, apart from minor differences, at once

separate it from its ally the L. brunneus. I have named it after

its discoverer, whose successful labours have so often augmented

the Madeiran Catalogue.

Fam. Lathridiade.

Genus ANOMMATUS.

Wesmaél, Bull. de Acad. de Bruxell. ii. 339, tab. 4 (1836).

The little Anommatus 12-striatus bears, as already stated, so

strong a primd facie resemblance to Aglenus that it has been

universally, with one exception, placed alongside that genus,

amongst the Colydiade. Nevertheless, the various authors who

have thus tacitly acknowledged its affinities seem merely to have

followed blindly in the wake of Erichson, whose description of

its structural details was, as M. Jacquelin Duval has recently

well remarked, both loose and incorrect ; and, after a very careful

dissection of it, I agree with M. Duval that it should be un-

doubtedly assigned to the Lathridiade. True it is that its robust

limbs and abruptly clavated antennze are not in accordance with

the normal members of that family; but then, on the other

hand, neither are they universally indicative of the Colydini;

whilst even amongst the Lathridiade such genera as Cholovocera

and Merophysia afford us an abundant precedent for the sup-

position that the terminal joints of the antennze may sometimes,

in that group, become absolutely lost by uniting into a densely

compact mass. Then, with respect to the tarsi of Anommatus,

having mounted them im Canada balsam for microscopic obser-

vation, I believe that M. Jacquelin Duval is perfectly right in

regarding them as triarticulate, instead of quadriarticulate, as

stated by Erichson. The basal joimt is certainly a little con-

stricted on its under side, but even polarized light will not show

the merest rudiment of a suture; and I have not the slightest

hesitation, therefore, in concluding it to be a single joint, and

the whole foot to be, consequently, triarticulate—which is almost

universally the case with the Lathridiade. The antenne are

composed of only nine joints besides the club,—which latter is

extremely compact, and with no annular traces on it whatso-

2958 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

ever, so far as I can detect : hence, although we assume that the

two ultimate joints are fused into it, we must practically regard

the entire number [i.e. the recognizable number] as diminished,

from the normal standard,—which is, likewise, perfectly in

accordance with the generality of the Lathridiade, in which the

recognizable antennal joints vary from 8to 11. Of these joints,

the 1st and the 2nd are in Anommatus large and robust; the

3rd very much more slender and of almost the same length as the

2nd; the 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th extremely short, but

gradually becoming broader; and then follows the immense

subglobose club, which must be regarded as swallowing up the

remaining two articulations. I believe, all points considered,

that Anommatus is more nearly akin to the (likewise blind)

Langelandia anophthalma than to almost any other, perhaps, of

our European genera; and, in the Madeiran Catalogue, I would

place it at the commencement of the Lathridiade, near to

Cholovocera.

Anommatus 12-striatus, Mill.

A, parallelo-oblongus, testaceus, nitidus, glaber ; prothorace valde

profunde sed remote punctato (punctis maximis, in dorso sub-

seriatim) ; elytris profunde punctato-striatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

Habitat Maderam, sub truncis arborum prolapsis, rarissimus.

Lyctus 12-striatus, Miill., in Germ. Mag. iv. 190 (1821).

Anommatus terricola, Wesm., Bull. Acad. Brux. ii. 339. t. 4 (1836).

12-striatus, Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutsehl. iii. 286 (1848).

, Redt., Fauna Austr. 181 (1849).

A, parallel-oblong, being smaller, more linear, and less convex

than the <Aglenus brunneus, pale-testaceous, very bright, and

glabrous. Head sparingly, but not very deeply punctured.

Prothoraa, vather widened anteriorly, very deeply and remotely

punctured,—the punctures being very large, and on either side

of the central line (which is just perceptibly keeled) with a

tendency to be disposed in rows. Elytra deeply striate-punctate

(the punctures being there also very large). Limbs a shade

paler than the rest of the surface.

Detected by myself, in tolerable abundance, beneath the trunk

of a felled cherry-tree which was lying on the damp ground

at the bottom of the Curral das Freiras, whilst encamped

there, with the Rev. R. T. Lowe, on the 9th of Dec. 1858.

And a specimen has been lately communicated by St. Moniz,

which he captured under the chippings of Spanish chestnut-

trees at Santa Anna, in the north of Madeira.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 259

Genus HoLopaRaMEcus.

Curtis, Ent. Mag. 1. 186 (1838).

Holoparamecus Kunzei, Aubé.

H. elongato-oblongus, angustus, rufo-testaceus, subnitidus et sub-

tiliter pubescens ; prothorace ad latera minus curvato, postice

paulo angustato et in medio ineequaliter transverso-signato ; elytro

singulo stria suturali recta impresso; antennis |U-articulatis.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke prope urbem Fun-

chalensem captus.

Calyptobium Kunzei, Aubé, Ann. de la Soe. Ent. de France (2i*me série), i.

(1843).

H. larger and more linear than the H. niger, the elytra being

much longer in proportion ; also of a paler hue, being uniformly

rufo-testaceous ; much less shining, and scarcely perceptibly

punctured, even beneath the microscope, but more evidently

pubescent. Head narrower than the anterior part of the pro-

thorax, which is less curved at the sides, and not so suddenly

narrowed behind, as is the case in the H. niger, and with its

posterior region transversely and unevenly impressed,—the im-

pressed band being narrower in proportion than in that insect,

and therefore not continued so close towards the hinder angles

(which, in like manner, have their extreme lateral edge a little

thickened, but with no tendency to be produced backwards on

the surface of the pronotum), and being more evidently termi-

nated on each side by a very short longitudinal costa, and

interrupted by a still more perceptible one (though equally

short) im the centre,—which medial one merges into an obscure

dorsal channel in front of the transverse impression, deep on

the disk, but evanescent before and behind. /ytra more pro-

duced, or lengthened, posteriorly than in the H. niger, and with

the sutural stria on each less curved,—being almost quite

parallel with the suture. Antenne, which are composed of ten

joints only (instead of eleven, as in the H. niger), concolorous

with the rest of the surface. Legs a shade paler.

The above comparative description will at once point out the

distinctions between the present Holoparamecus and its Ma-

deiran congener, the H. niger. Indeed the structural character

of its antennz, which contain a jomt less than those of that

insect (the numerical variation of the antennal articulations

being one of the peculiarities of the members of this genus),

would of itself suffice to separate it ; nevertheless, its larger size

and many other specific features have been fully recorded in

the diagnosis. Although I felt convinced it was the Calyptobium

260 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madewran Coleoptera.

Kunzei of Aubé (that species bemg the only one hitherto re-

corded in which the antennz are 10-articulate), I am neverthe-

less enabled to state this for certain, Dr. Aubé having kindly

transmitted to me from Paris, through M. Allard, one of his

three original types of that insect, for comparison ; with which

the Madeiran specimens agree in every respect. Its discovery

in Madeira is due to Mr. Bewicke, who captured several examples

of it, about a year ago, in his garden at the Palmeira, above

Funchal.

Genus CorricaRia.

Marsham, Ent. Brit. i. 106 (1802).

Corticaria pubescens, Gyll.

C. elongato-ovata, fusco-picea, cinereo-pubescens ; capite prothorace-

que profunde punctatis (punctis maximis), hoc ad latera (preesertim

postice) crenulato, fovea postmedia magna profunda rotundata

impresso ; elytris profunde rugose et dense subseriatim punctatis ;

antennis pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis, his elongatis.

Long. corp. lin. 14.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke detecta.

Latridius pubescens, Uliger, in litt.

—-—, Gyll., Ins. Suece. iv. 125 (1827).

Corticaria pubescens, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. ii. 106 (1830).

—— Redt., Fauna Austr. 208 (1849).

C. elongate-ovate, brownish-piceous, with a more or less sub-

rufescent tinge, and clothed with long decumbent cinereous

pile. Head and prothorax very deeply punctured, the punctures

being extremely large, but (especially on the former) not very

dense: the /atter with the edges a good deal rounded, and

crenulated (particularly posteriorly); and with a very large,

rounded and deeply impressed fovea on the centre of the hinder

disk. Elytra deeply, thickly, and rugosely subseriate-punctate

(the punctures having only a tendency to being disposed in

longitudinal rows). Limbs rufo-ferruginous; the /egs longer

than in the generality of the Corticarie.

A single example of the common European C. pubescens was

detected by Mr. Bewicke, about a year ago, near Funchal. It

may be readily known from the rest of the Madeiran Corticarie

by its comparatively large size, brownish-ferruginous hue, and

densely pubescent surface, by the immense and very deep punc-

tures of its head and prothorax, by the somewhat close sculp-

ture of its elytra, and the length of its legs. It has probably

been imported into the island from more northern latitudes.

Corticaria inconspicua, n. sp.

C. elongata, rufo-ferruginea, subdepressa ; capite prothoraceque pro-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 261

funde et sat crebre punctatis, hoc ad latera (preesertim postice)

crenulato, fovea postmedia profunda rotundata impresso ; elytris

leviter sed rugulose striato-punctatis ; antennis pedibusque paulo

pallidioribus.

Long. corp. lin. }—2.

Habitat Maderam, in horto Leacociano prope Funchal a meipso

detecta; necnon ad S. Antonio da Serra deprehensit Dom.

Bewicke.

C. similar to the C. rotulicollis [Ins. Mad. 184), but smaller,

just perceptily less convex, and of a more uniformly rufo-ferru-

ginous hue, the elytra being usually not at all darker than the

head and prothorax. Prothoraz a little less closely punctured

than in that insect, with its hinder fovee perhaps somewhat

larger, and with its lateral crenulations not quite so powerful,

and less numerous; or, at any rate, with the anterior ones

smaller and less evident. Elytra not quite so deeply striate-

punctate, and the apex of the antenne a trifle paler, or less

obscured.

An insignificant little Corticaria, appearing at first sight like

a depauperated state of the C. rotulicollis. It was detected by

myself, beneath bones and chippings of wood, in a small out-

house in Mr. Leacock’s garden at the Quinta de Sao Joo, near

Funchal; in which locality it was subsequently taken both by

Mr. E. Leacock and Mr. Bewicke, the latter of whom likewise

captured it, during August 1859, in a hovel at S. Antonio

da Serra.

Genus MerorHTHALMUs.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 192 (1854).

Metophthalmus exiguus, n. sp.

M. forma et sculptura M. asperato simillimus, sed minutissimus,

omnino rufo-ferrugineus, fronte minus costato, ocello distinctiore

et antennarum articulis inter se diversis [sc. tertio ad octavum

minutis subglobosis subzequalibus moniliformibus, nono subgloboso

(haud poculiformi), et ultimo oblongo (nec oblique truncato) }.

Long. corp. lin. 4.

Habitat Maderam australem: specimen unicum prope urbem Fun-

chalensem zstate 1859 cepit Dom. Bewicke.

M. very like in form and sculpture to the M. asperatus, ex-

cept that it is much smaller and of a uniformly ferruginous,

or rufo-ferruginous, hue, with its frontal costee much less evi-

dent, or almost obsolete, but with the ocellus better defined ;

with its prothorax also somewhat less uneven; and with its

antennal jomts [vide the above diagnosis} differently propor-

tioned.

A single specimen of it has been lately detected in Madeira

262 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madewran Coleoptera.

Proper by Mr. Bewicke, to whose indefatigable researches we

are indebted for so many additions to our fauna. He informs

me that he found it amongst some “ Euphorbia rubbish ” in his

garden at the Palmeira, in company with the (likewise unique)

Prostheca aspera, but was not able to obtain another specimen.

Its 10-articulated antenne, and the minutely serrated margins

of its head, prothorax, and elytra, in conjunction with the very

peculiar construction (and position) of its eyes, at once show it

to be a true Metophthalmus ; nevertheless, in the relative pro-

portions and shape of its antennal joints, it recedes from the

M. asperatus very considerably. Thus, all the joints from the

third to the eighth inclusive are minute, subglobose, and moni-

liform, being nearly equal throughout ; whereas in the MW. aspe-

ratus the fourth is very much longer than the (diminutive) third

one; and from thence to the eighth they sensibly decrease in

length, and increase a little (though only a very little) in breadth.

Then the (biarticulated) club itself is somewhat different, the

penultimate joint being almost globose, and the terminal one

oblong; whereas in the M. asperatus the ninth joint is di-

stinctly poculiform, and the tenth largely truncated, in an

oblique direction, internally, causing it to be much acuminated

at its immer apex.

Judging both from the description and the figure, I have

little doubt that the genus Bonvouloiria of Jacquelin Duval

[vide Genera des Coléop. d’Kurope, 11. 245, a.p. 1857-59] is in

reality coincident with Metophthalmus ; for, although M. Duval

describes the antennze as only 9-articulate, still the third joint

is so very minute that it might be mistaken for a portion

of the second, by which indeed it is also, when in its normal

position, somewhat hidden; so that it might be easily over-

looked, unless the antenna be flattened out and mcunted in

Canada Balsam for the microscope. He does not describe any

of the oral organs of his insect, except the upper lip and the

terminal joint of the maxillary palpi; but these so entirely cor-

respond with those of the M. asperatus, whilst the external

details to which he calls attention are so exactly im accordance

with those observed by myself in Madeira, that I am the more

inclined to suspect that he was mistaken as to the precise

number of its antennal joints. Moreover, the habit of the Bon-

vouloiria niveicollis is precisely that of the Metophthalmus ; for

he expressly notices the curious chalky substance (“la substance

blanche crétacée”’) with which the under sides, as well as a por-

tion of the head and prothorax, of his specimens (which he cap-

tured near Montpelier) were covered,—a pecuharity which I

pointed out in my Madeiran Catalogue in 1857, where I stated

that I believed this white powdery matter to be the particles of

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 263

a minute Mould or Thallus (the Rhinotrichum Bloxhami of

Berkeley), on which I detected the M. asperatus apparently

feeding, amongst the rotten tinder-like wood of an old Til-tree.

Whether either of the Madeiran species is identical with M.

Jacquelin Duval’s, I will not undertake to say; but, from one

or two points in his diagnosis, I am inclined to believe that they

are both distinct from it.

° Genus Monoroma.

Herbst, Natursyst. v. (1793).

Monotoma quadricollis, Aubé.

M. sublinearis, picea, opaca, pilis pallidioribus brevibus vestita ;

oculis paulo ante basin capitis sitis; capite prothoraceque sub-

rugulosis sed minus distincte punctatis, hoc elongato-quadrato

angulis anticis paulo incrassatis sed vix spiniformibus; elytris

leviter striato-punctatis et seriatim pilosis, ferrugineis, regione scu-

tellari obscuriore ; antennis pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 1-12.

Habitat Maderam, in horto Bewickiano prope Funchal sub foliis

marcidis abundans.

Monotoma quadricollis, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, vi. 465.

pl. 17. f. 7 (1837).

— — Redt., Fauna Austr. 203 (1849).

M. rather narrow and linear, piceous, opake, and clothed

(though not very densely) with a short, rigid, decumbent, paler

pile. Head and prothorax punctured and slightly roughened,

the punctures, however, not being so deep or well-defined as in

either the M. spinifera or congener: the former rather longer, or

less truncated posteriorly, than in the M. congener, and with the

eyes a little further removed from the hinder rim (which is not

quite so narrow and prominent as in that insect): the latter

elongato-quadrate, being of nearly equal breadth throughout,

and with the sides almost straight ; with the lateral edges mi-

nutely crenulated; with the angles not produced,—though the

anterior ones are somewhat thickened, or enlarged, and the

posterior ones minutely prominent ; and with indications of a

small obsolete fovea on either side of the disk behind. Hlytra

ferruginous, but more or less obscured about the region of the

scutellum, faintly striate-punctate, and (as in the following spe-

cies) with the pubescence arranged in very distinct longitudinal

rows. Limbs bright rufo-ferruginous.

Detected abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in company

with the M. spinifera, beneath dead leaves and vegetable refuse,

in his garden at the Palmeira, above Funchal, during December

of 1858; as also, subsequently, at the Praia Formosa. Its

264 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

distinctions from the 4. congener, to which it appears at first sight

much allied, may be readily gathered from the description ;

nevertheless, apart from minor characters, its somewhat narrower

and more linear outline, im conjunction with its paler elytra,

more pubescent and less deeply sculptured surface, and its elon-

gate-quadrate prothorax, will at once separate it from that insect.

It seems to differ in no respect, so far as I can perceive, from the

European M. quadricollis.

Monotoma quadrifoveolata, Aubé.

M. rufo-ferruginea, subopaca, pilis pallidioribus brevibus sat dense

vestita ; capite postice subquadrato ; oculis parvulis, longe ante

basin capitis sitis ; prothorace quadrato, ad latera valde incrassato-

marginato recto, sulcis duobus maximis interruptis (foveas quatuor

efficientibus) longitudinaliter impresso; elytris leviter striato-

punctatis et seriatim pilosis.

Long. corp. lin. g-1.

Habitat Maderam australem, sub ossibus desiccatis et ligno im horto

Leacociano prope Funchal sat vulgaris.

Monotoma 4-foveolata, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, vi. 468,

pl. 17. £. 9°(1837).

—— ——, Redt., Fauna Austr. 203 (1849).

M. pale reddish-ferruginous, nearly opake, and densely clothed

with a short, rigid, decumbent, paler pile. Head and prothorax

apparently not much punctured (if indeed at all—the surface

being hidden by the pubescence): the former rather large, and

square behind, with the eyes small, black, and situated at a con-

siderable distance from the extreme base : the /atter subquadrate,

being quite straight at the sides, and of almost equal breadth

before and behind; with the lateral edges strongly margined

or thickened, but only appearing minutely crenulated beneath a

high magnifying power ; with the angles not at all produced ;

and with a very broad and deep longitudinal channel on either

side of the disk, each of which is a little interrupted transversely

in the centre,—so as to constitute, in all, four fovee. Elytra

faintly striate-punctate, and with the pubescence arranged in

longitudinal rows down each of the series of punctures. Lambs

(especially the degs) a shade paler, or more rufescent, than the

rest of the surface.

The M. 4-foveolata may be at once known from its three

Madeiran allies by (¢néer alia) its pale-ferruginous hue and very

pubescent surface, by its comparatively large subquadrate head

and small eyes, and by the four deep foveze and unproduced

angles of its almost square and laterally margined prothorax.

It was detected by myself, in December 1858, beneath bones

and chippings of wood, in a small out-house in Mr. Leacock’s

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 265

garden at Quinta de Sao Joao, near Funchal,—a locality in which

it was afterwards abundantly captured both by Mr. E. Leacock

and Mr. Bewicke. It agrees precisely with specimens in my

possession from France and Austria—unless it be, perhaps, that

the Madeiran examples are, on the average, just perceptibly

smaller.

Fam. Mycetophagide.

Genus MyRMECOXENUS.

Chevrolat, in Silb. Rey. Ent. iii. 267 [script. Myrmechixenus]

(1835).

The genus Myrmecozxenus is usually assigned to the Lathri-

diade, to several of the members of which (especially Corticaria)

it has a great outward resemblance; nevertheless its quadri-

articulate feet, and the other details of its structure, seem to me

to point to the Mycetophagide as its more correct location, and

to such groups as Microchondrus (i. e. Symbiotes) and Mycetea

as perhaps its nearest allies. Indeed, M. Jacquelin-Duval has

already placed it [vide Gen. des Coléopt. d'Europe, ii. 223] in

juxtaposition with these genera, having, however, formed a sepa-

rate family (the Mycetezdes) for their reception, distinct from the

Mycetophagide proper,—a step which it might perhaps be desi-

rable to adopt, though it is scarcely necessary to do so in a small

local fauna. I may just remark that, in spite of its great external

resemblance to the Corticarie, it may be known, inter alia, by

its less abruptly clubbed antennz (the four apical joints of

which, instead of only three, are gradually, though distinctly,

thickened), and by its quadri- (instead of tri-)articulate feet,—

of which, moreover, the hinder ones have their basal joint much

elongated.

Myrmecozxenus picinus, Aubé.

M. rufo-piceus, subnitidus, parce cinereo-pubescens, ubique dense et

sat fortiter punctatus ; prothorace transverso-subquadrato, postice

vix attenuato ; elytris paulo obscurioribus ; antennis pedibusque

testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. vix 1.

Halitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Bewicke supra urbem Funcha-

lensem captus.

Myrmechozenus picinus, Aubé, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France (2i¢me

série), vill. 330 (1850).

M, rufo-piceous, slightly shining, sparsely clothed with de-

cumbent cinereous pile, and with the entire upper surface closely,

regularly, and rather deeply punctured,—the punctures on the

head and prothorax being just perceptibly less dense and deep

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 18

266 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

than those on the elytra. Prothorax transverse-quadrate (being

very slightly narrowed behind), and free from all mequalities

and depressions. lytra a little shorter than the abdomen

(which is black, and has the pygidium partially exposed), and a

shade darker in colour than the head and prothorax; the punc-

tures without the slightest tendency to be disposed in longitu-

dinal rows. Lambs testaceous.

I have but little hesitation in referring the present insect to

the M. picinus of Aubé (from Corsica and Algeria), with the

description of which it agrees exactly. It 1s of about the size,

and nearly the outline, of the European M. vaporariorum ;

nevertheless, it is darker than that species (being rufo-piceous

instead of testaceous, and with its elytra almost piceous), more

shining, rather less pubescent, and with its punctation very

much larger and deeper. <A single specimen of it has been

captured by Mr. Bewicke, in his garden at the Palmeira, above

Funchal.

Fam. Dermestida.

Genus ATTAGENUS.

Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins, ii. 32 (1802).

Altagenus Schefferi, Herbst.

A, ovalis, nigro-piceus, supra nigro- et (saltem intra angulos protho-

racis posticos) subflavescenti-pubescens, infra subcinereo-flaves-

centi-pubescens ; elytris plus minus distincte picescentioribus ;

antennarum basi pedibusque ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 14-2.

Mas, antenarum articulo ultimo longissimo, subarcuato, ensiformi.

Habitat whem Funchalensem, in domibus mercatorumque reposi-

toriis a Dom. Moniz estate 1858 detectus.

Megatoma Schefferi, Tibst., af. iv. 93.

Dermestes Schefferi, Gyll., Ins. Suee. i. 152 (1808).

Altagenus Schifferi, Evichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl, iii, 440 (1848).

A. similar to the A. megatoma, but a little larger and more

piccous (especially the elytra, which are sometimes subrufescent),

and with a slight admixture of yellowish-cinereous (along with

the black) pile on the anterior part of its upper surface,—parti-

cularly along the hinder margin of the prothorax, and occa-

sionally also towards the extreme base of the elytra. The males

with the ultimate joint of their antenne even longer still than

in the A. megatoma, and slightly bent, or ensiform.

Several specimens of this insect, which approaches very closely,

at first sight, to the A. megatoma, but which (even though not

according precisely with Erichson’s description) I believe to he

correctly referred to the European A, Schefferi (and which, I

Mr, J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese. 267

should add, has been compared by my friend Dr. Schaum with

examples of that species in the Museum at Berlin), were cap-

tured by Senhér Moniz, in the houses and shops of Funchal,

during the summer of 1858; and I may state that I have my-

self taken it in similar positions in the Canary Islands.

[To be continued. ]

XXX.—On the Tribe Colletiee, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By

Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 216. ]

2. NoropHzNa.

I propose this genus for a separate group, with flowers di-

stinguished by the same peculiarity as those of Colletia—the

total absence of petals,—but differing from the latter genus in

its habit, its copious foliage, and in the form of its disk, which

resembles that of Discaria. It is also characterized by the

peculiar feature before alluded to—the union of the base of the

opposite stipules, which gives an appearance of an articulation

at every node,—a pecuilarity often seen also in the middle of

the spines when they are foliiferous. The type of the genus is

the Colletia serratifolia of Veutenat, from Chile ; the other species

are mostly from the southern parts of the same country, and one

is from New Zealand : hence the generic name, from yoros, auster ;

dpaivoya, appareo. They sometimes form very leafy shrubs,

at other times low decumbent bushes, bare of spines, Here we

generally see a spineless branchlet issuing from below each spine,

and bearing both leaves and flowers, which quite confirms the

supposition that the scaly tubercle seen in Col/etia and other

genera is only a very abbreviated or suppressed branchlet.

Nororw£na, gen. noy. ;—Calyx urceolato-campanulatus, usque

ad medium 4—5-fidus, laciniis reflexis, intus carina prominula

calloque apicali notatis, «stivatione valvatis, imo demum cir-

cumscissus. Pefa/a nulla. Stamina 4—5, tubo calycino inter

lacinias inserta ; filamenta filiformia, laciniis breviora, erecta ;

anthere ovate, 2-lobe, 2-loculares, loculis rima longitudinali

antice hiantibus. Discus pateriformis, hypogynus, imo tubi

adnatus, margine brevi, libero, crenato, Ovarium superum,

elobosum, spe pilosum, 3-sulcatum, 38-loculare; ovula in

loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus brevis, calycis tubum quans,

Stigma obtusum, breviter 3-lobum. Fructus siceus, sub-

globosus, cupula calycina diseoque suffultus et adnatus, in

coccos 8 resiliens; istis seminibusque ut in Colletia.

18*

968 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

Suffrutices (vel arbusculse) Chilenses, Magellanici et Nove Zelan-

dici, vamulis decussatis, elongatis, spinosis vel se#pius inermi-

bus ; foliis oppositis, ellipticis, crenulato-dentatis, discoloribus ;

floribus parvis, infra spinas, axillaribus, pedunculatis, solitarius,

vel fasciculatis.

—

Notophena ser Tae nob. Colletia serratifolia, Vent. (non

Hook.) Hort. Cels. 92. tab. 15; DC. Prodr. ii. 28; Brongn.

Ann. Se. Nat. x. 8366; Lam. Dict. Suppl. u. 312 ; id. Illustr.

pl. 930. Rhamnus Spartium, Dombey ;—vamosa, ramis ra-

mulisque patentissimis, virgatis, sub- 4-gonis, subleevibus,

glaberrimis, parce foliosis, subspinosis, spinis longiusculis,

foliosis, apice calloso-pungentibus, patentibus; foliis imter-

nodiis equilongis, seepe 8, fasciculatis, oblongis, vel lineari-

oblongis, apice bisinuatis et mucronatis, imo in petiolum

brevem attenuatis s, breviter serrato-denticulatis, dentibus

elanduliferis, crassiusculis, enerviis, utrinque glaberrimis,

subtus pallide flavis, stipulis navicularibus, linea transversali

prominente inter se nexis, nodis hine quasi articulatis ; floribus

axillaribus, subsolitarus, pedunculo calyce longiore, filiform ;

calycis tubo brevi, imo inflato, limbi lacintis 5, brevibus, re-

flexis, staminibus ori insitis, stylo exserto.—Chile.—v. s. in

herb. Mus. Paris, Pévou” (sine dubio erroneo), Dombey.

This species differs from the following, with which it has been

generally confounded, in ils green, slender, almost herbaceous

stems and branchlets, which are somewhat angular, spreading

nearly at a right angle, quite glabrous, furnished with spines,

and sometimes bare of leaves, in its fewer or more deciduous,

smaller, and nerveless leaves, in its fewer and larger flowers, and

its larger fruit. The internodes are from 4 inch to 1 inch apart,

and are almost articulated at each axil by the stipular extension

before described; the divaricated spines, decussating at each

axil, are about the length of the internodes, and are foliiferous

in their middle: in the younger floriferous branchlets, the spmes

are wanting at the nodes, from which one to three leaves spring

on each side ; the leaves are 4 to 7 lines long, 13 to 2 lines

broad, bearing small glandular teeth on the margin, of which

three, more conspicuous than the others, terminate the apex.

The specimen from which this account is derived is the ori-

ginal type described by Ventenat: the flowers here have all

fallen away, but the fruit remains, generally solitary in the axils ;

he peduncle is 5 or 6 lines long, and the 3-lobed capsule is

about 3 lines in diameter *.

* A drawing of this species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’

Plate 37 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiese, 269

2. Notophena foliosa, nob. Colletia serratifolia, Hook. (non

Vent.) var. B, foliosa, Bot. Misc. iii. 173. C. crenata, Clos,

loc. cit. 35. Rhamnus diffusus, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ti. 20 ;—

arbuscula frondosa, ramis ramulisque haud patentibus, non-

nullis spinescentibus, spinisque erectioribus, virgatis, tereti-

bus, striatis, pallidis, aut seepius fusco-rubris ; ramulis novellis

inermibus, erectiusculis, clongatis vel abbreviatis, foliiferis et

floriferis, et infra spinas (ubi adsunt) nascentibus ; stipulis

Oppositis, rubellis, latiusculis, breviter trigonis, concavis, apice

2-dentatis, imo linea transversali circa caulem connexis ; foliis

oppositis, ellipticis, vel oblongis, apice obtusis et mucronu-

latis, imo acutioribus, crenulato-dentatis, dentibus seepius fere

obsoletis, supra lete viridibus, subtus pallide glaucis, penni-

nervus, nervis fuscis anastomosantibus, glabris, vel sub lente

parce puberulis, petiolo canaliculato, tenui 3 floribus 3, fasci-

culatis ex quaque axilla; pedunculo erecto, demum incuryo ;

calyceque glabro, urceolato, 5-fido ; staminibus erectis, laciniis

reflexis, equilongis ; ovario piloso, stylo glabro, longe exserto ;

fructu minore.—Chile.—v. s, in variis herbartis ; Valparaiso

(Cuming, 427-637) ; Valdivia (Bridges, 594) ; Concepcion

(Germain, sub nom. Trevoa 3-nervis) ; in herb. Mus. Paris

(Gay) ; Dombey, sub nom. Rhamnus Chacay.

This is a small tree, with rather virgate branches and an

abundant foliage of small leaves, with long spines, or rather

branchlets having an apiculate termination; the branches are

quite glabrous; the spines, ? to 14 inch long, are always articu-

lated in the middle, and there floriferous ; the fertile branchlets

that spring from below them bear an abundance of flowers and

leaves, with the axils approximated, so that the inflorescence

appears somewhat spicated ; these branchlets, though sometimes

much longer, seldom exceed half an inch in length, bearing

in each node two opposite sets of three fasciculated flowers and

two opposite leaves; the leaves are from 6 to 9 lines long,

3 lines broad, on a petiole 1 line in length; those of the main

branches are 1 inch long, and half an inch broad, the margins

generally revolute, with crenated, almost obsolete teeth, and

yellowish. The peduncles are n arly 2 lines long; the broad

and urceolate tube of the calyx is 1 line long, its segments and

erect stamens ? line in length; the small hypogynous disk,

adnate to it, is slightly concave, green, smooth, fleshy, with a

raised undulating margin, and is half as broad again as the very

pilose ovary which it supports. The 3-coccous fruit is about

2 lines in diameter, and pilose: when the coccj spring out of

their bed, which they do with a noise and much elastic force,

their persistent cup is seen to be formed of three distinct and

270 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

stout membranes,—the base of the calyx, the disk, and the ad-

hering portion of the epicarp. The seeds are oval, dark brown,

hard and polished, like those of Colletia. The stipules are very

conspicuous, especially in the young floriferous branchlets ; here

they form in each axil a minute hollow navicular cup, with two

erect, obtuse, ciliated, red, membranaceous lobes, connected with

those of the opposite ‘stipule by a short membranaceous vaginant

sheath; the petiole springs out of the sinus between the lobes,

and the three peduncles grow out of the hollow of the cup*.

Dombey’s plant, labelled as from Peru, is beyond doubt from

Chile. Germain’s specimens were distributed under the name

of Trevoa 3-nervis.

3. Notophena cognata, n. sp. ;—vamis clongatis, virgatis, angu-

lato-striatis, glaberrimis, spmosis, spinis longiusculis, pun-

gentibus, medio foliiferis ; ramulis junioribus floriferis, sub

spinis ortis eisque multo longioribus; foliis oppositis, ellip-

tico-oblongis, crenato-serratis, basi latioribus vix acutis, e

medio summum versus eradatim angustioribus, ibi obtusis et

emarginatis, sub lente utrinque sparsim pilosulis, supra viri-

dibus, subtus pallide glaucis, petiolo canaliculato, puberulo ;

stipulis vaginaque transversa conspicuis ; floribus 2—4, fasci-

culatis, pedunculis elongatis, petiolo calyceque 2—4-plo lon-

gioribus, glabris ; calyce glabro, tubo urceolato 4-fido, stami-

nibus 4, lacimiis paulo brevioribus, erectis; ovario piloso,

stylo elongato, tubo longiore, glabro.—Insula Chiloé.—+. s.

in herb. meo (Capt. King).

This species is intermediate hetween the foregoing and the

following one, and is distinguished by its more slender branches,

larger cmarginated leaves, the greater length of its peduncles,

and its tetramerous flowers. Its floriferous branchlets measure

3 or 4 inches, its spines about 13 inch; its leaves are 1 inch

long, 3 inch broad, on a petiole 2 lines in ‘length ; ; its peduncles

are 3 lines long, the tube of the calyx 1 line ong, the same in

diameter, and the lobes of its border nearly of equal lengthy.

4, Notophena discolor. Colletia discolor, Hook. Icon. 538;

Hook. fil. Flor, Ant. 11.255; Rich. Voy. Astrol. p. _, pl. 14;

—tfrondosa, glaberrima, ramulis teretibus, strictis, substriatis,

fusco- rubris, spinosis, spinis patentibus, longiusculis, valde

pungentibus, apicem versus fohiferis; ramulis junioribus flo-

rigeris sub spinis enatis, clongatis ; ‘foliis oppositis, oblongis

obovatisve, obtusis, argute serrulatis, margine subrevoluto, in

petiolum brevem attenuatis, supra viridibus, subtus pallide

This species, with analytical details, will be seen in Plate 37 B of the

* Contributions.’

+ A sketch of this plant will be shown in Plate 37 c of the same work.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 271

glaucis, fere enerviis; stipulis transversim nexis, 2-dentatis,

dentibus linearibus, acutissimis, ciliatis ; floribus parvis, sub-

solitariis, 4-meris; capsula 3-cocca pilosula. Patagonia,—

v. s. in herb. meo et Hook., Port Famine (Capt, King) ; in

herb. Mus. Paris, Magellan (Voy. Astrolabe).

This is distinct from the two preceding species, in the smaller

size of its obovate leaves, and its smaller flowers, as well as in

the shape of its stipules. The discolorous feature of its leaves is

common to every species of this genus. The spines are } to

1 inch long; the leaves are 5 lines long, 23 lines broad, on a

petiole barely 1 line in length; the peduncle is 2 lines long;

the tube of the calyx is 3 line long, the same in diameter, and

its short revolute teeth are only 7 line in length: the peduncle

in fruit becomes thicker ; it is then 3 lines long, and is deflected ;

the 3-coccous fruit is 2 lines in diameter; it is sometimes

4-coccous.

5. Notophena Magellanica, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, inermis, sub

lente pilosula, ramulis subangulatis, sub-4-gonis, axillis ap-

proximatis ; foliis parvulis, oyato-oblongis, utrinque obtusis,

vel imo subcuneatis, carnosulis, margine integerrimis, vel

obsolete dentatis, supra nitidis, viridibus, subtus pallidis,

nervis omnino immersis, petiolo brevissimo, stipulis pre-

cedentis ; floribus parvis, in axillis oppositis, utrinque 8, fas-

ciculatis, 4-meris.—In Fretum Magellanicum.—. s. in herb.

Mus. Paris, Sandy Point (Lechler, 1029, sub nom. Colletia

discolor); in herb. Hook., Cordillera de Arauco (Lechler,

2994).

This is a well-marked species; its branchlets haye a greyish

bark ; its axillary nodes are 4 or 5 lines apart, and in the young

branchlets 2 lines apart; the leaves are simply opposite, 23-3

lines long, 1} line broad, on a short petiole: the flowers are small,

the peduncle being 1 line long; the calyx, including its seg-

ments, is of the same length, and line diameter*,

6. Notophena tomentosa. Colletia tomentosa, Philippi, Linnea,

xxyill. 618 ;—ramis cinerco-tomentosis ; foliis parvis, oboyatis,

lete viridibus, pubescentibus, adpresse serratis : stipulis mi-

nutis, ovato-lanceolatis, fuscis; floribus subfasciculatis ; pe-

dunculis 1-floris, glabris, calyeem glabrum zquantibus, caly-

cibus tubulosis, dentibus reflexis tubum dimidinm requantibus ;

petalis nullis, staminibus styloque calycem zequantibus,—

Chile, prope San Antonio, Proy. Valparaiso.

This diagnosis is copied from Dr. Philippi’s description in the

* This species will be represented in Plate 37 p of the ‘ Contributions.’

272 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

‘Linnea,’ as above quoted. The absence of spines, the want of

petals, and other characters show not only that it belongs to

this genus, but also that it is very closely allied to the preceding

and following species.

7, Notophena Andina, un. sp.;—suffruticosa, humilis, mermis,

procumbens ; ramulis lignosis, subtortuosis, nodosis, foliosis ;

foliis oppositis, e gemmulis axillaribus elongatis squamosis

productis, ovatis, utrinque obtusiusculis, aut basi acutioribus,

integerrimis, crassiusculis, ubique parce pilosulis, supra virl-

dibus, subtus pallide glaucis, penninerviis, petiolo brevi cana-

liculato pubere ; stipulis imo latis, rubris, 2-fidis, ciliatis, inter se

connexis; floribus paucis, subaggregatis ; pedunculo 1-floro,

petiolo longiore, piloso, erecto; calyce rigide puberulo, limbo

5-fido, staminibus 5 lacinius dimidio brevioribus ; ovario gla-

bro.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsioribus.—v. s. in herb.

Hook. (e declivitate oriental, Bridges, No. 1208).

This species is well distinguished by its procumbent spmeless

habit and copious aggregated foliage; its stunted proportions

are consequent on its lofty Alpine growth. Its leaves grow out

of elongated tubercles, or nascent branchlets, which probably in

the following year become branches ; these young shoots, owing

to the near proximity of their axils, appear as if imbricated by

the stipular appendages, and these axils bear flowers as well as

leaves. The main stems also appear articulated at each node by

their very conspicuous red stipules, which are similar to those of

the other foregoing species. The leaves are 5 to 9 lines long,

4 to 5 lines broad, on a petiole 1 or 13 line long; they are dis-

colorous, as in all the others, but with darker immersed ner-

vures below. The peduncle is 2 lines long, the tube of the

calyx 12 line, the segments in addition 2 line long*.

8. Notophena Toumatou. Discaria Toumatou, Raoul, Ch. Pl.

Nouv. Zélande, p.29. Discaria Australis, var. apetala, Hook.

fil. Flor. Nov. Zeal. i. 47 ;—Frutex suborgyalis, glaberrimus,

ramis tortuosis, subprocumbentibus, cortice membranaceo

Jaxo, ramulis diffusis, horizontalibus, teretibus, striatis, spines-

centibus, spinis clongatis, patentibus, calloso-pungentibus ;

foliis parvulis, fasciculatis, e tuberculo squamoso infra spinam

prodeuntibus, lineari-oblongis, obtusis aut acutis, in petiolo

brevi, spathulatis, integerrimis, glaberrimis, crassiusculis,

supra viridibus, nitentibus, enerviis, subtus pallide glaucis,

nervis violaceis immersis ; stipulis minutis, petioliferis, 2-fidis,

dentibus lanceolatis, erectis, oppositis, et transversim nexis ;

* This plant is drawn in Plate 37 © of the ‘ Contributions,’

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal, 273

floribus 4-6, fasciculatis, foliis intermixtis, pedunculo pubes-

cente, erecto, calyce puberulo, limbo 4-fido, staminibus 4,

erectis, laciniis dimidio brevioribus.—Nova Zelandia.—». s. in

herb. Hook., east coast and interior (Colenso); Foxhill (Dr.

Monro): in herb. Mus. Paris, Akaroa (Raoul),

This plant approaches the nearest to Ventenat’s typical spe-

cies, owing to its very divergent, long and stout spines, and the

smallness and paucity of its leaves, in which respects they both

assume more of the habit of a Colletia. The branchlets are

quite straight, its opposite and almost horizontally-spreading

spines are 3 to 1 inch long; four or more small leaves, and often

as many flowers, are almost fasciculated upon a prominent squa-

mose gemma that issues from below the base of each spine : the

leaves are 4 or 6 lines long, 1} line broad, on an extremely short

and delicate petiole; the peduncle, the tube of the calyx, and

the reflected lobes of its border are each 1 line long*.

[To be continued. ]

XXXI.—Descriptions of Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

By G. C. Watuicu, M.D., F.LS.

[With two Plates. ]

[Continued from p. 197.]

Berore passing from the filamentous to the non-filamentous

genera, I would take the opportunity of pointing out that, how-

ever correctly the Desmidiaceze may be separated into two great

divisions, based upon the presence or absence of the filamentous

character, the occurrence of that character in isolated species

ought no longer to be admitted for purposes of generic separa-

tion. In confirmation of this view, I may mention having ob-

served two examples of filamentous aggregation, occurring in

isolated species belonging to genera as distinct from each other

as it is possible for two genera to be, and occupying positions

at the extremes of the non-filamentous division. I allude to

Micrasterias and Docidium. In the first of these we certainly

should not expect to meet with such a condition. It is never-

theless the normal state of a species which shall immediately

be described. In the second, on the other hand, we might look

for a tendency to assume the filamentous state, inasmuch as the

true position of the genus is next to that of the typical filamen-

tous genera, such as Hyalotheca. Nothing, I venture to say,

* A figure of this species will be shown in Plate 37 F of the ‘ Contribue

tions.’

274 _Dr.G. C, Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

can be more incongruous than the sequence, immediately after

Spherozosma, of a genus containing lenticular-shaped, multi-

lobed fronds, as is the case in Mierasterias ; whilst genera with

simple, cylindrical, or subcylindrical fronds (namely, Te¢memorus,

Docidium, Penium, Closterium) hold a place directly followmg on

complex angular forms, such as are included under Staurastrum

and Didymocladon,

The occurrence of these isolated filamentous species shows

that, however valid may be the character derived from it for

purposes of specific distinction, it affords no good basis for

generic separation, when taken by itself.

Docidium asperum, which also occurs in the filamentous form

in Bengal, has on this ground alone been elevated into a distinct

genus ‘by De Bary ; and of such importance is the character

generally considered, that some of the most eminent authorities

have deemed it necessary thereupon to transfer D. asperum to

the true Confervoid Algz. Unless they are prepared to transfer

the entire genus, the removal of the isolated species must be

cancelled ; for the Bengal filamentous Docidium is closely allied

to D. coronatum, Khr., and constitutes as distinct a form as D.

clavatum or D. Ehrenbergti. 1 would mention, in order to pre-

vent misapprehension on this subject, that the occasional cohe-

rence of a few fronds, under favouring circumstances, as 1s often

seen in Cosmarium monilifer um and some other species, is quite

distinct from the normally filamentous condition to which refe-

rence is here made.

Synopsis of the Genera.

** Sporangia spinous or tuberculate. Frond distinctly constricted

at the junction of the segments.

8. Hoxocysris. Frond much compressed or lenticular. Segments

horizontally lobate. -

9. Micrasrrertas. Frond lenticular or tabular, lobate. Lobes

dentate, or inciso-dentate.

10. Evasrrum. End view of segments oblong or sinuate. Segments

lobate or sinuate. Lobes emarginate or incised, and gene-

rally furnished with inflated granular protuberances.

11. Cosmarium. Frond simple. Segments entire.

12, XantHipium. Segments entire, with symmetrically arranged

processes or spines.

13. Sraurastrrum (including Arthrodesmus). End view com-

pressed, angular, or radiate, Segments mucronate, spinous,

or with dentate projections.

14, Dipymocrapon. Segments angular, with geminate or alternate

dentate projections or spines.

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 275

*** Snorangia smooth. Fronds greatly. elongated. Joints with

slight or no constriction between the segments.

15. Termemorus. Frond straight, constricted at the centre, and

notched at the extremities.

16. Pentium. Frond straight, with very faint or no constriction.

17. Dociprum. Frond greatly elongated, straight, constricted at

centre. Ends truncate.

18. Crostrertum. Frond crescentic or arcuate. Without a definite

constriction.

*EEX Fronds composite or arranged in clusters. Sporangia

unknown.

19. Sceneprsmvs. Cells oblong or fusiform, placed side by side in

one or more rows.

20. AnxisrtRopESMUus. Cells aggregated into faggot-like bundles.

rote) fo} oD

*EEEX Cells arranged on the same plane, around a common

centre.

21. Peptastrum. Cells arranged in a stellate or radiate series.

The outer series mucronate, dentate, or bidentate.

8. Holocystis, Hass.

Frond lenticular. Segments horizontally lobate.

1. H. oscitans, Ralfs. Frond divided by an angular constriction

into two horizontal bilobate segments. Lobes fusiform or

subfusiform.

Micrasterias oscitans, Ralfs, British Desmid. 1845.

Euastrum pinnatifidum, Kiitz. 1845.

Euastrum, No. 7, Bailey, Amer. Bacil. pl. 1. fig. 25, 1841.

As every gradation between the form presenting the lobes

fusiform and inflated, and that in which the margin of the ter-

minal lobe is straight or even hollowed, is constantly to be met

with, I have ventured to set aside the unimportant distinctions

derived only from size or colour, and to unite, under one head,

Micrasterias oscitans, Ralfs, and M. pinnatifida, Kiitz. The in-

termediate varieties occur in abundance in Lower Bengal; and

in no instance have I detected evidence of their being immature

states of two distinct species, as suggested by Ehrenberg and

Meneghini; on the contrary, I have found proof of their being

true varieties of the same in the fact of their dividing.

The two figures of Holocystis oscitans in Hassall’s ‘ Freshwater

Alge’ (pl. 90. figs. 3 & 4) evidently depict two very distinct

species, neither of which accords with the characters of Micras-

terias oscitans, Ralfs. Fig. 3, which is referred to in the expla-

natory index to the plates, with a query as to its being the young

state of M, Cruz-melitensis, is not alluded to in the letter-press,

276 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

but is unquestionably a small variety of the species described by

Kiitzing as Euastrum incisum (Phyc. Germ. p. 184), and pro-

perly belongs to the present genus.

Micrasterias quadrata, Bailey (‘Smithsonian Contrib., Microse.

Observ. in South Carolina, &e.’), appears to be merely a large

variety of M. oscitans, Ralts.

Length -0021"; breadth -0021".

Lower Bengal.

Plate XIII. fig. 1. Front view. Figs. 2 & 3, showing the development

of the terminal lobe.

2. H.incisa, Kiitz. Lobes divided by a deep incision. Basal lobe

linear or slightly sinuate, truncate; its extremities emar-

ginate; both angles furnished with a mucro. Terminal lobe

fusiform, mucronate.

Micrasterias incisa, Kitz.

This species differs from H. oscitans in having abruptly trun-

cate, linear basal lobes; in the latter bemg emarginate, and

having both angles muer nate. The frond is quadrilateral, the

terminal lobe being nearly as long, but not so large and turgid,

as the basal one. The constriction between the segments and

lobes is deep, and slightly gaping.

Length -0017" ; breadth -0020".

Plate XIII. fig. 4. Front view of fronds dividing. Fig. 5. Basal view.

H. incisa, var. 8. This variety differs only in having the extre-

mities of the basal lobes truncate, but not emarginate. The

outer angle is rounded off, whilst the mner only is furnished

with a mucro.

In both forms, the mucronate spines vary in length in the

two lobes, and, in different specimens, from mere conical pro-

jections to spines equalling the diameter of the lobes in length.

Dimensions as in the former case.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 6. Front view of frond dividing. Fig. 7. Side view.

Fig. 8. Basal view.

9. Micrasterias, Ag.

Frond lenticular or tabular, deeply divided into two lobate

segments. Lobes dentate, or inciso-dentate.

* Basal lobes entire.

1. M. expansa, Bailey.

M. arcuata, Bailey (Smithson. Cont., Microsc, Researches in

S. Carolina and Georgia).

The entire character of the basal lobe in this species denotes

the link between the last and the present genus.

Var. y, in like manner with MM. arcuata, Bailey, is only a

Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacea from Lower Bengal. 277

variety of M. expansa, none of the differences amounting to

anything more than those of degree. The furcate processes are

longer, the margins are serrate, the extremities of the basal

lobes and furcations are tridentate instead of being bidentate,

and the whole frond is somewhat longer. The basal lobe is

broadly fusiform, and gradually tapers to subacute apices. The

terminal lobe is short and linear as far as the furcation, and,

with the basal lobe, is furnished with a submarginal row of

short stout spines.

Length :0050"; breadth :0045",

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 9. Front view.

** Terminal lobes bifurcate. Furcations at right angles to each

other.

2. M. morsa, Ralfs*.

M. Baileyi, Ralfs.

M. ringens, Bailey.

Var. 5. Frond oblong. Segments three-lobed. Lateral lobes

deeply emarginate, inciso-serrate. Terminal lobe bifurcate.

On comparing the general outlime and structure of var. 6 with

what we find in M. morsa, as described and figured by Mr. Ralfs,

it will, I think, be admitted that, however distinct, at first sight,

the Bengal form may appear to be, it presents no distinct cha-

racter of sufficient importance to demand its elevation into a

separate species. As regards M/. Baileyi and M. ringens, it is

difficult to speak so confidently ; for in these we only meet with

the first-named ground for amalgamation. ‘This is, however, by

no means unimportant ; and, coupled with the fact that in ‘The

American Journal of Science and Arts’ (vol. xli. No. 2) Prof.

Bailey has figured, although somewhat rudely and without any

appended description, a form exhibiting the bifurcate peculiarity

in question, previously obtained from the same habitat, and

otherwise agreeing with the general characters of the variety

under notice, it appears highly probable that M. ringens and

M., Baileyi are identical with each other, and only constitute a

variety of M. morsa.

Var. 6 is distinguished from M. morsa by its narrow lateral

lobes, in their being deeply emarginate, and in the terminal lobe

being much exserted. But it will be seen that these constitute

only differences as to the degree of certain features, which admit

of variation from climatic or accidental causes. So long as such

* In the list of errata to the ‘ British Desmidiew,’ the following in-

structions occur :—‘‘ For M. morsa read M. americana, Ehr., and add the

following synonym ; Euastrum americanum, Ehbr., Verbreitung und Einfluss

des Mikros. Lebens in Siid- und Nord-Amerika, t. 4. f. 15, 1843.” The

characters, however, remain unaltered.

278 Dr, G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. —

differences are permitted to exercise an undue weight, we shall.

never be able to disencumber our lists of the multitude of ficti-

tious species they contain. I would particularly draw attention

to the manner in which species have been extended in the genus

I am now discussing,—upon the slender basis of a notch or a

tooth more or less ; whereas, in some of the figures of the same

species, and, in some cases, actually in the two segments of the

same frond, differences quite as great or greater are visible. As

it at present stands, the genus Micrasterias numbers upwards of

twenty species, which I firmly believe are reducible to less than

half that number, without infringing on a single reliable distine-

tive character.

In the figures of M. morsa given by Mr. Ralfs, as also in that

given by Professor Bailey, to which allusion has been made, and

which was referred to as an Muastrum, the extremities of the

furcate terminal lobe are made to appear bifid. Mr. Ralfs’s

description, moreover, would show that such was his view of its

structure. It may be somewhat rash in me to offer an opinion

as to the bifid appearance being due to the compression of the fur-

cate processes, which have been described as being placed at right

angles to the plane of the frond. Nevertheless, having repeatedly

seen the same appearance presented, and having always been

able, by careful adjustment of the microscope, to trace these pro-

cesses to their independent base, I venture to believe that the

structure is the same im each of these forms, In one of Mr.

Ralfs’s figures of 1. morsa, the true character is actually given

in one half of the terminal lobe, whilst it is not so in the other.

Mr. Ralfs states that “ WM. morsa differs from M. Cruaz-meli-

tensis in the bifid angles of the end lobes, and in the concave

and serrated margin, as well as the less divided state of the

lateral lobes.” But the same author gives the characters of MZ,

Crux-melitensis as follows : “ Frond rotundato-elliptic ; segments

sub-five-lobed ; lobes bifid, subdivisions short and bidentate at

the apex,” and adds that the frond is about the same size as

that of M. furcata, and similarly divided, but the incisions are less

deep, the subdivisions stouter and less divergent, and their ex-

tremities are rather bidentate than forked. In Hassall’s ‘ Fresh-

water Algw,’ p. 387, it is stated that the frond of the true M.

Crux-melitensis 1s oval rather than circular, and each segment is

three-lobed instead of five-, and the lobes themselves are not

approximate, but divergent. As figured by Mr. Ralfs, 1. Crua-

melitensis is quite distinct from this form, the frond beg, more-

over, perfectly smooth ; whereas the figure of M. morsa shows

that its structure is punctate or granular. For M, Baileyi the

characters given by Mr. Ralfs are: “ Frond granulated; seg-

ments 3-lobed; lobes bipartite, end one much exserted.” “ M,

Baileyi is allied to M. furcata and M, Cruaz-melitensis; the

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 279

frond, however, is minutely granulate, the segments are only

three-lobed, and the end lobe is more exserted than it is in those

species. The basal lobes are deeply partite, the end one is

merely sinuated. All the subdivisions are bidentate at the

apex.” And lastly, M. ringens is thus described by Prof. Bailey

(‘ Smithsonian Cont., Microscop. Observations in South Carolina

and Georgia,’ p.37): “Oblong; segments 3-lobed, coarsely gra-

nulated near the edge; basal lobes subdivided by a deep notch

imto two rather broad and obtuse or slightly bidentate projec-

tions ; terminal lobes exserted, emarginate ; extremities bidentate

or obtuse. Resembles MV. Buaileyi, Ralfs, but is larger, its divi-

sions less slender, and with the granulations differently placed.”

In var. y, the lateral lobes are nearly horizontal, the outer

sub-lobe being exserted from the basal line of the segment, so

as to give a gaping appearance to the emarginate portion. The

terminal lobe is stout ; and from the base of its bifurcations, and

placed diagonally to each other, on opposite surfaces of the

frond, are given off the two additional processes referred to. It

is possible that, owing to the doubling down of these processes

(which it will be observed are perpendicular to the plane of the

frond), the impression of the ordinary processes being bifid at

their extremities may have arisen, as is stated to be the case in

the description of M. morsa (British Desmid. p. 74). The apices

of the furcations, as well as the extremities of the lateral sub-

lobes, are elongated and tridentate.

Length -0060"; breadth -0048".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 10. Front view.

*** Lateral lobes deeply and equally tripartite. Subdivisions plane.

3. M. alata, n.s. Frond rather longer than broad. Segments

deeply 3-lobed; lateral lobes deeply and equally tripartite ;

terminal lobe furcate, and much exserted.

This species appears to hold an intermediate position between

the American species 7. Torreyi, described in the Appendix

to the ‘ British Desmidicz,’ and M. furcata.

The deeply and equally tripartite form of the lateral lobes

distinguishes this very graceful species from all the allied ones.

The inner half of the terminal lobe, which is constructed on the

same plan as that of M/. furcata, is very slender, and is received

into a deep notch formed by the two lateral lobes. Its fureate

ends are delicate, elongated, and project obliquely outwards,

without any perceptible curve. At the base of the furcation, the

margin is minutely punctate. The rest of the frond is perfectly

smooth. The lateral lobes are attached to the base of the seg-

ment by a narrow isthmus, and at once expand to their full

280 Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

breadth, in close apposition with the lower half of the terminal

lobe. The two inner subdivisions are directed radially. The

outer is abruptly reflected towards the basal line of the segment,

and thus imparts the alate character for which the frond is so

conspicuous. The subdivisions of the lateral lobe, at first shghtly

inflated, gradually taper to subacute apices, which, in like man-

ner with the apices of the terminal lobe, are tridentate.

Length -0058"; breadth :0056".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 11. Front view.

eK Lateral lobes inciso-dentate, or dichotomously incised.

4. M. furcata, Ag. This species is very abundant, and occurs

in every state intermediate between the typical one and its

variety commonly described under the specific name of M. Cruz-

melitensis.

5. M. denticulata, Bréb.

M. rotata, Grev.

These two forms are met with somewhat sparmgly. As far

as I can judge, however, they present no character of sufficient

value to denote specific difference. The mere rounding off of

the dentate angles is surely too trifling a distinction to found

even a variety upon. The tendency to these slight modifications

in form has already been dwelt upon in describing the species

of Aptogonum.

6. M. foliacea, Bailey.

Var. 8. Fronds quadrangular, forming elongated filaments.

Segments 3-lobed. Lateral lobes dichotomously incised, with

a dentate process next the terminal lobe, which is dentato-

emarginate.

Although the filamentous character of the Bengal form, and

the peculiar structure of its terminal lobe, do not tally with

the description given by Mr. Ralfs of M. foliacea, the occurrence

of the tooth-like projection next the terminal lobe, and the ge-

neral resemblance of the two forms, induce me to refer it to that

species. Indeed, judging from the very imperfect representation

of M. foliacea supplied to Mr. Ralfs by Prof. Bailey (British

Desmid. p. 210), it would appear probable that the minute

peculiarities of the one had in reality escaped observation in the

other.

The characters of M. foliacea as given (loc. cit.) are as follows :

* Frond subquadrate. Knd lobe narrow, with emarginate angles.

Lateral lobes inciso-dentate, with a short rounded tooth-like

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 281

projection next the end lobe. The middle segment is nearly

simple and emarginate.”

The prominent feature of var. 8 consists in its largely deve-

loped, triangular terminal lobe, the base of which is directed

outwards, emarginate at its angles and centre, and furnished

with two short stout teeth placed obliquely to each other, as in

M. Baileyi. The central emargination of this lobe is deep and

rectangular; and the entire lobe projects but very slightly be-

yond the apices of the lateral ones. The margins of the filament

are parallel and direct ; the fronds tabular, and divided by a

very deep constriction into two dichotomously incised segments,

the ultimate subdivisions of which are emarginate.

In the Bengal variety, the “ tooth-like projections” next the

terminal tobe are acutely angular, instead of being rounded ;

and, as in the case of Onychonema, the projecting processes, by

which cohesion is either secured or increased, overlap each other

alternately in adjacent fronds.

M., foliacea, var. 8, occurs abundantly in some localities, and

invariably in the condition described. Seen under the micro-

scope, the rich emerald-green filament is, without exception, the

most beautiful of the Desmidiacee.

Length of frond ‘0033"; breadth -0028". Diameter of spo-

rangium, exclusive of spines, ‘0018",

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 1. Front view in filament. Fig. 2. End view. Fig. 3.

Basal view of segments. Fig. 4. Sporangium.

wR Krond cruciform.

7. M. cruciata,n. s. Frond cruciform, divided by a concave

notch into two dichotomously-furcate, symmetrically-lobed

segments.

The two curious forms placed under this section are so ano-

malously constructed as to render it doubtful whether they

really belong to the genus under notice. The absence of all

trace of a central suture is remarkable ; and in this respect they

resemble some species of Penium. M. cruciata cannot be better

described than by likening it to the four terminal lobes of M.

furcata united together by their bases, the intermediate angles

being completely rounded off. Like the lobe of that species,

each extremity is furcate; the branches curved inwards. The

apices are tridentate.

Diameter of frond 0019".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 12. Front view.

8. M. pusilla. Frond cruciform, divided by a concave notch into

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 19

282 Dr.G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

~ two broad emarginate lobes, the angles of which are inflated

and bidentate.

In like manner with the former species, this minute form

presents no visible central suture, but, on the contrary, is some-

what inflated at the central portion. Both may be young states

of other species; but they did not occur in sufficient number to

enable me to decide the point. They are therefore placed pro-

visionally under Micrasterias.

Diameter -0010".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIII. fig. 13. Front views.

10. Euastrum, Ehy.

Frond compressed, deeply divided into two segments, which

are sinuate, lobed, emarginate, or furnished with inflated, often

granulated, protuberances.

* Terminal lobe cuneate, included between the lateral lobes.

1. H. verrucosum, Ehr.

Var. 8. Segments closely approximate along the entire bases.

Outer subdivision of lateral lobe parallel with the margin of

the terminal one, from which it is separated by a deep but

narrow notch. Lobes subradiate.

This variety differs from the typical EL. verrucosum in haying

the margin of the terminal lobe straight and deeply incised, in

not being quite so turgid at the base of the segments, and in

wanting the terminal inflation represented as being present in

the British species. But in all other pomts the structure is

sufficiently similar to indicate that it is only a variety of that

form.

Length 0031"; breadth :0029".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 5. Front view. Fig. 6. Side view. Fig. 7. End view.

2. E. orbiculare, n.s. Frond orbicular. Lateral segments di-

vided into two equal portions by a deep incision. Lobes and

sub-lobes radiate.

The orbicular outline of this species at once distinguishes it

from its allies, and more especially from the two forms of the

last-mentioned species. The terminal lobe, which is closely

embraced by the lateral sub-lobes, is deeply incised, and, coupled

with the incisions of the lateral lobes, imparts to the entire

frond a crenate and radiate character.

The side- and end-views are very similar to those of yar. 8 of

E, verrucosum.

Dr. G. C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal. 288

This species interferes with the distinction laid down by Mr.

Ralfs (British Desmid. p.78) between Euastrum and Micrasterias,

inasmuch as the lobes are most distinctly incised, and radially

arranged.

Length :0028"; breadth -0025".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 8. Front view. Fig. 9. End view. Fig. 10. Side view.

Fig. 11, Basal view of segment.

3. E. crassum, Bréb.

** Segments sinuated ; terminal lobe exserted and united with

the basal lobe by a distinct neck.

A. FE. numerosum.

EE. affine, Ralfs.

The transverse views of these two forms merge one into the

other.

5. H. didelta, Turp.

E, ansatum, Eby.

The sporangium of these two varieties is tuberculate.

*% “ Frond without a distinct terminal lobe, and Jrequently with

@ process, an acute angle,” or an inflation “at the corners of

the terminal portion.”

6. E. rostratum, Ralfs.

Var. 8. Frond oblong. Segments sublobate, their lateral mar-

gins sinuate. Terminal margin notched and angular.

The Bengal varieties occur in every intermediate form be-

tween L. elegans, which merges into K. rostratum on the one

side, and the small subangular Z. binale on the other ; the latter

being indistinguishable from a variety of Cosmarium Meneghini.

Indeed it is far from improbable that Z. elegans, E. binale, and

£. rostratum axe only varieties of one typical species.

7. E. turgidum, n.s. Frond large. Segments broadly cuneate,

truncate, with a large central inflation. Terminal margin

straight.

As seen in the front view, the general outline of’ this species

resembles that of the immature state of the large variety of

Xanthidium armatum. It is distinguished from it, however, by

the presence of the large central granulate inflation, the exist-

ence of a minute terminal notch, and by its not presenting the

characteristic funnel-shaped processes which are distributed sym-

metrically upon the frond in that species.

It also bears some resemblance to the species recently dis-

covered in Ireland by the Rey. R. N. Dixon, and described under

19*

984 Dr. G.C. Wallich on Desmidiacee from Lower Bengal.

the new generic name of Tetrachastrum in the ‘Nat. Hist. Re-

view’ (vol. vi. No. 4. p. 464) ; but, if a mature form, the entire

absence of any inflated protuberance, or terminal notch, would

seem sufficient to distinguish the latter from the present species,

and to render it conformable, in all essential characters, to

Holocystis oscitans, Hassall.

In the side view, the central inflated portion presents an

irregular granulated outline, and the segments are pyriform.

End view broadly elliptical, with the inflated portion eranulated

and the angles furnished with several stout conical projections.

The lateral margins, in the front view, are sinuate, the pro-

minent portions presenting the conical projections already

referred to.

Length 0050"; breadth :0038’.

Lower Bengal, 1855.

Plate XIV. fig. 17. Front view. Fig. 18. Side view.

8. E. clepsydra,n.s. Frond quadrangular. Segments broadest

at the terminal margin, and acutely constricted on their

lateral margins. Angles rounded.

Frond rather longer than broad, much inflated. Terminal

margin straight, and crenate between the rounded angles.

Surface granulated.

Side view oblong, truncate, the extremity angular and sub-

dendate. The central constriction marked by a sinuosity. End

view elliptical.

Length -0013”; breadth at outer margin 0014". Ditto at

constriction *0009".

Lower Bengal, 1855.

_Plate XIV. fig. 19. Front view. Fig. 20. Side view. Fig. 21. End

view.

***«k Lateral lobes distinct, entire.

9, E. commissurale, Bréb. Frond divided by a somewhat gaping

but deep constriction mto two segments. Lateral lobes hori-

zontal, entire. Terminal lobe direct, slightly emarginate, or

notched. Lobes with central and terminal granular protu-

berances.

Cosmarium commissurale, Bréb.

Although not in possession of authenticated specimens of

Cosmarium commissurale, Bréb., from very careful comparison

of the truncated Bengal variety with the description and figures

of that species given by Mr. Ralfs (British Desmid.), there can,

I believe, be little doubt of their identity. The oceurrence of the

other variety with a large, somewhat inflated, angular terminal

lobe, as also the presence, on that and the basal lobes, of the

Messrs. Parker and Jones on the Foraminifera, 285

“inflated granular protuberances,” render the transfer of both

varieties to Euastrum inevitable.

Unless a strict line of separation, dependent on these charac-

ters, is maintained between these two very closely allied genera,

I need hardly observe that it becomes impossible to assign cor-

rect positions to the numerous varieties bordering on LE. elegans

and £. binale, on the one hand, and on Cosmarium quadratum

and C. Meneghini on the other.

In side view, each segment presents one central and two ter-

minal granular inflations, united by a constricted neck. The

frond is compressed. The ends of the basal lobes are rounded,

whilst those of the terminal ones are truncate, angular, or sub-

angular,—the granular bodies being confined to the outer third

of each lobe.

Var. 8. The terminal lobe almost obsolete. Seen in the end

view, the two segments appear octagonal, and united by

one of their sides.

In this case, also, the fronds have been observed under-

going division. The varieties are therefore mature forms.

Length -0018"; breadth :0016".

Var. 8. Length 0010"; breadth :0018".

Lower Bengal.

Plate XIV. fig. 12. Front view. Fig. 13. Side view. Fig. 14. Front

view of yar. 8. Fig. 15. Basal view of segment. Fig. 16. Side view,

[To be continued. }

XXXII.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

By W. K. Parker, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonzs, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 183.]

Part 1V.—The Species enumerated by Lamarck.

Tue Lamarckian species of Foraminifera, though treated as

microscopic Cephalopods, and represented by very bare engray-

ings, are recognizable, especially by those who have carefully

examined the Rhizopodous fauna of the Eocene Tertiary beds of

France (particularly the “ Calcaire grossier”’), whence Lamarck

obtained his specimens. As these comprise several important

generic and specific types, as well as some peculiar varietal con-

ditions, Lamarck, in naming them, supplied for the Foraminifera

several generic names (based, however, on ill-defined grounds)

which have been adopted by subsequent naturalists, the majority

of his binomial appellations being serviceable.

286 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

In the ‘Systéme des Animaux sans Vertebres’ (1801), La-

marck enumerated a few forms (some being grouped as Molluses,

others as Corals). All but one of these are well known on

account of subsequent notices by himself and others.

In the ‘ Annales du Muséum?’ (1804), vol. v. p. 179, p. 237,

and p. 349, Lamarck more fully described some Foraminifera in

his ‘ Suite des Mémoires sur les Fossiles des Environs de Paris,’

Most of these were figured in the Ann, Mus. vol. vin, pl. 62.

figs. 7-16, and yol. ix. pl. 17. figs. 1-6. Nearly all these figures

were copied in the ‘Tableau Hncyclopédique et Méthodique’

(Part 23, 1816), pl. 465. figs. 2-4, 6-8 ; pl. 466. figs. 1-8;

and pl. 469. figs. 2,8. In the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Animaux

sans Vertebres’ (1816-22), vols. ii. & vii, Lamarck again

described his species (with one or two exceptions), and added

two others, arranging the whole under a new classification,

which, however, being (like the previous arrangement) based on

the supposed Cephalopodous character of these little shells, is

of no account.

In the ‘Tableau Encyclop. Méth.’ (pl. 466-470), others be-

sides those first described by Lamarck are figured; namely, a

few from older authors, and several of the forms figured and

described by Fichtel and Moll: but as little need be said respect-

ing these besides restoring to them their original trivial names

(many of which have been twice altered by Lamarck,—once in

the ‘Tabl. Encycl. Méth.,’ and again in the ‘Anim, s. Vert.’),

we shall treat of them by themselves, after having noticed in

detail the real Lamarckian species.

The figures given by Lamarck in the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’

used also in the ‘Tabl. Enc. Méth.,’ were again and again copied

by others; especially in Parkinson’s ‘Organic Remains of a

Former World’ (1811), pl. 11; Crouch’s ‘ Ilustrated Introduc-

tion to Lamarck’s Conchology’ (1827), pl. 20 & 22; Brown’s

‘Conchologist’s Text-Book’? (1833), pl. 10; and Brown’s ‘ Ele-

ments of Fossil Conchology’ (1843), pl. 1, 2, & 3.

The following are consecutive lists of the Foraminifera de-

scribed and figured by Lamarck in his several works —

‘Systéme des Animaux sans Vertébres.’ Par J. B. Lamarck.

8vo. Paris, 1801.

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

. p. 101. Nummulites lavigata.... Nummulina levigata, Lam.

p- 376. Orbitolites complanata .. Orbitolites complanata, Lam,

76. Siderolites calcitrapoides. Calearina Spengleri, Gmel.

p- 401. Rotalites tuberculosa.... Rotalia trochidiformis ?, Lam.

p. 402. Oveolites Margaritula .. Ovulites Margaritula, Lam.

gPone

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 287

‘Annales du Muséum,’ yol, v. (1804),

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

Page, No.

6.83 1.

7. 184; 1.

Bees op

Discorbites vesicularis Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var, vesicularis, Lam.

Rotalia trochidiformis Rotalia Turbo, d’ Orb.,var. trochidiformis, Lam.

lenticularis ...

ane (nso) | Rota Turbo, d@’Orb., var. lenticulina, Lam.

depressa ..,... Truncatulina depressa, Lam. [ Type, Planor-

bulina fareta, F. & M,]

— Discorbula ..,. Rotalia Beccarii, Linn.

. Lenticulites planulata Nummulina planulata, Lam. [ Lam.

variolaria...... Nummulina planuJata, Lam., var. variolaria,

rotulata ...... Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. rotulata, Lam.

1. 241. 1. Nummulites levigata Nummulina levigata, Lam. [ Lam,

14... 2. — globularia .... Nummulina levigata, Lam., var. globularia,

2. as) 8 seabra ........ Nummulina levigata, Lam., var. scabra, Lam,

16. 242. 4 complanata .... Nummulina complanata, Lam,

17. 243. 1. Lituolites nautiloidea Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

HOT ei 2, difformis ..... . Lituola nautiloidea, Lam., var. difformis, Lam.

19. 245. 1. Spirolinites depressa. Peneroplis planatus, F. é M. | Lam,

20. .. 2 eylindracea.... Peneroplis planatus, Fé M., var. cylindracea,

| ae var. 8. (recta).. Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [ Type, Valyulina

triangularis, d’ Ord. |

22. 351. 1. Miliolites rmgens.... Biloculina ringens, Lam. oy lager

BS. oe oe Cor-anguinum . Triloculina cor-anguinum, Lam. a,

24... 3, ——trigonula...... Triloculina trigonula, Lam, | m §

25. 352, 4. planulata 85

var, 8. (turgidula) } Spiroloculina planulata, Lam. Ls 2

var. y. (planissima) S 5

7 353. 4 oppo | ee tea Saxorum, Lam. S. 5

28. ip birostris ae &

29. 354, 1. Renulites opercularia Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var. opercularia,

Lam.

‘Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de la Nature. Vingt-

troisiéme Partie. Mollusques et Polypes divers.’ Par M. Lamarck. 4to. Paris,

1816.

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

Plate. fig.

39. 465. 2a,b,¢c. Orthocera Raphanus.... Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn.

40, 3a,6,c. Orthocera Legumen.... Vaginulina Legumen, Linn. [ Type,

Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn. }

41. 4a,b,c. Nodosaria Radicula .... Nodosaria Radicula, Linn,

ive 6 Lituola nautiloides .... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

20. 7 4,6,c. Spirolina cylindracea,... Peneroplis planatus, F. §° M., var.

cylindracea, Lam.

29. 8 Renulites opercularis.... Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var.

opercularia, Lam.

18. 466. la,b. Lituola difformis ...... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam., yar. dif.

, formis, Lam.

20, 2a,b. Spirolina cylindracea..., Peneroplis planatus, F. & M., var.

cylindracea, Lam.

21, 3a,b. Nodosaria Clayulus ,,,, Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [Type,

Valyulina triangularis, d’Orb.

288

Plate.

17. 466,

13.

10.

42.

43,

44.467. la,b,c. Cristellaria planata .... Peneroplis planatus, var. a., F.

2a,b,c. Cristellaria dilatata .... Peneroplis planatus, var. 8, F.

3a-d. Cristellaria Cassis...

45.

40.

AT.

48.

49,

50.

51.

52.

53. 468.

54,

55.

56. 469.

57.

23.

24. f

26.

27. }

58. 470.

59.

60.

61. 471.

62.

5. 479.

30,

Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

fig.

Lituola nautiloides .... Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

Lenticulites rotulata.... Cristellaria Calear, Linn., var. rotu<

lata, Lam.

6a,6. Discorbula Ariminensis.. Rotalia Beccaru, Linn.

7 a,b,c. Discorbites vesicularis .. Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. vesicu-

laris, Lam.

8a,b. Rotalites trochidiformis.. Rotalia Turbo, d’Ord., var. trochi-

diformis, Lam.

9a-d. Pulvinulus repandus.... Rotalia repanda, F. & M.

10 a-d. Pulvinulus asterisans .. Nonionina asterizans, F. § M.

F.& M. gs

3 e-g. Cristellaria producta.... Cassis, var. B, F. & M. | 3-8

4a,6. Cristellaria producta.... Cassis, var. y, F. §& M. Pe

4 c,d. Cristellaria papilionacea . Cassis, var. 6, F.§ M. (0 8

5a-c. Cristellaria undata...... Cassis, var. e, F. § M. os

6a-c. Cristellaria Galea ..... Galea, F. § M. 0

o.fe

..- Cristellaria Cassis, var. a,

-c. Cristellaria acutauricularis acutauricularis, F.§-M.}

la-d. Orbiculina nummata.... Orbiculina adunea, var. Orbiculus,

2a,b,e. Orbiculina adunca....

F. & M.

.. Orbiculina adunca, F. § M.

3a-d, Orbiculina angulata .... Orbiculina adunea, var. angulata,

F. & M.

la-f. Melonites spherica .... Alveolina Melo, var. «, F. & M.

lg,h. Melonites spheroidea .. Alveolina Melo, var. 8, F. & M. 4

2a,b,¢, Miliolites Cor-anguinum ee eons BEY:

Lam. Ree s

3.a,b,c. Miliolites Saxorum .,., { Quinqueloculina Saxorum, | &2'es

la,b,c. Vorticialis strigillata.... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. cra-

ticulata, F. & M.

2a, b,c. Vorticialis depressa .... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. stri-

gilata, subvar. a, F. & M. ;

»6. Vorticialis marginata .. Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. stri-

gilata, subvar. B, F. & M.

4a-k. Siderolites calcitrapoides Calearina Spengleri, Gmel.

la,6. Nummulites lenticularis. Nummulina lenticularis, var. a, F.

§ M.=? N. planulata, Lam., var.

». Nummulites Mammilla.. Nummulina Mamilla, F. §& M,=

?.N. planulata, Lam., var.

Ovulites Margaritula.... Ovulites Margaritula, Lam.

Ovulites elongata ...... Ovulites Margaritula, var. elongata,

Lam.

‘Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Verttbres.’ Par M. le Chevalier de

Lamarck. 7 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1815-22.

Vol. ii. 1816. Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

Page. No. . \

31. 189 Dactylopora cylindracea Dactylopora Bambusa, P. & J., var. cylindra-

5. 194. 1. Ovulites Margaritula.. Ovulites Margaritula, Lam. [cea, Lam.

30. 2: elongata .«..:.. O. Margaritula, var. elongata, Lam.

32. 196. 1. Orbulites marginalis ae

mi 2 complanata } Orbitolites complanata, Lam.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, 289

Page. No.

33. 197. 3. Orbulites lenticulata.. Orbitolina coneava, var. lenticulata, Lam.

34, 4, concava........ Orbitolina coneaya, Lam.

35. }. macropora...... Orbitolites complanata, var. macropora, Lam.

36, 6. —— Pileolus...... .. Orbitolina concava, var. Pileolus, Lam.

‘An. s. Vert.’ vol. vii. 1822.

Lamarck’s Names. Corrected Names.

Page. No,

39. 593. 1. Orthocera Raphanus .. Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn.

63. 594, 2. AROS tere cate ve Nodosaria Raphanus, var. Fascia, Linn.

64, 3. Raphanistrum .. Nodosaria Raphanus,var.Raphanistrum, Linn.

65. 4. GED (ocean tsar Nodosaria Raphanus, var. obliqua, Linn.

37. Dd. acicula...... ...+ Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn., var. acicula, Lam.

40, 595.6. —— Legumen ...... Vaginulina Legumen, Linn. [ Type, Nodo-

saria Raphanus, Linz. |

41. 596. 1. Nodosaria Radicula.. .. Nodosaria Raphanus, var. Radicula, Linn.

38. 2. dentalina........ Nodosaria Raphanus, Linn., var. dentalina,

66: 3. Siphunculus .... Serpula. { Lam.

19. 602. 1. Spirolinites depressa .. Peneroplis planatus, F. & M. | Lam.

20. cylindracea...... Peneroplis planatus, F’. § M.,var. cylindracea,

at. —— var. 6, .... Clavulina Clavulus, Lam. [ Type, Valvulina

triangularis, d’ Orb. |

17. 604, 1. Lituolites nautiloidea.. Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.

18. 605. 2. G@ifformis)s;. o-.. . Lituola nautiloidea, var. difformis, Lam.

29. 606. 1. Renulites opercularis .. Vertebralina striata, d’Orb., var. opercularia,

Lan.

4b eo7, 1. Cristellaria Squammula Peneroplis planatus, F. § M.

46. 47. . Cristellaria Cassis, varr. a, 8, y, €, ney

48. 50. } zs Bee eee F. & M. z SiS =

49, 608. 3. PVIR i sayenerbie:s . +.» Cristellaria Cassis, var. 6, and a3 5

C. Galea, F. § M. Sa i

52. 4, auricularis ...... Cristellaria acutauricularis, F. § M.J G'S &

63. 5. AAG PS iele.s 50 « Polystomella crispa, Linn., var.

Faba, F. 5: M.

64. 6. ——Scapha ........ Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. Seapha,

F. & M.

65. 70 Crepidula ...... Cristellaria Calear, Linn., var. Crepidula,

F. & M.

66. 8. PTI CUD 5:05-0:80 Rotalia repanda, var. Auricula, F. § M.

67. 9, tuberosa ....-+.0. Planorbulima farcta, var. tuberosa, F. & M.

53. 609. 1. Orbiculina numismalis Orbiculina adunca, var. Orbiculus, F. § M.

55. 2; angulata........ Orbiculina adunca, var. angulata, F’. & M.

54, 3. MMCINATAs)s's0's 00s Orbiculina adunea, F. & M.

22. 612. 1. Miliolites rmgens .... Biloculina ringens, Lam. = =)

23. 2; cor-anguinum .. Triloculina Cor-anguinum, Lam. |3 2 .

24, 3. friponnla, 6-05 Triloculina trigonula, Lam. i

¢ t= fb

AS peunlats eet Spiroloculina planulata, Lam. gs a4

2 varieties hep)

56. 615. 1. Melonites sphzrica.... Alveolina Melo, var. a, F. & M.

57. 2: spheroidea..... . Alveolina Melo, var. B, F. § M. [ Lam,

7. 617. 1. Rotalites trochidiformis Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. trochidiformis,

11. 619, 1, Lenticulina planulata.. Nummulina planulata, Lam.

12, Ze variolaria ...... Nummulina planulata, var. Variolaria, Lam.

13, 3. —— rotulata ........ Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. rotulata, Lam.

290 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Page. No.

42. 621. 1. Placentula pulvinata .. Rotalia repanda, F. & M.

43, 2. asterisavs ©. ses Polystomella asterizans, F. & M.

6. 623. 1. Discorbites vesicularis . Rotalia Turbo, d’Orb., var. vesicularis, Lam.

3. 624. 1. Siderolites peal a Calcarina Spengler, Gel.

68. 625. 1. Polystomella crispa.... Polystomella crispa, Linn.

69. Py. costata sappies ae Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., var. costata, F.& M.

70. 3, —— planulata ...... Polystomella crispa, Linn. ,var.macella,F.gM.

as 4, ATMDIGHA: yealids's « « Polystomella crispa, Lin,,var. ambigua, F.dpM.

58. 626, 1. Vorticialis craticulata.. Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. craticulata,

F. & M.

59. 2. Strigilatas sss pes. Polystomella. crispa, Linn., var. strigilata,

’ subvar. a, F. & M.

60. 3. marginata ...... Polystomella crispa, Linn., var. strigilata,

subvar. 8, F. & M.

1. 629, 1. Nummulites leevigata.. Nummulina levigata, Lam.

14, 2. globularia ...... Nummulina levigata, var. globularia, Lam.

15. 3s reste Sheets Nummulina levigata, var. scabra, Lam.

16. 630, 4. complanata...... Nummulina complanata, Lam.

1. Nummulites levigata, Syst. An. s. Vert. p. 101; Ann.

Mus, y. p. 241, No. 1; vu. pl. 62. fig: 10; Tistameessvenn

vil. p. 629. No.1.“ Fossil: Villers-Coterets.” [Defrance adds

Soissons and Grignon: Dict, Se. Nat. xxv. p. 224. |

This appears to have been the first of the coin-shaped Fora-

minifers, so common in the fossil state as to attract the notice of

peasant and of naturalist at an early period, that was subjected

to zoological classification under a binomial appellation. A

common form in the Kocene Tertiaries of the west of Hurope,

of large size, and elegantly lenticular in its shape, this was the

most prominent of the French Nummulites; and its usual

smoothness of surface gave rise to its present trivial name; and

its tuberculate variety (NV. scabra) was subsequently catalogued

as a different species. The task of sifting the many names that

have been given to the several forms of Kuropean Nummulites

has been carefully accomplished by d’Archiac and Haime in

their fine Monograph on the Fossils of the Nummulitic Strata

of India (4to, Paris, 1853). In the list of synonyms of N. /e-

vigata, which is very long (op. cit. p. 103), they have given as

the first regular name “ Helicites lenticularis ;” but Burtin terms

it only la grande Helicite ou Lenticulaire. Braguidre classified it

first under the appellation of Camerina levigata (Kneycl. Méth.

1789) ; this was modified to Nummulites levigata by Lamarck

(1801), and to Nummulina laevigata by D’Orbigny (1826).

MM. d@’Archiac and Haime have described and illustrated this

species in much detail (op. cit. p. 104, pl. 4. f. 1-7). Dr, Car-

penter also had previously done much to elucidate its structure.

(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 21, pl. 8 & 4.)

In the ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ 3rd ser. vol. v. p. 109, &c., we have

made some remarks on Nummuline in general (pomting out.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 291

especially the erroneous notions published respecting the hyaline

columns, or septal pillars), and on Nummulina levigata in parti-

eular. This is the type of d’Archiac and Haime’s group “ sub-

reticulate,” which we include in the “reticulate” group. It

abounded in the European area of the Nummulitic Sea, but

appears to be extinct now.

2. Orbitolites complanata. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 876;

Orbultes complanata, Hist. An. s. Vert. ii. p. 196. We must

refer the student to Dr. Carpenter’s Monograph (Philos. Trans.

1856, vol. exlvi. p. 181, &c. pl. 4—9) for the history and detailed

description of Orbitolites, —the subject being there treated most

perfectly. O. complanata is common in the warmer seas. Of

small size in the Mediterranean, it is larger in the Red Sea, and

much larger in the Tropics and South Sea. In the fossil state,

it is large in some of the Eocene deposits, and is very common

in the Tertiaries of Grignon and Hauteville. It has been found

also in the Bracklesham beds (by the Rey. O. Fisher, F.G.S.).

For the synonymy of O. complanata, see Dr. Carpenter’s me-

moir above referred to, and especially Morris’s ‘Catalogue of

British Fossils, 1854, p. 39; also Bronn’s ‘ Letheea Geognost.

third edit. vol. 11. p. 254.

Lamarck’s Orbitolites concava, Syst. An. s. Vert. p. 376, is

evidently a Lunulite; his Orbulites concava, in the Hist. An. s.

Vert. 11. p. 197, belongs to the Orbitolina of D’Orbigny.

3. Siderolites calcitrapoides. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 376;

Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 470. figs. 4 a-k. “ Fossil; Chalk, Maes-

tricht : Faujas.”

This is the same as the “ Nautilus Spengleri” of Gmelin,

well figured by Spengler, by Faujas, and by Fichtel and Moll.

Lamarck grouped it with the Corals; but D’Orbigny, in his

‘ Tabl. Ceph.,’ judiciously placed it in his genus Calcarina (Ann.

Sc. Nat. vii. p. 276). Calcarina Spengleri is noticed in some

detail by us in ‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ 3 ser. vol. iii. p. 480.

4. Rotalites tuberculosus. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 401.

“ Fossil; Grignon.”

This is possibly the Aotalia afterwards termed R. trochidi-

formis by Lamarck ; but it is very ill-defined here, and the name

is not repeated in subsequent notices of the Foraminifers of

Grignon by either Lamarck or others.

5. Oveolites Margaritula. Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 402;

Ovulites Margaritula, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 479. fig. 7; Hist.

Anim. s. Vert. ii. p. 194. Fossil; Grignon.”

This is a common Foraminifer of the “Calcaire grossier,”’

Shaped like an egg, and about the size of a mustard-seed, the

Ovulites Margaritula, when well-grown, is one of the most ele-

gant of the fossil forms. The large terminal apertures, more-

292 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

over, in this oval shell curiously impress upon the mind its

resemblance to a “blown” bird’s egg. The minutely sculptured

surface also of many eggs is imitated in the Ovulite by minute

superficial depressions, leading to tubular perforations ; the

shell-wall not being imperforate as in the egg.

Though usually met with as tmy opake white grains, not

unlike seed-pearls, yet occasionally specimens that have escaped

molecular change present a clear, smooth, glassy appearance,

such as belongs to the hyaline group of Foraminifera.

This is the largest of the monothalamous Foraminifera, its

one cell averaging the bulk of the entire polythalamous shell of

Miliole, Rotalie, and many others. ‘The Orbulina universa,

which is another single-celled form, never has its individuals

larger than third-rate specimens of Ovulites.

Many small varieties of O. Margaritula retain their beautiful

ovoid shape; but one of the first steps towards degradation 1s

marked by elongation and occasional constriction, giving to the

shell a sausage-like appearance. At another step, we have a

long straight tube, open at each end (O. elongata, Lamarck) ;

this may be as long as, or longer than, the large oval shells ;

and it may be clavate at one or both extremities, like a drum-

stick or a “life-preserver.”

The pores in the shell are comparatively large and sparse ; in

this it resembles Globigerina; whilst in Orbulina universa We

see, intermixed with these larger pores, a great number of mi-

nute tubules. As in large Globigerine from deep water, and in

some varieties of Bulimina known as Bolivine, the surface of the

shell, in some of the elongate varieties of O. Margaritula, has a

delicate honeycomb-like sculpturing, a pore or tubule lying in

the hollow centre of each polygonal mesh.

This monothalamous species, though in some respects compa-

rable to the distomous varieties of Lagena (a form related to

Polymorphina and Nodosaria), yet has evidently its affinities with

the Rotalian group through Globigerina. The enormously

elongated cells are not inimical to this view ; for some Rotale

occasionally have wildly-growing, attenuated, and prolonged

chambers.

The Ovulites is of considerable interest in a geological point

of view. It appears to have been short-lived as a species. Full-

developed in the deposits of Hauteville and Grignon, it breaks in

at once in the Eocene period. It lingers as an attenuated form

in the Miocene beds of San Domingo.

We may remark that other Monothalamia, such as Lagena

and Orbulina, seem to us to be also of comparatively recent

origin; the latter comes to us first in the Miocene, and the

former in the Upper Chalk of Maestricht (a deposit which con-

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 293

tains many Foraminifers that abounded afterwards in the Tertiary

seas). Whilst both of these Monothalams are extremely abun-

dant in the existing seas, in almost every latitude and at every

depth, a recent Ovulite has not yet been met with. The very

restricted distribution of this species in geological time is

remarkable; scarcely another Foraminifer presents us with a

similarly brief history,—an undescribed form allied to Dactylo-

pora affording almost the only parallel (namely, Acicularia Pa-

vantina, d@’Arch.).

The cylindrical variety of O. Margaritula is roughly figured

in the ‘Tabl. Encycl. Méth.’ pl. 479. fig. 8; and the drumstick

variety is better figured by Blainville in the ‘ Dict. Sc. Nat.’

Zooph. pl. 48. fig. 3. The large oval Ovulite also is better

figured by Blainville (/oc. cit. fig. 2) than by Lamarck. Michelin

(Icon. Zooph. pl. 46. f. 243) figures a double or twin Ovulite.

For references to other figures and notices, see Bronn’s ‘ Leth.

Geogn.’ 35rd edit. i. p. 258.

6. “ Discorbis” was instituted by Lamarck (Ann. Mus. vol. v.

p- 182) as a generic name for a group of Rotalian Foraminifera.

As he had only met with it in the fossil state, he used the term

*‘Discorbites” in describing the only fossil form of Discorbis

that he knew, according to his customary plan of modifying the

generic name of fossil forms. Discorbis and Discorbites are not

required as generic terms.

Discorbites vesicularis. Ann. Mus. v. p. 183; vii. pl. 62. f. 7:

Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 7 a,b,c: Hist. Anim. s. Vert. vii.

p- 623. “Fossil; Grignon.” [Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. xui.

p- 347, gives us other localities, near Versailles, near Mantes,

and near Hauteville: he also adds the description of another

species from Piedmont, D. pedemontanus, Def., and mentions

the occurrence of what he believes to be three recent species of

Discorbis,—one from New Holland, one from the Red Sea, and

one from Cherbourg. |

We have in Lamarck’s figures some indifferent sketches of a

Rotalia (both dextral and sinistral), which seems to us to be one

which we most commonly meet with in the Calcaire grossier,—

a loose-celled and somewhat outspread variety of the more com-

pact Rotalia Turbo, VOrb. (Ann. Se. Nat. vu. p. 274. No. 39;

Modéles, No. 73), which we select as the typical form from

amongst a very large group of varieties. The name Discorbites

vesicularis is given by Defrance to the specimens figured in the

‘Dict. Se. Nat.’ Zool. pl. 14. fig. 2 a, b, c, which are admirable

drawings of the variety under notice when in a rather flatter

and more asterigerme* state than those figured by Lamarck.

* Bearing intercalated imperfect chambers arranged starwise on the

umbilical face.

294 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

D’Orbigny unnecessarily gives to Defrance’s figures the name

R. Gervilli (Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 274, No. 36; Modeéles, No. 72.

This model is admirable, like most of the others, for its charac-

terization).

Lamarck is not correct in referring this form to Plancus,

Conch. Min. Notis, pl. 1. f. 1 (which is R. Beccarii).

7. Rotalia. Ann. Mus. v. p. 183. Rotalites trochidiformis.

Ann. Mus. v. p. 184, No. 1; vui. pl. 62. f. 8 a,6; Tabl. Ene.

Méth. pl. 466. f. 8 a, b; Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 617. « Fossil ;

Grignon.” [Defrance adds, as localities, Fontenai- Saints-Pares

and Hauteville, Dict. Sc. Nat. xlvi. p. 803. ]

This is one of the lar gest Rotalie, and is the most developed

form of the group which is typified by R. Turbo, VOrb. A very

much better figure is given in the ‘ Dict. Se. Nat.’ Zool. pl. 14.

{. 3. a, b, ¢. This well-grown shell shows faintly the septal

markings on its strong, low, conical spire; on the other or

umbilical face, which is ‘flatter, the chambers are covered with

granules and separated by deep chinks, margined by larger

tubercles, such as fill up and overgrow the umbilicus, sometimes

leaving evidence of irregular, astral, intercalated lobes or cham-

bers, sometimes masking the aiele: of the surface. This is the

R. obscura, Sowerby (Dixon’ s Foss. Sussex, p. 162, pl. 9. f. 6),

and R., Neuboldii, d’ Arch. & Haime, Foss. Num. del’ Inde, p. 347,

pl36.42.217-a50, c:

We have not yet found this gigantic variety of R. Turbo re-

cent, although A. Turbo and very large specimens of the variety

vesicularis ave extremely abundant on the coast near Melbourne,

Australia.

This extreme form of R. Turbo is paralleled in development

by a large and strongly tuberculate variety of R. Beccaru (var.

Schroeteriana, nob.) ; by certain thick and granulate subvarieties

of Planorbulina vulgaris (var. larvata, nob.), im which the origmal

features are masked; and by Polystomella craticulata, — the

extreme development of P. crispa and the giant of the Poly-

stomelle.

8. Rotalites lenticularis (and a sinistral variety). Ann. Mus.

v. p. 184, No. 2. Fossil; Grignon.”

Probably a flattish and rather delicate R. Turbo, with slightly

developed astral flaps. Such a form we. find abundantly, fossil

at Grignon, and recent on the Australian shores.

9. Rotalites depressa. Ann. Mus. v. p. 185, No.3. “ Fossil;

Grignon.”

This answers well to some of the large Truncatuline varieties

of Planorbulina farcta: we find many of these in the Calcaire

grossier and other French Tertiaries.

10. Rotalites Discorbula. Ann. Mus. v. p. 185, No. 43 viii.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 295

pl. 62. f.9. Discorbula Ariminensis, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466.

f.6.a,b. “Fossil; Grignon.”

This is Rotalia Beccarii, Linn., of common occurrence.

11. Lenticulina. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 186. This comprises some

small Nummuline and a Cristellaria. Lamarck states that he

had recent Lenticuline from the Sea near Teneriffe, taken at

125 feet depth. Defrance, however, doubts this, and thinks that

the specimens were Cristellarie, and probably fossilized (Dict.

Se. Nat. xxv. p. 452). We have found two “ Lenticuline ” forms

very common in the sea-sands (at 50 fathoms) off Orotava, Tene-

riffe, namely, Amphistegina vulgaris and Cristellaria Calcar, var.

rotulata. Lamarck’s genus “ Lenticulina ” (like his other genera

of “microscopic Cephalopodous shells ”’) evidently rests on very

indefinite grounds.

Lenticulites planulata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 187, No. 1; Hist.

An. s. Vert, vi. p. 619, No.1. “ Fossil; Senlis, Rétheuil near

Villers-Coterets, and Soissons.” [Defrance adds Betz and

Gilocourt. |

This was recognized as a Nummulina by D’Orbigny (Ann. Se.

Nat. vil. p. 296, No. 4); and it is the type of the “radiate”

group of Nummulites. (See Annals Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. v.

p- 109.) NN. planulata is fully described and illustrated by d’Ar-

chiac and Haime (Foss. Num. de l’Inde, p. 142, pl. 9. f. 5-10),

by whom also the localities of its occurrence are carefully enu-

merated.

12. Lenticulites variolaria. Ann. Mus. v. p. 187, No.2; Hist.

An. s. Vert. vil. p. 619, No, 2. “ Fossil; Grignon, Betz, and

Chaumont.” ([Defrance adds Parnes and Acy.]

Sowerby recognized this as a Nummulite (under the term

Nummularia variolaria, Min. Conch. pl. 538. f. 3). D’Archiae

and Haime give the history and description of Nummulina vario-

laria, op. cit. p. 146, pl. 9. f. 13 a-g. We agree with Prof.

Williamson in regarding N. variolaria as a small biconvex variety

of N. planulata (Williamson, Monogr. p. 39).

13. Lenticulites rotulata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 180, No. 3; viii.

pl. 62. fig. 11; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. fig. 5; Hist. An. s.

Vert. vii. p. 620, No. 8. “ Fossil; Chalk, Meudon,’

D’Orbigny (Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 1840, vol. iv. p. 26)

was the first to separate this from the other Lenticuline or Len-

ticulites (which he arranged in their place as Nummuline), and

to group it in the genus Cristellaria, defined by him far more

correctly than by Lamarck, who had selected a mélange of

broadly Nautiloid unrelated forms from Fichtel and Moll’s

plates, and given them this generic name (Anim, s. Vert, vii.

p- 607).

Cristellaria rotulata is a common keelless variety of C. Calcar

296 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

(see Annals Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 273), and is exceedingly

abundant both in the fossil and the recent state.

14. Nummulites globularia. Ann. Mus. v. p. 241, No. 2;

Hist. An. s. Vert. vu. p. 629, No. 2.

“Fossil; Rétheul.” [Defrance adds Morlaie near Chantilly,

and Transylvania, Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxv. p. 224.]

Defrance was correct in regarding this as merely a variety of

N. levigata ; it is the Cherry-stone variety.

15. Nummulites scabra. Ann. Mus. v. p. 241, No. 3; Hist.

An. s. Vert. vil. p. 629, No.3. “Fossil; Soissons.” [Defrance

adds Parnes and Saint-Félix. |

This is a nearly constant companion of Nummulina levigata ;

and as every intermediate stage of granulation (from the mere

appearance of hyaline spots on the septa and at the points

where the inosculating canals of the alar flaps intersect one

another, to upraised semicrystalline granules) is readily found

among fifty or more specimens from the Nummulitic sandy

beds at Bracklesham, Brussels, and elsewhere, we cannot but

regard this as a mere variety of N. levigata. Similar conditions

obtain with Nummulina planulata, especially among its recent

Operculine varieties. Nor are the members of the “ sinuate”

group without their similarly granulate or scabrous conditions

of growth.

N. scabra has the same plan of growth that N. levigata has,

and closely follows its type in its variations of external form.

This has also been noticed by d’Archiac and Haime, whom we

cannot follow in giving a specific standing to N. scabra. Their

remarks on, and history of this form (Foss. Num. de l’Inde,

p- 107, pl. 4. figs. 9-12) may, however, be studied with ad-

vantage.

16. Nummulites complanata. Ann. Mus. v. p. 242, No. 4;

Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 630, No. 4. “ Fossil; Soissons ??

The locality given by Lamarck with doubt is incorrect. The

Nummulite here referred to is recognized as one belonging to

Eastern Europe. The detailed account of this Nummulite and

its synonymy given by d’Archiac and Haime (op. cit. p. 87, pl. 1.

figs. 1-3) should be consulted.

With us, Nummulina complanata is the specific centre of a

suite of forms (peculiar to the East) having narrow, shallow,

sinuate alar lobes, and belonging to d’Archiac and Haime’s

group “leves aut subleves,” but which we term “ sinuate.”

17. Lituola. Ann. Mus. v. p. 242. Lituolites nautiloidea,

Ann. Mus. v. p. 243, No. 1; vii. pl. 62. fig. 12; Latuola nauti-

loides, Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 465. fig. 6; Lituolites nautiloidea,

Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 604, No.1. “ Fossil; Chalk, Meudon.”

This is a type of an important group of forms among the

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 297

white*, opake, non-tubuliferous, calcareous-shelled Rhizopoda.

As in some groups of the hyaline Foraminifera, the shell is here

principally composed of siliceous sand, the shell-matter being

only in sufficient quantity to serve as a cement for the sand-

grains.

Lituola, in its simplest form, is a mere string of suboval, suc-

cessively enlarging chambers, more or less irregular in outline

(Reophax Scorpiurus, Montfort). A similar, but attached, series

of plano-convex chambers (the lower face being often imperfect)

has been described as “ (Hufs de Mollusques ” by Cornuel (Mém.

Soc. Géol. France, 2 sér. iii. pl. 4. f. 36). These latter often

have a more or less coiled set of commencing chambers; and

then we have the Placopsilina Cenomana, @ Orb. (Reuss, Abhandl.

Wien, vu. p. 71, pl. 28. f. 4,5). These fixed Placopsiline forms

are often wild in their growth, spreading and bifurcating with

great irregularity and to considerable extent (as much as an inch

in length sometimes) ; simple Nautiloid forms also occur fixed

(Lituola nautiloides, Schroeter, sp., Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. ui.

p-482). In a free state we find numerous Nautiloid symmetrical

Lituole, of small growth, such as we have already characterized

in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 8301, under the name of Pla-

copsilina Canariensis, d’Orb. sp., from Norway. A smaller and

flatter form is figured by Prof. Wiliamson (Monogr. p. 34, pl. 3.

f. 72, 73) under the name of Nonionina Jeffreysii; this is com-

mon on the British coasts, and indeed is of wide distribution.

This Nautiloid form of Lituola is succeeded by crozier-shaped

forms, such as the so-called Spirolina agglutinans, dOrb. For.

Foss. Vien. pl. 7. f. 10-12, and the “ Spirolinites” so common

in the Chalk. Many of the larger of these latter have their

chambers subdivided.

The septal opening varies in the different above-mentioned

forms, from the simple roundish passage, or Nonionine slit, of

the arrested varieties, to the oblong, lobed, jagged, or compound

apertures seen in the more typical free shells.

Lituola nautiloidea, Lamarck, is a well-developed crozier-

shaped shell: it has its chambers subdivided throughout ; and

its round or oyal, and slightly convex, septal plane is pierced

with many passages. It is very common and large in the

Chalk.

* In the living state, Orbitolites, Peneroplis, and Alveolina (members of

the “opake” group of Foraminifera) have their shell-substance pink or

reddish, the milky whiteness of the dead shells being the result of bleach-

ing. This appears also to be the case with regard to Lituola; as many

recent specimens have a reddish or ferruginous appearance, although their

constituent sand-grains are in themselves colourless. Prof. Williamson

has noticed a similar condition in other Foraminifers (Monogr. p. 65).

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. v. 20

298 Mr.G. Gulliver on the Marginal Nerves of Moss-Leaves.

A rectilinear or Nodosaria-like Lituola, with an extremely

labyrinthic subdivision of its chambers, is common in the Tertia-

ries of San Domingo, Malaga, and Tuscany (figured by Soldani),

and occurs recent in the mud of the Abrolhos Bank, east of Rio

Janeiro.

18. Lituolites difformis. Ann. Mus. v. p. 248, No. 2; vii.

pl. 62. f. 13 @,5; Hist. An. s, Vert. vii. p. 605. No. 2; La-

tuola difformis, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 1 a, 6, “ Fossil;

Chalk, Meudon.”

A small irregularly grown Lituola nautiloidea,

[To be continued. |

XXXIUI.—On the Marginal Nerves of the Leaves of Mosses. By

Grorce GuLLiverR, F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal College of

Surgeons of England, and Honorary Fellow of the Royal

College of Surgeons in Iveland.

Tue term ‘nerve’ is here used for the leaf-rib, in the same sense

as it has always been employed (though so imconveniently) by

botanists, and without the least reference either to the function

or to the structure of the very different and more important

cords with the same name in the animal kingdom.

While so much attention has been paid to the mid-nerve of moss-

leaves, it seems singular that even the existence of the marginal

nerves, identical in structure with the mid-nerve, has not been

recognized by systematic writers in Britain. At least, I believe

there is no notice of the kind in the classical works of Smith

and Hooker, nor in the recent ‘Bryologia Britannica’ of Mr.

Wilson ; and as in this last excellent book the system of Bruch

and Schimper is adopted, I presume the same remark will apply

to their celebrated ‘Bryologia Kuropea,’ which I have not yet seen.

Moreover, im a cursory reference to M. Schimper’s ‘ Recherehes

sur les Mousses’ (4to, Strasburg, 1850), I could find no such

mention of marginal leaf-nerves. Indeed, descriptive bryologists

say “nerve excurrent,” “nerve vanishing,” and so forth, for the

mid-nerve, as if there were no other nerve in a moss-leaf, as, no’

doubt, is most often, but by no means always, the case, inde-

pendently of the well-known double nerve in certain genera.

This is the more remarkable, as the marginal nerves can he

so easily demonstrated by very slight dissection under the micro-

scope, while their course and structure will probably be found

to afford good specific characters. Schleiden (‘ Principles of

Scientific Botany,’ p. 188, transl. by Dr. Lankester, 8vo. Lond.

1849) has depicted them in Mnium punetatum, and justly ob-

serves that the leaves of Mosses and their nerves merit a more

thorough investigation than they have hitherto received.

Mr, A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 299

I have examined the marginal nerves in the leaves of a great

number of Mosses, and in some instances have seen them ex-

tending from the very cells of the axis or stem to the point, or

beyond the point, of the leaf-blade ; and these nerves may

generally be found when the border of the leaf js described as

“ cartilaginous ” or “ thickened,” though their structure, being

commonly a soft and juicy prosenchyma, has no relation what-

ever to the structure of cartilage, nor to the bryological defini-

tion of it—‘“a hard close texture, not tender and succulent.”

The following extracts from my note-book will render it easy

for the bryologist to examine these nerves, without the aid of a

drawing, particularly as the kindness of Mr. Mitten has made

me sure of the identity of the species.

Atrichum undulatum. Dee. 1859. Very distinct marginal

nerves from the stem to the point of the leaf, and t2'so Of an

inch in diameter, the mid-nerve being fully thrice as large.

The measurements in this and the following instances are made

near the middle of the nerves.

Fissidens bryoides. Dee. 3, 1859. Marginal nerves very plain,

22a Of an inch in diameter, while the mid-nerve is 74,.

Fissidens tamarindifolius. Dec. 23, 1859. Marginal nerves as

distinct as in F. bryoides, and zzso Of an inch in diameter, the

mid-nerve being ;1..

Mnium hornum. Jan. 1860. Marginal nerve 1 of an inch

in diameter, extending most plainly from the base to the apex

of the leaf, and composed of about three rows of prosenchyma-

tous cells remarkably distinct from the contiguous squarish or

polyhedral parenchymatous cells of the leaf-blade.

Bryum capillare. Jan. 1860. Marginal nerves z2'55 Of an

inch in diameter, scarcely distinguishable from the neighbour-

ing cells of the leaf-blade, though portions of the nerve may be

Sometimes torn off, and it can be traced into the apiculus of the

leaf. This leaf is a fair specimen of a connecting link between

the presence and absence of a plain marginal nerve.

XXXIV.—On some New Genera and Species of Mollusca from

Japan. By Arruvur Avaas, F.LS., &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Tsu-Sima, Straits of Korea,

GENTLEMEN, 5th Dee., 1859.

In the course of our cireumnavigation of the Sea of Japan,

in H.MLS. ‘ Actzon,’ the dredge was sometimes put in requisi-

tion, and, in addition to a better acquaintance with the geogra-

phical distribution of marine life which was thereby afforded,

20%

300 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

new forms were occasionally met with. I enclose, with a

request that you will be so good as to insert them in your

Journal, descriptions of those among the Mollusca which were

the most interesting, and am, Gentlemen,

Your obedient servant,

ArtTHuR ADAMS.

Genus Constantia, A. Adams.

Testa acuminato-ovalis, rimata, spira elata, attenuata ; anfractibus

rotundatis, ultimo ventricoso, plicis tenuibus longitudinalibus et

liris elevatis transversis decussatis. Apertura ovalis, longior quam

lata; peritremate libero, continuo, margine integro, acuto.

This genus, I believe, belongs to the natural family Scalide,

although the whorls are not disunited or ribbed; the aperture,

moreover, is oblong, and the texture of the shell very thin.

Constantia elegans, A. Adams.

C. testa tenui, rimata, acuminato-ovali, pallide fusca ; anfractibus sex,

tribus supremis leevibus simplicibus, anfractibus alteris plicis tenui-

bus longitudinalibus et lirulis transversis reticulatis ; apertura ob-

longa, peritremate continuo, margine libero, acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea, near Mino-Sima; dredged from 63

fathoms.

Genus Torn, A. Adams.

Testa turrito-subulata, umbilicata ; anfractibus convexiusculis, trans-

yersim sulcatis, sulcis subdistantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter

concinne striatis. Apertura oblonga, postice acuminata, antice

integra, rotundata ; labio libero, simplici, acuto.

This genus is founded upon a deep-water shell, of which, un-

fortunately, I possess but a single specimen. It most nearly

resembles a perforate, elongated, sulcate Odostoma, without any

tooth or fold on the inner lip.

I am unable to refer it to any genus, and consequently give

it generic rank myself. The practice of throwing a doubtful

form into any genus seems to me to retard the progress of

science,—shirking a difficulty, and confusing the mind of the

student. The number of genera is of no more moment to the

naturalist than the number of species, provided they each re-

present a particular type of form. The natural position of Lole

is, perhaps, between Monoptygma and Menestho.

Tole scitula, A. Adams.

T. testa subulato-turrita, profunde umbilicata, alba, solidiuscula ; an-

fractibus sex, convexiusculis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis subdi-

stantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter concinne striatis ; apertura

oblonga, antice rotundata, postice acuminata ; labio simplici; labro

margime acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 301

Genus Mucronauia, A. Adams.

Testa pupiformis, ovato-oblonga, apice subito mucronata ; anfractibus

mucronis tribus perparvis ; anfractibus normalibus quinque pla-

natis, ultimo ad basin rotundato. Apertura oblongo-ovalis, antice

dilatata et producta; labio simplici; labro arcuato.

This curious genus seems to be compounded of Leiostraca and

Stylifer, but is not variced or compressed like the former, and

is not unicolorous and parasitic like the latter. The texture is

unlike that of Stylifer, and resembles that of Eulima; and the

structure of the mucro does not resemble that of the pointed

apex in Stylifer.

Mucronalia bicincta, A. Adams.

M. testa albida, subpellucida, nitidissima, fascia rufa ornata ; anfractu

ultimo bicincto.

Hab. Straits of Korea, off Mino-Sima; dredged from 63 fa-

thoms.

Genus Morcuia, A. Adams.

Testa oblique ovata, late umbilicata, depressa, superne convexa, in-

ferne plana ; anfractibus subito crescentibus, ultimo dilatato ascen-

dente alios involvente usque ad apicem. Apertura oblonga, obliqua,

subhorizontalis, infra dilatata, supra angustata; peritremate con-

tinuo, incrassato.

M. obvoluta, A. Adams.

M. parva, opaca, alba, ad peripheriam angulata, striis incrementi con-

fertis ornata; umbilico patulo, ad suturas crenulato.

Hab. Tsu-Sima, Straits of Korea.

This curious little genus most nearly resembles Teinostoma ;

but the base is not covered with a callus, and the mouth is not

produced. The last whorl embraces the others, as it does in

Neritula or Cyclops. Both Mérchia and Teinostoma, however,

together with Vitrinella, are not nacreous, and would seem to

associate themselves rather with Adeorbis and Cyclostrema than

with Kthalia among the Umboniine, as Mr. P. P. Carpenter be-

lieves. The only specimen obtained was dredged from 26 fa-

thoms, about a quarter of a mile from the shore, in Washington

Sound, off Tsu-Sima, a very lovely island in the Straits of Korea.

The bottom was coarse sand and broken shells.

The genus is named after M. O. A. L. Morch, author of

€Prodromus Faunz Molluscorum Groénlandiz, and a man “ in

advance of his age.”

Genus Zrerpora, A. Adams.

Testa oblonga, dorso convexa, apice postice deflexo, superficie can-

cellata sulco mediano antice in fissuram desinente instructa.

302 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

Apertura ampla, septo interno plano semilunari ad partem posti-

cam instructa; margine crenulato, antice valde fissurato.

This genus seems to combine the characters of Crypta and

Emarginula, and almost deserves to be considered the type of a

new family. The internal septum distinguishes it from all the

other Missurellide.

Zeidora calceolina, A. Adams.

Z. testa oblonga, lineis elevatis concentricis et radiantibus eleganter

cancellata; sulco mediano lateribus elevatis; apice postice de-

flexo ; septo margine acuto, integro.

Hab. Straits of Korea, 16 miles from Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

Genus Cranopsis, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, pileiformis, superficie ceelata, apice integro, subspirali,

postice recurvo. Perforatio elongata, intus concamerata, inter

apicem et marginem anticum posita, Apertura ovalis, expansa,

margine cr enulato.

This genus has the internal vaulted chamber over the fora-

men, as in Cemoria, and the sculptured surface and median

position of the perforation, as in Ramula. The specimens serving

for the description were all adult shells, and are not the young

of Glyphis.

Cranopsis pelex, A. Adams.

C. testa pileiformi, liris radiantibus crenulatis interstitiis cancellatis

ornata; fissura intus concamerata, marginibus callosis, extus labiis

elevatis longitudinalibus marginatis; foramine lineis incrementi

transversis apicem versus currentibus ; margine crenulato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; dredged from 63

fathoms.

Genus Kiernenia, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, tenuis, umbilicata, superficie cancellata ; spira producta,

apice obtuso. Apertura elongata, antice producta et mtegra ; labio

tenui, simplici; labro postice angulato, in medio recto, margine

acuto.

This genus most nearly resembles Acizon, but is without any

fold on the columella; the umbilicus, moreover, is wide and deep,

and the surface of the shell is eancellated. The outer lip forms

an angle posteriorly with the last whorl, and is straight in the

middle.

Kleimella cancellaris, A. Adams.

K. testa oblonga, late et profunde umbilicata ; spira elatiuseula, apice

obtuso; pallide fusca; anfractibus 32 convexiusculis (ultimo ven-

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 303

tricoso), regulariter cancellatis ; apertura ovali; labio tenui, sim-

plici ; labro in medio recto, postice angulato. Long. + poll.

Hab. Straits of Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Genus Sarzpra, A, Adams.

Testa transversim ovalis, eequivalvis, eequilateralis, intus non-margari-

tacea. Cardo dentibus pluribus acutis in serie rectiuscula dispositis;

ligamento interno, in fossula centrali posito, Impressiones mus-

culares distantes ; impressio pallii integra.

This genus agrees with Nucula in the simple pallial line and

internal ligament, and with Malletia in not being nacreous or

pearly within, and in general form and character. It belongs

to a distinct subfamily between Nuculine and Mailetiine.

Sarepta speciosa, A. Adams.

S. testa ovata, alba, epidermide tenui obtecta, concentrice substriata,

compressiuscula, postice vix hiante, intus non-margaritacea.

Hab. 16 miles from Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; from 63

fathoms.

Genus Huxieyia, A. Adams.

Testa cequivalvis, transversim oblonga, obliqua, valde inzequilateralis,

clausa, intus non-margaritacea, epidermide tenui obtecta, superfi-

cie valyarum concentrice suleata. Cardo dentibus sex acutis

divergentibus (cristam formantibus), postice inclinatis et in lamina

curvata desinentibus; ligamento interno in fossula sub umbone.

Impressiones musculares distantes ; linea palliali simplici.

Perhaps the nearest approach to this genus is Limopsis, and

in some respects it also resembles Sarepta, but it differs widely

from both. Itis named after Prof. Huxley, who has devoted so

much attention to the structure of the lower forms of Mollusca.

It would seem to belong rather to the family Arcide than to

Nuculide, the interior not being nacreous.

Huzleyia sulcata, A. Adams.

H. testa antice breviore, postice longiore, valvarum superficie concen-

trice sulcata, sulcis profundis distantibus ; intus non-margaritacea ;

umbone parvo, simplici, margine ventrali integro.

Hab. 16 miles from Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; dredged from

63 fathoms.

P.S. I may take this occasion to observe, for the information

of conchologists, that Dr. Chenu, in his last beautiful work

(Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 162, fig. 775), has figured by

mistake the Nassa elegans of Kiener as the type of Zaphon, H.

and A. Adams, instead of Buccinum elegans, Reeve, which is a

very different shell, and a very singular typical form.

[To be continued. |

804 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

XXXV.—Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon

Insects. By F. WaALkeEr.

[Continued from vol. iv. p. 376.]

Fam. Eumenide.

ODYNERUS TINCTIPENNIS (Sect. Ancistrocerus, Wesm.). Fam.

Niger, rude punctatus, capite lituris sex flavis, prothorace linea

transversa interrupta testacea, mesothorace guttis quatuor laterali-

bus flavis, metathorace linea transversa flava, abdomine fasciis

duabus flavis, femoribus anterioribus flavo strigatis, alis nigrican-

tibus.

Female. Black, roughly punctured. Head with a short yellow

line behind each eye, and with a shorter yellow line in the notch

of each eye; clypeus finely punctured, with a yellow spot on each

side. Prothorax with a transverse testaceous line, which is at-

tenuated and interrupted in the middle. Two yellow dots at the

base of each fore-wing, the hind one divided. Metathorax with a

short transverse yellow line. Abdomen finely punctured hind-

ward ; first and second segments with yellow hind borders. An-

terior femora with a yellow apical stripe on the outer side. Wings

blackish; veins and stigma black. Length of the body 5 lines;

of the wings 8 lines,

ODYNERUS INTENDENS (Sect. Ancistrocerus, Wesm.) Fom. Niger,

rude punctatus, capite punctis quatuor rufis, antennis subtus

apiceque rufescentibus, scapo subtus flavo, abdomine fasciis dua-

bus albidis, tibiis tarsisque subtus rufescentibus, tibiis anticis intus

flavis, alis cinereis.

Female. Black, roughly punctured. Head with a red point

behind each eye, and with another in the notch of each eye; a

pale point between the antennee, which are reddish beneath and

at the tips; clypeus thinly punctured, with a curved transverse

piceous line at its base. Scape yellow beneath. Abdomen smooth

towards the tip; first and second segments with whitish hind

borders. Tibize and tarsi beneath and knees reddish; fore tibize

yellow on the inside. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black ;

second submarginal areolet divided by an additional veinlet.

Length of the body 4 lines; of the wings 6 lines.

Fam. Crabronide.

Sticmus coneruvs. Fem. Niger, elongatus, glaber, nitens, clypeo

linea interrupta fulva, ore flayo, antennis piceis, scapo subtus fla-

vescente, metathorace rude punctato, pedibus flavescentibus, femo-

ribus tibiisque posticis nigris, femoribus anterioribus nigro fasciatis,

alis vitreis.

Female. Black, elongate, smooth, shining. Head much broader

than the thorax, impressed longitudinally, and with a slight keel

between the eyes; clypeus with an interrupted tawny line in front ;

mouth yellow. Antenne piceous, slender; scapus dull yellowish

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 805

beneath. Metathorax roughly punctured, with a longitudinal

impressed line. Petiole long, slender. Legs yellowish ; hind

femora and hind tibiz black ; anterior femora with a black band.

Wings quite vitreous; veins and stigma black. Length of the

body 33 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

Fam. Larride.

Larrapa Extensa. Mas. Nigra, argenteo pubescens, capite magno

supra plano antice bicarinato, scutello minimo nitente, metathorace

maximo sulcato bituberculato, abdomine fusiformi basi apiceque

nitente, pedibus robustis, femoribus incrassatis, alis nigricantibus.

Male. Black, hardly shining, with silvery pubescence. Head

much broader than the thorax, flat above, vertical and with two

slight keels in front. Antenne filiform, piceous at the very base.

Scutellum shining, very small. Metathorax much developed,

nearly vertical and with a slight furrow hindward ; the ridge with

two tubercles. Abdomen fusiform, shining at the base and at the

tip, not longer than the thorax. Legs stout ; femora incrassated,

Wings blackish ; veins and stigma black. Length of the body

4 lines ; of the wings 5 lines.

Fam. Apide.

ANDRENA EXAGENS. Fem. Nigra, scitissime punctata, cinereo pi-

losa, capite rude punctato, antennis subclavatis apice rufis corporis

dimidio non longioribus, abdomine rufo elliptico segmentis tribus

posticis nigris, genubus rufis, tarsis testaceis, alis subcinereis.

Female. Black, shining, very finely punctured, with cinereous

hairs. Head roughly punctured, very pubescent in front, a little

broader than the thorax. Antenne subclavate, about half the

length of the body, red at the tips. Abdomen red, elliptical, a

little broader and longer than the thorax ; last three segments

black. Knees reddish ; tarsi testaceous. Wings slightly cinereous ;

veins and stigma black. Length of the body 3 lines; of the wings

5 lines.

Nomia vincta. Fem. Nigra, opaca, lata, crassa, punctata, cinereo

pubescens, ore testaceo basi nigro, antennis subclayatis capite non

longioribus, abdomine elliptico nitente scitissime punctato fasciis

tribus cinereo tomentosis, tarsis subtus pallidis, alis cinereis,

Female. Black, dull, broad, thick, very closely and minutely

punctured, with cinereous pubescence. Mouth testaceous, black

at the base. Antennz subclavate, as long as the head. Abdomen

elliptical, shining, very finely punctured, a little longer and broader

than the thorax, with three bands of cinereous tomentum. Tarsi

pale beneath. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black ; third

submarginal areolet much less than twice the length of the second.

Length of the body 32 lines; of the wings 6 lines.

TRIGONA PRETERITA. Fom. Nigra, brevis, lata, glabra, nitens,

capite opaco subscabro sulcato, antennis testaccis filiformibus

306 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

apice acutis, thorace transverse sulcato, scuto utrinque excavato,

abdomine basi subtusque testaceo, pedibus crassis, tarsis testaceis,

femoribus posticis valde dentatis, alis cinereis.

Female. Black, short, broad, smooth, shining. Head dull,

minutely scabrous, with a furrow between the eyes. Antenne

testaceous, filiform, with acute tips. Scutum excavated on each

side hindward ; a deep transverse impression between it and the

scutellum. Abdomen testaceous at the base and beneath. Legs

thick ; tarsi testaceous; hind tibiz much dilated. Wings cine-

reous; veins and stigma black. Length of the body 23 lines; of

the wings 4 lines.

Fam. Dorylide.

Enicrus portzonorpes. Mas. Fulvus, cylindricus, nitens, cinereo-

pubescens, capite nigro, antennis thorace brevioribus, scapo dila-

tato, flagello lanceolato, abdomine sessili, pedibus brevissimis, alis

cinereis amplis, venis piceis basi fulvis, stigmate nigra.

Male. Tawny, cylindrical, shining, with cinereous pubescence.

Head black. Antennze shorter than the thorax; scape dilated ;

flagellum lanceolate. Abdomen sessile, nearly twice the length of

the thorax. Legs very short. Wings ample, cinereous; veins

piceous, tawny towards the base; stigma black. Length of the

body 33 lines; of the wings 7 lines.

Fam. Ichneumonidae.

Pimpia ALBorpicra. Lem. Nigra, nitens, subtus rufa, capite albo,

antennis albo fasciatis, secapo rufo, thorace lituris plurimis albis,

abdomine eylindrico lineolis duabus fasciisque albis, oviduetu

brevi, pedibus rufis, coxis albo strigatis, tarsis posticis nigris, alis

cinereis.

Female. Black, shining, red beneath. Head white, with a

yellow stripe in front. Eyes with a concave border between the

antennee. Palpi white. Antennee black, long, slender, with a

white band before the middle; scape red. ‘Thorax with several

white marks. Abdomen cylindrical, narrower and much longer

than the thorax ; two little longitudinal white lines at the base ;

hind borders of the segments with white bands, which are testa-

ceous in the middle. Oviduct less than half the length of the

body. Legs red; a white mark on each coxa; hind tarsi black.

Wings cinereous ; veins and costa black ; discal areolet irregularly

tetragonal; exterior side less than half the length of the interior

side. Length of the body 6 lines; of the wings 10 lines.

This species is erroneously named Cryptus albopictus in the

list of Ceylon insects lately published im Sir E, Tennent’s work on

Ceylon.

Cryprus? onustus. Fam. Niger, scite scabrosus, capite lineis

duabus albis, antennis albo fasciatis, articulis basalibus longis

paucis; scapo crasso, scutello albo, metathorace spinis duabus

albis crassis, petiolo rufo, abdomine fusiformi scitissime punctato

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 307

albo unifasciato subtus lurido, pedibus rufis longis robustis, alis

lurido-cinereis.

Female. Black, slightly shining, finely scabrous. Head with a

white line on each side of the vertex. Antenne long, with a white

band at a little beyond the middle, between which and the scape

there are four long joints, the first red at the base; scape thick.

Seutellum white. Metathorax with two short stout white spines.

Abdomen fusiform, very finely punctured, lurid beneath, white at

the tip; petiole red, increasing in thickness hindward, with a

white hind border ; first segment with a white hind border. Legs

red, long, stout. Wings lurid-cinereous ; veins and stigma black ;

discal areolet small, tetragonal. Length of the body five lines ;

of the wings § lines.

This species may form a new genus.

Hemireres? varius. Fem. Niger, capite gutta flava, antennis

tufis basi flavis apices versus nigris, abdomine fusiformi macula

dorsali flava, pedibus flavis, tibiis posticis piceo-fasciatis, alis albis

nigro bifasciatis.

Female. Black, shining. Head with a yellow dot at the base

of the antennz ; mouth yellow. Antenne red, very slightly in-

creasing in thickness from the base to the tips, yellow at

the base, black towards the tips, nearly as long as the body.

Abdomen fusiform, much longer than the thorax, with a large

yellow spot near the base ; sheaths of the ovipositor less than half

the length of the body. Legs yellow; a black point on each fore

trochanter ; tips of hind femora and a broad band on the hind

tibiz piceous. Wings white; veins black, yellow at the base.

Fore wings with two black bands, the exterior one much broader

than the imner one. Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings

4 lines.

PorIzON DOMINANS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime punctatus,

antennis basi rufis, metathorace subcarinato, abdomine rufo glabro

nitente clavato, lituris lateralibus basique nigris, pedibus rufis,

tibiis tarsisque posticis piceis, alis cinereis.

Male. Black, opake, very minutely and thickly punctured.

Antenne little more than half the length of the body, red at the

base. Metathorax with a slight middle keel. Abdomen red,

clavate, smooth, shining, darker towards the tip, with minute black

marks on each side, less than twice the length of the thorax ; pe-

tiole long, black, slender. Legs red; hind tibize and hind tarsi

piceous. Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black. Length of

the body 33 lines; of the wings 4} lines.

Fam. Braconide.

Microeaster Sect. Mas. Corpus robustum, breve, latum. Caput

subquadratum, thorace non latius. Antenne robusta, corpore

paullo longiores, articulis plurimis coarctatis. Abdomen sessile,

308 Mr.F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

lineare, thorace valde angustius paulo brevius. Pedes robusti,

breves, femoribus tibiisque posticis dilatatis.

Male. Body robust, broad, short. Head subquadrate, as broad

as the thorax. Antenne stout, a little longer than the body, with

less than twenty closely connected joints, which successively de-

crease in length. Abdomen sessile, linear, much narrower and a

little shorter than the thorax. Legs stout, short ; hind femora

and hind tibize dilated. Wings moderately broad ; discal areolet

complete.

The following species was erroneously separated from Micro-

gaster, and mentioned as forming a new genus (Liganira) in the

list of Ceylon insects referred to above.

MicroGaster pDETRACTUS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime

punctatus, antennis piceis basi rufescentibus, abdomine glabro, sub-

tus albido, pedibus anterioribus testaceis, femoribus anterioribus

basi piceis, alis cinereis, venis stigmateque nigris.

Male. Black, opake, very thickly and minutely punctured.

Antennze piceous, reddish towards the base. Abdomen smooth,

shining, whitish beneath. Legs testaceous; anterior femora pi-

ceous towards the base; hind legs black ; hind coxee testaceous.

Wings cinereous; veins and stigma black. Length of the body

13 line; of the wings 4 lines.

MicroGAsTER RECUSANS. Fam. Niger, robustus, obscurus, con-

fertissime punctatus, antennis validis corpore vix brevioribus, ab-

domine glabro compresso subtus basi albido, tibiis tarsisque ante-

rioribus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque posticis subdilatatis, alis

nigricantibus.

Female. Allied to M. tibialis. Black, robust, opake, very thickly

and finely punctured. Antenne stout, almost as long as the body.

Abdomen smooth, shining, much compressed, whitish beneath at

the base, not longer than the thorax. Ovipositor shorter than the

abdomen. Anterior tibiee and tarsi and tips of anterior femora

testaceous ; hind femora and hind tibie slightly dilated ; hind

knees testaceous. Wings blackish; veins and stigma black ;

a whitish point at the inner end of the stigma. Length of the

body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines.

MicroGAstTEeR SIGNIFICANS. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime

punctatus, antennis corpore longioribus, abdomine glabro angusto,

tibiis tarsisque anterioribus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque posticis

subdilatatis, tibiis posticis basi testaceis, alis venis stigmateque

albidis, vena costali extus nigra.

Male. Nearly allied to M. wanthostigma; antenne rather

longer and stouter. Black, opake, very closely and finely punc-

tured. Antenne longer than the body. Abdomen smooth, shining,

much narrower than the thorax. Anterior tibize and anterior tarsi

and tips of anterior femora testaceous ; hind femora and hind tibize

slightly dilated ; hind tibiee testaceous towards the base. Wings,

veins, and stigma whitish ; costal vein exteriorly and veinlet along

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 309

the outer side of the stigma black. Length of the body 14 line,

of the wings 33 lines.

MicroGaster suspuctus. Mas. Niger, obscurus, confertissime

punctatus, antennis gracilibus corpore non longioribus, abdomine

glabro angusto, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus testaceis, femoribus

tibiisque posticis subdilatatis, tibiis posterioribus basi testaceis, alis

venisque albidis, vena costali extus nigra, stigmate pallide lurido.

Male. Allied to M. wanthostigma. Black, opake, very closely

and finely punctured. Antennze slender, as long as the body.

Abdomen smooth, shining, narrower than the thorax. Fore tibia,

fore tarsi, and tips of fore femora testaceous ; posterior tibiee testa-

ceous towards the base; hind femora and hind tibiz slightly

dilated. Wings and veins whitish; costal vein black exteriorly ;

stigma pale lurid, bordered by piceous veinlets. Length of the

body 1} line; of the wings 3 lines.

Sparuius srisigNatus. Mas. Rufus, glaber, cylindricus, capite

globoso, anteunis pallide rufis apice nigris corpore non brevioribus,

abdomine fusiformi, pedibus piceis, tarsis testaceis, alis anticis

nigris perangustis albo quinque-notatis apice cinereis. Fam. Niger,

antennis corpore longioribus, abdomine clavato.

Male. Red, smooth, shining, cylindrical. Head globose. An-

tenn pale red, filiform, slender, black towards the tips, as long

as the body. Abdomen convex, fusiform, much longer than the

thorax. Legs piceous; tarsi testaceous. Wings very narrow.

Forewings black, with a white band near the base, and with four

white dots, two on the costa, one in the interior part of the disk,

and one on the hind border opposite the first on the costa; tips

cinereous. Hind wings limpid. Female. Body black. Antennze

a little longer than the body. Abdomen clavate. Ovipositor as

long as the abdomen. Length of the body 2-2+ lines; of the

wings 3 lines.

This species in structure comes between Spathius and Heea-

bolus, differing slightly from both genera.

SPATHIUS SIGNIPENNIS. Fam. Rufus, gracilis, scitissime punctatus,

capite transverso pallide luteo, antennis pallide luteis corpore paulo

longioribus apice nigris, abdomine piceo subclavato, oviductu

brevi, pedibus pallidissime flavis, alis albidis, venis nigris, stigmate

flavo longissimo.

Female. Red, slender, hardly shining, very finely punctured.

Head transverse, pale luteous. Antenne pale luteous, slender,

filiform, a little longer than the body, black towards the tips.

Abdomen piceous, subclavate, pale beneath, a little longer than

the thorax. Ovipositor less than half the length of the abdomen.

Legs very pale yellow. Wings whitish. Fore wings moderately

broad ; veins black ; veinlet between the subcostal and preebrachial

veins very strongly marked ; stigma yellow, very long. Length of

the body 1 line; of the wings 3 lines.

This species differs from the preceding one and from Spathius

310 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

and Hecabolus as much as the two latter genera differ from each

other.

Genus HERATEMIS.

Mas. Corpus glabrum. Caput transversum, thorace latius. Palpi

graciles, longiusculi. Antenne graciles, filiformes, corpore vix

duplo longiores. Thorax robustus, Abdomen sessile, lineare,

depressum, angustum. Pedes longi, graciles,

Male. Nearly allied to Celinius. Body smooth, shining. Head

transverse, broader than the thorax. Palpi slender, rather long.

Antennze Render filiform, almost twice the length of the body ;

joints elongate, numerous, closely joined together. Thorax robust ;

sutures of the parapsides strongly marked. Abdomen sessile,

linear, depressed, a little longer and much narrower than the

thorax. Legs long, slender. Wings moderately broad; fore

wings like those of Caelinius in the structure of the veins.

Heratemis ritosa. Mas. Rufa, capite nigro, antennis nigris basi

pallide rufis, pedibus testaceis, tibus tarsisque posticis nigris, alis

nigricantibus, venis stigmateque nigris.

Male. Red, paler beneath. Head black. Antennee black, pale

red at the base. Legs testaceous; hind tibiee, hind tarsi, and tips

of hind femora black. Wings blackish; veins and stigma black.

Length of the body 2% lines; of the wings 43 lines.

Genus NEBARTHA.

Mas. Corpus gracile, elongatum, scitissime punctatum. Caput

transversum, sat parvum. Palpi graciles, longiusculi. Antennze

filiformes, sat graciles, corpore breviores ; articuli elongati. Tho-

rax fusiformis. Abdomen fusiforme, subsessile, thorace vix lon-

gius. Pedes longi, graciles ; postici robusti, longissim1.

Male. Allied to Ccelinius. Body slender, elongate, slightly

shining, very finely punctured. Head transverse, hardly

broad as the thorax. Palpi slender, rather long. Antennee fili-

form, rather slender, shorter than the body; joints elongate.

Thorax fusiform; metathorax well developed. Abdomen fusi-

form, subsessile, as broad as the thorax, but hardly longer. Legs

long, slender; hind legs robust, very long. Wings moderately

broad ; structure of the veins har dly differing from that of Cah-

niUus.

NEBARTHA MACROPODIDES. Mas. Fulva, capite g outta nigra, antennis

piceis basi fulvis, thorace abdomineque nigro hivittatis, femoribus

intermediis nigro fasciatis, femoribus posticis dimidio apicali nigro,

alis obscure cinereis, venis nigris, stigmate pallide piceo.

Male. uke Head with a black dot between the eyes. An-

tennze piceous, tawny at the base. Thorax and abdomen with a

black stripe along each side. Middle femora with a black band

near the tips. Hind femora with the apical half black. Wings

dark cinereous ; veins black; stigma pale piceous. Length of the

body 24 lines; of the wings 43 lines.

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca, 311

Genus PsyTTaia.

Fem. Corpus convexum, glabrum, latiusculum. Caput transversum,

thorace non latius. Antenne graciles, filiformes, corpore lon-

giores ; articuli breves. Scutum subcarinatum. Abdomen ellip-

ticum, subsessile, thorace paulo longius non angustius. Oviductus

brevis. Pedes breviusculi.

Male. Body convex, smooth, shining, rather short and broad.

Head transverse, as broad as the thorax. Antenne slender, fili-

form, longer than the body; joints short, numerous. Secutum

with a slight keel. Abdomen elliptical, subsessile, as broad as the

thorax and rather longer. Ovipositor shorter than the abdomen.

Legs rather short. Fore wings rather broad ; veins in structure

somewhat resembling those of Pygostolus, to which genus the

following species seems to be nearly allied.

Psytraia Testacea. Fam. Testacea, mandibulis apice nigris,

antennis piceis, basi testaceis, oviductus vaginis nigris, alis cine-

reis, venis nigris, stigmate pallide piceo.

Female. Testaceous. Mandibles with black tips. Antenne

piceous, testaceous at the base. Sheaths of the ovipositor black.

Wings cinereous; veins black; stigma pale piceous. Length of

the body 2 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

[To be continued. |

XXXVI.—Reply to Mr. Jeffreys’s Remarks on a “ Note on the

Comparative Size of Marine Mollusca in various Latitudes of

the British Seas.’ By Rosert M‘Anprew, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Mr. Jerrreys, in the wish to substantiate his proposition that

“in general, the size of specimens (of Mollusca) increases in a

ratio mverse to their northern and converse to their southern

points of latitude,” having thought fit to contradict some of my

statements, and endeav oured to throw discredit upon others, I

feel called upon, very reluctantly (anything in the shape of con-

troversy being opposed alike to my habit and inclination), to

reyert once more to the question, in order to show that such a

proposition not only has not been proved, but is at variance

with fact.

I cannot boast the advantage of havimg dredged in extreme

northern or southern latitudes, my researches having been con-

fined within about forty-two degrees of latitude, or some ten

degrees north and twenty degrees south of the extreme limits

of the British seas ; ; but trust that my Opportunities have been

such as to make me competent to form an opinion upon the

pomt at issue,—the conclusion I have come to regarding it

being entirely the result of personal observation,

312 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

Mr. Jeffreys professes to consider seriatim all the instances

adduced by me as opposed to his theory, but has omitted to

notice the following ten,—Pecten Islandicus, Margarita alabas-

trum, Astarte arctica, A. incrassata, Fusus antiquus, Triton

nodosum, Lucina spinifera, Murex brandaris, Cyprea lurida, and

C. spurca.

In consequence of Mr. Jeffreys’s remarks (some of which sur-

prised me not a little), I have carefully reconsidered the whole

of my statement, comparing specimens together where necessary,

and now give the result as follows :-—

1. Corbula nucleus, from North Drontheim. Mr. Jeffreys’s

remark would be equally applicable to specimens obtained in the

Mediterranean or other southern localities. It is just possible

that Mr, Jeffreys may not be aware that North Dronthem is an

extensive province of Norway, with a very great range of sea-

coast, and that he may have supposed my specimens to have

been obtained in one particular locality.

2. Trochus lineatus. It is probable that Mr. Jeffreys has not

seen my specimens from the neighbourhood of Vigo (obtaimed

in 1857 by Mr. Woodward and myself), or he would not have

coupled them with those from Mogador. I wish, however, to

correct my statement respecting this species, and only to say

that the specimens from the neighbourhood mentioned exceed

in size the ordinary specimens on the British coasts.

3. Astarte sulcata I have not found to vary in size more than

most other species of Mollusca,—much less than its congener

A. compressa. I adhere to my statement that it dimimishes in

size when traced northward from the Scottish coasts to those of

Finmark.

4. Astarte triangularis. My. Jeffreys believes that he can

match, in point of size, specimens from North Britain with any

of mine from Gibraltar Bay, which is of course possible; but

the fact still remains unimpeached that al/ my specimens from

Gibraltar (and they are very few) exceed in size the largest I

have obtained in Britain. I have procured it off Scilly, as well

as from many localities of Scotland, and at various depths, vary-

ing from three to sixty fathoms.

5. Crenella marmorata. It is possible that Mr. Jeffreys may

have been misinformed respecting the large specimens he saw

being from Greenland, as I find no mention of it in Méller’s or

Morch’s catalogues of the shells of that country; nor was it

among the species dredged there by Mr. Barrett. Indeed it

has never been met with, to my knowledge, m the Arctic seas.

6. Crenella rhombea. The ordinary run of specimens from

the Canary Islands is considerably larger than any I have seen

obtained in Britain or the Channel Islands. The comparison

Mr. R, M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca. 318

has not yet been made between the largest in Mr. Jeffreys’s

possession and in mine.

7. Nucula nucleus. My specimens from Norway are of the

ordinary British form, and are no more a small variety than are

those from Spain and Portugal.

8. Nucula decussata. I cannot but think that Mr. Jeffreys

must be labouring under a mistake; otherwise his specimen

from Oban must be very extraordinary, and quite exceptional in

its dimensions. Of the few specimens I obtained off Malaga,

the largest measures about seven-cighths of an inch in its greatest

diameter ; the largest of many specimens obtained off Oban at

various times is smaller by about an eighth of an inch.

9. Cardium rusticum. All the British specimens I have seen

of this species are from South Devon. Upon one occasion, after

an equinoctial spring-tide and gale of wind, I saw such quanti-

ties of this species, in company with C. aculeatum, thrown upon

the shore of Torbay in a living state, that they might have been

collected by the bushel. The specimens of both species, but

more particularly C. rusticum, are much smaller there than at

Gibraltar and in the West Mediterranean.

10. Cardium papillosum I have not met with north of Vigo,

where the specimens are smaller than in the Mediterranean:

size of latter five-eighths of an inch, or rather more. I should

like to know the exact dimension of Dr. Lukis’s specimen—if,

indeed, the species is identical; though, in any case, a single

specimen could not give much weight to an argument.

11. Cardium pygmeum I have taken in the south of Ireland

(Cork Harbour), as well as various British localities, but in none

so large as the average of those in Vigo Bay. It should be

borne in mind that the question is regarding the size generally

attained by species in the different latitudes.

12. Venus verrucosa. Myr. Jeffreys would appear to have seen

only small specimens from southern localities. My British

specimens were from Pwllheli, where, as the most northern limit

of the species, according to Mr. Jeffreys’s theory, the largest

specimens ought to have been found. The Rey. Mr. Norman,

with a view to improve my specimens, very kindly sent me

others, which I may presume to be at least equal to the average

in size; but these, as well as all the other British specimens I

have seen, are decidedly smaller than the average of adult speci-

mens from Gibraltar, and of those which are taken abundantly

from Minorca to be sold as food in the market of Algiers.

13. Mactra stultorum. It is very possible that Mr. Jeffreys

may be correct in his suspicion that the specimens alluded to

by me may belong to M. inflata of Bronn, though I much doubt

their being specifically distinct.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. 21

314 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

14, Littorina rudis. I do not question the correctness of Mr.

Jeffreys’s remarks, but do not see that they in any way affect

my statement.

15. Scalaria communis. Notwithstanding that Mr. Jeffreys

has not seen large Mediterranean specimens, it is nevertheless a

fact that they attain a greater size in Gibraltar than in England.

The largest of my Gibraltar specimens exceeds in size the largest

of my English, and the average of my Gibraltar the average of

my English specimens.

16. Bulla hydatis. I refer to the shell so called by Forbes

and Hanley (whether correctly or incorrectly named is not to

the purpose), which is both abundant and large at Vigo Bay.

17. Murex erinaceus. I may have given small specimens to

the British Museum. I repeat that the species attains larger

dimensions upon the coasts of Spain than on those of Britain,

both as regards extreme and ayerage magnitude.

18. Certthium reticulatum. I will not enter upon the ques-

tion of varieties. I wish, however, to amend my remark upon

this species, and to substitute—that the Spanish specimens are

fully equal in size to the British, and larger than those of North

Drontheim.

19. Triforis perversa. Ido not see how Mr. Jeffreys’s remark

upon the last species applies to this. I repeat that the speci-

mens of it attain much greater size in the Mediterranean than

on the British coasts.

20. Aclis supranitida. I acknowledge that I was mistaken in

my remark regarding this species. Upon comparing my only

Madeiran specimen with British, I find it to be about equal, but

not superior, 1n size.

Mr. Jeffreys’s information respecting Tellina balaustinais only

important with reference to the distribution of the species. The

result of my observation is limited to the fact that specimens

diminish in size but increase in trequency from the Atlantic

eastward in the Mediterranean.

Of Teredo, 1 am unacquainted with the species. Montagu,

who probably confounded more than one species under the

name of Teredo navalis, speaking of it, says, “This part (the

tube) is rarely above three-quarters of an inch in diameter at the

larger end, and a foot in length in our climate, but exceeds that

in the more southern parts, from whence it was brought into

our harbours, to the great destruction of our ships—as Linnzeus

justly observes, calamitas navium.” It is certain that ships are

much more exposed to the ravages of these animals when in

southern latitudes; and it is evident that before the custom

prevailed of protecting the bottoms of ships with copper, the

transportation of species from their original habitat to the re-

motest regions was inevitable.

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusea. °315

Mr. Jeffreys, choosing his own ground, and taking the British

Mollusca as a standard of comparison, names certain species

“in particular” as appearing to attain a larger size in our own

seas than in the south of Europe. I must say that he has not

been fortunate in the selection. Donax politus may possibly

acquire larger dimensions in Britain than in the Mediterranean,

though, upon comparing my specimens, I find but little diffe-

rence between them. ARissoa striatula is very rare: I have never

obtained an adult specimen in the south, and have no reason to

believe that it does not attain as large size in Cadiz as in Eng-

land. Avicula Tarentina I have never myself obtained in the

British seas, and rarely in the Mediterranean. Forbes and

Hanley mention that the largest specimen they have seen mea-

sures nearly four inches in length; my largest of very few spe-

cimens from Malaga measures barely three and a half inches.

Galeomma Turtoni is a rare species, of which I have taken but

very few specimens, principally in the north of Spain; but it so

happens that the individual I have found furthest to the south

(in the Great Harbour of Syracuse) is larger than any I have

seen from the Channel Islands or elsewhere. Of Murex coral-

linus I have twice received specimens from the Channel Islands,

through the favour of Mr. Jeffreys; but they are inferior in size

to the average of those from the Bay of Gibraltar. Trochus

striatus attains something like double the size in the Mediterra-

nean that it does in the British seas; and my specimens of

Lachesis minima, both from the north of Spain and the Medi-

terranean, are about five times as large as the British—more than

double the length, and thick in proportion. Forbes and Hanley

state the ordinary length to be one-fifth of an ich, which ex-

ceeds the size of my British specimens; while the Spanish are

seven-sixteenths of an inch in length.

It would be foreign to my object to argue in favour of the

geographical zones into which that part of the ocean which

washes the shores of Europe has been divided by naturalists ;

but it strikes me that he must be a bold man who would assert,

for instance, that the Arctic Sea has no existence in fact or in

nature, or that there are not species of Mollusca to which it

affords the natural habitat, and which degenerate or cease to

exist in warmer regions. The Temperate zone, occupying so

much greater range of latitude in our hemisphere than either

the Arctic or the Torrid zones, it has been found convenient to

divide upon the coasts of Europe into north-temperate or Boreal,

mid-temperate or Celtic, and south-temperate or Lusitanian ;

and I conceive it would not be difficult to show that each of

these affords the climate and conditions best adapted to peculiar

forms and species of Mollusca,

21%

316 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on the Comparative Size of Mollusca.

Though I do not pretend to compete with Mr. Jeffreys as a

collector of British shells, I have possessed greater opportunities

of collecting native species than of the shells of foreign countries.

Having devoted more time and labour to our native species, my

cabinet is proportionately better furnished with them ; conse-

quently I cannot agree with Mr. Jeffreys as to the cause of the

difference between us, and the error into which one of us has

fallen, but concur with him in the hope that further experience

will show which of our conclusions is correct.

Having now gone over Mr. Jeffreys’s remarks, paragraph by

paragraph, it remains for me to add that I have stated nothing

as fact which I am not prepared to prove by reference to speci-

mens in my own cabinet. I mentioned in my last communica-

tion, and I repeat it now, that nothing could be easier to

me than to multiply imstances in support of my views, but con-

ceive that my doing so now would be a waste of time, as I have

cited sufficient for the purpose.

In conclusion, I beg to remark that, in order to sustain the

theory propounded and advocated by Mr. Jeffreys, it should be

proved to hold good both within and without the Mediterranean :

it should be shown that the Mollusca of the coasts of Piedmont

(situated only six or seven degrees south of the southernmost

shores of England, and one or two degrees north of Vigo) are

larger in size than the Mollusca of the Mediterranean generally ;

they should be as much larger than the specimens of Gibraltar

and Malta as they are smaller than the British. I would also

suggest that the British seas extend through above ten degrees

of latitude, and have been more thoroughly explored than any

other part of the world of similar extent; and if Mr. Jet-

freys’s proposition held good within their area, it could hardly

have escaped the notice of the numerous collectors and naturalists

who have made our coasts the scene of their labours.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Handbook of the British Flora. By G. Benruam, F.L.S.

London: Lovell Reeye. 1858.

A FEw years since, the Flora by Hooker and Arnott was the text-

book and rallying point of that ‘‘school”’ of English botanists who

professed to remain satisfied with a moderate subdivision of species,

and were disposed to defer accepting, until tested by cultivation, the

so-called ‘ sub-species,’’ which have been generally adopted as spe-

cies upon the Huropean continent, and which had to some extent

been recommended to the British student in Babington’s Manual.

The followers of Hooker and Arnott let us call by way of illus-

Bibliographical Notices. 317

tration the ‘‘ Conservatives,” then those of Babington will represent

the “ Liberal” or ‘‘ Progress”’ party.

Such were in the main the respective positions of the two schools

five years ago; and many of our best local botanists thought that

the combining process had been used too freely by the ‘‘ Conserva-

tives.”

Now a step diverging still further has been taken on either side:

Bentham’s Handbook is, in its estimate of the nzumber of British

plants, even more remarkably different from Hooker and Arnott’s

Flora than the latter work is from Babington’s Manual. Mr. Ben-

tham’s views will represent a third section, which may be termed

(from its attachment to ancient precedent) the ‘ High Tory” party,

as the minutely-examining school of Alexis Jordan of Lyons will in

turn represent the “ Radical Reformers,’ hardly numerous or yet

popular, botanically, with us. Those who prefer to rely upon indi-

vidual opinion will be the “‘ Free-thinkers”’ in botany.

As in politics, each of these parties has its use; and their different

manner of viewing the question arises naturally out of their method

of study.

The physiological botanist is more likely to see resemblances than

differences ; for he traces the unity of plan and analogy of function

through all the endless varieties of plants.

The geographical botanist, too, from the very nature of his studies,

requires a certain amount of simplicity (would that we could say

uniformity ') in the value of species. He cannot hope to follow over-

refined ‘splits”’ through their whele range, when some of them are

only just announced from a few scattered localities, and when it may

require years of study, and a greater increase in the number of

accurate observers than could be expected, before anything certain

can be known of their distribution.

Hence the “Conservative” school derives no small part of its

credit and importance from the high names which are associated

with it. But that the study of geographical botany is not altogether

opposed to the exact discrimination of species, is sufficiently proved

by the example of Mr. H. C. Watson, who, in his ‘ Cybele Britan-

nica, walked nearly hand in hand with Babington’s successive

editions ; but it must be remembered he was working in a limited

field of observation.

In his more manageable “field,” the local botanist of inquiring

mind, who has leisure and taste for such studies, will be found care-

fully tracing out all these minutiz, not necessarily with the view of

founding new species, but with the desire of acquiring a knowledge

of his plants as exact as possible. Nor is he by any means to be

called a useless contributor to the science. He often shows the way

to some species hitherto overlooked; it is to him we are usually

indebted for an intimate knowledge of varieties, and especially of

‘** Hybrids ;”” and, more than to any other, for the detection of new

localities for the Linnzean species. Thus it is not to be wondered at

if we find Babington’s Manual the favourite text-book with the

most advanced of British botanists.

318 Bibliographical Notices.

After all, it nay be but a matter of choice whether, from oppor-

tunities of travel, or of consulting herbaria and botanical gardens, we

endeavour to master many distinct forms (let us say ‘‘ sub-genera’’),

or turn our attention to the thorough discrimination of what lies

close at our feet. An equal amount of labour may be given in either

case, and, if conscientiously bestowed, not lost.

These remarks will have prepared our readers to expect, from a

botanist of the experience of Mr. Bentham, views of a decidedly

collective tendency. His estimate of the value of a species he considers

as founded upon the * Linnean” standard: and certainly this plan

offers many conveniences to the general and geographical botanist. We

know further, from his paper read before the Linneean Society in March

1857 (Journal of Proceedings, ii. 30), that our author is prepared

to take the same course with respect to the genera and orders, so far

as established by Linnzeus, as he recommends a return to the use of

them also, “for the purpose of language,” and to give to the sub-

ordinate groups of suborders and subgenera a sectional value only,

with no names at all.

This course Mr. Bentham considers the only escape from the

inevitable confusion and ever-increasing difficulties which arise from

the daily addition of new names.

Now we do not pretend to say whether, as regards species, this is

to be considered as merely the philesophical view of a botanist of

large experience, or whether such a plan equally recommends itself

from the facility which it affords to the young student of English

botany. The High Tory leader, however, as sometimes happens in

politics, addresses himself to the illiterate class. Here we cannot

help suspecting that our author is smoothing the road for the be-

ginner where he has travelled too cursorily himself.

The professed object of Mr. Bentham is to render the student’s

first steps as easy as possible: that he should afterwards complete

his studies in a more exact school is implied; and, indeed, without

this, he would soon lose interest, if he should wish to confine his

attention to British botany.

The means used to facilitate the beginner’s studies are :—

1. Condensation of species to the supposed standard of Linnzeus,

or beyond it.

2. The use of the dichotomous method of Lamarck, as an ana-

lytical key to the orders, genera, and species. (This is likely to

prove the most successful part of the book.)

3. Simplicity, and English terms, as far as possible, in the de-

scriptions ; and Lnglish names for the orders, genera, and species.

4. A concise, and eminently lucid, introduction to the know-

ledge of the structure of plants, and of the terms employed in

their description.

The following is Mr. Bentham’s definition of a spectes :—It ‘* com-

prises all the individual plants which resemble each other sufficientl

to make us conclude they are all, or may have been all, descended

from a common parent. These individuals may often differ from

each other in many striking particulars, such as colour of the flower,

Bibliographical Notices. 319

size of the leaf, &c.; but these particulars are such as experience

teaches us are liable to vary in the seedlings raised from one

individual.

** When a large number of individuals of a species differs from the

others in any striking particular, they constitute a variety. If the

variety generally comes true from seed it is often called a race. A

variety can only be propagated with certainty by grafts, cuttings,

bulbs, buds....A race may with care be propagated by seed,

though the seedlings will always be liable to lose those particulars

which distinguished it from the rest of the species.

“A REAL SPECIES will always come true from seed” (p. 26 of

Introduction). We hope the test of careful cultivation is rigorously

carried out at Kew or elsewhere, under the accurate and observant

eye of our author; otherwise, he is only setting problems without

attempting to solve them himself, or even ascertaining if they admit

of solution.

One of the most distinctive features of the ‘Handbook’ is the

prominence given to English names. As in the standard series of

zoological works published by Van Voorst, the English specific names

take precedence of the Latin: here our author abjures his own prin-

ciple of “ ancient precedent.”

Perhaps in those Utopian days when botany shall be taught in

every village school, Mr. Bentham’s English names may obtain

general currency. At present they seem to add one more difficulty

to a synonymy already encumbered. An experiment which has

failed among the French (a nation never the last to adopt a de-

sirable novelty) is hardly likely to succeed upon the more conser-

vative side of the Channel.

Great pains have been bestowed upon an idea which, like the

decimal system of coinage, must find a most serious obstacle to its

introduction in long-continued use, even if the advantages offered by

the adoption of English names were not far outweighed by other

considerations, such as the reason above given.

Another novelty to British botanists is the outline of its foreign

range, which is given after each species, as well as a general sum-

mary of its distribution in Britain; the latter derived from Mr.

Watson’s ‘Cybele Britannica.’ But views that condense many

plants under one name lead naturally to inexact views of geogra-

phical distribution, and we should not be surprized to find that the

range of many species is made to appear wider than it really is.

The introduced plants, “ aliens,’ &c., receive little favour at the

hands of Mr. Bentham; and here we believe he has acted very

judiciously. The thoroughly naturalized plants, however, as well as

the colonists, stand, in the text, upon equal terms with the indigenous

species: we regret that our author did not conform to the practice,

so usually adopted, of distinguishing these interlopers by some

“brand” indicative of their foreign origin, assumed or known.

It is well observed of the “ colonists,” that ‘‘in some instances it

would appear that the whole of the land they originally inhabited is

now in a state of cultivation; so that if omitted from one Flora they

320 Bibliographical Notices.

must, for the same reason, be rejected from almost every other one,”

—an argument, by the way, which has been employed to account

for our ignorance of the original “ specific centres” of the cereals

themselves.

Great stress is laid upon judging of the claims of plants to be

regarded as natives from the knowledge of their whole “area,”

or general distribution, much in the same way as recommended by

Alphonse DeCandolle ; but those who have perused the fourth volume

of Mr. Watson’s ‘Cybele’ are aware how much there is to be said

upon the other side about the high importance to be attached to the

“nature of the station’ and to the circumstances under which the

suspected plant occurs. As often remarked, allowance must also

be made for the extreme rarity of some species that are probably

natives, though with us at the outskirts of their range, or become

very much rarer than was formerly the case by the cultivation and

drainage of land.

The * Handbook’ is no mere compilation, for its author tells us

he has conscientiously re-examined his plants, and compared them

with Continental specimens of the same species.

We have some misgivings whether the tyro is likely to acquire a

just appreciation of the value or limits of a species when he is taught

to include under one name no less than five plants (as in the ease of

Cerastium vulgatum), which amounts to little more than recognizing

a subsection or subgenus. We suspect that the beginner’s belief in

the existence of a species at all will be not a little shaken when he

gathers, growing side by side, two plants so different as Cerastium

glomeratum and C. semidecandrum, and yet is told they are identical.

Nevertheless, no proof has been adduced from cultivation ; no inter-

mediates occur among hundreds of both kinds; and at the same

time nearly all systematic botanists are agreed to believe that a

species has limits somewhere, though we may not yet have found

them. The conflicting opinions on this subject, even within the

bounds of a Flora so small as that of Britain, sufticiently show that

it is not in books we must look for these limits.

We have space for only a few instances of Mr. Bentham’s sweeping

combinations, for most of which no reason is given, except the opinion

of the author, or the authority of some eminent, but often ancient,

writer.

We much regret this omission, as it can hardly be expected that

the “Liberal”’ or “ Progress”’ party, far less the ‘“ Radicals,” will

submit to such despotic assumptions without ample proof. j

There is but one dAretium. Ah, lucky tyro! how we envy him a

load of difficulties removed at one stroke of the pen!

The Ranunculi, of the Batrachium section, are all swamped under

one species ; but if we have our old friend 2. aquatilis restored to

its ancient diguity, it must feel somewhat alarmed at finding itself at

the head of a larger family than it ever acknowledged before.

Similar amalgamations will be found under Potamogeton pusillus,

which now includes a whole section of narrow-leaved species.

Potamogeton natans is joined to P. oblongus, and also to P. plan-

Bibliographical Notices. 321

tagineus. But, in the case of some of the other species, we commend

Mr. Bentham’s views to the careful study of the minutely-examining

botanist. Agquatics, above al! other plants, are liable to variation,

and much remains to be learned in the genus Potamogeton concern-

ing the effect of stagnant or running, deep or shallow, fresh or

brackish water.

Carex distans includes no less than four others.

C. arenaria takes in C. intermedia.

C. acillaris is united (unwillingly, we are sure) to C. Binning-

hausiana,—a combination against which we strongly protest, as it

seems to us that the latter is far more nearly related to C. panculata.

Galium uliginosum joins G. Witheringii; G. pusillum joins G.

sawatile; Salicornia radicans is lost under S. herbacea ; and many

more instances might be quoted, but the details are so completely

and clearly given in the sixth chapter of the ‘Cybele Britannica,’

vol. iv., that it is needless to repeat them here.

Other pairs of species have been treated more tenderly. Valeria-

nella carinata continues separate from V. olitoria ; V. auricula from

V. dentata. Orchis latifolia is allowed to pass as distinct from

O. maculata; Polygonum Persicaria from P. lapathifolium ; My-

osotis sylvatica from M. arvensis. It may be asked, * Why should

not these have fared like the former?”’ We think that here js only

one proof more that there is no means of dividing equidistantly

species which are not the links of a linear series, and which are

hardly better likened to the knots which join the meshes of a net.

Might we not say that they may more resemble variously intersecting

lines of dots spread over a sphere so as to display in all their affinities,

resemblances, and analogies, the unity of plan which existed in the

mind of the ONr Crearor, rather than the necessity that we should

consider His creatures descended from a few main types?

We take leave of Mr. Bentham’s ‘ Handbook’ with a ready ac-

knowledgment of the many novelties which he has introduced for

the first time to the English student of botany, and with the hope

(not without considerable misgiving) that his book may be found as

useful a guide to the beginner as could be wished by its accom-

plished author.

May it induce many to enter the ranks of the votaries of our

gentle and instructive craft; for indeed there is work and pleasure

enough for all.

First Traces of Life on the Earth ; or, the Fossils of the Bottom-rocks.

By 8S. J. Mackie, F.G.S. &c. Groombridge, 1860.

Tue study of Geology introduces us to many different stages in the

Earth’s history, where we may behold more or less distinctly the

several successive phases which this planet has, time after time, put

on. The masters in the science, the professional geologists, and the

amateurs have all contributed to the accumulation of the facts and

the construction of the theories whereof the science now consists,

and by the aid of which the graphic portraiture of the earths’s earlier

322 Bibliographical Notices.

featurcs and inhabitants is now so often attempted. Mr. Mackie’s

treatment of the subject to which he has devoted this little book is

careful and judicious. It is a subject, in one sense, far removed from

actual observation ; for the first animals and plants that lived upon

the earth have so long passed away, that we know not whether the

oldest fossils that we meet with be indeed the remains of the oldest

creatures. Taking for granted, however, that the lowest fossiliferous

rocks now known represent the earliest sediments of life-bearing

waters—that their modes of deposit indicate the nature of the coasts

and sea-bottoms of primeval geography—that their materials point

to the character of the adjacent land—that their obscure fossils,

often mere marks and holes, can be made to give a full and certain

meaning,—we may with advantage study the author’s sketches of

the primeval lands and “ of the first forms of the organized creatures

which inhabited it—the forms of those abundant tribes whose

oftices played the first important part in the past conditions of our

planet, and whose remains are characteristic of our lowermost rock-

masses.”

For those who know not on what principles a geologist works in

mixing his colours, stretching his canvas, handling his pencil, and

bringing up the features of the forgotten past with nature’s tints,

Mr. Mackie provides some clever chapters on “the nature of

fossils,” “the value of fossils,” ‘the order of the rocks,”’ “what we

know of the earth’s crust,’ and on “ the rock-strata and their teach-

ings.” The reader will here find most of the chief principles of

geological science briefly but clearly stated,—especially the very

necessary doctrine that Nature’s operations of to-day illustrate the

results of natural agencies, atmospheric, terrestrial, and aqueous, in

past times. Thus “we see in the microscopic structure of many of

those finer silicious rocks which are composed of an aggregation of

the solid cases of Infusoria, and of limestones composed of nearly

equally minute Entomostraca and Foraminifera, the slowly formed

life-elaborated produce of the tranquil lake, or of the profound abysses

of the deep. Our ponds and inland seas give us the key to the one,

the soundings for the great Atlantic telegraph that to the other.

The silent language of the past, in which these facts are written,

appears at first strange and unintelligible, as the tongue of our Saxon

forefathers does to us now. But as the languages of the ancient

peoples are interpreted by our own and by those of contemporary

nations, so the events and changes of the past conditions of our

planet can be understood only by comparison with the phenomena

going on around us.”

The outlines of the first dry lands, and the remnants of them now

here and there to be found—how their wearing-away gave rise to

sediments which, as hardened quartzose schists and slates, now yield

scanty evidence of primeval life (sea-worms, Zoophytes, and a few

Crustaceans perhaps)—how the wind and rain and sunshine played

on the long, flat, sandy ooze of those old shores,—these are the

points and features which take prominence in the geological sketch

before us. With a facile touch the artist has coloured in the dreamy

Royal Society. 323

vision— the first-born lands of our mother-earth joyously basking

in the smiles of the sun, bathed in the tear-drops of the clouds, and

scarred with the blasts of the waves and the storms.’ His compo-

sition is founded on the well-based theories of the ‘ Principles’ and

‘Siluria;’ and the judiciously chosen colours on his canvas have

been supplied by the proved researches of modern geologists.

The author’s style is florid, but often good ; and, though objections

may be made to occasional loose or obscure passages, to the too

widely printed pages, and to the pompous classification of the wood-

cuts as “plates” and “lignographs,”’ yet we recommend this little

book as well worth the attention of geologists, students, and others:

it has numerous woodcut illustrations, some of them of superior

execution.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 22, 1859.—Sir Benjamin C. Brodie, Bart., President, in

the Chair.

“On the Structure of the Chorda dorsalis of the Plagiostomes

and some other Fishes, and on the relation of its proper Sheath to

the Development of the Vertebree.”’ By Professor Albert Kolliker,

of Wiirzburg.

I take the liberty to present to the Roval Society the results of an

extended series of investigations into the development of the vertebrze

of the plagiostomous and some other fishes.

I. Chorda dorsalis.

A. Structure.

The chorda dorsalis of the Plagiostomes, of Chimera, Acipenser,

Scaphirhynchus, Toxodon, and Lepidosiren, shows four distinct parts,

viz.—

Ist. The outer elastic membrane, a homogeneous elastic coat,

which is not unfrequently perforated with holes of different sizes, of

the same kind as those of the fenestrated membrane of Henle.

2nd. The proper sheath, formed of connective tissue of fibrous

appearance, and generally provided with many plasm-cells.

3rd. The inner elastic layer, a reticulated elastic membrane ; and

4th. The gelatinous substance of the chorda itself, made up of

soft cartilage-cells, of different sizes and generally provided with

nuclei.

Of these four layers it would seem that only the third and fourth

‘are present in the higher animals, from the Amphibia (with the ex-

ception of the Batrachians) upwards; if, at least, my opinion be

correct, that the structureless envelope of the chorda of these animals,

generally called the sheath proper, corresponds to the third layer in

the cartilaginous fishes. On the other hand, it seems that many of

324 Royal Society :—

the osseous fishes present the same complications of structure as

the Plagiostomes, if it is true that the bodies of their vertebre are

developed from the proper sheath of the chorda. So, for instance,

there exists a beautiful elastic internal layer outside of the remnants

of the gelatinous chorda in the genus Orthagoriscus.

B. Form of the chorda proper.

Ist. The chorda retains in some instances its original cylindrical

form ; and this is the case when the vertebral column shows no indi-

cation of vertebral bodies (Cyclostomes, Acipenser, Chimera, Lepi-

dosiren, Tilurus, Hyoprorus*—anterior vertebra), as well as where

vertebral divisions exist (Leptocephalus, Helmichthys, Hyoprorus—

last vertebra).

2nd. In other cases the chorda is contracted in the middle region

of each vertebral body, which seldom happens where there is no

trace of ossification (evanchus), but is very generally the case in

ossified vertebree (Squali, osseous fishes, perennibranchiate amphibia,

Cecilie).

3rd. Lastly, the chorda may be separated into as many parts as

there are interstices between the vertebrae, which remaining parts in

some cases are totally absorbed (Raia and most of the higher

animals).

C. Anterior end of the chorda.

Ist. In many full-grown fishes the chorda dorsalis reaches with

its anterior attenuated end to the base of the cranium, and its cranial

part is in some cases enveloped in its whole length by the cranial

cartilage. This fact has been long known with regard to the Aci-

penseridee, Cyclostomi, and Sirenoidei; but the same thing occurs

amongst the Squali, and has been observed by Stannius in Prvonodon,

and by me in Heptanchus, Centrophorus, Acanthias, and Squatina.

In these last fishes the chorda reaches as far as the region of the

hypophysis, and is bent upwards at its termination, so that the end

itself lies underneath the interior perichondrium of the cranium, or

at least very near the surface of the cartilage. In other cases only

the hinder part of the chorda is enclosed by the cranial cartilage,

whilst the anterior half lies in a groove at the under part of it, as in

Leptocephalus aud Helmichthys. In one case (Tilurus) the whole

cranial part of the chorda is free, and situated underneath the base

of the cranium, between its cartilage and the perichondrium F.

2nd. In some genera of Squali and most of the osseous fishes, the

cranial part of the chorda is reduced to the anterior half of the first

ligamentum intervertebrale.

3rd. In the genus Chimera, the chorda ends in the foremost part

of the vertebral column. In this case the connexion between the

* Two genera belonging to the Leptocephalida, described by me (see Kaup,

Apodal Fishes of the British Museum. London, 1856).

+ In all these fishes there exists rather a strong connexion between the vertebral

column and the cranium ; in Sguatina, besides this there are two lateral articulations

between the cartilaginous arches of the first vertebra and the lateral parts of the

cranial cartilage.

Prof. Kolliker on the Chorda dorsalis of Fishes. 325

cranium and the column is maintained by an articulation, which on

the side of the column is formed by the cartilaginous vertebral

arches.

4th. In the Raiide, finally, the chorda ends at a greater distance

from the skull; and in this case also the anterior part of the column,

which is formed only by the coalesced arches, is connected with the

cranium by a real articulation.

II. Ossifieation and Development of the Bodies of the Vertebre.

A. General remarks on the part which the chorda takes in the

formation of the vertebrae.

Ist. In all cases where the chorda ossifies, it is only its second layer,

or the sheath proper, which undergoes changes. At the same time

the elastica externa disappears totally, or is at least dissolved in such

a manner that its remnants are scarcely distinguishable, whilst the

elastica interna and the chorda proper generally remain unaltered.

In one case only, viz. in Seymnus lichia, ossification is to be seen

even in the gelatinous substance of the chorda.

2nd. The ossification of the sheath of the chorda has been

observed as yet only in the Plagiostomes and in certain genera of the

osseous fishes; but very probably it will be found in all osseous

fishes. On the contrary, it is absent in all higher Vertebrata,—accord-

ing to my observations, even amongst the Batrachia.

B. Changes of the sheath of the chorda during ossification.

1. Vertebral column.

Ist. In the Plagiostomes the sheath of the chorda in the first

place assumes a greater hardness in certain parts, these parts being

transformed into fibro-cartilage or real cartilage, whilst the inter-

vening parts retain their primitive softness. In this manner the first

indications appear of the vertebral bodies and intervertebral liga-

ments, the interior parts of which are formed by the chorda itself

and the elastica interna. The histological changes going on during

this formation of the vertebral bodies, viz. the transformation of the

primitive plasm-cells of the sheath into cartilage-cells, and the deve-

lopment of the homogeneous interstitial substance of the cartilage

out of the fibrous substance of the sheath, speak strongly in favour

of the view that both kinds of cells and intervening substances are

closely allied, whatever may have been the development of the ele-

ments of the primitive sheath.

In the Leptocephali the sheath of the chorda ossifies without

having been transformed into cartilage ; and the same seems to hold

good for the other osseous fishes.

2nd. Whilst this transformation of certain parts of the sheath of

the chorda into cartilaginous vertebral bodies is going on, there are

also formed in the interior of each of these bodies peculiar vertical dis-

sepiments. These dissepiments, developed by an interior growth of

the sheath of the chorda, whereby the chorda proper becomes con-

stricted, occur in some cases in yertebre without any or with very

326 Royal Society :—

slight traces of ossification, as in Hewanchus and the anterior yer-

tebra of Heptanchus, whilst they may be almost wanting in others

pretty well ossified (Leptocephalus, Helmichthys, Centrophorus).

3rd. The ossification of the cartilaginous vertebral bodies formed

out of the sheath of the chorda never begins at the surface, but

always in their interior, and also in their middle region, and is (as far

as I know, without exception) in the first instance a caleified fibro-

cartilage, or what I call a fibrous bone.

Ath. The first osseous parts have the form of thin rings (Hep-

tanchus, anterior vertebra), which afterwards assume that of hollow

and thin double cones (Heptanchus, posterior vertebra, Centrophorus).

5th. The growth of these double cones, which are the real osseous

vertebral bodies, when once they have assumed their whole length,

takes place especially at their outer side, through the addition of

calcified cartilage (chondriform bone, Williamson ; Knorpel-Knochen

in German), which is formed from the outer chordal cartilage of the

vertebral body. Inaddition to this, the osseous double cone thickens

also at the expense of the cartilage inside of it, but in a much

smaller degree.

6th. In some cases the outer growth is everywhere the same, and

in this manner stronger double-coned vertebral bodies of uniform

thickness are formed. In other cases the growth is in some parts

more active than in others, and vertebral bodies then originate with

outer ridges and Jamellee (eptanchus, Raia, Carcharias, Mustelus,

Galeus). In one single instance the ossification of the outer cartilage

takes place in such away that the exterior parts of the vertebral bodies

are formed by alternating circles of chondrifcrm bone and cartilage

(Squatina).

7th. With regard to the extension of this growth of the vertebral

bodies formed by the ossification of the sheath of the chorda, it is to

be remarked that in some cases the whole, or nearly the whole sheath

of the chorda ossifies, as in Squatina and the Raiidee. In other cases

greater or lesser parts of the primitive cartilage, inside and outside

the vertebral body, remain in their primitive state (Squall),

2. Skull.

In some instances even the sheath of the cranial part of the chorda

ossifies in its hindermost part, and forms a true vertebral body

for the occipital vertebra, which entirely corresponds to those of

the column. This has been observed by me as yet in Lepto-

cephalus and several Squalidze ; but it is extremely probable that

the basilar occipital of all osseous fishes, viz. that part of this

bone which resembles a common vertebral body, is developed quite

in the same way.

C. On the manner in which the outer ossifying layer is concerned

in the formation of the bodies of the vertebrae,

Ist. In those cases where the outer ossifying layer, viz. that layer

in which the eartilaginous arches are developed, takes part in the

formation of the vertebral bodies, there are to be distinguished two

Prof. Kélliker on the Chorda dorsalis of Fishes. 327

different processes,—one in which the crural cartilages themselves

play a part in this formation, and a second, where only the periosteal

layer between them is concerned.

2nd. Where the crural cartilages take a part, they form, in the

first place, by their coalescence an outer cartilaginous layer around

the body of the vertebra, which took its origin from the chorda, and

which we shall henceforth call the chordal vertebral body.

3rd. This outer cartilaginous layer ossifies in many cases; and

this ossification may take place in ¢wo places only, viz. on the right

and left side of the vertebral body, as in [Teptanchus, or in four

places, in which case a superior point of ossification at the floor of

the neural canal, and an inferior one at the roof of the heemal canal,

are added to the two lateral ones (Acanthias, Scymnus),

4th. These external ossifications of chondriform bone may retain

their primitive form of plates, and may then be called the lateral,

superior, and inferior osseous plates; or they acquire by additional

growth, at the expense of the outer cartilaginous layer, the form of

wedge-shaped or cuneiform bodies, and may be named the lateral,

superior, and inferior wedges (Zapfen, Keile, Germ.).

5th. In both cases these external ossifications comport themselves

in two different ways with regard to the chordal vertebral body,

inasmuch as in some cases both coalesce at their ends (Scymnus,

Acanthias), whilst in others they remain separated (ITeptanchus).

6th. In some peculiar cases (Squali, possessing a nictitating eye-

lid, viz. Mustelus, Carcharias, Galeus, Sphyrna) the cartilaginous

arches remain separated, and then the intermediate periosteal layer

performs the part of an osteogenic stratum. The osseous parts pro-

duced in this way lie at the same places as the bony plates mentioned

under 4 and 5; they always possess the form of wedges, and coalesce

with the chordal vertebral body, in some cases only at their ends, in

others in their whole length. Although these ossifications are not

developed from cartilage and have a very peculiar structure (they

consist of a calcified fibro-cartilage with peculiar ossified strong fibres

running straight through their whole thickness), it is clear enough

that they exactly correspond to the above-mentioned plates and

wedges of other Plagiostomes formed out of the coalesced crural

cartilages.

From certain modes of transformation of the sheath of the chorda,

combined with certain changes of the outer ossifying layer, the

following types in the composition of the vertebral bodies may be

established.

Tyee 1.—The vertebral body takes its origin entirely from the

proper sheath of the chorda.

A. Sheath of the chorda thick.

Ist. Vertebral bodies soft (fibro-cartilaginous), incompletely

separated from each other, and only distinguished by the interior

septa of the chorda. Hewxanchus.

2nd. Vertebral bodies partly cartilaginous, with annular ossifica-

328 Royal Society.

tions of the form of short double cones. Ligamenta intervertebralia

very strong. Heptanchus (anterior vertebra).

3rd. Vertebral bodies wholly cartilaginous, with thin osseous

double cones of good length in the middle of the cartilaginous body.

Centrophorus.

Ath. Vertebral bodies well ossified, cylindrical and strong, formed

inside by strong osseous double cones, and outside by alternating

layers of cartilage and bone. Squatina.

B. Sheath of the chorda thin.

5th. Vertebral body a thin hollow osseous cylinder; chorda pro-

per in its whole length cylindrical. Leptocephalus, Helmichthys,

Hyoprorus (last vertebra).

6th. Vertebral bodies slightly constricted osseous double cones,

with external longitudinal ridges. Chauliodus, Stomias.

Tyre Il.—The vertebral body is formed partly from the sheath of

the chorda and partly from the outer ossifying layer.

Ist. Chordal vertebral body partly cartilaginous, with a stronger

osseous double cone in its middle part. External part of the body

formed by a thin layer of cartilage from the coalesced arches, with

two lateral ossified plates. Heptanchus (posterior vertebra).

2nd. The same with fowr external ossifications, whose ends coalesce

with the internal double cone. Acanthias, Scymnus.

3rd. Chordal vertebral body nearly totally ossified, of the form of

a strong double cone, with strong external longitudinal ridges. Ex-

ternal part of the body a strong layer of cartilage with superficial

ossifications continuous with those of the arches. Rata, Torpedo.

4th. Chordal vertebral body nearly wholly ossified, of the form of

a thick double cone. External part of the body formed by cartilage,

with four strong wedge-shaped ossifications uniting with the ends of

the inner double cone. Sceyllium.

5th. Chordal vertebral body a strong osseous double cone, partly

with external ridges. External part of the body formed by four

strong wedge-shaped ossifications, derived from the periosteal layer

between the cartilaginous arches, which in some genera totally

coalesce with the inner double cone, whilst in others this happens

only at the ends of the latter. Mustelus, Carcharias, Sphyrna,

Galeus.

Tyre I11.—The vertebral bodies are wholly developed from the

external ossifying layer.

Ist. The vertebral bodies are developed from four ‘cartilaginous

parts, viz. the superior and inferior arches. Anterior vertebree of

the Raiidee.

2nd. The vertebral bodies are developed only from two cartila-

ginous or osseous parts.

a. From the two neural arches, which in uniting do not enclose

the chorda, which lies underneath them. Cultripes pro-

vincialis, J. Miller, Rana paradowa, Duges.

Zoological Society. 329

b. From two lateral plates of ossified connective tissue, which

in uniting totally enclose the chorda. Acaudate Batrachia,

according to my own observations.

c. From two lateral cartilages which enclose the chorda, and also

develope the arches from themselves. Higher Vertebrata.

In terminating this Note, I take the liberty of adding that the only

information heretofore existing on the subject to which it refers, is

that contained in the very valuable memoirs by J. Miiller* and

Williamson +.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 8, 1859.—John Gould Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Exanvus. By J.Govutp, F.R.S.

This new species is one of the largest members of the genus, and

is rendered conspicuous by the entire under surface being white,

even the basal half of all the primaries being of this hue,—in which

respect, and in its larger size, it materially differs from the 2. mela-

nopterus, the only bird with which it could be confounded.

ELANUS HYPOLEUCUS, Gould.

Adult.—Face, space over the eye, ear-coverts, all the under sur-

face of the body, under tail-coverts, under surface of the tai! feathers,

and the thighs, pure white; the under surface of the wing is also

pure white ; basal half of the under side of the first six primaries

white, slightly speckled with grey, passing into blackish grey ; on

their apical halves this grey hue also pervades the under surface

of the remaining primaries ; crown of the head, back of the neck,

back, and scapularies, deep grey; on the shoulders a large patch

of black ; secondaries and basal half of the primaries deep grey,

passing into blackish grey at their tips; two centre tail feathers

grey above, the next on each side grey on their outer margins, the

rest white ; cere and legs orange yellow; bill and nails black.

Total length, 14 inches; bill, 14; wing, 124; tail, 63; tarsi, 12.

Young.—At apparently about nine months old differs from the

adult in having the crown lineated with reddish brown, and a cres-

cent of white at the tip of the primaries, secondaries, scapularies, and

winug-coverts.

Hab. Vicinity of Macassar, Celebes.

Remark.—The above description of the adult is taken from a

fine example in the possession of J. H. Gurney, Esq., which, as well

as the young bird in the possession of Mr. Gould, was collected by

Mr. Wallace.

April 12, 1859.—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A RARE ENTOZOON FROM THE STOMACH OF

THE Ducone. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

In the Museum of the College of Surgeons there is a preparation

of an Ascaris from the stomach of the Dugong. In dissecting this

* Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. + Phil. Trans, 1850.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. v. 22

330 Zoological Society :—

animal, Professor Owen discovered several specimens of an intestinal

worm, which he named Ascaris halichoris. The preparation was

made in 1831, and the ‘Catalogue of the Physiological Series of

Comparative Anatomy’ was published by the College in 1833.

About the same period, but in a different part of the world, Rup-

pell found the same species of worm in the stomach of the same

species of animal. He very briefly notices them in describmg a

Dugong which he found in the Red Sea, but merely mentions that

these Entozoa ‘were found in a clustered glandular apparatus in

the stomach, and were 5 inches long.’ His description of this

Dugong was sent in a letter to Dr. Sémmering, and is dated from

the Island of Dahalac on the Abyssinian coast of the Red Sea, in

the month of January, 1832. This paper was published in the

first volume of the ‘ Museum Senckenbergianum,’ in 1834. In the

‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ in 1838, there is an ela-

borate paper by Professor Owen, descriptive of the principal viscera

of the Dugong ; and in this paper he again notices these worms, and

there mentions that they were originally found in a remarkable

glandular apparatus situated near the cardiac extremity of the

stomach. In the article Mntozoa in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopzedia of Anatomy

and Physiology,’ the Professor again alludes to them in reference

to its peculiar digestive apparatus, showing the presence of a caecum,

which arises from the upper portion of the intestine. This organ he

considers a kind of accessory to the digestive apparatus, and of

rather a peculiar nature. ‘The second example,” he says, “of an

accessory digestive gland occurs in a species of Ascaris infesting the

stomach of a Dugong: here a single elongated czecum is developed

from the intestine at the distance of half an inch from the mouth ;

and is continued upwards, lying by the side of the beginning of the

intestine, with its blind extremity close to the mouth; from the

position where the secretion of this caecum enters the intestine, it

may be regarded as representing a rudimental liver.” The next

mention we find of this worm is in the ‘Mémoires de l’Académie

Tmp¢riale de St. Pétersbourg.’ In the 7th volume of the Mémoires

(the 5th volume of the ‘Sciences Naturelles’), Brandt has published

a paper entitled ‘Symbol Sirenologicz,’ illustrating the natural

history of the Rhytina borealis or Stelleri, a specimen of a Cetacean

allied to the Dugong, in which he mentions the fact that Steller

had found a number of white worms in a gland attached to the

stomach of that animal; and in a note to his paper he says, “ they

are similar to those found by Owen and Riippell in the Dugong.”’

Lastly, Diesing, in his valuable work, ‘Systema Helminthium,’

1851, apparently not aware of Professor Owen having named this

Ascaris, enumerates it, along with a number of others, amongst his

list of doubtful species, or ‘‘ Species inquirendee,’ under the name »

of Ascaris dugonis—a name which of course cannot stand, as that

of Professor Owen has the precedence of nearly twenty years. The

species found in the Rhytina by Steller appears to have been six

inches long, the same length as those observed by Riippell in the

Dugong; but as this latter animal was found in the Red Sea, whilst

Mr. G. R. Gray on a new Species of Diver. 331

the former was taken in Behring’s Straits, they can scarcely be iden-

tical. The Ascaris halichoris, though named long ago, has never

been fully described ; I now propose to fill up this blank.

ASCARIS HALICHORIS, Owen.

Caput nudum, epidermide stricte adnatu ; 0s labiis rotundatis,

porrectis ; corpus, in utroque sexu, extremitatibus magis at-

tenuatis ; extremitate caudali brevi, subulata, nuda,

Long. femine, 31 une. ; maris, 21 une.

The body is of a whitish colour, thickest in the centre, gradually

tapering to each extremity, and is strongly striated across; in the

female, apparently all its length; in the male, till nearly about

half an inch from its posterior extremity. This latter portion is

smooth or slightly striated lengthways. In the female, the vagina is

situated at about two-thirds of its length from the anterior ex-

tremity. The spicula of the male appear very short. The intes-

tine, as described by Professor Owen, has a cecum developed from

it at the distance of about half an inch from the mouth, and is con-

tinued upwards, lying by its side, and terminating in a blind extre-

mity near the mouth. The specimens, now in the British Museum,

are shorter than those noticed by Riippell.

May 10, 1859.—John Gould, Esq-, V.P., in the Chair.

Descrierion or A New Species or Diver (CoLymsus).

By Greorece Rosert Gray, Esa., F.LS., ere.

CotymsBus Apamsut, G. R. Gr.

Closely allied to C. glacialis ; but the head and collar round the

neck shining bluish-black, except on the top of the head and neck,

which have a slight green reflexion; the rows of spots of the tertials

and secondaries very much larger and more like those of C. arcticus,

while the spots on the sides of the abdomen and upper tail-coverts

are smaller than those of C. glacialis. This bird is easily distin-

guished from either of those species by its larger bill, by having the

gonys more strongly developed, and by its bill being of a yellowish-

white colour.

Length 31"; bill from gape 5", from the base of culmen 3! 9!!! ;

wings 15".

Hab. Russian America.

This fine species is named after the late Mr. Adams, Surgeon of

H.M.S. Enterprise, commanded by Capt. Collinson, in the voyage

made by him through Behring’s Straits. Mr. Adams employed his

pencil in producing beautiful drawings of the remarkable birds ob-

tained during the voyage; but after his return to this country, he

undertook the appointment of surgeon to one of H. M.S. on the

West African Station, where he soon fell a victim to the unhealthy

climate.

9 yD) *

332 Zoological Society :—

On some New SPECIES OF SYNALLAXIS. By Puinie LUTLEY

Scuater, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary TO THE SOCIETY.

SYNALLAXIS PUDICA.

Murino-brunnea, alarum remigibus et cauda obscurioribus ; pileo

cum fronte et alarum tectricibus omnibus rufis: subtus cine-

rascens, ventre imo albicantiore, lateribus brunnescentibus :

rostro superiore nigricante, inferiore plumbeo ; pedibus validis,

nigris ; cauda elongata, rectricibus decem.

Long. tota 7:0, alee 2:6, caude 4:0, tarsi 0°95.

Hab. In Nov. Granada int.

This species is allied to Synallaxis fuliginosa, and of the same

form, but easily distinguishable by its red head. From S. elegans

(also from New Granada) it differs in its earthy- brown tail and cine-

reous colour below. The single specimen in the British Museum is

a “Bogota” skin. I have likewise an example in my own collection,

received from MM. Verreaux of Paris.

2. SYNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX.

Murino-brunnea, uropygio rufescente ; alis caudaque intus nigri-

canti-brunneis, extus rufo late limbatis ; superciliis a fronte et

lateribus cervicis albidis, nigro obsolete punctatis : subtus

alba, lateribus et ventre imo rufescentibus ; pectore toto maculis

triangularibus nigricantibus asperso : rostro nigro, basi alba,

pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota 4°75, alee 2:0, caudee 2°25, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. In rep. Equator.

I first noticed a specimen of this Synallazis in Sir William Jar-

dine’s collection. The British Museum contains an example trans-

mitted from Guayaquil by Mr. Barclay. The species is not very like

any other Synallaais that I am acquainted with, and may be distin-

guished easily by the arrow-headed or triangular spots on the breast,

Sint are partly continued up the sides of the neck, and of which

there are also some faint indications on the superciliaries.

3. SYNALLAXIS SCUTATA.

Supra murino-brunnea ; dorso toto, alis extus et cauda rufis ;

superciliis ante oculum albis, post oculum magis cinnamomeis ;

remigum parte interna nigricante: subtus alba, pectore cinna-

momeo lavato, plaga distincta quadrilaterali in cervice antica

nigra: rostro plumbeo, basi pallidiore ; pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 5°75, alee 2°25, caudee 2°75, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. In Brasilia.

I have as yet only seen one specimen of this distinct species, which

is in the British Museum.

May 24, 1859.—G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

On THE DEVELOPMENT OF AURELIA AURITA IN THE SOCIETY'S

Aquaria. By E. W. H. Hotpsworts, F.L.S.

Few persons can have paid any attention to marine aquaria with-

out noticing in them the frequent occurrence of the little white

On the Development of Aurelia aurita. 333

polype, commonly known as Hydra tuba. The ova producing them

are doubtless introduced with the sea-water; and if the conditions

are suitable for their development, the rock-work and sides of the

tank are often studded with hundreds of their delicate transparent

bells. The changes they undergo before assuming the adult form

have been investigated by Sars, Siebold, and many other naturalists ;

and it is now well known that these little polypoid forms are only

early states of Aurelia aurita—the medusa seen thronging our coasts

in such countless thousands during the summer months. ‘The per-

fect animal, however, is so rarely produced within the limits of an

aquarium, that a recent case of its occurrence in one of the Society’s

tanks appears to me worthy of record. Since the establishment of

the Fish-house in the Zoological Gardens, not a year has passed

without the abundant production of the polypes in several of the

tanks, and their transverse splitting and change to medusoids have

been frequently observed; but no further development has taken

place, and after a short period the young animals have gradually

disappeared. In the present year, however, greater success has been

attained ; and this is perhaps partly due to the water in the tank

having been kept at a nearly uniform temperature, from the absence

of any severe cold during the early part of the season. The polypes

made their usual appearance about the end of January ; and after

two or three weeks a considerable number of medusoids were de-

tached, of which a few only have survived ; but some of these now

exhibit all the specific characters of the perfect Medusa, the largest

specimen at the present time being 3 inches in breadth when dilated,

and the others of various intermediate sizes. It is unnecessary to

detail here the gradual changes undergone in the course of deve-

lopment to the perfect animal, as they have been fully and accurately

described by several authors: I will only mention that an instance

was observed of two medusoids having been thrown off together from

the parent stock, and remaining united for more than a week: each

gave evidence of independent existence ; and their course through

the water was marked by great irregularity, from the uncertain and

sometimes opposite action of the two disks.

The water containing these Medusze has remained for several

months unchanged ; but its purity has not been endangered by the

presence of fish, or other animals requiring a large supply of oxygen.

INDICATIONS OF THE EXISTENCE OF A SECOND SPECIES OF

Emev (Dromzvs). By A. D. Barriert.

The specimen of Dromeus now exhibited was obtained with others

far in the interior of South Australia, several hundred miles from

Port Philip.

It differs from Dromeus Nove-hollandié in having the whole of

the feathers of the body distinctly marked with narrow transverse bars

of light grey and dark brownish black. The feathers of the back

and sides of the bird are broader and longer and less silky in texture

than those of the common species: that this is so, is quite evident

to thetouch. The upper part of the neck and head is nearly black ;

ood Zoological Society :—

and the feathers appear thicker than those on these parts in the com-

mon bird.

The specimen from which these remarks are taken was one of

three examined by me, two of which were adult, and one a young

bird about one-third grown. This young bird exhibited the trans-

verse bars on its plumage as distinctly as the adult bird; at the same

time the broad longitudinal stripes were clearly to be seen. Judging

from the skins, I am inclined to consider this bird to be smaller than

the common species. As I hope before long to obtain more in-

formation respecting these birds, together with other and more

perfect specimens, I beg to propose provisionally the name of

Dromeus irroratus for this supposed new species.

A Recorp or THE NuMBER oF Days or INCUBATION OF

BIRDS WHICH BREED IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. By

Puitip Lutuey Scuater, M.A., F.L.S.

The subjoined table, furnished to me from the observations of our

intelligent Assistant Head Keeper, Benjamin Misselbrook, gives the

period of incubation of eighteen species of birds which ordinarily

breed in our Gardens. The time of incubation appears to be as

constant in each species of bird as the period of gestation in each

species of mammal ; and I think that every addition to our imperfect

knowledge of this subject must be of interest to the naturalist, and

worthy of record.

Days

. Emeu* (Dromeus Nove-hollandia). . “<0

2. American Rhea (Rhea americana) .... oti eted

3. Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus Impeyanue) .. 28

4. Cheer Pheasant (Catreus Wallichit)............ 28

5. Purple Pheasant (Gallophasis Horsfieldii) ...... 24

6. White-crested Kaleege (Gallophasis albocristatus) 26

7. Black-backed Kaleege (Gallophasts melanonotus) . 24

5. Californian Quail (Callipepla californica)... .... ase

9. Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata) ............ 28

10. Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes)............ 14

11. Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis) ........ 35

12. Black Swan (Cygnus atratus) .......-.6 s0des- 35

13. Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis Nove-hollandia) .... 35

14. Sandwich-island Goose (Bernicla sandvicensis) .. 31

15. Ashy-headed Goose (Chloéphaga poliocephala) .. 30

16, Ruddy Shieldrake (Casarca rutila) ............ 30

. Summer Duck (dix sponsa) . . a.

18. Mandarin Duck (Aix galer iculata) .

June 28, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW RECENT ENTOMOSTRACA. By

W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., etc.

The Lntomostraca now about to be described were taken from

some freshwater pools at Nagpur, and placed in my hands by the

* The eggs of the Emeu and Rhea were hatched in the Society’s incubator.

Dr. W. Baird on some new recent Entomostraca. 30D

Rey. Mr. Hislop. It is interesting to find two species of Cypris in

a recent state, that had been already described as fossil.

Esrueria Histor, Baird.

Animal.—Head large, prolonged anteriorly into a beak of consi-

derable size, which is rounded at the extremity, and toothed on its

upper edge. The first three or four teeth are very distinct, they

then become smaller and less distinct ; they are very numerous. Eye

large, compound. Superior antennz or rami thick, rather short,

composed of two branches, each of which consists of seven articula-

tions only ; each articulation, close to the joint, is armed with short

spines, and the last two or three possess longer setee. Antennules

long, nearly half the length of superior antennee, rather slender,

composed of four joints, the last jomt rather club-shaped ; all desti-

tute of setee. Tail large, armed with seven or eight pairs of strong,

slightly curved hooks ; the first pair are long, serrated on the edges ;

the second pair, near the root, armed with about ten rather stout

spines. Mandibles strong, fleshy.

Shell.—Carapace nearly orbicular; umbo prominent; margins

quite round. Altogether the shell very closely resembles that of

the genus Artemis or Dosinia amongst the Mollusca. Shell sur-

rounded with six or seven concentric ridges; the surface between

them, when magnified, is seen to be pitted or marked with very

numerous, small, close-set dots or punctures. When dry, it is of a

clear, polished, shining appearance.

Hab. Freshwater pools at Nagpur (Rev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

Cypris SUBGLOBOSA, Sow.

The shell is of a green colour; and the surface is strongly punc-

tured, the pattern resembling the depressed punctures of a thimble.

The anterior extremity is somewhat broader than the posterior, and

when seen from the inside appears as it were double, the external edge

of the carapace being produced beyond the true margin of the shell.

The lateral portion ‘of the carapace is very prominently swollen or

gibbous. The dorsal margin is convex; the ventral is concave and

sinuated.

Hab. Freshwater pools at Nagpur (ev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

This species appears to be identical with C. subglobosa of Sowerby,

which was found by my old friend the late John Grant Malcolmson,

Esq., in the district of the Sichel Hills, the geology of which He

has described at length in the fifth volume of the Transactions of the

Geological Society, 3nd series. It was described shortly by Mr. J.

de C. Sowerby at the end of Malcolmson’s paper, in these words :—

“« Subglobose, triangular, inflated ; front concave; outer surface is

punctured.” It was found in grey chert, with a species of Unio (U.

deccanensis), &c., and in indurated clay with Gyrgonites, Paludina,

Physe, and Lymnei.

CyPprRIS CYLINDRICA, Sow.

The shell is of a green colour, somewhat mottled. It is cylindrical

in shape ; the anterior margin rounded ; dorsal margin slightly con-

336 Zoological Society :—

vex till it approaches the posterior extremity, when it suddenly slopes

down, and is there bluntly pointed. The ventral margin is slightly

sinuated in the centre. The valves are somewhat gibbous in their

lateral portion. Internally, we see near the anterior margin a kind

of shelf, which extends across that portion of the shell, and is hol-

low underneath it—exactly resembling the shelf we see in the shells

of the genus Crepidula. The surface of the carapace is very minutely

and slightly punctate. The edge of the ventral margin of the cara-

pace, both inside and outside, appears thickened, which thickening,

as seen on the inside of the shell, extends to the commencement of

the dorsal margin at either extremity, and there the shell both in-

ternally and externally is strongly and regularly ridged.

Hab. Along with C. subglobosa i in pools at Nagpur. Mus. Brit.

This species appears to me to be identical with C. cylindrica, de-

scribed by Mr. Sowerby at the end of Mr. Malcolmson’s paper ‘‘on

the Geology of the Sichel Hills,’ mentioned above. It was found

along with C. subglobosa in chert and indurated clay, along with

Unio deccanensis, Gyrgonites, Paludine, Physe, and Lymnei. The

chief difference consists in the recent shells being so slightly punc-

tured on the surface as to appear nearly quite smooth. Mr. Sowerby

thus describes it :—-‘‘ Twice as wide as long, almost cylindrical ;

front very slightly concave; the outer surface, which is very rarely

obtained, is punctured.”

CyprRIS CYLINDRICA, Sow., var. MAJOR, Baird.

The chief difference in this variety consists in its larger size, being

about double in all its dimensions. The typical or smaller variety

described above might at first sight appear to be merely the young

but an examination of a large series of that species shows them to

be completely adult shells. The internal shelf, the thickening of the

edges of the ventral margin, and the ridges on that margin are all

indicative of a full-grown and adult shell.

The colour of the shell of this variety is almost exactly the same

as the typical variety ; the form is the same, but the shelf is rather

larger, and there is some slight indication of a shelf at the posterior

extremity also.

Hab. Along with the preceding (Rev. S. Hislop). | Mus. Brit.

CypRIS DENTATO-MARGINATA, Baird.

Shell rounded-oval, swollen, smooth, of a light greenish colour,

with a polished shining surface. Anterior extremity slightly nar-

rower than posterior; dorsal margin somewhat convex; ventral

margin nearly straight or slightly sinuated. Seen from the inside,

the shell near each extremity is toothed, or marked with a series of

small projections, like the teeth of a saw.

Hab. Pools at Nagpur (Rev. S. Hislop). Mus. Brit.

[P.S. Since the above was written, I have had my attention called

by Mr. Hislop, through my friend Mr. T. Rupert Jones, to a paper

by Mr. H. J. Carter, in the ‘ Geological Papers on Western India,

1857, in which the author mentions some of the recent Hntomo-

straca found in the freshwater deposits of Bombay, and of which he

Mr. S. P. Woodward on new Freshwater Shells. 337

gives an outline sketch in the Atlas accompanying the volume. These

Mr. Carter considers as “ the corresponding forms ” of the fossil spe-

cies mentioned by Mr. Malcolmson and described by Mr. Sowerby ;

but he does not attach any name to them.

In plate 9 of that Atlas, the species figured No. 19 is, without

doubt, the same as what I consider to be the Cypris cylindrica,

var. major, of this paper ; and the species figured No. 18 is evidently

identical with the Cypris subglobosa. The third species, figured

No. 20, differs from any of those collected by Mr. Hislop.—W. B. |

On some New Fresuwater SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA,

By S. P. Woopwarp, F.G:S.

The four shells which form the subject of the present note were

collected by Captain Speke in the great freshwater Lake Tanganyika

in Central Africa.

The large bivalve belongs to the genus Iridina, Lamarck,—a group

of river-mussels, of which there are nine reputed species, all belong-

ing to the African Continent. This little group has been divided

into several subgenera. That to which the new shell belongs is di-

stinguished by its broad and deeply-wrinkled hinge-line, and is

called Pleiodon by Conrad. The posterior slope of this shell is en-

crusted with tufa, as if there were limestone rocks in the Vicinity of

its habitat.

The small bivalve is a normal Unio, with finely sculptured valves.

The smaller univalve is concave beneath, and so much resembles

a Nerita or Calyptrea that it would be taken for a sea-shell if its

history were not well authenticated. It agrees essentially with Zi-

thoglyphus,—a genus peculiar to the Danube, for the American shells

referred to it are probably, or, I may say, certainly distinct. It

agrees with the Danubian shells in the extreme obliquity of the

aperture, and differs in the width of the umbilicus, which in the

European species is nearly concealed by the callous columellar lip.

In the Upper Eocene Tertiaries of the Isle of Wight there are

several estuary shells, forming the genus Globulus, Sow., whose afti-

nities are uncertain, but which resemble Lithoglyphus.

Lake Tanganyika (situated in lat. 3° to 8° S. and long. 30° EB;

which is several hundred miles in length and 30 to 40 in breadth,

seems entirely disconnected with the region of the Danube; but the

separation may not always have been so complete, for there is another

great lake, Nyanza, to the northward of ‘Tanganyika, which is be-

lieved by Speke to be the principal source of the Nile.

The other univalve is a Melania, of the subgenus Melanella

(Swainson), similar in shape to M. Hollandi of S. Europe, and similar

to several Eocene species of the Isle of Wight. Its colour, solidity,

and tuberculated ribs give it much the appearance of a small marine

whelk (Nassa) ; and it is found in more boisterous waters, on the

shores of this great Inland Sea, than most of its congeners inhabit.

1. Irntp1na (PLE1IoDON) Sprxit.

Shell oblong, ventricose, somewhat attenuated at each end; base

slightly concave ; epidermis chestnut-brown, deepening to black at

338 Zoological Society.

the margin; anterior slope obscurely radiated ; hinge-line com-

pressed in front and tuberculated, wider behind and deeply wrinkled.

Length 4%, breadth 2, thickness 13 inches.

2. Unio BurTonl.

Shell small, oval, rather thin, somewhat pointed behind ; umbones

small, not eroded ; pale olive, concentrically furrowed, and sculptured

more or less with fine divaricating lines ; anterior teeth narrow, not

prominent ; posterior teeth laminar; pedal scar confluent with ante-

rior adductor.

Length 12, breadth 83, thickness 53 lines.

3. LITHOGLYPHUS ZONATUS.

Shell orbicular, hemispherical ; spire very small; aperture large,

very oblique ; umbilicus wide and shallow, with an open fissure in

the young shell; lip continuous in front with the umbilical ridge ;

columella callous, ultimately covering the fissure ; body-whirl flat-

tened, pale olivaceous, with two brown bands, darker at the apex ;

lines of growth crossed by numerous oblique, interrupted striz.

Diameter 5-6, height 3 lines.

4. Mevania (MrLANELLA) Nassa.

Shell ovate, strong, pale brown, with (sometimes) two dark

bands; spire shorter than the aperture; whirls flattened, orna-

mented with six brown spiral ridges crossed by a variable number

of white, tuberculated, transverse ribs ; base of body-whirl with eight

tuberculated spiral ridges variegated with white and brown ; aper-

ture sinuated in front ; outer lip simple; inuer lip callous.

Length 83, breadth 5} lines.

P.S. July 27th.—In addition to the foregoing shells, several others

were collected by Capt. Speke, when employed, under the command

of Capt. Burton, in exploring Central Africa in the years 1836-9 ;

these were deposited in the first instance with the Geographical

Society, and are now transferred to the British Museum.

A specimen of Ampullaria (Lanistes) sinistrorsa, Lea, and odd

valves of two species of Unio, both smooth and olive-coloured, were

picked up in the Ugogo district, an elevated plateau in lat. 6° to

7° S., long. 34° to 35° E.

A large Achatina, most nearly related to A. glutinosa, Pfr., is the

“common snail” of the region between Lake Tanganyika and the

East coast. Fossil specimens were obtained in the Usagara district,

at a place called Maroro, 3090 feet above the sea, overlooking the

Lufiji River, where it intersects the coast range (lat. 7° to 8° S.,

long. 36° to 37° E.).

Another common land snail of the same district is the well-known

“ Bulimus Caillaudi, Pfr.,” a shell more nearly related to Achatina

than Bulimus.

Captain Speke also found a solitary example of Bulimus ovoideus,

Brug., in a musjid on the island of Kiloa (lat. 9° S., long. 39° to

40° E.). This species is identical with B. grandis, Desh., from the

island of Nosse Bé, Madagascar, and very closely allied to B. libe-

rianus, Lea, from Guinea.

339

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Hooks on the front Edge of the hinder Wings of certain

Hymenoptera. Communicated by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

A Lapy correspondent (E. F. S.), fond of microscopic examination

and entomology, has lately communicated to me some observations

on the hooks of the hind wings of Ophion and some allied genera,

and sent with them the specimens on which they were founded.

They will probably be found interesting by some of the readers of

the Annals :—

** Besides the hooks which are usually described as being on the

hind wing just beyond the dark spot on the front margin, there are

generally to be observed one or more hooks nearer to the base of the

wings than the usual row of hooks. My specimen of Paniscus

glaucopterus has none ; but, on looking at it carefully, I find in each

of the two wings, just where I should expect the hook, a small mark

or scar, which, being exactly like a mark on one of the wings of an-

other Paniscus, I believe to be the place where the hook was, and from

which it has fallen, as the fellow-wing of that Paniscus has a hook

exactly corresponding to this mark. I suspect this hook is easily

rubbed off ; but the mark of its insertion (you see I am taking this

for granted) is, though faint, yet permanent. Might it not be worth

while to mount some of the wings which seem to have no hooks in

them, and see if this mark is there?

“In the specimen of Hemite/es, it cannot with propriety be called

a hook, being perfectly straight.

“I have put up three of the fore wings, which show well the

turning up of the margins for the reception of the hooks in the place

opposite where these two sets of hooks are situated in the hinder

wing.

“These sub-basal hooks have been observed in Ophion, Pimpla

varicornis, and P. turionelle, in species of the genera Ephialtes,

Paniscus (glaucopterus and inquinatus), Pimpla, Hemiteles, and

Cryptus.

“In Ophion obscurus there are two sub-basal hooks; in Ophion

combustus, three.

“Tn Paniscus (No. 1) there is one hook, but with three or four

strong, thick, short hairs on each side, more like it than the hairs in

the line with them.

** My specimen of Paniscus glaucopterus has none; but there is

the scar of the base of one, as before stated.

“The hinder wings of the few species 1 have observed show such

different characters, that I will make a few observations on each of

them.

** Ophion obscurus has two sub-basal and eight distal curved hooks.

There are eight of the transparent dots of Dr. Hicks, in the pale

central part of the inosculations of the nerves of the wing, and two

smaller ones in a similar situation in the lower nervules.

“In Ophion combusius there ave three sub-basal and seven distal

340 Miscellaneous.

hooks, and three transparent dots in the upper and two in the lower

inosculations of the nervules.

“In Paniscus (No. 1) there are no sub-basal (??) and seven slightly

curved distal hooks, and two transparent dots in the upper imoscula-

tions of the nervules.

« Paniscus glaucopterus has one, or at least the very small scar of

one sub-basal, and fifteen strong distal hooks, which are curved and

furnished with an acutely recurved tip; there are numerous transparent

dots in the elongate opake stigma, and three or four similar dots in

the lower inosculation.

** Paniscus inquinatus has one distinct small sub-basal, and seven

distal hooks.

* Besides the difference in the number of distal hooks in the species

of this genus, there is considerable difference in the form of the upper

nervules at the base of the wing. In P. inquinatus, the frout

nervule is forked at the base, the two forks being far apart; the

upper one is short, with the sub-basal hook at its tip; andin P.glau-

copterus this nervule is flattened out, and the separation into two

forks is very indistinct and far from the base, and the latter has a

series of short, rigid, spine-like hairs in front of the series of the

upper edge of the wing.

“* Pimpla varicornis has one sub-basal and nine distal hooks, which

are slightly curved, and with a recurved apex. There is a black,

rigid, nearly straight, elongate bristle in front of the series. There

are two or three small transparent dots on the upper, and several also

on the lower inosculations of the nervules.

“« Ephialtes, sp., has one nearly straight sub-basal, and six arched

distal hooks; their tips are not recurved.

«* Pimpla turionelle has one small, nearly straight sub-basal, and

seven arched, distal, rather weak hooks.

“‘Pimpla, sp., has one small and six rather weak, slightly curved

distal hocks.

“Tn Hemiteles the nervules are weak and rudimentary. There is

only one very weak, indistinct sub-basal, and four very weak, slightly

curved hooks in the distal series.

“‘ Cryptus has also rudimentary nervules, a very small, weak basal,

and six very slender, curved distal hooks.

“The hind wing of the genera Ophion, Paniscus, and Pimpla, and

perhaps of the allied Hymenoptera, differs from the front one in the

upper marginal nervules being forked at the base, the upper branch

being short and extended to the edge of the wing; and it is on the

apex of this branch that the sub-basal spine or spines are situated.

The lower branch of the fork is extended to beyond the middle of

the wing before it reaches the margin, and there it forms the stigma

or subarticulated opake spot ; and it is on the extension of this branch

just beyond the stigma that the distal series of spines are situated.

The edge of the wing between the two points of tne fork is thin and

membranaceous.

“The fore wings of these insects differ in the anterior nervules

being simplg, not forked, and forming the margin of the wing.

Miscellaneous. - 84]

* In the genera Cryptus and Hemiteles, the anterior nervule of

the hinder wing is simple, and the edge of the wing to the stigma is

membranaceous, or nearly so, and the weak sub-basal hook is placed

on the membrane.

“The hind wings of Monodontomerus have only a single longitudinal

submarginal nervule, which is slightly dilated and nicked almost at

the base. There are three well-developed distal hooks at the tip of

the nervule, where it reaches the edge of the wing.

“The upper wings of the larger Ichneumons, as Ophion combustus

and Pimpla varicornis, have a group of ‘transparent dots’ (Dr.

Hicks) at the end of the first portion of the nervule near the stigma ;

while the lower wings have similar transparent dots at the dilated part

of the nervules, produced by their inosculations. It may also be

observed that there are certain parts where the nervules are more

transparent than others, as if they were partially interrupted ; and

these interruptions occur in the same situation in almost all the

wings of the genera I have examined.”

Believing that all variations in organic structures entail a differ-

ence in the habits of the animals, I am induced to think that it is

desirable that the genus Paniscus, which has such differently formed

wings, should be divided into two groups: one, for which the name

Paniscus may be retained, having many (about fifteen) hooks in

the distal series, and a very small sub-basal one, and a thick margin

to the base of the wing, of which P. glaucopterus may be considered

the type; and the other, which have only six or seven hooks in the

distal series, and a strong sub-basal hook, with thinner forked ner-

vules to the base of the wing, may be called Ne¢elia, with Paniscus

inquinatus for its type.

I may observe at the same time, that attention to the number of

spines appears to afford a ready means of distinguishing the species

of this genus, which are very much alike in external appearance, and

seem worthy of a more extended study.

Wesmael, Dufour, and other authors on the nerves of the wings

of Hymenoptera, appear to have restricted their attention to the

distribution of the nervules of the front wings; yet the hinder

wings appear to offer as many characters. It is very desirable

that these wings should be studied in connexion with the habits and

economy of the insect, as affording characters for the separation of

genera and species; for the result of the examination here given

shows that the hooks and the pellucid dots in the wing afford good

characters for the separation of very closely allied species, as easily

described as the nervation of the upper wing itself, and quite as

permanent.

Mr. Smith, to whom I have submitted the specimens, observes,

with respect to the hooks which attach the posterior to the anterior

wings of hymenopterous insects, Xc., more particularly so in regard

to those which are situated near the base of the wings, which appear

to have been first observed by E. F. S., I have examined the wings

of a few species in different families, and, as might be expected, with

342) = Miscellaneous.

very interesting results. I should observe that the hooks situated

near the base of the wings had not previously attracted my notice,

nor do I find any account of them in any of the works, such as those

of Dufour or Wesmael, that I have consulted. It is well known that

amongst the Hymenoptera are to be found groups which differ greatly

in their power of flight: perhaps no order presents greater varia-

tion; every degree of difference is to be found between the rapid

Xylocope and the lumbering and apparently helpless attempts at

flight observable in sawflies, belonging to the genus Dasytheus. It

will be obvious to every one that insects of such rapid flight as Yy/o-

copa would require a stronger and ore secure fastening or attach-

ment of the wings than such insects as Dasytheus, which are amongst

the weakest-, worst-flying insects in the entire order; and such is

apparently the case. The very slight examination which I have been

able to make gives the following results:—In Xylocopa latipe sl

detect 38 hooks; in species of Dasytheus, 7-8 and 10; im the Ich-

neumonidee the numbers are usually (apparently small) 8-10, 12,

&e.; but as yet I have not had an opportunity of paymg sufficient

attention to this very interesting subject.”

The Fabricius Sea Bull-Head (Acanthocottus Greenlandicus).

By Sir Joun Ricwarnpson, M.D.

In the third edition of Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes,’ recently pub-

lished, mention is made of the discovery, in Dingle Harbour, of an

example of this fish. A second specimen was taken, two years ago,

in the basin of the South Esk, at Montrose, from a salmon-net, by

William Beattie, Esq. It may therefore be considered to be more

than an accidental visitant to our coast.

UrIECHIS MICROLEPIDOTUS.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Catton Hall, Norwich, March 14, 1860.

GENTLEMEN,—I request permission to correct a slight error in

the account of the African snake (Uriéchis microlepidotus) recently

presented by me to the British Museum, and described by Dr. A.

Giinther in your last Number.

The snake was not received by me from Algoa Bay, as stated in

the above article, but from D’Urban, Port Natal, having been sent

to me by Mr. Thomas Ayres, a very intelligent naturalist of that

place, on whose farm the snake was ploughed up, together with the

eges which were sent with it.

I am, Gentlemen, yours, &c.,

Joun Henry Gurney.

Miscellaneous. 343

On a Malformation in Echinus Flemingii, Ball.

By Tuos. Howarp Stewart, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,— Having lately received from the Devonshire coast

a specimen of that beautiful British Echinoderm Eechinus Flemingii,

which possesses a curious malformation, I have thought it worth

while to place it on record.

The ant-ambulacral ring of plates surrounding the anus is com-

posed in the Cidariadze and Echiniadee of ten plates—five genital and

five intergenital ; the latter are perforated with a small orifice, in

which the aquiferous canal terminates ; the former have each a single

large foramen communicating with the genital tube for the exit of the

ova or spermatic fluid, as the case may be.

But, in the specimen I am now alluding to, that part of the genital

plate where the single orifice is usually situated is raised into a

papilla, and surrounded with five orifices, with the exception of that

on the madreporic plate, which has only three.

Unfortunately the animal was eviscerated before this curious mal-

formation was observed, so that the state of the ducts cannot be

further investigated.

The remainder of the corona is somewhat slightly malformed ; the

anal orifice is about a quarter of an inch out of its normal position,

and there is a considerable depression in the corona all round at

about an inch from the ant-ambulacral ring. The specimen was

obtained from about 40 fathoms depth, in the English Channel, off

the Devonshire coast.

I remain, Gentlemen,

Royal Coll. of Surgeons, Yours, &e.,

March 15, 1860. Tos. Howarp Stewart.

On the Sclerogenous Granules of the Berry of Arbutus Unedo.

By GeorcGe GuLLuiver, F.R.S.

I know not whether these granules have ever been described, either

in the fruit of the Strawberry. -tree or in that of any other Neatharore

and am induced to notice them in the hope that botanists, who may

have the opportunity, will observe whether they exist in any allied

species. Should the granules be regularly present in the fruit, as I

believe, and prove peculiar to this interesting tree, they will afford

for it a new, very simple, plain, and durable distinctive character.

The granules are very dense and hard, rounded, of a whitish

colour when cleaned, scarcely as big as poppy-seed, and are scattered

throughout the pulp of the fruit, within the cells of which they seem

to originate. But, though so much smaller than the seeds of the

Arbutus, the granules greatly exceed the seeds of the same berry in

number and weight.

The structure of the granules is the same as that of the gritty

tissue of the Pear, described and figured by Professor Quekett (Lec-

344A Miscellaneous.

tures on Histology, vol. i. fig. 41, 8vo, Lond. 1852), as he remarked

to me when we examined them under a magnifying power of about

350 diameters ; but the canaliculi of the corpuscles are not quite so

distinct in the drbutus as in the Pear.

As to their chemical composition, Dr. Davy kindly examined them

at my request, and reports that “they consist chiefly of vegetable

matter, and contain only a very small proportion of lime, with a trace

of phosphate of lime.”’

Abstract of a Lecture by Prof. T. H. Huxuey, F.R.S., on Species

and Races, and their Origin, delivered before the Members of the

Royal Institution, on the Evening of Friday, February 10, 1860.

Tue speaker opened his discourse by stating that its object was to

place the fundamental propositions of Mr. Darwin’s work ‘On the

Origin of Species by Natural Selection’ in a clear light, and to con-

sider whether, as the question at present stands, the evidence adduced

in their favour is, or is not, conclusive.

After some preliminary remarks, in the course of which the speaker

expressed his obligations for the liberality with which Mr. Darwin

had allowed him to have access to a large portion of the MSS. of his

forthcoming work, the phenomena of species in general were con-

sidered—the Horse being taken as an example of such species. The

distinctions between this and other closely allied species, such as the

Asses and Zebras, were considered, and they were sbown to be of

two kinds, structural or morphological, and functional or physio-

logical. Under the former head were ranged the callosities on the

inner side of the fore and hind limbs of the Horse—its bushy tail,

its peculiar larynx, its short ears, and broad hoofs ; under the latter

head, the fact that the offspring of the horse with any of the allied

species is a hybrid, incapable of propagation with another mule, was

particularly mentioned.

Leaving open the question whether the physiological distinction

just mentioned is, or is not, a universal character of species, it is

indubitable that it obtains between many species, and therefore has

to be accounted for by any theory of their or igin.

The species Lquus caballus, thus separated from all others, is the

centre round which a number of other remarkable phenomena are

grouped. It is intimately allied in structure with three other mem-

bers of the existing creation, the Hyrax, the Tapir, and the Rhino-

ceros; and less Teas though still definite, bonds of union connect it

with every living thing. Going back in time, the Horse can be

traced into the Phocene formation, and perhaps it existed earlier

still; but in the newer Miocene of Germany it is replaced by the

Hippotherium, an animal very like a true Hquus, but having the two

rudimental toes in each foot developed, though small. Further back

in time, in the Eocene rocks, neither Hquus nor Hippotherium have

been met with, nor Rhinoceros, Tapirus, nor Hyrax; but, instead of

them, a singular animal the Pal@otherium, which exhibits certain

points of resemblance with each of the four existing genera, is found.

Miscellaneous.

The speaker pointed out that these resemblances did not justify us

in considering the Paleotherium as a more generalized type, any

more than the resemblance of a father to his four sons justifies us in

considering him as of a more generalized type than theirs.

The geographical distribution of the Hguid@ was next considered ;

and the anomalies and difficulties it offers were pointed out; and

lastly, the variations which horses offer in their feral and their

domesticated condition were discussed.

The questions thus shown to be connected with the species Horse

are offered by all species whatever; and the next point of the dis-

course was the consideration of the general character of the problem

of the origin of species of which they form a part, and the necessary

conditions of its solution.

So far as the logic of the matter goes, it was proved that this

problem is of exactly the same character as multitudes of other

physical problems, such as the origin of glaciers, or the origin of

strata of marble; and a complete solution of it invelves—1. The

experimental determination of the conditions under which bodies

having the characters of species are producible. 2. The proof that

such conditions are actually operative in nature.

Any doctrine of the origin of species which satisfies these require-

ments must be regarded as a true theory of species; while any which

does not, is, so far, defective, and must be regarded only as a hypo-

thesis whose value is greater or less, according to its approximation

to this standard.

It is Mr. Darwin’s peculiar merit to have apprehended these

logical necessities, and to have endeavoured to comply with them.

The pigeons called Pouters, Tumblers, Fantails, &c., which the au-

dience had an opportunity of examining, are, in his view, the result

of so many long-continued experiments on the manufacture of species,

and he considers that causes essentially similar to those which have

given rise to these birds are operative in nature now, and have in past

times been the agents in producing all the species we know. If nei-

ther of these positions can be upset, Mr. Darwin’s must be regarded as

a true theory of species, as well based as any other physical theory ;

they require, therefore, the most careful and searching criticism.

After pointing out the remarkable differences in structure and

habit between the Carrier, Pouter, Fantail, Tumbler, and the wild

Columba livia, the speaker expressed his entire agreement with Mr.

Darwin’s conclusion, that all the former domesticated breeds had

arisen from the last-named wild stock; and on the following

grounds—1. That all interbreed freely with one another. 2. That

none of the domesticated breeds presents the slightest approximation

to any wild species but C. livia, whose characteristic markings are

at times exhibited by all. 3. That the known habits of the Indian

variety of the Rock Pigeon (C. intermedia) render its domestication

easily intelligible. 4. That existing varicties connect the extremest

modifications of the domestic breeds by insensible links with C. livia.

5. That there is historical evidence of the divergence of existing

breeds, e.g. the Tumbler, from forms less unlike C. /ivia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 23

346 Miscellaneous.

The speaker then analyzed the process of selection by which the

domesticated breeds had been produced from the wild Rock Pigeon,

and he showed its possibility to depend upon laws which hold good

for all species,—viz. 1. That every species tends to vary. 2. That

variations are capable of hereditary transmission. The second law is

well understood ; but the speaker adverted to the miscomprehension

which appears to prevail regarding the first, and showed that the

variation of a species is by no means an adaptation to conditions in

the sense in which that phrase is commonly used. Pigeon fanciers,

in fact, subject their pigeons to a complete uniformity of conditions ;

but while the similarly used feet, legs, skull, sacral vertebree, tail-

feathers, oil-gland, and crop undergo the most extraordinary modifi-

cations, on the other hand, the wings, whose use is hardly ever

permitted to the choice breeds, have hitherto shown no sign of

diminution. Man has not as yet been able to determine a variation ;

he only favours those which arise spontaneously, 7.e. are determined

by unknown conditions.

It must be admitted that, by selection, a species may be made to

give rise experimentally to excessively different modifications ; and

the next question is, do causes adequate to exert selection exist in

nature? On this point, the speaker referred his audience to Mr.

Darwin’s chapter on the struggle for existence, as affording ample

satisfactory proof that such adequate natural causes do exist.

There can be no doubt that just as man cherishes the varieties he

wishes to preserve, and destroys those he does not care about, so

Nature (even if we consider the physical world as a mere mechanism)

must tend to cherish those varieties which are better fitted to work

harmoniously with the conditions she offers, and to destroy the rest.

There seems to be no doubt, then, that modifications equivalent in

extent to the four breeds of pigeons might be developed from a

species by natural causes; and therefore, if it can be shown that

these breeds have all the characters which are ever found in species,

Mr. Darwin’s case would be complete. Unfortunately, however,

there is as yet no proof that, by selection, modifications having the

physiological character of species (¢.e. whose offspring are incapable

of propagation, inter se) have ever been produced from a common

stock.

No doubt the numerous indirect arguments brought forward by

Mr. Darwin to weaken the force of this objection are of great weight ;

no doubt it cannot be proved that all species give rise to hybrids

infertile inter se; no doubt (so far as the speaker's private convie-

tion went) a well-conducted series of experiments very probably

would yield us derivatives from a common stock, whose offspring

should be infertile inter se; but we must deal with facts as they

stand, and at present it must be admitted that Mr. Darwin’s theory

does not account for all the phenomena exhibited by species: and,

so far, falls short of being a perfectly satisfactory theory.

Nevertheless, the spe aker expressed his sense of the extremely

high value to te attached to Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis, and avowed

fae own conviction that the following it out must ultimately lead us

to the detection of the laws which have governed the origin of species.

Miscellaneous. 3-47

Mr. Darwin's Tieory of Development. By J. O. Westwoop.

THe observation relative to the Swedish Turnip to which I alluded

im my note on this subject occurs in page 997 of last year’s ‘ Gar-

deners’ Chronicle,’ and is to the effect that the discussion at the

Central Farmers’ Club, on Monday, 5th December, turned upon

the need of finding a substitute for that vegetable, which was rapidly

deteriorating in the hands of the farmer in spite of the best efforts

both of agriculturists and scientific men. With reference to Mr.

Darwin’s note on this subject (ante, p. 49), I apprehend, in the

absence of details, that this is not a question as to the permanence

of a cross-bred production, but one of reversion, in which it is found

impossible to maintain the status of a species which has been en-

nobled (to use a term which has lately been adopted for these modi-

fied high-bred specimens, and which we may expect to see applied

with equal propriety to the fat pigs exhibited at Christmas which

can neither see nor walk). These latter, like the Swedish Turnips,

have been brought by man out of their natural condition ; they are,

in fact, monsters, and Nature will get rid of them and revert to the

old true type of the species. Of varieties of distinct species pro-

duced in a state of nature, even when carried beyond individual

variations (which have been termed sub-species or geographical

varieties), I believe also that Nature constantly endeavours to get

rid of them in the same manner, although a persistence of the pre-

disposing causes may, even for a long time, render the variety appa-

rently permanent. I cited the case of the Ibis as an instance show-

ing that a species has remained permanent during the whole historic

period; and I think that we are thereby authorized in supposing

that if that bird were reduced to the condition of a single pair (as

its first creation), the progeny of that pair would in 3000 more years

be as true to the character of the species as the present individuals

are. As to the hive-bee, I intended to allude more especially to the

case where a single hive might become the founder of an extensive

apiary far removed from any other, the different hives being of

course tenanted by the progeny of the first stock. Extensive bee-

keepers do not find it necessary to import hives from a distance to

keep up their establishments ; and thus the species would keep true,

immaterial whether the queens paired with their own subjects or

with those of adjacent hives, all having descended from the same

single stock-hive. The Egyptian records furnish us with another

instance which we find to be in complete opposition to Mr. Darwin’s

theory. We there see the African ostrich, one of the most extreme

types of the class of birds, faithfully represented. According to

Mr. Darwin’s theory, it is mainly for the welfare both of the spe-

cies and individual that modifications take place and new forms are

developed. Now, there can be no doubt that it would have been

beneficial to this bird, both specifically and individually, if its coveted

plumes could have been shortened and its wings lengthened, so as

the better to escape from its pursuers. Moreover, as every one who

saw the tame ostriches in the circus at Kensington during the Great

Exhibition of 1851 will recollect, when driven to their fullest speed

23*

348 Miscellaneous.

they stretch out their short stumps of wings in order to assist in

their attempts to escape. But all their efforts to acquire by such

means the additional power of flight have been unavailing, and the

type of the species remains as it was in this respect 3000 years ago.

And in the case of other analogous species of birds, such as the

Dinornis and the Dodo, we know that the actual destruction of the

species has taken place, whilst that of the Kivi of New Zealand is

equally certain in a very short time. I purposely avoid referring to

geological evidences, believing that—lst, if the permanence of a

species can be proved for such a length of time as 5000 years ; 2ndly,

if it be admitted that varieties exhibit a tendency to revert to the

original type ; and 3rdly, if cases can be shown in which modifications

beneficial to a species have not taken place in wild animals, even

when the creature has made efforts in that direction, we are in each

of these cases furnished with an answer to Mr. Darwin’s theory.

As regards the second of these points, it seems inevitable that a

theory which supposes the principle of development to be inherent

in the works of the creation cannot be maintained if it be admitted

that the antagonistic principle of reversion be also inherent in indi-

viduals. Mr. Darwin builds his theory that species are only intensi-

fied varieties, and that generic groups are only intensified species,

mainly on the modifications which man has effected in domestic

animals. For his theory, however, to work, it is necessary to sup-

pose that the modified individuals possess such powers of discrimi-

nation as well as of exclusiveness as not to allow of their inter-

mingling with their less favoured brethren, whereby they would keep

their improvements to themselves. Thus, supposing the large and

small common white Cabbage-butterflies to be modifications of one

species, we must allow to them (as they never pair together, al-

though frequenting the same garden and feeding on the same cabbage)

a power of selection for breeding purposes which the improved breeds

of domestic animals do not possess. The terrier and spaniel, or the

pouter and tumbler pigeons will, under similar circumstances, breed

together, although they apparently differ much more from each other

than these two species of butterflies. It will at once be seen that

the idea of such a power of selection becomes more and more

untenable the nearer we ascend to the supposed origin of the modi-

fication. —Gardeners’ Chronicle, Feb. 11, 1860.

Mr. Darwin on the Origin of Species. By W.H. Harvey, M.D.

In a recent number of the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ you figure a

monstrous many-headed Cauliflower ; and, in making some editorial

remarks upon it, you suggest that it possibly throws some light

upon the way in which species, according to Mr. Darwin’s theory,

originate in Nature. I am not quite sure that, as respects this par-

ticular Cauliflower, Mr. Darwin would agree with you, for it hardly

comes within his principle, which denies to natural selection any

power to act, unless the variation acted on be “ favourable to the

variety,” in battling with its neighbours m “ the struggle for life.”’

Now, though the many heads may be very advantageous to the cook

or the market gardener, it is doubtful whether, in a crowded society ,

Miscellaneous. 349

they would help a plant that had them in pushing itself forward

toward the light. For, in a struggle, the lateral heads would be-

come etiolated and abortive by the close contact of neighbouring

plauts, and the terminal head would alone have a chance of pushing

forward and forming seed. Meantime the new variety would be

spending its strength (like a Protectionist) in favouring a non-paying

*‘manutactory.”” Clearly, therefore, the old, one-headed cauli-

flowers, unburdened with unprofitable speculations and concentrating

all their energies on one result, would stand the better chance of

turning their ‘crown into a pound.” But, be this as it may, I wish

now to call the attention of your readers to another monster, which,

by a curious coincidence, appeared at Kew about the same time that

Mr. Darwin’s book appeared in Albemarle Street, and which, if I

interpret it aright, speaks much more forcibly against the truth of

Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis than your cauliflower, on the most favour-

able interpretation, says in its favour. I allude to a monstrosity in

Begonia frigida, figured in the ‘ Botanical Magazine,’ t. 5160. fig. 4,

and thus described by Sir William Hooker :—‘*‘ Our artist, Mr.

Fitch, while making the drawing, detected a curious morphological

structure in the fact of one of the flowers having an iferzor perianth

of four very unequal sepals (such as are indicative of a male flower) ;

and above their point of insertion are four stamens (apparently per-

fect), alternating with four superior, free, ovate ovaries, each with a

short style, and two downy linear stigmas. It is to be regretted

that no section was made of these ovaries, which, from situation and

in form, so little resemble the three-celled inferior fruit of Begonia.”

To this account I may add that Dr. Hooker assures me that the

ovules appeared to be normal, such as might have been fertilized.

Let us suppose that they were perfect, and had been allowed to

seed ; every gardener would anticipate, I presume, that some of the

progeny at least, if not all, would have horne similar flowers. Now,

had this oceurred in a state of nature, and had a botanist collected a

plant with such flowers, he would not only have placed it in a dis-

tinct genus from Begonia, but would probably have considered it as

the type of a new natural order. Can it be possible, then, that

genera and even natural orders spring up like mushrooms in this

sudden manner? According to Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis, the thing

is impossible; for it would have required hundreds, perhaps thou-

sands of successive generations to have enabled ‘ naturai selection ”’

to convert an inferior ovary and unisexual flowers into a superior

ovary and bisexual flowers. If there be one thing more frequently

iterated than ayother in Mr. Darwin’s book, it is this: that ‘it is

fatal to my theory”’ if changes be not slowly progressive, by the

accumulation of small increments from generation to generation ;

increments which, at first, may be only obvious to a breeder, but

which, ‘‘ bred up to’’ continuously, are sufficient, through ‘ natural

selection” alone (as we are told p. 186), to change the eye-speck of

a Medusa into the human eye (if not to transform a slave-making

ant into a Southern States-man). If time be only long enough, and

generations and divarications of form many enough, according to the

theory, not only such things may be done, but they have been done!

350 Miscellaneous.

But a sudden change, like that hinted at by our Begonia, was not

contemplated by Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis; and if such should ever

be established; if seeds should ever be raised from such a flower, and

should breed true, then the theory would receive a serious damage,

and a few such cases would overthrow it altogether. For, says Mr.

Darwin, at page 206, “on the theory of natural selection we can

clearly understand the full meaning of that old canon in natural

history, ‘ Natura non facit saltum.’ This canon, if we look only to

the present inhabitants of the world, is not strictly correct ; but if we

include all those of past times, it must by my theory be strictly

true.” It might be easily shown, by quoting other passages, that

the theory, strictly taken, denies not only a ‘“saltus” but a “ gra-

dus,”’ and proceeds by a sliding-seale. But let us confine ourselves to

the “‘saltus.”’ Is it not a “ saltus”’ fora plant, at one bound, to change

an inferior ovary and unisexual flowers to a superior ovary and

bisexual? Would not such a fact, if fairly established in the vege-

table world, be almost as wonderful as if a rhinoceros were born of

an elephant? And are we quite sure that such a fact has not oc-

curred in Nature? I merely throw out as a hint—not as asserting

a truth, or even a prebability, but merely as a hint, hypothetically

put—that there are two natural orders of plants which have so many

indications of common affinity that they were placed near together

by Mr. Brown, but which differ from each other nearly by the very

same characters as those by which our monstrous Begonia differs

from its normal parent. The orders I allude to are Aristolochiaceze

and Nepenthaceze. Aristolochiacez, like Begonia, has an inferior

ovary of 3-6 carpels; Nepenthacez, like our monster, a superior

ovary of 4 carpels. On theoretic principles, it is probable that

Nepenthacez is the newest type; tor it is not, as yet, generically

diversified, its flowers are 4-merous, its embryo more fully organized,

and its geographical range more limited; and, as we are supposing,

we may further guess that if Nepenthes were born “ per saltum ”

from an Aristolochioid, it was some such genus as Trichopodium or

Asiphonia that performed the part of cuckoo-parent. I use the

term ‘ cuckoo-parent”’ advisedly, for I should consider such an

origin to be as true and as miraculous a creation (not “ manufac-

ture’’) of a new type as if it had pleased the Divine Creator to call

up, without seed, from the dust of the ground, a new organism, by the

power of his omnipotent word.— Gardener’ s Chronicle, Feb. 25, 1860.

The Monstrous Begonia frigida at Kew, in relation to Mr. Darwin's

Theory of Natural Selection. By J. D. Hooker, M.D.

Your ingenious correspondent, Dr. Harvey of Dublin, has noticed this

remarkable plant in your last Number, and described the singular mo-

difications of the floral organs as presenting a most decided “ saltus.”’

Hie proceeds to speculate on the importance of this case as affecting

Mr. Darwin’s theory, and, by what appears to me to be reasoning

‘‘ per saltum,”’ he arrives at the conclusion that ‘‘ a few such cases

would overthrow Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis altogether!”” Now I

venture, on the contrary, to think that the “‘saltus”’ of this Begonia

frigida has not the importance which Dr. Harvey imagines; and

Miscellaneous. O51

that, supposing (as he conceives possible) the seeds of the most

aberrant flower to produce plants with similar flowers, the case would

not even then militate against Mr. Darwin’s theory, but the con-

trary. In the first place, let us attentively study this Begonia itself ;

its flowers are, like those of its congeners, normally unisexual, and

produced in great abundance, both males and females, in the same

fascicles all over the plant. The female flowers are perfectly con-

stant in all their characters, except that they vary in having 3-4

cells and stigmas to the ovary and as many wings (which is not

without precedent in the genus). The males have usually 6-15

stamens in the very centre of the flower, with no trace of stigmas or

ovary ; and not 10 per cent. present any deviation from this condi-

tion. Of those that do deviate, most have 3—5 deformed stamens or

rudimentary ovaries in the axis of the flower, and proportionally

fewer perfect stamens; and between the normal male flower and the

very rare instances of a regular flower with four superior carpels

(more or less united in the axis) and as many hypogynous stamens

opposite the sepals, we find flowers with every conceivable modifica-

tion in number, regularity, and perfection of stamens and carpels.

Lastly, the abnormal carpels always bear very few ovules indeed, as

compared with the normal ones. Now, it is very startling to be

asked “is it not a ‘saltus’ for a plant at one bound to change an

inferior ovary and unisexual flowers into a superior ovary and bi-

sexual flowers?” but there is another way of putting the question,

which is more accurate, however flat it may fall on the ear: viz.,

“is it a ‘saltus’ that a Begonia should produce male flowers, in a

very few of which the central stamens are deformed, and in others

are converted into more or less rudimentary or even perfect free or

connate pistils?’’ So much for the plant. My friend proceeds to

say that “according to Darwin’s hypothesis it would have required

hundreds, perhaps thousands, of successive generations to have en-

abled natural selection to convert an inferior ovary and unisexual

flowers into a superior cvary and bisexual flowers.’ Mr. Darwin

will, I think, demur to this, ‘and still more to the rash assumption

that, supposing any seeds of the hermaphrodite flowers of the

Begonia should produce plants bearing none but hermaphrodite

flowers, the latter would constitute even a new species amongst

botanists, who would infallibly detect the true nature of the sport in

this (as they have in similar cases), as soon as the normal state of

the plant were known. In the first place, we do not know how

many generations have elapsed since Begonia frigida commenced to

bear any hermaphrodite flowers, nor bow many generations may

elapse before all traces of unisexual flowers will be obliterated in the

progeny of a plant now bearing only about 5 per cent. of bisexual

flowers ; and it is to be borne in mind not only that these ovaries

are incomparably the least prolific, but further, that, from being

hermaphrodite, they are likely to be self-fertilized, and, according to

Mr. Darwin’s well-established observations, will hence give birth to

a less numerous and less vigorous progeny. Nor must it be for-

gotten that this may be the lingering type of a by-gone phase of

Begoniaceze when ali had superior ovaries; for that it may be the

352 Miscellaneous.

last of an old race is as conceivable as that it is the first of a new

one. An attentive study of the Begonia and a careful perusal of

Darwin’s book will, Iam sure, convince your readers that this varia-

tion is a fact after that author’s own heart. The fact of a meta-

morphosis so simple and common as that of stamens into carpels,

suggesting to a first-rate botanist a new view of the affinity of the

plant in which it occurs, is a very frequent one, and shows the im-

perfection of our knowledge and systems, not the magnitude or im-

portance in the abstract of the changes that affect them. Instead

of this being a case which (according to Dr. Harvey) “was not con-

templated by Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis,” it is one of a class which

he had specially in view; it is a beautiful illustration of the truth

and wisdom of his chapter on classification, in which he shows how

false are often the standards by which we estimate the value of cha-

racters; how loaded by preconceived ideas is the balance im which

we weigh them ; how prone, in short, we are to assume that a change

is in itself fundamental, because it shakes our systems to the foun-

dation. The differences between the extreme forms of the Begonia

flowers are in no way comparable to those between “an elephant

and a rhinoceros;” nor do they lead us to imagine that the latter

could ever be the progeny of the former. According to Darwin’s

hypothesis, the change from species to species must be slow, and is

effected by the accumulation of small differences; this Begonia, as-

suming it to be the herald of a new type of Begoniaceze, 1s a good

instance of how slow and partial such a change is at the commence-

ment ; for it is confined to one set of organs in a very few flowers of

one sex only, is conducted with the least possible disturbance of the

functions of the plant, and there are prodigious odds against its ulti-

mate success. We cannot indeed conceive the new form replacing

the old till after the lapse of many generations, and a long course of

that operation of natural selection which my friend thinks his forth-

coming new type of Begoniacese has already dispensed with. Lastly,

Dr. Harvey makes a most ingenious use of the abnormal flowers of

the Begonia in seeking the affinity of the curious order to which it

belongs; and assumes that it tends to place Begoniaceze in the

same alliance with Aristolochieze and others, because it too includes

genera with a superior and an inferior fruit ; but amongst the many

orders that share this peculiarity of the Begonia there is one much

nearer to the position assigned to it (by Lindley first and by common

consent since), and that is the alliance of Saxifrages: in these, and

often in the same genus, we have superior and inferior ovaries *, free

and connate carpels, with several modifications of placentation,

epigynous, perigynous, and hypogynous stamens, the peculiar

ovules of Begonia, its remarkable seeds, and its reticulated testa.

Finally, to the same group also belongs Sempervivumn, which offers

another most curious instance of the conversion of stamens into

carpels.—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Feb. 25, 1860.

x I need hardly remind the botanical reader that the conversion of stamini-

ferous into pistilliferous flowers in unisexual trees is not uncommon, and that

free superior carpels occur in species whose ovaries are normally inferior.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 29. MAY 1860.

XXXVII.—On the Genus Notopterophorus of Costa.

By Ruporen LevcKkarr*.

[With a Plate. ]

Dvrine my residence in Nice in 1853, I several times found

amongst other parasites}, in the cloacal space and respiratory

cavity of Phallusia mamillaris, a parasitic Crustacean of very

peculiar appearance, such as I had never previously met with.

I regarded it as new, and gave it the name of Calathopte-

rus, on account of the basket-like structure of the wing-like

processes attached to the back of the thoracic segments; and,

in compliment to my honoured friend Verany, who took the

greatest interest in this Crustacean, I called it C. Veranyi.

On my return journey, I was enabled, at Turin, by the kind-

ness of Professor de’ Filippi, to inspect Costa’s ‘ Fauna del Regno

di Napoli” a work very little known in Germany; and here,

after the first few leaves, I met with plate 2 of the Entomo-

straca, containing a figure of my parasite, or of a very similar

form. The text and explanation of the plates were wanting, at

least for the plate in question; I therefore remained in a state

of uncertainty as to the name of my animal.

This uncertainty has only been partially removed since. I

succeeded, however, in discovering a second copy of Costa’s

work in the library of Senator von Heyden of Frankfort ; but in

this also the text and explanation of the plates were wanting.

* Translated from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1859, p. 241, by W. S. Dallas,

F.L.S.

T Especially Amphipoda and Nemertina. Once, also, a small Cecropiform

parasite (j line in length), with long tufts of bristles between the legs, was

met with. The margins of the thoracic segments were elongated, especially

that of the last segment, which formed a regular roof destined for the

reception of the cylindrical abdomen and the two rose-coloured egg-sacs.

Am. & May. N. Hist. Ser.3,. Vol.v. 24

354: M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus.

The catalogue belonging to it, however, indicated that the fol-

lowing species were described under the order Pcacilopodi :—

Edwardsia fulgens, Costa (Sapphirina, Auct.) ; Cecrops Latreillet ;

Gunenotophorus globularis, n.; Notopterophorus elongatus, n.; and

N. elatus,n. Our animal consequently belonged to one of the two

last-named genera; and, indeed, judging from the etymology

(although the derivation of Gunenotophorus * is quite unintelli-

gible to me), to Notopterophorus. As, however, Costa describes

two species of this genus, it remains doubtful which name belongs

to the figure referred to. Plate 2 contains, besides the animal

in question (fig. 4), two other allied Crustaceans (figs. 1 & 2),

possibly, however, only different states of the same species,

which, instead of the wing-like processes on the back of the

thorax, possess a hump-like inflation, apparently filled with

young. The name Notopterophorus would hardly apply to these,

so that the two figures are perhaps to be referred to the pro-

blematical Gunenotophorus. (1 did not see the third plate, which

might possibly give us some information on this point; at

‘least, I have no recollection of it.)

As, however, I have already remarked that Costa’s figure

_ differs in many respects, especially as regards the dorsal wings,

_from my parasite, I may justly describe it here as Notoptero-

_ phorus Veranyi.

I am not, however, the only person who has observed this

Crustacean. On mentioning my parasite to Dr. Krohn, at the

time of the meeting of naturalists at Bonn, I learnt that this

distinguished student of the fauna of our coasts had likewise

met with it, and indeed not unfrequently, in various species of

Phallusia (at Naples). Dr. Krohn was so kind as to place at

my disposal the drawing which he had made, together with the

notes connected with it. This drawing is reproduced in Plate

XVI. B. fig. 2, and the notes, wherever they differ from, or serve

to complete my own, are incorporated in my description, with

the name of the observer.

Our Crustacean (fig. 1) is two lines in length, and, if we do

not take into consideration the wing-like processes of the thorax,

has a cylindrical body gradually decreasing posteriorly, with a

head, thorax, and abdomen. The thorax exhibits four, and the

abdomen five segments, which are all distinctly separated from

each other; so that our animal has a certain resemblance to a

Woodlouse, especially as the limits of the head towards the first

* Professor Leuckart seems here to be misled by the beautiful simplicity

of the etymology, which, however, is, unfortunately, by no means without

parallel. Gunenotophorus is evidently compounded, in the simplest fashion,

of the Greek words yuv) and vwroddpos, and is doubtless intended to

indicate that the female carries something on her back.—W. S. D.

M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus. 355

thoracic ring are marked with equal distinctness. The appen-

dages are confined to the head and thorax, as usual in the Para-

sita. On the former we find two pairs of antenne, and a series

of oral organs which, in consequence of the nearly globular

form of the head, follow each other at very short distances, and

on each segment of the thorax a pair of rather short, cleft, ven-

tral feet. (Krohn thinks he could count five pairs of feet, but he

has probably taken the organs of the mouth, which are otherwise

overlooked by him, as an anterior pair of feet. The figure, in fact,

only shows four feet.) A remarkable character is furnished by the

wing-like foliaceous processes of the dorsal segments, which are

distinguished from the analogous structures occurring elsewhere

in certain parasitic Crustacea by their standing nearly perpendi-

cular, and, by the overlapping of their lateral margins, enclosing

an elongated space, closed like a basket.

In the median line of the head, at a little distance in front of

the antenne, is seen a single red eye, “ composed, as in Cyclops,

of two ocelli fused together ” (Krohn).

The two antenne (figs. 3 & 4) are short and composed of

only a few joints ; the posterior (fig. 4) are hooked and furnished

with a claw-like acute terminal joint. The animal is not unfre-

quently seen adhering to the walls of the respiratory cavity [of

the Phallusia] by means of this apparatus. Moreover, it ap-

pears as if the first antennz also occasionally perform the office

of a clinging apparatus, although the want of a terminal claw

and the presence of short tactile sete certainly indicate a dif-

ferent destination. In the anterior antennz I count seven joints,

in the posterior only four, which in both cases gradually dimi-

nish both in length and thickness towards the apex.

The parts of the mouth are organized for bitmg, and not for

piercing ; they consist, in the first place (fig. 5), of a strong

toothed mandible, immediately behind which, and in close con.

tact. with it, there is a stout three-jointed appendage, which

must be regarded either as a palpus or as a second jaw,—the

latter view appearing to me to be most natural, from the archi-

tectonic conditions of the Parasita. The terminal joint of this

appendage bears a row of four long and strongly curved spines.

The third, or second, and last pair of jaws is represented by a

curved conical process (fig.6), formed of thin, gradually diminish-

‘Ing joints, and bearing on its concave surface, which is turned

towards the orifice of the mouth, a longitudinal series of stiff

bristles or spines. The spines of the last two joints are consi-

derably larger, but at the same time less numerous, than those

of the preceding basal joint.

The legs of our Crustacean are essentially of the same struc-

ture on all the four thoracic segments. They consist (fig. 7) of

24%

356 M.R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus.

a basal joint, upon which two branches of several joints, but

otherwise differently developed and destined for different pur-

poses, are inserted. One of these branches, which is turned

inwards, appears to be a swimming-foot. It consists of only two

flattened joints, of which the apical one is somewhat the larger,

and is furnished on its sharp margin with a number of long

bristles. The other, longer, branch is formed of four cylindrical

jomts, which gradually diminish in size towards the extremity.

Instead of the long swimming bristles, there are, on this, shorter

and stiffer spines, especially on the terminal joint, where these

at the same time attain their greatest development. These

structures are evidently better adapted for pushing; they may

do good service in creeping.

As regards the wing-like processes of the thoracic segments,

these (figs. 1 & 2) appear to be folds, and not separate, inde-

pendent appendages. They are therefore to be compared less

with the wings of insects than with the laminar processes so

often occurring in the Parasitic Crustacea; although, as already

remarked, they differ from these in their position. The two

middle segments of the thorax each bear two such lamine, to the

right and left, whilst the anterior and posterior segments are

furnished with only a single leaf, which is curved to form a

furrow, as if here the two lateral leaves, touching each other at

an angle, had become fused together at their inner margins.

The concavity of the anterior leaf is turned backwards ; that of

the posterior one, on the contrary, is directed forwards. At the

same time the lamine gradually become broader as they depart

from the base, so that the margins overlap, and the space en-

closed by them becomes limited on all sides. The anterior leaf

stands most perpendicularly; whilst the posterior one is most

inclined, but at the same time is the longest. The free margins

of the leaves are usually (the posterior angle of the third leaf

most constantly) furnished with one or more small points, but

never with such long and beak-like teeth as are represented in

Costa’s figure.

Of the five segments of the abdomen, the first three gradually

increase in length, whilst the last two again become shorter.

The total length of the abdomen is nearly the same as that of

the thorax, but its thickness is less than that of the thorax even

at the first segment (which, however, is not counted as a seg-

ment by Krohn), and from this gradually becomes less to the

apex. There are no appendages upon the two styles represent-

ing the furca, which include the anus between them, and are

furnished at the extremity with three minute tubercles.

In the specimen figured by Krohn (fig. 2), we observe in the

last segment of the thorax, immediately below the leaf attached

M. R. Leuckart on the Genus Notopterophorus. 357

at this point, a great mass of eggs, which are characterized by a

grass-green colour (brownish, according to Costa), and shine

through the outer coverings. According to Krohn, these eggs are

- contained in the oviducts, which open here (above the abdomen).

The ovaria, with their very numerous small ova, lie, in the form

of one or two pair of sacs, in the lateral parts of the body, where

they may be traced, partly beside and partly above the intestine,

nearly to the head.

The nutritive canal is a brown tube, somewhat broader in the

thorax than in the abdomen, and without appendages. The

central nervous system consists, as stated by Krohn, of an

elongated ganglionic mass, situated in the anterior part of the

thorax, from which a number of nerves proceed, of which two

stems, distinguished by their length and thickness, may be

traced into the abdomen.

According to Costa’s figure, the embryos have the ordinary

Monoculus-form ; they were not observed by me. On the other

hand, along with the full-grown animals, I twice met with a

wingless individual of about one-half their size. Whether this

represents the male form, or merely an earlier stage of develop-

ment, I must leave undecided.

As regards the affinities of our Crustacean, there can be no

doubt that it evidently belongs to the group of the Parasitic

Crustacea. Still I scarcely think that it can be arranged in

any of the families already established in this group. The

only form which comes near our animal is Allman’s Noto-

delphys, described by him as a Lophyropod. (Annals and Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1848, xx. p.1.) But, according to Peters’s Report,

which is the only record now before me, Notodelphys* is di-

stinguished (without taking into consideration the statements

regarding the structure of the mouth) especially by the absence

of the dorsal leaves. The thorax also appears to be differently

constructed, and perhaps disturbed in its normal development

by the enormous size of the brood-sac, in the same way as in

the species represented by Costa in plate 7. figs. 1 & 2 (which

may be identical with Notodelphys ?).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.B.

Fig. 1. Notopterophorus Veranyt.

Fig. 2. The same (from Krohn’s drawing).

Fig. 3. Anterior antennz.

Fig. 4. Posterior antenne.

‘ig. 5. Mandible with attached palpus(?).

Fig. 6. Last jaw.

Fig. 7. Leg.

* The generic name Notodelphys has since been used a second time for

the American Pouched Frog discovered by Weinland and Lichtenstein

(N. Lichtensteinii).

358 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

XXXVIII.—On Additions to the Madetran Coleoptera.

By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 267. ]

Fam. Bostrichide.

Genus ENNEADESMUS.

Mulsant, Mém. de l’Acad. de Lyon (2iéme série), Scien. 1. 208.

The detection of the present genus near Funchal introduces

a new family into the Madeiran Catalogue, viz. the Bostrichide.

Perhaps, however, properly, Rhyzopertha should also be regarded

as a member of it, im which case it should have been long ago

acknowledged in our fauna: nevertheless, since that genus is

not a very typical exponent of the group, and has likewise many

points in common with the Cisside, I included it in the latter

family when compiling the ‘ Insecta Maderensia.? But now

that Hnneadesmus must be appended to the list, I would regard

it, along with Rhyzopertha, as representing an additional family

—the Bostrichide. With respect to the structural features of

the insect described below, they seem to me to accord with those

of Enneadesmus, which differs principally from Xylopertha (to

which it is nearly related) in having its antenne composed of

only nine joints,—one of the five minute ones between the

second and the very large, loosely-connected, triarticulate club

(and which are so evident in Psoa, Apate, Sinoxylon, Xylopertha,

and Bostrichus) having disappeared. I have a closely allied

beetle in my possession, communicated from Milan a few years

ago, by the Abbé Stabile, under the title of “ Apate Chevrieri,

Villa,” which seems to me to belong to the same genus as the

Madeiran one, its antenne being exactly similar to those of the

E. barbatus ; so that, if it be correctly named, there is apparently

some confusion in the recent European catalogues, which assign

that species to the genus Xylopertha, in which the antennz are

10-articulate, Be this, however, as it may, the Madeiran insect

is certainly different specifically from the Milan one; and I

regard it, at any rate, as belonging (for the reason above cited)

to Mulsant’s Hnneadesmus. And I may here, perhaps, just add

that the two insects described by M. Lucas, in his work on the

Coleoptera of Algeria, as “ Xylopertha appendiculata” and “ hu-

meralis,” requixe, unless I am mistaken, to have thei antennal

details again carefully revised; for I cannot but suspect that a

joint too many may have been assigned to the antennz of each

of them,—those of the former having, according to the figure,

their second articulation divided by a central line in a manner

quite unprecedented in any of the allied forms; whilst those of

the latter are represented with a small basal joint, which is pro-

Mr. T. Y. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 359

bably only the rounded commencement of what is there regarded

as the second. Should my supposition prove to be correct, it

would throw both of these species into the genus Enneadesmus,

with which in most other respects they (but more especially

the X. humeralis) appear to agree; whilst, in support of this

view, I perceive that the “ Apate Chevrierii” (which, as already

stated, I consider an Enneadesmus, and congeneric with the

Madeiran insect) has been actually registered in a late Catalogue

as a synonym of the “ Xylopertha” humeralis, which makes it still

further probable that my suspicion is not altogether groundless.

The feet of Enneadesmus, like those of the allied forms above

alluded to, are regarded as pentamerous ; but the basal joint is so

minute, and so closely connected with the second, that it is

sometimes scarcely possible to detect it,—uif, indeed, in all in-

stances it does really exist. In the Madeiran insect, after

mounting the tarsi in Canada balsam for the microscope, I can

just recognize this first articulation in the hinder pair; but in

the front ones I am scarcely able to satisfy myself of its presence,

though, as it is said to exist in all these immediate genera, I

conclude that it is there. The tibiz are more or less denticu-

lated along their outer edge; and the terminal spur, especially

on the anterior pair, is very large, broad, and articulated. I[

have not been able to obtain a type of the Bostrichus 3-spinosus

of Olivier, for the reception of which the genus Enneadesmus was

constituted ; nevertheless, J assume the Madeiran insect to be

distinct from it, as I can detect nothing in its outward structure

to warrant the above specific name.

Enneadesmus barbatus, n. sp.

E. cylindricus, rufo-piceus ; capite deflexo, ad latera et transversim in

fronte (in maribus saltem, et forsan in utroque sexu) longissime

barbato ; prothorace (preesertim antice) pilis longis erectis paucis

adsperso, postice nitidissimo minute et parce punctulato, antice

mucronibus magnis asperato; elytris piceo-testaceis postice infus-

catis, subnitidis, pube demissa brevi flavescente densius vestitis,

sat profunde subseriatim punctatis, ad apicem retusis, parte trun-

cata utrinque tuberculo parvo instructa necnon ad suturam in

medio eleyata divaricata; antennis pedibusque plus mimus pices-

centi-testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 13-2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. E. Leacock prope Funchal

primo detectus; necnon ad “ Praia Formosa” pauca specimina

cepit Dom. Bewicke.

E. cylindrical, and more or less rufo-piceous. Head much

deflexed, and with the hinder part (which is concealed beneath

the pronotum) longitudinally strigulose ; its sides and across its

forehead densely tufted (at any rate, in the male sex, if not in

360 Mr.'T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

both) with excessively long, porrected, yellowish hairs. Pro-

thorax sparingly beset with erect, but much finer and less yel-

low, hairs; brightly polished behind, where it is most minutely

and remotely punctulated, and much roughened in front (espe-

cially towards the sides) with coarse tubercles and points. E/y-

tra paler at the base (where they are more or less piceo-testa-

ceous) than the head and prothorax ; less shining than the hinder

part of the prothorax, and more densely clothed with a fine,

decumbent, sericeous, yellowish pile; rather deeply subseriate-

punctate (the punctures, however, although large, becoming

shallower anteriorly) ; obliquely truncated towards the apex, but

not very abruptly so, and with a small tubercle on either side of

the truncated portion at about the middle of the margin, and

with the suture (particularly in the centre) much elevated and

divaricate. Limbs more or less piceo-testaceous, the dibie and

antennal club being usually a good deal obscured.

As already stated, the above insect very nearly resembles the

species which I have in my collection under the name of “Apaie

Chevrierii, Villa.’ It is, however, rather larger ; and its elytra

are more coarsely punctured (especially behind), and have their

truncated portion much less abrupt, and the suture very distinctly

raised only in the centre of this truncation, where, moreover, it

is divaricate. A single example of it was detected im Madeira,

by Mr. Edmund Leacock, in his garden at the Quinta de Sao

Joo, near Funchal; several more were shortly afterwards found

by Mr. Bewicke amongst old logs of wood in a small shed

or out-house, at the Praia Formosa, and I have a_ specimen

(which, however, I have not yet very closely compared with the

Madeiran ones) captured by myself in the island of Palma, of

the Canaries.

Fam. Cisside.

Genus Crs.

Latreille, Précis des Caract. gén. des Ins. 50 (1796).

Cis puncticollis, n. sp.

C. ovato-cylindricus, fusco-niger et breviter setuloso-pubescens ; pro-

thorace subopaco minutissime alutaceo (sed haud ruguloso) et

dense punctulato (punctulis parvis sed distinctis), neenon ad latera

rotundato anguste marginato ; elytris subnitidis dense subruguloso-

punctatis, apicem versus interdum vix dilutioribus ; antennis pedi-

busque rufo-testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 3-1.

Mas, capite distincte bituberculato.

Habitat Maderam, in castanetis supra Funchal a Dom. Bewicke

lectus.

C, convex and cylindrical, but just perceptibly more ovate (or

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 361

narrowed anteriorly) than the C. fuscipes, dark brownish black,

and clothed throughout with short, suberect, and rigid cinereous

sete. Head obtusely rounded (or subtruncated) anteriorly, and

distinctly bitubercled in the males. Prothorax about (or per-

haps scarcely) as broad as the elytra, with the sides, as well as

the anterior and posterior angles, more rounded than in the

C. fuscipes, a little more regularly produced in front from each

anterior angle (which causes the latter to be obtusely rounded

off, instead of being a little prominent as in that insect) ; sub-

opake and (beneath the microscope) most minutely alutaceous,

and regularly and rather densely punctured, the punctures being

smaller and deeper than those of the C. fuscipes, as well as more

regular and better defined (being all equal, and not composed of a

double set as in that species) ; the lateral edges margined, but

not so broadly as in the C. fuscipes, but the hinder one per-

haps rather more evidently (though, at the same time, very deli-

cately); and with the faintest possible indication of a dorsal

line, which tends to become a keel behind, but a channel in

front. lytra rather less opake than the prothorax, and not

appearing alutaceous when viewed beneath the microscope ; also

rather more uneven or rugulose, though less so than in the C.

Juscipes ; more closely and deeply punctured than in that insect,

but with the same double system of punctures, the larger ones of

which have, like the pubescence, a tendency to be disposed in

longitudinal rows. Limbs rufo-testaceous.

Apart from the many characters to be gathered from the above

diagnosis, the present Cis, several specimens of which were cap-

tured by Mr. Bewicke on the trunk of a decayed Spanish chest-

nut-tree at the Mount, above Funchal, may be known from its

Madeiran ally, the C. fuscipes, by its smaller size, darker hue,

and shorter setz, as well as by its somewhat narrower and less

margined prothorax, and its different sculpture.

Fam. Tomicide.

Genus APHANARTHRUM.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 292 (1854).

Aphanarthrum piscatorium, Woll.

A, fusco-nigrum, pilis suberectis dense vestitum ; prothorace alutaceo

dense punctato, antice producto rotundato sublurido ; elytris dense

subseriatim punctatis et transversim rugulosis, dilute testaceis,

fasciis duabus profunde dentatis nigris (una sc. magna et altera

362 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

angustiore suffusa postica) ornatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure

testaceis.

Long. corp. lin. 3—#. ; ba

Habitat locos inferiores Madere, in ramis Huphorbie piscatorie

emortuis degens.

Aphanarthrum piscatorium, Woll., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. v. p. 166.

A. smaller than the A. Euphorbia, and with the pubescence

rather denser, longer, and somewhat darker. Prothorax rather

longer in proportion, though less acuminated (or more regularly

and obtusely rounded) anteriorly,—where, moreover, it is free

from the small marginal asperities, or tubercles, which are so

evident in that species ; of an altogether darker hue, the extreme

apex only being of a more or less lurid yellow ; sculptured much

in the same manner as the A. Euphorbia, but with the punc-

tures, as well as the under alutaceous surface, somewhat more

coarse and dense; and with the obscure dorsal ridge narrower

and less conspicuous. lytra a trifle more densely and regu-

larly sculptured than in that insect ; and with the front fascia

usually broader (or more suffused) and less broken, and the

hinder one also more suffused and placed nearer to the apex, to

which it occasionally altogether extends. Limbs dusky testa-

ceous, being usually less obscured than those of the A. Eu-

phorbie.

The present insect was detected by myself—and, subsequently,

on the same day (the 23rd of December, 1858), by Senhor Moniz.

—in decayed stems of the Huphorbia piscatoria, between Point

Oliveira and the Brazen Head, to the east of Funchal. It was

through the fact of having previously captured it in Teneriffe,

Palma, and Hierro, of the Canarian group, within the rotten

branches of the selfsame plant, that [ was induced to commence

a search amongst the Euphorbias of the lower elevations of

Madeira also; and the result was that the present Aphanarthrum

and the following one (both of them being likewise Canarian)-

were at once added to our list. It seems to be as common

throughout the maritime districts of Madeira as the A. Euphor-

bie is in the E. mellifera of loftier altitudes ; for it has been

taken abundantly by Mr. Bewicke and Senhor Moniz, not only

towards Canico (where we first observed it), but also at Porto

Novo, and in the region beyond the Cabo Gerao, to the west-

ward of Funchal.

Aphanarthrum bicolor, Woll.

A. pallido-testaceum et pilis paucis erectis remote vestitum ; pro-

thorace subtilissime alutaceo sparse et minutissime punctulato,

antice producto necnon ad apicem ipsum acuminato incrassato,

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 363

linea dorsali, utrinque plaga longitudinali, macula transversa sub-

postica et linea transversa subantica (plus minus confluentibus

suffusis) nigris; elytris paulo nitidioribus subdiaphanis, remote

seriatim punctulatis (punctulis minutis), fasciis duabus profunde

dentatis nigris (una sc. magna in medio duplici et altera angus-

tiore subpostica) ornatis.

Long. corp, lin. 2-1.

Variat lineis maculisque plus minus fractis, disjunctis, rarius sub-

obsoletis.

Habitat in iisdem locis ac przecedens, sed illo paulo rarius.

Aphanarthrum bicolor, Woll., Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. y. p. 165.

A. pale testaceous, and of a slightly more shining and sub-

diaphanous surface (at any rate, as regards the elytra) than either

of the other Madeiran Aphanarthra ; also very much less pilose,

there being only an extremely few (though rather long) suberect

hairs scattered over its surface. Prothorax rather more acumi-

nated anteriorly than that of the A. piscatorium, and also a little

thickened (or subtuberculose) at the extreme apical margin,—

but neither so much acuminated nor so distinctly roughened as

in the A. Euphorbia; most closely and delicately alutaceous

(when viewed beneath the microscope), but with the additional

punctures, which are so numerous in the other species, exces-

sively minute and extremely remote; with a transverse dash

behind and before, a longitudinal one (connecting them at their

extremities) towards either side, and a narrow dorsal line (con-

necting them in the centre) black; but all of them more or less

confluent, and occasionally quite disjointed. lytra likewise

alutaceous (but, from the surface being a little rougher, or more

uneven, less distinctly so), and most minutely and remotely

punctulated ; and with the fasciz dark and very similar to those

of the A. Euphorbia, but with the hinder one of them generally

more broken and subobsolete. Limbs dusky testaceous.

The pale, but beautifully marked, subglabrous, and compara-

tively unpunctured surface of this elegant Aphanarthrum will

immediately distinguish it from its two Madeiran allies. As

already stated, it was captured out of the same plants as, and in

company with, the preceding species, though somewhat less

abundantly. The Madeiran specimens differ im no respect fronr

the Canarian ones, except that they are perhaps a trifle less sub-

diaphanous or shining, and that their elytra are a little more

coarsely alutaceous, and with their punctures (although so dis-

tant and minute) rather more perceptible. Like the A. pis-

catorium, it will probably be found to occur throughout the

lower elevations of Madeira—wherever Euphorbia piscatoria

abounds.

364 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

Genus LerparTHRUM.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 294 (1854).

Leiparthrum inarmatum, n. sp.

L. breviter subovato-cylindricum fusco-nigrum et pilis rigidis (pre-

sertim postice) vestitum ; prothorace antice subattenuato inarmato

(i.e. tubereulis omnino carente) ; elytris profunde striato-punc-

tatis, interstitiis leviter elevatis, apicem versus plerumque paulo

dilutioribus necnon ad apicem obsoletissime subtruncatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3—-#.

Habitat in ramis emortuis Euphorbie piscatorie, in inferioribus

Madere crescentis, minus frequens.

ZL. short and subovate-cylindrical (having the slightest pos-

sible tendency to be expanded behind, 7. e. towards the apex of

the elytra), black or brownish-black ; and more or less clothed

with short, thick, rigid, cimereous, and somewhat scaly pubes-

cence. Prothorax a trifle more narrowed anteriorly than in the

L. bituberculatum, and also a little more coarsely alutaceous and

punctured; and without any appearance of the tubercles in

front, which are so evident in that species, as well as in the L.

mandibulare and L. curtum. Elytra deeply and distinctly striate-

punctate (the punctures being large and well defined), and with

the interstices obscurely elevated ; a little more suddenly termi-

nated (or with a very slight tendency to be obliquely truncated)

at their apex—where, moreover, the setz are rather longer and

coarser, and appear therefore to be more evidently disposed in

longitudinal rows. Lambs paler.

The present insignificant little Leiparthrum was detected by

myself in the rotten stems of the Euphorbia piscatoria, in com-

pany with the two Aphanarthra described above, in the mari-

time district between the Brazen Head and Canico, to the east-

ward of Funchal, in which locality it was subsequently captured

likewise by Senhor Moniz and Mr. Bewicke. Its rather shortened

and apically-subtruncated form, in conjunction with its compa-

ratively deeply-sculptured elytra (with their large punctures and

raised interstices) and its untuberculated prothorax, will at once

distinguish it from its allies, from which, moreover, in its exclu-

sively (as I believe) Euphorbia-infesting habits it completely

recedes.

Genus CrypHa.us.

Erichson, in Wiegm. Archiv, 11. 61 (1836).

The diminutive insect described below I regard as a Cryphalus :

at any rate, after carefully mounting its antennze in Canada bal-

sam, I cannot satisfy myself, beneath the highest microscopic

power, that its funiculus is more than quadriarticulate. Indeed,

so excessively minute are the three transverse jomts between the

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 365

large, thickened, subtriangular basal one (of the funiculus) and

the club, that it was some time before I succeeded in separating

them at all inter se,—having regarded them at first as a single

articulation. But having succeeded at last in mounting an an-

tenna in a slightly curved position, so as to display this small

portion to the greatest possible advantage, it became a compara-

tively easy matter to recognize it as made up of three subequal

parts. Thus, in the Madeiran members of the Tomicide, we

have the funiculus composed in Aphanarthrum of three joints,

in Leiparthrum and Cryphalus of four, and in Tomicus and Hy-

poborus of five. The C. aspericollis is powerfully winged, the

wings being densely and minutely irrorated all over with black

points or punctules (but almost free from veins), and ciliated on

their ower edge with long hairs; its tibiz are compressed and

externally spinulose.

Cryphalus aspericolls, n. sp.

C. minutissimus, cylindricus, subnitidus, nigro-piceus et setulis rigidis

suberectis cinereis adspersus; prothorace irregulariter subpunctato-

ruguloso, ante medium subnodoso-convexo, antice obtuse rotundato

necnon mucronibus valde asperato ; elytris minute seriatim punc-

tulatis et longitudinaliter setosis, ad apicem integris; antennis

pedibusque pallidis.

Long. corp. lin. 1-2.

Habitat Maderam, sub cortice arborum emortuo arido hinc inde sat

vulgaris.

C. minute and cylindrical, slightly shining, dark piceous-

black, and sprinkled all over with rigid, suberect, cinereous,

seale-hke hairs. Prothorax irregularly but lightly punctured,

and rugulose, with a small convexity on its fore disk (where it

is occasionally a little more diluted or rufescent), and greatly

roughened in front with coarse tubercles and points. Elytra

very lightly seriate-punctate, and with a row of excessively mi-

nute punctules down each of the interstices ; the sete regularly

disposed in longitudinal rows; rounded and entire behind.

Limbs paler.

In its cylindrical outline and anteriorly roughened prothorax,

the present minute wood-borer has all the appearance of a dimi-

nutive Tomicus ; nevertheless, its elytra have no tendency to be

obliquely truncated behind, and, as already stated, its funiculus

is only 4-articulate. I detected it in abundance beneath the

dry dead bark of a rotten chestnut paling, above Porto da Cruz,

in the east of Madeira proper, during December 1858; and it

was subsequently captured by Mr. Bewicke and myself, in the

tinder-like wood of an old fig-tree, at the Feijia dos Padres,

beyond the Cabo Geram. And I have also taken it, from out of

dead geranium-stems, above the Puerto of Orotava, in Teneriffe.

[To be continued. }

366 Dr. R. Dyce on the Identity of

“XX XIX.—On the Identity of Morrbua punctata and Morrhua

vulgaris. By Roserr Dycz, M.D.*

[With two Plates. |

In Turton’s ‘ British Fauna,’ published in 1807, a fish is de-

scribed under the name of the “Speckled Cod,” Morrhua punctata,

as a distinct and peculiar species found in the weirs at Swan-

sea. Since his time, every succeeding author has transcribed

his account of it, although each has, to a certain extent, thrown

a doubt over its existence, by saying either that it is unknown

to them, or that no other author appears to have noticed it.

Thus, Fleming simply copies Turton’s account of it, without

comment: he, apparently, never had seen it. Jenyns, besides

quoting from Turton and Fleming, adds, “ This supposed spe-

cies I am not acquainted with, and I would venture to suggest

that it is only a variety of the Morrhua vulgaris ;” while Yarrell,

besides transcribing the descriptions of these authors, adds, “ No

other record of this fish has appeared, that 1am aware of.” He

also states that a fresh example was brought him, caught at the

mouth of the Thames, which the fishermen called ‘ Lord-fish,”

and considered to be an accidental deformity. Thus, though

each has suspected its existence, there has been no attempt

made at removing the doubt. Yarrell appears not to have pre-

served the fish, but he gives a very characteristic drawing, which

strikingly resembles the numerous examples I have met with of

.Turton’s fish.

It appears to me that I am now in possession of facts suffi-

cient to set these doubts at rest, from having obtained so many

examples, within the last few years, which correspond with Tur-

ton’s Speckled Cod, with the Lord-fish of the Thames fishermen,

and yet so entirely possessing the character of the common Cod

as to leave not a doubt in my mind that they are all the same

fish, altered only in appearance and shape,—in short, deformed

from disease of the spe. In endeavouring to show this, I

shall first contrast Turton’s fish with the detail of appearances

in my own specimen, to show their identity ; and then, secondly,

exhibit the evidences of the connexion of both of these with the

common Cod.

Perhaps this will be more readily understood by referring to

the accompanying Table of comparison, which is mtended to

identify Turton’s fish and mine. From this it will readily be ad-

mitted that the most notable difference (setting aside the shape of

the fish) is that in the number of the fin-rays; but to this par-

ticular I do not attach much importance, because, even in fish

* Communicated by the author, having been read at the Meeting of the

‘British Association at Aberdeen, Sept. 1859.

Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vulgaris.

367

Table of Comparison.

SPECKLED Cop (Turton).

Body 18 inches long.

* Arched on back, and prominent

on belly.

_ Covered above with numerous

gold-yellow roundish spots ; beneath

with dusky specks (which are stel-

_late under a glass).

Head large, gradually sloping.

_ Teeth small, in several rows in the

upper jaw; in the lower, a single

row.

Nostrils double.

Tris reddish ; pupils black.

Chin with a single beard.

Nape with a deep longitudinal

groove.

Lateral line near the back, curved

as far as the middle of the second

dorsal fin, growing broader and

whiter towards the end.

Upper fins and tail brown, with

obscure yellowish spots, and darker

towards the end; lower ones tinged

with green.

DEFORMED Common Cop (Dyce).

Body 16 inches long.

Depth 5 inches ; circumference

over first dorsal 12 mches 11 lines.

Crown of head, back and sides of

body thickly spotted brown and

golden yellow, on a light brownish

mottled ground; below lateral line

only partially coloured ; belly white.

Head large, 52 inches; profile

sharp.

A broad band of small teeth in the

upper jaw; a single row in lower

jaw; stronger as they approach the

angles of the mouth; (a row of

stronger teeth on palatine bones).

Nostrils double.

Trides gold bronze-colour ; eyes

large.

One barbule on lower jaw, 13

inch long.

Behind the eyes, on the nape, and

extending to near the origin of Ist

dorsal, a deep sulcus or groove.

Lateral line high on the back,

highly curved over pectoral to mid-

dle of second dorsal, of a white sil-

very colour, with the exception of a

part before the last dorsal, on which

it is entirely extinct; then straight

to tail.

Ventral fins of a dark blackish

colour; all the others dark brown.

Fin Rays.

D, 14.20.18. P.18. V.6. A.19.16. C.36. D.14.19.17. P.20. V.6. A.15.18. C. 33.

(Fleming, Yarrell, Jenyns.)

and several shorter. Vertebree 52.

of which there is no doubt, you find no two authors agree. Take,

for example, the common Cod, as exhibited in the following

Table.

The three authors named differ in every particular :—

Table showing the Difference in the rays of the Common Cod, according to

different authors.

YARRELL :—

D. 10. 20.18. P. 20. V. 6. A. 20.16. C, 26,

JENYNS :—

irae, 20.19) belo. Vos Be toe bys 04,

and several shorter.

FLEMING :—

D. 12.18.16, P. 14. V.7. A. 20.16. C.36,

368

Dr. R. Dyce on the Identity of

I next refer to the evidences of its connexion with the common

Cod, which I exhibit in a similar tabular form :—

Table showing the Identity of the Morrhua punctata with the Morrhua *

' vulgaris, or Common Cod.

1. Jaws. Both have the upper longer

than the lower.

. Both have one barbule.

3. Both have teeth, card-like, in

several rows of unequal lengths ;

also on palatine bones.

4, Head smooth in both.

5. Both have a longitudinal sulcus or

groove on nape, extending to first

dorsal.

6. Both have the lateral line curved

to middle of second dorsal, then

straight to the tail.

7. Both have three dorsals, “ com-

mencing at one-third of the

length.”

dorsal, beginning a little back-

warder.””

9. Caudal, nearly even at the extre-

mities, large and square.

10. Ventrals placed before the pec-

torals in both, narrow and pointed.

11. Number of jin-rays differ very

slightly.

12. Colour of back, head, and upper

half of sides, cmereous brown,

obscurely spotted with yellow;

lower half of abdomen white; in

M. punctata, head, back, and sides

of body of two shades of brown

and yellow: belly white in both.

13. Lateral line forming a narrow

white band ; in M. punctata, only

partially coloured.

8. Both have two anals, “the first

corresponding nearlyto the second 14. Fins in both dusky; ventrals

pale; inM. punctata, ventrals dark.

These, then, are the points proving the connexion between

the common Cod and the Speckled Cod of authors im their ex-

ternal characters. It now remains to show the cause of the

apparent difference, which can be seen only on dissection. My

attention was first directed to this inquiry from noticing a defor-

mity in the spine of the common Haddock similar to that which

is found in Morrhua punctata. It gave the fish a stumpy, mis-

shapen, bellied appearance, so like MZ. punctata, that in my subse-

quent examples I readily detected the same cause operating in both

as a reason for their deformity. I found the spine compressed,

contracted in its length, and at times curved. The vertebre are

not, as the fishermen suppose, double (for they cali them double-

boned Cod and double-boned Haddock, or “stragglers,” from

their being found after the other fish have left the coast), but

very much thickened and compressed throughout, the greater

part of the column presenting simply a bony arch, from which

the lateral processes arise, the softer spongy body of each bone

appearing to have been removed by absorption, while the outer

bony ring or arch only remains.

Morrhua punctata and Morrhua vulgaris. 369

The arch is also expanded laterally, arising from the pres-

sure of one vertebra upon its neighbour, while the transverse

processes are stronger, longer, and generally nodulated, present-

ing much the appearance of broken bones badly united. These

diseased portions are neither uniform in extent nor in situation.

In some examples only a few vertebre are involved, in others

the greater part of the spine is affected; again, we find the

thickened part near the tail in some, while in others it is nearer

the head. Occasionally two diseased portions are met with in the

same fish, having a few healthy vertebre intervening. If the

diseased portion is near the head, the extent of disease is greater

than when nearer the tail, and has a greater effect in the pro-

duction of the deformed external appearance of the fish.

It is difficult to account for this disease of the spine. I can-

not myself arrive at any conclusion upon the subject. It may

be congenital. The fishermen believe it arises from accident :

if so, the cause must be constantly in operation, as there is no

season that I have not met with examples—I admit, however,

oftener in some years than in others. It is far more common

in the Haddock than in the Cod; and the fishers assert that

they occasionally meet with it in the Coal-fish, the Merlangus

carbonarius ; but I have not myself seen it in that species.

I have never seen it in any large full-grown Cod, but often in

Haddocks 18 or 20 inches long, which perhaps might strengthen

the argument that it is congenital.

There is no difference in the flesh; it eats equally well, and

is never rejected in the market.

If I might speculate, I would suggest as a cause one which,

under similar circumstances, produces deformity in the human

bones,—viz. debility in the vascular system, in consequence of

which the bones lose their phosphate of lime, become soft and

spongy, then absorbed, and the joints, as in the vertebra before

us, become thickened and enlarged—in short, rickety, as we

find in the human subject.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. The healthy spine of the Haddock.

Fig. 2. The spine of the Haddock deformed nearly throughout its whole

length.

Fig. 3. athe example of deformed spine in the Haddock, confined to

the caudal extremity of the fish.

PLATE XVI aA.

Figs. 1 & 2. Two examples of the spines of (Morrhua punctata) deformed

Cod. The vertebrae much compressed and thickened.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.3, Vol. v. 25

370 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

XL.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnaceze. By

Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

[Continued from p. 273. ]

Division 2. Chenocarpe. Flores petaliferi; fructus capsularis,

dehiscens.

38. DIscaRIA.

This genus was first established by Sir W. Hooker in 1830,

and was then distinguished from Col/etia principally on account

of its smaller, cup- -shaped, hypogynous disk, having an entire

border, and not being perigynous, with a very remarkable i invo-

Jute margin: this, and the presence of petals, were well-marked

characters ; but these exist also in other genera since then

established, which are again signalized by other distinct features.

The several species of Discaria, with two exceptions, seem to be

limited to a region formed by the provinces which border the river

Plate: they are all spinose in their habit, much resembling in

appearance those of Colletia, and consist of undershrubs or low

bushes, almost aphyllous, and generally glabrous. The peculiar

character which distinguishes this genus from Ochetophala is that

of its fruit, which here also is capsular, somewhat globular, and

3-lobed, and half imbedded in the enlarged fleshy disk conjomed

with the strongly mbbed cupular base of the calyx. I have

pointed out in Colletia the easy decortication of the upper por-

tion of the epicarpous covering, which, at the period of dehis-

cence, breaks away by a transverse circumscissile line ; here, on

the contrary, where it is thicker in texture, and half coriaceous,

it opens by radiating limes into three valves, which generally

remain persistent upon the margin of the disk, and thus allow

its three enclosed cocci to sprig out and escape. The support

of the fruit appears formed of two thickened adnate cups; the

inner one, somewhat the longer, is the enlarged disk, surrounded

by the detruncated base of the calyx, while in Ochetophila this

appearance does not occur, as there the basal support is thin

and almost membranaceous, and the disk, not exceeding the

length of the calycine cup,.is not manifest. Tor reasons assigned

in thew respective places, the following species, formerly placed

‘here, are referred to other genera: D. australis, Hook., to Oche-

tophila; D. pauciflora, Hook. fil., to Scypharia; and D. Touma-

tou, Raoul, as already described, to Notophena.

Discaria, Hook.—Calyx tubuloso-campanulatus, 8-10-nervis,

limbi laciniis 4-5, acutis, reflexis, zestivatione valvatis, imo

demum circumscissus. Petala 4-5, squamiformia, ovata, un-

guiculata, subconvexa, stamina amplectentia. Stamina 4-5,

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. O71

petalis vix breviora, et cum illis intra lacinias inserta: fila-

menta brevissima, erecta; anthere reniformes, 2-loculares,

rima hippocrepica autice dehiscentes. Discus pateriformis,

carnosulus, margine libero, crenulato. Ovariwm oblongum,

3-sulecatum, disco breviter immersum, 38-loculare ; ovula in

loculis solitaria, erecta; stylus brevis; stigma obtuse 3-lobum.

Frucius subglobosus, 3-sulcatus, in calycis cupulam valde 10-

costatam discoque aucto adnatam semi-immersus, epicarpio

crasso coriaceo persistente 3-valvato, endocarpio hinc sece-

dente, in coccis 3 elastice resilientibus, axin versus bivalvatim

dehiscentibus, singulis monospermis. Semen Colletia.

Suffrutices m Provinciis Argentinis precipue vigentes, rarius in

Australasia, ramis valde patentibus, ramulis spinescentibus ;

folia parvula, breviter petiolata, spathulato-oblonga, infra spinas

oria, fasciculata, valde decidua : stipule minute, 2-lobe, laciniis

subulatis : flores 2-8, fasciculati e turionibus spina brevioribus

cum folus prodeuntes; pedunculo 1-floro, nutante.

1. Discaria Americana, Hook. Bot. Misc. i. 156. tab. 44 p. Con-

dalia spinosa, Spr. Syst. Cur. post. iv. 108. Condalia mega-

potamica, Spr. Linn. xv. 473 ;—intricatissime spinosa, ramis

tortuosis, ramulis compresso- -teretibus, fere aphyllis, obsolete

rigide pilosulis, spinis decussatim oppositis, iterumque spinu-

losis, striatis, subulatis, ae calloso-pungentibus ; foliis mi-

nimis, oppositis, rarius 2-3 infra singulas spinas enatis, ob-

longis, obtusis, serratis, imo in petiolum brevem cuneatis,

reflexis, Gndluciséiiiiis : stipulis minimis, rudimentariis, rubris,

obsolete 2-dentatis intus pilosulis; floribus 2-3, fasciculatis,

nutantibus, e tuberculo sub spina stipula suffulto ortis ;

calyce urceolato, limbo 5-fido, petalis 5, oblongis, concavis,

unguiculatis, staminibus 5 petalis paulo longioribus, et laci-

nus 3-plo brevioribus, erectis, filamentis brevibus, antheris

ovatis, ovario oblongo, 3-sulcato, glabro, stylo calycis dimidio

longitudinis, fructu 3-cocco, calycis cupula valde 10-sulcata

suffulto.— Portozuelo Prov. Cordovee (mihi lecta) ; in radicibus

montium Proy. San Luiz et Cordova (Gillies).

[ cannot find in the Hookerian herbarium the typical plant

upon which Sir William Hooker founded this genus, nor any

other approaching its characters; it was probably a unique

specimen that remained in Gillies’s own collection, which was

afterwards sold and dispersed. In one of my journeys over

the Pampas I found a plant in the same locality in which Gillies

met with his, so that I may safely consider mine as referable to

the same type, notwithstanding the want of flowers for its com-

plete identification: it is only in fruit. The floral character

given above is therefore derived from Sir Wm. Hookevr’s figure,

20%

O72 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleties.

which closely resembles that of the following species, which I

received from Tweedie. In its intricately spmose habit, it has

quite the appearance of a Colletia; the spinules generally are

from 6 to 9 lines long, the internodes being somewhat shorter ;

the leaves, including the petiole, are only 1 line in length, and

half a line in breadth; they are deflected, naviculate, with a

recurved apex. In Sir Wm. Hooker’s figure, the peduncle is

1 line long, the tube of the calyx is 2 lines long, the same in

diameter, and the border-segments half that length; the disk,

adnate to the bottom of the calyx, has a narrow, free, crenulated

margin. The peduncle in the fruit is much thickened, striated,

and elongated to 2 lines; the capsule is globular, somewhat

depressed, 2 lines in diameter, half imbedded in the persistent

cup of the calyx, which is of a fuscous reddish hue, is 10-ribbed,

and glabrous; the free rim of the adnate intermediate disk runs

parallel above the margin of the cupuliform base of the calyx ;

the thick and somewhat coriaceous epicarp of the capsule splits

along its grooves in the form of three persistent valves, owing

to the pressure of the three cocci, which thus escape from their

enclosure with an elastic spring; these cocci are thin and horny,

splitting along the line of the central axis, and partly along that

of the dorsal face, exactly after the manner of the Euphorbiacee*.

2. Discaria Lycioides, n. sp.; ramulis substrictis, simpliciter spi-

nosis, spinis decussatim oppositis, teretibus, quam ez prece-

dentis gracilioribus, glabris, striatis, ter strias granuloso-

punctulatis, apice calloso-pungentibus, rarius spinulis secun-

dariis armatis; turionibus (ramulis novellis) spina tertia parte

brevioribus, foliiferis et floriferis sub spinis superioribus sin-

gulatim ortis, foliis crebritate axillarum, hinc fere fasciculatis,

sed vere oppositis, oblongis, remote serratis, apice mucronu-

latis, imo in petiolum tenuem cuneatis, glaberrimis, caducis :

stipulis minimis, mucroniformibus, oppositis, sub spinis inter

se linea transversali nexis; floribus e turionibus 2-4, et proxi-

mitate istorum apicem versus ramorum, hine densiter spicatim

congestis; pedunculo flore breviore; calyce urceolato, limbi

lacinus 4, triangularibus, erectis, apice recurvulis; petalis 4,

illis dimidio brevioribus, elliptico-ovatis, imo late spathulatis,

paulo concavis ; staminibus eorum longitudine ; antheris ovali-

bus; stylo incluso ; stigmate capitato-3-lobo.—Banda Orien-

tal.—v. s. in herb. meo (Tweedie): im herb. Mus. Paris, Rio

Grande (St.-Hilaire, 1873; Gaudichaud, 1638).

This plant is very like a Lyctwm in habit; its branches are

straighter than in the preceding species, and are quite glabrous ;

its opposite spines are spreading, $ or 2 inch long and $ an inch

* This plant will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 38 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 373

apart; the lower ones are bare, but towards the extremities of

the branches, beneath each spine, an elongated sprout or sup-

pressed branchlet occurs about 3 lines long, which is imbricately

Squamose, owing to the decussating stipules of the approximated

axils; from these, both opposite leaves and flowers issue in great

abundance, which thus appear fasciculated, and in this manner

the extremities of the branches assume the aspect of dense

spikes, richly covered with flowers. The leaves are 3 lines long,

13 line broad, on a slender petiole of half a line in length ; they

are somewhat fleshy, serrated on the edges, deeply retuse, and

mucronate at the apex; the peduncle is above a line long; the

calyx, including the short erect segments, is 2 lines long, and

15 line in diameter, and is of a reddish hue; the stamens are

almost sessile in the sinus of the segments, and they, as well

as the small scale-like petals, are only half the length of the

segments *,

Var, 8, ewilis: glaberrima, ramulis gracillime vimineis, spinosis,

spinis remotioribus, elongatis, tenuiter acuformibus, et inter-

dum spinulosis: floribus in axillis subsolitariis—Buenos

Ayres.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris; in herb. Jussieu (Commer-

son) ; a herb. Soc. Linn. Lond. (a Jussieu missa).

This is of an extremely slender growth, and I consider it to

be merely a variety of the above species; its leaves are deeply

serrated, and its flowers somewhat smaller: the internodes are

6 to 8 lines apart, the needle-like spines are 9 to 12 lines long,

and the spinelets 3 or 4 lines; the opposite leaves are 4 lines

long, including the short petiole, and 1 line broad; the flowers,

like those in Tweedie’s specimen, are of a reddish colour ; the

peduncle is 2 lines long ; the calyx, including its four segments, is

2 lines long, and, in like manner, the almost sessile erect anthers

and scale-like petals are barely half the length of the short tri-

angular segments f+.

3. Discaria longispina. Colletia longispina, Hook. Arn. Bot.

Mise. ii. 173 ;—fruticosa, glaberrima, fere aphylla, ramis

ramulisque virgatis, spinosis, spinis oppositis, remotis, longis-

simis, seepe arcuatis, patentibus, scepius nudis, calloso-pun-

gentibus: ramulis noyellis sub spinis enatis, axillis decus-

satis foliferis et floriferis ; foliis oppositis, parvulis, elongato-

ellipticis, acutis, integerrimis, rarius apice denticulatis, imo

gradatim cuneatis, nitentibus, viridibus, carnosulis, nervis

immersis ; stipulis minutis, rubris, oyvatis, apice acute 2-den-

tatis, longe albido-ciliatis, linea transyersali sub spinis inter se

* A representation of this species will be given in Plate 38 B of the

‘ Contributions.’

T This variety will be represented in Plate 38 c of the same work.

374 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex.

connexis; floribus proximitate axillarum, hine spe densiter

congestis ; pedunculo calyci equilongo ; calyce late urceolato,

limbi laciniis 4, erectis, petalis 4, ovalibus, utrinque acutis,

subconeavis, laciniis subeequilongis; staminibus petalis vix

brevioribus, ovario in fundo disci crateriformis adnati margine

liberi insidente, depresse globoso, 3-suleato, glabro; stylo

incluso, fructu subgloboso, calycis cupula crassa suffulto,

coccis 8 secedentibus, epicarpio persistente 3-valvatim dehis-

cente.—In Provinciis Argentinis.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris,

in herb. Jussieu (Commerson) ; Monte Video (Gay); Rio

Grande (Gaudichaud, 1617): in herb. Hook., Buenos Ayres

(Tweedie, 1378); Puerto Bravo (Tweedie); Bahia Blanca

(Darwin); Maldonado (Capt. King) ; Banda Oriental (Baird).

This differs from the preceding species in its longer and more

vimineous branches, its more distant nodes, and the much greater

length of its spines; its flowers also are smaller, more lobular,

and paler. The floriferous gemme are lengthened into more

distinct branchlets, with more’ remote decussating axils: the

spines generally attain a length of 14 inch,—sometimes, as m

Commerson’s specimen, they are shorter ; while in that from the

Banda Oriental they are 24 inches long: the leaves are usually

3 lines long and 1 Ime broad, but occasionally they attain a

length of 5 lines: the floral peduncle is 1 or 2 lines long; the

calyx, including its border, is 2} lines long, 14 line in diameter ; it

is thin in texture, and of a pale yellow colour, probably white in

the living state ; the fruit and peduncle are of the size of those

of D. Lycioides, but the persistent portion of the calyx is dark

red and smooth*.

4. Discaria spiculata, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, glaberrima, ramulis

teretibus, subcompressis, decussatim spinosis, substriatulis,

fusco-viridibus, fere aphyllis; spinis subulatis, validioribus,

apice calloso-pungentibus ; folis parvulis, e gemmis elongatis

per paria enatis, mox caducis, oblongis, utrinque acutis, car-

nosulis, fere integris, enerviis, glaberrimis ; stipulis oppositis,

rudimentariis, acutis, sub spinis non inter se connexis ; floribus

solitariis, glabris, pedunculis calyce sub-brevioribus, calyce

campanulato-cylindrico, subbrevi, limbi laciniis 4, dentifor-

mibus, erectis, apice callo carnoso incrassatis, petalis minimis,

lacinis 4-plo brevioribus, ovatis, utrinque acutis, subconcavis,

erectis ; staminibus 4, petalis equilongis, filamentis brevis-

simis, antheris ovatis; disco adnato, patelliformi; ovario gla-

bro, oblongo, stylo medium tubi attingente ; fructu immaturo

* A drawing of this species will be given in Plate 38 p of the ‘ Contri-

butions.’

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze. 375

- globoso, 3-lobo, calycis cupula semicincto.—Circa Buenos

Ayres.—v. s. in herb. Soc. Linn. (Commerson).

This is another species, existing in the herbarium of the

younger Linneus, with a ticket in his hand-writing, “circa

Buenos Ayres—Commerson.” It bears some resemblance in

its general habit to D. Lycivides, but its spines are shorter and

thicker, and its flowers are only one-fourth the size of those of

that species. The leaves, including the petiole, are about 2 lines

long, the peduncle 1 line, the calyx, including its teeth, 15 line

long, and 1-line im diameter. The spimules are from 3-5 lines

in length*.

Var. 8. gracilenta ;—ramulis gracillimis, spinis nudis, remotis,

acicularibus, patentibus ; foliis lineari-oblongis, imo in petio-

lum spathulatis, integris vel summo 2-dentatis et emargi-

natis, discoloribus; stipulis- linea transversali nexis, nodis

hine quasi articulatis: floribus solitariis, pedunculo folio

eequilongo.—In Prov. Argentinis ?—v. s. in herb. Soc. Linn.

Lond.

_ This plant is likewise in the herbarium of the younger Lin-

nus, without any locality or designation, and is probably also

from Commerson’s Collection; it has more slender branches,

and longer needle-like spines, and the nodes are almost articu-

lated; its leaves and flowers, too, are more minute. Its very

slender spines are | inch long, and half that distance apart:

the floriferous branchlets are only } or 3 inch in length; its

leaves (including the petiole of 3 line) are 2 lines long, 4 line

broad ; the peduncle is 1 line; the calyx is 3 line long, and

4 line in diameter +.

5. Discaria australis, Hook. Bot. Mise. 1.157, tab. 45.4; Journ.

Bot. i. 256; Hook. fil. Flor. Tasm. 1.69. Colletia pubescens,

Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 366. Colletia Cunninghami, Fenzl,

Pl. Hug. 23. Tetrapasma juncea, G. Don, Dict. 11. 40 ;—

suffruticosa, dumosa, ramulis erectis, virgatis, junceis, valde

spinosis, pubescentibus, adultioribus fere glabris, subaphyllis ;

spinis internodio zequilongis, decussatim oppositis, patentibus,

subulatis, calloso-pungentibus ; foliis oppositis, lineari-ob-

longis, imo cuneatis, Integris, acutis, aut summum versus

serrulatis, apice mucronatis, crassiusculis, margine cartila-

gineo subrevoluto, obscure 3-nerviis, nervis omnino immersis,

superne viridibus, subtus flavide glaucis, petiolo brevi; sti-

pulis parvis, oppositis, apice 2-dentatis, sinu petioliferis, imo

latis, sub spinis linea transversali nexis; floribus plurimis, e

_ + A sketch of this variety will be given in Plate 38 ¥ of the same work.

376 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colleticze.

gemma squamosa elongata parvis, congestis, glabris; pedun-

culo brevi, tenui, calyee suburceolato, 4-dentato, dentibus

tubo equilongis; petalis 4, Jineari-oblongis, dentium calyci-

norum dimidio longitudinis ; staminibus totidem, e basi peta-

Jorum introflexis ; disco poculiformi, adnato, margme undu-

lato, latiusculo, libero; ovario depresso, im diseum semi-im-

merso, glabro, stylo brevissimo, incluso ; fructu parvo, 3-cocco.

—In Australasia et Tasmania.—v. s. in herb. Hook., Cox’s

River et Port Jackson (A. Cunningham); in interioribus

(M‘Arthur); Loddan (F. Miller); Great Swanport (Back-~

house) ; Norfolk Plains, ‘Tasmania (Gunn).

This plant, in its general habit and floral characters, quite

agrees with all the foregoing species; but it differs from them

in the more membranaceous epicarp of its capsule, which splits

near the margin of the cupuliform disk, and remains attached

to the resilient cocci, as in Colletia and Ochetophila. It grows

in sandy places, forming a mean-looking bush, 2 or 3 feet high;

its branches are virgated and spinose; its spreading spines

measure 4 inch to 12 inch; the leaves are 4 to 6 lines long,

13 line broad, on a petiole } line in length; the peduncle is

slender, and 2 lines long; the calyx, including its segments,

measures Only | line in length and in diameter.

4. OCHETOPHILA.

This genus, proposed, but not published, by Poppig, was first

described by Endlicher, in his Gen. Plant. (No. 5733), founded

upon the Sageretia trinervis of Gillies, and comprising two other

plants from Chile, which were designated by name only, and are

still undescribed. It is distinguished from Disearia by many

slight characters, among which is the form of its peculiar sti-

pules. In the latter genus, the petiole springs from the sinus

between the teeth of each retinaculoid stipule, the margins of

which are connected with those of the opposite stipule by a

transverse line. In Ochetophila, the petioles of the opposite

leaves spring directly from the branch ; they widen at their base,

and embrace the stem so far that their edges meet together m

the middle of the node, giving it an articulation of a different

character to that in Discaria: in each axil above the base of the

petiole is seen a broad, concave, somewhat erect, dark red, scale-

like stipule, which is bifid at its apex, with ciliated margins.

The structure of its flower much resembles that of Disearia, and

the shape and formation of its fruit are similar: its petals, how-

ever, are proportionally larger, more cucullate, and they often

completely hide the stamens; the free portion of the filaments

is comparatively longer ; the disk is like that of Discaria. The

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiezx, O77

flowers are more numerous, and are supported by longer pedun-

cles. Its capsule resembles that of Colletia, being half-imbedded

in the simple cupular base of the calyx, while in Discaria it ap-

pears to be surrounded by two thickened cups, the inner one

being somewhat longer, originating in the growth of the adnate

disk, and the protrusion of its free margin beyond the cup of the

calyx: on the contrary, in Ochetophila, the cupuliform support

is thin and almost membranaceous, and the disk is not discer-

nible, owing to its not exceeding the length of the cup of the

calyx. All the species differ in their habit from Discaria ; they

often form good-sized trees, and their branches are rarely fur-

nished with spines, although their extremity is generally sharp-

pointed ; they are copiously furnished with leaves, which are

much larger and three-nerved.

The typical species above mentioned is the Rhamnus Chacaya

of Dombey, erroneously stated to have been brought from Peru;

it grows abundantly near the margins of streams in the elevated

valleys of the Andes, and these localities are hence calléd “los

Chacayes,” from the vernacular name of the tree. In general

appearance it resembles Notophena foliosa, and the two are

commonly confounded in herbaria; but the absence of petals in

the latter genus constitutes an essential difference. Its generic

name is evidently derived from the circumstance that its species

are usually found near running streams; those of Discaria pre-

fer, on the contrary, dry, saline, and sandy situations. The

character of the genus is here remodelled as follows :—

Ocuetopuita, Pip.—Char. emend.—Calyz petaloideus, urceo-

lato-campanulatus, usque ad medium 4—5-fidus, laciniis acutis,

intus carinatis, calloque sub apice signatis, reflexis, estiva-

tione valvatis. Petala 4-5, oblonga, cucullata, imo attenuata,

laciniis calycinis zquilonga, et cum staminibus in sinubus in-

serta. Stamina 4—5, petalis recondita ; filamenta subulata,

tenuia, erecta, apice inflexa. Anthere parvulz, ovate, 2-lobe,

imo profunde cordate et divaricate, apice dorsi affixze, lobis

singulatim 2-valvulatis, yalva antica breviore et hine rima

hippocrepica hiantibus. Discus carnosus, late pateriformis,

calyci omnino adnatus, margine vix libero, integro vel sub-

crenato. Ovarium depresso-globosum, 3-sulcatum, liberum,

medio disci insitum, et eo vix immersum, 3-loculare ; ovula in

loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus calyce dimidio brevior, 3-sul-

catus, glaber. Stigma obtuse 3-lobum, lobis paulo divaricatis.

Fructus globosus, Notophene similis. Semen Colletic.

Frutices arborescentes et erecti vel demissi et decumbentes, in An-

dibus Chilensibus vigentes, foliatione et inflorescentia ut in No-

tophena, sed stipulis diversis.

378 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

1. Ochetophila trinervis, Pop., Endl. Gen. No. 5733.—O. Hooke-

riana, Reiss. in Gay, Chile, u. 39.—Sageretia 3-nervis, Gill..

et Hook. Bot. Mise. ui. 172.—Colletia mermis, Clos in Gay,

Chile, ii. 86; C. Doniana, Clos, loc. cit. 11. 836.—C. Chacaye,

G. Don, Dict. ii. 835.—Rhamnus linearis, Clos, loc. cit. 1. 21.

Rhamnus Chacaya, Domb. ;—arbuscula 2—3-orgyalis, glabra ;

ramis teretiusculis, ramulis teretibus, subvirgatis, subpendulis,

valde foliosis, inermibus, vel apice interdum spina terminatis ;

foliis oppositis, elliptico- vel lanceolato-oblongis, obtusius-

culis et mucronulatis, integerrimis, supra viridibus, subtus

- glaucis, imo in petiolum brevem decurrentibus, 3-nerviis,

- nervis lateralibus margine parallelis, eveniis; stipulis intra-

petiolaribus, latis, erectis, 2-dentatis, ciliatis, utringue in

lineam transversalem connexis; floribus subternis, fascicula-

tis, folio multo brevioribus, 4-meris, rarius 5—6-meris, pedun-

culo imo bracteato, glabro, calycis tubo urceolato, quam pedun-

culus 2-plo breviore, laciniis reflexis, tubo zquilongis, petalis

oblorigis, concavis, late unguiculatis, erectis, longitudine laci-

niarum ; fructu parvo, 3-cocco.—In Andibus Chilensibus.—

v. v. locis humidis in vallibus cirea Mendozam (los Cha-

cayes dictis).—v. s. in herb. Hook. ; Chile, La Guardia (Gillies,

Cuming, 242) ; Chile (Bridges, 142).—in herb. meo; Cordil-

lera de Maule (Germain).—in herb. Mus. Paris; Cauquenes

(Gay, 359) ; Cordillera del Hurtado, alt. 2015 met. (Gay,

525).

This species has an extensive range along the skirts of the

Cordillera; but I doubt its existence near the sea-coast, though

Bridges’s specimens are referred to as from Valparaiso, that being

the place whence they were sent: this error of locality is frequent

among the specimens of Bridges and other collectors. Its range

extends as far to the southward as Concepcion, where it forms a

tree 18 feet in height, with a trunk 18 inches in diameter, the

wood being very durable, even in the ground; for which reason

it is used in building the cottages of the natives: an infusion

of its bark is also employed there in the cure of ulcerous swellings.

I met with it on the eastern side of the Andes, where it forms a

pretty tree, with long, slender, pendent branches, with abundant

delicate foliage, and copious small white flowers. Its leaves,

with three parallel prominent nervures, are from 6-9 lines

long, 2-3 lines broad, on a slender petiole 1 line in length : the

pedicels are 2—24 lines long, slender, the flowers being a line in

length, and the same in diameter; the capsule is 14 line diam.

The specimens from Germain’s collection, distributed as the

Rhamnus linearis, Clos, belong to this species *.

~ * A drawing of this species will be given in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate

39 A.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 379.

2. Ochetophila prostrata, n. sp.;—Colletia nana, Clos in Gay,

Chile, 11. 37 ;—fruticosa, humilis, inermis, ramis nodosis, cor-

tice nitido solubili; ramulis brevibus valde foliosis; foliis

parvulis, oppositis, creberrime aggregatis, spathulato-ovalibus,

obtusis, integerrimis, crassinseulis, margine subrevoluto,

supra pallide viridibus, utrinque bullato- -resinosis, brunneo-

maculatis, rigide pilosulis, subtus hepaticis, longius pilosis,

petiolo brevi canaliculato; stipulis 2-dentatis, intrapetiolari-

bus, erectis, acutis, rigide ciliatis; fioribus axillaribus, solli-

tariis, glaberrimis, proximitate foliorum quasi aggregatis,

pedunculo folio fere equilongo ; calyce cylindrico, imo inflato,

limbi laciniis 4, acutis, reflexis, tubo tertia parte hesonbns :

petalis 4, laciniis brevioribus, oblongis, erectis, concavis, ungui-

culatis ; staminibus totidem e basi introflexis ; antheris ovato-

rotundis, medio dorsi peltatim affixis; disco crateriformi,

margine integro; ovario subgloboso fundo disci insito, 3-sul-

cato; stylo brevi incluso.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsio-

ribus.—v. s. in herb. Hook., declivitate orientali (Bridges,

. 1209), —in herb. Mus. Paris, Chile (Gay) ; specimen typicum

_ Colletie nane, Clos.

_ This is an alpine shrub, of diminutive size and prostrate

growth, with an abundance of small foliage and with copious

small pendent flowers; it is closely allied to the preceding spe-

cies, but has a more czspitose habit, with much longer pedun-

eles, and a longer calyx. Its leaves, including the short petiole,

are 3 limes long and 1 line broad; those of the flow ering shoots

are only half this size : the stipules are very conspicuous, differ-

ing from those of Discaria and Notophena in being intrapetiolar,

while the margins of the opposite petioles are continued in a

transverse line across the stem: the peduncles are 1-2 lines

long ; the tubular calyx, somewhat contracted in the middle, is

13 line long, the lobes of its border being 4 line in is oe

Bridges’ s specimen corresponds with Dr. Clos’s Colletia nana *

3. Ochetophila parvifolia, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, humifusa, ramosa,

inermis, ramis validioribus, cortice nitido solubili, ramulis

brevibus aut longioribus, nodis subarticulatis, approximatis,

foliosis ; foliis subfasciculatis, minimis, spathulato-ovatis, ob-

tusis, integerrimis, carnosulis, navicularibus, infra subcari-

natis, enerviis, pallide viridibus, glaberrimis, utrinque bullato-

resinosis et brunneo-punctatis, petiolo brevi, canaliculato ;

stipulis oppositis, rubellis, ut in precedente ; floribus paucis;

calyce urceolato, tubo subbrevi, limbi laciniis 4, acutis;

petalis 4, laciniis multo brevioribus, cucullatis ; stanminbne

totidem iis brevioribus; antheris ovalibus; ovario 3-lobo, in

* This plant will be figured in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 B,

380 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex,

fundum disci crateriformis insito; stylo brevi, stigmatis lobis

8, arcte adpressis.—In Andibus Chilensibus excelsionbus.—

v.s. in herb, Hook., Cordillera, in przealtis (Bridges).

This also is a dwarfish species, which attaches itself to the sur-

face of rocks, like the preceding species ; but it appears to be

somewhat more erect, with stouter and straighter branches,

which are closely beset with very short branchlets, all covered

with shorter, more numerous, and more minute leaves. In the

specimen above cited, the flowers are only in bud, and few are

developed; these, however, are sufficient to show their structure.

The leaves, with their petioles, scarcely exceed 1} line, or at

most 2 lines in length, and 1 line in breadth. ‘The flowers are

smaller than in the preceding species. It has much the habit

of the Rhamnus microphyllus of Kunth (tab. 616), but with still

smaller leaves*.

4. Ochetophila riparia, Popp. MSS.

5. Ochetophila divergens, Popp.

No description has yet been given of these two species, their

existence only being indicated in Endlicher’s ‘ Genera Plantarum?

(No. 5733), where they are stated to have been found by Poppig

im Chile.

5. ADOLPHIA.

This must be considered in some degree as an aberrant genus

of the Colletiee, amongst which it has been placed by Endlicher.

My reason for this doubt is founded on the structure of its

calyx, which is cleft down to the limit of the adnate disk, the

consequence of which is that the stamens appear to originate

outside the margin of the disk, as in the Rhamnea, thus divest-

ing it of one of the peculiar and distinctive characters of the

Colletiee ; on the other hand, the species on which the genus is

established has opposite leaves,—a feature rarely or imperfectly

developed in the Rhamnee. I have also noticed, in the structure

and mode of dehiscence of the anthers, another character found

in some of the genera that follow, which I do not see recorded

in any species of the Rhamnee. Dr. Asa Gray remarks (Pl.

Wright. p. 34) that <Adolphia hardly differs from Colubrina,

which may be true in some degree, as far as regards the struc-

ture of the flower; but that genus has alternate leaves. Ceano-

thus is in the same category, although its fruit, as in Colubrina,

is said to be exactly hke that of Colletia, Adolphia, and some

other genera of the Colletiee. Brongniart’s remark} on this

* A representation of this species will be given in Plate 39 c of the

« Contributions.’

+ Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 367.

-Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 381

point is more conclusive ; for he states that Adolphia differs from

Ceanothus and Colubrina in the form of its calyx and petals, its

simple style, opposite leaves, and spinose branchlets, which are

all floriferous below.

Apvortputa, Meisn.—Calyx campanulatus, brevis, ultra medium

5-fidus, laciniis acutis, intus carinatis et callosis, estivatione

valvatis. Petala 5, ovata, cucullata, imo unguiculata, stamina

amplectentia. Stamina 5, inter lacinias calycinas cum petalis

infra marginem disci inserta ; filamenta complanata, erecta,

apice inflexa ; anthere rotundate, cordate, 2-lobze, connectivo

reniformi dorsali affixee, rima hippocrepica 2-valvatim dehis-

centes, et hine demum peltatim aperte. Discus crateriformis,

carnosulus, magnitudine tubi calycis, et ei arcte adnatus.

Ovarium in fundum disci insitum, et paululo immersum,

depresso-globosum, 3-loculare ; ovw/a in quoque loculo soli-

taria, erecta. Stylus brevis ; stigma obtusum, 3-lobum. Fruc-

tus capsularis, 3-coccus, ut in Colletia.

Frutex Mexicanus, ramosissimus, spinosus, ramulis oppositis, te-

retibus, sepius spina terminatis ; spinis patentibus, decussatim

oppositis, rigidis; folia opposita, longe linearia, integerrima ;

flores solitarii, axillares, quasi fasciculati.

1. Adolphia infesta, Meisn.; Benth. Pl. Hartw. 286; A.

Gray, Pl. Wright. 34.—Colletia infesta, Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat.

x. 866.—Ceanothus infestus, H. B. K. ii. 31.—Colubrina

infesta, Schl. Linn. xv. 468 ;—Frutex 3—4-pedalis, ramosissi-

mus, spinosissimus ; ramis ramulisque patentibus apice spi-

nescentibus, junioribus retrorsum hirtellis, spinis decussatis ;

foliis parvis, oppositis, anguste lanceolatis, apice mucronatis,

integris, crassiusculis, pilosulis, demum glabrescentibus, sub-

tus pallidioribus, brevissime petiolatis ; stipulis parvis, oppo-

sitis, gibbosis, squamiformibus, fusco-rubellis, 2-fidis, laciniis

lineari-acutis, erectis, ciliatis, sinu petioliferis; floribus 2-6,

in gemmam squamosam congestis.

Hab. Mexico.—v. s. in herb. Hook., Zacatecas (Coulter, 10) ;

El Paso, Noy. Mex. (Wright, 91).

[To be continued. |

oe ee ee ee

XLI.—Characters of new Cingalese Land-Shells collected by ¥.

Layard, Esq., Ceylon Civil Service. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Helix Rosamonda, B. un. s.

Testa perforata, turbinata, tenui, arcuatim rugose striata, superne

lineis confertis granulatis, infra striis obsoletis spiralibus decussata,

luteo-olivacea, spiram versus fuscescente; spira conica, lateribus

382 Mr. W.H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells.

convexiusculis, apice acuto, sutura submarginata, demum impressa ;

anfractibus 63 convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato, ad peripheriam

obsolete angulato, antice non descendente, subtus convexo ; aper-

tura obliqua, rotundato-lunari, peristomate recto, acuto,. margine

columellari reflexiusculo albido, superne supra perforationem pa-

tente, breviter reflexo.

Diam. major 37, minor 33, axis 24 mill. ; apert. longa 19, lata 20 mill.

Habitat ad Pittewelle, pagi Matelle orientalis.

Its nearest Cingalese ally in form is the little solid H. Gard-

nevi, Pfr. From H. subdecussata, which occurs at Kaloopanec,

in the same district, the adult shell is at once distinguishable

by its tumid non-carinate figure below, the rounded last whorl

giving token only of an obsolete angle. There is also a diffe-

rence in the decussate granulate spiral sculpture, and in the

more convex whorls. A shell from Lagalle, which may possibly

be the young of H. Rosamonda, has a carinate periphery; but

the form is less broad in proportion than that of H. semi-

decussata.

Hehz Cyiz, B. n.s.

Testa profunde perforata, depresso-globosa, tenuiuscula, superne

oblique et regulariter confertim costulata, linels impressis spirali-

bus remotiosculis subgranulatim decussata, subtus nitida, radiatim

striatula, cornea, superne saturatiore, fascia angusta fusca obsoleta,

altera latiore pallida, vix conspicua, superne concurrente ad pert-

pheriam cingulata; spira convexo-conoidea, apce obtusiusculo,

sutura impressa submarginata; anfractibus 43 convexiusculis,

sensim accrescentibus, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse angulato,

non descendeute, subtus convexo; apertura obliqua rotundato-

lunari, peristomate recto, tenui, infra valde arcuato obtuso, mar-

gine columellari arcuatim descendente, leviter incrassato, superne

triangulatim vix expanso.

Diam. major 23, minor 20, axis 15 mill.

Habitat in pago Matelle.

It differs from the typical H. coriaria, Pfr., in the thinness of

the shell, colouring, its regular and delicate sculpture, non-

-obtect narrow umbilicus, arcuate margin of the columella and

base of the peristome, which is more regular in contour, and by

the absence of any descent of the last whorl. It is not to be

confounded with a small depressed var. of H. coriaria furnished

with an angulate periphery, but in other respects corresponding

with Pfeiffer’s s type, and bearing to it nearly the same relation

which the pretty H. albizonata, Dohrn, does to H. Gardneri, Pfr.*

Tt seems to be characteristic of several Cingalese Helices to

have an angulate or carinate ally differing in details of sculpture

* H. Cyizx is allied to H. (Nanina) taprobanensis, Dohrn, page 206,

Malak. Blatter for 1859, received since this paper went to press, but may

be known by its more globose form, less dilated aperture, &e. :

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 388

and other particulars. Thus we have H. Rosamonda and H.

semidecussata, and the Pfeifferian and Reevian types of H.

Emiliana, Pfr., as figured in Chemnitz and the ‘Iconica” Of

these I have specimens before me, collected by Mr. F. Layard ;

and, with reference to the difference of form and sculpture, I

regard them as distinct species, notwithstanding Pfeiffer’s cita-

tion of Reeve’s figures for his species. Not possessing the

typical form of H. coriaria, I cannot speak decidedly in regard

to the small depressed variety of that shell with an angular peri-

phery. I subjoin the characters of Reeve’s type of H. Emiliana.

Heliz Cingalensis, B. n. s.

Testa perforata, conoideo-lenticulari, superne confertim et arcuatim

-costulata, striis confertis spiralibus granulatim decussata, lutes-

centi-cornea, translucente, subtus nitidula, radiatim striatula, striis

obsoletis spiralibus vix sculpta; spira conoidea apicem versus

attenuata, demum acuta, sutura marginata; anfractibus 6 con-

vexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, ad peri-

pheriam acute compresso-carinato, carina marginata, basi modiceé

convexa ; apertura obliqua, late angulato-lunari, peristomate sim-

plici recto, margine columellari superne breviter triangulari-reflexo.

Diam. major 17, minor 15, axis 9 mill. =

Syn. Helix Emiliana Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 108. f. 608 a, &.

Hab. in pago Matelle.

The radiating ribs above are arcuate, the spiral ones closely

set, and about double the number in each whorl compared with

the true H. Emiliana, from which it also differs in its very acute

keel and marginate sutures. The apex is also more attenuate

and acute, and the base is less convex. The difference in the

two Species will be evident on comparing Reeve’s figure with

that given in Kiister’s ‘ Chemnitz,’ pl. 158. f. 38-5. Pfeiffer’s

typical shell was got by Mr. F. Layard at Maduranatagalle,

near Ellegamme in East Matelle.

Heliz regulata, B.n.s.

Testa vix perforata, depressa, tenui, oblique obsolete striatula, utro-

_- que spiraliter elegantissime acuducto-striata, fusco-cornea, pellu-

cida, politissima; spira depresso-conoidea, apice obtusiusculo,

sutura impressa submarginata; anfractibus 33 convexiusculis,

celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato, sub-

tus conyexiore, antice non descendente ; apertura ampla, obliqua,

rotundato-lunari, peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari

arcuatim descendente, superne supra perforationem reflexiusculo,

marginibus remotis subconniventibus, callo tenui junctis.

Diam. major 11, minor 9, axis 6 mill.

Habitat ad Kaluganga, pagi Matelle orientalis, necnon ad Katukelle-

kande.

Distinct in appearance from any of the known small translu-

384 Mr. W.1H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells.

cent Helices of Ceylon, and remarkable for the beautiful spiral

impressed sculpture on both sides.

Helix miccyla, B. n.s.

Testa imperforata, globoso-conoidea, tenui, striatula, nitidula, fusco-

cornea, translucente ; spira truncato-conica, sutura impressa, apice

obtusissimo ; anfractibus 4 convexis, ultimo globoso, antice sensim

descendente ; apertura lunato-rotundata, “obliqua, peristomate

acuto, margine dextro arcuato, columellari acuto, verticali, cum

basali angulum fere rectum efformante.

Long. 14, diam. 1 mill.

Habitat ad Matelle.

Allied to H. Orcula, B., of North-eastern India, but smaller,

destitute of the peculiar sculpture of that species, and distin-

guished by its very obtuse apex and by the formation of the

columellar lip. It was found by Mr. F. "aaah on the bark of

an orange-tree near his house at Matelle.

Achatina serena, B. n.s.

Testa ovato-pyramidata, solidiuscula, politissima, obsolete vix stria-

tula, fulyo-cornea, pellucida ; ; Spira elongata, subturrita, apice sub-

ito obtusato, sutura impressa, s submarginata, crenulata ; anfracti-

bus 63-7 Sb sonuese , Superne prope nean Wie convexis,

ultimo ad basin vix compresso ; ; apertura verticali } longitudinis

eequante, subtriangulari-ovata, peristomate recto obtusiusculo,

margine columellari valde arcuato, albido-calloso, ad basin abrupte

et oblique truncato.

Long. 20-21; diam. 9-9} mill.; apert. 9 mill. longa, 53 lata.

Habitat ad Akurambodie, pago Matelle septentrionali.

Distinguished from the stouter and shorter variety of A. in-

ornata, Pir., by its shorter and more obtuse spire, by the suban-

culate form. of the whorls below the suture, and by its smoothness

and polish. In the latter feature, also, it differs from A. para-

bilis, B., which it exceeds in the comparative length of the spire.

As in ‘A. inornata, there is a more slender variety, 21 mill. in

length by 9 in diameter.

Achatina panetha, B.n. s.

Testa ovato-oblonga, tenui, obsolete striatula, nitidissima, pellucida,

olivaceo-cornea ; spira ad apicem obtusiuscula, lateribus convexi-

usculis, sutura valde impressa, vix marginata, crenulata; anfrac-

tibus 63 convexiusculis, superne prope suturam breviter convexis,

ultimo 2 1 longitudinis superante ad basin compressiusculo ; aper-

tura Babwertienlil subtriangulari-ovata, peristomate eradcneeala:

obtuso, polito, albido, marginibus callo inconspicuo junctis, colu-

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Cingalese Land-Shells. 383

mellari arcuato, ad basin oblique truncato, intus plica obliqua

spiraliter ascendente.

Long. 13; diam. 6 mill.; apert. 5 miil. longa, 3 lata.

Habitat ad Ellegamme Nalande, et aliunde in pago Matelle.

The form is less attenuate than the Nilgherry species, Ach.

Oreas, B.; the suture also is crenulate and more impressed.

Cyclophorus Cadiscus, B. n. s.

Testa sublate et profunde umbilicata, convexo-depressa, tenui, con-

fertim oblique striata, sub epidermide pallide corneo-albida ; spira

convexa apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ; anfractibus 5 con-

vexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, antice descendente; apertura obli-

qua, ovato-rotundata, superne angulata, peristomate duplici, in-

teriore continuo, modice porrecto, exteriore adnato, ad dextram

breviter expanso, margine columellari recto, simplici.

Diam. major 17, minor 13, axis 8 mill.

Habitat raro in pago Matelle orientali.

Remarkable among the depressed species of Cyclophorus in-

habiting Ceylon for its deep umbilicus and convex spire.

Cyclophorus Cytopoma, B.n. s.

Testa late et profunde umbilicata, planato-depressa, subdiscoidea,

vix nitidula, confertim et arcuatim rugoso-striata, fulvo-castanea,

subtus pallidiore apicem versus flammis pallidioribus, et infra me-

dium anfractus ultimi fascia fusca inconspicua ornata; spira pla-

nulata, apice non prominente, sutura profunda; anfractibus 53

conyexis, ultimo antice sensim descendente; umbilico 2 diametri

sequante; apertura ampla, obliqua, angulato-ovali, intus lactea,

peristomate simplici expansiusculo, superne acute angulato, bre-

viter adnato, intus incrassato-labiato, margine columellari subtus

recedente, dextro, superne antice arcuato. Operculo fulvo-corneo,

solidiusculo, 7-spirato, convexiusculo, ad apicem foveato, intus

concayo, margine externo sulco lato fere circumdato, anfractibus

ad marginem carinatis, carina exteriore elevatiore.

Diam. major 243, minor 19, axis 8 mill.

Habitat in Insula Ceylon.

The keeled edges of the whorls of the somewhat thickened

operculum form a striking character in this species, and afford

indications of an approach to the operculum of Pterocyclos,

From C. Bairdi, Pfr., the flat spire, the formation of the aper-

ture, the colouring, absence of spiral striation, or angularity in

the periphery, &c., sufficiently distinguish the species, which has

some features in common with C. lozostoma, Pfr., of which also

the operculum remains unknown. In some respects it resem-

bles C. Cratera, B., which has, however, a double peristome and,

like other allied species, a very different operculum.

Cheltenham, March 31, 1860.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 26

386 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

XLII.—On the History of Echeneis. By Dr. ALBERT Ginruer.

[With a Plate. ]

Tuere is scarcely a fish of the existence of which the ancients

have been equally certain, and which has so much occupied their

imagination—from a power thought to be inherent in the

creature to counteract the strongest physical agencies—as the

Echeneis of the Greeks or the Remora of the Latins. There is

scarcely a genus of fish which, from the time of its foundation’

by Artedi, has been considered more natural, or more com-

pletely left in its integrity, than HKeheneis. And, finally, there

is scarcely a group of fishes which, although spoken of in

nearly every voyage or account of marine fishes, has been so

little comparatively treated, and which has experienced a similar

splitting up into nominal species.

I. History of the Fish from Aristotle to Artedi.

We find the first mention of the name of the fish in Aristotle’s

‘History of Animals*.’ The shortness of the notice, however,

and the notice itself, afford ample proof that he did not

know the fish, and that he has applied the name of Echeneis to

a Blenny+. He never could have omitted to give a description

of such a peculiar organ as the suctorial disk of Heheneis. He

describes the fish as inhabiting rocky parts of the sea, and as

having fins (pectorals and ventrals) somewhat similar to feet.

This does not apply to Echeneis, but clearly refers to Blennius,

a genus the species of which use their fins hke feet for loco-

motion along the vertical and horizontal surfaces of the rocks

which they inhabit. Aristotle, however, and A‘lian mention

another fish, called @@eip, the louse:—‘In the sea between

Cyrene and Egypt there is a fish about the Dolphin (Delphinus),

which they call the Louse; this becomes the fattest of all fishes,

because it partakes of the plentiful supply of food captured by-

the Dolphin.” (Aristot. Hist. E. ce. 3; Aulian, ix. 7.) Schneider

and Lowe are perfectly right in suggesting that this fish is the

Echeneis of more modern writers. (Lowe, l. c. p. 78.) The com-

mentator on Aristotle, Theodore Gaza, adds to this original note

merely the etymological explanation of the name Hcheneis as he

found it in other ancient writers, namely its derivation from

éxew and vats.

It is not quite clear whether the opinion that the Remora

= O 5 oe ” , a

* Avistot. Hist. Anim. ii. c.9. "Ears & iy@vdusv re trav merpaiwr, 6

Kadoval tives exevnida, Kal xpavral tives av’t@ mpos Sikas Kat Pidtpa* Eott

A» a > 4 , ” , Sa 3, > \ G \ A

dé dBperov. rovto & evo pacw €xew wddas ovK €xov, GAAa aiverat dia Td

Tas WTEpvyas Opolas €xetv Tociv.

+ See Lowe, ‘ Fishes of Madeira,’ p. 78.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 387

had the power of arresting vessels in their course existed at

the time of Aristotle, and that he merely omitted the mention

of it as very improbable, or whether it was developed at a

later period. It was, at all events, a general belief in the first

century P.c. We find the first mention of it in Ovid, Halieut.

v.99:

Parva Echeneis adest, mirum, mora puppibus ingens,

Pliny devotes to it that well-known passage, lib. xxxii. cap. 1,

which I need not repeat here, as it is quoted in full by Lacépede

and Shaw; he brings forward two historical proofs for the fact,

which consequently none of his successors dared to deny. He

himself had never seen the fish; and the indistinctness of his

description* wherein he compares it (from the account of the

party in Caligula’s vessel) with the slimy body of a Limaz, and

its mysterious powers with those of the Concha venerea, has led

several later writers into an odd confusion of it with some

Mollusk.

Oppiant and his copyist Aulianf are the only writers of the

* Hist. Anim. ix. e. 25 (copied from Aristotle, xxxii. ce. 1).

T Halieut.i. p. 9. Oppian describes no less beautifuily than Pliny this

mystery of ancient zoology; and not finding the passage quoted by other

writers, I may be allowed to give it here :—

kal pev 61) mehayerow 6 pas exernis éraipn”

78 roe Tavan pev idetv, pijKos Ci lodnnxus,

xpou & aidadsecca, bur O€ ot eyxehveoow

elOeTal, oft d€ of Kearns oropa ve pbc VEVEUKE

KapTvdov, aykiotpov Tepunyeos etkeAov aiypi.

6avpa & duo npijs exer idos éppaccarro

vavTihot, ov pev én Tes €vi ppect TLTT@OAaYTO

cicaiwy, aiel pev dmetpyrov voos dvd pay

Ovopaxos, ovde Berovar Kal drpekeero mibec Oat,

yna TiTavopernyv aveuou (axpneos Oppn,

Aaipheot remrapévoiow adOos bia petpa Oiovaar,

ixOvs dudtxaver odiyoy ordpa vepber, epvxet

Tacay Urorpomtos BeBuppevos, oud? ert Tepver

nor ev ak\voToww é eepyouern Aipeverot,

kal THs pev Aiva TavTa Tepl mporovouct pemuKeE

poxSevow de kdhaes, emnpvet be Kepain.

pun emevyoweyn, mpupry & me wavra xahwa

i vyTnp avinow eT LOT EPX OV 66oy Ghyns.

7 8 ovr olnkov eumracetat, oT dvepowot

meiBerat, ov pobiow eAavverat, adha Tayeira

pipver T ovk eGeovea, kai eoovpern memébyTat,

ixGvos ovtiOavoio kata ordépa pilwbeioa.

vavra de Tpopeovawy, aetbeda deopa Gahacons

Sepkdpevot, kai Gap Bos icov Aevocortes dveipa.

Oppian, Halieut. p. 9. v. 212-236,

{ De Animal. Natura, i. c. 36; ii, c. 17.

26*

388 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Vicheneis.

second century who mention the fish, and agree with each other

in the principal points of its general form and qualities. Although

the organ of adhesion was ‘unknown to them, they were better

informed than Pliny, describing the fish as brown, 1 foot long,

eel-like, with the mouth directed upwards. Oppian, however,

imagines the lower jaw to be formed in the shape of a hook, by

which the fish stops a vessel.

Wotton (de Differentiis Animalium, p. 149) gives a short

abstract of what earlier writers have stated.

Whilst the nature of the fish remained entirely unknown to

Bellonius (Echeneis s. Remora, p. 440), Rondelet appears to have

had a far more correct idea of it, and he endeavours to give a

natural explanation of the powers attributed to the fish. He

devotes a long chapter to it (lib. xv. c. 18. p. 436). We find

that the fish was called in Latin not only Remora (quia remo-

ratur naves), but also Remilegium; in Greek Hcheneis and Nau-

crates, Tapa TO éxew Kal Kpatety THV vavv. He clearly recognizes

the discrepancies in the accounts of the different authors, and

distinguishes (1) the fish of Aristotle; (2) those accounts from

which the Remora would appear to be a snail-like animal; and

(3) the fish of Oppian. Referring to Aristotle, he maintains that

the Remora is a true fish; but, not knowing it by autopsy, he

comes to the conclusion, from Oppian’s account (and not without

reason), that it is a kind of Petr omyzon*, a form which was well

known to him. He does not maintain the assertion of the fish’s

power of completely stopping a vessel, but states that, after a

long voyage, a vessel is covered with marine growths, its bottom

becoming soaked through, and therefore it 1s incapable of cut-

ting through the water with the same facility as at first. The

Remora likes to attach itself to such vessels; and although it

is not the original cause of the slower course of the ship, it is

probable that the continual lateral movements of its body are

gradually communicated to the vessel itself, which then con-

siderably slackens in speed.

Aldrovandi (i. cap. 22. p. 335) copies Rondelet im the prin-

cipal points, but prefers to return to the ancient opinion of a

mysterious power inherent in the fish. He gives, however, so

accurate a figure of Hcheneis naucrates, that the general external

characters of the genus appear to be fixed from the year 1649.

Gesner (De Aquat. p. 410) and Jonston (Thaumatogr. lib. 1.

tit. 1. cap. 2. art. 4. tab. 4. fig. 3) reproduce the accounts of the

earlier writers, without contributing anything new to the know-

ledge of our fish; the latter, however, gives a rough figure,

apparently taken from Icheneis naucrates. It is this species

also, in all probability, which we find figured by Maregrave

* Cf, Artedi, Synon. p. 90,

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 389

(Iter, p. 180); he observed the fish in the tropical parts of the

Atlantic, and, without alluding to its supernatural powers, he

adds, as a new fact to its history, that it adheres not only to

vessels, but to other large fishes: “ Tiburoni (Zygeena malleus)

jirmiter heret in ventre.” Nieuhoff* says the same, very di-

stinctly representing Echeneis remora, to which he applies the

Dutch name of Zuiger. Dampiery, an accomplished sailor, was

well acquainted with the “ Sucking-fish,” and gives a true ac-

count of its habits when accompanying a vessel. He represents

the fish as being of the size of a large Whiting, and describes

the “‘excrescence on the head of a flat oval form, about 7 or 8

inches long and 5 or 6 broad, and rising about half an inch

high.” This would indicate that H. albescens or clypeata, to

which these statements and the figure (Voy. to New Holland, 1.

tab. 1. fig. 6) may be applied, grow to a length of 2 feet!

An original figure, which has been copied by several authors,

is to be found in Olearius (Gottorffschen Kunst-Kammer, tab.

25. f. 2). It will be difficult to decide whether it has been

taken from E. remora or naucrates, as it represents the number

of laminz of the former species, and the slender form of the

body of the latter.

The figure and the account of Marcgrave have been copied

by Willughby (p. 119. tab. G. 8. f. 2), by Ray (p. 71), and by

Jonston (/. c. tab. 39. f. 8). Ruysch again reproduces both the

figures from Jonston’s work (Theatr. Univers. p. 7, tab. 4. f. 3,

tab. 39. f.8), and adds a third, and very bad one, in the Pisce.

Amboin. p. 18. No. 13 (Coupang-Visch), tab. 7. f. 13.

Il. Foundation of the Genus, and its place in the System.

The father of ichthyology, Artedi, recognized in the Keheneis

of the Greeks the type of a peculiar genus, to which he gave

that name, and which he characterized by “ caput plagioplateum,

superne striis transversis asperis notatum.” (Genera, p. 14.)

Finding, however, a single dorsal fin only, without spinous rays,

he placed the genus in the Malacopterygit. All subsequent

systematists and writers, from Linnzeus down to Cuvier, have

left its characters and its position unaltered. Voigt (System

der Natur, pp. 482, 835) first directed attention to the buckler

of the head being a modified dorsal fin: he pronounces it to be

a fin the rays of which have been bent downwards on both sides ;

they are provided with small hooks, which have the same func-

tion as in several species of Balistes.

After Voigt, Blainville comes to the same conclusion; but

both leave the fish among the AZalacopterygii, and it was left to

* Bras. Zee- en Lant-Reize, ii. p. 274. f. 67.

t+ Voyage round the World, i. p. 64.

390 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

Agassiz and Joh. Miiller to remove it from that order. Agassiz*,

although he does not mention either Voigt or Blainville, explains

the nature of the disk exactly in the same manner, and places

the genus in the family of Scombride. Miillert also does not

appear to have been acquainted with the opimion of Voigt, and

draws his conclusion merely from the structure and the inser-

tion of the ventral fins, so widely different from those in the

Malacopterygu jugulares: he establishes for the genus a sepa-

rate group (Hcheneidee) in the family of Gobioidei. The close

affinity of Heheneis with Klacate was first recognized by Hol-

brook}; and if Echeneis be placed among the Scombridze or

Gobioidei, Elacate must follow.

III. Discrimination of the Species.

The progress of our knowledge of the different species will

be more easily surveyed if we divide the account according to

the species themselves. Although, as we have seen, the two

most common species were known to ante-Linnzan authors,

they were confounded together ; and even Willughby and Artedi

believed that there was one species only. Linnzeus (Syst. Nat.

i. p. 446 §) first distinguished Hcheneis remora and Echeneis

naucrates, characterizing the one as “H. cauda bifurca, stris

capitis octodecim,” and the other as “ H. cauda integra, striis

capitis viginti quatuor,’’—diagnoses by which later ichthyologists

were led into great errors, the form of the caudal fin bemg con-

sidered as a constant specific character.

1. Echeneis remora.

We shall not commit any great error if we refer to this spe-

cies, which is the most common in the Mediterranean, the more

or less philosophical accounts of Ovid, Pliny, Plutarch ||, Aulian,

Oppian, Wotton, and Rondelet. The first rough figures which

without any doubt represent the present species, were given

by Nieuhoff, 2. ¢c., and four years afterwards by Willughby,

with the name of Remora Imperati (Appendix, p. 5, tab. 9. f. 2),—

the figures of Valentyn (i. f. 82, p. 857. n. 82) and Renard

(i. tab. 1. f. 3) being very bad, and scarcely distinguishable.

Klein and Gronovius distinguish the same species as Linnzeus,

Whilst the former indicates several varieties of the large Indian

* Recherch. Poiss. Foss. v. p. 117 (tab. G represents the skeleton of

KE. naucrates).

+ Berlin. Abhandl. 1844, pp. 158, 159.

{~ Lehthyol. South Carol. p. 104.

§ And in Ameen. Acad. i. p. 320; Mus. Reg. Ad. Frid. i. p. 75.

|| Sympos. lib. 11. and m Vita Antonii.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 391

species, the latter creates two different species of the smaller one*.

They consider L. remora as being confined to the European seas.

Klein (Miss. Pisce. p. 51. no. 1) describes it as “ Echeneis cceru-

lescens, ore retuso.” Gronow gives a better and more detailed

description in Zoophyl. p. 75. no. 256, and in Mus. Ichthyol.

i. no. 33. It would appear, from his ‘System,’ p. 92, that he

also knew the white variety, for which he creates the name

of Echeneis parva, identifying it, however, with H. remora, Linn.

He received his specimen from America.

Edwards knew nothing of the nature of the fish; he believed

that “it feeds on the slimy substance it finds on the skins of

the greater fishes ” (Gleanings, no. 210); the rough drawing in

Petiver’s Gazophyl. tab. 44. f. 12, is worse than any of those

already referred to.

The species appears to be only an occasional visitor to the

English coasts. Pennant+ enumerates it for the first time

among the British fishes; Turton { took a specimen himself

from the back of a cod-fish; and Sir J. Richardson § mentions

another instance of its beg found on the gills of a shark (Car-

charias glaucus).

Duhamel || gives a good description, but a miserable figure,

the sucker looking more like the shell of a Pecten. He attri-

butes the adhesion of the sucker to the minute spines, which,

entering a body, offer considerable resistance in the direction

towards the tail, but none whatever in that towards the head.

Otto Frederic Miller enumerates the fish in the ‘ Prodromus

Faunze Danice’ (no. 361); but it is evidently an accidental

visitor to those coasts J.

Two accurate observers, however, attest its occurrence in still

higher latitudes, namely in Iceland: Olafsen (Reise durch Island,

. p. 207), and Faber (Fische Islands, p. 115) (Styris-fiskr).

Of the occurrence of the fish on the coasts of North America

we find the first accurate notice in the true and elaborate account

of Schoepf **, who at the same time explains the fact of its being

spread all over the globe, saying that he saw the fish taken from

several vessels newly arrived at New York. Mitchill+} also

knew the fish well, and declares a specimen taken at New York

to be identical with those from the Mediterranean ; whilst

* System. Ichthyol. ed. Gray, p. 92.

+ Pennant, Brit. Zool. edit. 10. vol. ii. App. p. 524.

~ ¥ Turton, Brit. Faun. p. 94.

_ § Yarrell, Brit. Fish. edit. 3. vol. i. p. 671.

|| Péches, ii. sect. 4. p. 56, pl. 4. f. 5.

{| I find a reference also to Osbeck, ‘ Voyage to China,’ p. 94,—a work

not accessible to me.

** Schrift. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde Berlin, vii. 3. p. 145.

tt Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. New York, i. p. 378.

392 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

Richardson*, at the time of the publication of the ‘Fauna

Borealis,’ could not yet believe in the existence of the same spe-

cies on both sides of the Atlantic. Dekay has borrowed his

knowledge of the fish from the authorities mentioned, and enu-

merates it in his valueless work on the fishes of New York

(p. 309).

The occurrence of the species in the Japanese seas has been

asserted by Schlegel (Faun. Japon. p.271), and in the East Indian

Archipelago by Bleecker (£. remorotdes).

The accounts given by Blocht+ deserve particular attention,

because he describes a variation in the number of lamelle

in the sucker (16-20), and maintains the occurrence of the

same species in the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and the Pa-

cific. But he continues to regard the lunate form of the caudal

fin as characteristic of the species. The description given

by Lacépédet is more detailed and correct in nearly every re-

spect, he having used the manuscripts of Commerson as his

chief authority. After quoting and criticising the ancient

accounts of Pliny, he proceeds to relate the observations of

Commerson on the habits of the fish. He explains the brown

coloration of the lower parts by the circumstance of its being

frequently fixed to other swimming bodies with the belly di-

rected upwards and exposed to the light. He even goes so

far as to say that the fish, if not attached to another body, is

not able to swim on the belly, but that it is compelled to swim

always on the back. This observation, however, has not been

confirmed by others ; and it is probable that it did not originate

with Commerson, but was interpolated by Lacépeéde, who was

then anxious to find an additional proof for his theory that

those parts of a fish which are exposed to the light show a

greater intensity of colour than the others. Sir J. Richardson

(/. c.) describes its movements as a swimming with a wriggling

motion like an eel, and with considerable velocity, so as to over-

take with ease a vessel going before a brisk gale; and Bennett§

says that it propels itself by rapid lateral movements of the tail,

attended with an awkward twirling motion. Commerson and

Lacépéde find the use of the sucker merely in the mechanical

adhesion effected by the minute spines, by which the fish is

enabled to repose, and nevertheless to accompany vessels, sharks,

&e., from and with which it expects to find its food. Commerson

also knew the white variety mentioned by Gronow; and Lacé-

pede describes twelve abdominal and fifteen caudal vertebrae. The

* Taun. Bor. Amer. p. 265.

7 Ausland. Fische, ii. p. 134, pl. 172; and edit. Schneider, p. 240.

{ Hist. Nat. Poiss. ii. pp. 146, 147, pl. 9. f. 1.

§ I. D. Bennett, Whaling Voyage, p. 271.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 393

latter author has been extensively copied by Shaw (Zool. iy.

p- 202, pl. 31), and he too gives an English translation of the

passage in Pliny. The drawings accompanying all these ac-

counts were more or less rough and imperfect ; and it is Blu-

menbach’s and Rosenthal’s merit to have given for the first time

figures which may be called scientific representations of the fish

and of its skeleton (Abbildungen, taf. 78, and Rosenth. Ich-

thyotom. Tafeln, taf. 20. figs. 1-8).

Risso adds nothing to our knowledge of the habits * of the

fish, but, in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle de Europe Méridionale?

(i. p. 270) he describes a remarkable varicty, or even species,

from the Mediterranean, with a sucker composed of twenty la-

minz,—a number which I have never met with. He separates

this fish from the E. remora, L., and applies to it the name of

E. naucrates ; it is, however, evident that Risso did not know

the true HL. naucrates ; and his fish must be closely allied to E.

remora, having twenty-two rays in the dorsal and anal fins. I

have mentioned above, that Bloch also admits that the lamine

vary from sixteen to twenty in FE. remora.

An attempt to distinguish new specific forms from the Lin-

nean . remora has been made by Lowe+. He found that the

lunate caudal was not a character common to all specimens, and

that, moreover, in some the tongue was covered with asperities,

and in others smooth. He called those with a truncated caudal

Echeneis jacobea, and those with a rough tongue Echeneis pal-

lida, considering the specimens with lunate caudal and smooth

tongue as E.remora, L. Waving had apparently but few speci-

mens for examination, he was induced to use differences in the

number of the laminz of the sucker as additional specific cha-

racters. But the difference between the extreme forms of the

caudal fin is not great: every possible degree of emargina-

tion between those extremes may be observed ; the most deeply

notched caudal and the most truncated one do not correspond

with a certain number of laminz ; the caudal, in fact, never has

a posterior margin which forms a straight vertical line; and,

finally, the same fin undergoes, with age, the greatest changes

possible in FE. naucrates, as we shall see afterwards. The struc-

ture of the surface of the tongue has no more specific value than

the form of the caudal. Specimens with distinct asperities on

the tongue are comparatively scarce; this character is merely

* He describes them in rather general terms, and it may be interesting

to quote his own words : “ Plus inertes qu’entreprenants, ils n’ont que des

désirs modérés ; plus indolents que courageux, ils se fixent sur les quilles,

ou autour des batimens, et trainent ainsi une vie langoureuse et misérable.”

E. remora, Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 177, and Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 269. EB,

naucrates, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 270,

Tt Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89.

394 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis,

indicated in others. Lowe says that it is found in specimens

with nineteen laminze in the sucker; those four in which I have

found the larger portion of the tongue rough have seventeen

and eighteen laminz, and are, in other respects, entirely con-

gruent with true smooth-tongued specimens of EH. remora.

Dr. Bleeker* says that he had never seen the H.remora of the

European ichthyologists. Unfortunately he used Yarrell’s de-

scription for determiming the species; but if he had had more

opportunity of examining the descriptions of that naturalist, he

would have seen that they are more of a popular character than

specimens of scientific originality. Thus it happened that Dr.

Bleeker examined the true HZ. remora, but described it as a dif-

ferent species (1. remoroides), deceived by some discrepancies

which exist in his and Yarrell’s descriptions, but not in nature.

Yarrell, for instance, says that there are “two bands of minute

teeth in the lower jaw, and a single band in the upper,” whilst,

in fact, both jaws are armed with a single band, that of the

upper jaw being, however, narrower than the other. Now

Yarrell frequently confounds a series of teeth with a band of

teeth; and it is to be supposed that in the present case he

intended to say that the teeth in the lower jaw form two series,

and those in the upper a single one. Although even this is

incorrect, the arrangement of the teeth may appear so to a

superficial observer. This error has not been corrected in the

third edition of Yarrell’s work.

Finally, A. Murray separates a specimen with seventeen la-

mine (a variation known long before) as a distinct species—ZH.

tropica (Edinb. New Philos. Journ. 1856, iv. p. 287) ; the name

itself has been preoccupied by Euphrasen for a different species.

Murray also distinguishes between the action of the lining

membrane of the sucker and that of the toothed lamelle: “ The

sucker is quite sufficient for the mere purposes of adhesion, and

may be probably used without the teeth or plates, when the

Remora fixes itself upon rocks or stationary objects; but the

plates and teeth are required to enable it to fix itself upon bodies

in rapid motion.” I infer, from the whole structure of the

sucker, that such a separate action is not probable; the teeth,

indeed, would be useless in an attempt of the Sucking-fish to

attach itself to a “rock”; but there is no evidence of any one

ever having seen the fish doing this.

I conclude this historical account of our first species with

some remarks made by Bennett +, who had ample opportuni-

ties of observing the fish in nature, and who indicates what I

think i is the most natural cause of the firm adhesion of the

* Natuurk. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind. 1855, vi. p. 70.

+ F. D. Bennett, Narrative of a Whaling Voyage, p. 271.

Dr. A. Gunther on the History of Echeneis. 395

buckler, namely a vacuum effected by the lamine, which can

be erected either by the muscles during life, or artificially, after

death, by impressing the spines into any body, the minute

spines merely affording an additional help. ‘ The use it makes

of its sucker is much less than may be supposed: it often

merely swims around the body it attends, and only fixes upon it

occasionally, and for a very short time. The adhesion of the

buckler is chiefly effected by the smooth membrane that margins

it. After the death of the fish, and even after the head has been

severed from the body, the moist membranous border of this

organ adheres to a plane surface with undiminished power.

One muscle can be raised and depressed by the fish, indepen-

dent of the others, or all can be moved simultancously and

rapidly. Their uses are, to fix the sucker more firmly, to offer

resistance in one determinate direction, and probably to liberate

the sucker from its attachment by relieving the vacuum.” Ben-

nett saw “ some perfectly white Remore.”

2. Echeneis naucrates.

Although less frequent round the European coasts than Z.

remora, this species was described and figured at an earlier period

and more correctly. We find it in the works of Aldrovandi *,

Jonstont, Maregravet, Willughby§, Ray ||, Ruysch§, Seba **,

Consequently its occurrence in the Mediterranean and in the

Atlantic was known almost from the first. Whilst Dutertre ++,

Brown ff, and Parra §$§, mention its frequent occurrence in the

Caribbean Sea, its presence in the Indian Ocean is indicated by

Leguat ||||, and in the Mediterranean by Forskal [J and Hassel-

quist ***, The latter gives a most accurate description of it.

After being introduced into the system as Hcheneis naucrates by

Linneeus (Syst. 1. p. 446), it is found in the works of Gronow +++,

Kleinttt, Bloch $$$, and Lacépede || || ||, who, followmg Linnzeus,

* i. cap. 22. p. 335.

+ Thaumatogr. lib. i. tit. 1. cap. 2. art. 4, tab. 4. f. 3, tab. 39. f. 8.

t Marcgr. Iter, p. 180. S, Will, p. 119) tab. Gao. to.

|| Ray, p. 71. {| Theatr. Univ. p. 7, tab. 4. f. 3, tab. 39. £.8.

** iii, p- 103, tab. 33. f. 2.

tt Hist. Génér. des Antilles, ii. pp. 209, 222 (fig.).

{ Hist. Jamaica, p. 443. §§ Pegador, Parra, p. 94, pl. 36, f. 2

if Voyage, p. 122 (fig. bad). [4 Forskal, p. xiv (Echeneis naucrates).

FR Iter. Palest. p. 324, or, in the Cremer edition, p. 371 (Echeneis

naucrates).

ttt Echeneis, sp. Gronov. Zoophyl. p. 75. no. 252, and Mus, Ichthyol.

ie P. 13. no. 34, and Syst. ed. Gray, p. 92 (Echeneis fusca).

ttf Miss. Pisc. iv. p- 51. n. 2 (Echeneis Willughbeii).

§§$ Bloch, Ausland. Fische, 1. p. 131, tab. 171 (coloration incorrect),

and Bl. Schn. p. 239.

I||||| Lacép. ii. pp. 146, 162, pl. 9. f. 2.

396 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Kcheneis.

distinguish it specifically by the same incorrect character from

E. remora, viz. “ cauda integra.” The description given by Lacé-

pede is of special value, as in this species also he had the

advantage of using the manuscripts of Commerson, who made

detailed observations on the living fish. He says that the num-

ber of the laminz of the buckler varies between twenty-two and

twenty-six; but he considers the vertical or rounded margin of

the caudal fin as a constant character. An account of a rather

singular manner of catching sleeping turtles by means of a

sucking-fish, held by a ring fastened round its tail, appears to

have originated rather from an experiment than from a regular

sport. ‘The story is copied by Shaw *.

Russell (Fishes of Coromandel, 1. p. 39, pl. 49) figures a spe-

cimen with twenty-five lamine, under the name of Ala Mottah,

given by the natives to the fish. I do not know whether this

variety is identical with a fish described by M. Liénard in the

‘Quatriéme Rapport Annuel sur les Travaux de la Société

d’ Histoire Naturelle de Iie Maurice’ (a work not accessible to

me), and shortly mentioned in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 205, or

whether the latter is a truly different species.

The first attempt to separate specifically some forms very

similar to H. naucrates was made by Mitchill. Schoepf +,

Storer {,and Mitchill himself § had been of opinion that the

larger species of Sucking-fish on the North American coast was

identical with . naucrates; and Richardson|| mentions its oc-

currence even as far northwards as the coast of Newfoundland,

where it had been found by Audubon. At a later period, how-

ever, Mitchill§] was struck by the white margin of the fins, which

is more or less conspicuous im all specimens, especially in those

of younger age; he named this imaginary species Heheners albt-

cauda, which name, as is quite clear, was originally not intended

for the fish afterwards described by Holbrook as E. lineata, but

merely for specimens of . naucrates with a marked white mar-

gin to the fins. We cannot expect to find the question of the

existence of a second large species in the Atlantic settled by

Dekay. He** adopts for the species found at New York the

name of /. albicauda, adding that he had never seen H. naucrates ;

he repeats from Mitchill that its prmeipal character is the white

margin of the fins; his statement, that the number of lamin

* Zool. iv. p. 209, pl. 31 (half-grown specimen).

+ Schriften der Gesellschaft naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, vui. p. 145.

{ Report Fishes Massach. p. 153.

§ Lit. and Phil. Trans. New York, i. p. 377.

|| Faun. Bor. Amer. ul. p. 266.

4] Amer. Month. Magaz. u. p. 244.

** New York Fauna: Fishes, pp. 307, 308, pl. 54. f. 117.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 397

varies between twenty-one and twenty-three, proves that in fact

he has confounded H. naucrates and E. lineata, Holbr. He in-

forms his readers that all the species are natives of the tropical

seas, and that they are to be considered only as accidental visi-

tors to the coast of New York ; and, a few lines further on, states

that the species is not uncommon on the coast of Long Island.

He mentions an instance of a specimen having ascended a con-

siderable distance up the Hudson River. Those species which

have been established on differences in the number of caudal

and dorsal rays, or differences in the form of the caudal fin from

that observed by Linnzus and subsequent ichthyologists in L.

naucrates, appear to rest on a far more solid foundation. The

variations, indeed, are great; and only an examination of a great

number of specimens of different ages can lead us to a correct

opinion on the subject.

1. We find, then, that the number of lamine varies between

twenty-two and twenty-five. Specimens with twenty-one or

twenty-six laminz are of rare occurrence. The number of dorsal

rays varies between thirty-three and forty-one; that of the anal

rays between thirty-two and thirty-eight. All the specimens in

which these variations have been ascertained are otherwise exactly

similar to one another, and especially show the same relative

proportions of the different parts.

2. The caudal fin undergoes extraordinary alterations with

age. In young specimens about 4 inches in length, the middle

portion of the fin is produced into a long filiform lobe. This lobe

gradually becomes shorter, and the fin shows a rounded margin

in fishes of middle age, with the middle portion sometimes di-

stinctly projecting beyond the level of the margin. When,

finally, the fish approaches the mature state, the upper and

lower lobes are produced, and the fin becomes subcrescentic or

really forked. Hven in this state, I have observed specimens in

which the middle part of the fin is shghtly produced, so that it

has the appearance of having three lobes. Rippell* has also

observed slighter changes in the form of the caudal.

The following species have been founded on such variations :

Echeneis lunata by Bancroft +, Echeneis vittata by Lowe f, a

second Keheneis vittata hy Riippell §, and finally, Hcheneis aus-

tralis by Griffith ||.

The authors who remain to be mentioned have not contributed

* Neue Wirbelth. Fische, p. 82.

+ Proceed. Comm. Zool. Soc. i. p. 134, and Zool. Journ. vy. p. 411, pl. 18

(indifferent description and figure).

{ Proe. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89; and Fishes of Madeira, p. 77. tab. 11.

§ N. W. Fische, p. 82.

|| Anim, Kingd, Pise. pl. opp. p.504; Bennett, Whaling Voyage, ii. p. 273.

398 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

anything new to the history of the fish; and we know nothing

of the mode of its propagation or its development in the earliest

stage of life. They state merely its occurrence in the different

seas of the temperate and tropical regions. Guichenot * has

found it in the Mediterranean, Webb and Berthelot + im the sea

of the Canary Islands, Ramon de la Sagra { in the tropical parts

of the Atlantic, Cantor§ in the Sea of Pinang, Bleeker in almost

every part of the East Indian Archipelago, Siebold || m the

Japanese Sea.

3. Echeneis lineata.

The third species of Hcheneis was described fifty years after

Linneus, in the year 1791, by two naturalists simultaneously,

Menzies {| and Euphrasen **. There is at least not the slightest

reason for considermg them to be different; they are both

distinguished by the small number of laminz in the buckler (10),

and by a somewhat slender body. Both descriptions have been

taken from apparently immature specimens, the caudal fin being

very convex and produced. Menzies, who has the priority, calls the

species H. lineata; Kuphrasen names it H. tropica. Schneider t+

also gives a figure of the fish, but he erroneously considers Kuphra-

sen’s fish to be identical with EH. squalipeta, Dald. TLacépéde tt

and Shaw$§ merely reproduce the account of Menzies.

4. Echeneis squalipeta.

The next species which we have to record is E. squalipeta of

Daldorf ||| ; it has not been recognized again. ‘i’he specimens on

which the species was founded are little more than two inches

in length; nevertheless they appear to be adult, having the

caudal fin emarginate. The principal character of the species is

the continuation of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal; the

buckler has seventeen lamin. The fishes have been found in

the Atlantic between the tropics.

5. Hcheneis osteochir.

Cuvier 4[{{ has added to the preceding species a fifth, which he

* Guichen. Explor. Algér. Poiss. p. 111 (if this is not Heheneis Hol-

brookii).

+ Hist. Nat. Iles Canar., Poiss. p. 87.

~ Hist. de ’Ie de Cuba, Poiss. p. 170.

§ Catal. Malay. Rept. p. 199.

|| Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 270, pl. 120. f. 1 (var.).

@ Trans. Linn. Soc. 1791, i. p. 187, tab. 17. f. 1.

** Nya Handl. 1791, xii. p. 317.

ty Bl. Schn. p. 240, tab. 53. f. 1.

ti Hist. Nat. Poiss. ii. pp. 146, 167. §§ Zool, iv. p. 211.

\|\| Skrivt. af Naturhist. Selsk. ii. p. 157.

_ 94 Cuv. Regne Anim. and edit, Ill. Poiss. pl. 108. f, 3,

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 399

calls EL. osteochir, from the singularly compressed and ossified

rays of the pectoral: it also has not been recognized. It is

badly figured in the illustrated edition of the ‘ Regne Animal,’

and appears to have nineteen laminze in the disk on the head.

6. Echeneis brachyptera.

The Rev. R. T. Lowe, who has paid so much attention to ihe

distinction of the species of this genus, discovered a sixth.

After having shortly mentioned it in the ¢ Synopsis of the Fishes

of Madeira*,’ he fixed its place in the system by the name of

E. brachyptera, accompanying it with a proper diagnosis}. But

it appears to me that the species was long ago seen, and even

figured, by Catesby{. He calls it by the collective name of

Remora, but expressly enumerates sixteen lamin in the ad-

hesive disk,—a number also indicated in the figure, which is

indifferently executed and posteriorly distorted. Catesby’s

account is one of the truest found in the older works :—“ It can

fix itself to any animal or other substance: but the notion that

this small fish was able to stop a ship under sail, or a whale in

swimming, is entirely fabulous. I have taken five of them from

off the body of a shark, which were fixed so fast to different

parts of his body that it required great strength to separate

them. I have seen them disengaged and swimming very deli-

berately near the shark’s mouth, without his attempting to

swallow them, the reason of which I am not able to give.”

Like the other species of Hcheneis, the present is not confined

to a district of a certain sea, and was found, nearly at the same

time as by Mr. Lowe, by the naturalists attached to the expe-

dition of the French vessel ‘ La Favorite,’ and by Storer. The

former have called it H. sexdecim-laminata§, and think that their

specimen was caught in the Indian Ocean. Storer || himself pro-

cured a young specimen with only fourteen lamine in the disk,

and named it HL. guatuordecim-laminatus. As this difference might

awaken doubts as to the specific identity of the fishes mentioned, I

have carefully compared Storer’s description with a Brazilian spe-

cimen evidently belonging to E. brachyptera, Lowe, and exhibit-

ing fifteen lamellee in the disk. Both agree very well, excepting

a slight difference in the number of the anal rays. Storer states,

moreover, that it has four ventral rays, which is evidently a

mistake.

Having had the opportunity of comparing Chinese specimens

with others from the Atlantic, I do not hesitate to consider the

* Transact. Zool. Soe. u. p. 191.

T Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 89.

{ Histor. Nat. Carol. i. p. 26, pl. 26.

§ Eydoux and Gervais, Voy. Favor. Zool. p- 77; pl. 31.

|| Report Fishes Massach. p. 155.

400 Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis.

EE. pallida, Schleg.* likewise as synonymous with the present

species. J have found sixteen laminz in Chinese specimens,

Schlegel sixteen or seventeen. The latter number appears to

indicate the highest limit, as fourteen does the lowest, within

which the laminz vary in this species; they occur only occa-

sionally, and specimens with fifteen and sixteen laminz are the

most frequent.

Finally, a fifth name has been given to this species by Dr.

Bleeker,—H. Nieuhofiit. We was well aware of its close affinity

to the fish described by Lowe and Schlegel ; but he considers the

diagnosis given by the former as too brief to be taken ito con-

sideration, and finds a difference from the fish of the latter in the

structure of the skin. The figures given by Nieuhof and Valen-

tyn, which we have mentioned above, are referred to this species

by Dr. Bleeker; but if he admits those into the synonymy, the

diagnosis of Mr. Lowe, with the name proposed by him, would

have merited it as well. The alleged difference in the structure

of the skin is merely produced by the mode of preservation.

Schlegel describes as a peculiarity in the Japanese fish, that its

skin has a porous appearance, and that the scales are at the

bottom of small cavities. The skin of Bleeker’s fish is smooth,

although covered with minute scales. I have seen fishes im both

states: those with smooth skin are the best preserved, their skin

still retaming a part of the mucus. But in specimens preserved

for a longer period in somewhat weak spirit, the skin loses all

the mucus, and the cavities in which the scales are imbedded

make their appearance in the fishes from the Atlantic as well as

from the East Indies.

7. Echeneis albescens.

This species was made known by Schlegel (Faun. Japon. Poiss.

p- 272, pl. 120. fig. 3), and is easily recognized by the small

number of laminz in the disk (thirteen). I have found it since

in a collection of Chinese fishes, and another form closely allied

to it.

8. Echeneis Holbrookit.

I cannot claim the discovery of this species, as it has appa-

rently been known to several of the North American writers

(although they have confounded it with H. naucrates), and it is

evident that it has been described by Holbrook. The latter,

however, does not point out those characters by which it may

be distinguished at once from the other species mentioned, and

calls it H. lineata, which name had been applied long before to

a different species.

* Faun. Japon. Poiss. p. 271, pl. 120. figs. 2, 3.

+ Bleek., Natuurk, Tydschr, Nederl. Ind. 1853, i, p. 279.

Dr. A. Giinther on the History of Echeneis. 401

We have seen above, that the fish named by Mitchill FZ. albi-

cauda is in fact merely an immature specimen of EF. naucrates ;

consequently this name is a synonym of that species, and cannot

be applied to a second, discovered at a later period. Dekay* as-

signs this name to the larger species of Sucking-fish found on the

coast of the United States. Most of the specimens which he pro-

fesses to have examined belong evidently to HL. naucrates ; but, as

he mentions also fishes with twenty-one lamin, it is possible that

he has confounded that species and #. Holbrookii. Guichenott

appears to have fallen into the same error: he describes a single

specimen with twenty-one lamine, caught on the coast of Algiers,

as . naucrates. As this species, however, also shows excep-

tionally a number of Jamin which is constant in the other, the

question can be decided only by an autoptical examination of

that individual. Holbrook was the first who described our

eighth Echeneis as a separate species {. Although he does not

appear to have been aware of its close affinity with #. naucrates,

he very properly places it at the side of Klacate; he is, besides,

decidedly of opinion that the firm adhesion of the disk to an-

other object is effected by a vacuum produced in consequence of

the erection of the laminz.

9. Echeneis scutata.

(PI X2 B.)

This is a new and most remarkable species, distinguished by

the extraordinary size of the disk. Its diagnosis is as follows:

D. 27 | 22. A. 21-28.

The length of the disk is contained 2 times in the total length ;

the width of the body between the pectorals 53 times. Caudal

truncated. Dorsal and anal fins not continued to the caudal.

Colour brown.

Twenty inches long.

From the Indian Ocean (Ceylon).

10. Echeneis clypeata.

iE i ie Wy eae.

The length of the disk is contained 3+ times in the total, the

width of the body between the pectorals 5 times. Caudal subtrun-

cated. The lower jaw and the vomer anteriorly with a series of

widely-set and strong teeth. The angle of the mouth is situated in

the vertical line from the second lamina of the adhesive disk. The

length of the ventral is much less than the distance between the

* New York Fauna: Fishes, p. 307.

+ Explorat. Algér. Poiss. p. 111.

{ Ichthyol. South. Carol. p. 101, pl. 14. f. 2.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 27

402 Mr. C. C. Babington on Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis.

root of the pectoral and the posterior margin of the eye. Uni-

form brown.

This is another new species from the Cape Seas, closely allied

to E. albescens, from which it differs by its narrower mouth, its

shorter ventral fin, and also by the smaller number of the la-

minze of the disk. To which of the two species the figure given

by Dampier (Voyage to New Holland, i. pl. 1. fig. 6) ought to

be referred is a question that cannot be decided.

In conclusion, I give a synoptical review of the species

enumerated * :—

a. Species with a stout and rather short body.

No. of laminz.

. clypeanta, Gthr. -. .”. ya ae

. aloescens, Schlep...) amuses

. squalipeta, Daldorf . . . . 17

. brachyptera, Lowe . . . « 15-16

e PEMOTA, Lin”) gas. 6) gape eerie ee

. osteochi, Cuvy. 2 oe ees

. Scutata, Gtht. ° . oe ec eee

NOOR ONS

be be by by by

8. Species with a slender body.

8. . lineata, Menzies (9. 3. « ~ay eo

9. #.. Holbrooku, Gthr. 2. eee

10. Fi. naucrates, Ui. .. :2. yup poem ees

XLITI.—Note concerning Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis.

By C. C. Basineton.

In the year 1849 I published a paper in these ‘ Annals’ (ser. 2.

i. 433) “On the British Plumbaginacee,” pointing out that

the plant erroneously called S. spathulata or S. cordata in this

country is the S. occidentalis (Lloyd). I also endeavoured _ to

show that the S. Dodarti (Gir.) inhabited our western coasts.

At that time, and until very recently, I had not seen an au-

* While this paper was passing through the press, my attention was

called to the announcement of one on the same subject by M. Duméril

(Compt. Rend. 1858, p. 374), in which he enumerates forty-six species

which are to be described by him. He does not appear to be aware

of the variability of the number of the laminz and fin-rays, nor of the vari-

ation of the form of the caudal fin. He states that he has examined 161 spe-

cimens,—a number scarcely exceeding that examined by myself, the British

Museum alone possessing 130 specimens. The difference in the treatment

of the subject, therefore, 1s so great, that there is no reason to hold back

this paper on account of that advertisement,—the less as, perhaps, M. Du-

mcril may obtain from it some information that may prove useful to him.

Mr. C. C. Babington on Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis. “403

thentic specimen of S. Dodartii; but now possessing one in

Billot’s valuable ‘ Exsiccate ’ (No. 1054), I have again submitted

our plants to a careful examination. It was my opinion that

specimens gathered at Berry Head (Devon), Giltar Head (Pemb.),

and Pennard and Langland Bay (Glam.), were the true S. Do-

dartit, notwithstanding “a few slight discrepancies ” in the de-

scription. But as a considerable addition has been gradually

made to my set of specimens, so has my opinion tended more

and more towards the belief that these plants ought not to be

separated from S. occidentalis: the receipt of Dr. Billot’s spe-

cimen of the true S. Dodartii shows that they are not identical

with it, and removes the only difficulty that I found in con-

sidering them all as S. occidentalis.

The specific distinctness of S. Dodartii is still open to discus-

sion, but I do not possess the materials requisite for entering

upon so difficult an inquiry. All the more modern French

botanists—Godron, Lloyd, and Boreau, for instance—separate

them ; and assuredly the authentic specimens have a very dif-

ferent appearance, although it is not easy to define in botanical

language their distinctive points. Speaking generally, it may

be remarked that S. Dodartii is a coarser plant than S. oceciden-

talis; its stems are stouter; leaves thicker, and blunt; spikes

broader, owing to the spikelets being more closely placed, and

therefore more spreading ; inner bracts very broad and blunt,

and with a narrower scarious margin.

But at the same time that the authority for including S. Do-

dart in the British Flora is destroyed, I am enabled to show

cause for its restoration to our catalogue. There has long been

an unnamed specimen of Statice in my herbarium, which was

gathered at Portland, Dorset, in September 1832, by Professor

Henslow. This is quite similar to the authentic 8. Dodartii

supplied to me by Billot, agrees well with Girard’s description

(Ann. Sc. Nat. 2 sér. xvii. 31), and is exceedingly like the fine

old plate of Limonium minus, Bellidis minoris folio, to be found

in Dodart’s ‘Mémoires’ (ed. 1. p. 95). It is a coarse, inelegant

plant, of a very different aspect from any state of S. occidentalis.

The distribution of this plant has to be determined ; for it is

scarcely to be supposed that Portland is its only English station.

Botanists visiting our south coast in the latter part of the sum.

mer would do well to pay attention to these plants, so as to

determine their extent of variation and range. 8S. Dodartit

seems to be the less common plant on the French side of the

Channel. IJloyd only mentions it as tolerably plentiful on the

north coast of Bretagne; but it seems to be more abundant on

the western coast of France.

Mr. Bentham combines these two species, and gives them the

27%

404. Prof. T. C. Archer on a Species of Ostrea.

name of S. auriculefolia. The plant so named in his ‘ Cat. des

Pl. des Pyrénées’ is referred by all the French botanists to the

S. lychnidifolia (Gir.) ; but surely Mr. Bentham would not com-

bine our plants with it! That would be a union more re-

markable even than many of the other conjunctions of specics

which he expects us to accept upon his authority alone.

XLIV.— Ona Species of Ostrea taken from the copper sheathing on

the bottom of a vessel in the Liverpool Graving Docks. By T.C.

ArcHER, Professor of Botany in Queen’s College, Liverpool.

Tur great rarity of the occurrence of bivalve shells growing upon

the bottoms of ships is well known to those who are engaged in

the repairs of vessels ; two such instances, however, have occurred

in this port, within a few weeks of each other. In the first case,

which did not fall under my own notice, the copper sheathing of a

vessel from Bombay was found to have attached to it a consider-

able number of full-grown shells of a species closely allied to

Ostrea edulis. In the second instance, I happened to pass one of

our graving docks in which some vessels were undergoing repairs,

and was much struck with the immense number of oyster-shells

adhering to the bottom of one of them. Upon descending for the

purpose of a closer inspection, I found one or two old ship-carpen-

ters examining them with great curiosity ; and they informed me

that, although they had worked in the Graving Docks from their

boyhood, they had never seen oysters on a ship’s bottom before.

I removed a few of the shells, which thickly covered the greater

part of the copper, being thickest near the keel, and took them

away for examination. On my return home, I saw at once that

it was a species with which I was not familiar, and upon referring

to the beautiful and extensive collection in the Liverpool Royal

Institution, I found no specimen of the species there ; nor have I

been able by reference to local and distant friends to ascertain

its name. I therefore hastened to secure a considerable number

of specimens for distribution—and was only just in time, for they

were being rapidly removed and carted away: upwards of a ton

and a half were supposed to have been taken from the ship’s

bottom.

Deeply imbedded in the interstices of the clumps of oysters,

I discovered some small shells attached by a byssus; these are

a species of Perna, which Mr. 8. P. Woodward obligingly informs

me 1s known to him as a South Sea species. This is of value,

as indicating the probable habitat of the Ostrea, otherwise a

difficult matter, for very little is known of the antecedents of the

vessel, she having been taken as a prize during the Russian war,

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 405

and having since then belonged to several owners. I have,

however, learned that one of her latest voyages was to Matamoras.

Every shell was not only empty, but was perfectly cleaned out;

from which I infer that, after the vessel came into the colder

waters of the temperate zone, the oysters died, and, their shells

consequently opening, they were speedily devoured by Crusta-

ceans and other carnivorous creatures. Owing to this circum-

stance, by far the larger proportion of the oysters wanted their

upper valves, which had dropped off, the hinge not being able

to sustain the weight of the valve, which, from the oysters’ posi-

tion on the ship, would hang downwards.

Description of the Shell.—Attached by its lower valve, which

varies in shape according to the extent of the attachment : when

only slightly adherent, it is very concave. The upper valve flat,

or slightly concave, and foliaceous. In some specimens there are

well-marked plaits on the outer surface. The nacreous lining of

the upper valve is white ; that of the lower one is of a deep rich

copper-brown colour in the middle, with a margin of white.

The hinge toothless, with a laminated subnacreous structure.

I send you herewith specimens; and if you think that they

possess any value, I shall be obliged by your making known to

your readers that, to the extent of my stock, I shall be glad to

give them to public museums and important private collections.

XLV.—On some New Genera and Species of Mollusca from

Japan. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S., &c.

[Continued from p. 303.]

Genus Syrnoua, A. Adams,

Testa subulata, recta, vitrea, polita; anfractibus planis ; suturis im-

pressis. Apertura oblonga ; labio in medio plica obliqua instructo ;

labro simplici, acuto.

This genus bears the same relation to Obeliscus that Chrysallida

does to Pyramidella, and will include all the slender species

of the former group with a single plait on the columella. It

differs from Monoptygma in being vitreous and polished, and

from Odostomia in texture and its subulate or aciculate form.

Syrnola gracillima, A. Adams.

S. testa subulata, alba, vitrea, subopaca ; anfractibus novem, leevibus,

planulatis, suturis valde impressis, anfractu ultimo linea rufo-fusca

angusta circumcincto, antice rotundato; labio antice expanso et

reflexo, in medio plica obliqua valida instructo; labro intus sub-

incrassato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

406 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

Genus Sryxopsis, A. Adams.

Testa subulata, opaca, levis, non polita; anfractibus planulatis, su-

turis impressis. Apertura subquadrata, labio recto simplici ; labro

in medio recto, antice angulato.

This genus resembles Eulimella in the simple straight inner

lip; in other respects—in surface, texture, and form—it is alto-

gether different.

Stylopsis typica, A. Adams.

S. testa subulata, alba, opaca, non polita, vix rimata; anfractibus

octo, planulatis, suturis impressis, anfractu ultimo subangulato ;

apertura subquadrata, columella recta, antice producta, labro

margine recto, acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea.

Genus Stytopryema, A. Adams.

Testa pupiformis, subpellucida ; anfractibus convexiusculis, transver-

sim tenuiter sulcatis. Apertura subquadrata; labio superne plica

obliqua instructo ; labro dilatato.

Styloptygma Stylina, A. Adams.

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 224.

This species is so unlike any other form of Pyramidellide as

to warrant its separation. Its nearest approach to any genus

hitherto constituted is to Chrysallida of Carpenter, which, how-

ever, is longitudinally ribbed or plicate.

Genus Myonta, A. Adams.

Testa ovato-turrita, alba, tenuis; anfractibus convexiusculis, trans-

versim sulcatis, interstitiis celatis. Apertura oblonga, postice

acuminata, antice producta; labio superne plica obliqua instructo.

This genus will include most of the species described by me as

belonging to Monoptygma in Sowerby’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ and should

be placed in the family Acteonide.

Myonia Japonica, A. Adams.

M. testa turrito-subulata, alba, subpellucida; anfractibus planius-

culis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis distantibus, interstitiis punctatis ;

apertura oblonga, antice subreflexa; labio rectiuseulo, superne

plica obliqua, vix conspicua, instructo; labro mtus sulcato, mar-

gine crenulato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; off Niphon.

Most nearly allied to A. dauta, A. Adams.

Genus Levcotina, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, alba, tenuis; anfractibus convexiusculis, ultimo ventri-

coso, transversim sulcatis, interstitiis punctatis. Apertura oblonga,

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 407

antice producta; labio superne plica obliqua, seepe celata, in-

structo.

This genus is exactly intermediate between Act@on and Myo-

nia, and cannot with propriety be ranked with either. It belongs

to Acteonide. There are several species, one only of which I

shall now describe.

Leucotina Niphonensis, A. Adams.

L. testa alba, tenui, oblongo-ovali; anfractibus 33, convexiusculis,

transyersim sulcatis, insterstitiis punctatis ; apertura oblonga, an-

tice subproducta ; labio plica obliqua, vix conspicua, instructo ;

labro acuto, simplici.

Hab. Sixteen miles from Mino-Sima, off Niphon ; Straits of

Korea; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Genus Macrocuei.vs, Phillips.

In this genus, hitherto considered extinct, the shell is ovate-

oblong, with rounded whorls, the last whorl ventricose, and the

aperture with no plait on the inner lip, which isthickened. The

recent species described below is almost exactly similar in form

to M. acutus, De Koninck, but is nearly smooth, being but

faintly striated under the lens.

Macrocheilus Japonicus, A. Adams.

M. testa ovato-oblonga, alba, levi, glabra; anfractibus sex, rotun-

datis, sub lente transversim tenuiter striatis, anfractu ultimo ven-

tricoso ; apertura ovali, antice producta; labio calloso subincras-

sato.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Genus AurIcULINA, Gray.

This genus is composed of thin oval shells with simple whorls

and without any plait on the inner lip. It is doubtful whether

its natural position is not rather in Acteonide than in Pyrami-

dellide. The species already best known have been described

as Odostomie,—A. cylindrica, Alder, and A. obliqua, Alder. I

now add another and much larger species.

Auriculina Grayi, A. Adams.

A. testa ovato-acuta, bulimiformi; anfractibus quatuor, longitudina-

liter substriatis, convexiusculis ; apertura ovali, antice dilatata,

postice acuminata ; labio simplici; labro margine acuto.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Genus Aucyna, A. Adams.

Testa acuminato-ovata, imperforata, spira brevi, conica, acuta; an-

fractibus planis, levibus. Apertura ovalis; labio callo incrassato

408 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

intrinsecus decurrente, et in dentem acutum desinente ; Jabro acuto

intus levi.

This little genus most nearly approaches Elenchus, but the

form is different: the outer lip is not hrate or grooved within ;

and there is a peculiar defined callus (ending in a very conspi-

cuous tooth), extending the greater part of the length of the inner

lip. Only a single specimen of each species was obtained.

Alcyna ocellata, A. Adams.

A, testa levi, imperforata ; anfractibus convexiusculis, pallide carneo-

rufescentibus, anfractu ultimo cingula macularum ocellatarum

(pupillis rufescentibus, viridibus, albidis) ornato ; callo parietali in

dentem validum prominentem acutum desinente.

Hab. Sea of Japan; off Talen-Sima; dredged from 25 fathoms.

Alcyna lepida, A. Adams.

A. testa levi nitida imperforata, pallide rufo-fusca, lineolis nigrican-

tibus transversis circumcincta, apice nigricante ; anfractibus 5,

planiusculis ; callo parietali in dentem parvum acutum desinente.

Hab. Sea of Japan ; off Talen-Sima; dredged from 25 fathoms.

Genus En1pa, A. Adams.

Testa depresso-conica, late umbilicata; anfractibus convexiusculis,

cingulis concentricis granulosis aut squamulosis ornatis, suturis

canaliculatis, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam carinato vel angu-

lato. Apertura subquadrata; labio in medio reflexo ; labro intus

simplici aut lirato; umbilico amplo, margine crenulato.

I have dedicated this genus to the gentle Lady Enid of the

Poet-Laureate’s ‘Idylls of the King,’—a creation of the brain

more beautiful, more tender, and more pure, than any of the

so-called goddesses of the Greek mythology who have lent their

names to science. Hnida, founded on shells of great beauty and

of exquisite sculpture, resembles a depressed and widely umbili-

cated Zizyphinus with the inner lip reflexed; in form it also

approaches many species of Gibbula, but this group is littoral and

coarser in its physiognomy. Deep-water shells are usually more

delicate and of finer sculpture than those which have to buffet

with the tides.

Enida Japonica, A. Adams.

ZZ, testa depresso-conica, profunde umbilicata; anfractibus 53, con-

vexiusculis, liris transversis granulosis (interstitiis oblique longitu-

dinaliter striatis) ornatis, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam carina

crenulata prominente cincto; apertura subquadrata, labio in

medio reflexo, Jabro intus levi, basi liris concentricis granulosis

confertis Instructa; umbilico mediocri. Colore pallide fusce, ma-

culis radiantibus fuseis ornato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms. :

This appears to be the most abundant species but all the

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 409

specimens I obtained in the dredge were dead shells. In this

species and 4. speciosa the inner lip is smooth within, but in

E. gemmulosa it is internally thickened and lirate and crenate

at the margin; in E. Japonica the aperture is also less circular

in its outline.

Enida speciosa, A. Adams.

H, testa depresso-conica, late umbilicata; anfractibus 43, planiusculis,

ad suturas angulatis, liris subconfertis transyersis granulosis (inter-

stitiis elevate et oblique striatis) instructis, anfractu ultimo cin-

gula valde crenulata ad peripheriam ornato; apertura oblique

quadrata ; labio recto in medio late reflexo ; labro prope suturam

angulato, intus levi; suturis canaliculatis; basi liris concentricis

granulosis majoribus cum minoribus alternantibus ornata ; umbi-

lico lato, perspectivo, margine crenulato. Colore albido, maculis

rufo-fuscis radiatim picto.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima, Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

This species is more depressed and more widely umbilicated

than EH. Japonica, and the whorls are rather concave at the

upper part; the granular lire are wider apart, and the oblique

striz of the interstices coarser.

Enida gemmulosa, A. Adams.

Li. testa depresso-conica late umbilicali, suturis profunde canalicu-

latis ; anfractibus rotundatis, seriebus transversis granulorum squa-

miformium confertorum ornatis, quinque in anfractu ultimo, an-

fractibus superne et prope suturas tenuiter plicatis; apertura

rotundato-quadrangulari ; labio in medio excavato et valde reflexo;

labro margine crenato intus incrassato et suleato, basi convexius-

cula seriebus quatuor granorum Squamiformium instructa ; umbi-

lico profundo, margine crenato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; dredged from 63 fathoms.

This granular species differs very much from the two last

described, but partakes of all the characters of the genus. The

scale-lke granules arranged in transverse rows are very peculiar.

The aperture is nearly circular, and beautifully nacreous and

pearly within; otherwise this shell might by some be mistaken

for a species of Hehinella.

Genus Conrapra, A. Adams.

Testa turbinata rimate unbilicata, spira elatiuscula ; anfractibus

convexis, valde et concentrice carinatis, interspatiis sculptis. Aper-

tura circularis ; labio simplici, rotundato; labro margine fimbriato

aut dentato, intus levi; rima umbilicali costa semilunari extus

marginata.

In many particulars this genus resembles Trichotropis, but

the aperture is circular and entire in front. In some respects it

410 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

approximates to Jsapis, a genus founded by my brother and

myself in our ‘Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ but it is without

the plait in the middle of the inner hp. It has also relations

with Fossar; but the aperture is not semicircular as in that

genus, nor is the inner lip straight.

There appears to be a sufficient reason—in the possession of

two frontal lobes between the tentacles by the last-mentioned

genus Fossar, and in its habitat—to make it the nucleus of a

family distinct from Littorinde. The genus Isapis will form a

second member of Mossaride, and Conradia and the following

genus Couthouyia will be also included in it.

Conradia cingulifera, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, rimata, pallide fusca; anfractibus 43, convexis

cingulatis, anfractu ultimo cingulis septem transversis elevatis

rotundatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter elevatim striatis cincto ;

labro margine dentato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

Conradia carinifera, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, umbilicata, pallide fusca; anfractibus quatuor

rotundatis, supremis leevibus, anfractu ultimo carinis quinque

transversis lamellosis distantibus cincto, interstitiis longitudinaliter

striatis ; labro margine fimbriato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

Conradia clathrata, A. Adams.

C. testa turbinata, sordide alba, anguste umbilicata; anfractibus 33,

convexis, supremis cingulatis, ultimo liris elevatis transversis et

costis obliquis longitudinalibus distantibus clathrato, interspatiis

longitudinaliter elevatim striatis ; apertura circulari; labro mar-

gine extus incrassato, intus leevi.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Genus Coutnouyra, A. Adams.

Testa ovata, profunde et late rimata; spira acuminata; anfractibus

convexis, decussatis, anfractu ultimo ventricoso, suturis impressis.

Apertura semi-ovata ; labio recto, angusto, libero, antice dilatato ;

rima umbilicali elongata; labro simplici arcuato, margine acuto,

integro.

Couthouyia decussata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovata rimata, tenui, sordide alba; anfractibus 44, rotundatis,

lineis longitudinalibus et liris transversis, elevatis, decussatis ; fis-

sura wmbilicali lira semilunari extus marginata.

Hab. Off Mina-Sima; dredged from 63 fathoms.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 41]

Lachesis Japonica, A. Adams.

L. testa valida, turrita, fusca; spira elata, aperturam superante ; an-

fractibus novem, tribus supremis lzvibus, alteris convexis, costis

longitudinalibus validis et liris elevatis transversis regulariter can-

cellatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis; apertura elongata,

ovali, antice canali brevi vix recurva instructa; labio levi, antice

flexuoso; labro margine crenato, intus lirato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

I believe this to be the finest and largest species of this little-

known genus hitherto described. It is an elegant Phos-like

shell, regularly cancellated, and with the spire as long again as

the aperture. The three upper whorls are large, smooth, and

nucleolar. It is an inhabitant of deep water.

Cancellaria (Merica) Fischeri, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-conica, imperforata, pallide fusca ; spira elata ; an-

fractibus 53, planiusculis, longitudinaliter, nodoso-plicatis, transver-

sim liratis ; apertura oblonga, antice vix canaliculata et angulata ;

labio late flexuoso, margine externo libero, acuto, plicis tribus

obliquis in medio instructo; labro effuso, intus lirato, margine

acuto, integro.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Trichotropis cedo-nulli, A. Adams.

T. testa turbinata, anguste umbilicata, fusea, spira elata ; anfractibus

52, rotundatis, cingulis transversis crenatis, majoribus cum mino-

ribus alternantibus, et costellis obliquis longitudinalibus eleganter

clathratis, interstitiis concinne et pulcherrime decussatim sculptis ;

apertura semicirculari, antice canaliculata; labio recto, inferne

callo parvo instructo ; labro simplici, arcuato, intus lzevi.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

This is a very beautifully sculptured species, with rounded

whorls and semicircular aperture. If we separate the genus

Trichotropis into three groups, as will doubtless be necessary

before long, this species will belong to Trichotropis proper.

‘elutina Pusio, A. Adams.

V. testa parva, pallide fusca, epidermide liris elevatiusculis radianti-

bus et lineis concentricis concinne decussata; spira prominula ;

anfractibus 13, convexis; apertura ampla, expansa; labio postice

reflexo, antice acuto et simplici; labro effuso, margine arcuato,

integro ; regione umbilicali impresso.

Hab. Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Rissoa (Goniostoma) pupiformis, A. Adams.

R. testa solida, alba, polita, vix rimata, pupiformi, utrinque constricta;

412 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

anfractibus 84, planulatis, leevibus, suturis impressis; apertura

ovali; labio incrassato; labro flexuoso, in medio dilatato, extus

marginato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; from 63 fathoms.

Skenea cornuella, A. Adams.

S. testa subdiscoidea, ovato-oblonga, tenui, corneo-fusca, late umbili-

cata, apice elato ; anfractibus 33, rapide accrescentibus, rotundatis,

ultimo ad peritrema soluto, striis incrementi conspicuis ; apertura

perobliqua, transversim ovata ; peritremate continuo, acuto, integro,

expanso.

Hab. Off Mmo-Sima; Straits of Korea; 63 fathoms.

Corbula bifrons, A. Adams.

C. testa tumida, ovata ; valva sinistra minore, inclusa, inzequilaterali,

antice rotundata, postice subangulata, margine ventrali undulato ;

valva dextra magna, alba, convexa, concentrice lirata, liris confertis

seepe dichotomis, irregularibus, undulatis; valva sinistra parva,

inclusa, leevi, tenuiter concentrice striata, lineis elevatis rufis ra-

diantibus, circiter decem, ornata.

Hab. Straits of Korea, 63 fathoms; off Mino-Sima.

This is a very singular little species of Corbula, single valves

of which are common, but perfect specimens rarely found. The

two valves are entirely different in form, sculpture, and colour,

and, unless met with zn situ, would be mistaken for different

species. The edge of the small valve is very thin, and bent up

within the margin of the right or larger valve; and the radiat-

ing elevated lines are continued as far as the very extreme of the

circumference.

Limopsis oblonga, A. Adams.

L. testa subtrigonali oblonga, obliqua, tumida, ineequilaterali, longiore

quam latiore, latere antico rotundato, postico declivo ; superficie

valvarum concentrice lirata, liris crenulatis, inzequalibus, nonnullis

validioribus ; linea cardinis arcuata, area late triangulari; fossa

magna profunda; margine ventrali intus sulcato-crenato.

Hab. Off Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

This species is unlike any hitherto described; it is in bad

condition, though doubtless, when fresh, it is clothed with the

same pilose epidermis as the other species. Other species of

this genus, from this sea, are known to me; but I am unable to

determine whether they are new.

Terebratella Marie, A. Adams.

T’. testa gibba elongato-ovali, leevi, alba, nitida, minutissime punctata,

lineis incrementi concentricis insculpta; valvis convexis, zequalibus,

Bibliographical Notices. 413

marginibus integris; valva ventrali rostrata, rostro recurvo; fora-

mine parvo, integro; deltidio inconspicuo; valva dorsali levi, in

medio simplici, non depressa aut sulcata.

The loop in this species is very broad and ribbon-shaped, and

is doubly attached—to the hinge plate, and also in the centre by

transverse processes. It is a handsome, white, smooth species,

approaching most nearly to 7. Bouchardii of Davidson.

The Micrographic Dictionary; a Guide to the Examination and

Investigation of the Structure and Nature of Microscopie Objects.

By J. W. Grirriru, M.D., F.L.S. &c., Member of the Royal

College of Physicians; and ArrHur Henrrey, F.R.S., F.L.S.

&e., Professor of Botany in King’s College, London. London,

John Van Voorst, 1859, 8vo.

Amoncst the signs of the times in the scientific or pseudo-scientifie

world, we must reckon the appearance and rapid augmentation of an

army of microscopists,;—men who appear to set an especial value

upon anything small, and to pride themselves particularly on the

possession of an instrument which will exhibit these little things with

tolerable distinctness. They don’t particularly care about the struc-

ture of the objects, except so far as their microscopes can make it out :

they delight in test-objects, and break out into ecstasies over a

peculiarly difficult one, or rejoice with exceeding triumph on find-

ing that their eighth will show a few lines or other markings better

than somebody else’s twelfth, and so on. These savants would

appreciate an elephant for the sake of a hair from his tail, or a

whale for a remarkably fine section of his baleen. For their delec-

tation we have a Microscopic Society, which, instead of being, as its

name implies, an exceedingly minute and insignificant body, is actu-

ally one of the most flourishing institutions of the day; and we

sometimes hear the term “‘ microscopic science’’ applied to the curious

agglomeration of subjects which is supposed to be the study of the

microscopists,—a term which certainly in many cases is more gram-

matically correct, as it would require no small penetrating and

defining power to detect the science possessed by many of them.

Nevertheless we cannot but feel a considerable sympathy even with

the most dilettante of microscopic observers. At the very least, they

are pursuing a harmless amusement ; and if they fancy that they are

at the same time engaged in the study of science, who can quarrel

with the innocent delusion? Which of us would care to be taken

precisely at his neighbonr’s valuation? Moreover, it is from the

ranks of the dilettanti that the great scientific army of martyrs is

for the most part recruited ; and the microscopists in particular de-

serve our thanks for the many improvements which they have made

directly or indirectly in the means of microscopic observation. It is

for them that the most ingenious mechanics have laboured unceasingly

in bringing the microscope and its adjuncts to an almost incredible

414 Bibliographical Notices.

degree of perfection; it is their money that pays the expense of

costly experiments ; and it is mainly owing to the great demand

created by them for microscopes and their accessories, that the

scientific man can now procure a good instrument at a moderate

price.

Amongst the more striking immediate results of the springing up

amongst us of this sect of ‘‘ minute philosophers,” as our forefathers

would have termed them, we must reckon the production of an ex-

tensive and daily increasing literature, intended to guide the possessor

of a microscope in the proper use of the means of investigation in his

hand. <A small portion of this literature has undoubtedly been con-

tributed by the microscopists themselves (as indeed in some cases is

but too evident) ; but the best works are all the productions of men

already holding a high place as naturalists,—such as Quekett, Car-

penter, Gosse, and others.

The largest and most important of all the works above alluded to

is undoubtedly the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ of Griffith and Henfrey,

of which a second edition is now before us, the first edition having

been published only at the end of 1855. In this book the authors

have endeavoured to bring together all the scattered information of

which the microscopic observer stands so much in need. In the “ In-

troduction”’ we have a description of the structure of the microscope

and the mode of using it, together with brief general directions as to

the most valuable accessory apparatus, both for the collection and

display of microscopic objects, followed by a most valuable disserta-

tion on the method of microscopic analysis. In the body of the

work, which is arranged alphabetically, we find further special refe-

rence to these practical parts of the subject—such as the mode of

employment of polarized light, chemical reagents, &c., in microscopic

research, —and also to the various methods to be adopted and mate-

rials to be used in the preparation and preservation of objects.

But the great bulk of the volume is devoted to the consideration

of the various classes of microscopic objects, indicating not only the

mode of procuring, observing, and preparing them, but describing

adinirably the chief points in their structure, physiology, and habits.

Of the higher animals, the minute anatomy and physiology of the

principal elementary parts and organs are described. Thus, we have

articles on ‘ Bone,’ ‘ Cartilage,’ ‘Hair,’ ‘Feathers,’ ‘Teeth,’ &c.,

in which the structure and mode of formation of these parts are

briefly explained ; and in the same way the structure and functions

of the ‘Liver,’ ‘ Lungs,’ ‘ Kidneys,’ and other organs of the animal

body are described.

The whole of these histological articles are copiously illustrated

with woodcuts, many of which are copies of the admirable illustra-

tions of Kolliker’s ‘Microscopic Anatomy.’ In other articles we

find special reference to certain points in the physiology of plants

and animals; and the minute anatomy of the higher plants is also

carefully described. The remainder of the articles are for the most

part devoted to the special description of the various groups of ani-

mals and plants which may be regarded as possessing most interest

Bibliographical Notices. 415

for the microscopist ; the classes, orders, families, and genera of the

lower sections of both kingdoms are characterized; their leading

peculiarities, both of structure and habits, are pointed out, and even

a considerable number of species are described.

It may be thought that a systematic treatment of this part of the

subject would have been preferable ; but for many reasons we are

inclined to think that the authors have exercised a sound discretion

in adhering to the Dictionary form throughout. Such a work as this

is obviously not to be regarded as presenting its readers with a com-

plete system of nature ; many departments of the system only require

to be touched upon, or to be treated in a very different way to others :

this may be done with great propriety in a Dictionary, whilst the

same mode of treatment in a systematic form would give rise to

irregularities and an apparent patchiness in the book, which could

not but have been distasteful to a critical eye. Moreover, the

alphabetical arrangement is of great advantage to those com-

mencing and carrying on a discursive study of the whole range of

natural history, such as is usually cultivated by the true microsco-

pist ; for they not unfrequently obtain an object and its name at the

same time, when by means of this Dictionary they may easily learn

something of the structure and properties of their acquisition. On

the other hand, by the arrangement which has been carefully followed

throughout by the authors, by which the groups included in each

superior group are briefly referred to under the latter and more fully

in their proper place in the alphabetical series, it is easy for any one

to work out any of the forms of animals and plants mentioned in the

volume, especially as this process is greatly assisted by a copious

series of cross-references ; and any one desirous of obtaining further

information upon any point has the means of so doing placed within

his reach by the excellent bibliographical references appended to each

article. These bibliographical memoranda are indeed of the highest

importance, and will render the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary’ a valuable

handbook even for the advanced student of nature, to whom, more-

over, the having such a vast mass of scattered zoological and botanical

knowledge brought together within the compass of a single volume

cannot but be exceedingly convenient.

The preceding remarks upon the scope and plan of this work

apply equally both to the first and second editions, and we have still

to indicate in what respects the latter differs from its predecessor.

And this second edition comes to us with a sort of melancholy feel-

ing, as the last work to which one of its distinguished authors set his

hand; the press proofs of the last three sheets were only waiting for

his finishing touch, when the hand of death fell suddenly and prema-

turely upon Professor Henfrey, in the midst of his indefatigable

labours. The portion of this volume which we may consider as fall-

ing more particularly under the care of this amiable and lamented

botanist has required comparatively little alteration. In regard to

the general structure and classification of plants, little change has

taken place within the last few years; and accordingly the botanical

articles remain much as they were. Nevertheless we find abundant

416 Bibliographical Notices.

evidence of the pains-taking labour of their late author in those

alterations which have been made in many of them, with the view of

introducing those new facts in the structure and physiology of plants

which have been brought to light since the publication of the first

edition. In fact, these articles furnish a most admirable guide both

to the general anatomy and physiology of plants, and to the classifi-

cation and nomenclature of the lower forms of the vegetable kingdom.

In the zoological articles, on the other hand, we find a vast im-

provement. Systematic zoology has been for some time in a transi-

tion state; and it will probably be many years before we again sit

down quietly at the feet of a new Cuvier. In the first edition of

this work, the zoological editor, perhaps from a desire to avoid

adopting views of too advanced a nature, certainly placed himself

rather behind his age; but in the new edition this is all changed,

and the scheme of classification given in the article ‘ Animal King-

dom,’ and followed throughout the work, may be looked upon as a

very good conservative zoological system. The influence of this

change upon the distinct articles is of course very great; many of

them have been completely remodelled, and a great quantity of new

articles have been introduced, principally in connexion with the

Foraminifera, Acari, Polyzoa, and Tunicata. To other articles im-

portant additions have been made ; and the enormous mass of mate-

rials here brought together is now presented to the student in a most

convenient form.

Besides the articles on natural-history subjects, there are several

on diseases and morbid products of the animal system, in the inves-

tigation of which the microscope comes into play ; and in the present

edition we notice that the microscopic detection of adulterations has

received a considerable share of attention.

We had observed a few slight errors and omissions in some of the

articles, to which we might have called attention; but this notice

has already extended to such a length, that we cannot, in justice to

our readers, do otherwise than pass over them in silence, more espe-

cially as they are not of a nature to detract from the general excellence

of the book, being in fact rather dapsus penne than grave faults.

But we cannot conclude without calling attention to the almost

innumerable figures, many of them coloured, contained in the plates

appended to the volume, which have been executed in the most

beautiful manner by Mr. Tuffen West. These plates, of which there

are no less than forty-five (four new ones having been added to this

edition), contain magnified representations of an immense number of

objects,—the wonder often being how such an amount of details

could have been crammed into the space ; and every figure is accom-

panied by a number indicating the magnifying power under which

the object is supposed to be seen,—a point of the highest importance,

for the want of which many expensive plates are often of compara-

tively small value. ‘Taking the number and quality of these plates

into consideration, we have no hesitation in saying that the ‘ Micro-

graphic Dictionary’ is not only a very good book, but also a very

cheap one.

Bibliographical Notices. 417

The Ibis, a Magazine of general Ornithology. Edited by Puiiie

Lutwey Scuater, M.A. Vol. I. Triibner and Co., 1859.

Tur taste for Ornithology naturally arises from the sporting in-

stincts of an Englishman. It is the love of shooting developed in

a scientific direction. Nor could there easily be mentioned any

other pursuit which combines in itself so many advantages as does

a love of Birds and of Bird Lore, whether as a serious study or as a

healthful and instructive recreation.

The geologist justly boasts his familiarity with mountain-climbing

and with mountain scenery—the wide range of his studies—his broad

views of science; yet the study of birds is more inviting still, as it

springs more instinctively, and there is a charm in living Nature far

beyond the delight in stones. And surely their prizes are well won

by those who have braved alike the sun of Africa, or snows of

Lapland, or pestilent tropic marsh.

No wonder that the Bird-men of England shoutd claim a journal

of their own. Entomologists have long enjoyed the privilege ; and

when the scarcely more numerous class of Botanists have several

publications, it has always been a matter of surprise to us that the

Ornithologists had none.

Therefore it was with no small pleasure that we hailed the birth of

the ‘Ibis.’ We have watched its progress with much interest; and

now that the results of the first year are before us, we must say that

the new journal is very creditable to the contributors, besides being

a really valuable accession to scientific literature.

It is to the enterprise of a club or fraternal union of zealous

young Cantabs that we owe the ‘Ibis.’ Among the well-known

names which we recognize, not the least is that of poor John Wolley,

whose graphic delineations of the habits and haunts of his favourites

must be fresh in the memory of all English lovers of birds. A sad

blow is his early death to the little band who first projected the

undertaking ; as great a loss to those who have always followed his

pen with so much delight. But there is no want of writers when we

find contributions from so many different countries, all showing no

mean zeal and care in observation. The high names of Sclater,

Knox, Eyton, Hewitson, Newton, Gurney, Salvin, Tristram, &ce.,

bring their reputation to the new magazine; while those who have

their spurs yet to win seem determined not to be left behind in

the race.

It has been objected in certain quarters that there was no need of

an ‘Ibis.’ In answer to this we would simply ask, where could

such a collection of papers have found room? Again, would

they ever have been written at all?—-would the expeditions nar-

rated have been undertaken without some such stimulus and bond of

fraternity ?

It is true that the cultivators of foreign Ornithology are few in

number. But it does not appear that the ‘Ibis’ can be con-

sidered wanting in interest to the purely “ British?’ Ornithologist who

only knows ‘ Yarrell’s British Birds.’ Surely such a one may with

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v.

418 Bibliographical Notices.

much advantage trace the so-called “ British” species to their

winter retreats, or compare their habits in other lands with what

has been noticed in our own. Imperfect indeed must be our ac-

quaintance with any bird of whose existence we only know that “a

specimen was once captured at York,’’ and another “shot near Yar-

mouth,’ yet fondly counted a British bird because it has once or

twice (much to its own grief) set foot upon our free soil. We

wonder whether such a construction would admit the Wandering Jew

to the full rights of a British subject.

No; we must never cease to follow the wandering feathered tribes,

whether they go south, or east, or north. They must be put under

“‘ surveillance,” traced home to their domicile, their diet ascertained,

their children counted, their cottages and cradles overhauled, and

an exact photograph taken on the spot. Reader, if you turn to one

of poor Wolley’s ‘‘ photographs,” such as that of the Crane in Lap-

land (given at p. 191), &c., you will see what we mean.

But, to speak of the more strictly scientific features of the work,

it is the evident and most praiseworthy endeavour of the worshippers

of the Sacred Ibis to keep up thoroughly with their subject. No

pains are spared to obtain and make public the most recent observa-

tions of their Continental brethren ; and we would fain hope our young

‘Ibis’ may bear comparison with any similar publication of its own

class abroad.

It would be invidious to challenge comparison between the re-

spective articles, where it has been the effort of all to contribute to

the common weal ; and we must say we think much has already been

done under the able superintendence of the editor, whose name is

not unknown to the readers of the ‘ Annals.’

After what has been said, we hope that a short analysis of the

contents may suffice.

The first volume of ‘ The Ibis’ contains articles upon the birds of

the following countries :—

Central America (Sclater and Salvin), I. XII. XXIII.

St. Croix, West Indies (A. & KE. Newton), VI. XIII. XXV.

Leuador, Humming Birds (Jameson and Fraser), XLI.

Mexico, Tyrannidee (Sclater), XLIV.

And as regards our own hemisphere, the observations relate to—

Southern Palestine (Tristram), II.

Egypt (B. C. Taylor), III.

Western Africa (Ibadan), (J. H. Gurney). XV.

Northern Africa (Tristram), V. XVI. XXIX. XLITI.

Western Spitzbergen (Evans and Sturge), XVIII.

Eastern Atlas (Salvin), XIX. XXX. XXXIV.

South-east Africa (J. H. Gurney), XXIV.

The Red Sea (Heuglin & Hartlaub), XX XIII.

Beyrout (J. H. Gurney), XX XVII.

Besides their value in a general point of view, as contributing to

our knowledge of the range and economy of the species, many of these

chapters contain information of high interest respecting British birds.

Bibliographical Notices. 419,

For instance, more than half of those noticed by Mr. E. C. Taylor

in Egypt, and nearly one-half of the species observed by Mr. Tristram

in Palestine, belong to the British list. Out of 357 birds found in Al-

geria, only fourteen have not been observed in Europe. North Africa

and the Great Desert seem to be the regular winter-quarters of our

familiar summer visitants. In the “oases” (p. 278), the “ Willow-

wrens and White-throats hop on every twig, beneath the shadow of

the never-failing palm,—peaceful retreats, rarely visited by any Raptor

more formidable than the Kestrel.’ There is a paragraph in Mr.

Tristram’s introductory paper (p. 157) which we must not pass with-

out notice. Unless we have misapprehended his meaning, he seems

to look upon the Bird-fauna as showing more clearly than any other

class the relationship of the productions of Algeria with those of

Europe. At the same time, the writer expresses his surprise that

the differences are greater specifically when we turn to the Reptiles

and Mammifers ; whereas the Flora presents a striking resemblance

generically. Now, considering that so large a proportion of the

species of Birds common to both shores of the Mediterranean are

migratory, would it not be safer to strike off upon both sides all the

‘‘locomotive”’ kinds, and then contrast the species which nest upon

either side? Thus might the features of the Algerian “ Avi-fauna’’

be found to correspond more nearly to those of the other classes.

To Mr. Salvin’s explorations in Eastern Atlas, the same interest

attaches in a British point of view; and to both we are indebted for

most interesting particulars as to the breediug-haunts and habits of

many birds little known in this country. The same may be said

of the observations made in Spitzbergen; for, although the number

of species found there was very small compared with Africa, few of

them nest in Britain, though nearly all visit us.

If an Englishman is less concerned with the birds of St. Croix, it

is no fault of the writers, who have treated their subject in a most

pleasant and readable fashion. We can only regret that our ae-

quaintance with the West Indian species is so limited. Still here is

the Belted Kingfisher, a winter visitant to St. Croix, living in the

Mangrove swamps, and sometimes venturing half a mile to sea in

quest of fish: it seems to feed upon small crabs as well. One was

seen far out at sea, flying round the steamer, in lat. 26° 17’ N., long.

57° 28’ W., in October.

The Yellow-billed Cuckoo breeds in St. Croix. As is well known,

this bird incubates its own eggs. Mr. Newton describes these

Cuckoos as remarkably tame, and affectionate to their mates.

The Virginian Quail has been successfully naturalized in the

island. Though reputed a British bird, our climate is probably un-

suitable, as the authors inform us all attempts to establish it in the

eastern counties of England have failed. Wilson’s Stint, the Pec-

toral Sandpiper, Sooty Tern, Laughing Gull, and a Petrel or two,

complete the names which occur in Yarrell. The eggs of eight

species are admirably figured by the masterly hand of Hewitson.

It is indeed of high importance to the right understanding of geo-

graphical distribution, and especially of migration, that we should

28*

4.20 Bibliographical Notices.

have a series of trustworthy notes from whatever countries are im-

habited or traversed by the migratory tribes. We feel sure of this

that migration is far more universal among birds than is generally

supposed. Mr. A. E. Knox has already done good service by calling

attention to this, as well as by his own excellent observations. It is

to be hoped that no English Ornithologist will think his time and

pains ill bestowed upon a subject so promising and so inexhaustible.

Too little is known of the direction taken by the various migrants ;

often in spring, they appear to follow quite a different route to

that of the autumn. How are they affected by prevailing winds ?—

by clear or foggy weather? How long are they on their way? At

how many stages do they linger ?—and are they much or little delayed

by changes of temperature, when they have once set out? All these

are most interesting points; and we trust some light may eventually

be thrown upon these questions as the number of observers becomes

every year increased.

Mr. Tristram, worthily following the example set by Mr. Wolley,

has been the discoverer of the native haunts and nests of several birds

whose eggs were previously little or not at all known.

The study of eggs is one essential to the Ornithologist. It is too

true that instances are not wanting of collectors who are content to

possess the eggs as so many pretty objects, hardly knowing anything

of the birds themselves ; and no little mischief has been done in this

way by the stimulus given to the extirpation of rare species. But

the scientific student is compelled to commence his investigations ‘ab

ovo,” and thus he is led to detect the really native haunts of his

birds. There are, in the present volume, two excellent chapters

bearing upon the study of eggs,—one by the veteran Hewitson, the

other a review of two recent works upon American and German

Oology. As usual with the German writers, we find Herr Bideker

too much inclined to found new species upon slight differences, and

fortifying himself in this by the inverted system of reasoning from egg

to bird, instead of from bird to egg (p. 404). It occurs to us that

the terms “ European”’ and “British ”’ are somewhat too loosely ap-

plied to eggs when they belong to birds which, it is true, must be

included in the respective Faunas of Europe and Britain, but whose

eggs there is no reason to expect we shall ever find upon European

or British soil. In what sense the egg of the American White-winged

Crossbill can be called “British,” it has always puzzled us to discover,

though it is very likely the Americans may have some day to thank

an Ibis-worshipper for leading him to its ‘‘ cunabula.”

When we read that the Knot and Sanderling, so well known upon

our shores, have hitherto battled the utmost pursuit of their nests,

when we hear that at the North-east Cape, in latitude 78° N., these

birds were still pressing onwards, we are almost compelled to ask with

the writer may there not be some circumpolar land (or islands) un-

visited as yet, except by these adventurous Sand-pipers? At the

same time, we think too much stress should not be laid upon the

negative evidence of one observer, posted upon an isolated point of

that vast region, whether his station was unfavourable from its

Bibliographical Notices. 42]

physical features, or whether we may suppose the birds migrating

along the parallels of latitude.

Separate chapters are devoted to the breeding of the Smew and

Crane (Wolley) ; Nesting-places of the Frigate Bird (G. C. Taylor) ;

Harlequin Duck (a critical article, by A. Newton); Nesting of

Black Woodpecker (W. H. Simpson) ; Nesting of Eagle Owl in

Captivity (Edward Fountain) ; White’s Thrush as observed in War-

wickshire (R. F. Tomes) ; Black-winged Stilt in Sussex (A. E. Knox) ;

Breeding of Mutton Bird (Puffinus obscurus) (R. Elwes); Pel’s

Owl (J. H. Gurney) : all interesting and very readable articles.

Under the head of the ‘general subject’’ may be quoted a paper

on the Preparation of Birds’ Skeletons, by Mr. Eyton ; Mr. Tomes

on the genera Oreocincla, Turdus, and Merula, and Mr. Wallace’s

remarks upon the Geographical Distribution of Birds, which those

who are interested in the subject will do well to compare with Mr.

Sclater’s in the ‘ Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society ’

(vol. ii. p. 13), as well as with some of the remarks preliminary to

different articles in the ‘ Ibis.’

The new species of Birds described in this volume amount to some

twenty. We could wish to see them collected into a separate appen-

dix at the end of each year.

There are given fifteen beautifully coloured plates to illustrate this

volume: three of these, representing eggs, are from the pencil of

Hewitson; others of the drawings are by J. Wolf,—sufficient

guarantee that everything has in this respect been done to give the

new periodical a high character. Photography appears to have been

successfully employed by Dr. Brewer in copying the exact markings

of eggs.

Bach Number concludes with a summary of recent Ornithological

publications, English and Foreign, a few paragraphs of short notices,

extracts from correspondence, &c. If anything be still wanting when

so much has been accomplished, we could wish to see the ¢ Ibis’

becoming the registrar of the more important observations made

upon British birds upon our own soil: but we are convinced that it is

only needful for the Journal to become better known to ensure this

result.

We may now conclude our pleasant task by heartily recommending

the ‘Ibis’ to every one who takes any interest in birds, whether

British or foreign, and with the hope that its circulation among

the fraternity may soon double the number of accurate and diligent

observers. He who would be a true Ornither must have no delight

in ease or in mere shooting. He should be a kind of scientific

Gipsy: a brown-faced, hardy, out-o’-doors man; a quick shot; a

dauntless climber ; an earnest student; a practical bird-stuffer, with

a dash of the author: and if to this is added a warm feeling for the

beauties of Nature in all her forms, we envy the man who is such,

and we commend him especially to the worshippers of the Ibis as

a worthy fellow-craftsman. Such, we know, are many Englishmen,

and we trust their numbers may be ever on the increase.

422 Zoological Society :—

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jan. 25, 1859.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions oF New SPECIES OF THE AMERICAN FAMILY

Tyrannip®. By Paiuie LuTrtey ScuatTer.

ATTILA CITRINIVENTRIS.

Rufescens, capite obscuriore et cinereo tincto, dorso imo dilutiore,

uropygio citrino-flavo: alis nigricantibus, extus rufescente lim-

batis ; gulu cinerascente, pectore rufo, ventre cum crisso

citrino-flavo, hypochondriis et tectricibus subalaribus rufis :

cauda clare rufa unicolore, basin versus dilutiore: rostro n-

gricante, pedibus plumbers

Long. tota 6°75, alee 3°2, caudze 2°6, rostri a rictu 1:0.

Hab. In valle Amazonum superiore ad ripas fl. Ucayali (Haua-

well).

This species of Attila comes nearest to Attila spadiceus of Cayenne

and Northern Brazil, and is of about the same size, but may be di-

stinguished by its darker and more cinereous head and yellow belly,

as well as minor differences. An example in my own collection was

received from MM. Verreaux of Paris. One belonging to Mr. Gould

was procured by Hauxwell on the Ucayali.

As to the position of this genus of birds and the synonymy of the

species, I agree with the views of M. de Lafresnaye, as given in his

article in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ (1848, p. 39).

Next to Attila, I think, must be placed the curious type Casiornis

of Bonaparte, of which the earliest specific name appears to be rubra

of Vieillct. Its synonymy is very much confused ; but I am inclined

to refer Suirirt rowa, Azar. sp. 188; Muscicapa rubra, Vieill. Dict.

xxi. 457, et Enc. p. 831; Muscicapa hematodes, Licht.; Dasy-

cephala hematodes, Cab. in Wiegm. Arch. 1847, 1. p. 222; Dasy-

cephala rubra, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. 87; Tyrannula rufula, Hartl.

Rey. Zool. 1852, p. 6, and, probably, Tyrannus thamnophiloides of

D’Orbigny (Voy. p. 309), to this bird. MM. de Castelnau and De-

ville obtained examples of it at Goyaz during their American travels ;

and it has recently been described and figured by M. Des Murs in

the Ornithology of their Expedition under the name Casiornis

typus. Its general structure is very much that of Attila; but the

bill is quite short and much more feeble, and the feet are not nearly

so strong.

MyIopyNASTES NOBILIS.

Supra ochracescenti-rufus, nigro variegatus ; plumis medialiter

nigris, ochracescenti-rufo undique marginatis : crista brevi ver-

ticali interne aurea: loris et macula post-oculart cum striga

rictali nigris: fronte et linea superciliarit flavicantibus : alis

nigricantibus ; tectricibus ochracescenti-rufo, secundariis albo,

primariis rufo extus limbatis : cauda ferruginea, rectricum om-

nium parte mediali, seapam marginante, nigra: subtus albus,

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Tyrannide. 423

abdomine et crisso citrino indutis, pectore et lateribus nigro

flammulatis: subalaribus citrino-flavis : rostro corneo, mandi-

bule inferioris basi alba; pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 8°5, alee 4°5, caude 3-7, rostri a rictu 1°2, tarsi 0°74.

Hab. In litt. reipublicee Novy. Granade in vicinitate urbis S.

Marthe.

This fine Myiodynastes is a close ally of M. audax and M. lutei-

ventris, but is readily distinguishable by its stronger bill, longer tail,

which is slightly forked, and the lighter surface of the body below ;

this is nearly pure white on the throat and middle of the belly,

being rather sparingly flammulated on the breast and sides, which

latter parts, along with the crissum, are tinged with yellow.

The example of this bird in my own collection was obtained from

MM. Verreaux of Paris, and was received from their collector at

Santa Martha.

The true type of the genus Myiodynastes, Bp. (a generic term

published by the Prince, like many others, without characters, or

even the indication of any exact type), was intended, I believe, to

have been the Tyrannus audaz, Auct. The name first appeared in

print in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for April 3, 1854, in connexion

with M. luteiventris ; but it also occurs in the catalogue of birds

collected in Cayenne by M. Desplanches* (p. 11), where it is ap-

plied to 7. audax. The division seems a natural one, connecting

Pitangus and Tyrannus.

CoNTOPUS MESOLEUCUS.

Obscure cineraceus, olivaceo vix tinctus, pileo, alis et cauda nigri-

cantibus, secundariis dorso proximis albo extus marginatis :

subtus obscure cineraceus, vitta longitudinali a mento corpus

descendente cum ventre toto albo, flavicante tincto, hypochon-

driis et crisso cineraceo adumbratis : fasciculo plumarum utrin-

que ad latera uropygi, alis obtecto, albo: rostro nigro, mandi-

bule inferioris basi flavida : pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6°75, ale 4:0, caudze 2°7.

Hab. In Mexico meridionali, et in rep. Guatemala (Skinner).

This bird is easily recognizable by the creamy-white medial line,

which passes from the chin to the crissum, expanding greatly on the

belly. My examples are from Orizaba, collected by Botteri. Mr.

Gould possesses a specimen from Guatemala of the same species.

The form is quite typical,—the wings being very long, and the second

primary, which is the longest, considerably (by 0°15 inch) exceed-

ing the first and third, which are equal. The curious white tufts

at the side of the uropygium, covered by the wings, are very notice-

able in this species—more so than in my examples of C. borealis.

* This little tract is extracted, I believe, from the Mémoires of a learned Society,

published at Caen. The only copy I have ever seen was given to me by the

author himself in 1857, shortly before his death. In it is established a new genus

of Tyrannide—Planchesia—for Muscicapa fuliginosa, Gm. (PI. Enl. 574. fig. 1) ;

and the generic term Syrichtha, the type of which appears to have been unknown

to Mr. Gray, is used for Tyrannus curtipes, Sw.

424, Zoological Society :—

CONTOPUS SORDIDULUS.

Obscure cineraceus, tectricum majorum et secundariorum margi-

nibus dilutioribus, fere albicantibus : loris albidis : subtus pal-

lide cinereus, gutture medio albescente, ventre medio et crisso

albis: rostri nigri basi inferiore pallida : pedibus nig7ris.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 3-2, caudee 2°5.

Hab. In Mexico meridionali et Guatemala.

This Contopus much resembles the preceding, but is considerably

smaller in its dimensions, of a rather purer cinereous above, and

much lighter cinereous below. This colour passes into whitish on

the throat, and nearly pure white on the belly and crissum, without

showing the continuous white medial stripe, which renders Contopus

mesoleucus so noticeable. In structure it is identical with Contopus

virens ; but it has no trace of olive on its plumage.

I regard Contopus as a very natural division of the Tyrannide,

characterized by its long wings and short tarsi.

Near Contopus, must be placed, I think, Prince Bonaparte’s genus

Planchesia, referred to above.

February 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On THE Earep Seat or THE Carr or Goop Horr (OTARIA

Detatanni). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

At a preceding mecting*, I gave an account of the Eared Seal

from Behring’s Straits, showing that it was distinct from the species

found in other localities. I have since received from Paris a fine

specimen of an adult Eared Seal from the Cape of Good Hope, which

has been described in the Catalogue as Phoca, or Otaria Delalandii.

Like the Seal from Behring’s Straits, it proves to be a species of Are-

tocephatus, and, like it, is quite distinct from any of the species of that

genus in the British Museum, being well characterized by the form

and structure of the skull.

It is, like the Behring’s Straits Seal, a Fur-Seal ; that is to say, it

has a close coat of red under-fur at the roots of the rigid flattened

hair ; but this under-fur is much shorter and less abundant in the

adult specimen now under examination than in the adult specimen

of the Eared Fur-Seal from Behring’s Straits, or in the Eared Fur-

Seal of the Falkland Islands. The Adult is about the same size

as the Seal from the Arctic Circle, but is much paler in its general

colour.

ARCTOCEPHALUS DELALANDII.

Hair rigid, under-fur small in quantity, reddish-brown ; the hinder

part of the palate with a deep narrow cavity, acutely angular in

front.

Junior ?

Le petit phoque, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. 341, t. 53.

Little Seal, Penn. Quad. 243, from Buffon.

Phoca parva, Bodd. Elench. 78, from Buffon.

Phoca pusilla, Schreb. Saugeth. 314, t. 85, from Buffon.

* “Annals’ for January, 1860, p. 63.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Eared Seals, 425

Otaria pusilla, Desm. N. Dict. xxv. 600.

Otaria Peroni, Desm. Mamm. 250, 382; Encye. Méthod. t. 111.

f. 2, from Buffon.

Loup-marin, Pagés, Voy. aut. du Monde, ii. 32.

Adult.

Otaria Delalandii, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. 423 ; Cuvier,

Oss. Foss. v. 220, t. 18. f. 15, skull.

Phoca pusilla, part, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 232.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. 220) observes that Delalande brought from

the Cape a young specimen 3 feet 6 inches long, of a reddish-grey

colour, the ends of the hairs annulated with grey and blackish,

rather paler beneath—the whiskers strong, simple, and black—the

feet black—the under-fur soft, woolly,—and two skeletons of young,

and the skull of an adult specimen. This skull is figured (Cuvier,

Oss. Foss. v. t. 18. f. 5); but unfortunately, the palate, which is the

most characteristic part of the skull, is not figured nor described.

The palate of the skull of the younger specimen is described thus :—

“Le palais est plus étroit, se porte plus en arriére et est échancré

par un angle plus aigu.”’

Buffon notices a young Seal, which he calls the petit phoque

(vol. xiii. t. 53), on which the Phoca pusilla of Schreber and suc-

ceeding authors has been founded, which is probably the young of

this species.

Daubenton states (Hist. Nat. xiii. 413) that the specimen figured

by Buffon came from India ; but it is probable that it was brought

from the Cape of Good Hope in a ship coming from India. No

Seal has as yet been described as inhabiting the coast of India.

Fischer confounded with Phoca pusilla of Buffon a Seal from

Rottennest Island, on the eastern coast of Australia (Syn. Mamm.

232).

As the British Museum has a good series of skulls of this genus,

I am induced to add the following synopsis of the species, charac-

terized by the peculiarities of the skull alone.

I. Face of skull short. Forehead convex, regularly rounded from

the end of the nasal bone to the middle of the vertex. Lower

jaw short, thick.

ARCTOCEPHALUS URSINUS.

Arctocephalus ursinus, Gray, Cat. Phocidee B.M. 41; et P. Z.S.,

anteda, p. 64.

Palate rather concave in front, narrowed and flattened behind, with

a deep narrow hinder aperture, which has a regular ovate front edge ;

outer upper cutting-teeth moderate ; orbit very large; zygoma very

strong; grinders small.

Hab. Behring’s Straits.

A skull of the adult male specimen here described.

426 Zoological Society :—

Il. Face of skull moderately elongated. Forehead rather convex,

slightly rounded from nasal bone to vertex. Lower jaw elon-

gated, slender.

ARCTOCEPHALUS HOOKERI.

Arctocephalus Hookeri, Gray, 1. c.p. 45 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror,

t. skull.

Palate deeply concave in front, narrow and rather concave behind,

with a deep hinder aperture, which has a transverse truncated front

edge with a slight central lobe directed backward; outer upper

cutting-teeth very large, conical, acute ; orbit moderate; zygoma

slender ; angle of jaw bent inwards.

Hab. Falkland Islands (and Cape Horn 2).

The skull of four half-grown specimens. They are all very uni-

form in their characters.

We have also the skull of a very young Seal which appears to be-

long to the same species.

In three of the skulls the outer upper cutting-teeth are very large

and acute, more than half the size of the canines, and like them in

form. In one skull (perhaps of a female?) the upper outer canines

are much smaller and more slender, not half the size of the same teeth

in the other skulls of the same size, and the canines themselves are

also much more slender; the front of the palate is also more concave.

Ill. Face of skull moderately elongated ; forehead flattened from

nasal bone to the vertex. Lower jaw rather short, strong.

ARCTOCEPHALUS DELALANDII.

Otaria Delalandiui, ¥. Cuvier.

Face rather short; palate concave, hinder aperture narrow, with

a rather acute ovate anterior edge; teeth large; lower jaw short,

strong.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Two skulls of adults from the Cape; and one half-grown, the

habitat being unknown. These skulls agree in the form of the

hinder palatine opening, but vary in other respects a little from each

other: the two adult ones differ in the aperture of one being wider

and shorter than that of the other ; in the young skull the front edge

of the aperture is more acute in the centre than in either of the

others; the outer cutting-teeth of the upper jaw are large, but much

smaller than the very large canines.

ARCTOCEPHALUS NIGRESCENS.

Arctocephalus nigrescens, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, t.

f. , skull (inedit.).

Face rather elongate. Palate slightly concave, flat behind, hinder

aperture narrow, with a nearly straight front edge.

Hab. Falkland Islands?

A single skull from a half-grown specimen.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Eared Seals. 427

_ This skull is very like that of 4. Delalandii, but differs consider-

ably in the form of the front edge of the hinder palatine aperture :

the outer cutting-teeth and the canines are moderately slender, and

similar in form ; but the latter are much the larger.

ARCTOCEPHALUS LOBATUS.

Arctocephalus lobatus, Gray, Cat. Phocide B.M. p. 44.

Face moderately elongate ; palate deeply concave, narrowed be-

hind, hinder aperture with a semicircular front edge ; lower jaw

rather short, strong.

Hab. Australia, Port Essington. Houtman’s Abrolhos.

The canines are very large and strong; the outer upper cutting-

teeth are large and compressed.

ARCTOCEPHALUS GILLESPII.

Otaria Gillespii, Macbain, Rep. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1858.

The face much elongated; palate slightly concave, front edge of

the hinder aperture ovate ; lower jaw elongate, strong.

Hab. California.

We have a cast of the original skull described by Dr. Macbain,

now in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, Edinburgh.

The species is at once known by the length of the face : that is, in

all the other skulls of the genus we have, a line drawn across the palate

at the front edge of the zygomatic arch leaves one-third of the

palate behind the line, and two-thirds in front of it; while in this

species it leaves only one-fourth behind, and very nearly three-fourths

in front of the line.

The skull has only four grinders on each side in the upper jaw,

but one has evidently fallen out in front of the series and one be-

hind ; but the fifth grinder of the complete series, which is usually

in a line with the front edge of the zygomatic opening, is in this

species rather in front of it.

The Eared Seals (Arctocephali) have been divided into Fur- and

Hair- (Eared) Seals by the sealers. 4. Hookeri and dA. lobatus are

called Hair Seals, because they are destitute of any under fur: but

this appears to be the case only with the older specimens ; for the

young of 4. /obatus is said to be covered with soft fur, which falls

off when the next coat of hair is developed. The under-fur is well

developed in the adult specimens of 4. ursinus and A. Delalandii and

the half-grown specimen of 4. nigrescens, and entirely absent in the

adult 4. Hookeri and half-grown d. lobatus in the Museum Col-

lection.

April 12, 1859.—Professor Busk, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions or New Species or BIRDS COLLECTED By

Mr. Louris Fraser AT PawLuaTANGA, Ecvuapor. By

Puitie Lurtey ScuaTer.

ViREO JOSEPH.

Fuscescenti-olivaceus, pileo nigricanti-fusco: alis caudaque intus

428 Zoological Society :—

nigricantibus, extus olivaceo limbatis ; superciliis distinetis

albis ; lateribus capitis cinereis : subtus albus, abdomine toto

et tectricibus subalaribus flavo perfusis: rostro superiore

plumbeo, inferiore albicante, pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4°75, alee 2°6, caudee 1:8.

Seven ex. ¢d and 2. The cs brighter below. “Irides dark

hazel; contents of stomach, insects.”

This is the only Vireo with a first spurious primary (in this bird

measuring 0°7 inch from its insertion) which I have yet seen from

Southern America. In form it is somewhat similar to V. novebora-

censis. I have named it at Mr. Fraser’s request after Senora Josefa

Borja y Davilos, who, with other members of the same family, ren-

dered every facility to Mr. Fraser in forming his collections on their

estates at Pallatanga. The only other species of this group of

which I have seen 8S. American examples are Vireosylvia olivacea

of the U.S., which extends into New Granada, and V. agilis

(Lanius agilis, Licht.) from Brazil, and extending northwards to

New Granada. I do not know Vireosylvia frenata of DuBus (Bull.

Ac. Brux. xxii. p. 150), said to be from Ocafia in New Granada ;

but the description given agrees with Vireo aitiloquus of the An-

tilles.

NEMOSIA ORNATA.

Fuscescenti-cinerea olivaceo tincta ; capite toto undique et cor-

pore subtus saturate cinnamomeo-rufis ; gula flavicantiore ;

ventre medio albo: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore cum pedi-

bus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4°7, alee 2°4, caudée 2°0.

Three ex. ‘Bill black above, blue below ; feet and legs blue: sto-

mach contained insects.’ This pretty new species of Nemosia is a

close ally of N. sordida and N. ruficeps of my Synopsis, but is con-

spicuously different in colouring.

ANABATES SUBALARIS.

Fusco-brunneus : uropygio et cauda tota saturate ferrugineis :

striis capitis et colli superioris, plumarum scapas occupantibus,

cum gula tota et striis pectoris latioribus pallide cervinis : tec-

tricibus subalaribus clare cinnamomeis : rostro superiore nigro,

inferiore plumbeo : pedibus virescentibus.

Long. tota 6°75, alee 3-5, caudee 3:0.

Five ex. ‘“Irides dark hazel.”

ANABATES TEMPORALIS.

Rufescenti-brunneus, cauda ferruginea ; capite olivascente, ocu-

lorum ambitu et superciliis ante oculos angustis cum gula tota

stramineis, striga superciliart post oculum, pectore toto et tec-

tricibus subalaribus clare cinnamomeis : ventre crissoque fusces-

centibus: rostro fuscescenti-viridi, apice pallidiore: pedibus

Suscis.

Long. tota 6°0, ale 3°6, caudee 2°5.

Two ex. ‘Irides hazel.”

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds from Ecuador, 429

DysITHAMNUS UNICOLOR.

Obscure schistaceus unicolor: alis caudaque nigricantioribus :

subalaribus albo variegatis : rostro nigro, pedibus plumbeis.

Q. Obscure ferruginea, subtus dilutior : lateribus capitis cineras-

centioribus.

Long. tota 5°6, alee 2°8, caudz 2°3.

A pair of these birds, ‘‘ from the lower trees and underwood:

irides grey.”” The species must be placed next to D. schistaceus of

my Synopsis. It differs in its shorter, stouter bill, the white mark-

ings beneath the wings, and want of white terminations to the rec-

trices. The brown bird is marked by Mr. Fraser as ‘ male ;’ but I

have little doubt this is wrong.

ForRMICIVORA CALOPTERA.

Cinerascenti-olivacea, fronte et superciliis albis: loris et regione

oculari nigris : alis nigris, harum tectricibus minoribus et ma-

joribus albo late terminatis ; remigibus secunda, tertia, quarta

et quinta albo, ceteris castaneo-rufo extus anguste limbatis:

subtus alba; subalaribus, lateribus corporis et crisso flavicante

perfusis : cauda cinerea, rectricibus duabus utrinque extimis

omnino et duabus sequentibus partim albis: rostro nigro, man-

dibule inferioris basi albicante, pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 4:4, alee 2°1, caude 1°8.

Three ex. “Irides hazel.’’ Sexes, as marked, alike ; but I should

be inclined to consider them all males. The general appearance of this

species is much the same as that of Herpsilochmus rufimarginatus ;

but the bill is much smaller and more feeble.

PACHYRHAMPHUS HOMOCHROUS.

3. Nigricanti-cinereus, subtus dilutior: plaga in basi inter-

scapularium celata et macula ad basin primariorum interna

albis : rostro superiore nigro, inferiore cum pedibus plumbeis.

9. Castanea, subtus dilute cinnamomea, remigum parte interna

nigricante.

Long. tota 6-7, alee 3°6, caudee 2-7.

Three examples, one male and two females of this apparently un-

described species of Pachyrhamphus. It is closely allied to the rosy-

breasted Pachyrhamphus pectoralis and its allies, but has no trace of

colouring on the breast. The male has the usual second abnormal

short primary. Mr. Fraser says in his notes, of the male (No. 1310),

*‘Trides hazel; scaling of feet exactly like specimen No. 1307, of

which I believe it to be the male. It was not found in the same

tree, but close by. To me this is the most interesting bird I have

collected in America, particularly as I believe it will confirm Mr.

Sclater’s views.’’ ‘‘ Contents of stomach insects.”

CEPHALOPTERUS PENDULIGER*,

Niger, nitore nonnullo eneo: subalaribus albis nigro variegatis :

appendiculo gutturali angusto, longissimo, ad mediam caudam

* A figure of this Cephalopterus, from Mr. Wolf’s pencil, is given in the first

number of ‘ The Ibis,’ 1859 (pl, iii.).

4.30 Zoological Society.

attingente, omnino plumis obtecto: rostro superiore nigro, infe-

riore plumbeo ; pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 14°5, alee 9°5, caudze 4°5, rostri a fronte 1°7, tarsi 1°8.

Two ex., both males. “ Irides reddish.’ This extraordinary bird

forms a third species of the peculiar genus Cephalopterus of Geoffroy

St.-Hilaire, of which the type C. ornatus is now well known in col-

lections, and commonly called the “‘ Umbrella-bird.”’ It is consider-

ably smaller than C. ornatus, as may be seen by comparing the

measurements given above with the following taken from a fine

example of the latter species in Mr. Gould’s collection. Whole

length 17°5, wing 11:0, tail 6°5, bill from the front 1:9, tarsus 2:1.

The peculiar characteristic of the present bird is, however, the length

of the throat-lappet, which measures in one specimen 10 inches in

length, in the other 8} inches. In Cephalopterus ornatus the throat-

lappet in the male measures about 4 inches. Here also it is much

broader, and conceals a bare space on the neck, of which there is no

appearance in the present bird. In Cephalopterus glabricollis*, the

only other known species of this curious form, which was discovered

by Warscewicz in Veragua, described by Mr. Gould, and figured

in the ‘Proceedings Zool. Soc.’ 1850, p. 92, pl. xx.), the fore-

chest and neck, as well as the base of the throat-lappet, are entirely

denuded.

Mr. Fraser’s notes on this bird are, ‘‘ Boctnero—found solitary in

the high trees in the deep forest. His name is taken from his note,

which resembles the noise made by the Indians when sounding their

large shells, or (as others compare it to) the bellowing of a bull. At

this time they are said to inflate the neck-appendage to nearly

3 inches in diameter, and to spread the crest as much over the face

as possible. But a lady, who once had one alive, told me that when

it slept its crest was thrown forward, and that when it uttered its

note the feathers were thrown backward, showing the white stems.

The appendage to the throat had not any opening to view ; nor could

one be found by blowing into the mouth or nostrils. It is rather

contracted in drying than otherwise. The gizzard of one specimen

contained fruit and seeds.”

I have lately received from MM. Verreaux of Paris a skin of a

Cephalopterus out of a collection received from Bogota. The spe-

cimen is not in good order, having been much contracted in drying,

and deprived of its feet; but from its small size, white under wing-

coverts, and narrow throat-lappet (which, however, is only 2°5 inches

in length), it is apparently of this same species, being probably a fe-

male, or possibly a young male bird. It seems, therefore, probable

that Cephalopterus penduliger occupies the valleys on the western

side of the Andean range, as C. ornatus those on the eastern side,

and that C. glabricollis takes their place in Central America.

* The suggestion of a recent writer in the Zoology of Castelnau’s Expedition

(Oiseaux, p. 65), that this species is the adult stage of Cephalopterus ornatus, we

regard as simply ridiculous.

431

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notes on the Habits of Menura Alberti.

By A. A. Leycester, Esq.

Tue Menura Alberti is famous for its most extraordinary mocking

capabilities. It is found only on the Brisbane and Tweed rivers and

in the neighbourhood of their waters. It inhabits the rushes, and

generally chooses a sandy soil for its locality. I never saw more

than a pair together, male and female. Each male bird has his

walk or boundary, and gives battle if another male encroaches on it.

He commences singing some time before the dawn of day, being the

earliest of the forest-birds in this respect. His song is much varied,

as, besides his own peculiar note, he imitates the cries of all the birds

in the bush, such as the Laughing Jackass (Dacelo gigas), and even

the mournful howl of the Owl and the thrilling scream of the

Curlew. When singing and playing about, he spreads his tail over

his back like a peacock. He scratches and pecks at the earth while

singing, which he generally does until about an hour after sunrise.

He then becomes silent, and remains so until about an hour before

sunset, when he again commences, and continues singing and playing

about until it is quite dark. This Menura feeds entirely upon insects,

mostly small beetles, mingled with a goodly proportion of sand. It

has no crop or upper stomach. The male bird is about four years

old before he gets his full tail, as I have proved by shooting ex-

amples in full feather with the tail in four different stages of develop-

ment; the two centre curved feathers are the last to make their

appearance. It breeds in winter, commencing its nest in May, laying

in June, and hatching its young in July. It generally builds on

some bare rock where there is a sufficient shelter for a lodgment, so

that no animals or vermin can approach. ‘The nest is constructed of

small sticks interwoven with long dry roots and moss, the inside

being composed of the skeleton leat of the parasitical tree-fern,

which makes an inside lining, and is very similar to horse-hair. It

is completely rain-proof, and has an entrance at the side. The hen

lays only one egg, of a very dull colour, looking as if it had been

blotched over with ink. ‘The young bird when first hatched is

covered with a white down, and remains in the nest about six weeks

before it takes its departure. The flesh is not good for food, being

of a dark colour, tough and dry. The aboriginal name is Colwin.—

Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 14, 1860.

On Sertularia tricuspidata. By J. Reay Greens, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Mr. Andrew Murray, in his ‘‘ Descriptions of new

Sertulariade from the Californian Coast,” published at page 250 of

the present volume of this Journal, has described a new species of

Sertularia as S. tricuspidata.

But this name is preoccupied, having some years since been applied

4.32 Miscellaneous.

by Mr. Alder to a well-marked British form of the genus. See his

“Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham,” in

vol. iii. part 2 of the ‘Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’

Field Club.’ See also page 356. vol. xviii. 2nd series, of this perio-

dical.

I am, Gentlemen,

Queen’s College, Cork, Your obedient Servant,

April 10, 1860. J. Reay GREENE.

On the Genus Huxleya. By J. Reay Greens, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—In a paper by Mr. Arthur Adams “on some new

Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan,” published in the last

Number of this Journal, the title of Huxleyia has been conferred by

the author on a new genus of Lamellibranchiata (vide p. 303).

Mr. Adams does not seem to be aware that the name Hualeya

has already been given to a genus of Polyzoa. See ‘* Notes on two

new British Polyzoa,” by Fred. D. Dyster, F.L.S.,”’ in the ‘ Quarterly

Journal of Microscopical Science,’ 1858.

I am, Gentlemen,

Queen’s College, Cork, Your obedient Servant,

Apri! 10, 1860. J. Reay GREENE.

On some young Hybrid Bears bred in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society. By A. D. Bartierr.

In the Bear-pit in the Gardens a male Black Bear of America (Ursus

americanus) has been kept for a long time with a female of the Eu-

ropean Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). In the month of May these

bears were seen to copulate, and on the 3lst of last December the

female produced three young ones ; which, when born, were naked

and blind, and about the size of a full-grown rat.

The mother was seen to carry one of these young ones in her

mouth a day or two after they were born, and, as it disappeared, it is

supposed that she devoured it. Probably it was not healthy. The

other two remained and continued to grow, and at the age of five

weeks were as large as a common rabbit. Their eyes began to open

by this time ; they were covered with a short thick fur, and were

nearly black.

On examining these young bears it was found they were male and

female, and the number and situation of the teats appears somewhat

remarkable. ‘They have six teats, four of them placed in front be-

tween the fore legs, and two of them in the lower part of the abdo-

men. Another singular fact is, that the female during the time she

was suckling these young ones fed most sparingly, and rarely took

any drink, From the before-mentioned observations we may infer

that the period of gestation of the Bears is about seven months.—

Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 28,1860.

EE A NaN

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 30. JUNE 1860.

XLVI.—On Cyclostigma, a new Genus of Fossil Plants from the

Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorcan, co. Kilkenny; and on the

General Law of Phyllotaxis in the Natural Orders Lycopo-

diaceze, Equisetacee, Filices, §c. By the Rev. Samuer

Havucuron, F.R.S., Professor of Geology in the University

of Dublin.

THE extremely imperfect condition in which fossil plants are

usually found, and the almost total absence of their more im-

portant organs, lead us naturally to lay stress on such characters

as are found persistent in the fossil condition. Among these,

one of the most important, as I believe, is the geometrical

law of arrangement of their leaves. A careful examiation of

this arrangement leads me to conclude that the leaves of Paleo-

zoic fossil plants are arranged according to a different law from

that which prevails in the ordinary Exogens and Endogens, and

usually described in elementary text-books of botany.

The law of arrangement is very simple, and may be thus

expressed :—

“The leaves, or leaf-scars, are arranged in whorls, so placed

that each leaf is directly above or below a leaf of the alternate

whorls, and intermediate to the leaves of the adjacent whorls.”

The development of leaves following this law may be easily

conceived by imagining the whorl to ascend spirally on the

180

stem, traversing an angle ( ) between each of its resting-

places ; x denoting the number of leaves in each whorl. This

is the same as supposing each leaf to have an independent law

of development, of the ordinary kind, expressed by

Divergence = =

The leaves, according to this view, are developed in simultaneous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 29

434 Rey. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

whorls, and cannot be supposed to be produced in succession,

as in alternate-leaved plants.

Some of the whorled-leaved Exogens may be reduced to this

law, such as the simple case of opposite-leaved plants, which is

not reducible to the common law of phyllotaxis, as we cannot

suppose the two opposite leaves to be produced in succession ;

but the great majority of Exogens follow a different law.

According to all writers on botany, the leaves of alternate-

leaved Exogens and Endogens are placed upon the stem at

angles represented by the fractions

Ally ath RE Sy Sieewles:

29 39 59 89 159 219 34) &e.

of an entire circumference.

In opposite-leaved plants, which is the simplest case of

whorled structure, we cannot assign any such law of develop-

ment to the leaves, even by calling to our aid the hypothesis of

arrested growth, for the leaves succeed each other at intervals

of 4, 4, alternately, and cannot be reduced to the phyllotaxis of

alternate leaves. We should therefore, I believe, assign to all

whorled plants a law of phyllotaxis of their own, which is very

simple, as already stated.

The floral envelopes of almost all Exogens and Endogens

follow this law of whorled structure, so much so that any devia-

tion from it is remarked, and considered due to the suppression

of a whorl, as in the case of the Primulacez. It is therefore

evident that there must be some mode of passing from one law

to the other, as both occur in the same plant. As it is impos-

sible to reduce the law of whorled-leaved plants to that of the

alternate-leaved plants, I have made some attempts in the oppo-

site direction, but have not yet collected sufficient facts to draw

any general conclusions. I shall give an example or two.

Many of the Exogens possess a five-leaved whorled arrange-

ment of their floral organs, while the leaves of the stem are

arranged alternately at a divergence of 2. This may be deduced

from four whorls in the following manner :—Let the alternate

whorls be suppressed; if the remaining whorls were converted

into a spiral, they would consist of two spires of five leaves each,

with an angle of divergence of +; but if we suppose the alter-

nate leaves suppressed, the two spirals would coalesce and form

one, taking two turns round the axis, and containing five leaves,

giving an angle of divergence of 2.

If I were at liberty to adopt the Law of Natural Selection,

I should say that, no doubt, the plant found it to its advantage

to drop these supernumerary leaves, and so became elevated

into the condition of an alternate-leaved plant.

In the preceding case, in order to deduce the arrangement of

in the Lycopodiacez, Equisetacer, &c. 435

the leaves from that of the flowers, we have supposed the sup-

pression of alternate whorls, and of the alternate leaves of each

whorl preserved, making a suppression of 75 per cent. of the

leaves. In other cases, the suppression of leaves is only

50 per cent., as in the case of most Endogens whose flowers

consist of alternating whorls of three organs. If we suppose, in

this case, the suppression of alternate whorls, and a spiral

arrangement, the divergence will become 3.

In the case of opposite-leaved plants, the suppression of alter-

nate whorls will give us the distichous arrangement, 4, at an

expenditure of 50 per cent. of leaves.

In these and many other cases, we can deduce, by the hypo-

thesis of suppression, the alternate-leaved phyllotaxis from the

whorled ; and it is worthy of remark, and leads me to my more

immediate subject, that the whorled arrangement, which is

rare (with the exception of opposite-leaved plants) among Exo-

gens and Endogens, was the common arrangement of leaves

among the Coal-plants, and, so far as we know, among the

plants of the Old Red Sandstone, which forms the base of the

Carboniferous rocks.

The Paleozoic trees and plants are referred to natural orders,

resembling in many respects our recent Lycopodiacez, Equise-

tacee, and Ferns. In all these orders, the whorled phyllotaxis

of the kind I have described commonly prevails.

I. Lycopodiaceze*.

1. Lycopodium dendroideum (Herb. Oakes). Canada. Leaves

of stem arranged in alternate whorls of 7 leaves in each. Diver-

-gence of whorl = +.

2. L. densum. New Zealand. Leaves of stem in alternate

whorls of 7 each. Divergence = +}.

3. L. clavatum. Massachusetts. Leaves of stem and flower-

stalk in alternate whorls of 7 each. Divergence = +.

4, L. divaricatum. Nepaul. oe of stem in alternate

whorls of 11 each. Divergence = 3\. fen of flower-stalks

in alternate whorls of 8 each. Divergence = 54.

5. L. (n.sp.). Caraccas, 8. America. Leaves as lower stem

in alternate whorls of 7 each. Divergence =: j. Leaves of

upper stem in alternate whorls of 2 eack (2. ¢. opposite-leaved).

Divergence = }.

6. L. salahite. New Zealand. Leaves vu: 1ower stem in alter-

nate whorls of 4 each. Divergence = 3. Leaves of upper stem

in alternate whorls of 2 each. Divergence = }.

* The plants examined by me for the purposes of this paper are those

preserved in the Herbarium of Trinity College.

29%

436 Rev. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

7. L. Selago. Canton Ticino. Leaves of stem in alternate

whorls of 4. each. Divergence = §.

8. L. refleeum. Pacific. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls

of 9 each. Divergence = 7’.

This plant has a striking external resemblance to Lepidodendron

minutum and to some of the smaller Cyclostigmas of Kiltorcan.

9. L. quadrifasciatum. eaves of stem in alternate whorls of

Zreach. ‘Wiverzence ==.

10. L. verticillatum. Mauritius. Leaves of stem im alternate

whorls of 7 each. Divergence = 75.

This plant resembles some of the Kiltorean plants which have

been called Anorria.

11. L. gridoides. Mauritius. Leaves of stem im alternate

whorls of 2 each. Divergence = }.

12. L. flagellarium. New Zealand, North Island. Leaves of

stem in alternate whorls of 2 each. Divergence = j.

13. L. varium. Lord Auckland’s Islands. Leaves of stem m

alternate whorls of 4 each. Divergence = ¥.

14. L. catharticum. Peru. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls

of 2 each. Divergence = j.

15. L.(n.sp.). Quito. Leaves of stem in alternate whorls of

8 each. Divergence = 4.

This plant bears a close external resemblance, on a smaller

seale, to Lepidodendron dichotomum.

Sufficient evidence has been adduced to prove that the Lyco-

podiaceze follow the geometrical law of alternate whorls. Col-

lecting together the results, we find the following angles of

divergence :—

In 6 species an angle of 4.

5 eal

‘ ” ” 14°

3 ” ” 3.

2 ” ” "Gis

] ml

” ” 18°

1 ” ” 22°

These numbers correspond with whorls consisting of 2, 4, 8

| eaves, being powers of 2, and whorls containmg prime numbers

of leaves 7, 9, 11.

The prime whorls could not give rise to any of the known

phyllotaxes of alternate-leaved plants ; but the whorls of powers

of 2 may do so as follows :—

(1). The whorl of 2, by suppression of the alternate whorls,

gives the phyllotaxis = 4}. Reduction of 50 per cent. of

leaves.

in the Lycopodiacexe, Equisetaceee, &c. 437

(2). The whorl of 4, by suppression of the alternate whorls

and alternate leaves, gives the phyllotaxis = 4. Reduction of

75 per cent. of leaves.

(8). The whorl of 8 leaves, by suppression of the alternate

whorls, and of § of the remaining leaves, might give rise to the

well-known phyllotaxis = 3. Reduction of 83 per cent. of

leaves.

It may be supposed by some that the plants, having got rid

of snperfluous leaves, expended the surplus vitality thus ‘acquired

in perfecting their flowers and fruit into higher types; but if

this be so, how are we to account for the retention of the

whorled structure in the floral organs ?

The calyx, corolla, and stamens of Exogens and Endogens

obey the law of alternate whorls, when definite; but the pistil

in many cases progresses into the spiral type. W ‘hen the car pels

are few and definite, they form a whorl; but where indefinite,

as in Ranunculus, Myosurus, and Magnolia, and such like cases,

they are as strictly spiral as leaves. Also, in monstrous roses,

we have the pistils returning to the condition of leaves,—green,

cut, and spirally arranged.

II. Equisetacez.

1. Equisetum alpestre. Norway (North). Sheath whorls al-

ternate, 4in each. Branch whorls 7 in each.

2. E. (sp.). Ceylon. Sheath whorls alternate, 16 in each.

Branch whorls (irregular), 1 in each. Fruit whorls 10-13 in

number, alternate hexagons, 10 in each.

3. EH. (sp.). Nilghini Hills, S. India. Sheath whorls alter-

nate, 24 in each. Ditto (upper part of plant) 8 in each. Branch

whorls (irregular), 1-3 in each. Fruit whorls 10-12 in num-

ber, alternate hexagons, 8 in each.

4. FE. elongatum. Mount Sarial, Georgia. Sheath whorls

alternate, 12-14 in each. Fruit whorls 10 in each. Branch

whorls 8 in each.

5. E. (sp.). Western Texas and New Mexico. Sheath whorls

alternate, 24—30 in each.

6. E. arvense. Providence, Rhode Island; and Berne. Sheath

whorls alternate, 8 in each. Fruit whorls (12-14 in number)

alternate, 8 in each. Branch whorls 8 in each.

7. E. limosum. Providence, Rhode Island. Sheath whorls

alternate, 14-16 in each. Fruit whorls (12 in number) alternate,

16 in each. Branch whorls 0-10 in each.

8. #. (sp.). Ipswich, Massachusetts. Sheath whorls alter-

nate, 12 in each. Fruit whorls 12 in each.

9. E. sylvaticum. Ipswich, Massachusetts. Sheath whorls

alternate, 12 in each. Branch whorls 10 in each.

438 Rey. 8S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

10. E. hyemale. Mexico and Berne. Sheath whorls alter-

nate, 16 in each. Fruit whorls (9 in number) alternate, 8 in

each.

11. £. (sp.). California. Sheath whorls alternate, 16-24 in

each. Fruit whorls (28-29 in number) alternate, 16 in each.

Branch whorls 16—20 in each.

12. E. debile. EK. Indies. Sheath whorls alternate, 24 m

each. Branch whorls 4 in each.

13. E. giganteum. Peru. Lower sheath whorls alternate,

24 in each. Upper ditto alternate, 12 in each. Lower branch

whorls 24 in each ; upper ditto, 12 in each.

14. E. fluviatile. Berne and Limerick. Sheath whorls alter-

nate, 24-30 in each. Fruit whorls 16-20 in each. Branch

whorls 20-80 in each.

15. EH. arvense. British. Branch whorls of barren stems

13 in each. Sheath whorls of fruitful stems 8 im each. Fruit

whorls alternate (14 in number), 8 in each.

From an examination of the preceding, I conclude (rejecting

the branch whorls, which are generally deficient in number)

that the number of leaves in the alternate whorls of the Equise-

taceze are represented by the arithmetical series whose first term

is 4, and common difference also 4: :—

4?, 8, 12, 16, 20?, 24, 282, 32?,

the terms to which I have appended queries being more doubt-

ful than the others.

I at first thought there were two series—

4, 8, 16,°32;

and 12, 24,

formed by simple dichotomy; but the case of the Nilghini

Hill Hquisetum proves the occurrence of 8 and 24 on the same

plant, and the Californian Hqguisetum shows the concurrence of

16 and 24,—thus proving that there is only one series of num-

bers, and that a series in arithmetical progression. The whorl

of 8 leaves, which, next to that of 16, is the most common,

is the only one related to the phyllotaxis of alternate-leaved

plants.

Ill. Filices.

The rhizome or root-stock of the Ferns presents many irregu-

larities, the leaves being sometimes apparently alternate, but

often truly arranged in whorls. The genus Cyathea, or Tree-

fern, from the Feejee Islands, is that which presents most ana-

logy to the fossil plants of the Old Red Sandstone, so far as the

in the Lycopodiaceze, Equisetacee, &c. 439

leaf-scars are concerned. These scars are arranged in quincunx,

and are ovoid or elliptical-lanceolate, according to the slowness

or rapidity of the growth of the stem. Of the other Ferns I

have examined, the Oleandra presents the most marked examples

of the whorled structure.

1. Cyathea (sp.). Feejee Islands. Root-stock of specimen

examined 4—5 feet long, containing 35 rows of whorls of 3

leaves each, placed alternately. The scars of this plant present

the most striking resemblance to many of those found in Lepi-

dodendra. The angle of divergence of the whorl is 4.

By the suppression of alternate whorls, it would give the

angle 3, alternate-leaved, and, by the additional suppression of

one-third of the remaining leaves, it would give the angle $: in

this latter case the reduction of leaves amounts to 67 per cent. of

the original leaves.

2. Oleandra (sp.). E. Indies. Leaves arranged in whorls of

5 each, two whorls placed close together, alternate, forming a

complex or double whorl of 10 leaves. Each such pair of whorls

placed about 2 or 24 inches distant from the whorls above and

below it. Divergence = {.

3. O.-neriiformis. Luzon. Leaves arranged in whorls of 6

each, placed two and two together, alternate, as in the preceding,

and distant from those above and below them. Divergence ;5.

4. O. (sp.). Whorls of leaves in pairs, alternate, each whorl

contaiming 5 leaves. Divergence = ;'5.

5. O. (sp.). Khasya Hills. Whorls of leaves in pairs, alter-

nate, each whorl containing 5 leaves. Divergence = 75.

6. O. Wallichii. Nepaul and Assam. Whorls of leaves in

pairs, alternate, 5 leaves in each whorl; the pairs of whorls are

3 inches apart. Divergence = 5.

From the preceding facts we may infer that the whorled

species of Oleandra are probably constructed on two types of

whorls (5-6), both of which, by suppression of leaves, as

already explained, may be reduced to the phyllotaxis of alter-

nate-leaved plants.

7. Aspidium Filix mas. Britain. In this Fern the rootstock

exhibits an arrangement of leaves and_ leaf-scars, alternate,

7-8 in each whorl, as is well shown in the ‘Annals of Nat.

History,’ December 1859, Pl. X. fig. 9.

In the Ferns and Club-Mosses, the whorled arrangement of

leaves, although following the usual law, appears to be insuffi-

cient to produce the division of the stem into nodes, as happens

in the Equisetaceze and some other natural families.

The next case to which I would direct attention is that of the

Casuarinee, represented by an old-fashioned genus, Casuarina,

mostly confined to Australia and Tasmania, though it has

440 Rey. 8S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotaxis

some species in the Kast Indies and elsewhere. In this case,

the whorled structure is perfect, as much so as in Hquisetum,

although it is an Exogen, and apparently of a high order.

Whether this group survives, like other Australian forms, as the

representative of lost groups, or is to be regarded as a new and

well-developed type, the result of careful selection on the part

of the goddess Nature, I leave for the consideration of those

acquainted with the secrets of Creation.

IV. Casuarinee.

1. Casuarina Lehmanniana. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of

8, alternate. Divergence = {;.

2. C. (sp.). Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 6, alternate.

Divergence = 74.

3. C. (sp.). Australia. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.

Divergence = 5.

4. C. Mi guele: Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.

Divergence = ;}5.

ay C. Grumii. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 10, alternate.

Divergence = 5).

AG quadrivalvis. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 10,

alternate. Divergence = 7.

Tone equisetifolia. Canara, Bust Indies. Leaves in whorls

of 8, alternate. Divergence = 74.

8. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 4, alternate.

Divergence = }.

9. C. Preissiana. Eliza Mountain, Freemantle. Leaves in

whorls of 4, alternate. Divergence = §.

10. C. muricata. eaves in whorls of 6, alternate. Main

stems have leaf-scars of 7-8, alternate. Divergence = 7.

Pe C.x(sp:)s Beer Islands, Leaves in whorls of 8, alter-

nate. Divergence = is

12. C. nana. Leaves of stem, smaller branches, and carpels

of fruit cones, in whorls of 5, alternate. Divergence = 75.

13. C. (sp.). Swan River. Whorls of stem and fruit, 7,

alternate. Divergence =

14. C. (sp.). Philippine “Islands. Whorls of stem and fruit, 7,

alternate. Divergence = ,}.

UD: UC; distyla. Tasmania. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate.

Fruit carpels im whorls of 7, alternate. Divergence = ;',.

16. C. obesa. Near town of Perth, Swan River: a tree

35 feet high. Leaves in whorls of 12, alternate. Carpels im

whorls of 12 , alternates Divergence = 5).

L7G: (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate.

Divergence = 51.

i .

18. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 5, alternate.

in the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacex, &c. 4.4L

Fruit whorls 5, alternate, showing 10 vertical rows of opened

earpels. Divergence = +.

19. C. (sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 6, alternate.

Divergence = +}.

20. C. (sp. with spinous, slightly twisted leaves). Swan

River. Leaves in whorls of 4, alternate. Fruit whorls of 4,

alternate, showing 8 vertical rows of carpels. Divergence =

21. C.(sp.). Swan River. Leaves in whorls of 9, ce

Fruit whorls of 9, ditto. Divergence = ;4.

22. C. Hugeliana (35 feet high). Mount ae 900 feet.

Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate. Divergence = +.

23. C. (sp.). West Australia, between Perth and King George’s

Sound. Leaves in whorls of 7, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto.

Divergence = 54.

24. C. (sp.). ‘W. Australia. Leaves in whorls of 8, alternate.

Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence = +5.

25. C. rigida. Port Phillip. Leaves in whorls of 7 , alternate.

het

Divergence = 54.

26. C. cristata. Avoca. Leaves in whorls of 12, alternate.

Divergence = 3.

pie OC. rigida. Sealer’s Cove. Leaves in whorls of 8, alter-

nate. Divergence = ,\..

28. C. (sp. 3: Common “ She Oak” of Cape Riche, forming a

large tree. Cape Riche, West Australia. Leaves in whorls of

10, alternate. Fruit a ironls ditto. Divergence = 30

29. C.(sp.). Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in whorls of

9, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto.

30. C. (sp.). Vavau and Lifuka, Friendly Islands. Leaves

in whorls of 7, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence= 4.

31. C. (sp.). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in

whorls of 5, alternate. Fruit whorls ditto. Divergence = ;},.

32. C. (sp.). Between King George’s Sound and “Cape Riche.

Leaves in whorls of 9, alternate. Diy ergence = —l.,

33. C. (sp.). Between King George’s Sound and | Cape Riche.

Leaves in whorls of 5, alternates leaf-scars on old stem and

twigs very Lepidodendriform and quincuncial. Fruit whorls of 5,

alternate. Divergence = +}.

34. C. (sp.). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia. Leaves in

whorls of 5, alternate. Leaf-scars of stem well marked. Fruit

whorls of 5, alternate. Divergence = +5.

On comparing the numbers ‘of leaves in the whorls, it appears

that they may all be reduced to the followmg—

4,5, 6, 7; 8, 9, 10, 12,

the favourite numbers being 5, 7, and 8. The angles of diver-

gence are denoted by the reciprocals of these numbers, doubled,

442 Rev. S. Haughton on the General Law of Phyllotazis.

as already explained. In fact, the perfect whorl must be consi-

dered as made up of two adjacent whorls, the leaves of which,

being intermediate, give double the number, or only half the

interval between each for the angle of divergence.

V. Proteacez.

A very remarkable group of Exogens, the Proteaceze, possesses

among its number many whorled species, which supply us with

numbers additional to those of the Casuariez. In the family

of Casuarineze we found the number 5, which forms so important

an element in the other Exogens ; and in the Proteaces we meet

with the number 3, which is only less important.

1. Lambertia ericifolia. Swan River. Leaves arranged in

whorls of 3, alternate. ea tes, flowers, and fruit follow the

same law. Divergence = i.

As all the species of Lambertia which I have examined follow

this law, it will be sufficient to give their names and localities :

. uniflora. Swan River.

. multiflora. Swan River.

. iicifoka. Swan River.

. (sp.). Swan River.

). Near Cape Riche, W. Australia.

(sp.). Ditto.

)

OWA MS WF

sloisislocls ise

(sp Ditto.

(sp.). King George’s Sound.

10. (sp.). Sydney, New South Wales.

11. LZ. inermis. Between Perth and King George’s Sound.

Variety with yellow flowers.

12. ZL. (sp.). King George’s Sound.

13. L. formosa. New South Wales.

(Divergence in all cases = 2.)

14. Brabejum (sp.). Cape of Good Hope. Leaves in whorls

of 6, alternate. Divergence = ;'5.

15. B. (sp.) Cape of Good Hope. Leaves and branches im

whorls of 8, alternate. Divergence = ;%

16. B. stellatum. Cape of Good Hope. Three specimens

examined, from different collections. In all of them I fonnd the

number of leaves in the alternate whorls to be 7, giving thus a

divergence of };

VI. Ericacez.

In this large and important order of Exogens, the whorled

law of arrangement universally prevails, the number of leaves in

each whorl being

2, 3, 4, 6, and occasionally 7.

Rey.S. Haughton onCyclostigma, a new genus of Fossil Plants. 448

These whorls all conform to the law laid down, and give rise to

diverging angles of

I ae ag V2

49 G9) “82 e339) asa

In this natural order, 3 leaves in the whorl often occur, as

also in the Proteacez : the other numbers of leaves in the whorls

have been already met with; and that of 2 in the whorl, or

opposite-leaved plants, is universal through the whole group of

Exogens.

VII. Cyclostigmacez.

The fossil plants of the Yellow Sandstone of the co. Kilkenny

occur, as they do in other parts of Ireland, in the Sandstones

lying immediately under the great mass of the Carboniferous

Limestone, which constitutes the most important member of

our Irish fossiliferous rocks.

They are found at Jerpoint, about a mile and a half south of

the Abbey, on the roadside, near the Corn-mill on the road to

Ballyhale, about 90 feet below the lowest bed of limestone, in

rocks composed of red, white, and blue limestone with Tribo-

liths formed of pink quartz rounded pebbles grooving the

hone-stone ; and above the plant-beds a remarkable white grit

conglomerate is found. The plant-beds, on the same geological

horizon, are also found in the railway cutting at Ballyhale.

They are found, however, in the greatest abundance, and in

the best state of preservation, on the top of Kiltorcan Hill, near

the railway station of Ballyhale. I believe the plant-beds on the

summit of this hill to form an “outlier,” and to occupy the

same geological position with respect to the limestone as the

beds at Jerpoint and those of the railway cutting.

The fossil plants here found have never been described, except

casually: they consist of remains of a large Fern, called Cyclo-

pteris Hibernica by Prof. Forbes, associated with a large bivalve,

named by him Anodon Jukesii ; of undescribed dermal plates of

a cartilaginous fish, probably a species of Coccosteus; and of

numerous unknown plants closely allied to Lepidodendron, and

so named by Prof. Forbes and M. Brongniart, the latter of

whom has named a remarkable species, preserved in the Museum

of the Royal Dublin Society, Lepidodendron Griffithii. Others

of these fossil plants have been named Knorria; and a large un-

described group remains, to which I propose to give the name

Cyclostigma.

CYCLOSTIGMACER.

A natural order of fossil plants, found in the lowest beds or

the Carboniferous system, part of the oldest flora known to have

444 Rey.S. Haughton onCyclostigma, anew Genus of Fossil Plants.

existed on the globe. Probably closely allied to the orders de-

scribed as Knorria, Lepidodendron, and Sigillaria. Known only

by their leaf-scars and leaves, which were arranged in alternate

whorls; plants not jomted at the whorls; the leaf-scars per-

fectly circular, showing in many cases a minute and well-marked

dot in the centre, probably coinciding with a central bundle of

woody tissue; many of the larger plants show traces of a thick

central woody axis, like that found in Stigmaria; stems much

crushed and flattened, as if they were not woody through-

out.

They approach nearest to Stagmariacee, from which they differ

in the leaf-whorls bemg further apart and more distinct.

There are many varieties of this remarkable fossil, showing

the alternate whorled arrangement of leaf-scars. None of them

are perfect stems, but appear to be torn portions of the rind of

large plants which have been macerated by floating for a long

time in water. In the quarry at Kiltorcan the Cyclostigma 1s

found in layers different from those in which the Cyclopteris

Hibernica occurs.

In some specimens of Cyclostigma the leaf-scars are closer

together than in the last, and are somewhat oblique to the

transverse line of the stem,—this obliquity being due to distor-

tion caused by lateral pressure of the mudstone in which the

fossils occur. The whorled arrangement of the leaves, each

whorl being alternate to that above and below it, is frequently

well shown.

Cyclostigma Kiltorkense.

Stem (flattened) 34 inches m diameter. Leaves in alternate

whorls, 25 in each whorl; whorls 1 inch apart. Divergence

=; Central woody axis ;5; inch in diameter (flattened),

shown by the strongly marked band in the centre of the stem.

This is the largest of the species of Cyclostigma found at

Kiltorcan, and I have given its specific name from the locality.

Cyclostigma minutum.

Leaves in alternate whorls, the whorls being somewhat more

distant from each other than the leaves ; the centre of each leaf-

scar marked by a well-defined minute dot. Branches of stem

dichotomous.

This is the species figured in Sir Charles Lyell’s ‘Manual,’

5th edition, p. 418. It is a well-marked and easily-recognized

fossil. It is also the same as the fossil figured by me in the

Journal of Geol. Soe. Dublin, vol. vi. p. 235, and named Lepi-

dodendron minutum. he latter was found at Tallow Bridge,

co. Waterford.

Prof. Leuckart on a Sucker-lke Apparatus in the Daphniade. 445

Cyclostiyma Griffithit.

Leaves in alternate whorls, 40 in each whorl ; whorls less than

4 inch apart. Divergence = 3;. Stem 2:2 inches in diameter

(flattened). The leaves of the whorls are rendered oblique to

the transverse axis by distortion; and where oblique, there are

6 leaf-intervals to the inch; but where they run across the

stem in their natural position, there are 9 to the inch.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after Sir Richard

Griffith, in whose Yellow Sandstone territory many specimens

of it occur, and, by their general analogy to the Carboniferous

Lepidodendra, vindicate the propriety of considering, as he has

done, the sandstones and conglomerates among which they

are found as the natural base of the Carboniferous system of

Treland.

XLVII.—On the Occurrence of a Sucker-like Adhesive Apparatus

in the Daphniade and allied Crustacea. By RKupoirx

LEUCKART*.

[With a Plate. ]

Durine my residence at Nice in the spring of 1853, I observed

a small Entomostracan of the group of the Daphniade, which,

notwithstanding its similarity to Polyphemus, Miill., belonged,

from the formation of its large antenne and of its abdomen, to

the genus Evadne, Lov. I regarded it as new, and called it

Evadne polyphemoides. (Similar species, but differing in the

number of joints in the large antennz, have been described by

Dana under the name of Polyphemus brevicaudis, and also by

Liljeborg under that of Podon intermedius, Kréy.) The same

animal has since been seen and investigated at Heligoland by

Pagenstecher and myself.

The following characters may be given to distinguish my

species. The legs gradually become shorter and more closely

approximated posteriorly. Instead of the long and slender ter-

minal setz, the two middle legs bear two short and thick hooks

with the inner margin plumose. The secondary appendage of

the last pair of legs is almost obsolete. The lower vitreous

cones of the enormous eye are separated from the rest by a space,

and are considerably shorter than the preceding ones; the last

of all are also of a different, pyriform shape.

What most tended to fix my attention on this little animal was

an unmistakeable, large, round sucking-disk (PI. XVI. B. fig. 8),

* Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1859,

p- 262

4.46 Prof. Leuckart on a Sucker-like Apparatus

which it bore upon its back at some distance from the anterior

end of the shell. This had the form of a plate-like pit, with a

swelled margin and distinct muscular structure,—annular fibres

in the periphery, and radiating fibres in the middle. Even if the

structure of this organ could have left any doubt as to its func-

tion, this could not but disappear when I saw the animal attach

itself to the side of the glass by means of this apparatus.

The organ in question has already been repeatedly seen by

previous observers, and must occur pretty frequently in the

allied animals, although perhaps rarely so perfectly developed.

Nevertheless, its signification has hardly yet been recognized,—

a circumstance which may perhaps partly be due to the fact that

sucker-like adhesive organs usually occur only amongst para-

sites, and are almost wholly wanting amongst the Arthropoda.

Amongst those naturalists who observed this structure before

me, I may especially mention Lovén, who describes it in Evadne

Nordmanni as a “circular muscle” attached to a depression m

the shell, and consisting of radiating fibres. Lovén regards this

“muscle” as a part of the ordinary cutaneous layer of muscles,

without referring further to its peculiarities or indicating its

function. Liljeborg saw the same sucker in Polyphemus (De

Crustaceis ex ordin. trib., 1855, tab. 5. fig. 3), but regarded it,

singularly enough, as an organ of secretion.

The only observer who, as far as I know, had a correct notion

of the organ in question is Strauss-Durckheim, who describes

(Museum Senckenberg. 1837, 11. p. 126) a “head-lobe” (Kopf-

zapfen) as a characteristic organ, previously overlooked, in Lim-

nadia, “by means of which these animals can adhere.”

The faculty of attaching themselves by the neck to foreign

objects occasionally, however, is well known to be possessed by

other allied Entomostraca. Even O. F. Miiller mentions, in his

work upon the Entomostraca, that he has often seen Sida ery-

stallina in this position, with its head hanging down; and the

same thing has been stated by subsequent observers, although

Zaddach (Synops. Pruss. Crustac. Prodrom. 1844, p. 26) admits

that he does not know by what organ an adhesion of this kind

observed by him in certain species of Daphnia and Lynceus can

be effected. ;

When we have once made acquaintance with the sucking-disk

of Evadne, it is not difficult to discover, even in the other ani-

mals, and especially in Sida, a flattened, more or less projecting

tubercle in the region of the neck, and to recognize this as an

adhesive apparatus, although the muscularity is much less di-

stinct, and may perhaps differ in its arrangement from that

previously described.

The existence of this dorsal sucker is, however, interesting,

m the Daphniadee and allied Crustacea. 447

not merely on its own account, but more especially because by

its means we get a new relation of these animals to the Cirri-

pedia*. Even Strauss-Durckheim remarks, with regard to the

cephalic tubercle (Kopfzapfen) described by him, that it may be

compared with the stalk of Lepas; and, in fact, we need only

imagine it more strongly developed and constantly adherent, to

develope the structure just mentioned from it, and thus to

approximate our Entomostraca very considerably to the Cirri-

pedia. The resemblance would be a perfect analogy, if the

statement of Thompson (Zool. Researches, 1. part 1)—the first

discoverer of the metamorphosis of the Cirripedia +—should be

confirmed, that the bivalve-shelled larvee of these animals adhere

by the back, and that the future point of attachment may be

detected in the suture between the shells, even in specimens

which are still swimming freely about.

In opposition to these statements, however, it must not be

concealed that, according to other observers, the attachment of

the Cirripedia is not effected by the back, but by the antenne,

which likewise bear a small sucking disk at their extremity.

This is the opinion especially of the most recent and thorough

investigator of the Cirripedia (Darwin), who regards the stalk of

the Barnacle as the anterior part of the head, and in some forms

detected two persistent antenne at its extremity.

Of course mere arguments from analogy cannot be set in

opposition to such definite statements; but we cannot suppress

the observation that the morphology of the Cirripedia is not yet

perfectly cleared up, even after the minute investigations of

Darwin. There are gaps also in the observations, and that exactly

at the most important points for the decision of the question

before us.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. B.

Fig. 8. Evadne polyphemoides, Leuck., n. s.

* It is possible that the filiform adhesive apparatus on the forehead of

Chalimus and some species of Caligus should also be regarded as the

analogue of the dorsal sucker in the Daphniade. Recent investigations

by Hesse (Comptes Rendus, xliv. p. 1254) prove that the young Lernee

also adhere for a time by a frontal filament of this nature.

+ Slabber, however, had already seen and figured the larve of a Bar-

nacle (Naturk. Verlust. pl. vii. fig. 3), but without recognizing their

nature. He saw these little animals escape in countless numbers from the

opened shell, and regarded them as parasites.

448 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

XLVIII.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera.

By T. Vernon Wo ttaston, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 365. |

Fam. Curculionide.

Genus Ruyncotus.

(Creutzer) Germ., Ins. Spec. 307 (1824).

Rhyncolus calvus, n. sp.

R. piceus vel nigro-piceus, nitidus, calvus; prothorace profunde punc-

tato; elytris sat profunde punctato- (fere etiam subcrenato-) striatis,

interstitiis parce et minutissime punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque

piceo-ferrugineis.

Long. corp. lin. 15.

Habitat Maderam australem, in ligno antiquo ad “ Praia Formosa”’

a Dom. Bewicke repertus.

R. piceous or dark-piceous (when immature, ferruginous),

shming, and free from pubescence. Rostrum rather narrower

than that of the R. tenax, and with less appearance of a central

keel. Prothorax deeply punctured, the punctures being larger

and less dense than in that insect, and with a few very minute

punctules interspersed between them, but without any appear-

ance of the subalutaceous sculpture which is there so evident ;

also more oval or more regularly rounded at the sides than in

the R. tenax, not being so suddenly expanded about the middle,

and with still fainter indications (if indeed any) of a central line.

Elytra usually a little more picescent than the prothorax ; rather

deeply punctate- (or almost subcrenate-) striate, and with a very

few and extremely minute punctules down the interstices ; a

little more rounded-off at the shoulders than in the R. tenaz,

and free from the closely rugulose sculpture which is so charac-

teristic of that species. Limbs piceo-ferruginous.

The above Rhyncolus is closely allied to two species which I

have captured in the Canary Islands; nevertheless it is just

perceptibly narrower and more linear than either of them, as

well as a little more piceous; its rostrum is not so broad, and its

sculpture is somewhat shallower, its prothoracie punctures bemg

also more dense (particularly in front), and its elytral striz

(though deep) not so decidedly punctured, having a more evident

tendency to be subcrenulate. It was detected by Mr. Bewicke

amongst old rotten wood, during May of 1857, m a small out-

house, at the Praia Formosa, near Funchal.

Genus HExaRTHRUM, nov. gen.

Corpus ut in Rhyncolo, sed rostro breviore (i. e. brevissimo) crassiore

triangulari (7. e. antice sensim attenuato) ; serobe antennali bre-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 449

vissimo, fere medium versus oculi (valde demissi) ascendente :

antennis brevissimis incrassatis ; scapo brevissimo valde clavato ;

faniculo 6-articulato, art® 1™°magno, apice truncato, reliquis longi-

tudine zequalibus, latitudine vix crescentibus, omnibus inter se arcte

compressis et ultimo clave sat arcte adpresso ; capitulo solidissimo

ovato, apice obtuso, haud annulato. Pedes anteriores basi ap-

proximati, postici parum distantes: tarsis brevioribus quam in

Rhyncolo, art® 3%° multo minore minus dilatato.

Ab éé, sex, et apOpor, articulus.

The remarkable insect from which the above characters have

been drawn has at first sight much the appearance of an ordinary

Rhyncolus, with which, indeed, before examination, I had inad-

vertently associated it. But, on further inspection it will be

found to differ in the most essential particulars,—its 6-jointed

funiculus (instead of 7-), in conjunction with the shortness and

breadth of its subtriangular vostrum, and the small size of its

almost unexpanded antcpenultimate tarsal jomt (in which respect

it makes an approach to Leipommata), at once separating it from

the members of that genus. Moreover, the excessive brevity

and thickness of its antennee—the scape of which is remarkably

short and robust, and the Joints of the funiculus (except the

enlarged basal one) closely pressed together, and with the club

extremely solid, not perceptibly annulated, and very obtuse at

its apex—is another feature which will still further remove it

from the Rhyncoli.

Hexarthrum compressum, n. sp.

H, subcylindricum, piceum, subnitidum ; rostro profunde et dense

punctato (punctis plus minus longitudinaliter confluentibus) ; pro-

thorace valde profunde punctato (punctis magnis) ; elytris profunde

striato-punctatis et dense rugalosis, interstitiis latiusculis et longi-

tudinaliter minutissime punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque vix dilu-

tioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 1}.

Habitat Maderam australem, in ligno antiquo ad “ Praia Formosa”?

a Dom. Bewicke captum.

H. subcylindrical and rather depressed, piceous, slightly

shining, and (except under a high microscopic power) almost

free from pubescence. Rostrum very short, broad, and trian-

gular, without any central keel, but closely and deeply pune-

tured,—the punctures having a greater or less tendency to be

longitudinally confluent. Prothorax very deeply and regularly

punctured (the punctures being extremely large, but also with

a little tendency to be disposed in longitudinal furrows down

the disk), its broadest part further behind than in the Rhyncolus

tenaz, and less evidently margined along its extreme posterior

edge than in that insect. lytra densely rugulose and deeply

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 30

450 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

striate-punctate, the punctures being very large; the interstices

rather wide and flattened, and with a row of minute punctules

down each. Antenne and tarsi rufo-ferrugmous; the femora

and ¢ibie scarcely paler than the rest of the surface; the body

beneath densely and deeply punctured all over.

The discovery of the present insect is due to the researches of

Mr. Bewicke, who has captured several specimens of it, im com-

pany with the Rhyncolus calvus, amongst rotten wood, at the

Praia Formosa, near Funchal.

Genus PENTARTHRUM.

Wollaston, Ann. of Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xiv. p. 129 (1854).

In their outward facies the two insects described below are

moulded less on the true Cossonus type than the curious little

Wood-feeder, detected in the West of England, for which I origi-

nally established, in 1854, the genus Pentarthrum. Neverthe-

less, since they clearly belong to this immediate section of the

Curculionide, and agree with the P. Huttoni in possessing the

anomalous character of a 5-joited funiculus, I have preferred

regarding them as congeneric with the British species to erecting

an additional genus for their reception. In their convex, gla-

brous bodies indeed, and general contour, they are more sug-

gestive of Caulotrupis, perhaps, than of Mesites or Cossonus ;

whilst from the Pentarthrum Huttoni they recede (especially, how-

ever, the P. Monizianum) in their more apically-inserted antenn

and less straightened rostrum, as well as in their excessively

minute and almost obsolete eyes. In the P. Monizianum indeed

there is scarcely any trace, with an ordinary lens, of the organs

of sight; but when the head is viewed beneath a microscope,

one can perceive (though not without some difficulty), adjoining

the upper-edge of the extreme termination of the rostral groove,

5 or 6 closely-set depressed tubercles, within a small enclosure,

—which are clearly the rudiments of an eye; but so abortive

are they, that there can be but little doubt that the insect must

be practically blmd. In the P. Bewickianum these rudimentary

eyes are a trifle more prominent, and therefore perceptible; but

as regards their development, they do not appear to be at all

more perfect.

§ L. Antenne longiuscule graciliuscule, rostri apicem versus inserta,

articulis funicult inter se laxis, capitulo abrupto ovato. Rostrum

ad antennarum insertionem sensim dilatatum.

Pentarthrum Monizianum, n. sp.

P. piceum vel rufo-piceum, nitidum ; prothorace profunde punctato ;

elytris ellipticis leviter striato-punctatis (punctis minoribus), in-

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 451

terstitiis latiusculis et punctulis minutissimis distantibus longitudi-

naliter obsitis.

Long. corp. lin. 1}—vix 12.

Habitat Madera Seaeeiienn in horto quodam Funchalensi inter

lignum antiquum copiose legit Dom. Moniz, cujus in honorem

speciem stabilivi.

P. piceous or rufo-piceous, shining, and free from pubescence.

Rostrum rather long, deeply punctured, and a little expanded

about the insertion of the antenne. Prothorax ovate, and

straightly truncated behind, the broadest part bemg almost at

the extreme base; deeply and regularly punctured. Elytra

elliptical, being much rounded off at the shoulders, and with

their broadest part about the middle; very lightly, but regularly,

striate-punctate (the punctures beimg small); the interstices

broad, and with a series of excessively minute and distant punc-

tules down each. Limés, except the antennal club, scarcely paler

than the rest of the surface.

Detected, in abundance, by St. Moniz, during the spring of

1858, in old boards lying on the damp earth, in his garden at

Funchal. It was, however, first captured by myself in the

Canary Islands, where I took a single specimen in a house at

Orotava, in the north of Teneriffe, during March of the previous

year.

§ IL. Antenne breviuscule robuste, ante medium rostri inserte,

articulis funicult transversis inter se arcte compressis, capitulo

minus abrupto oblongiore. Rostrum ad antennarum insertionem

via latius.

Pentarthrum Bewickianum, n. sp.

P. rufo-piceum, nitidum ; prothorace sat profunde et paulo crebrius

punctato; elytris subparallelo-ellipticis, rugulosis, sat profunde et

dense substriato-punctatis (punctis majoribus).

Long. corp. lin. 1—vix. 14.

Habitat Maderam australem ; in ligno antiquo ad “‘ Praia Formosa”’

detexit Dom. Bewicke insectorum Maderensium scrutator inde-

fessus, qui pauca specimina <egre conservata nuper mihi benigne

communicavit.

P. like the last species, but perhaps a shade more rutescent,

and with its rostrum a trifle broader and shorter, and less evi-

dently widened at the insertion of the antennz (whieh are shorter

and comparatively thicker, with the jomts of their funiculus

more compressed inter se, and their club less abrupt than in that

insect ; and which moreover do not arise quite so near to the

apex). Prothorax as in the P. Monizianum, but a trifle less

convex on its hinder disk, and just perceptibly less deeply and

more closely punctured. /lytra a little more parallel (or less

30*

452 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

elliptic) in their outline, and more rugulose; also more deeply,

and much more closely, substriate-punctate, the punctures bemg

considerably larger and more numerous, each series, however,

being composed successively of slightly larger and smaller ones

alternately.

The present insect, which is very much more variable in

stature than the last (the smallest specimens being only a line

in length), was discovered by Mr. Bewicke amongst old wood in

a small shed, or out-house, at the Praia Formosa, near Funchal.

In conjunction with the P. Moniz zianum, it is a most important

addition to our fauna.

Genus CaULoTRUPIS.

Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 308 (1854).

Jaulotrupis subnitidus, 1. sp.

C. ovato-subevlindricus, crassiusculus, niger, subnitidus, alutaceus ;

prothorace amplo, subtiliter punctato ; elytris leviter striato-punc-

tatis; antennis ferrugineis; pedibus piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 13-2.

Habitat in ramis “Cannas Euphorbia piscatoria, in locis Madere

inferioribus passim.

C. ovate-subeylindric and thick, black, minutely alutaceous

all over, and subopake, or only very slightly shining. Rostrum

short and broad in the males, longer and more slender in the fe-

males. Prothoraw large ; minutely, but quite perceptibly, punc-

tulated ; and broadest about the middle. Hdytra rather straight-

ened towards the shoulders; lightly, but distinctly, striate-

punctate; and broadest about the middle. Antenne short, and

ferruginous. Legs piceous.

The present Caulotrupis is very closely allied to the C. lacer-

tosus ; nevertheless it is, on the average, a trifle larger than that

species, its surface (although equally alutaceous) is less opake,

the punctules of its prothorax are more evident, its elytra are

just perceptibly more straightened towards the shoulders [which

is best seen when the insect is viewed with its head pointed

backwards], and have their striz deeper and more decidedly

punctured (but with the interstices less so); its habits are also

apparently different—all the specimens of it which I have as yet

seen having been captured from the dead stems of the Mu-

phorbia piscatoria of low elevations (under which circumstances

it was first detected by myself, towards Canigo, to the east of

Funchal, on the 23rd of December 1858) ; whereas the C. lacer-

fosus occurs beneath the bark of laurels of loftier altitudes. It

has also been captured by S". Moniz and Mr. Bewicke.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 453

(Subfam. CryerToRHYNCHIDES.)

Genus ACALLES.

Schonherr, Cure. Disp. Meth. 295 (1826).

Acalles cinereus, n. sp.

A. oblongo-ovatus, squamis albido-cinereis dense tectus ; prothorace

subintegro fere concolore, ad apicem leviter setuloso ; elytris sat

profunde punctato-striatis, ad latera rotundatis, carinis interruptis

nodulisque majoribus subsetosis instructis, plaga communi post-

media albidiore obscurissima (antice in medio indistincte fusco-

terminata) ornatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

Habitat in sylvaticis editioribus Madere, a Rev. Dom. Lowe De-

cembri ineunte a.p. 1858 repertus.

A. oblong-ovate, and densely clothed with whitish-cinereous

scales. Rostrum piceous; opake, and very coarsely punctured,

in the males; a little slenderer, shining, and less punctured in

the females. Prothorax rather less expanded in the middle than

is the case in most of the sylvan species, and with its surface

almost entire, there being scarcely any indications of tubercles,

and only a few small sete at its apex. Elytra rather deeply

punctate-striate; with the interrupted ridges and nodules only

moderately developed ; and with a very faint ; and ill-defined trans-

verse postmedial paler patch, common to both—almost suffused

behind, but terminated in front by a more evident brownish

portion, colouring the central tubercles. Limbs as in most of

the other species.

A single specimen (and that a male) of this rather large and

almost uniformly cmereous or whitish-cimereous Acalles, which

has its prothorax nearly free from nodules and sete, and its

(shghtly paler) elytral patch very obscure and ill-defined (parti-

cularly behind), was captured by the Rev. R. T. Lowe, during

our encampment at the head of the Boa Ventura, in December

1858, in the crevices of a dead stem of the Huphorbia mellifera,

at a very lofty elevation below the Boca das Torrmhas. There

were two more of them in company with it, but these he unfor-

tunately did not secure. A second example (a female) has

lately been communicated by Mr. Bewicke, taken by himself (I

believe at the Lombo das Vacas) during the summer of the fol-

lowing year. It belongs to the section of the genus in which

the scutellum is not distinguishable.

Genus TorRNEUMA, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, fusiformi-ovatum, subtus late longitudinaliter im-

454 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

pressum (aut potius per meso- et meta-sterna et abdominis basin

leviter concavum), ubique dense scabroso-subrugulosum, sed haud

setosum : capite parvo, in cavo prothoracico usque ad rostri basin

omnino recondito ; oculis nullis; rostro longiusculo subareuato

tenui (7. e. horizontaliter compresso, subtus fere concavo), lineari,

sed basin versus leviter rotundato-dilatato et superne ad basin

ipsam quasi capiti articulato, in canaliculam pectoralem valde pro-

fundam argutissime determinatam (usque ad coxas pedum inter-

mediorum extendentem) arcte applicando ; scrobe profunda sub-

recta ad latera rostri posita necnon ad basin ipsam ejus ducta atque

ibidem abrupte terminata: prothorace subovato basi truncato,

longe intra apicem leviter coarctato, antice paulo acuminato: sc2z-

tello haud observando : elt ytris subellipticis connatis : alis obsoletis.

Antenne \ongiuscule, subgraciles, ante medium rostri insertee :

scapo longiusculo clavato subrecto ; funiculo 7-articulato, art® 1°

paulo longiore vix latiore, reliquis longitudine subzequalibus lati-

tudine oe erescentibus ; capitulo oblongo 4-annulato. Pedes

robusti, contractiles, antic? ad basin leviter, intermedii latius et

postici latissime distantes: femoribus muticis: ¢ibzis subrectis,

apicem versus (preesertim externum) pilosis, ad apicem in uncum

deflexum productis: ¢arsis omnino pseudotetrameris, sed ungui-

culis minutissimis.

A ropvevpa, quasi torno efformatum.

The unique specimen from which the above characters have

been compiled is one of the most anomalous of the Madeiran

Coleoptera which have been hitherto detected ; nor was it at first

sight at all evident to what immediate section of the Curculio-

nide it should be assigned. After a careful consideration, how-

ever, of the various details of its structure, I am satisfied that

it is not very remote in affinity from Acalles (although so dif-

ferent in its general facies and unclothed surface), and that, when

placed at the end of the Cryptorhynchides (in the vicinity of

Tychius, which commences the next subfamily of the Erirhinides),

it will not be far distant from its natural location. Indeed, in

the outline of its prothorax and elytra, and in its robust and

basally distant legs, as well as in the excessively deep and ab-

ruptly-defined pectoral groove for the reception of its rostrum

when inflexed, it has much in common with Acalles ; neverthe-

less, in its very small head, which is completely concealed beneath

the anterior portion of the pronotum (the rostrum alone being

perceptible when the imsect is viewed from above), as well as

in its total want of eyes (which, mdeed, would have been use-

less tovit, as they would have been altogether immersed within

the prothoracie cavity), and the remarkable form of its basally-

rounded rostrum, which has all the appearance of bemg articu-

lated on to the head, and of being suddenly constricted (though

this is not the case in reality) at its junction with the latter, it

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 455

possesses a combination of features essentially its own. Its

most extraordinary character, however, is certainly the construc-

tion of its rostrum, which has the appearance of being a separate

plece,—as it were turned with a lathe [a circumstance which has

suggested its generic name], and implanted into the fore portion

of the head; and it is on account of its seeming thus separate,

and of its being rounded off at its base, that it looks, at first

sight, as though it were suddenly constricted at its point of con-

tact with the head.

Torneuma cecum, 0. sp.

T. fusco-piceum, subopacum et granulis erebris maximisvalde depressis

scabrosis obsitum ; rostro nitidiore, rufo-ferrugineo, carinato, utrin-

que parce et profunde longitudinaliter punctato ; elytris levissime

striatis et (oculo valde armato) parce ac brevissime longitudinaliter

setulosis ; antennis rufo-testaceis, pedibus vix dilutioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 11.

Habitat Maderam, sub trunco quodam prolapso in “Curral das

Freiras’” mense Decembri 4.p. 1858 a meipso lectum.

T. dull brownish-piceous and nearly opake, densely beset all

over with very large and exceedingly depressed scale-like granules

(of much the same character as those of the Tarphii). Rostrum

rufo-ferruginous and more shining than the rest of the surface,

keeled down the centre, and roughly (but sparingly and irregu-

larly) punctured on either side. Prothorax subovate and rather

acuminated anteriorly, and quite free from any appearance of

pile. lytra subelliptic, most lightly (and not very regularly)

striated, and (beneath the microscope) with Jongitudinal series

of very short, most minute, distant, and decumbent paler hairs.

Body beneath densely scabrous, but scarcely punctured. An-

tenne rufo-testaceous. Legs slightly setose, but hardly paler than

the rest of the surface.

Captured by myself, adhering to the underside of the trunk

of a felled cherry-tree, which was lying on the damp ground, at

the bottom of the Curral das Freiras, during my encampment

there, with the Rev..R. T. Lowe, on the 9th of December 1858.

(Subfam. BracHypDERIDEs.)

Genus SrROPHOSOMUs.

(Billberg) Schon., Cure. Disp. Meth. 97 (1826).

Strophosomus Coryli, Fab.

S. niger, squamis cinereo-brunneis dense tectus; oculis subconicis,

456 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera.

prominulis; elytris parce setosis, sutura antice nigra (squamis ¢a-

rentibus) ; antennis rufo-ferrugineis; pedibus rufo-piceis.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Habitat Maderam australem, a Dom. Moniz detectus.

Curculio Coryli, Fab., Syst. Ent. 148 (1775).

Strophosomus Coryli, Steph., Ill., Brit. Ent. iv. 126 (1831).

Cneorhinus Coryli, Schén., Gen. et Spec. Cure. 1. 535 (1833).

S. black, but densely clothed with brown, or brownish-cine-

reous, scales. Rostrum short and thick, but a little attenuated

anteriorly ; with the eyes somewhat conical, and very prominent.

Prothorax rugulose, and with a narrow and lightly-impressed

dorsal channel. Elytra convex and rounded, but with their sides

rather straightened, or parallel, about the middle, bemg some-

what suddenly rounded inwardly about the shoulders ; distinctly

punctate-striate, and rather coarsely (though sparingly) pubes-

cent, or setose, especially behind; and with the basal portion of

the suture black—being denuded of scales. Antenne rather

slender, and rufo-ferruginous. Legs robust, rufo-piceous, and

more or less clothed with scales.

A single specimen of the common European S. Coryli has been

communicated to me by Mr. Bewicke, who received it from Senhor

Moniz, by whom it was captured near Funchal. It differs in no

respect, so far as I can perceive, from the ordinary examples of

more northern latitudes,—from whence, indeed, it is not impro-

bable that it may have been accidentally imported imto the

island.

Fam. Attelabide.

Genus Rampuus.

Clairville, Ent. Helv. i. 104 (1798).

Ramphus eneus, Schon.

R. ovatus, eenescenti-niger, subnitidus ; capite prothoraceque creber-

rime et profunde punctatis ; elytris crebre punctato-striatis ; anten-

nis brevibus, testaceis, clava acuminato-ovata nigra.

Long. corp. (rostro excepto) lin. 2-1.

Habitat in foliis pomorum in cultis supra Funchal, a Dom. Bewicke

copiose repertus. E

Ramphus eneus, De}. in Cat.

, Schon. Gen. et Spee. Cure. i. 310 (1833).

R. ovate, brassy-black, free from pile, coarsely alutaceous and

subrugulose all over, and slightly shnimg. Head and prothorax

very densely and deeply punctured: the former (as m the ordi-

nary Ramphi) greatly inflexed, with the rostrum applied closely

to the breast, and with the eyes large and meeting on the fore-

head: the /atter much narrowed anteriorly, and rather less

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera. 457

closely punctured in the centre of its disk than elsewhere.

Elytra regularly, closely, and rather deeply punctate-striate.

Antenne testaceous, with their club (which is acute at its apex)

black.

Although not according precisely with the diagnosis of the

R. eneus as given in Schénherr’s ‘Genera et Species Curculio-

nidum’ [which, moreover, is there stated to be smaller than

the common R. pulicarius, whereas the Madeiran insect is, on

the average, considerably larger], the little Ramphus described

above is nevertheless, I think, sufficiently near to it to warrant

the conclusion that it is specifically identical ; and more parti-

cularly so, since the recorded habitat of the R. eneus is the south

of France, and Portugal. Although exceedingly variable in sta-

ture, the long array of specimens from which I have drawn my

description differ from the R. pulicarius in bemg, on the average,

decidedly larger and of a more or less evidently brassy tinge, in

their alutaceous sculpture being coarser, their punctuation,

especially of the head and prothorax, much more dense, and

their antennz (in proportion to the size of the insect) perceptibly

shorter and entirely testaceous except the club,—which last is

rather more abbreviated and abrupt, and less acuminated at its

apex, than is the case with that species. It was detected, abun-

dantly, by Mr. Bewicke, on the leaves of apple- and pear-trees,

in the cultivated grounds above Funchal (from his Quinta at

the Palmeira up to almost the elevation of the Mount Church),

where, under his guidance, it was subsequently captured by

myself also.

Fam. Bruchide.

Genus Brucuvus.

Geoffroy, Hist. Abr. des Ins. de Paris, 1. 163 (1762).

Bruchus Pisi, lL.

B. ovato-oblongus, niger, pube fulvescente et albida variegatus ; pro-

thorace transverso, ad latera in medio distincte spinoso; elytris

subparallelis crenato-striatis, fascia postmedia interrupta albida

ornatis ; antennarum basi, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus plus minus

dilute rufo-testaceis, femoribus posticis longe et acute dentatis.

Long. corp. lin. 24.

Habitat Maderam, a Dom. M. Park prope Funchal captus.

Bruchus Pisi, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1. 11. 604 (1767).

—— , Schén., Gen. et Spec. Cure. 1. 57 (1833).

—— ——,, Lucas, Col. de l’Algérie, 401 (1849).

B. like the B. rufimanus, but rather larger and more oblong.

Prothorax altogether broader and less narrowed behind, with

the lateral angle developed into a distinct central spme, and with

the paler patch towards the middle of the hinder margin usually

458 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madetran Coleoptera.

larger and more conspicuous. lytra rather more parallel at

the sides than in that insect, with the interstices more evidently

punctured, and with the white spots larger and more confluent

—forming a more or less conspicuous (though broken) fascia

on each behind the middle. Pygidium more variegated than in

the B. rufimanus, the two black patches at the apex being larger.

Antenne rather short and very robust ; their base, as well as the

front tibie and tarsi, the apical portion (sometimes the whole) of

the intermediate tibia, and the intermediate tarsi dull rufo-testa-

ceous. Hinder femora with a very large and acute tooth beneath.

The distinctions between the B. Pist and the common B. ru-

fimanus will be at once gathered from the above comparative

diagnosis. I find a single example among some old insects col-

lected by Mr. M. Park near Funchal; and four more were com-

municated to me a year ago by the Bardo do Castello de Paiva,

amongst a quantity of common and ordinary species stated to

have been taken at Canigal. It is abundant in the Canaries (as

it is throughout central and southern Europe and the north of

Africa), where I have brushed it from out of the pea-fields in at

least three of the islands; and it will probably be found equally

common in such localities in Madeira also.

Fam. Halticide.

Genus Loncitarsvs.

Latreille, Fam. Nat. du Régne Anim. 405 (1825).

Longitarsus abdominalis, Dufts.

L. ovatus, convexus, subnitidus, rufo-ferrugineus; capite, antennis

(breviusculis) apicem versus necnon apice femorum posticorum

picescentibus ; elytris minus rufescentibus, levissime subseriatim

punctatis.

Long. corp. lin. vix 7.

Habitat in graminosis Madere, zestate 1855 a meipso detectus.

Haltica abdominalis, Dufts., Fna. Austr. iii. 262 (1825).

L. ovate, convex, slightly shining, and reddish-ferruginons.

Head of a darker, or more piceous hue than the prothoraz,

which is very lightly and obscurely subpunctulated. Hlytra a

little paler than the prothorax, and regularly ovate, being rounded

inwards towards the shoulders ; very finely, but more perceptibly

punctured than the prothorax, the punctures having the slight-

est possible tendency to be disposed in longitudinal rows; and

with the suture a trifle darker than the rest of the surface. An-

tenne rather short; dusky towards their apex; their base, the

four anterior legs, and the two hinder tibia and tarsi, testaceous.

Three specimens of this insect I had inadvertently mixed up,

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 459

in my collection, with the examples of L. nubigena; and it was

not until M. Allard (to whom I lately transmitted my Madeiran

and Canarian Halticide for revision) pointed out to me their di-

stinctive characters, that I became aware of my mistake. It may

be at once recognized from that species by its rather smaller

size and more ovate form (its humeral angles being much

more rounded off), as well as by its shorter antenne, less pro-

minent eyes, more lightly punctured surface, and somewhat less

pallid hue. My specimens were taken by brushing the grass,

on a sloping bank, about two-thirds of the way up the Ribeira

de St. Lusia, in the summer of 1855.

Fam. Chrysomelidz.

Genus CHRYSOMELA.

Linneus, Syst. Nat. edit. i. (1735).

Chrysomela onychina.

C. elliptico-ovata, nitida, viridi-splendens ; capite prothoraceque fere

impunctatis, hoc ad latera late subemarginato; elytris minute

sub-biseriatim punctulatis, apicem versus in medio subnodoso-con-

vexis et lateraliter compressis, utrinque latera versus longitudina-

liter costatis necnon intra marginem valde corrugate-rugosis.

Long. corp. lin. 53.

Chrysomela Fragarie, Woll., Ins. Mad. 458, tab. ix. f. 7 (1854).

—, Woll., Cat. Mad. Col. 135 (1857).

Although at all times exceedingly unwilling to alter a spe-

cifie title (a step which should never be taken without the

strongest and most cogent reasons), I have nevertheless given

a fresh diagnosis of the Madeiran Chrysomela, feeling the abso-

lute necessity of imposing on it a new name. The constant re-

discovery, now, of this rare and curious insect on the Bystropogon,

and on no other plant whatsoever, would certainly imply that it

is essentially peculiar to it; and hence there can be no doubt

that the three specimens which I originally detected (in August

1850) on the leaves of the Mountain Strawberry, were merely

accidental ones, which had fallen from off the bushes of Bystro-

pogon growing on the rocks immediately above them: so that

to persist in retaining for it the trivial name of Fragarie (which

I unfortunately adopted without sufficient evidence), would be

nothing more or less than to perpetuate an erroneous impres-

sion of its habits. I therefore consider that it is not only de-

sirable, but absolutely necessary, to substitute a fresh name ; and

I have consequently done so by giving it a more appropriate

one, suggested by its remarkable analogy, in general outline and

anomalous posterior contractions, to a hoof.

{To be continued. |

460 Mr. W. i. Benson on new Land-Shells from Darjiling.

XLIX.—On new Land-Shells from Darjiling, with a series of new

Indian Species of Achatina. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq.

Diplommatina Blanfordiana, B.

Testa dextrorsa, foveato-rimata, ovato-acuminata, confertim arcuato-

costulata, albida, spira ovato-pyramidata, superne attenuata, apice

acutiusculo, sutura impressa; anfractibus 74 convexis, antepenul-

timo majusculo tumido, ultimo antice ascendente; apertura sub-

verticali, late auriculari, plica columellari valida nutante munita,

peristomate expanso, extus varice retrorelicta remotiuscula valida

aucto, infra ad sinistram subangulato, marginibus callo parietali

crasso expanso appresso junctis, columellari leviter sinuato.

Operc.

Long. 43, diam. 24 mill.

Habitat prope Darjiling. Teste W. T. Blanford.

Independently of its smaller size and stronger costulation,

this shell is distinguished from D. pachycheilus by its foveate

rimation behind the thin columellar lip, and by the retrorelict

variciform second peristome, which is remote in its course, on the

right side, from the thin actual peristome, but joins it below the

umbilical cavity. In D. pachycheilus the peristome is thickened

and bifurcate at the insertion of the outer lip, and there is no

remote varix ; while the incrassate columellar lip is reflected

over the rimation, and entirely conceals it. The last whorl

ascends more conspicuously in front than in D. pachycheilus,

although it rises considerably also in that shell—a feature which

I omitted in the description given im the ‘ Annals’ for 1857.

The costulation of D. pachycheilus is very variable; in some

specimens it disappears on the lower whorls, in others on the

upper ones only ; occasionally it pervades the surface.

The following characters may be added to those already given

of D. pachycheilus :—

Anfractu ultimo antice ascendente ; peristomate superne ad angulum

bifurcato, margine columellari externe callo expanso irregulari

appresso, periomphalum obtegente, munito.

It is found among dead leaves with D. Blanfordiana.

Ennea stenopylis, B.

Testa longe curvato-rimata, cylindraceo- -ovata, arcuatim costulata,

sub epidermide cereo-cornea albida ; apice conoideo-obtuso, sutura

impressa; anfractibus 6 angustis, convexiusculis, ultimo minore

compresso, antice leviter ascendente, latere dextro antice substran-

gulato, valde scrobiculato, basi anguste compressa; apertura ver-

ticali, subaxiali, triangulari-obovata, subcordiformi, 3 testee supe-

rante, peristomate undique expanso calloso reflexiusculo, margine

dextrali superne profunde sinuato, plica angular parietali valida,

superne sub-bicruri, margines peristomatis jungente, subtus lamel-

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land-Shells from Darjiling. 461

liformi profunde intrante, denteque palatali unica intus longe et

contigue concurrentibus, aperturam coarctatam inzequaliter oblique

dividentibus, aream minorem quasi perforatam prope sinum dex-

tralem, ab area sinistra majore ovato-oblonga, secernentibus.

Long. 33, diam. 1} mill.

Habitat in vallibus Rungnu et Rimmau (alt. 4000 ped.) prope Dar-

jing. Detexit W. T. Blanford.

Although differmg so much in form from Ennea vara, B., of

the Khasia Hills, this shell is nearly allied to it in the formation

and dentation of the aperture; the characters are, however, on

amore exaggerated scale. The Cape Pupa Layardi, B., in its

parietal and upper palatal plice, approaches the structure ob-

servable in E. stenopylis, in which the plaits meet so closely

during their descent as to leave a scarcely visible line of separa-

tion, cutting off the sinus at the upper part of the dextral mar-

gin so completely as to present an analogy to the basal canal of

Cataulus. Like E. vara, the aperture is deficient in columellar

folds. The parietal callus is a modified representation of that

of the South Indian EZ. Pirriei, Pfr.

Achatina Hastula, B.

Testa turrito-subulata, tenui, oblique capillaceo-striata, fusco-cornea,

nitidula; spira subulata, apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ;

anfractibus 9, primis convexis, postremis convexiusculis, ultimo

2 testee vix attingente; apertura vix obliqua, ovato-elliptica, peri-

stomatis marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextrali recto acuto, colu-

mellari arcuato calloso albido, basi oblique truncata.

Long. 123, diam. 33 mill. ; long. apert. 33 mill.

Habitat ad Pankabari, prope Darjiling, raro. Teste W. T. Blanford.

Of a more slender form than the large Ach. tenwispira, B., the

whorls increasing very gradually, and not attenuate towards the

upper part of the spire as in that species.

Achatina Orobia, B.

Testa ovato-oblonga, solidiuscula, leevigata, leviter striata, striis non-

nullis remotiusculis profunde impressis sculpta, nitida, olivaceo-

cornea ; spira convexe pyramidata, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 64-74 convexiusculis, ad humerum angulatis, crenu-

latis, ultimo 4 testee superante ; apertura verticali semiovali, colu-

mella valde arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate

recto, crassiusculo, obtuso.

Long. 11, diam. 5 mill.; apert. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Habitat ad Sinchul et Darjiling (alt. ped. 8500 et 7000). Teste

W. T. Blanford.

Distinguished from the larger Khasia species, A. crassilabris,

B., by its peculiar sculpture, and by the formation of the whorls

below the suture.

462 Myr. W. H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina.

The following shells are added to complete the history of the

known Indian species of Achatina :—

Achatina prelustris, B.

Testa ovato-oblonga, pertenui, fragil, irregulariter plicato-striata,

nitente, pallide luteo-cornea ; spira pyramidata, apice obtuso, su-

tura profundiuscula, suberenulata ; anfractibus 85 convexiusculis,

superne prope suturam tumidiusculis, ultimo 3 testee superante,

subinflato ; apertura verticali, semiovali, latiuscula, columella sub-

recta, vix curvata, basi oblique truncata, peristomate recto, acuto.

Long. 33, diam. 17 mill. ; apert. 15 mill. longa, 9 lata.

Habitat in provincia Orissa prope Midnapore, Balasore, et Cuttack.

Teste W. Theobald.

This is the largest known Indian form of the type to which

the Cingalese and Nilgherry shell, 4ch. Ceylanica, Pfr., belongs.

It was found by Mr. Theobald in Mangoe topes, both in the

hills and plains.

Achatina Chesson, B.

Testa ovato-turrita, superne attenuata, scabre plicato-striata, striis

minutissimis confertis obsoletis spiralibus decussata, fulvo-cornea,

vel purpureo-fusca, translucente, nitidula; spira turrita, apicem

versus obtusiusculum attenuata, sutura impressa, crenulata; an-

fractibus 11} convexiusculis, ultimo $ testze superante inflatiusculo ;

apertura subverticali, semiovali, latiuscula, columella subrecta,

albido-callosa, basi vix oblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenui.

Long. 37, diam. 15 mill.; apert. 14 mill. longa, 8 lata.

Habitat in montibus Mahabaleshwar. Detexit J. Chesson.

There is also a more slender variety, 33 mill. in length by 12

in breadth.

This fine shell, the largest of the forms mtermediate between

Ach. prelustris of the eastern coast of the Peninsula and the

north-eastern A. Cassiaca, was found on the high mountain

group overlooking the western coast of the Indian Peninsula,

south of Bombay, by Mr. J. Chesson. It was accompanied by

the following species.

Achatina notigena, B.

Testa elongato-conica, superne attenuata, tenui, subcostulato-striata,

fulvo-cornea, nitida, pellucida; spira turrita, superne attenuata,

apice obtuso, sutura impressa, irregulariter crenulata; anfractibus

9-10 convexiusculis, ultimo 4 testee non attingente ; apertura sub-

verticali, anguste semiovali, columella vix arcuata, subverticali, basi

suboblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenui, marginibus callo

tenui junctis.

Long. 20, diam. 7 mill.; apert. 6 mill. longa, vix 4 lata.

Var. inflatior, ovato-turrita, long. 22, diam. 8 mill.

Habitat in montibus Mahabaleshwar cum preecedente, teste J. Ches-

son; necnon prope Bombay, W. Theobald.

This shell has relations to Ach. Chessoni in the attenuation of

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina. 463

the spire towards the summit,—a feature observable also in the

north-eastern A. tenuispira. It differs in form, size, proportions,

&e. In one specimen from Bombay, the attenuation of the

spire is less conspicuous.

Achatina Sarissa, B.

Testa elongato-conica, tenui, levigata, striatula, anfractibus ultimis

sub lente confertim obsolete decussatis, nitidissima, olivaceo-cor-

nea; spira elongato-pyramidata, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 93 convexiusculis, ultimo ? testee superante ; apertura

subverticali, ovato-elliptica, columella obliqua, leviter arcuata,

albido-callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate recto, tenul.

Long. 16, diam. 5} mill. ; apert. 5 mill. longa, 3} lata.

Habitat prope Comercolly, Bengaliz, ad ripas fluminis Gangis.

Detexit Dr. Theodore Cantor.

I am indebted to Dr. Cantor for this interesting addition to

the few species which inhabit the plains of Lower Bengal.

Achatina Pyramis, B.

Testa oblongo-turrita, solidula, leevigata, striatula, nitida, luteo-cor-

nea; spira turrita, lateribus convexiusculis, apice obtusiusculo,

sutura impressa; anfractibus 8, convexiusculis, ultimo 3 teste

zequante, antice obsolete plicato; apertura subverticali, elliptico-

semioval:, columella arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peri-

stomate recto obtuso, intus albido-labiato.

Long. 15, diam. 6 mill.; apert. 5 mill. longa, 2} lata.

Habitat ad Teria Ghat Montium Khasia. Detexit W. Theobald.

Allied to the smaller Ach. crassula, B., from Darjiling, but

distinguished from it by its colour, smoother sculpture, more

convex and numerous whorls, by the characters of the peristome,

and by the convex and not planate sides of the spire.

A large variety of Ach. crassula, collected by Mr. W. T. Blan-

ford near Darjiling, is 12 mill. nm length by 53 in breadth, and,

like the type, possesses only seven whorls.

Achatina Scrutillus, B.

Testa oblonga, solidiuscula, leevigata, subremote striatula, nitidula,

fulvo-cornea ; spira ovato-oblonga, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 55 convexiusculis, ultimo 3 testze superante; apertura

verticali, ovato-elliptica, columella valde arcuata, basi subito et

profuude truncata, peristomate recto, obtuso, marginibus callo

crassiusculo junctis.

Long. 6 mill., diam. 22; long. apert. 25 mill.

Habitat in Provincia Orissa (Cuttack), necnon in valle superiore

fluminis Nerbuddze, Indize Centralis. Detexit W. Theobald.

This little species may be at once known on comparison with

the Bengal Ach. Gemma, B., which is ordinarily of the same

464 Mr. W.H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina.

size, by its less rapidly decreasing spire, solidity, and colour ;

and from the paler A. Frumentum, Reeve, which is probably only

a local variety of Ach. Gemma, by the two first-mentioned

characters.

[I have a large variety of 4. Gemma, collected by Dr. Bacon,

which attains a length of 8 mill. by 34 in breadth.

A single specimen of Achatina Amentum, B., 24 mill. in length,

and with nine whorls, was found by Mr. W. Theobald in the

Valley of the Upper Nerbudda. It is not in good condition,

the upper whorls being bleached; but the form and sculpture

leave little room for doubt as to its identity with the Calcutta

species, which is exceedingly rare, three specimens only having

been taken by me in a living state twenty-five years ago. They

were under a felled palm-tree (Borassus flabelliformis) on the

Howrah bank of the river, between the Bishop’s College and the

Botanic Gardens. The late Dr. Pearson believed that he had

found the young shell, 2 lines in length, at Alipore, near Cal-

cutta. Search should be made for the species within the cool

and moist bases of the fronds of Palmyra, Cocoa-nut, and other

Palms.

An undescribed Achatina occurs in the Mahabaleshwar Hills,

nearly related to A. Ceylanica, Pfr., but differing from it in its

acuminate summit. The single specimen found by Lieut. Arthur

E. Benson is in too decayed a state for description. Its length

is 15 mill., and diameter 8 mill. Another smaller shell, of a

similar type, and with the summit less pointed, was taken by

Mr. Theobald at Teria Ghat, in the Khasia Hills. It is pro-

bably a new species; and the examination of a perfect shell is

desirable. With it Mr. Theobald found a small solid form, in a

bleached condition, which appears to be a dwarf variety of A.

crassilabris, B., 11 mill. in length by 6 in diameter.

A weathered and impertect Achatina, sent by Mr. Theobald

from Orissa, resembles the Nilgherry .4. Oreas, B., when of

immature growth. I have a pale variety of A. Oreas from

M. Petit, which was stated to have been received from Bombay.

It accords with the mountain type in all but colour.

In Burmah Mr. Theobald got a variety of A. tenuispira on the

banks of the Irawady, and at Phie Than the young of a reversed

species, which is doubtless new. An adult specimen is a desi-

deratum. ‘The young presents from three to four smooth hya-

line whorls, with a distinct truncation at the base. The shell

figured in ‘Conchologia Iconica’ as Bulimus Sikkimensis, Reeve,

proves to be an extremely young specimen of a fine Spiraais,

of which an example with seven whorls, obtained at Darpiling

by Mr. W. T. Blanford, measures 27 mill. in length by nearly

10 in diameter.

Mr. W.H. Benson on new Indian Species of Achatina. 465

The following list exhibits the names and localities of all the

Continental-Indian species of Achatina which have hitherto been

described :—

A. tenuispira, B. Khasia Hills, Darjiling, and Burmah.

— Cassiaca, B. Khasia Hills.

— crassilabris, B. Pf

— Pyramis, B. a

— crassula, B. Darjiling.

— Hastula, B. PP

— Orobia, B. =

— Amentum, B. Lower Bengal and Nerbudda.

— Sarissa, B. x

— Gemma, B. a

— Frumentum, Reeve. ,, (Var. of Gemma.)

— prelustris, B. Orissa.

— Scrutillus, B. Orissa and Nerbudda.

— Chessoni, B. Mahabaleshwar Hills.

— notigena, B. Mahabaleshwar Hills and Bombay.

— Oreas, B. Nilgherries and Bombay.

— Perrotteti, Pfr. (Nilagirica, B.). Nilgherries.

— Jerdoni, B. Nilgherries.

— Ceylanica, Pfr. (Orophila, B.) Nilgherries.

— Bensoniana, Pfr. Nilgherries.

— Shiplayi, Pfr. A

— corrosula, Pfr. %

— Balanus, B. Banks of Jumna.

Cheltenham, April 28, 1860.

Supplementary Notice, containing Descriptions of two new Species

of Achatina from the Nilgherries.

The two following species, which should have been included

in my paper on Indian Achatine, were inadvertently omitted :—

Achatina Botellus, B.

Testa oblonga, solidiuscula, levigata, leviter striatula, sub lente in-

distincte confertim, spiraliter, minutissime acuducta, polita, fulvo-

castanea ; spira ovato-oblonga, apice valde obtuso, sutura impressa,

leviter crenulata; anfractibus 7 convexiusculis, ultimo vix latiore ;

apertura subobliqua, semiovali, intus albida, columella valde ar-

cuata, albido-callosa, basi subverticaliter truncata, peristomate

recto, marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextrali latiusculo, planato,

non incrassato.

Long. 18, diam. 7} mill. ; apert. 7 mill. longa, 32 lata.

Habitat in montibus Nilgherries. Detexit T. Jerdon.

A single specimen of this very distinct species was received

from Dr. Jerdon with the following.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. v. dl

466 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Achatina Facula, B.

Testa turrito-ovata, tenui, levigata, irregulariter striatula, translu-

cente, nitida, pallide fulvo-cornea; spira turrito-conica, apice ob-

tuso, sutura profundiuscula, irregulariter vix crenulata; anfracti-

bus 74, subconvexis, ultimo 2 testee vix attingente, antice leviter

remote plicato-striato ; apertura subverticali, semiovali, columella

breviter valde arcuata, callosa, basi oblique truncata, peristomate

recto, tenui, marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 18, diam. 8 mill.; apert. 7 mill. longa, 4} lata.

Syn. Ach. Perrotteti, Conch. Icon. pl. 21. f. 102, nee Pfr.

Habitat in montibus Nilgherries, T. Jerdon.

Intermediate in form between A. Oreas and A. Hiigeli, Pfr.,

this shell was, in the ‘Conchologia Iconica,’ confounded with

A, Perrotteti, Pfr., which proved to be a more elongated form,

of which A. Nilagirica, B., fig. 87 of the same plate, is a length-

ened variety. Pfeiffer cites fig. 102, with a mark of doubt, under

A. Perrotteti, in the third vol. of his Manual.

The number of Nilgherry species of Achatina now amounts

to nine, or two less than those described from the Island of

Ceylon.

May 1, 1860.

Note. An Achatina, described (without a name) by Capt. T. Hutton in

the 3rd vol. of J. A.S. Caleutta, was found by him between Mhow and

Nimuch. It equals 4. tenuispira in length, and appears to be a distinct

species.

L.— On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

. By W. K. Parker, M. Micr. Soc., and T. R. Jonus, F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 298. ]

19. Spirolina, Ann. Mus. v. p. 244; Hist. An. s. Vert. vu.

p. 601. Spirolinites depressa. Ann. Mus. v. p. 245; viii. p. 62,

f.14; Hist. An. s. Vert. vu. p. 602, No.1. ‘“ Fossil; Grignon.”

_ This is a Peneroplis planatus, F. & M. sp. The right-hand

figure is nearly orbicular, and may represent a Peneroplis in its

Dendritine condition ; the other is more complanate, with out-

spread chambers.

20. Spirolinites cylindracea. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 245. No. 2;

vi. pl. 62. f.15; Tabl. Ene. Méth. pl. 465. f. 7 a—e, and pl 466.

f. 2a, 6; Hist. An. s. Vert. vi. p. 603, No.2. “ Fossil;

Grignon.”

Endless modifications of the constricted and crozier-like forms*

* Spirolina stenostoma, Deshayes (in Lyell’s ‘ Principles,’ pl. 4. f. 15-18,

and * Manual,’ 5th edit. fig. 257), is one of these lituate varieties, narrow

and somewhat flattened.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 467

of Peneroplis (scarcely two alike) are to be found in the Grignon

Tertiary deposits, and also, at the present day, in the deeper

waters of warm latitudes. The broad nautiloid Peneroplides

indicate shallow water.

Some of the Grignon deposits appear to have been formed in

shallow water ; other beds are such as may be met with in the

Red Sea, at from 300 to 500 fathoms. Those beds, however,

that are rich in large specimens of Foraminifera have their

parallel very exactly in the deposits of the coral-lagoons and reef-

margins of the Australian Seas.

21. Spirolinites cylindracea, 8. Ann. Mus. v. p. 245; vill.

pl. 62. f.16a,6.; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f.3 a,6; Hist. An.

s. Vert. vil. p. 603. “ Fossil; Grignon.”

This has no relationship with the foregoing. It is a variety

of another and very distinct species, and is of extreme interest

among Foraminifers, being, as it were, an uncoiled and almost

uniserial, dimorphous form of Valvulina triangularis, D’Orb.

The typical form of V. ¢riangularis is a triserial, three-sided,

pyramidal shell, taking three cells to make a turn of its spire,

and having its aperture furnished with a peculiar tongue-like

flap or valve, as seen in D’Orbigny’s Model No. 25.

Valvulina has a sandy shell. Many Foraminifers figured and

described by authors as Valvuline are Rotalie. Some of the

regular forms of V. triangularis closely resemble Verneuilina

tricarinata (a subspecifie form of Tevtularia agglutinans).

When the trifacial compression of the shell becomes obsolete,

a close approach is made to Textularia Trochus, which, however,

has but two cells in one turn of the spire. A small specimen

of this variety is figured by us in the Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

pl. 11. f. 15,16. This trochoid form of Valvulina is sometimes

extremely depressed, and becomes scale-like and flat, resembling

some Rotalie. Williamson has described and figured such a

form under the name of Rotalina fusca, Monogr. p. 55, pl. 5.

f. 114, 115.

Other varieties, on the contrary, widely differ in shape, the

triangular portion being obsolete, and the several chambers of

which the shell is composed, failing to make one coil of the

spire, form an obliquely semioval shell, having a broad, flat,

oblique septal plane, with a large valve. This valve, sending

processes of shell-matter over the great crescentic aperture,

converts the usually simple passage into a semilunar series of

subquadrate passages. Here we have an isomorph of Bulimina

variabilis, D’Orb. Our specimens are undescribed, and come

from the Norwich Chalk and the Grignon Tertiary ; some also

oceur recent in Australia.

V. triangularis has sometimes a tendency in its later cham-

31*

468 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

bers, after having developed the triangular portion, to become

dimorphous, taking on a new character of growth—namely, that

seen in Bulimina, where several oblong parallel cells are taken

up in the formation of the round advancing coil. Specimens

showing the combination of Verneuiline and Bulimine growth

occur fossil at Grignon and recent in Australia. In many spe-

cimens, however, the triangular growth is masked, and the pe-

culiar valve of the aperture is required to aid us in discriminating

the varieties of Valvulina from those of Bulimina. Such a one is

the V. gibbosa, D’Orb. (Mém. Soc. Géol. France, iv. p. 38, pl. 4.

Ee)

Besides these short and variously coiled Vaivuline, there are

others, taking long or claviform shapes, resembling nails. Of

these elongate varieties one is figured in Lyell’s ‘ Principles of

Geology,’ pl. 4. f. 12-14, and ‘ Manual,’ 5th edit. f. 239 (Cla-

vulina corrugata, Desh.). The valve is well shown in the draw-

ing, and the chambers may be seen to pass from a triserial to

a uniserial arrangement, still fitting obliquely on each other.

Between this and the typical V. triangularis there is a regular

series of gradation. A neater form than C. corrugata is the

C. Parisiensis, D’Orb. (Modéles, No. 66); in the specimen

modelled, the large round terminal aperture has accidentally lost

its valve-like process. The chambers of the produced part are

here conformably adapted one to another, and there is a marked

distinction between the triserial and uniserial portions. Sub-

varieties of this form are common, not only in the Grignon

deposits, but also recent in the Indian and Australian seas.

A modification of Valvulina nearly allied to C. Parisiensis is

the C. angularis, D’Orb., Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 268, pl. 12. f. 7

(figured also as C. tricarinata, D’Orb. For. Cuba, pl. 2. f. 16-18).

This variety, which also is an mhabitant of the eastern seas,

differs mainly from the last in attaining a much larger size, and

in keeping a tricarinate form throughout its length. A still

nobler Clavulina, but having five caring along its uniserial por-

tion, is common in company with the last two in the shelly

deposits of the coral-reefs of Australia.

The specimen figured by Lamarck is a long Clavulina closely

related to those above mentioned; but it presents us with an

extreme development of the uniserial chambers, the coiled por-

tion being nearly obsolete. By D’Orbigny this shell is named

Nodosaria (Orthocerina) Clavulus (Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 255), and

is represented by his Model No. 2. This model fails to exhibit

the slightly coiled commencement, which is constant in this

variety, and some traces of which may be recognized in Lamarck’s

sectional view of the shell (Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 3 0).

This is a common Foraminifer at Grignon.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 469

The name V. triangularis is well adapted as a specific appella-

tion, including all the many varieties here indicated, because a

tendency to triangularity i is continually showing itself in some

degree or other in most of the forms, however aberrant.

There are many other Clav uline forms of For aminifera

besides those belonging to Valvulina. For instance, some arise

out of Textularia, others out of the Verneuiline subspecies, and

others from Uvigerina. The claviform varieties of Textularia

(biserial in their commencement) have been classed by D’Or-

bigny as Bigenerine, including Gemmulina. Those related to

Verneutlina, which have a triserial arrangement at first (whether

inflated or angular), have been classed by D’Orbigny under his

genus Clavulina; and of these C. communis, D’Orb., is a good

example. The Uvigerine Clavuline are exemplified by Uvigerina

nodosa, var. 8, D’Orb., Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 269; Sold. Test. ii.

pl. 4. fig. g.

22. Miliola*. Ann. Mus. v. p.349. Lamarck possessed many

specimens of Miliole from the Mediterranean and from the

Calcaire grossier of Paris. The fossil forms he termed Milio-

lites + (op. cit. p. 351). As there is no generic distinction be-

tween the recent and fossil forms, the name Miliola f 1s sufficient.

In a paper in the ‘ Microscopical Transactions’ (Quart. Journ.

Microsc. Se. No. 23) the Miliole are shown to comprise a vast

number of forms not susceptible of specific limitations among

themselves; although, for the sake of convenience, the names

Uniloculina, Biloculina, Triloculina, Quinqueloculina, Spirolocu-

lina, Cruciloculina, Hauerina, Allomorphina, Adelosina, and others

are more or less serviceable as subsidiary terms for the different

subspecific groups. We have already noticed that Miliola

(Quinqueloculina) Seminulum, Linn., is the type-species (Ann.

Nat. Hist. 3 ser. 11. p. 480).

The Miliole belong to the “ Agathistégues” of D’Orbigny,

and the Plicatila of Ehrenberg. They form an important group

among the “ opake-shelled” For aminifera.

Miholites ringens. Ann. Mus. v. p. 351, No. 1; ix. pl. 17.f.1;

Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. peGl2, No. ti = Fossil ; Grignon.”’

This is a Biloculina, abundant both in the Tertiary and the

present seas. Its best development is on sandy and clayish

bottoms, at from 30 to 100 fathoms. D’Orbigny figures very

fine specimens in the ‘ For. Foss. Vien.’ and in other Monographs,

* Thus called by Lamarck from the resemblance to a millet-seed (Pani-

cum miliaceum), loc. cit. p. 859.

+ Denys de Montfort subsequently applied this term to an Alveolina

(Conch. Syst. 1. p. 174).

+ Some authors have modified this term, making it * Miliolina,” to be

in harmony with the majority of D’Orbigny’s generic appellations.

470 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

under various names. This is the B. bulloides, d’Orb., Ann. 8c.

Nat. vu. p. 297; Modeles, No. 90; also the Pyrgo levis, Defrance,

Dict. Sc. Nat. Zool. pl. 88. f. 2, 2a, 26.

23. Miliolites Cor-anguinum. Ann. Mus. v. p. 251, No. 2;

ix. pl. 17. f.3 a—c; Hist. An. s. Vert. vi. p. 612, No.2. “ Fos-

sil; Grignon” (and Fontenai-Saints-Péres, near Mantes, ac-

cording to Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxi. p. 68).

A well-developed form of Triloculina, of considerable size and

well grown. ‘This is one of the most globular of the trigonal

varieties. It may be found in most warm seas, at no great

depth. It is common in the Tertiary deposits.

One of Lamarck’s figured specimens appears to be ornamented

with strize or with riblets.

24. Miliolites trigonula. Ann. Mus. v. p. 851, No. 3; ix.

pl. 17. f. 4; Hist. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 612, No. 3; M. Cor-

anguinum, Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 2 a,b,c. “ Fossil;

Grignon.”

This is the same as Triloculina Cor-anguinum, except that the

sides are less convex, the lobes or segments of sarcode being

thinner. It is represented by D’Orbigny’s Model No. 93.

Modified forms with flattened and even hollowed sides (such

as T. tricarinata, @Orb. Modeles, No. 94) are frequently met

with.

Besides the smooth varieties, there are many others of the

same shape, but having ribbed or pitted surfaces.

As the T. trigonula is copied in the ‘'Tabl. Enc. Méth.,’ and

there termed 7. Cor-angwinum, it is evident that Lamarck recog-

nized the close relationship of these two forms.

25. Miliolites planulata. Ann. Mus. y. p. 352, No. 4; Hist.

An. s. Vert. vu. p. 613, No.4. Three varieties. “ Var. a, fossil,

from Louvres, near Paris: £, fossil, Grignon; recent, Corsica :

y, fossil, Grignon.” (A larger variety from near Hesse-Cassel,

according to Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat.)

Three forms of Spiroloculina, common in the recent and fossil

state. Var. a is more flattened than 8; and ¥ is still thinner,

and is keeled. The last is one of the most attenuated of the

Spiroloculine.

S. planulata is the oldest trivial name given to any form of this

supposed genus. We have here the same shell as the S. depressa,

D’Orb.

26. Miliolites saxorum. Ann. Mus. v. p. 352, No.5; ix. pl. 17.

f.2; Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 3 a, b,c*. Fossil; Mont

Rouge, near Paris.”

This is a Quinqueloculina, of a peculiar habit. D’Orbigny

* Vig. 3e is the M. opposita, Lam. Ann. Mus. v. p. 353 ; but it is (pro-

bably quite correctly) here collocated with M. saxorum, D’Orb.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 471

illustrates it (under the name of Q. saxorum) by his Modéle 33,

and in the ‘Ann. Sc. Nat.’ vu. pl. 16. f. 10-14. Its walls are

thick, elegantly marked outside with furrow-like pits, and

coarsely grooved within (see d’Orbigny’s fig. 13), the sarcode

bearmg but a small proportion to the shell-substance. The

aperture is very much contracted, and its tongue is small.

Sometimes the internal ridges of the chambers, coming up into

the mouth of the shell, and coalescing with the lingular flap,

form a sieve-like septal plane. This cribriform condition occurs

only in one other subspecies of Miliola, namely the Hauerina

(see the H. compressa*, D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. p. 119, pl. 5.

f. 25-27).

Fabularia, a somewhat gigantic and nearly allied Rhizopod,

built upon the plan of the Milole, but having the internal

structure of Alveolina, also presents this kind of aperture.

Some of the Calcaire grossier is principally made up of Q.

saxorum and its varieties.

Q. saxorum, unadorned with pitting, is not uncommon among

the coral-reefs of the warm seas of Australia and New Zealand.

Other forms, with modified ornament (such as Q. zigzag, D’Orb.

For. Foss. Vien. pl. 19. f. 16-18) are not uncommon. Defrance

remarks that a recent Miliola, resembling Q. saxorum, had been

received from New Holland (Dict. Sc. Nat. xxx. p. 69).

27. Miliolites opposita. Ann. Mus. v. p. 353, No. 6; ix. pl. 17.

f.5. ‘Fossil; Pontoise.” (Grignon and Piedmont, Defrance,

Dict. Se, nat. xxxi. p. 69.)

This is a slightly modified individual of M. saxorum. The

figure is placed with those of the latter, and mcluded under the

same name, in the Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 469. f. 3.

28. Miliolites birostris. Ann. Mus. v. p. 355, No. 7. “ Fossil ;

Chaumont.” Apparently a very small, delicate, elongate variety

of M. saxorum, such as we find extremely common in the Pari-

sian Tertiary beds.

29. Renulina. Ann. Mus. vy. p. 353; Hist. Anim. s. Vert.

vii. p. 605. Renulites opercularia, Ann. Mus. v. p. 354; ix,

pl. 17. f.6. &R. opercularis, Tabl. Enc, Méth. pl. 465. f. 8.

* Fossil; Grignon.”

This is a rare form of Vertebralina, under an extreme yarietal

condition. Resembling at first sight an Orbiculina, or some-

thing that might possibly be a Peneroplist, the true character

* D’Orbigny has figured this as having one small oval aperture sur-

rounded by large granules; but in reality these latter are elevations around

small passages which have probably been filled up by fossilization. We

have Hauerina from the Indian, Australian, and other tropical seas.

+ It is catalogued as Peneroplis opercularis by D’Orbigny, Tabl. Céph.

Ann. Se. Nat. yu. p. 286, No. 6. Renulites and Renulina appear as syno-

nyms of Peneroplis in Williamson’s ‘ Monograph,’ p. 44, and in other works.

472 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

of the specimen figured by Lamarck has escaped the critical in-

vestigation of the many writers on Foraminifera. It was only

when we met with an individual (and that unique) in the rich

collection of Tertiary shell-sands belonging to Sir C. Lyell that

we found that this suborbicular shell, well characterized by La-

marck’s figure, was an almost cyclical variety of Vertebralina.

Accustomed as we are to the elongate, articulate, and crozier-like

forms of Vertebralina (including Articulina), it is difficult, with-

out having a wide experience of their varieties, to recognize the

true relations of the form under notice. In one direction, Ver-

tebralina is modified, in its weaker growths, by a disposition to

exhibit simple rectilinear forms, with out-drawn equal-sized

chambers, giving a rod-like shape. In this case the primordial

chamber is long and tube-like,—a rare feature in Koramini-

fera. The next step is taken by the primordial chamber being

subglobular, the second chamber being laid on it as a semilune,

and followed by rectilinear chambers. In further gradations

more and more chambers are arranged spirally (two, three, or

four completing the whorl) around the first chamber, before the

Articuline growth commences, whether this latter assumes the

rod-like or the Vertebraline condition. Arrests of development

at the spiral condition are not uncommon in any of these forms :

thus we have among others the broad Vertebralina Cassis, D’Orb.

For. Cuba, pl. 7. f. 14, 15.

The growth of a linear succession of chambers from the spiral

base is the normal habit of Vertebralina, the anterior end of each

chamber usually presenting an elegantly curved outline, with a

somewhat outspread or recurved margin. In this dimorphous

condition we have usually from two to “five of these forth-grow-

ing chambers, which are either subcylindrical, more or less de-

pressed, or broadly flattened, and either longer than broad, sub-

quadrate, or transversely oblong. It is the extreme opening-

out, or transverse extension, of these wider and short chambers

that leads us to the lateral outgrowing and overlap of the very

narrow and transversely elongate chambers in Renulites opercu-

laria, which, by the successively i increasing length of its sym-

metrical, concentric, linear chambers, with their incurved ends

turned towards the spire, and overlapping the edges of the older

chambers, attains this very rare subcyclical form, flat, kidney-

shaped, and resembling the operculum of some minute Gas-

teropod.

Vertebralina is one of the Agathistegia, white, opake, and

non-tubuliferous. It is nearly allied to Miliola on one hand,

and to Cornuspira on the other. In the ne under ype:

simple as is the form of the typical shell (V. striata, D’Orb.), w

have indications of an affinity to the cycloidal Orbiculina wa

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 473

Orbitolites, also belonging to the family which includes the

Miliolitide and their allies.

The aperture in Vertebralina consists merely of the simple

opening at the end of the chamber, unaccompanied by any val-

vular flap; so that in V. opercularia the aperture is a sht along

the peripheral margin of the last, nearly circular, chamber.

The surface in Vertebralina is marked by delicate striations,

which, though attaining the strength of ribs in the thick-walled

and more strongly characterized shells, such as V. mucronata,

D’Orb. (For. Cuba, pl. 7. f. 16-19), become obsolete, but are

very rarely absent, in the more delicate specimens. In V. oper-

cularia delicate striz are visible on the early chambers. Not-

withstanding the striation, the surface in Vertebralina is usually

beautifully smooth and opalescent. It is also occasionally pitted

(as in some fossil specimens from Grignon)—a feature very

constant in Orbiculina.

V. striata, var. opercularia is known only in the fossil state.

Lamarck’s specimen was from Grignon; our specimen is from

Hauteville*. It is on the shores of Australia that we find V.

striata making the nearest approach to V. opercularia amongst

its living varieties.

30. Ovulites elongata. Tabl. Enc. Méth. pl. 479. f. 8; Hist.

An. s. Vert. 1. p. 194, No. 2. “Fossil; Grignon.”

This is an elongate-cylindrical variety of O. Margaritula. See

above, page 291.

31. Dactylopora cylindracea. Hist. An. s. Vert. ii. p. 189.

* Fossil; Grignon.”

This is figured by Blainville and Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat.

Zooph. pl. 47. f. 4 (thick variety), pl. 48. f. 1 (delicate va-

rietyt). D’Orbigny has recognized it as a Foraminifer (Cours

Elém. Pal. et Géol. i. p. 192); but he has grouped it with

his ‘ Monostégues,” and regarded it as a congener of Ovu-

lites, for which determination there are not the least grounds,

as its structure is very complicate, and to some extent allied to

that of Orbitolites. Bronn, in the third edition of the ‘ Lethzea

Geognost.,’ places Dactylopora and some other forms between

the Foraminifera and the Bryozoa. We may especially refer to

this valuable work for the synonymy of D. cylindracea and D.

elongata (op. cit. vol. i. pp. 256, 257), and for a list of the loca-

lities where they have been collected in France and Belgium.

a&b. Varieties D. eruca and D. digitata. In the East Indian

and other tropical seas we have met with some curious small

* Since writing the above, we have met with several specimens nearly

approaching in form to V. opercularia in a sample of Grignon shell-sand.

+ This is termed Polytrype elongata, but is merely a smaller, more

slender, and less worn specimen of D. cylindracea.

474: Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones on the

Foraminifers presenting the aspect of a little half-ring, formed

of four or more thick-walled, hollow, subquadrangular segments,

arranged side by side semicircularly, each chamber opening by

a nipple-shaped aperture on the concave surface of the half-ring,

and communicating with its neighbour by a rather large sub-

central aperture in the septal face. The shell-structure resem-

bles that of the “opake” Foraminifers. The surface of this

semi-annular shell is nearly smooth and rather polished, and is

sulcated at the junctions of the chambers. Rarely is the half-

ring truly semicircular, the segments being often arranged on a

gently curved line, and offering a resemblance to a slightly bent

larva or caterpillar. Such a form as this (which we term Dac-

tylopora eruca) is also found in some of the French Tertiaries ;

and here, besides this pupoid form, a still greater departure

from the rmg-shape is made sometimes by the cells becoming

short cylinders perforated at both ends, partially separated one

from another, and something like fragments of Tubulipora or

Cellipora. This is our variety D. digitata.

e & d. Varieties D. annulus and D. marginoporella. In the

Calcaire grossier of Grignon and other Tertiary deposits we find

these demi-rings, and also numerous little perfect rings, having

the same structure as the less perfect half-rmged shells. Of

these annular forms, some present neatly packed chambers, and

others divaricating subtubular chambers. A specimen of the

latter has been figured and described by Michelin (Icon. Zooph.

p. 177, pl. 46. f. 27) under the name of Clypeina marginoporella.

The former variety we name D. annulus.

e. Var. D. reticulata. Besides these, there are in the Caicaire

grossier of France, and in the Miocene beds of San Domingo,

compound forms, made up of two or many such rings, mounted

one on another symmetrically, each junction bemg marked by a

regular series of minute round holes left by the apposition of

the septal sulci of the two rmgs. The shell-substance between

the cells is thick; but the outer wall of the chambers, being

thimner, is frequently worn away, so that the specimens present

large pits or openings beside the junctural interspaces. This

variety is the Larvaria reticulata of Defrance, Dict. Se. Nat.

XXV. p. 287.

jf. Var. D. perforata. There is a variety of Daectylopora, in the

Grignon shell-sand, which much resembles D. reticulata; but

the cells open outwards as well as inwards. Hence we term it

D. perforata. The apertures, both external and internal, are

large and lipped; the former are in the centre of the thin outer

cell-wall, and present superficially nearly regular circles of pus-

tulous openings. The interseptal spaces are, as a rule, hidden

in this form.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 475

g. Var. D. glandulosa. Vicomte d’Archiac has figured and

described a fossil Microzoon (Prattia glandulosa, Mém. Soc. Géol.

France, 1850, ii. p. 407, pl. 8. f. 20; Bronn, Leth. Geognost.

3rd edit. i. p. 28, pl. 35°. f. 28) from the Eocene beds of Biar-

ritz, which appears to us to be a Dactylopora, bearing the same

relation to D. reticulata as D. marginoporella does to D. annulus,

and D. digitata to D. eruca. We can easily suppose rings of

loosely set chambers piled one on another, and, instead of form-

ing the neat, cylindrical, cane-like form of D. reticulata, pre-

senting a subcylindrical hollow body, externally roughened by

numerous vesicular projections, and occasionally intersected by

faint annular rings—indicative, as it were, of periodicity of

growth. It is thus that we imterpret the specimen alluded

to; and we propose to recognize it as the variety D. glan-

dulosa.

h. Var. D. polystoma. Another variety, from Grignon, illus-

trative of the transitional characters of Dactylopora, has three or

more apertures to each cell (hence its proposed name D. poly-

stoma). Besides the single internal mouth, opening into the

hollow cylinder of this compound shell, there are externally at

least two apertures, strongly labiate,—one opening near the

base, and the other at the top of the cell. In the first or earliest

ring of cells, only the upper row of openings is present. The

fine specimen from which our observations were made is curved,

and the convex side shows at several places the interseptal pas-

sages ; where these are not visible, the rows of upper and lower

apertures of contiguous cell-rings form distinct annular bands,

between which the outer wall of each cell is boldly defined, and

often broken through ; so that three kinds of superficial perfo-

rations here tend to perplex the observer.

1. D. Bambusa (type). The stages through which Dactylopora

passes in attaining its most compound condition are very curious,

and not, at first, readily followed. We may describe them

thus :—

In each of the original cells the exterior apertures become tu-

bular, and arise from the sides, not from the outer part of the

cell. Next we see the cells giving off three or more stolons

(from the side and rather towards the neck), which pass through

the thick shell, and open as simple round apertures on the

surface, which is also characterized by annular rows of much

larger passages, the latter being the junctural interspaces. This

form we call D. Bambusa.

j. Var. D. cylindracea. Moreover, we find in some specimens

that each of the original cells has produced from its outer

surface, or fundus, a new oval or subglobular chamber, larger

than itself,—the neck of the new chamber being closely adapted

476 On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

to, or embracing the exterior of, the old cells. These added

cavities do not appear to communicate with the surface, the

shell-wall being thick. The stolon-tubes arising from the sides

of the original innermost chambers pass by the sides of the great

medial ceca, and terminate in small, subglobular, peripheral

cells, opening by simple round apertures on the outer surface.

The junctural interspaces are hidden in this highly complicate

form, which is the D. cylindracea of Lamarck. Polytrype elon-

gata of Defrance is a more attenuate variety.

These larger cylindrical forms, which are not uncommon in

the Grignon deposits, present essentially the same conformation

as the simpler varieties before described, with the exception,

however, of the peculiar added structure, consisting of large

cecal cells and numerous smaller cells, the latter arranged quin-

cuncially over the whole of the exterior of the cylinder, and

hiding the junctural interspaces, which still remain visible in the

interior. The cylinder narrows itself towards the ends, thus

becoming fusiform.

The surface of the external or superadded series of chambers,

when perfect, is smooth, and marked by the regularly-arranged

round apertures ; but when worn (as is very frequently the case),

the outer cell-walls disappear, leaving smooth cup-shaped hol-

lows, each perforated at the bottom with the canal of the con-

necting stolon. The quincunx gives visually a hexagonal or

honeycombed appearance to the worn surface. When the pas-

sages between the first chambers and the exterior exist as tubes

only (as in D. Bambusa), the worn surface has a pitted aspect ;

and in other varieties several different complications of large and

small apertures are seen in worn specimens. In the figure of a

very large specimen of D. cylindracea, from Grignon, given by

Goldfuss (pl. 12. f. 4), we see carefully drawn a quincuncial

lattice of the worn cells, with small interspersed openings of

supernumerary pseudopodial passages from primary cells. This

character is not given in Defrance’s figures, nor have we yet met

with it in our own specimens.

Lamouroux figures and describes a large specimen under the

name of Reteporites digitalia (Polyp. p. 44, pl. 72. f. 6-8).

Michelin’s Uterta Encrinella (Icon. Zooph. p. 177, pl. 46.

f. 26), from the Eocene beds of Cuisse-Lamotte (Oise) is a spe-

cimen of D. cylindracea, presenting an wnusual shortness of

cylinder, evidently perfect and unworn.

Michelin’s Turbinia graciosa (Icon. Zooph. p. 177, pl. 46.

f. 15), from Grignon and Cuisse-Lamotte, appears to be a short

D. cylindracea, which, after having developed a few normal

circles of compound cells, was finished off with a converging

series of less complex cells.

Mr. A, Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 477

In some unequally grown Dactylopore we can trace the co-

existence of the more compound with the simpler form of struc-

ture. Thus in some tapering specimens we can discern in the

thicker part that the large cecal cells have been developed,

which are characteristic of D. cylindracea, whilst the ceca gra-

dually diminish and disappear in the constricted portion, which

approaches in its structure to that of D. Bambusa.

All these peculiar organisms, recent and fossil, are related

within specific limits, the passage from the simple to the com-

pound being step by step, and not unlike similar transitions and

gradual complications seen in Orbitolites and others of the

“opake” Foraminifera. According to our plan of choosing for

the type of a species the form furthest removed from extremes,

and yet indicating the main essentials of the structural features

of the whole specific group, we select D. Bambusa for the typical

form.

The structural details of Dactylopora deserve full attention :

the brief descriptions given above are but indications of its

peculiar construction.

Besides the French and Belgian Eocene Tertiaries, the Mio-

cene beds of San Domingo yield Dactylopora.

[To be continued. |

LI.— Mollusca Japonica: New Species of Chrysallida and Par-

thenia. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S., &c.

Tue Sea of Japan appears to be as well stocked with the smaller

species of Pyramidellide as the seas of Europe. The reason

why Clark speaks of this family as a “truly British group, which

far outnumbers the discoveries of any other country,” is that

these little Mollusks live in comparatively deep water, and no

naturalist has hitherto brought them to light. By some hard

work and perseverance I have discovered many new Mollusca in

different parts of the world, and I shall now describe eight spe-

cies of Chrysallida and three of Parthenia from Japanese waters.

In another communication I shall give descriptions of some new

species of the allied genera, such as Turbonilla, Odostomia, Dun-

keria, Aclis, and Ebala. Some of these forms may be found

also in the China Sea, as I frequently meet with examples of

species which are common to the south and the north of the

Korea Strait.

N.B. In a former paper I gave the name Huzleyia to a new

genus of bivalve Mollusca. Should, however, this name have

478 Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan.

been already used, which is not improbable, Cyrilla might be

substituted for it.

1. Chrysallida plicata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter plicata ;

anfractibus normalibus 5, convexiusculis, plicis obliquis eequalibus

ad suturas productis et tuberculatis, interstitiis simplicibus, an-

fractu ultimo linea spirali elevata ad peripheriam circumeincto

suturis acute exaratis; apertura ovali, labro postice vix angulato ;

plica parietali transversa.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

2. Chrysallida semiplicata, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, alba, rimata, longitudinaliter semiplicata ; an-

fractibus normalibus 4, planiuseulis, ad suturas angulatis; plicis

obliquis, zequalibus, in anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam subito ob-

soletis ; basi levi rotundata; apertura oblonga, antice producta ;

plica parietali subcelata.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.

3. Chrysallida Minna, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ;

anfractibus normalibus 5, planatis, ad suturas angulatis; costis

validis, rectis, in anfractu ultimo antice subobsoletis ; interstitiis

-simplicibus ; apertura oblonga, subquadrata ; plica parietali obliqua,

valida; labro rectiusculo, postice subangulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

4. Chrysallida Brenda, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ;

anfractibus normalibus 3, planulatis; suturis profundis; costis

validis, rectis, ad suturas productis, acutis; apertura oblonga ;

plica parietali obliqua, subspirali; labro postice vix angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

5. Chrysallida metula, A. Adams.

O. testa gracili, tereti, pupiformi, alba, rimata, nitida, longitudinaliter

plicata; anfractibus normalibus 6, planatis; suturis impressis ;

plicis validis, confertis, obliquis ; apertura parva, rotundato-ovata ;

plica parietali transversa, valida.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

6. Chrysallida elegantula, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-turrita, imperforata, albida, longitudinaliter costata ;

anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, ad suturas angulatis; costis

Mr. A. Adams on new Mollusca from Japan. 479

rectis, validis, distantibus ; interstitiis simplicibus; labro postice

subangulato ; plica parietali obliqua.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.

7. Chrysallida pulchella, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-oblonga, turrita, anguste rimata, albida, longitudinaliter

-costata; anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, postice angulatis et

crenulatis ; costis obliquis, zequalibus, antice obsoletis ; interstitiis

transyersim striatis; apertura rotundato-ovali; labro postice vix

angulato ; plica parietali parva, obliqua.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

8. Chrysallida concinna, A. Adams.

C. testa ovato-turrita, alba, rimata, apice obtusa, longitudinaliter

costata ; anfractibus normalibus 4, planatis, postice angulatis ; su-

turis valde exaratis; costis rectis, postice productis et acutis; in-

terstitiis transversim tenuiter striatis; apertura oblonga, antice

producta; labro postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

1. Parthenia diadema, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, anguste rimata, alba, cancellata; anfractibus

normalibus 3, planulatis, postice angulatis et concinne crenatis

quasi coronatis; costis subdistantibus, antice subobsoletis; liris

transyersis validis, crenatis; apertura ovata, antice subreflexa ;

labro postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

2. Parthenia monocycla, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, anguste rimata, alba, longitudinaliter costata;

anfractibus normalibus 4, ad suturas angulatis et crenulatis; costis

rectiusculis, ad suturas productis, acutis; anfractu ultimo magno,

lira moniliformi in peripheria circumcincto; interstitiis obsolete

clathratis ; apertura ovata, antice subproducta et angulata; labro

postice angulato.

Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms.

3. Parthenia foveolata, A. Adams.

P. testa ovato-conica, imperforata, alba, longitudinaliter costata ; an-

fractibus normalibus 3 ; costis obliquis, antice obsoletis ; interstitiis

foveolatis; anfractu ultimo cingulis spiralibus ornato; suturis

exaratis ; apertura ovali, antice rotundata ; plica parietali parva.

Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms.

Shanghai, Jan. 6, 1860.

480 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars.

LII.—On the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars.

By P. H. Goss, Esq., F.R.S., A.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for this

month, Professor Allman has described and figured what he

considers to be the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars, instituting

for it a new genus, under the name of Carduella. I feel sure he

was not aware that I had already separated it from Lucernaria,

under the generic name of Depastrum, in the ‘ Annals’ for June

1858, page 419 *.

But I also had found what I supposed to be the L. eyathiformis

on repeated occasions at Weymouth, viz. in the sprmg and sum-

mer of 1853. The specimens were in each case affixed to the

under surfaces of stones at very low water. I had made careful

magnified figures of my specimens, which I forward with this

letter. It is manifest that Prof. Allman’s and mine do not

represent the same species; and, on comparing each with Sars’s

diagnosis (as cited by Johnston, Br. Zooph. i. 474, the only

reference at my command), it appears that the Orkney species

agrees with the Norwegian, while the Weymouth species differs

from it.

The most important points of difference are: 1. the disk in

Depastrum cyathiforme is circular and entire, in D. stellifrons

(by which name I propose to distinguish the southern type)

distinctly 8-angled; 2. the tentacles in D. cyathiforme are uni-

farious and equal, in D. stellifrons bi- or tri-farious and notably

unequal; 3. the tentacles in D. cyathiforme spring from a circle

within the margin, in D. stellifrons from the margin or without

it; 4. in D. cyathiforme the tentacles are represented as very

recularly capitate ; in D. stellifrons the distinction between the

pedicle and the head is much less marked, and they are frequently

rather clavate than capitate; 5. the hue in D. cyathiforme is

represented as brownish-red; in D. stellifrons it was (in my

specimens) a dull olive, becoming pale on the disk, and tinged

with umber on the body, the tentacles and ovaries white. The

disk in D. stellifrons was studded with minute white granules,

arranged in eight radiating groups.

It follows that a new generic diagnosis is needed for this form ;

for both the one I had given for Depastrum and. the one Prof.

* In the 3rd vol. of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires,’ just pub-

lished (1860), M. Milne-Edwards has given a third generic title to the

same animal, viz. that of Calicinaria.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Lucernaria cyathiformis of Sars. 481

Allman has now given for Carduella are defective, each contain-

ing characters that belong to the particular species respectively.

The diagnoses of both genus and species may be corrected

thus :—

Depastrum, Gosse.

Corpus repente contractum, et supra et infra alvum.

D. cyathiforme, Sars.

Discus circularis ; tentacula monosticha, eequalia, intra marginem

disci salientia.

D. stellifrons, Gosse.

Discus octangularis; tentacula di- tristicha, inzequalia, ad marginem

disci salientia, inter angulos.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your obedient Servant,

Torquay, April 7, 1860. P. H. Gosse.

Fig. 1. Depastrum stellifrons, natural size.

Fig. 2. The same, magnified, lateral aspect.

Fig. 3. The same, magnified, vertical aspect.

ew]

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. vy. 3°

482 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier.

LIII.—On the Tribe Colletiese, with some Observations on the

Structure of the Seed in the Family of the Rhamnacee. By

Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 381. ]

Division 8. Clithrocarpe. Flores petaliferi; fructus nucamen-

taceus et lignosus aut membranaceus, fere semper indehis-

cens.

6. ReraMILias.

This genus is very distinct from all others of this tribe, dif-

fering in its peculiar virgate habit, its almost aphyllous Ephedra-

like erect branches ; the reduction of its disk to the size of a mere

torus, or stipitate support of the ovary ; and its large, spherical,

thick, nuciform fruit. The name of Retanilla was first applied

(in 1825) by DeCandolle, in his Prodromus (ii. 28), to a section

of the genus Colletia, under which he arranged two plants, di-

stinguished from others of that genus by the presence of petals

and the absence of the conspicuous disk: these were the Rham-

nus Retamilla and Rhamnus Ephedra of Dombey, both collected

by him in Chile,—Ventenat having previously described both

plants as species of Colletta. Brongniart (in 1827) adopted the

suggestion of DeCandolle, in his Monograph of the Rhamnacee,

and established the genus Retani/la for the same plants, making

the type of his genus the Colletia obcordata, Vent. (identical

with Rhamnus Retamilla, Domb.).

There has been an error, originating with DeCandolle (Prodr.

i. 28), in converting Dombey’s Spanish name, Retamilla, mto

Retanilla, the former beimg the diminutive of Retama, or com-

mon Broom of Europe, which resembles the Chilean plant in its

almost leafless virgate stems; but, as the Spanish // has inva-

riably a liquid pronunciation, it is desirable to correct the spell-

ing in harmony with it, and thus Retamilia becomes the more

appropriate name. One of the peculiarities of the genus con-

sists in the structure of its fruit, which is much larger than in

any other genus of the tribe, is somewhat drupaceous, with a

fleshy epicarp that becomes coriaceous, and incloses a hard,

ligneous, indehiscent nut, the partitions between its cells being

very thick and woody ; it is smooth, with three slight furrows,

corresponding with the lines of the dissepiments; the trans-

verse disposition of the woody fibres of the thick endocarp ap-

pears a constant character, worthy of notice. As previously

mentioned, Brongniart quotes this as one of the few genera of the

Rhamnacee in which stipules are wanting ; but in all the speci-

mens I have seen they are certainly developed in the manner

peculiar to most of the Colletiez. The generic character is

emended in the following manner :—

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 483

Reramii, Brongn. Molinea,Comm.—Calyz tubuloso-campa-

nulatus, carnosulus, imbo 4—5-fido, laciniis triangularibus,

erectis, intus carina calloque apicali notatis, zstivatione val-

vatis, tubo infra medium intus piloso, pilis patentibus, demum

caducus. Petala 4-5, erecta, laciniis alterna et equilonga,

in os tubi cum staminibus inserta, obovata, unguiculata, con-

cava, cucullata. Stamina 4—5, petalis opposita et is recon-

dita; filamenta subulata, glabra, apice inflexa; anthere ro-

tundate, reniformes, 2-valves (valva antica breviore), circa

connectivum carnosum reniforme semi-annulares, rima hippo-

crepica hiantes, demum peltatim expanse, et tune disciformes,

medio umbonatze. Discus fere obsoletus, vix ultra ovarii basin

extensus. Ovarium conico-oblongum, 3-loculare; ovula in

loculis solitaria, erecta. Stylus erectus, calyce dimidio bre-

vior. Stigma fere obsoletum, obtuse 3-punctatum. Fructus

globosus, pro mole majusculus, baccatus ; sareocarpium spon-

gioso-carnosum, demum siccum et crasso-coriaceum: nux

spherica, 3-sulcata, dura, lignea, crassa, indehiscens, 3-locu-

laris, loculis monospermis. Semen erectum, ovatum, subcom-

pressum, structura omnino illius Colletia.

Suffrutices Chilenses dumosi, ramis ramulisque longissime virgatis,

teretibus, erectis, fere aphyllis, inermibus, nodis distantibus ; sti-

pule opposite, parvule, squamiformes, gibbose, acute, fusce,

linea transversali prominula utrinque connexe ; folia opposita,

minuta, caducissima, spathulato-oblonga ; flores albi, oppositi,

hine distantiores et utrinque solitari in ramulis novellis enatt,

vel in gemmam squamosam azillarem capitato-agglomeratt.

Retamilia obcordata, Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 364. tab. 14;

—Colletia obzordata, Vent. Hort. Cels. tab. 92; Poiret in

Lam. Dict. Suppl. ii. 311 ;—Colletia (Retamilla) obcordata,

DC. Prodr. ii. 28;— Rhamnus Retamilla, Domb. MSS. :—

suffruticosa, 3-pedalis, ramis ramulisque erectis, virgatis, flexi-

bilibus, apice mucrone apiculatis, junioribus albo-tomentosis,

demum glabris, nodis remotis, quasi articulatis propter sti-

pulas 2 oppositas majusculas acutas adpressas demum pa-

tentes inter se nexas ; ramulis rarius abortivis, brevibus, et tune

spiniformibus ; foliis oppositis, raris, cito caducis, inferioribus

obcordatis, in petiolum brevem cuneatis, superioribus spathu-

lato-ovatis, pubescentibus, 3-nerviis, pallide viridibus ; floribus

plurimis, fere sessilibus, glomerato-fasciculatis, vel seepe in-

terrupte spicatis; calyce urceolato, fulvo, extus villosulo, intus

imo puberulo, limbi laciniis 5, acutis, erectis ; petalis 5, cucul-

latis, unguiculatis, laciniis fere equilongis ; staminibus recon-

ditis, antheris apertis peltiformibus; ovario pubescente.—Chile.

32*

484. Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletier.

—yv.s. inherb. Mus. Paris (Ventenat) ex specimine culto cum

notula “Pérou” (sine dubio erronea).

I am not aware of the existence of any indigenous specimen ;

nor is the exact place of its growth known. The species was

established by Ventenat, who made his drawing above quoted

from a plant raised from seeds brought home by Dombey; first

cultivated by M. Cels, and aivemvendsle in the Jardin des Plantes,

where Poiret also saw it growing. The specimen now in the

Paris herbarium, which I have seen, was contributed by Ven-

tenat: his drawing well accords with it, Itis deseribed as a

shrub having much the appearance of a Spartium, growing to the

height of 3 feet. In the structure of its flower it quite agrees

with that of the two following species, the characters of which

are better known ; the only negative feature attached to it is the

account recorded by Ventenat of its fruit, which is said to be

3-coccous, and therefore at variance with the structure known to

exist in the other species and in Trevoa ; but as it is very impro-

bable that the fruit ever ripened in Paris, and as in the imma-

ture state it was found to be trilocular, we may conclude that it

was only assumed to be 3-coccous, like the other known species

of Colletia, to which genus it was thought to belong. Ventenat,

on the other hand, mentions its fleshy mesocarp, which becomes

coriaceous in drying, as I have found it in R. sétricta.

2. Retamilia Ephedra, Brongn. Ann, Se. Nat. x. 865; Hook.

Bot. Mise. i. 157; ibid. 11. 173 ; — Colletia Ephedra, Vent.

(non Bert.) Choix, tab. 16; Lodd. Bot. Cab. pl. 1820 ;—

Rhamnus Ephedra, Domb. MSS. ;— suffruticosa, dumosa,

ramulis imo spinosis, superne inermibus, valde strictis, vir-

gatis, compresso-teretibus, forte striatis, cortice carnoso vesti-

tis, junioribus albido- tomentosis; demum glabris ; nodis di-

stantibus, stipuliferis, stipulis oppositis, gibbo-squamiformi-

bus, fascis, acutis, utringue linea transyersali nexis; foltis

nullis, aut caducissimis ; floribus plurimis, in capitulum sub-

globosum sessile utrinque axillare aggregatis, aut paucio-

ribus, in spicam brevissimam enatis ; pedunculo brevissimo,

calyce urceolato, roseo-albido, extus pubescente, tubo intus

imo piloso, pilis longis patentibus, limbi laciniis 4, brevibus,

erectis, petalis 4, niveis, oblongis, unguiculatis, cucullatis, erec-

tis, staminibus totidem, vix eequilongis, ovario conico-oblongo,

piloso, stylo brevi, er assiusculo, ad medium attingente ; fructu

globoso.—Chile.—». s. in herb. meo; Chile (Ruiz & Pavon),

sine loco designato ;—in herb. Mus. Paris (specim. typicum,

Dombey) ; “ Pérou, » potius Chile ;—7n herb. Hook. ; 1m con-

vallibus Andium Chilensium ; Concepcion (Lay & Collie) ;

Chile, sine loco (Cuming, 704).

This is a well-established species ; its Ephedra-like branches

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiee. 485

are rather stout, equal in thickness throughout, of considerable

length, and about a line in diameter, the nodes being about

1-124 inch apart ; occasionally a few spines (or stunted branch-

lets) are seen, which are nearly erect, deeply striated, with a

callous, pungent apex, and are 1-11 inch long. A capitate in-

florescence is seen in the opposite axils of each node of the vir-

gate branches ; it is about 4 inch in diameter, and consists of

an aggregation of small flowers; the peduncles are extremely

short ; the calycine tube is 1 line long, its segments being 4 line

in length, it is 14 line in diameter*.

8. Retamilia stricta, Hook. Arn. Bot. Misc. ii. 173 ;—Retanilla

affinis, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ii. 26 ;—suffruticosa, sesquiorgyalis,

ramosa, ramis e basi plurimis, assurgentibus, ramulis strictis,

virgatis, rigidis, erectis, glabris, teretibus, striatulis, fere

aphyllis, nodis remotis; foliis oppositis, parvulis, rarissimis,

caducissimis, spathulato-oblongis, carnosis, pilosiusculis, late-

ribus canaliculatim reflexis, breviter petiolatis ; stipulis axil-

laribus, gibboso-squamiformibus, fuscis, acutis, oppositis, et

utringue linea transversali nexis; ramulo florifero brevi,

aphyllo, racemiformi, nodis crebris, floriferis, squamis oppo-

sitis munitis; floribus ibi oppositis, solitarius, et hine quasi

racemoso-spicatis ; calyce late cylindrico, carnoso, roseo-albido,

extus glabro, intus imo piloso, pilis patentibus, limbi laciniis 5,

triangularibus, erectis, demum e basi caduco ; petalis 5, laci-

niis zquilongis, ovatis, cucullatis, unguiculatis, erectis, niveis ;

staminibus totidem, petalis reconditis, demum inflexis ; ovario

oblongo, 3—-4-sulcato, stylo incrassato, subulato, tereti, longi-

tudine fere tubi, pilosissimo, pilis longis, albis, creberrimis,

patentibus; stigmate 3-4-lobo, lobis obtusis, adpressis ;

fructu globoso, cortice coriaceo, crasso, disco substipitiformi

suffulto ; nuce conformi, durissimo, indehiscente, lignoso, 3-,

rarius 4-loculari, seminibus nitentibus. — Chile. —v.v. ad

Quintero (Retama et Retamilla incolarum).—v. s. tm herb.

Hook. ; Valparaiso (Cuming, 402) ;—zn herb. Mus. Paris; in

Proy. Cauquenes (Gay), vernac. Frutilla del Campo.

This species, as far as my observation extends, does not grow

in the immediate neighbourhood of Valparaiso, but at a distance

of twenty or thirty miles from that port, near the coast, where

the violent surf and the strong incessant trade-wind produce

elevated flats of considerable extent, formed of loose drift-sand

carried to some distance in-shore ; and it was only in such situa-

tions that I met with this shrub, growing among other trees and

bushes. It is distinguished by well-marked characters from the

preceding species. It grows to a height of 8 or 10 feet, with a

* This species will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 p.

486 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletieze.

broom-like habit, having very long, straight, erect branches, more

woody than in the preceding species, and all terminating in an

acute spine. The stemlets are more slender, less deeply striated,

with the internodes about 3 inch apart ; out of these nodes,

the younger branches, short foliiferous sprouts make their appear-

ance, and out of the nodes of the upper part of the principal

(annotinous?) branches, are produced the opposite spicated

racemes of flowers, which are nearly the length of the internodes,

bearing about three or four pairs of opposite flowers. The

leaves are 1-14 line long, only 4 line broad, cuneate, upon a

very short petiole, entire, fleshy, 3-nerved, slightly pubescent,

and folded back upon themselves; the pedicels are } line long,

bracteated at base ; the tube of the calyx, mceluding the seg-

ments, is 14 line long, and 1 line in diameter; the flowers are of

a rose-colour. The fruit is spherical, 8 lines in diam.*

4. Retamilia articulata, n. sp.;—Colletia articulata, Philippi, Linn.

xxvill.679 ;—suffruticosa, glaberrima, ramis teretibus, levibus,

simpliciter intricatim spinosis, spinis longiusculis, ramulisque

articulatim nodosis, creberrime granuloso-punctulatis, apice

calloso-pungentibus ; foliis in ramulis novellis parvulis, ovatis,

utrinque acutis, integris, crassiusculis, evens, glaberrimis,

caducissimis, petiolo canaliculato in sinum stipule 2-dentatz

affixo; stipulis oppositis, linea transversali nexis (nodis pro-

inde quasi articulatis) ; floribus in articulationibus utrinque

2-4, fasciculatis, e tuberculo bracteato enatis, pedunculo flori

equilongo, calyce cylindrico, limbi laciniis 4, triangularibus,

erectis; petalis 4, squamiformibus, acutis, lacus dimidio

brevioribus ; staminibus totidem, filamentis meurvatis, bre-

vissimis, antheris ovalibus, petalis 2-plo latioribus, rima hippo-

crepica hiantibus, peltatim affixis ; stylo brevi, incluso ; stig-

mate capitato-3-lobo.—In Andibus Chilensibus versus Chillan

(lat. 36° S.).—». s. in herb. meo et Hook. (Germain).

This plant has much the habit of the three preceding species,

but its branches are not so virgate, and have much shorter

internodes: the branches, almost bare of leaves and spines, are

quite terete, perfectly smooth, the mternodes bemg 4 to ? inch

apart ; the spines are 8 to 12 lines long, the floriferous branchlets

are twice or three times that length, having the appearance of

articulated spines, and are often again spinose. The stipules at

the nodes are small, simple, and acute, and the line of their

connexion gives an articulated appearance to the branches. Very

young branchlets, bearing leaves and flowers, grow out of the

upper nodes, and, from the proximity of the axils, they appear

A representation of this species, with analytical details, will be given in

the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 39 n.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 487

almost agglomerated: the leaves are very small, ovate, or oblong,

fleshy, nerveless, and obsoletely toothed on their margin, taper-

ing into a short petiole ; they are 14 line long, 1 line broad, in

opposite pairs upon a slender nascent shoot about 2 inch long.

From the axils and the articulations of the spines a short sprout

is seen, bearing a few leaves and two or four flowers, which are

almost fasciculated; the pedicels are a full line long ; the cylin-

drical tube of the calyx is 14 line long, with four segments of a

quarter their length ; the petals are like small white scales, inter-

mediate with the segments, and only a quarter of their length ;

the anthers are like those of the preceding species; the ovary

and style are glabrous. The flowers are pale when dried, and are

probably nearly of a white colour when fresh*.

7. TREVOA.

This genus, first proposed by me (in 1825), was afterwards de-

scribed by Sir William Hooker (in 1830), in the ‘ Botanical Mis-

cellany,’ where it is confounded with Talguenea ; he subsequently

(in 1833) suppressed the genus, referring the plant on which it

was founded to Retamilia, because of its indehiscent fruit. In

Trevoa, however, we have a tree of very hard wood, spreading into

numerous thick tortuous branches, and equally tortuous branch-

lets, which are very spiny, with an abundant foliage, offering a

strong contrast to the bare Ephedra-like branches of Aetamilia.

In Trevoa the calyx is persistent, does not enlarge, but remains

withered, entire, and membranaceous, at the base of its fleshy

drupe ; while in Retamilia the whole of the calyx falls away,

leaving its short stipitate torus (or small adnate disk) to support

a much larger globular fruit. The form of the calyx is also dis-

similar in the two genera, and the petals are larger and more cu-

cullate. In the species on which I founded the genus, the ovary

is uniformly bilocular, producing a small 2-celled fruit, often by

abortion 1-locular: another species, which Sir William Hooker

had inferred to be identical with mine, has a 3-celled ovary, pro-

ducing a larger 3-celled nut, which circumstance induced that

distinguished botanist to merge the genus into Refamilia ; but the

characters above mentioned are sufficient to keep them distinct.

There is, however, another distinguishing feature in the shape of

the stipules, which in Trevoa are deeply bifid, forming a small

fuscous linear kind of wing attached to each side of the petiole,

of nearly equal length, by which they are attached to the stem ;

and the bases of the opposite petioles are connected on each side

by a transverse line across the stem.

By other botanists Trevoa has been confounded with Talguenea ;

but the differences here are yet more strongly marked : the latter

* This plant will be shown in the ‘Contributions,’ Plate 39 r.

488 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiesx,

has not only a distinct form of calyx, but it is quite dissimilar in

the structure of its fruit, which is enclosed in the entire un-

changed persistent calyx, and which consists of an evalvate in-

dehiscent membranaceous pericarp that bursts by laceration,

only to allow of the escape of the seeds. The name of the genus

was derived from the vernacular appellation of the typical species,

Trévo or Trébu. Its character is thus defined :—

Trevoa, nob.—Calyx petaloideus, tubulosus, tubo imo inflato,

medio spe constricto, fauce paulo ampliore, intus presertim

versus basin villosissimo, pilis albidis retrorsis, limbi laciniis

4 vel 5, triangularibus, erectiusculis, intus carina calloque

notatis, marcescens et persistens. Petala 4-5, rotundata, cu-

cullata, unguiculata, laciniis calycinis breviora, erecta. Stamina

4—5, petalis inclusa, et cum eorum unguibus inter lacinias in-

serta; filamenta brevia, pilosa, imo complanata, subulata,

apice repente inflexa; anthere rotundate, eis Retamilie similes.

Discus parvus, carnosus, ovario 8-plo latior, subconcavus, ad-

natus. Ovarium e medio disci superum, conico-oblongum,

2-3-suleatum, hirsutissimum, 2-3-loculare. Stylus erectus,

3—4-gonus, angulis ciliatis, imo validiusculus et hirsutissimus.

Stigma 2-3-lobum, lobis obtusis arcte adpressis, albidum.

Fructus drupaceus, ovatus, subcompressus, calyce mareido imo

suffultus, endocarpio indehiscente nucamentaceo, 2-3-loculare,

vel abortu uniloculare. Semen in quoque loculo solitarium,

erectum, compresso-ovatum, nitidissimum, structura omnino

Colletia.

Arbuscule Chilenses frondose, ramosissime, spinose, trunci ligno

duro, ramis oppositis, ramulis infra spinas foliiferis et floriferis,

spinis oppositis ; folia opposita, ovata, serrulata, 3-nervia, fere

glabra; flores e ramulis junioribus enati, in axillis oppositis

solitarti, vel 2-8, fasciculati, hine foliis carentibus sepe race-

most, aut axils approwimatis quasi spicati.

1. Trevoa trinervis, nob. Trav. ii. 529 ;—T. trinervia, Hook. Bot.

Mise. 1. 159 ;—Retanilla trinervia, Hook. in parte, ibid. iii.

174 ;—Colletia Trebu, Bert. ; Colla, Mem. Torin. 37. p- 53 ;—

arbuscula sesquiorgyalis, ligno duro rubente, ramosa, ramulis

compressis, foliosis, spinosis, junioribus inermibus foliiferis et

floriferis sub spinis enatis ; spinis viridibus, decussatim oppo-

sitis, compresso-subulatis, calloso-pungentibus, patentissimis ;

folis oppositis, ovalibus, mucronulatis, imo in petiolum cunea-

tis, crenulato-dentatis, 3-nervibus, nervis pellucidis subparal-

lelis, lateralibus versus marginem ramosis, et hinc in glandulas

marginales excurrentibus, reticulato - venosis, glabriusculis,

petiolo brevi, canaliculato, singulis e stipula fusca bifida ortis ;

floribus interdum quasi spicatis ; pedunculo brevissimo, piloso ;

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiex. 489

calyce extus superne subgloboso, albescente, imo inflato, viridi

et piloso, limbi laciniis 4, erectiusculis ; petalis 4, niveis, laciniis

brevioribus; staminibus 4, inclusis ; antheris reniformibus,

flavis, connectivo albo ; stylo ovarioque 2-loculari pilosissimis ;

fructu ovali, subcarnoso, calyce marcido fulto ; nuce ovata,

2-loculari, sepe abortu 1-loculari.—Chile.—». v. ad Concon.—

v. s. in herb. Hook. (Cuming, 732).

This tree is of frequent occurrence upon the hills throughout

the province of Quillota, in which the port of Valparaiso is situ-

ated, and is, I believe, more generally distributed, at no great

distance from the sea-coast, in the central provinces of Chile:

sometimes it appears asa tall bush, but it grows ordinarily to the

height of 8 or 10 feet, with widely-spreading branches. Its

trunk, scarcely exceeding 4 or 6 inches in diameter, consists of

hard red wood, which is much sought for, as it makes an excel-

leut fuel ; it is also greatly in request for building purposes. Its

spreading, opposite, subulate, green spines, which decussate at

the distance of half an inch apart, are from half an inch to 1 inch

in length. A single leaf issues from its corresponding stipule,

that springs from the base of each spine. The leaves ordinarily

measure 3? inch, sometimes an inch in length, and 3 or 4 lines in

breadth, the petiole being 1 line long. Each floriferous branch

usually originates from the expansion of a tubercle situated

between the spine and the stipule, and is commonly from 14 to

3 inches long, with several decussating pairs of leaves towards its

base, at distinct intervals of 1 to 8 lines, at each of which points

two or four flowers arise, the leaves gradually disappearing

towards the ends of these branchlets, the axils then approxi-

mating by degrees, so that the flowers assume a spicate ap-

pearance ; each flower is from 1} to 2 lines long, on a peduncle

less than a quarter of a line in length; the calyx is of a yellowish-

white colour, is somewhat contracted in the middle, glabrous in

the upper part, the inflated base and peduncle being of a greenish

hue and pubescent ; it is constantly 4-toothed on its border, all

its parts being 4-merous, and the hooded petals snow-white. Its

somewhat compressed oval drupe, enclosing a hard nut, is 2 lines

long, and 14 line in diameter; the nut is hgneous and inde-

hiscent*. Cuming’s specimen in Sir William Hooker’s herbarium

is not in seed. Germain’s plant, distributed under the name of

Trevoa 3-nervia, is Notophena foliosa.

2. Trevoa ienuis, n. sp. ;—Retanilla 3-nervia, Hook. & Arn. in

parte, Bot. Misc. iii. 174 ;—arbuscula_preecedentis simillima,

sed omnino pilosior, spinosa, ramulis sub-4-gonis, tenuibus,

* This plant, with analytical details, will be shown in the ‘ Contributions,’

Plate 40 a.

4.90 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

compressiusculis, pallide viridibus, elaberrimis, junioribus

spe spinosis, spinis longiusculis, decussatim oppositis, sim-

plicibus ; foliis oppositis, ovalibus, imo in petiolum brevem

attenuatis, integris, aut crenulato-dentatis, 3-nervibus, marge

glanduliferis, glabris, junioribus utrinque pilosulis, et pulvere

resinoso flavicantibus ; floribus binis in axillis oppositis, et in

ramulis novellis, foliorum defectu, seepe glomerato-spicatis ;

ealyce colorato, late cylindrico, haud constricto, extus valde

pubescente, intus imo piloso ; limbi laciniis 5, brevibus, erec-

tiusculis, cum petalis 5, eequilongis, niveis, cucullatis, alternis ;

staminibus totidem, petalis inclusis, et iis dimidio brevioribus ;

filamentis brevibus, in lineis totidem patenti-pilosis decur-

rentibus; stylo brevi ovarioque 3-loculari longe patenti-

pilosis, stigmatibus 3, oblongis, obtusis, adpressis, glabris ;

drupa carnosula, precedentis 4-plo majore, ovata, nuce dura,

erassiter lignosa, 3-locularii—Chile.—v. s. in herb. Hook. ;

Bustamante, in via ad Santiago, alt. 2000 ped. (Bridges,

435 ; Cuming, 641).

This species is unquestionably distinct from the preceding,

though much resembling it in general aspect; it is, however,

much more spiny, its branchlets are thinner and straighter, its

spines longer and more slender, its leaves smaller and more

caducous. The internodes are 1} inch apart, the spines 1j-13

inch long; those of the lateral spinose branchlets are about 7

inch long; the floriferous branchlets are 14 inch long, the axils

being from 1 to 3 lines apart. The leaves are 3-5 lines long,

and 2 lines broad, upon a petiole 1 line in length; its flowers

are constantly 5-merous; its calyx, 2 lines long, is double the

diameter of that of the former species, and is scarcely contracted

in the middle ; externally ic is very pubescent, its ovary is always

3-locular (not 2-celled), and it produces a much larger fruit,

which is two or three times the size of that of 7. trinervis, being

4 or 5 lines long, and 3 or 4 lines in diameter : the ligneous walls

of its 3-locular nut are thicker than in the foregoing species. In

other respects both kinds are much alike. It appears to grow

further away from the coast, upon the more elevated table-lands,

and in the valleys of the interior*.

3. Trevoa Berteroana.—Retanilla spinifer, Clos, in Gay, Chale,

ii. 27 ;—spinosa, ramulis rectis, tenuibus, striatulis, glabris,

fusco-viridibus, ortis sub spinis; spinis oppositis, tenuibus,

subulatis, calloso-acicularibus, paulo patentibus ; foliis op-

positis, vel saepe in axillis utrinque binis, cuneato-ovatis, vel

obcordatis, apice obtusis, retusis et mucronulatis, integris vel

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ Piate 40 B.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez. 49]

obsolete dentatis, 3-nerviis, utrinque sparsim puberulis, supra

viridibus, subtus albido-pulverulentis, nervis rubescentibus,

pellucidis ; petiolo brevi canaliculato ; stipulis distinctis, op-

positis, patentibus, rubellis, obsolete 2-dentatis ; floribus parvis,

in axillis ramulorum 1 vel 2, pedunculo brevi, puberulo ; calyce

breviter tubuloso, extus imo puberulo, superne glabro, intus

valde piloso, limbi laciniis 4, brevissimis, subpatentibus, petalis

4, laciniis zequilongis, orbicularibus, cucullatis, antheris lis in-

clusis ; drupa sicca ovali, mole fructus 7. trinervis, apice re-

trorsum albido-pilosa, imo calyce marcido fulta, nuce 1—3-locu-

lariChile, in montibus Prov. Rancagua et Colchagua.—

v.s. in herb. Mus. Paris. Rancagua (Bertero, 198).

The plant described by Dr. Clos (Gay’s specimen from the

same locality), and referred by him to Retamilia, is evidently

identical with the above species, which I have characterized from

Bertero’s collection. I do not adopt his specific name, as all the

species of Trevoa are spinigerous *,

4. Trevoa Weddelliana, nu. sp. ; — suffruticosa, spinosa, ramosa,

ramulis teretibus, brachiatis, breviter pubescentibus, pilis pa-

tentibus ; spinis decussatim oppositis, subulatis; pungentibus,

divergentibus, sepe foliosis ; ramulis junioribus foliiferis et

floriferis, seepe inermibus; foliis oppositis, ovatis, integris,

parvulis, vernatione complicatis, late viridibus, subtus palli-

dioribus, utrinque parce pubescentibus, nervis paucis superne

immersis, interne vix prominulis, inter se arcuatim nexis et ru-

hellis ; stipulis utrinque profunde bifidis, laciniis anguste linea-

ribus, imo petioli adnatis, rubellis, pilosulis ; floribus 2-3

folio zquilongis, pedunculo imo _bracteolato, calycis tubo

urceolato, imo subgloboso, puberulo, limbi laciniis 5, reflexis,

tubi tertia parte longitudinis, apice intus callo carinaque me-

diana notatis, carinis pilosulis ad basin tubi decurrentibus ;

petalis 5, obovatis, cucullatis, imo unguiculatis, laciniis zquan-

tibus, erectis; staminibus iis reconditis ; disco poculiformi,

omnino adnato; ovario subglabro ; stylo erecto, piloso, fau-

cem tubi attingente ; stigmate 3-lobo.— Bolivia, circa Chuqui-

saca.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Paris (Weddell, 1212).

This plant greatly resembles 7. trinervis in habit, but it has

much smaller leaves, and is altogether more spinose. The in-

ternodes are 8-9 lines apart ; the spreading, decussating spines

are about the same length; the foliiferous branchlets are from

= inch to 24 inches long, bearing about two flowers in the lower

axils ; the leaves are 3 lines long and 14 line broad, on a petiole

* A figure of this plant will be given in the same work, Plate 40 c.

4.92 Mr. J. Miers on the Tribe Colletiez.

of 1 line in length ; the peduncle is 14 line long, the tube of the

calyx 1} line long, retrorsely puberulous ; the segments are ?

line in length ; the nervures within the calyx are retrorsely

pilose, as in 7’. trinervis ; the ovary and style are nearly glabrous,

and included *,

. Trevoa Closiana. Colletia tetrandra, Clos, in Gay, Chile, ii.

ay ;—fruticosa, 2-pedalis, dumosa, ramis subaphyllis, intri-

cato-curvatis, fusco-nigricantibus, rigide spinosis, spinis de-

cussatim oppositis, subulatis, crassiusculis, simplicibus ; foliis

minimis, caducissimis, lineari-oblongis, crassis, 3-nervus, fere

integris, margine obsolete crenato, superne obscure viridibus,

lucidis, sparsim _ pilosis, subtus flavido- pallidis et dense

pilosis, breviter petiolatis ; stipulis majusculis, squamiformi-

bus, imo subamplexicaulibus, valde concavis, rubris, glabris,

intus parce tomentosis, 2-dentatis ; floribus paucis, e gemma ad

basin spinarum versus extremitatem ramorum enatis ; pedun-

culo brevissimo, albo-tomentoso, calyce urceolato, imo extus

cinereo-piloso, limbi laciniis 4, erectis; petalis 4, oblongis,

valde cucullatis, unguiculatis, laciniis equilongis, erectis, imo

subcoloratis et puberulis ; staminibus totidem, iis reconditis,

demum inflexis ; ovario niveo-piloso, sub-3-lobo ; stylo brevi,

tereti, pilosulo ; stigmate obsolete 3-lobo.—Chile.—». s. in

herb. Mus. Paris; Coqumbo, in via ad Arqueros (Gay,

264).

Dr. Clos, on the authority of M. Gay, describes this as a

low-growing shrub, about 2 feet high, with intricately twisted

branches, which are armed with numerous simple spines, half an

meh in length, and a similar distance apart. They are often

leafless ; the extremely deciduous leaves are very small, almost

entire, or crenulated on their margin ; they are linear-oblong,

and 1 to3 lines in length. The Gael owhite flowers, which be-

come dark in drying, are 4-merous, and scarcely exceed a line

in length, including their very short peduncle, and half a line

in diameter. The stamens ate hidden within the short cucul-

late petals, the anthers, after dehiscence, becoming peltate, as in

the other species of the genus. It is known by its vernacular

name of Abrojo, which in Spanish signifies a bramble. These

characters are all quite in accordance with those of Trevoat.

[To be continued. |

* This species will be represented in the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 40 p.

t A figure of this plant will be given in the same work, Plate 41 a.

Zoological Society. 493

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Noy. 8, 1859.—John Gould, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

DescrIPTION oF A New Species oF ANOLIS FROM CENTRAL

America. By Dr. A. Ginruer, Forergn Mens. Zoot.

Soc.

The following new species of Anolis was discovered by M. Sallé

in Central America, and is now in the Collection of the British

Museum.

ANOLIS SALLI, n. sp.

Diagnosis.—Snout moderately elongate and rather depressed, with

the canthus rostralis sharp, and with a pair of obtuse ridges, arising

from the bony superciliary margins and divergent anteriorly ; a

slight groove between these two ridges; the upper surface of the

head is covered with small shields ; occipital shield present. Loreal

region slightly concave, with four series of small shields. Scales of

the back, belly, and tail distinct, imbricate, strongly keeled; those

of the sides very small ; no trace of a crest ; tail rounded, not verti-

cillated ; gular pouch small. Greyish or brownish, with a more or

less distinct yellowish vertebral band ; sides and belly sometimes

with fine blackish longitudinal lines.

Description.—The snout is moderately depressed and slightly

elongate, the distance between the anterior angles of the orbits being

a little less only than that between the orbit and the extremity of

the snout. The canthus rostralis is distinct and, near the orbit,

rather sharp. There is another pair of low ridges, arising from the

bony superciliary margin and divergent anteriorly, with a slight

groove between; they extend to the middle of the length of the

snout. The shields of the upper surface of the head are small,

arranged in irregular transverse series, about seven in the series

between the angles of the orbit ; the shields along the bony super-

ciliary margin are rather larger, but both series are separated from each

other by smaller shields. An occipital shieldis distinct. The nostril

opens laterally, and is situated immediately behind the extremity

of the snout. The labial shields are exceedingly narrow, eight or

ten in number; three or four series of smaller shields run parallel

to that of the lower labials, the remainder of the throat being covered

with yery small polygonal scales, The pouch of the throat is very

little developed. The tympanum is very small. The temple and

the neck are granular.

No crest whatever is visible, but the scales of the back are very

distinct, imbricate, keeled ; those of the sides are one-half smaller

and smooth ; those of the belly rhombic and distinctly keeled, rather

larger than the dorsal ones. The tail is rounded, not verticillated

or crested, covered with rhombic, imbricate, strongly keeled scales,

the keels forming longitudinal ridges. The fore-leg does not reach

to the loin, if laid backwards; it is covered with rhombic keeled

494: Zoological Society :—

scales, and with minute smooth ones inferiorly ; the fingers are

slightly dilated ; the fourth is very little longer than the He then

follow the fifth, the second, and the first. ‘The hind-leg reaches

beyond the tympanum, if laid forwards ; it is covered with keeled

scales, except the inferior and posterior sides of the femur, which are

granular.

The ground-colour of the upper parts is greyish or brownish,

darkest along the margins of the vertebral band ; a broad yellowish

or yellow dorsal band reaches from the occipital shield to the tail,

where it is gradually lost. The lower parts are whitish. In one of

the two specimens, the sides, the belly, and the lower part of the tail

are marked with longitudinal blackish lines.

in. | ine

Distance between the tympanum and the extre-

mity of the snout. . 2 os Oveenoe

Distance between the tympanum ho Abe ih Pee, 4

Length of the tail : 4> 10

Distance between the extremity of the snout and

the anterior margin of the orbit............ QO 22

Distance between the anterior angles of the orbit 0 2%

Length of the fore leg)... 6% syeje) since ash ine

——— of the hind leg : en s

Description oF A New SPECIES OF ENTOZOON, SCLEROSTOMA

SIPUNCULIFORME, FROM THE INTESTINES OF THE ELEPHANT.

By W. Bairp, M.D., F.L.S.

Very few opportunities, apparently, have occurred to helmintho-

logists of examining the bodies of Elephants. In Diesing’s enume-

ration of Entozoa found in the Mammalia, only one species is men-

tioned by him as having been observed and described as a parasite

of this Pachyderm. This is an Ascaris, first mentioned by the cele-

brated Rudolphi as infesting the liver. The same parasitic worm

has since then been found in the biliary ducts of a young Indian

Elephant in America by Dr. Jackson of Boston. In his mention

of this Ascaris (Ascaris lonchoptera, Diesing), Dr. Jackson states

that it occurred along with numerous specimens of a Distoma, which

he refers to the species D. hepaticum. The poor animal from which

these worms were taken died of disease of the liver with ascites, and

there was found also a large, deep, chronic ulcer in the stomach.

The species here described will now make a third parasite recorded

as belonging to the Elephant. I am indebted for it to Mr. Edward

Gerard of the British Museum, who found it in the large intestines

of a young Indian Elephant which recently died in London, after

having been only a very short time in England. This animal, from

Mr. Gerard’s account of it, had suffered also from dropsy, as a large

quantity of water escaped upon opening the abdomen.

SCLEROSTOMA SIPUNCULIFORME, Baird.

Caput cylindricum, magnum, truncatum ; oris limbo interno den-

ticulis densis, externo aculeis majoribus numerosis, armato.

Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Forms of Sponges. 495

Corpus rectum, utringue attenuatum, sipunculiforme, bursa

maris triloba, lobo intermedio producto, radiis septem (quorum

quinque bifurcati sunt) instructo ; lobis lateralibus radiis

quatuor instructis ; extremitate caudali femine oblique trun-

cata, subulata, apertura genitali supra caude apicem.

Long. feminze 10 lineze, long. maris 1 uncia.

Hab. In intestinis crassis Elephantis indici.

Mus. Brit.

November 22, 1859.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Description oF MacANpDREWIA AND My LivusiA, TWO NEW

FORMS OF SponGcES. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

In 1841 Mr. Stutchbury described in our Proceedings a Sponge

in the Museum at Bristol, brought from Barbadoes, which was pecu-

liar for being entirely formed of agglutinate silicious spicula, forming

a tough semitransparent glass-like spongy mass. By exchange I

have obtained half the specimen of this most curious and interesting

sponge, so that I have the means of comparing those I have described

with the one then made known.

In July 1851 Mr. R. MacAndrew kindly presented to the British

Museum a Coral from St. Michael’s, one of the Azores, which then

attracted my attention, but I put it aside in hopes that I might ob-

tain a specimen of it in spirits, which would enable me to under-

stand more completely its history and character. No other specimen

having, however, come under my examination, the subject dropped

out of my mind.

It was accidentally placed with the Stony Corals, and its hardness

and resemblance to the genus Gemmipora are some excuse for this

mistake. Some time ago Mr. Holdsworth, when studying the corals

in the Museum, observed that it evidently did not belong to that

group: and a very superficial inspection, indeed its mere lightness,

was enough to show that such was the case.

I again placed it aside, thinking that I had seen a figure of the

animal as an Alcyonium in Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage,’

and in Dana’s ‘ Zoophytes,’ and that I would study it when I had

that family under my hands, or leave it for some other person to

examine who might take up the group.

Having lately had occasion to consult Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard’s

work, and the essay of Mr. Dana, I became satisfied that the sub-

stance from the Azores could not be the Aleyonium glaucum or Al-

eyonium latum (Dana, Zooph. 623. t. 58. f. 6), which I had before

thought from recollection might be the case; for these authors de-

scribe A. glaucum as soft and fleshy, and 4. latum as “more rigid

in its texture than 4. glaucum.’ As Mr. MacAndrew’s specimen is

hard, inflexible, and brittle, though very light, this induced me to

examine the specimen more carefully ; and I then found that the

supposed coral was a silicious sponge, covered below with a thin

fleshy envelope without any apparent apertures, and above with a

thicker fleshy coat, studded with large-sized, regularly-disposed, cir-

4.96 Zoological Society :—

cular cells, which look like the cells of the Polypes in the two A/-

cyonia above referred to. The apertures are destitute of radiating la-

mine ; they appear in their dry state to be subdivided into six or eight

small circular tubes, and have all the appearance of being the cells of

a pinnated-tentacled zoophyte. The small part of the lower surface

of the spongy axis, which is exposed, is pierced with minute perfo-

rations, and the upper surface is furnished with groups of larger

pores, which, as far as I can judge without injuring the specimen,

are placed under the cells above described. There are grooves di-

verging from the small cylindrical perforations in one of the groups

to the perforations in the other groups.

I have thought proper to call the genus after the gentleman who

discovered it, and who has been very liberal in doing all in his power

to extend our knowledge of zoology and geology, and has several

times placed his yacht at the command of scientific men, to assist

them in their researches.

The genus may be thus defined :-—

MacAnprewla.

Cup-shaped, expanded, more or less sinuated or lobed, affixed by

a more solid dilated base, covered with a fleshy bark, which is fur-

nished with cells on the upper surface, supported by a very light

porous silicious spongy cup-shaped axis, the upper surface of which

is furnished with groups of small cylindrical pores placed in roses,

and with grooves radiating between each group of pores; the lower

surface uniformly porous.

MacANnDREWIA AZORICA.

Hab. St. Michael’s, Azores, 1851 (Robert MacAndrew, Esq.,

F.R.S., &c.).

This sponge? has so much the general appearance and habit of a

zoophyte with pinnated tentacles like the Aleyonium to which I

have referred above, that Iam as yet by no means certain that it may

not be the product of such animals ; but I have not been able to

find any traces of the remains of them, and therefore must wait the

arrival of some other specimen preserved in spirit to determine the

fact. At the same time the bark is unlike that of any sponge that

I am acquainted with, the existence of such a bark on any true

sponge being as yet unknown to me. On the other hand, the ex-

istence of an axis of the spongy texture and the silicious composi-

tions found in this marine body are novelties in the order of zoophytes

in which its general appearance would lead one to place it. But

that is no reason why it may not prove to be a zoophyte, as the

same may be said to be the case with regard to the genus Hyalonema,

the axis of which is so anomalous that several of the French zoolo-

gists— Valenciennes, Milne-Edwards, and others—considered the bark

of it as a parasite on some unknown substance, overlooking the fact

that the bark is strengthened by fibres exactly like those of which

the axis is composed. Such an idea would require a belief in the

Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Forms of Sponges. 4.97

existence of two bodies always found together, and unknown in any

other form, instead of their being regarded as parts of the same

animal.

The axis of this body has many characters in common with the

body which is called a Sponge described by Mr. Stutchbury in our

Proceedings for 1841, p. 87, as mentioned above, under the name

of Dactylocalyx pumiceus, and which has been more lately described

under another name by M. Valenciennes; a very fine specimen of

this is in my collection ; but in this sponge it is the outer surface

which is marked ‘with deep sinuosities radiating from the root to

the outer circumference.”

We have lately received from Dr. William MacGee of Belfast a

very curious specimen of a silicious sponge?, which is also allied to

the Dactylocalyx and MacAndrewia, but so distinct in its form and

structure that I am inclined to regard it as the type of a new genus,

which may be called

Myutvwsta.

Sponge? silicious, funnel-shaped, fixed by the base; the upper

surface smooth, marked with numerous minute perforations placed

in nearly parallel grooves radiating from the centre to the cireum-

ference, and with numerous large, oblong, rather unequal-sized per-

forations, which are fringed on the lower side with a high wall of

a similar structure to the rest of the sponge; these edges of the

cavities causing the under surface to be covered with unequal irre-

gular shaped tubes of nearly the same length, and more or less con-

fluent together: some of these tubes are simple and subeylindrical,

others are expanded and more or less crumpled on the edge around

the cavity, so as to end in two, three, or even four, more or less

circular mouths.

My.ivusiA CALLOCYATHES.

Hab. West Indies (Dr. MacGee).

Dr. Bowerbank informs me that the silicious spicula of this sponge

are very different from those of Dactylocalyx pumiceus. As he

is working on that subject, I leave the peculiarities for him to de-

scribe ; but I should not bein the least surprised if the genera Mac-

Andrewia, Myliusia, and Dactylocalyx should all prove to be a

peculiar family of zoophytes rather than sponges. If these bodies

are sponges, they will form a family in that group, which may be

named MacAndrewiade, characterized by the peculiar form and

structure of the axis, the distinctness of the bark, and the position

of the oscules or cells.

The structure of the base of Dactylocalyx and of the spicula which

are found in the interspaces of the network are figured by Mr.

Quekett in his ‘ Lectures on Histology.’

I have named this genus after Christlob Mylius, who first de-

scribed the curious zoophyte since called Umbellularia grenlandica ;

and I think that any one who reads his simple and plain account

of the animal in his letter to Haller, and the account of the same

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 33

498 Zoological Society :—

animal given by John Ellis in his work on Corallines, will be satisfied

that the latter was not very liberal in his praise towards his contem-

porary. There might have been reasons why he did not mention

the name of Mylius, but I cannot conceive why those of Collinson

and Dunze should have been omitted.

On two New Birps rrom THE Rio Napo. By PuHILip

LutLey Scuater, M.A.

BuARREMON CASTANEICEPS.

Saturate oleagineus, subtus vie dilutior : remigibus et rectricibus

nigricanti-fuscis: pileo castaneo, lateribus capitis cum gula

nigricanti-cinereis : rostri nigricanti-plumbei basi pallida ;

pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6°5, alee 3:1, caudze 2°6.

But one example of this Buarremon was in the collection. It

may be arranged next to B. rufinuchus and B. latinuchus, from

which, however, it is easily distinguished by its general deep olive

colouring.

GRALLARIA NUCHALIS.

Saturate brunnescenti-oleaginea, pileo rufescentiore, nucha et re-

gione post-oculari clare castaneis: subtus nigricanti-schistacea :

rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 7°5, alee 4:5, caudze 2°1, rostri a rictu 1°2 ; tarsi 2°15.

This bird is a long-legged Grallaria in structure, though in

plumage it rather resembles the different species of the allied genus

Formicarius. I have never seen but this one example, now in my

collection.

REMARKS ON THE Hasirts or A Herrine Guu (Larus

ARGENTATUS). By A. D. BARtTueTT.

In calling attention to the singular and remarkable habits of a bird

of this species, permit me to give an extract from the ‘ Garden Guide’

of 1852, in order that the origin of this individual specimen may be

perfectly known,

“In the beginning of June 1850, a Herring Gull (Larus argen-

tatus) hatched out her young ones in the enclosure (No. 17), which

is overshadowed by two weeping ash trees. The male bird had

assisted her so constantly in incubation, that his strength gave way,

and he died just as the young birds were chipping out of the shell.

The female then became restless, left the eggs, and was only induced

to resume her place for the few hours which were necessary to com-

plete the hatch by the keeper having arranged the dead body of her

mate in counterfeit presentment of the position he generally took up

near her when not himself upon the eggs.” —Hztract from ‘ Garden

Guide,’ 1852

It will, I hope, be understood that the birds so hatched in 1850

were the parents of the individual whose habits I now wish to record.

Mr. A. D. Bartlett on the Preservation of Birds’ Eggs. 499

This bird was one of two hatched about the latter end of May

1857, and was reared by its parents in the gardens, where it remained

during the summer and autumn of that year. At the commence-

ment of the winter he was in the habit of flymg about (not having

been pinioned), and occasionally staying away a day or two, then

for a week or more, returning again generally about feeding-time,

and alighting among the other gulls and feeding with them. This

continued till the end of March 1858, at which time he disappeared.

Nothing more was seen or heard of him until the middle of November

1858, when, to the delight and astonishment of all who knew him,

he returned one afternoon at the usual time. Meeting the keeper with

the box of food, he followed him to the enclosure where he was

hatched, and settling down among the other gulls, took his dinner as

though he had never been away, not appearing the least shy or wild.

Here he remained with his parents and the other gulls, occasionally

flying off for a day or two, until the beginning of F ebruary 1859.

He again departed and by many was given up for lost; others,

however, thought he might again return. And on the morning of

Saturday last, between eight and nine o'clock, we were gratified to

behold the long-lost Gull making his way to his old quarters much

improved in his appearance, having nearly completed his adult plu-

mage. He immediately came down and was greeted by his old friends,

who evidently recognized him. He appeared Jatigued and hungry: 1

sent for some food, and he came boldly towards us, and fed almost

from the hand. As soon as his appetite was satisfied, he walked about,

quite at home among the other gulls. Since Saturday I have seen

him flying now and then over the Gardens and Park, but returning

after a short flight.

In conclusion, I beg to say I am indebted to one of the Society’s

most careful and very intelligent keepers (B. Misselbrook) for some

of the facts which have enabled me to bring before you these very

interesting particulars.

ON THE MOST EFFICIENT MEANS OF PRESERVING THE EGGs

OF BrrRDS IN ORDER THAT THEY MAY BE AFTERWARDS

HATCHED. By A. D. Barttert.

I believe there are but few persons who are quite satisfied by

seeing and examining the dried skins and feathers of birds.

The great desire, therefore, to see, or to possess, in a living state,

these wonderful and generally beautiful creatures, has led me to

consider the possibility of preserving their eggs for a sufficiently long

period to allow of their being brought from distant places and after-

wards hatched. We might thus be able to obtain some of the more

delicate species, and many perhaps that a long sea voyage would

prevent our obtaining by any other means.

The mere keeping fresh and sweet the eggs of birds has been ac-

complished in many ways: for instance, they will keep for a long

period imbedded in lime and water, or in fat or salt; but by these

means the vitality is destroyed. It appears to me, therefore, to be

essentially necessary, not only to prevent evaporation, but also to

33%

500 Zoological Society :—

keep the texture and surface of the shell in its pure and perfect con-

dition. To accomplish this object the eggs must be newly laid, or

nearly so, and the following is the best method of preserving them.

Obtain the gut of any animal whose intestine is large enough to

admit the egg intended to be preserved, and, having carefully cleaned

the gut and rendered it free from fat, dry it as much as possible in

powdered chalk or other earthy matter. Pass the egg into the gut,

tying it close to the shell at both ends of the egg, and hang it up in

a cool, dry place until it is quite dry. ‘Two, three, or more eggs can

be tied in the same gut like a string of beads, or they can be tied

separately. When thoroughly dry, they may be packed up in a box

with oats, wheat, or any other dry grain or seeds, until the box is

quite full. The object in having the box full is for the great con-

venience of turning the eggs. This is accomplished by turning the

box bottom upwards, which should be done occasionally. Thus the

whole of the eggs may be effectually turned with very little trouble.

The eggs thus packed must be kept in a dry, cool place, and ought

not to be taken out or unpacked before the means are at hand for

hatching them. Upon wishing to place them under a hen, or other-

wise, if the dry gut be cut with a sharp knife, it will peel off without

in any way injuring the shell of the egg.

I was successful in hatching and rearing the young from some

eggs kept three months in this manner, and I have no doubt that

under favourable circumstances they may be kept for a longer period.

December 13th.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Description OF A New SeECtIks OF SQUIRREL (SCIURUS SIA-

MENSIS) FROM SIAM, IN THE COLLECTION OF THE BrRiTISH

Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Among the animals lately sent by M. Mouhot from Siam are two

small Squirrels, which differ from any that we have hitherto received

from India or the neighbouring countries.

I am aware that the Indian Squirrels, and indeed Squirrels gene-

rally, are very apt to vary ; and probably many more species are de-

scribed than exist in nature ; but I do not know any species of which

the one now described can with reason be considered as a variety ;

the two specimens in the Museum are very uniform in their general

appearance.

It may be observed that some species, both of Mammalia and

Birds, are so much alike in external appearance, that, judging from

their skins alone, we might be inclined to doubt whether they were

more than slight varieties; yet when their habits, modes of life,

food, and manners are known, they are far more distinct, as species,

than animals which are very different in their external appearance,

and marked with what might a@ priori be considered very striking

characters.

SCLURUS SIAMENSIS, sp. nov.

Bright red-brown, grizzled with elongate black tips to the longer

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Species of Freshwater Tortoise. 501

hairs, each of which is marked with a broad subterminal yellow band.

These black hairs are more abundant, and have broad pale rings on

the rump outside of the thighs, and especially on the lower part of

the tail, where they nearly hide the general red colour. The terminal

half of the tail bright chestnut-brown, without any black hairs or

pale rings. The throat, breast, belly, lower part of sides, inner side

and edge of the legs, uniform bright red-brown. Ears rounded.

Whiskers black. Feet covered with short close-pressed hairs.

Hab. Siam (M. Mouhot).

Description oF A New Species oF FRESHWATER TORTOISE

FROM Siam. By Dr. J. Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

The British Museum has received from M. Mouhot, with some

other Reptiles, two specimens of a Freshwater Tortoise, which are

decidedly different from any I have before seen. They have some-

what the external appearance, both in shape and markings of the

head, of some specimens of Cistudo amboinensis, but belong to the

genus Hmys, or rather Geoclemys, and not to Cistudo.

They are referable to the first division of genus which has the back

of the shell three-keeled, and, like the other species of that section,

come from Asia.

GEOCLEMYS MACROCEPHALA.

The shell oblong, rather depressed, entire, three-keeled, olive-

brown ; the keels subcontinued, nearly parallel, the middle one higher

and more distinct behind ; the lateral ones, near the upper edge of the

shields, continued, ending abruptly on the hinder edge of the third

lateral discal shield; the hinder lateral and central shield only

marked with a slight convexity ; the margin entire, yellow-edged.

The under side yellow, with black triangular spots ; the sternum flat,

very indistinctly keeled on the side.

Animal blackish-olive. Head large; crown flat, covered with a

single smooth plate, purplish-brown, with two streaks from middle

of the nose, the upper edging the crown, the other the upper part of

the beak, and with two streaks from the hinder edge of the orbit,

the lower short and interrupted, extended on the temple, the upper

broader and continued over the ear along the side of the neck ; two

close streaks under the nostrils to the middle of the upper jaw, and

two broad streaks, dilated behind, down the front of the lower jaw,

and continued on the edge of the lower jaw behind ; the nape and

hinder part of the side of the lower jaw covered with large flat scales ;

the rest of the neck and legs covered with minute granular scales ;

the front of the fore-legs covered with broad band-like scales ; the

toes of the fore- and hind-feet rather short and thick, covered above

with broad band-like scales.

Hab. Siam.

The front vertebral plate is quadrangular, the front edge wider,

rounded; second, third, and fourth ventral shields six-sided, the

second longer than broad, the fourth broader than long; the three

502 Zoological Society.

hinder sides are longest, the fifth vertebral shield subquadrangular,

the front sides being very narrrow, and the hinder side very broad and

slightly truncated.

On two New SPECcIES oF CINCLUS.

By Joun Goutp, F.R.S., etc.

I have the pleasure of bringing before the notice of the meeting

two new species of Cinclus, for the knowledge of which science is

indebted to the researches of Dr. A. Leith Adams, who collected

them in Cashmere. The first of these, which is very nearly allied

to our well-known Cinclus aquaticus, I propose to characterize as

C. cashmeriensis ; the other, which is more nearly allied to C. Pal-

lasi, as C. sordidus.

The following are descriptions of these two birds :—

CINCLUS CASHMERIENSIS.

Crown of the head, ear-coverts, and mantle brown, passing into

deeper brown on the upper part of the back and wing-coverts ; lower

part of the back and tail-coverts grey, with a darker central mark on

each feather ; tail blackish grey ; wings the same colour as the tail ;

throat and breast white ; upper part of the abdomen brown, passing

into dark greyish-brown on the flanks and vent ; under tail-coverts

uniform dark grey ; tarsi brown, lighter on the front and on the

upper part of the toes.

Total length 7 inches; bill +; wing 32; tail 24 ; tarsi 14.

Hab. Cashmere.

Remark.—As compared with adult males of the C. aquaticus, this

bird differs in being considerably larger in size, and in wanting the

rich chestnut colourmg of the upper part of the abdomen ; the wings

exceeding in length those of its European ally by more than half an

inch.

CINCLUS SORDIDUS.

Crown of the head, back of the neck, throat, and chest chocolate-

brown, the throat and breast being lighter than the back of the head;

back, abdomen, and tail deep brownish-black, the abdomen some-

what the darkest ; wings nearly the same colour as the back ; tarsi

brown, lighter on the front and on the upper part of the toes.

Total length 6+ inches ; bill £; wing 34; tail 2 ; tarsi 14.

Hab. Cashmere.

Remark.—lf it were possible to conceive a cross between C. aqua-

ticus, or C. cashmeriensis, and C. Pallasi, the produce would, I

should say, be a bird like the one under consideration. I do not,

however, believe that any such occurrence has taken place, but that

the bird characterized as C. sordidus is a good species. In size it is

smaller than C. aquaticus ; at least the measurements of the only

example I have seen induce me to believe so.

503

MISCELLANEOUS.

Investigation of Trichina spiralis. By R. Levckarrt.

Proressor LevucKxart has communicated the following results of

his investigation of T'richina spiralis to the Royal Academy of Sciences

of Gottingen :—

1. Trichina spiralis is the young state of a hitherto unknown

small Nematode worm (of 1°5~2°8 mill. in length), for which the

generic name Trichina must be retained,

2. It inhabits the intestinal canal of numerous warm-blooded ani-

mals, not only Mammalia (dogs, cats, pigs, sheep, rabbits, and mice,

—also, undoubtedly, man), but also Birds (the common fowl), and

indeed always in large quantity.

3. The intestinal Trichina attains its full sexual maturity as early

as two days after its immigration.

4. The eggs of the female are developed in the vagina into minute

Filaria-like embryos, which are extruded without egg-shells (from

the sixth day onwards).

5. The new-born young immediately set about their migration.

They penetrate the wall of the intestine, and pass through the cavity

of the abdomen directly into the muscular envelope of their host.

6. The course upon which they advance is indicated beforehand

by the intermuscular masses of cellular tissue.

7. The majority of the migrating embryos remain in the groups of

muscles immediately inclosing the cavity of the body (the abdominal

and thoracic cavities), especially the smaller ones and those con-

taining most cellular tissue.

8. The embryos penetrate into the interior of the individual mus-

cular fasciculi, and here attain, within fourteen days, the size and

organization of the well-known Trichina spiralis.

9. The infected muscular fasciculus loses its previous structure

immediately after the penetration, the fibrillse becoming broken up

into a finely granular substance, and the muscular corpuscles acquir-

ing the form of oval nucleated cells.

10. Up to the full development of the Trichina spiralis, the infected

muscular fasciculus still retains its original tubular form; whilst sub-

sequently its sarcolemma thickens and it becomes gradually shrivelled

from the extremities.

11. The spot occupied by the parasite persists, in the form of a

spindle-shaped enlargement, in which the well-known lemon-shaped

or globular calcareous shell is afterwards deposited (although only

after a long time).

12. The migration and development of the embryos take place

also after the transference of pregnant T'richine into the intestine of

another (suitable) host.

13. The further development of the Trichina spiralis into the

sexually mature animal is quite independent of the formation of this

calcareous shell, and takes place as soon as the young state is fully

developed.

504 Miscellaneous.

14. Male and female individuals are distinguishable even in the

young state (7'richina spiralis). iv:

15. The immigration of the brood of Trichina in large quantities

causes very serious symptoms: namely, peritonitis, in consequence

of the penetration of the wall of the intestine by the embryos ; and

lameness, in consequence of the destruction of the infected muscular

fasciculi.

16. Feeding upon flesh containing Trichine is also followed by

more or less dangerous symptoms, according to the quantity of the

imported parasites ; namely, an enteritis, often causing death, accom-

panied by bloody (crwpdser) exudations, which are sometimes thrown

down in ragged clots and evacuated (rabbit), and sometimes con-

verted into psorospermia (dog), or pus-corpuscles (cat, mouse).—

Gottinger Nachrichten, April 30, 1860, p. 135.

SERTULARIA TRICUSPIDATA,

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Allow me to thank Prof. Greene for pointing out

the pre-occupation of the specific name of the above species by Mr.

Alder, which had escaped my notice.

With his permission, I shall alter the name to Greenei, in honour

of one of such high promise in our favourite science.

I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant,

ANDREW Murray.

On the Strobilation of the Scyphistomata.

By P. J. Van BENEDEN.

Professor Van Beneden has long held, in common with Desor,

and in opposition to Sars, that the Medusze are produced from Scy-

phistoma by the formation of a series of buds in the vicinity of the

mouth of the latter; whilst Sars maintained that the Strobile was

produced by a transverse segmentation of the body of the Scyphis-

toma. The latter has been the view most generally received amongst

naturalists, and Professor Van Beneden now gives in his adherence

to it im consequence of some recent observations which he has had

the opportunity of making.

The development of Cyanea takes place, according to him, in the

following manner :—The Scyphistoma produces no buds; but a part

of its own substance becomes converted into Medusee. The terminal

segment, bearing the arms, does not detach itself in the form of a

Scyphistoma, to go and live elsewhere, but it becomes a Medusa like

the others, and the arms are absorbed in proportion as the Medusal

form makes its appearance. The peduncle of the Strobile exhibits a

fresh crown of tentacles before the first Medusze are detached. The

terminal Medusa, bearing the tentacles which are absorbed, and re-

taining the mouth of the Scyphistoma, consequently does not pass

through the same pheenomena of evolution as the other Medusee.—

Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 2me sér. tome vii.

Miscellaneous. 505

On the Seminal Fluid and Fecundation in the Arachnida.

By Emite BLancHarp.

The generative organs in the Arachnida are formed upon a pecu-

liar plan, which is reproduced, with moderate modifications, in almost

all the types of that class of animals.

The female organs are composed of membranous tubes presenting

vesicles or cells in their course ; the quantity of these cellsis more or

less considerable, and in them the eggs are developed. These tubes,

usually two in number, terminating in a blind extremity, are generally

of great size; this is the case in the Araneida and Tetracera (Ga-

leodes). Inthe Phalangia and Cheliferi they are united by their

posterior part so as to form a ring. In the Scorpionida they have

a peculiar arrangement, so well known that I shall not dwell upon it.

But in all cases they serve at once as oviducts and as reservoirs of the

seminal fluid. An observation of this nature, and various experi-

ments, enabled me to show that it was to the preservation of the

semen of the male in the ovarian passages, and not to a partheno-

genesis, as has been supposed, that we must attribute the faculty

indicated with regard to Spiders in captivity, of remaining fertile for

several years without copulating. The eggs are developed in the

vesicles or cells formed by the expansions of the ovarian ducts; the

vesicles being constricted at their origin, the seminal fluid never

penetrates into them ; and it is only when the ova, being arrived at

maturity, have just passed into the oviduct, that they are impreg-

nated. In the viviparous Arachnida, such as the Scorpions, in which

the embryos are developed within the ovarian cells, impregnation

nevertheless only takes place at a certain epoch,—namely when the

egg has become large enough to dilate the walls of the entrance of

its cell sufficiently to allow the passage of the fertilizing fluid. In

Phalangivm and Chelifer the female apparatus is still more compli-

cated: there exists a true uterus, in which the eggs must remain for

a time before being expelled.

The female apparatus of many Araneida, especially of those species

which live only one season, consists simply of the ovarian tubes

united near the orifice so as to form a short common oviduct; but

in those Araneida whose existence is prolonged for several years, and

whose fecundity must persist after a single copulation (Segestrie,

Dysdere, &c.), there is a special reservoir, a sort of copulatory sac

with fibrous walls opening outwards with the common oviduct, and

thus arranged to receive the liquid of the male directly during copu-

lation.

In these Araneida, also, tae seminal fluid presents a remarkable

character. Whilst in the Arachnida generally (in the Araneida,

Scorpionida, and Phalangiida) we see, swimming in this fluid, fili-

form spermatozoids and the little vesicles in which, as we know from

the observations of Kolliker, Wagner, and others, the spermatozoids

are formed, we find in the Segestrie, Dysdere, &c., bodies of the

form of a flattened sphere, very regular, and so large that, when a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. v. 34:

506 Miscellaneous.

little drop of the fluid is spread upon a glass plate, a multitude of

small granules are perceived by the naked eye. These granules, or

rather “capsules, measure from +4,th to =) -th of a millimetre. Under

a magnifyi ing power of 300 to 400 diantieter Ss, an immense quantity of

filiform spermatozoids, regularly disposed from the centre to the

circumference, may be disting uished in their interior. By compressing

one of these capsules with a plate of thin glass, it is made to burst,

and then the spermatozoids escape, animated by movements which

leave no doubt as to their nature.

The ordinary small vesicles in which the spermatozoids are formed

continue their development here by increasing considerably in size, and

thus become to a certain extent spermatophora. These corpuscles

are all found in the same state during a great part of the year, both

in the seminal receptacles of the females and in the testes and the

copulatory joints of the palpi of the males. At the period when the

eggs are to be fertilized, the spermatophorous capsules burst, and

then, the spermatozoids being set free, the seminal fluid presents its

ordinary aspect.— Comptes Rendus, April 9, 1860, p. 727.

Note on the Larva of a Nematode Worm, and on some remarkable

peculiarities of the Generative Organs in the Nematoda.

By A. SCHNEIDER.

M. Schneider calls attention to a sort of alternation of generations in

a Nematode worm, which he calls Alloionema appendiculatum. Inthe

Black Slug (Arion ater) he found the larva of a Nematode worm,

possessing neither a mouth nor an anus, but simply the rudiments of

an intestinal canal and of generative organs. This larva is further

characterized by the existence of a curious appendage on each side

of the posterior part of the body. When these larvee are placed in

animal matter in a state of decomposition, they become developed,

ely a mouth, and attain their sexual maturity. These animals

then propagate during a great number of generations, but without

passing again through | the Jarval phase observed in the Avion.

Another interesting discovery of M. Schneider’s is that of a her-

maphrodite Nematode worm, the first with which we are acquainted.

Ue gives it the name of Pelodytes hermaphroditus. 'This animal

occurs in the larval state in Snails. When an individual is placed by

itself in a watch-glass with animal substances in a state of decompo-

sition, it soon attains its sexual maturity. Spermatozoids are first

seen to make their appearance in the generative tube, and then eggs;

fecundation takes place, and a new veneration is brought forth. To

those who know the perfect similarity which exists between the evo-

lution of ova and that of spermatozoids in the Nematoda, this fact,

notwithstanding the great interest attaching to it, cannot be sur-

prising. — Ste ebold und Kélliker’s Zettschrift, "1859, p. 176.

907

INDEX to VOL. V.

Acauues, new species of, 453.

oo groenlandicus, note on,

Az,

Achatina, new species of, 384, 461.

Adams, A., on the Scaly Ant-eater,

147; on new genera and species of

Mollusea, 299, 405, 477.

Adolphia, on the species of, 380.

Aepys, new species of, 218.

Ethalium, on the structure and de-

velopment of, 239.

Agnia, new species of, 120.

am characters of the new genus,

407.

Alder, J., on a new British Zoophyte

and two new Echinoderms, 73.

Alloionema appendiculatum, remarks

on, 506.

Anabates, new species of, 428.

Andrzna, new species of, 305.

Anolis, new species of, 493.

Anthribidz, descriptions of new, 35.

Anthribus, new species of, 47.

Aphanarthra, descriptions of new, 163.

Aptogonum, on the species of, 191.

Aptomus, new species of, 217.

Arachnida, on fecundation

505.

Arbutus Unedo, on the sclerogenous

granules of the berry of, 343.

Archer, Prof. T. C., on a species of

Ostrea taken from the copper-

sheathing of a vessel, 404.

Arctocephali, synopsis of the, 424.

Ascaris halichoris, observations on,

329.

Attila, new species of, 422.

Aurelia aurita, on the development

of, 3352.

Auyiculina, new species of, 407.

Babington, C. C., on Statice Dodarti

and S. occidentalis, 402.

Baird, Dr., on Ascaris halichoris, 329;

on some new species of Entomo-

straca, 334; on Sclerostoma sipun-

culiforme, 494.

Bartlett, A. D., on a supposed new

species of Emeu, 333; on some

young hybrid Bears, 432; on the

habits of a Herring-gull, 498; on

a means of preserving birds’ eggs,

499.

in the,

Bears, on some young hybrid, 452.

Begonia, on a monstrous, 348, 3oU.

Benson, W. H., on the genus Sophina,

26; on new Burmese genera of

land-shells, 95; on Plectopylis,

243; on new Cingalese land-shelis,

381; on new land-shells from Dar-

jiling, 460.

Birds, on the time of incubation of

some, 334; on a means of pre-

serving the eggs of, 499.

Blanchard, E., on fecundation in the

Arachnida, 505.

Books, new :— Darwin’s Origin of Spe-

cies, 132; Clermont’s Guide to the

Quadrupeds and Repiiles of Eu-

rope, 222; Greene’s Manual of the

Protozea, 223; Gosse’s Letters

from Alabama, 224; Bentham’s

British Flora, 316; Mackie’s First

Traces of Life on the Earth, 321;

The Micrographie Dictionary, 413 ;

The Ibis, 417.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the oecurrence

of footsteps of Cheirotherium in

the Upper Keuper of Warwick-

shire, 70.

Buarremon, new species of, 498.

Byastus, description of the new ge-

nus, 38.

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on two new

British spiders, 171.

Campanularia, new British species of,

73.

Cancellaria, new species of, 411.

Casuarmez, on the general law of

phyllotaxis in the, 440.

Catops, new species of, 219.

Caulotrupis, new species of, 452.

Cedus, description of the new genus,

3].

Cephalopterus, new species of, 429.

Ceratiocaris, new species of, 155.

Chrysallida, new species of, 477.

Chrysococcyx, new species of, 144.

Ciccaba, new species of, 146.

Cinclus, new species of, 502.

Cis, new species of, 360.

Clark, W., on the Lepton suleatu-

lum, 27.

Clostophis, description of the new

genus, 0.

34%

508

Coleoptera. new Madeiran, 217, 252,

358, 448.

Colletiez, on the tribe, 76, 200, 267,

370, 482.

Colymbus, new species Ooo:

Comatula, new British species of, 74.

Conradia, characters of the new genus,

409.

Constantia, characters of the new

genus, 300.

Contopus, new species of, 423.

Corbula, new species of, 412.

Corticaria, new species of, 260.

Couthouyia, characters of the new

genus, 410.

Cranopsis, characters of the new

genus, 302.

Crustacea, descriptions of new fossil,

Gey,

Cryphalus, new species of, 365.

Cryptus, new species of, 306.

Cyclophorus, new species of, 385.

Cyclostigma, description of the new

genus, 433.

Cylindropomus, new species of, 121.

Cynops, new species of, 152.

Cypris, new species of, 335,

Daphniade, on the occurrence of a

sucker-like adhesive organ in the,

445.

Darwin’s theory of the origin of spe-

cies, observations on, 152, 344,

347, 348, 350.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on some fossils

from the coal-formation of Nova

Scotia, 69.

De Bary, Dr. A., on the Mycetozoa,

Doo.

Dendrochelidon, new species of, 62.

Depastrum - stellifrons, observations

on, 481.

Desmidiaceze from Lower Bengal,

descriptions of, 184, 273.

Diatomacez, on the distribution and

habits of the free-floating, 1; on

the markings of the, 122.

Dictyocaris, description of the new

genus, 161.

Diplommatina, new species of, 460.

Discaria, on the species of, 370.

Drassus, new British species of, 171.

Dyce, Dr. R., on the identity of

Morrbua punctata and M. vulgaris,

366.

Dysithamnus, new species of, 429.

Echeneis, on the history 0+) 350.

INDEX.

Echinodermata, descriptions of new

British, 73.

Echinus Flemingii, on a malforma-

tion in, 343,

E. F. S. on the hooks on the front

edge of the hinder wings of certaim

Hymenoptera, 339.

Elanus, new species of, 329.

Emballonura, new species of, 60.

Emeu, on a second species of, 333.

‘nictus, new species of, 306.

Enida, characters of the new genus,

408.

‘mnea, new species of, 460.

Janeadesmus, new species of, 359.

Entomostraca,descriptions of new, 334.

Entozoon, on a new species of, 494.

Eolis Adelaide, description of, 49.

Equisetacez, on the general law of

phyllotaxis im the, 437.

Estheria, new species of, 335.

Ethneca, description of the new ge-

nus, 40.

Euastrum, on the species of, 282.

Eurycephalus, new species of, 120.

Evadne polyphemoides, on the occur-

rence of an adhesive sucker-like

organ in, 445.

Excalfactoria, new species of, 144.

Exillis, description of the new genus,

Filices, on the general law of phyllo-

taxis in the, 438.

Fish, on certain deformities in, 366.

Foraminifera, on the nomenclature of

the, 98, 174, 285, 466.

Formicivora, new species of, 429.

Fungi, on the structure and develop-

ment of, 233.

Gavia, new species of, 232.

Genethila, description of the new

genus, 41.

Geoclemys, new species of, 501.

Geological Society, proceedings of the

68.

Glaneytes, new species of, 120.

Glossiphonia margimata, on the dis-

covery of, in England, 248.

Gosse, P. H., on the Lucernaria cya-

thiformis, 480.

Gould, J., onthe genus Rupicola, 62;

on a new species of Dendrocheli-

don, 62 ; on a new species of Odon-

tophorus, 72; on two new species

of birds, 143; on the nidification

of the Kingfisher, 150; on a new

IN DEX.

species of Gull, 232; on a new

species of Elanus, 329; on two

new species of Cinelus, 502.

Grallaria, new species of, 498.

Gray, G.R., on a new Bird of Para-

dise, 145; on a new species of Co-

lymbus, 331,

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the Pennatulide,

with descriptions of new species,

20; onthe Sea-Bear of Foster, 63 ;

on the Mud-fish of the Nile, 70;

on a species of Tapaia from Pulo

Condore, 71; on some new species

of Salamanders, 151; on the genus

Hyalonema, 229; on the Eared

Seals, 424; on two new forms of

Sponges, 495 ; on a new species of

Squirrel, 500; on a new species of

freshwater Tortoise, 501.

Greene, J. R., on Sertularia tricus-

pidata, 441; on the genus Hux-

leya, 432.

Gulliver, G., on the marginal nerves

of the leaves of mosses, 298; on

the sclerogenous granules of the

berry of Arbutus Unedo, 343.

Giinther, Dr. A., on Uriéchis micro-

lepidotus, 168; on Leptodeira tor-

quata, 169; on the history of

Echeneis, 384; on a new species

of Anolis, 493.

Gurney, J. H., on Uriéchis micro-

lepidotus, 342.

Harvey, Dr. W. H., on Darwin’s

theory of the origin of species, 348.

Haughton, Rev. S., on Cyclostigma,

a new genus of fossil plants; and

on the general law of phyllotaxis

in the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacez,

Filices, &¢c., 433.

Helix, new species of, 245, 381.

Hemiteles, new species of, 307.

Heratemis, characters of the new

genus, 310.

Herklotsia, description of the genus,

25.

Hexarthrum, description of the new

genus, 448.

Holdsworth, E. W. H., on the deve-

lopment of Aurelia aurita, 332.

Holoceystis, on the species of, 275.

Hooker, Dr. J. D., on Darwin’s

theory of natural selection, 350.

Houghton, Rev. W., on the Hydra

rubra, 228; on Glossiphonia mar-

ginata, 248.

909

Huxley, Prof., on the development

of Pyrosoma, 29; on species and

races, 344.

Huxleyia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 303; note on, 432,

Hyalonema, note on the genus, 229,

Hydra, on a new British species of,

(18/228.

Hymenoptera, on the structure of the

wings of certain, 339.

Hypseus, description of the new ge-

nus, 39.

Insects, new, from Ceylon, 304.

Tole, characters of the new genus,

300.

Iridina, new species of, 337.

Jeffreys, J. G, on Lepton sulcatu-

lum, 131; on the comparative size

of marine Mollusca, 197.

Jones, T. R., on the nomenclature of

the Foraminifera, 98, 174, 285,

466.

Kaup, Prof., on a new species of Pe-

ristethus, 64.

Kinefisher, on the nidification of the,

150.

Kleinella, characters of the new ge-

nus, 302.

Kolliker, Prof., on the structure of

the chorda dorsalis in the Plagio-

stomes, 323.

Lacaze-Duthiers, H., on the circula-

tion in Gasteropodous Mollusca,

and on the supposed aquiferous

apparatus of the Lamellibranchiata,

225.

Lachesis, new species of, 411.

Larrada, new species of, 305.

Larus argentatus, on the habits of,

498.

Leiparthrum, new species of, 364,

Lepidosiren from the Nile, 70.

Leptodeira, new species of, 169.

Lepton suicatulum, notes Ou) 27,

esis

Leuckart, Prof. R., on the genus

Notopterophorus, 353; on the oc-

currence of an adhesive sucker-like

organ in the Daphniadse, 445; on

Trichina spiralis, 503.

Leucotina, characters of the new ge-

nus, 406.

Leuronema, description of the new

genus, 195.

Lewes, G. H., on a new British spe-

cies of Hydra, 71.

510

Leycester, A. A., on the habits of

Menura Alberti, 431.

Limopsis, new species of, 412.

Litocerus, new species of, 45.

Lomanotus, new species of, 50.

Longicornia, descriptions of new, 119.

Lucernaria cyathiformis, on the, 480.

Lycopodiacez, on the general law of

phyllotaxis in the order, 434.

Lyctus, new species of, 256.

M‘Andrew, R., on the comparative

size of marine Mollusca in various

latitudes of the European seas,

116, 3H.

Macandrewia, description of the new

genus, 496.

Macrocheilus, new species of, 407.

Manis javanica, notes on the, 147.

Mecocerus, new species of, 43.

Melania, new species of, 338.

Menura Alberti, on the habits of, 431.

Metophthalmus, new species of, 261.

Micrasterias, on the species of, 276.

Microgaster, new species of, 308.

Miers, J., on the tribe Colletiez, with

observations on the structure of the

seed in the Rhamnacee, 76, 200,

267, 370, 482.

Mollusca, on the comparative size of

marine, 116, 197, 311; on the cir-

culation in, 225; new genera and

species of, 299, 405.

Morchia, characters of the new genus,

301.

Morrhua punctata and M. vulgaris,

on the identity of, 366.

Mosses, on the marginal nerves of

the leaves of, 298.

Mucronalia, characters of the new

genus, 301.

Murray, A., on new Sertulariade,

250, 504.

Mycetozoa, on the, 233.

Mycteis, description of the new ge-

nus, 44.

Myiodynastes, new species of, 422.

Mylhiusia, description of the new ge-

nus, 497.

Myonia, characters of the new genus,

406.

Nebartha, characters of the new ge-

nus, 310.

Nematoda, on some remarkable pe-

culiarities in the generative organs

of the, 506.

Nemosia, new species of, 428.

INDEX.

Nerthomma, description of the new

genus, 42.

Nomia, new species of, 305.

Notophena, on the species of, 267.

Notopterophorus, observations on the

genus, 303.

Ochetophila, on the species of, 376.

Odontophorus, new species of, 72.

Odynerus, new species of, 304.

Onychonema, description of the new

genus, 194.

Ostrea, on a species of, 404.

Owen, Prof., on some remains of Po-

lyptychodon, 68.

Pachyrhamphus, new species of, 429.

Paradisea, notes on a new species of,

145.

Parker, W.K., on the nomenclature of

the Foraminifera, 98, 174, 285, 466.

Parthenia, new species of, 477.

Pascoe, F. P., on new Anthribide,

35; on new Longicorns from the

Moluceas, 119.

Pelodytes hermaphroditus, remarks

on, 506.

Pennatulidz, revision of the family,

with descriptions of new species of,

20.

Pentarthrum, new species of, 450.

Peristethus, new species of, €4.

Pheochrotes, description of the new

genus, 42.

Phascolosoma, new British species of,

75.

Phyllorhina, new species of, 59.

Phyllotaxis, on the general law of, in

the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacez,

&e., 433.

Pimpla, new species of, 306.

Plagiostomes, on the structure of the

chorda dorsalis in the, 323.

Plectopylis, note on, 243.

Plectropterus, on the species of, 146.

Plethodon, new species of, 152.

Pleurobranechus aurantiacus, on the

circulatory apparatus of, 226.

Plumularia, new species of, 251.

Polyptychodon, on some remains of,

68.

Porizon, new species of, 307.

Prostheca, characters of the new ge-

nus, 254.

Protedus, description of the new

genus, 39.

Psyttalia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 31].

INDEX.

Pteroeides, new species of, 22.

Pupa, new species of, 70.

Pyrosoma, on the development of, 29.

Renilla, new species of, 24.

Retamilia, on the species of, 482.

Rhamnacee, on the structure of the

seed in the, 76.

Rhiostoma, description of the new

genus, 96.

Rhyncolus, new species of, 448.

Richardson, Sir J., on the occurrence

of Acanthocottus groenlandicus,

342.

Rissoa, new species of, 411.

Roussel, C., on the generative organs

of the Searabeeidee, 230.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

225: 323.

Rupicola, on the members of the

genus, 62.

Salter, J. W.. on new fossil Crustacea

from the Silurian rocks, 153.

Sareobelemnon, new species of, 24.

Sarcoptilus, new species of, 23.

Sarepta, characters of the new genus,

303.

Scarabeide, on the generative organs

of the, 230.

Schneider, A., on the larva of a Ne-

matode worm, and on some re-

markable peculiarities in the gene-

rative organs of the Nematoda,

506.

Sciurus, new species of, 500.

Sclater, P. L., on a new species of

Owl, 146; on the Spur-winged

Goose, 146; on some new species

of Synallaxis, 332; on the time of

incubation of some birds, 354; on

new species of Tyrannide, 422;

on new species of birds from Ecua-

dor, 427; on two new birds from

the Rio Napo, 498.

Sclerostoma, new species of, 494.

Scotophilus, new species of, 51.

Seyphistomata, on the strobilation of

the, 504.

Seals, synopsis of the species of

eared, 424.

Sertularia tricuspidata, note on, 431,

504.

Sertulariade, descriptions of new,

250.

Shells, descriptions of new, 26, 95,

243, 299, 337, 381, 405, 460, 477.

Skenea, new species of, 412.

511

Snakes, descriptions of new, 168,

169.

Sophina, notes on the genus, 26.

Spathius, new species of, 309.

Species, notes on Darwin’s theory of

the origin of, 132, 344, 350.

Spherozosma, on the species of, 192.

Spiders, new British, 171.

Sponges, on some new forms of,

495.

Statice Dodartii and S. occidentalis,

notes on, 402.

Stewart, J. H., on a malformation in

Echinus Flemingii, 343.

Stigmus, new species of, 304.

Streptonema, description of the new

genus, 196.

Stylopsis, characters of the new ge-

nus, 406. ;

Styloptygma, characters of the new

genus, 406.

Synallaxis, new species of, 332.

Syrnola, characters of the new geaus,

405.

Tapaia, on a species of, from Pulo

Condore, 71.

Tarphius, new species of, 252.

Terebratella, new species of, 412.

Thompson, W., on some species of

Eolis, and on a new species of Lo-

manotus, 48.

Tomes, R.F., on new species of Bats,

Torneuma, description of the new

genus, 453,

Trevoa, on the species of, 487.

Trichina spiralis, on the development

of, 503.

Trichotropis, new species of, 411.

Trigona, new species of, 305.

Trihammatus, new species of, 121.

Tyrannide, descriptions of new, 422.

Umbellularia groenlandica, note re-

specting, 20.

Unio, new species of, 338.

Uriéchis, new species of, 168, 342.

Ursus marinus of Steller, notes on

the, 63.

Van Beneden, P.J., onthe strobilation

of the Scyphistomata, 504.

Velutina, new species of, 411.

Vespertilio, new species of, 56.

Vireo, new species of, 427.

Virgularia, new species of, 20.

Walckenaéra, new British species of,

Wii

Walker, F., on some undescribed

Ceylon insects, 304.

Wallich, Dr., on the distribution and

habits of the pelagic and freshwater

free-floating Diatomacee, 1; on

the markings of the Diatomacez

in use as test-objects, 122; on

Desmidiaceze from Lower Bengal,

184, 273.

Westwood, J. O., on Darwin’s theory

of development, 347.

Wollaston, T. V., on the Aphanar-

thra of the Canary Islands, 163;

INDEX.

on new Madeiran Coleoptera, 217,

252, 358, 448.

Woodward, S. P., on some new fresh-

water shells, 337.

Xenocerus, new species of, 39.

Zargus, new species of, 217.

Zeidora, characters of the new genus,

301.

Zoological Society, proceedings of

the, 48, 143, 329, 422, 493.

Zoophyte, description of a new Bri-

tish, 73.

END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

ALERE YW FLAMMAM,